i ‘PP ae ~~? a tinea a or we ew = o- pert Me epee pei ail >< ae Nr ea a) OEE Hee BOTTI ee Et Ore ee Re bar On Pe a ES ND ae i Or ne ce he A, i, ened es i ee — I taal 7 era te Rae oe ara ee Oat” omer tneeanaeine «Pala eet S SE ee ek tied a a a a OLE AIRE A IA A LR act OA LLP lt he ALLAN AAA ee ee ie OE A RAI LOA eS 2 werner . ~—— f aetna ee tee aera Ed eoneneteetnaeahandd-thdaaibineendaeek sagen an anges PANE fare tre Cees edieer eat renga tases «Nn ae Ln Oater a ST I a ee a SO ee adnate hr OLE LAA AAP IN CAD MSTA AAA 8A A Ae a8 in ato Ah row — ~ peaeeeae: pehrer ~ Sees Fao om er rar te Yo ant age ae a a ar ag get ete Rp Oe a ten A An ay ny mar ee OO I NE Ae AAI a lh alan ae Aina a Nt nS ar a me et ire ee ae hr AT OD em ee rh Tt gt RP ebe Ride Ae ee GA VBR DI A tg pa Ve Me ei VSD wept Oe Moher Feed anne Bally Re ~ til het Hee Sa eae are er near Ale tees ceed Ma tat i EE TE OA AOI Pee EN IR AAO ee pace A a ane A in A ey tlm i A A 8s = a PAA TED APRIL Be DAD Suen te tines onaeetrenwn yoenhyhad tome eeSo SANS re ag Seeeeneeene are vandoreedeabeme samed abate eee aire neem nt = Sw een tee Pan a wwe to etn Se ee Re ee cbmet ecteng acta Sean sata anette AE Pe te I Ot act ec rreeinek ek ate nad ehh aN OR ah ee AH La Toney Rant oe ths ste ono PoP a Rae eS ema R ow, ere Suomen ~=<- sapeneteienee: tr eg nee oath et etn Avtar ARS ty nace CATT LOTT TT Tee ae Cette th we mee te AP NOEL aD PVT Mr NAN LAL ERIE NOLL BAT AY apna tha RY TORE SRY im aRenO NS eS na wiv thrall. 9 Bene ~awdry ~~ ’ . eon anneal oo = eRe tale sane Nei I gree eet ee ele FORE eres A ee ST ee a en Te ee emt a ee ee re ee el EA Ne tM Ie a Fett Ba thet eee NN Sa een er Se Pete FO 90 ee oe ee er ED Ss oe pe a es a AE A A ar ainda a Sea eA NO cea teeta oe miata tl th Ao AY EAN ANA IO sir Tn Been Ah togingn sa > be ngphnsnensl autem sty eM Gi te Prats aw ee ee aaraes neem beet aC ALI Ae ENE SAIC LITT fm ce ac a a A A BS let A ee OD Ane NS Dehn eh tee Rtnale theta rn ant antes inte? “Rana tion nape tam bi xt aPratata try hn". San Toa 0 eh SSeS ey — a ee ee a ee neces - cet eth te Ne Aan Rl A ND a AR tne Ane 0 wa — Pi DFO Oe gh th POND I A Rw Smee weet Pa Rae— the? whole mths tein for my ge he AeO OD SRE Ae Hn NO wn Sete eR ties ead tee Sere — nee wihe om Gy neeenen Phot eS ae Te eee - a rh ee Regen at Alt AG II LO OLS Re RS OM Sennen cn ane babu Abelha ei aeealetnt eee sta gh IO CIM = ton rater >= Rap town ren 08 =n asia T= STATO URSA » he, err Ser a ee ee oe Pte Hyatt tg tea ry Ai i me oe Se Aiea ea ei Rit A A OE Arete em re ee eee a Te aunt eremtl ee ee ee naling take eee - eat. Bat —tee a a aetna ier te ee Pa iE I TE OS NN ead: ee a ee cae A LLL Te ee LADO nn aeeredpetd pide taal: Ptah erty) aati tg Pe Rake OR earn aS Ca aP PAs e-Aeoe Va BEDE Te ain: ——— or A AA eee a PA person ap tan ee genase cli er acrroe dane ad oh DP abee tt prea lag nae Men ett ATO De 2 ent OT DAD DI Ae Oe the tree 8h etn Bean et ae! enn masinain a i Se a a an TN te erp aa Pas ree pleas eee trees an Se aE ela OG A rae aA ~aoenanaing Ananoes oe Ste eee career sa — = = etvred a0 Hates st Me™ etatyam aatyE~ tatm atin H a a a a Te MeO I De GOON OR Oe ~S ee ee ee a FFE ALPE wih ie ROPES OE emreignpene epee nwa ae eRe Rie-teelen Anetta PO CRN = ~ — —~- a agen guar demrte Rat. ofe tea NE armen S Ones tn te ea nr PT a ir OO eee edema ere artis eee eee re ee aaa = nomenon = - = ne en Waa e arr enpe camera tata tg i PA A Rte ag Bi See ATG ta tt en a PO Ce Ne enh ene in ay ea ae _ 4 : soneenan SOENY aoe Ray as ee = ; nate tes atest pe Fa Tete, ne he Pe Onin ea II eee et ghee ee eee oe ent gD re AMER aS SGT Re BPR eh te mt cynthia ANE EY LLGLE AN IO IS a GD SO AY oe ga -magPR d hcllag Rate tein ee whe ar REN a rm Behera Ne Agente —_ -_ per in Se SNe epee te tee atarag, apa apt tip er aera e : Farrer innnern eae ae ne ae eee ees il etna ile Pa ee Al I te A LO Oe a aarp etn wemueeta dele 2>-e=tws et mapeeed ve . ~ : Fe mene ee te macnn aren = aan GE ae OA OO LS CI EA AA AAS TE ee ee acacia mR ad An Aah AMINE Tyee” AEN = 4h ne aN Dea Rb ete RRee ay Tey Rare tnsiin MO ge Se Tae Cathe 1 ws ne Pewee ete ates aaa e” VO teh Retest al eee” ele ENE Ne PAR ee Ne aot ARE Be AAT LO tn) ES ER er A AD ME En a et ee geen ae se - a eee am Seg oath = : HEE I Ne ge te ear meena wa Rte Marte Ame BE na eae ea tA ert ee a Hewhe = ‘ Pere tet that te AT eth th ote om A ate QA Sap NN Nett nee I tegen He OTe Rete ete Oe oe —_ Bee OES PE ALG BOR 0 Oa - eee te a ee wo e -° Ge ed eee “he A Le se ee ad m6 Bdge. er e eA Ne eke ee OF Ae Deady Serer to! = = Sr er a SR nN —. - meat ate Magia Td ee we Ne ie ty cnet ect atvatngs ens a tn te hatte: Ural lh tenant Det Fos tebeRe FTA” "Se NTE ae Sen in te tnes Bee hela tete wets etn neg at tee al MFO” netted ainda ee ee ed Ce ee — . © o ee eS ee _ “ +-- . Sy an sl RAG Rg Se Ath Tm om ee te rete acetate hep = thew ther th atte Ga reetens es ter eet a ese melee, ~ Penge Hor abet etyeaten teeta et ee eee EG En et 2 2- OP Ore - oR mete - - te eee eee ORE ot Fu che tr ae mere — : - ~ Siemens Soin scless : <= = == = re tO ety el ee ak ee a ee —— a ~ ~ ee a ot ntoe’ 5 B IO-RaOOt ay > yA Ae afm Bio Net Patt NOE vee ay Poh tee ee en Fs —— - —— Se mean ptnn amn the” ae aanauttey — iin Ae neh ee ee ee ee - a - an — - “ ae wee ret Orne ee Ratnn he te at pte tate hy SE te Rem ee ee a ee ——— ~ ~~ ee oh 8 ~~ ert em ° _ atl * er ean nS Se ee erenepnarertea a Be ee ee ee ee RO 8 PONE oe tnt tn Albany shee os rath ae ~ Ms ~ aS ee na et tl te Ae tal arti te sen eet, pny ne EP pr nea ET OE CO A ee ened 7 . ae 8A ct teh OI TGR Ame hy eS Sek tentha® je neni saan sm erates me OO SP 7 aD Ae are ene gine natn eller a= ee A Aaa tae ARNO AEA fone 2 ane LE EO I eS NN mh OD eg 9 Pn tt Oy en Oy enone te x Soe a ner ne Ta ie OI EAR LR AT ne ET A ee res - en . ph ahaa aint el NS ale Pe Pat A ene eRe aan fe tgegee Pete rt paths gm ntti tall _ ene Ge ee hm a a ~tingnassetngsleeintinaartagalinael> pt See — a ee Ee tenenty nett teninatnlntn miaiaah entntein Ah ATI as AA tenet tiac tet Aeee eI A OOP Ea ee hig tL get i mat > — patereneh 4 Sen _ Prerate ta alta PORE Atay Oa adh ye Ween Peet tat ~~ RP et oo~-- inteirErte' -A. wt, Ee Te on adele phen. te Lame lg = iain in OT le: a a Ne ee OO Paar ee 2 weil . ee ee oboe * ~~ — pew ie: ng Oe Net ae ly Sty men et al tn ty ge A Gh Nee el i - A oe. aerety i OO. tee & Hohee wes a '-Aebedy foP9 me ~ . Se tee =" tre Pana a a ers ete wlotaie tpt.” he ~ — ee - - ww fy . partes : rates ots ety ete ote mee “ met of ~~ eat are as rd - a et » F . ~ de eee od ee —_ at —~ a ——~ ea “ rae “ othe anne more — hat pe ey et ee tute * oe ET Sets ae ee oe, ah a i ee aan ate oat -< : pion —_ mare = = 2 ne - ~ - = _ s > ears SS ee: a : : ~ 4 : ete adeeetd aren ~ _ -_ ~ ~~ . P < —* som - tee . - ete Hahei > Soten ths Meee © gh ST hetpion. — aca : - alos anata a aN i I Rie en “ — awe ne > <_ _* ee sma nether eke howe Arethes ela tnSin tnt tet ~- 7 —— ote es ape Ony a eee es a acienastns bet alie — tle eS a atm eee am ectmligage a wd - Me satay ween a tetieewwetes -o _— — - re - “ ae eine tenia > 2 gi tt, I A ll el > namin Mh On Shem int note _ —~ é : oo » a —S See = — oars = rare tore oe ae Heme 4 — — ote a tne a - = Doteasy ~ hee = es At hoe eS TS a ee ae rte Fo tana ie eR a le NG Malte MAE? - Rocce et — - ie it » 0a nant mal wer re ae eee - ote ~ > Se ee ee ee Sa wae aad SE easter mente —— - - ~ 1m ‘ ~~ eh . — © nmsteondlll att ith hag — ae I tear Caer : — » Se “of arr ginning nna” Sete SAP, ee “(= ® a - ~~ -~ " «a? . — net "pied cas amen . ere a - — — , ae ~~ trina : a =e matt ancy ante - re erie wu oreo = ™ ° - apitins the > ne raibngeeere - - == =: + tenet ate “ - - ee mets? tom ~ race eet , o fan ’ — - ~ . —— . LD ym ~ ~ Pov © f = ; ~~. : ~ 4 ‘s ma onan —_— ee 4 — + ~ ie — “— —_~ -— ~~ ~ ~~ a = ~ Sd - “ _ er ee . = ~ > ¥ = o erets='*s - - — > - 7 - ~ *s te ~ > ; _ ~ . . - ~ m — - — “4 : a - 2 - ~ ~ = ~ - ~~ s oe ' =e = -~ : - — = - ~~. — os > ~ - - ghee ’ oi > — - - - al ’ 4 4 - - : = - -~ = - = > : - . ° ow : : = . a anes em : SS > orto = > — ammelt : : : - on * ~ ~~ - - — va : : . “ - - -— > ;. c ; = 3 patie - « s * date: be a Paupe _ ~ 4 - ws " ve o.oo ~ ~ - *. . - rahe “ ~ - - : _ - f Lal - : : oo 1 a —_~ - - . — ~~ - = ; : 7 = — oe me a - ~ - - Ms ~ . : : ee ee ~ + . > - x : “ = « _— ; . ~ ~~" - = oe : : E = - ~ . o ay - + : : : ~ a ear ee a Re I cr ge aN rari A ee nt GRE SOS Seer ~ ” ia - - z ~ - + i —inagr ater ie. ah hasan Af + + Alp Va iy nn | he # nit ! i ae , uy | ‘ 1? i > es ——. i Vi f a \ fr ie ne I ge RS weaie 4 kag AKG? : —h Or 1S fMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION *> >> BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR HE - Cire Bulletin \3 sof —s BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY, 1911 LIBRARY JAMES CONSTANTINE Hees BY WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1891 PREE A GE. As stated in the prefatory remarks to one of the earlier issues of the series of bib- liographies of which this volume forms the fifth number, the writer undertook a number of years ago the compilation of a work to be published by the Bureau of Ethnology, which was toembrace within a single volume an authors’ catalogue of all the material relating to the native North American languages. With this purpose. in view he visited the principal public and private libraries of the United States, Canada, and northern Mexico, carried on an extensive correspondence with librarians,. missionaries, and others interested in the subject, and examined such authorities, printed and manuscript, as were accessible. The results of these researches were embodied in a work entitled ‘‘ Proof-sheets of a Bibliography of the Languages of the North American Indians, ” the full title and description of which will be found on page 403 herewith. The amount of material obtained was so much greater than was anticipated that the volume proved cumbersome, and it was concluded to change the style of publication and to issue a series of bibliographies each relating to one of the more prominent groups of our native languages. Consequently but few of the ‘‘ Proof-sheets” were distributed, and these were confined to persons who it was thought were in a position to aid in the preparation of the new series. New jour- neys were undertaken, the national libraries of England, France, and a few of the _ larger private collections in both of these countries were consulted, many of the libraries of this country and Canada were revisited, other correspondents were enlisted, much additional material was acquired, and the publication of the separate. bibliographies was begun. Of this series four numbers have been published, relating respectively, in order of publication, to the Eskimauan, Siouan, Iroquoian, and Muskogean families; this, the Algonquian, is the fifth, and the next in contemplation includes the languages belong-- ing to-the Athapascan stock. The Algonquian speaking peoples covered a greater extent of country, perhaps,. than those of any other of the linguistic stocks of North America, stretching from Labrador to the Rocky Mountains, and from the Churchill River of Hudson Bay to: Pamlico Sound in North Carolina; and the literature of their languages is by far the: greatest in extent of any of the stocks north of Mexico, being equaled, if at all, by only one south of that line, namely, the Nahuatl. Probably every language of the family is on record, and of the more prominent, extensive record has been made. In. two, the Massachusetts and the Cree, the whole bible has been printed, the former, by the way, being the first bible printed upon this continent. In two others, the Chippewa and the Micmac, nearly the whole of the scriptures has been printed, and portions thereof have appeared in a number of others. In the Abnaki, Blackfoot, Chippewa, Cree, Delaware, Micmac, and Nipissing, rather extensive dictionaries have been printed, and of the Abnaki, Nipissing, Blackfoot, Chippewa, Illinois, Massachu-. setts, Montagnais, and Pottawotomi, there are manuscript dictionaries in existence. Of grammars, we have in print the Abnaki, Blackfoot, Chippewa, Cree, Nassachu- setts, Micmac; and Nipissing, and in manuscript, the Illinois, Menomonee, Montag- nais, and Pottawotomi. In nearly every language of the family, prayer-books, hymn- books, tracts, and scriptural texts have appeared, and several of them are represented by school-books of various kinds, i. e., primers, spellers, and readers; and in one of them, the Chippewa, there was printed in 1840 a geography for beginners. III TV. PREFACE. The present volume embraces 2,245 titular entries, of which 1,926 relate to printed books and articles, and 319 to manuscripts. Of these, 2,014 have been seen and de- scribed by the compiler—1,850 of the prints and 164 of the manuscripts, leaving as derived from outside sources 231—76 of the prints and 155 manuscripts. Of those unseen by the writer, titles and descriptions of probably one-half have been received from persons who have actually seen the works and described them for him. In addition to these there are given 130 full titles of printed covers, second and third volumes, etc., all of which with one exception have been seen and described by the compiler; while in the notes mention is made of 243 printed and manuscript works, 146 of which have been seen and 97 derived from other (mostly printed) SOUTrCES. So far as possible, during the proof-reading of this volume comparison has been made direct with the respective works. For this purpose, besides his own books, the writer has had access to those in the libraries of Congress, the Bureau of Ethnology, the Smithsonian Institution, Maj. J. W. Powell, and several other private collections in the city of Washington. Mr. Wilberforce Eames has compared the titles of works contained in his own library and in the Lenox, and frequent recourse has been had to the various librarians throughout the country for tracings, photographs, ete. The result is that of the 2,014 works described de visu, comparison of proof has been made direct with the original sources in the case of 1,711. In this later reading, collations and descriptions have been entered into more fully than had previously been done, and capital letters treated with more severity. Endeavor has been made to acknowledge throughout the work the obligations under which the writer has placed himself in the preparation of this material. To a number, however, he is under a greater indebtedness than could be properly men- tioned in the body of the work. This is notably true of Mr. Wilberforce Eames, who has contributed not only his constant aid and advice in bibliographic matters, in which he is so well versed, but who has also furnished almost bodily a number of special articles included within these pages—those relating to the publications of the - Apostle Eliot, the Indiane primer, Lykins, Mather, Mayhew, Meeker, Pierson, Quinney, Rawson, Sergeant, and Simerwell, besides many new titles, biographic material, etc. From the Rev. J. E. Jones, of St. Mary’s College, Montreal, much information has been received concerning the earlier missionaries of Canada; the Reverend Fathers Beaudet and Hamel of the Laval University, Quebec, have been especially kind in giving information concerning the printed and manuscript material contained in the library of that institution and in that of the archiepiscopal residence at Quebec» Sim- ilar kindnesses have been shown me by Prof. A. F. Chamberlain, now of Clark Univer- sity, Worcester, Massachusetts, but formerly of Toronto, Canada. To the Director of the Bureau, Maj. J. W. Powell, I am under lasting obligations for his constant aid and advice and for the opportunity of pursumg my work under the most advantageous circumstances. As was the case in the previous numbers of the series, my constant assistant has been Mr. P. C. Warman, and upon him has fallen much of the detail and minutiz in- separable from such a work. Washington, D. C., June 1, 1891. a a <= Py rFRODUCiroN’ In the compilation of this catalogue the aim has been to include everything, printed or in manuscript, relating to the Algonquian languages—books, pamphlets, articles in magazines, tracts, serials, etc., and such reviews and announcements of publica- tions as seemed worthy of notice. The dictionary plan has been followed to its extreme limit, the subject and tribal indexes, references to libraries, etc., being included in one alphabetic series. The primary arrangement is alphabetic by authors, translators of works into the native languages being treated as authors. Under each author the arrangement is, first, by printed works, and, second, by manuscripts, each group being given chronologically ; and in the case of printed books each work is followed through its various editions before the next in chronologic order is taken up. Anonymously printed works are entered under the name of the author when known, and under the first word of the title, not an article or preposition, when not known. A-cross-reference is given from the first words of anonymous titles when entered under an author, and from the first words of all titles in the Indian languages, whether anonymous or not. Manuscripts are entered under the author when known, under the dialect to which they refer when the author is not known. Each author’s name, with his title, etc., is entered in full but once, i. e., in its alphabetic order. Every other mention of him is by surname and initials only, except in those rare cases when two persons of the same surname have also the same initials. Al! titular matter, including cross-references thereto, is in brevier, all collations, descriptions, notes, and index matter in nonpareil. In detailing contents and in adding notes respecting contents, the spelling of proper names used in the particular work itself has been followed, and so far as possible the language of the respective writers is given. In the index entries of tribal names the compiler has adopted that spelling which seemed to him the best. As a general rule initial capitals have been used in titular matter in only two cases: first, for proper names, and, second, when the word actually appears on the title- page with an initial capital and with the remainder in small capitals or lower-case letters. In giving titles in the German language the capitals in the case of all sub- stantives have been respected. When titles are given of works not seen by the compiler the fact is stated, or the entry is followed by au asterisk within curves, and in either case the authcrity is usually given. The material contained in the ‘‘ Addenda” has been entered in the chronologic index at the end of the work, but is not included in the tribal and subject indexes throughout the volume. > Mi E ms ae AGS ites iat eid Peek OF LANGUAGES. : ate Page Abbitibi: See Cree. eee ¢ aE ME cote haa e wise Spx lscte ec alte 3 I io ms wien oie oan ela, o ooo, Sm RIE Sat See Sais fe sie Rlae lah ae aia ews 4 Ieee. os on nn scene ones ee cen wae eee oe ene en sn ames 7 isis at we wesc Sonsini nell eninnlenines Same Joan eas eo 16 et Siac (o Mc dima alnw ale! aa wiwn oie winrar alemie eel dale isle, oale ole Unc aie s c-aimiare 17 8 Eee re ey se cin as, SAS ee, Se ae a 49 Blood Indians: See Blackfoot. : I ae fe SS ho tas nda we ERE OEE cee sere eae 62 Cahokia: See Illinois. Caniba: See Abnaki. I na ow = = 3 a inn eine Se oe ae eee wn en teen oan 86 MPEP POWS ~--~ ~~ —-~ = 8 aw ne on ne ne tee cee wees cee teens 36 EN re ae eat ohol oa, wien sine ime nm cielinbie'e Gnsieia, 6 mae/aw clare aciagee ard cis 96 io ain Sam sin oS 5 cnc ce cee coms tanecs Paiisteccrsicjehweiis aravaberuaicictay hee 107 Esopus: See Munsee. NIE os a bm namo cen mas nam ne nose domme pe cmeec sc acs nen sainicies 185 Fall Indians: See Atsina. Fox Indians: See Sac and Fox. Gaspesian: See Micmac. Gros Ventre: See Atsina. I ee ed Sid tins waked bow we delw aye aeune 243 Ie cis cabs wale eh oces meee ceeds ess ose Feat Sy ys ee ra 250 IP es cats ofa sien nls aie SR Sama cee ewe hoa ede ceed 274 le als ans whee wim ial nical nie minima ainim =o = nine lal enine @ jain Game see 277 Knisteneau: See Cree. Lenapé: See Delaware. Lenni Lenapé: See Delaware. eee pn cna iia ns wa oo) es Sac epeiing se nee wnigie soa ae 315 Mahican: See Mohegan. . es sear lao nin) sims bale) ain So win afore OS ease win os sk oeele Dee Lea 334 ae EEE em ea eC 337 Mareschit: See Maliseet. 2 te Se SO eas ee, eae 337 ERIN ct tak a se te eS Se ke 341 Melicete : See Maliseet. trae ne eee oS ak Vncalealdie wo nie esis oaie oe'Sefan dk ce 356 ee ra 2 Ne oars! laren a Die glo: «'o vn a nei daie's Hele biodls oee 358 Se aa Ny alien ww a Shalel alates aie ale: oe w:kuaye. «i ave Gintel Gmje@loaine ae 359 Minsi: See Munsee. EEN EE See Se Re San Pe Pa Rm 7 361 a iia os nw Seno Se vib de wc em ese neue cess sales eantaieiera cha /mhehan 363 Monsey: See Munsee. oa Son Sere a m= = Slavic aim «wie Ran wel ues le a Ibe doe 20S win ws 364 se ee el SS Stave MERE ee Me ob do, Sawa wis einen 364 Moonsee: See Munsee. Moose: See Cree, Moosonee: See Chippewa. Mountaineer: See Montugnais. I ee At iS kc. eRe Sued woke sue Sache cadens 369 Vill ‘ INDEX OF LANGUAGES. Page. Nantic: See Narragansett. Nanticolsema sce ke. See we we Sete eRe Ske en ee ae ee ee IN@rragatseltne os cae a+ = Seca cic - os wale oe acca cee P oot ose aeetes eee 371 Natic: See Massachusetts. Naugatuck....... Sewien osetieds vse 2. eco mews aso eee tee eee ee aa 372 Nehethawa.-.-... DA cle? od wis ache citrwe's ces aine els SRR ene [Sane er = Cee ee 72 INE eel PAE tyne oe ooo wo Sain c=) buin own a cieeneteie aa ee a eralle te Sie royce ne 373 ING Wate CGSEN eet s'on sis a. bin tae 20 o~ swe Sobel ROGER e Pete ese ee 373 New Sweden: See Delaware. New York -....... w neo lam wie a wie ow ese, nla eels Spee et ere ae oe ee 373 IND PISSING Pose oo. a ts. oa eee = = ee ceiens siosee ce etme es oe eee ee er JT4 NOMIMUSOWOCK -. ov.2-02 «Ho + casa ssle cae eae ale ace eet aera Rene pacptaeee ees 75° Ojibwa: See Chippewa. Ojipwe: See Chippewa. ! ; Old Algonkin: See Algonquian. Openango: See Passamaquoddy. OUaAWO< o6 2 sac cece el See oieelale late inion a © oie oa siavece ine et siete ener 384 Pampticouph: 22 3222; 2 Sb sae eee ee oeie te ose eee 386 Pamunkey.. 2:5 25 so). CER U eee seine bee bk se Sew eee Sele eee 386 Passamaquoddy ...--. ..-......... winds Bae cane cee ewe oo eee 387 IPenWS Waa Jo ocnd see cae tele eee ae 2 eye holden pacdwece ce ope se ee eae 392 IPEMGbDSCObE as. ectist s Siseewc beim s acwcsee Shas seen ete cee seeee - «bes eee oR eee 392 CORAL Eas 0s8 Sas m seer lenin e's eeis eek Sow Mice Veeicewins same oa See cee 392 REINO SaaS 5582 Soon soseas oe once Son csdoa Jaos Ceon saesooeo sepp sod Gales s 2-2. 392 Prankashaweii..5 552 So) aot nc Sereyele icles ee coca sers ae ticcls se < sae eee 394 Piegan: See Blackfoot; also Satsika. ’ Plymouth Indians: See Massachusetts. Pobtawotomi . cc 2. 522mese en eeeeeme ae Abe pene pate ed, tet ou eye ee Cees et 405 Pow Waitara. Soc hoes BS cata Gee SS Skies, See ec arene ie wien ere telat Alito Ws 6 See eRe ces cigca sn 4 0523 BE Se oa oom Gee soa ono oon oan aks Ge selec cc - Al7 Quoddy: See Passamaquoddy. Rhode Island 2252.2 520+. 2 ccdec seme gine nilce\ ts ae stone nice Pe eree eee 435 Saeiamd POX a2 cc ee eis ele we mcsiomleciiaicls cletsie-s cteletelcie ate [a ts ae 440 Sahkey: See Sac and Fox. St. Francis Indians: See Abnaki. St. John Indians: See Abnaki. Sa MkGkan ess. 3.c shies = S545. sae ee ena SES, Viet aes ceces eee eee 442 SLPS UKA ee poeiataiai='s, cisinie ie sie > 0 \~ aeeemtnee nS scecicniecm oe tana Lad eees . Title-page of Eliot’s Primer of 1669............ rr aie e SU ome Sak hee ae ame-maee, o1e;,0£ Mliot’s Primer of 1687? °._..... 22.2 v.22 eel oe eels eee . English title-page of Eliot’s New Testament of 1661.....-........---.---- . Indian title-page of Eliot’s New Testament of 1661. ........-...--2..2-2-. . Indian title-page of Eliot’s New Testament of 1661-.....-..-..----.-22--. . English title-page of Eliot’s whole Bible of 1663 .-.......-...--..--...--. . Indian title-page of Eliot’s whole Bible of 1663 ...--..--.-.---.....-----. . First page of Eliot’s Metrical Psalms of 1663-.-....-.............----..---. Puen page of Mliot’s Leaf of Rules of 1663....-2....2-. 22050-22522 ele. . Title-page of Eliot’s New Testament of 1680 =..--...--..--..-----+ 22-00. faee-pare of Eliot's: whole Bible of 1685... 22. 2225.--24- wie.) cee eee tee First page of Eliot’s Metrical Psalms of 1685.............--..------.----- puirat paso of Bliot’s Leaf of Rules of 1685....i20....22.--2 202222260220. mere Or Pilots baxters Wally 0205. ashe t ech en Poe. . Title-page of Eliot’s Bayly’s Practice of Piety of 1665 .................... Title-page of Eliot’s Bayly’s Practice of Piety of 1685 .............--...-- . Title-page of Eliot’s Indian Grammar of 1666 .......-.....----..2---.---- Semee-nace, etc., of Eliot's Logick Primer ...-.....5.....--2 J. -s-5 e205 --08 . Title-page of Eliot and Rawson’s Shepard’s Sincere Convert....-.---..--- EEE ALORS CRI Use ee Re ee ss OO Pee os Soe ake saw aoe Ree Ot Ae NrDNOr AGCCOINDY ..2. 205-422. c- 2 oss dee ca cae ea - snd nneeee First page of.Grube’s Delaware Hymn Book .............-.....-.-+------ ESE DIG Pati pNGtees oo. so in oo sittin wa nein omc.v anise eos See eee @itle-paces of the Indiane Primer of 1720.22... 220.2222 2. woe eens ee noe Paces 19, 19 of the Indiane Primer of 1720 ....202 22.22. (222.0222. -- 2-0 ame-pace 0: La brosse’s Prayer Book of 1767 ..----.. .-.-5..---+----- --+ EMIS OE Eh PATE HE TUMICL . 25 = 2's = sintering e oe sacle s candi eem eds ean nase Title-page of Lacombe’s Prayer Book of 1880........-....--....---.-----. Lacombe’s Cree Calendar of 1882 (reduced). ......-....--.-..---2---s0 eee Cree Syllabary from Lacombe’s Prayer Book of 1886...........-.--...- ae Title-page of Lahontan’s Nouveaux Voyages. ...-...-.--.-.2. .ee0e0 see cee mime-paee of Lahontan’s Mémoires .--. 0. 2 s.2s- 02a cc ce cnne ccc ces coce oone mitie-pace of Eahontan’s Suplémient..... 25262 cees cans wonceccccces concce 64 103 102 104 45. Title-page of Lahontan’s Nouveaux Voyages. ...--..-.-<...-..----------- 289 AG. ‘Title-pase.ot Lahontan’s Mémoires . ...2. .20..stein. 2 eae e ee eon eee 288 47. Title-page of Lahontan’s Nouveaux Voyages. .-.-.....---.------ eee+-2---- 289 48. Ditle-pace of Lahontan’s Mémoires ..-2).- 2.2655 cocec-t- aden oe eee — 290 49. Lord’s Prayer in Micmac hieroglyphs (from Le Clercq)-..--..----.-------- 305 50; ‘Hitle-page of ‘Mason’s Cree Bible 20. oe A ae cee: oe 339 . 51. Title-page of Mason’s Cree New Testament of 1862 .............---..-.--- 338 oa, Vitle-pages of Mather’s Epistle of E700 22.2.4: 4. 3 ee 342 be. Pages. l, 1 of Mather’s Epistle of 1700 2). 235.6. ae 342 54, Title-pages of Mather’s Epistle of 1706 _-....-.--2 2222122 2b. cee sees 342 55. Pages 1,1 of Mather’s Family Religion ................- Len ae eee oak Sala 56. Title-page of Mather’s India Christiana.....-...--.-----..----- Pee wee 8 345 57. Paves 52,52 of Mather’s India ‘Christiana . 25: /. 2225-2. 22.222 ee 344 58. Title-pages of Mayhew’s Discourse’ 2222-0 .2 322). 5 2 Se 347 59. Title-pages of Mayhew’s Massachuset Psalter -......-.-.--.-..----..----- 348 60. Title-page of Pierson’s Some Helps of 1658 (Lenox copy) -....-.-.--------- 397 61. Pages 4-5 of Pierson’s Some tHelps Of 1058 '=-. 2222222. {Pos 2 2 eee ee 936 62. Title-page of Pierson’s Some Helps of 1658 (British Museum cone Sif Poe 63. Title-page of Pierson’s Some Helps of 1659. ...-....-- .---.2-4-. 2225. eee 400 64. Pages 25-26 of Pierson’s Some Helps of 16592 ._ 2 (320 22.25.2253 eee 4G1 65. Title-page (reduced) of the Present State of New England of 1675 .....-_-- ‘407 66. Title-page (reduced) of the Present State of New England of 1676 -...---_. 406 67. Title-page of Quinney’s Assembly’s Catechism..-.-...-..-...---...----.-.- 415 68. First page of Quinney’s Assembly’s Catechism .__-...-..-...--....---.---- 414 69. First page of Quinney and Aupaumut’s Assembly’s Shorter Catechism.... 416 70. Title-page of Rand’s First Reading Book 2.2. :2...--.-....22. 2.282 252eee 420 71. Title-page of Rand’s Acts of the Apostles ...--..---..--..-----.----.---- bles, primer lessons, etc. pp. 3-12.—The creed, confiteor, acts of faith, hope, love, contrition, prayers, etc. for the use of Roman Catholics, pp. 13-39. The character 8, apostrophes, macrons, pri- mary and secondary accents, etc. aré used throughout. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, British Mu- seum, Laval, Shea. Alphabet, Ottawa. See Adams (F.G.) American Antiquarian Society: These words fol- lowing a title or inclosed within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work re- ferred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that society, Worcester, Mass. American Bible Society: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indi- cate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that in- stitution, New York City. American Bible Society. 1776. Centen- nial exhibition. 1876. | Specimen ver- ses | from versions in different | lan- guages and dialects | in which the | holy scriptures | have been printed and circulated by the | American bible so- ciety | and the | British and foreign 11 American Bible Society — Continued. bible society. | [Picture and one line quotation. ] | New York: | American bible society, | instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 1876. Title verso picture etc. 1 1. text pp. 3-47, ad- vertisement p. 48, 16°. St. John iii, 16, in the Cree, p. 36; in Mali- seet, p. 37; in Ojibwa and in Delaware, p. 38. Copies seen: American Bible Society, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. Editions, similar except in date, appeared in 1879 (Powell) and in 1884 (Pilling). —— Specimen verses | from versions in different | languages and dialects | in which the | HolyScriptures | have been printed and circulated by the | Ameri- can bible society | and the | British and foreign’ bible society. | [Picture of bible and one line quotation.] | Second edi- tion, enlarged. | New York: | American bible society, | instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 1885. Title verso note 1 1. text pp. 3-60, index pp. 61-63, advertisement p. 64, 16°. St. John, iii, 16, in Cree (Romanand syllabic), Micmac, and Maliseet, p. 47; Ojibwa, p. 48; Delaware, p. 49. : Copies seen: Powell. There is an edition, otherwise as above, dated 1888. (Pilling.) Issued also with title as above and, in addi- tion, the following, which encircles the border of the title-page: Souvenir of the world’s in- dustrial and cotton | centennial exposition. | Bureau of Education: Department of the In- terior. | New Orleans, 1885. (Powell.) Muestras de versiculos | tomados de las versiones en diferentes | lenguas y dialectos | en que las | sagradas escri- turas | han sido impressas y puestas en circulacion por la | Sociedad biblica americana | y la | Sociedad biblica in- glesa y extranjera. | [Design and one line quotation. ] | Nueva York: | Sociedad bfblica ame- ricana. | Fundada en el Afio de 1816. | 1889.: Title as above verso a picture etc. 11. text pp. 3-50, historical and other observations pp. 51- 60, index pp. 61-63, picture and description p. 64, 16°. St. John iii, 16, in Cree (Roman and syllabic), Micmac, Maliseet, and Ojibwa, pp. 46-48.—I John ii, 3, in Delaware, p. 49. Oopies seen: Pilling. American Board. Books in the languages of the North-American Indians.. 12 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE American Board— Continued. In Missionary Herald, vol. 32, pp. 268-269, Boston, 1837, 8°. (Pilling.) A catalogue of the books, tracts, etc. which had been prepared and printed, under the pat- ronage of the American Board of Commission- ers for Foreign Missions, in the languages of the several Indian tribes among which the missions of the board had been established ; it embraces a number in Ojibwa, Ottawa, and A bernaquis. American Board of Commissioners: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, Boston, Mass. American Museum. The | American museum | or | repository | of ancient and modern fugitive pieces, | prose and poetical. | For January, 1787. | [Two lines quotation.] | Volume I [-XII]. | Number I. | Philadelphia: | printed by Mathew Carey. | M. DCC. LXXXVII [-M. DCC. XCII]. [1787-1792.] 12 vols. 8°. Edited by Mathew Carey. Lord’s prayerin the Shawanese language, vol. 6, p. 318. Edwards (J.), Observations on the language of the Muhhekaneew Indians, vol. 5, pp. 21-25, 141-144. “This magazine was commenced by Mathew Carey, and continued with marked ability for six years. The twelve volumes contain a greater mass of interesting and valuable lit- erary and historical matter than is to be found in any of our early American magazines. Many pieces, though fugitive when written, are now of a permanent value as documentary history, and might be sought in vain elsewhere. Among the contributors were many of the most eminent writers of the time. The original lists of subscribers accompany the work.”—Bartlett. Copies seen: Astor, Bri+ish Museum, Con- gress, Massachusetts Historical Society, Wat- kinson, Yale. At the Murphy sale, catalogue no. 53,a set sold for $21; Clarke & co., 1886 catalogue, no. 58, price a set $13. I have seen a second edition of vols. 1 (1787) and 2 (1789), and a third edition of vol. 1 (1790), all in the Library of Congress, with titles dif- fering slightly from the original edition. American Philosophical Society: These words following a title or included within par- entheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the com- piler in thelibrary of that society, Philadelphia, Pa. American Philosophical Society. Cata- logue of manuscript works on the In- dians and their languages, presented American Philosophical Society —Cont. to the American philosophical society or deposited in their library. In American Philosoph. Sos. Trans. of the Hist. and Lit. Committee, vol. 1, pp. xlvii-l, Philadelphia, 1819, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Some of the works mentioned are in eon, quian languages. Reprinted in Buchanan (J.), Sketches of the history, manners, and customs of the North American Indians, pp. 307-310, London, 1824, 8°; also in the reprint of the same, vol. 2, pp. 79-82, © New York, 1824, 16°. American Society. The | first annual report | of the | American society | for promoting the civilization and general improvemeut of the | Indian tribes in _ the United States. | Communicated to the society, in the city of Washington, with the | documents in the appendix, at their meeting, Feb. 6, 1824. | New-Haven: | printed for the society, by S. Converse. | 1824. Printed cover differing slightly from above, title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 3-74, er- rata 1 p. verso blank, 8°. Lord’s prayer in the language of the Eastern Indians (Micmac), with interlinear English translation, p. 53.—A brief vocabulary of the Chippewa (from McCulloh), p. 55. Greenleaf (M.) Indian names of streams, islands, etc. on the Penobscot and St. John rivers in Maine, pp. 49-53. Madison (—) Brief vocabulary of the Chip- pewa, p. 57. Reaume (C.) Vocabulary of the Chippewa, pp. 56-57. Saltonstall (G.) Lord’s prayerin the language of the Moheegan and Pequot Indians, p. 54. Copiesseen: British Museum, Eames, Powell, Trumbull. At the Field sale, no. 1084, an uncut copy sold for $2.13. American Trac Society: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indi- cate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution, New York City. Anamie-muzinaiguu [Chippewa]. See O’Meara (F. A.) Anamihanon [Menomonee]. See Zephy- rin-Engelhardt (C. A.) André (Pére Louis). Collectio | Sequens est conscripta | & P. Ludovico André, qui | fuit silvicoiarum Montanorum | Missionarius ad ann. M. D.C. XC III. | Alia manuscripta ejusd. scil. Cate- | chismus, rudimentum, et exhor- | tati- ones, servantur in archiv. | Tadussa- kensi [Tadoussac], sub No. -.... itv ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. André (L.) — Continued. Manuscript; above title (or rather note) verso first 1. recto blank, text in the Ottawa language 25 unnumbered Il. 16° (6 x 44 inches). _ At the top of the second leaf is the heading: Preceptes phrases et mots de la langue Algon- quine outaouoise pour un missionnaire nouveau. Following the vocabulary are 28 remarks in Latin, headed respectively Nota 1, Nota 2, etc. Composed by and in the handwriting of Father André. On the recto of the 23d 1. is the remark ‘‘et P. Claudius Alloés, qui circiter 30 annos versatus est cum sylvestribus dixit mihi > *,” Father Allouez died at the Ottawa mission August 27,1689. He arrived in the country as missionary in 1658. ] dictionnaire Algonquin [1688 ? ] Manuscript; no title, heading as above; 406 unnumbered ll. sm.8° (74x44 inches). Paged on the rectos of the leaves in a modern hand in pencil 1,3,5,7,9,etc. Legibly written, on both sides the leaves, 38 lines to the page. Bound roughly in deerskin, with strings of the same material to serve as clasps. The first three ll. contain explanatory remarks in French; then follows 1 blank ].; then begins A. Il m’a donné unliure a lire, followed by the Algonquian equivalent. The French words are written in the middle of the page as headings, the Algonquian equivalent underneath, many of which run entirely across the page. Compiled by and in the handwriting of Father André; probably about 1688. To give an idea of the magnitude of the lin- guistic labor performed by some of the mission- aries to the Indians, as well as to convey some impression of the character of the older manu- scripts, I insert the preface to Father André’s dictionary: Aduertissement. 1. Il est difficile de faire un dictionnaire en quelque langue que ce soit de celles dont i’ay quelque connoissance, [sans] qu’on [ne] dise souuent le mesme mot, soit par raport [soit A cause du rapport] qu’ont les choses en elles mesmes les unes enuers les autres, soit que le francois ayant plusieurs mots sinonimes le mesme mot algonquin revient pour les signifier. 2. Pour faire ce dictionnaire, ie me suis serui des plus grands dictionnaires francois, donti’ay mis les mots en algonquin; mais comme ie n’auois pas d’algonquins que ie peusse con- sulter i’ay consulté le dictionnaire outaouois. 3. Quand 4 la fin d’un mot ily a ‘‘out,” cela ueut dire [que] ce mot est propre aux outa- ouois. 4. Les algonquins n’ont pas d’l. et les ou- taouois n’ont pas d’r. Queique fois le mot est commun aux algonquins et aux outaoucis. Cha- cun y mettant cequi est propre de sa langue. 5. Tous ceux qui uoudront bien apprendre la langue doiuent tascher d’auoir une personne d’esprit, et la bien récompenser, pour luy lire les mots, et luy faire dire ce qu’ils signifient, affinque s’explicant comme il dit diuers mots, et 13 André (L.) — Continued. que celuy qui ueut apprendre se fasse I’oreille, et qu il estudie a parler comme eux. 6. Bien que l’on soit certain d’un mot il ne faut laisser de lelire 4 vostre maistre; souuent il dira les mots sinonimes que l’on marquera. 7. On fera bien de mettre par escrit ceque lon ueut dire aux sauuages, et de le leur lire, et bien qu’on scache ce qu’on ueut leur dire il ne nuira point & la question, parce que les sau- uages admirent que le liure parle comme nous et que nous puissions mettre sur le papier ce que nous disons, ce qu’ils ne scauroient faire. 8. Quand i’ay mis la premiére personne ie mets un 3. pour dire la troisiesme personne et dans l’explication ie n’exvlique que la premiére personne. 9. I] faut se gesner 4 apprendre les rudimens autrement on ne parlera iamais bien, et on aura de la peine a entendre bien les sauuages. 10. Rarement les frangois parlent correcte- ment. 11. Les enfans apprennent facilement les lan- gues en se diuertissant, et sans estude, mais un missionnaire qui est un peu 4gé aura de la peine ou un enfant n’en auroit point. Combien en uoyons nous qui au sortir de leurs classes par- lent aussi facilement en latin qu’en frangois, a plus forte raison un missionnaire apprendra auec peine la langue des sauuages qui a beau- coup moins de rapport 4 la langue frangoise que la langue francoise n’en a auec la latine. 12. Quelque fvis quand ie n’ay pas bien ioint les lettres ie mets un petit traict affin qu’on les ioignent. 13. Comme ie n’escris pas bien on se troi- pera souuent, c’est pour quoy il ne faut rien ap- prendre qu’on ne lait leu aceluy des sauuages qu’on a pour maistre. 14, Je marque les longues en mettant un ac- cent sur la syllabe longue. 15. Pour bien apprendre 4 prononcer il ne faut pas dire aux sauuages le mot, mais il faut qu’ils le disent, car si uous leurdites: ‘‘ Appel- lez-uous cela une pierre [?]” ils eous diront souuent oui, sans comprendre ce que uous uou- lez apprendre d’eux. 16. Il est bon d’auoir tousiours dans sa poche un escritoire ou un crayon et des tablettes pour marquer tout ce que uous pourrez attrapper de ce qu’ils disent et aprés uous proposerez a vostre maistre ce que uous auez oui et marqué. 17. Il y adesverbes nobles et ignobles; iemets le uerbe ignoble le premier, et puis le noble parabréuiation. Parexemple: nitiberindan, ie gouuerne cla. n. [i. e. noble] ma pro niliberi- ma, ie gouuerne u. g. un homme. 18. Quand ie mets ‘‘u. g.” cela ueut dire “par exemple,” werbi gratia en latin. 19. Quand il ya und a la marge, cela ueut dire que ie doubte de ce mot. 20. Parfois une lettre n’est pas bien formée, pour lors la 3¢ personne considérée seruira a corriger la premiére, ou au contraise [sic] par la troisiesme on corrigera la premiére. 21. Souuent il faudra deviner; le uerbe pré- 14 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE André (L.) — Continued. cédant ayant le commencement de Ja significa- tion de celuy qui suit. 22. Souuent au lieu de ow ie ne mets que O par oubli. Les sauuages n’ont pas un vu comme les francois. 23. Il est bon de faire longue ou briéue la syllabe pénultiéme selon qu'elle est [1. e., as the case may be], pour ne pas choquer |’oreille des sauuages. La pénultiéme longue a un accent aigu v. g.’; celle qui n’a point d’accent est briéue. Quelquefois ie mets l’accent ~. 24. Agiming, au bord de ¢a; agdming, au bord de 1a. 25. Ainsi que nous auons des mots de nos arts que les sauuages n’ont point, de mesme ils en ont que nous n’auons pas; c’est pour quoy il est bon de marquer ceux qu’ils ont propres, u. g. sur le canot. 26. Quand ily aunk et un g l'un sur l’autre, cela veut dire que l’un et l’autre se disent. Le mesme se doit entendre de P et de B. 27. Quand i’ay mangué quelque lettre ie la mets au-dessus du mot ot elle doit estre insérée. 28. Il faudroit un dictionnaire qui commenga par l’algonquin, ce qui seroit commode pour chercher les mots; mais il faut du temps et du papier en abondance pour ranger bien les mots algonquins ainsi que i’ay tasché de faire aux mots outaouois. 29. Quand ie mets l’accent sur la derniére du uerbe cela ueut dire qu’il faut le mettre sur la pénultiéme de la seconde personne. 30. Souuent ie suppose que le mot est signifié par celuy qui commence. 31. Il faut prendre garde 4 ne pas se tromper quand par inadvertance ie mets un mot ou des syllabes outaouoises ou papinachioises car les trois langues tantost conuiennent et tantost ne conuiennent pas. 32. Quand ie ne mets point de frangois aprés Talgonquin c'est signe que ie [ne] scay pas la signification. 33. Dans toutes les langues il y a des mots sinonymes formellement ou équiualement, ce qui fait que le mesme uerbe est plusieurs fois répété. 34. Tantost iecommence par le mot sauuage, tantost par le mot francois sans que cela porte conséquence. 35. Souuent ayant mis le uerbe, ie ne mets pas la signification au. premier qui suit. 36. Vay oublié quelquefois 4 mettre le fran- ois & des phrases. 37. V’escris comme les sauuages prononcent et il faut s’estudier 4 prononcer comme eux. 38. Il ne faut permettre 4 personne de lire dans ce dictionnaire de peur que quelqu’un ne lise ce qui est uilain comme fit X., qui estant au service d’un pére amassa tous les mots des- honestes qui-estoient dans son dictionnaire et ’en seruit pour dire des uilainies aux filles et les desbaucher. 39. En plusieurs endroits ie parle selon les Sauuages et leurs saletés que ie ne fais que toucher; c’est 4 ceux qui se seruiront de ce dictionnaire 4 prendre garde a cela. —————— | André (L.)— Continued. 40. Le papier n’estant par des meilleurs en plusieurs endroits donnera de la peine. Le | reméde sera d’auoir quelque personne qui scache bien la langue qu'on puisse consulter. 41. Kipoukouan kitonpouagen, tu uioles la paix, est la facon de parler des sauuages qui font la paix en chantant le calumet, et ainsi en diuers endroiis je parle selon la facon de parler des sanuages. 42. Quand il y a une lettre sur l'autre u. g. Je P sur le B, le n sur 7, cela ueut dire que le mot se prononce diuersement selon les nations. 43. Ie mets souuent le uerbe a la 3° personne et ie mets la signification 4 la premiére, je fais cela [par] inaduertance. — [Homilies in the Montagnais lan- ' guage. | | Manuscript, lacking title-page or first leaf, 49 unnumbered 1]. sm. 8° (7x42 inches). -The hand- writing is fairly regular and distinct. The first 8 ll. are in parallel columns, Montagnais and_ French; the remainder alternate French on versos, Montagnais on rectos. The versosof Il. 47, 48, and 49 are blank. The work seems to be incomplete. These three manuscripts of Father André I had the pleasure of seeing in the hands of the Abbé Férard, in the summer of 1882, at the Sault au Recollet, Island of Montreal. In June, 1889, I saw them again in possession of Rey. A. E. Jones, of St. Mary’s College, Mont- real, in-the library of which institution they will probably remain. Through the kindness of the latter gentle- man, who furnished me the copy of the above preface, Iam also in receipt of an extended bio- graphic sketch of Pére André, compiled by him with much labor from printed and manuscript sources—a sketch too long and elaborate for these pages, but which should find place in some more suitable work. I regret my inability to use it as a whole, but must content myself with the following extracts : Father Louis André was born in 1623, and previous to his coming to New France had en- tered the Society of Jesus as a member of the province of Toulouse. AsaCanadian mission- ary he was within the jurisdiction of the prov- ince of France. He reached America on the 7th of June, 1669, and in a short time was sent tothe western missions, where Claude Allouez, Jacques Marquette, and Claude Dablon, to- gether with the coadjutor—brother Louis le Boesme, were already toiling in the Master’s vineyard. : On the 20th of May, 1670, Allouez, leaving the neighborhood of the Bay, had set out for the Sault, and from him we ascertain the fact that Father André had already reached that post with Father Druillettes, who had journeyed — with him. On the 28th of August, Father André set out for the Mission of Mississagué (Wide-mouth- river), on the northern shore of Lake Huron. He arrived there three days after. As soon as ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 15 André (L.) —Continued. the exercises of the mission were ended, he pro- ceeded to Ouiebitchiouin, an island in the same lake lying opposite Ekaent8ton (Manitoulin), where he remained twelve days. After sojourn- ing on the latter island, continuing unremit- tingly his apostolic labors in spite of famine, he finally reached Lake Nipissing, and there spent three months instructing the 8tisk8agami (those-at-the-farthest-lake). As the ice broke up he returned to Ekaent8- ton, and for three weeks he preached to the Amik8é, or Beaver nation, who had taken up their abodeontheisland. Provisions were now more plentiful as the hunt of the orignal had proved successful, and God gave him, as he says, wherewith to ‘‘couler doucement la fin de -VYhyver.” This to all appearances was towards the end of the winter 1670-1671. The summer months of 1671, Father André passed at the Baie des Puants. We next find him at Michilimakinac, where he spent part of the winter with the Etionnontatehronnon Hurous and other Indians who had returned there as exiles to their old habitation. On the 15th of December, 1671, he set out to return to Green Bay. ) : Seventh streets, | Philadelphia. | Craig, Chippewa American Bible Soc. ©. 5 Chippewa Bagster (J.) Finley & co., prs. 1020 Archst., Philada. Chippewa Bible Society. (1878? ] Chippewa British and Foreign. Printed covers (title as above on the front Chippewa Church one), contents pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-48, 16°. Chippewa Enew. St. John, iii, 16, in Eastern Cree (syllabic), p. Chippewa Gilbert&Rivington. | . 26; Western Cree (Roman), Ojibwa in two ver- Chippewa Schoolcraft (H. R.) sions, one wrongly entitled ‘* Chippewyan, or Chippewa Wilson (E. F.) Tinne,’’ Maliseet, p.27; Micmac, p. 28. Cree American Bible Soc. Oopies seen: Powell. Cree Bagster (J.) Some copies have slightly variant title Cree Bible Society. (Eames) ; others have the title printed in a dif- Cree British and Foreign. ferent type, and omit the line beginning with Cree Church. the word ‘“‘Craig.”” (Eames, Powell.) Cree Gilbert & Rivington. | Bible stories: Delaware American Bible Soc. Chippewa See Déléage (F. R.) Delaware Bagster (J.) Chippewa Dougherty (P.) and Delaware Bible Society. Rodd (D.) Maliseet American Bible Soc. Chippewa Kishemanito. Maliseet Bible Society. Delaware ' Dencke (C. F.) Maliseet British and Foreign. Delaware Luckenbach (A.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Bibliotheca americana. (i. R.) Bibliotheca americana. See Leclerc (C.) Bibliothéque Nationale: These words following a ’ title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work has been seen by the compiler in the National Library, Paris, France. Biedermann (Woldemar, Freiherr von). Zur vergleichenden Geschichte der poetischen Formen. @) In Zeitschrift fir Vergleichen de Litteratur- geschichte und Renaissance-Litteratur, neue Folge, vol. 1, pp. 415-440, Berlin, 1889, 8°. Shawnee sacrificial song, p. 422. Title from Prof. A. F. Chamberlain, Toronto. Bigcanoe (Chief Charles) and others. [A letter in the Ojibway language. ] In The Indian, vol.1 (no. 4), p. 44, Hagers- ville, Ont. March 3, 1886, 4°. Addressed to the editor and signed ‘‘ Chief Chas. Bigcanoe, Jas. Ashquabe, Noah Snake, Geo. McCue, Sr.” Biglow (William). History | of | the town of Natick, Mass. | from the days of | the apostolic Eliot, | MDCL, | to the present time, | MDCCCXxx | By William Biglow. | 5 Boston : | published by Marsh, Capen, & Lyon. | M DCCC XXX [1830]. Title verso advertisement 1 1. text pp. 3-87, errata 1 p. 8°. Some copies contain a map. Extracts from the town records, 1713-1716, in the Natick language, pp. 26-27.— Title-page of Eliot’s bible and Lord’s prayer in the Natick language, with interlinear English translation, pp. 48-50. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Eames, Trumbull. . Bigot (Pére Vincent) Scripta Ri Pis Vin- centii | Bigot Ubanakkaorum | in Deo Patris et Pastoris. Manuscript, in the Abnaki language, in the library of the archbishopric of Quebec. It consists of ten parts of about 30 ll. each, bound together in deer-skin, the last or tenth part being bound as the first in the volume. It con- tains prayers in Abnaki on the rectos, the opposite versos containing a French transla- tion. These prayers are the acts of adoration and faith, the mystery of the trinity, the incar- nation, acts of hope, love, contrition, etc. which extend to p.10. Pp.11-38 are occupied with a paraphrase of certain passages of the new testament. The manuscript has, in the first eight parts, a dual pagination. The author seems to have written (at first, on the rectos only) his conver- sation on divers passages of the new testa- ment, from the conception of the Holy Virgin, p. 1, to p. 196, where ends the development of the last subject, announced at p. 187 in these terms: 47 See Bartlett | Bigot (V.) — Continued. ‘*La vie Ge la Ste. Vierge, aprés l’ascension de son fils, sa mort, les actions de la mort des ap6étres, aprés la mesme ascension de Jésus.” This page, 196, which is the last of the eighth part, ends with ‘‘A. M. D. et B. V. M. G. Sep- timo Januarii 1686.” A second pagination commences on the verso facing the first leaf of the regular pagination with the number 175,and with the following title: ‘‘Suite du 14e™e discours de Jesu cruci- fixo.’”’ The matter which preceded this ‘‘suite”’ is lacking in the manuscript. The eight parts contain instructions on the new testament and on a fewof the more remarkable points of the old. The last part of the volume, whichis the ninth, treats of particular subjects, and bears a special pagination from 1 to 23, besides 3 blank leaves at the end. Instruction sur la confession, pp. 1-6.—Instruction sur la communion, p. 7.— Méthode pourentendre les confessions, pp. 7-23. The A bnaki text is on the recto of these leaves; on the verso, facing, is found a translation, sometimes Latin, sometimes French; it ig broken off at the 14th leaf. The versos of the leaves following are blank. Bill. 50th Congress, | lst Session. | S. 2523. | [Four lines.] | A bill | To ratify and confirm an agreement with the Chippewa Indians of | the White Earth, Leech Lake, Cass Lake, Lake Winne- bagosh- | ish, and White Oak Point Reservations, and the Gull River | band, | inthe State of Minnesota. [Washington, D. C. Government printing office. 1888. ] No title-page, heading as above; text pp. 1-29, large 8°. Signatures of chiefs and headmen of the above-named bands of Chippewas, pp. 12-28. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. Bill. 50th Congress, | 1st Session. ! H. R. 1956. | [Nine lines.] | A bill | To ratify and confirm an agreement with the Gros Ventres, Piegan, | Blood, Blackfeet, and River Crow Indians in Montana. [ Washington, D. C. Government printing office. 1888.] No title-page, heading as above; text pp. 1-42, 11. large 8°. Names, with English equivalents, of the chiefs, headmen, and principal men of the above peoples; the Piegan, Blood, and Blackfeet occur on pp. 34-41. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling, Powell. : Also printed with the necessary changes in heading, and with a section added on p. 42, as ‘'50th Congress, 1st Session, S. 1824. (Pilling, Powell.) Also printed as ‘‘H.R.1956. In the Senate of the United States, March12, 1888. * * a 48 Bill — Continued. Anacttoratify’” etc. (Pilling.) And again, as the same, with slight additions to the heading and a final section added, making pp. 1-43. (Pilling.) In all these the proper names are the same. Bill. 50th Congress, | Ist Session. | S. 2522. | [Four lines.] | A bill | To ratify and confirm an agreement with the Red Lake Band of | Chippewa Indians in the State of Minnesota. [ Washington, D. C. printing office. 1888. ] No title-page, heading asabove; text pp. 1-15, large 8°. Signatures of chiefs and headmen of the Red Lake band of Chippewas, pp. 11-13. Copies seen: Pilling. Government cording to the | improved orthography | of | Dr. Edwin James. | By A. Bingham, | missionary to the Baptist board of foreign missions | at Sault St. Marie, Michigan Territory. | Albany: | printed by Packard and Van Benthuysen. | 1825. Title 1 1. text pp. 3-12, 16°, An evening hymn, p. 12. The only copy I have seen is that in qhe library of the late Sir Thomas Phillips, Chelten- ham, Engiand. Blackbird (Andrew Jackson). History | of the | Ottawa and Chippewa In- dians | of Michigan; | a grammar of their language, | and personal and family history of the author, | By An- drew J. Blackbird, | Late U. S. Inter- preter, Harbor Springs, Emmet Co., Mich. | Ypsilanti, Mich.: | the Ypsilantian job printing house. | 18€7. Cover title: Price One Dollar. | History | of the | Ottawa and Chippewa | Indians of Michi- gan, | and grammer of their language | by A.J. Blackbird, | (Mack-e-te-be-nessy, son of the Ot- tawa Chief, Mack-a-de-pe-nessy). Printed cover, title verso copyright 1 1. intro- duction 11. preface verso acknowledgment 11. text pp. 7-128, sq. 16°. The ten commandments, creed, and Lord’s prayer, pp. 105-106.—Grammar of the Ottawa and Chippewa language, pp. 107-119.—Vocabu- laries (words, phrases, and sentences), pp. 120- 128. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. I have seen a prospectus of this work headed “‘The Ypsilantian, Ypsilanti, Mich. Thursday, Feb.9,1888” (probably reprinted from that period- ical), which gives examples of nouns, pronouns, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Blackbird (A. J.) — Continued. and conjugationsof verbsfromthe grammar. In itis the statement that ‘‘ nearly the whole work of editing the author’s manuscript has been done as a work of benevolence by Mrs. G. W. Owen of this city, excepting a portion of the grammar, done during her illness by the senior editor of the Ypsilantian.”’ The closing paragraph of the work itself is as follows: ‘‘ Note. Except some condensa- tion and arrangement in tho grammar, this work is printed almost verbatim as written by the author.—Editor.” Andrew J. Blackbird, the author of this little book, is an educated Indian, son of the Ottawa chief. HisIndian nameis Mack-aw-de-be-nessy (Black Hawk), but he generally goes by the name of ‘‘ Blackbird,” taken from the interpre- ~ tation of the French ‘‘l’oiseau noir.” Mr. Black- bird's wife is an educated and intelligent white woman of English descent, and they have four children. He is a friend of the white people as. well as of his own people. Broughtupas an In- dian, with no opportunity for learning during his boyhood, when he came to think for himself, he started out blindly for an education, without any means but his brains and his hands. He was loyal to the government during the. rebellion in the United States, for which cause he met much .opposition by designing white people who had full sway among the Indians, and who tried to mislead them and cause them. to be disloyal; and he broke up one or two: rebellious councils amongst his people during the progress of the rebellion. When Hon. D. C. Leach, of Traverse City, Mich., was Indian agent, Mr. Blackbird was. appointed United States interpreter, and con- tinued in this office with other subsequent. - agents of the department for many years. Be- fore he was fairly out of this office he was ap- pointed postmaster of Little Traverse, now Harbor Springs, Mich., and faithfully dis- charged hisduties as such for over eleven years. : with but very little salary.—Introduction. Blackfoot: Bible, Genesis (pt.) See Tims (J. W..) Bible, Matthew Tims (J. W.) Bible stories Tims (J. W.) Catechism Lacombe (A.) Dictionary Lacombe (A.) Dictionary McLean (J.) Dictionary Tims (J. W.) General discussion Our. Gentes Legal (E.) Gentes Morgan (L. H.) Geographic names Morgan (L. H.) Grammar Lanning (C. M.) Grammar McLean (J.) Grammar Tims (J. W.) Grammatic comments Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Hayden (F. V.) Wilson (E. F.) Legai (E.) Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic treatise ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. ; AQ Blackfoot — Continued. Hymns Hymns Hymns _ Legends Letter. Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer - Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Numerals Numerals Personal names Prayer book Prayers Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Relationships Songs Songs Ten commandments Text Text Vocabulary Vocabulary - Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary - Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabplary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words Words Words Words Words See also Satsika, AL 4 ; See Lacombe (A.) Prando (P. P.) Tims (J. W.) Legal (E.) Crowfoot. Bergholtz (G. F.) McLean (J.) Marietti (P.) Shea (J. G.) Smet (P. J. de). Trumbull (J. H.) Youth’s. Latham (R. G.) Maximilian (A. P.) Bill. Tims (J. W.) Lacombe (A.) Brinton (D. G.) Catlin (G.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Mogridce (G.) Morris (A.) Petitot (HE. F. S.J.) Stanley (J. M.) Morgan (L. H.) Petitot (HE. F.S. J.) Smet (P.J. de). Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Legal (E.) McLean (J.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Buschmann (J.C. E.) Campbell (J.) Catlin (G.) Cooper (J. G.) Denig (E. F.) Franklin (J.) Gallatin (A.) Haines (E. M.) Hale (H.) Hayden (F. V.) House (J.) Lacombe (A.) and Legal (E.) Lanning (C. M.) Latham (R. G.) Legal (E.) Maximilian (A. P.) Moncrovie (J. B.) Morgan (L. H.) Pallisser (J.) Smet (P.J.de). Sullivan (J. W.) Unmfreville (E.) Willis (W.) Wilson (E. F.) Buschmann (J.C. E.) Chase (P. E.) Frost (J.) Latham (R. G.) Mogridge (G.) Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Black Hawk. Life | of | Ma-ka-tai-me- she-kia-kiak | or | Black Hawk, | em- bracing the | tradition of his nation— Indian wars in which he has | been en- gaged—cause of joining the British in their | late war with America, and its history—de- | scription of the Rock-’ River village—man- | ners and cus- toms—encroachments by | the whites, contrary to trea- | ty—removal from his | village in 1831. | With an | account of the cause and general history | of the | late war, | his | surrender and con- finement at Jefferson Barracks, | and | travels through the United States. | Dictated by himself. | J. B. Patterson, of Rock Island, Ill. Editor and Pro- prietor. | Boston : | Published by Theodore Ab- bott. | 1834, Portrait 11. title verso copyright 1 1. certifi- ‘cate of interpreter verso blank 11. dedication in the Sac language pp. 5-6, dedication in Eng- lish pp. 7-8, advertisement pp. 9-11, text pp. 13-155, 12°. ‘‘Ne-ka-na-wen. Ma-ne-se-no oke-maut wap- pi ma-quai,”’ Dedication to brigadier General H. Atkinson, in the Sac language, with Eng- lish translation, pp. 5-8. Copies seen: Congress. According to Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 5675, the first edition is Cincinnati, 1833. Life | of | Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-kiak | or | Black Hawk, | embracing the | tradition of his nation—Indian wars in which he has | been engaged—cause of joining the British in their'| late war with America, and its history—de- | scription of the Rock-River village— man-| ners and customs — encroach- ments by | the whites, contrary to trea- | ty—removal from his | village in 1831. | With an | account of the cause and general history | of the | late war, | his | surrender and confinement at Jefferson Barracks, | and | travels through the United States. | Dictated by himself. | J. B. Patterson, of Rock Island, [11]. Editor and Proprietor. | Boston: | Russell, Odiorne & Metcalf. | New York: Monson Bancroft. —Phil- adelphia: Marshall, Clark & co.— | Baltimore: Jos. Jewett. — Mobile: Sidney Smith. | 1834. Collation and linguistics as in edition titled next above. 50 Black Hawk — Continued. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Dunbar, Pilling, Wisconsin Historical Society. Some copies with title as above have the imprint Boston, 1834. (Congress, Dunbar.) — Life | of | Black Hawk, | or| Ma-ka- tai-me-she-kia-kiak, | embracing the | Tradition of his Nation—Indian Wars in which he has been | engaged—Cause of joining the British in their late War | with America, and its History— | De- scription of the Rock-river Village— Manners and ‘Customs— | Encroach- ments by the Whites, contrary to Trea- ty— | Removal from his Village in 1831: | with an | account of the cause and general history | of the | late war, | His Surrender and Confinement at Jefferson Barracks, | and | travels through the United States. | Dictated by himself. | Edited by J. B. Patterson, of Rock Isl- and, Illinois. | London: | Richard James Kennett, | 14, York street. | 1836. Frontispiece 11. title verso printer 11. pref- ace pp. iii—viii, certificate of interpreter verso blank 1 1. dedication in Sac pp. v-vi, same in English pp. vii-viii, advertisement pp. ix-xi, text pp. 1-177, colophon unnumbered page verso of p.177, advertisement 2 ll. 12°. Linguistics as under previous title, pp. v-viii. Copies seen: Shea. There is an edition with title-page as in the edition of 1834 with the imprint Boston: | pub- lished by Theodore Abbott. | 1845. (Astor, Watkinson. ) — Autobiography | of | Ma-ka-tai-me- she-kia-kiak, | or | Black Hawk, | em- bracing the traditions of his nation, various wars in which he has | been en- gaged, and his account of the cause and | general history of the | Black Hawk war of 1832, | His Surrender, and Trav- els Through the United States. | Dic- tated by himself. | Antoine LeClair, U.S. Interpreter. | J. B. Patterson, Ed- itor and Amanuensis. | Rock Island, II- linois, 1833. | Also | life, death and burial of the old chief, together with { A History of the Black Hawk War, | By J. B. Patterson, Oquawka, III. 1882, | [Continental printing co., St. Louis, Mo., 1882. ] Frontispiece, title verso copyright notice and printers 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. affidavit pp. v-vi, original dedication (in Sac) p. vii, trans- lation of same into English p. viii, advertise- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Black Hawk — Continued. ment pp. ix—x, text pp. 11-190, appendix pp. 191-208, 12°. Dedication in the Sac language, p. vii. Copies seen: Congress, Wisconsin Historical Society. Black Hawk, a noted chief of the Sac and Fox tribes of Indians, though by birth a Pottawat- tamie, born at Kaskaskia, Ill.,in 1767; died at his camp on the river Des Moines, 3 Oct., 1838. At fifteen he was ranked with the braves, and be- came a successful leader in expeditions against the Osage and Cherokee tribes. About 1788 he succeeded, as head chief of the Sacs, his father, who had been killed by a Cherokee. In 1804 the Sacs and Foxes signed at St. Louis a treaty with Gen. Harrison, by which for an annuity of $1,000 a year they transferred to the U.S. Gov- ernment their lands, extending about 700 miles along Mississippi River. This arrangement was repudiated by Black Hawk, who averred that the chiefs were drunk when they signed the treaty. Moved by the exhortations of the Shawnee prophet Elskwatawa, brother of Te- cumseh, and by the presents of British agents, Black Hawk, with the title of general, joined the British with 500 warriors during the war of 1812; but a repulse in a battle near Detroit, and an unsuccessful attack on a fort, surprised and disgusted the red men, who soon tired of the service. The cession of their territory was ratified by another treaty made in 1815, after the conclusion of the war, and by a third treaty which Black Hawk himself signed at St. Louis in 1816. In 1823 the main body of the Sacs and Foxes removed, under the lead of Chief Keokuk, to their reservation across the Mississippi; but Black Hawk and his followers remained. By the new treaty made at Prairie du Chien, 15 July, 1830, signed by chiefs of various tribes, among them Keokuk, their lands east of the Mississippi became the property of the whites. Theirremoval west was opposed by Black Hawk, who, when the crops of his people were ploughed up and the lands seized for the white settlers who had purchased the sites of their villages, threatened retaliation. were then called out, and on 25 June, 1831, a force under Gen. Gaines compelled the Indians to de- part. Black Hawk returned in the spring across the Mississippi. After a band of fifty war- riors was attacked and scattered by the militia, they separated into squads and began to mas- sacre the whites. Gen. Scott marched a force of U. S. troops against them, but was*hindered in his operations by an outbreak of choleraamong the soldiers. The Indians were driven back to Wisconsin River, where they sustained a de- feat, inflicted by Gen. Dodge, on 21 July, 1832. They were completely defeated at the river Bad Axe,1 and2 Aug., by Gen. Atkinson, and the surrender of Black Hawk took place on the 27th. Black Hawk, his two sons, and seven. _ other head warriors who were detained as hos- tages were taken through the principal eastern The militia of Illinois ~ _ ee a eee eS ee a ee ee ee ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. ; ol Black Hawk — Continued. cities, and then confined in Fortress Monroe until 5 June, 1833. Black Hawk was deposed, and Keokuk made chief of the Sacs and Foxes, -. who to the number of about 3,000 were removed to the region about Fort Des Moines.—Apple- ton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Blackmore (William). The North Amer- ican Indians: a sketch of some of the hostile tribes, together with a brief ac- count of General Sheridan’s campaign of 1868 against the Sioux, Cheyenne, Arapahoe, Kiowa, and Comanche In- dians. By William Blackmore. In Ethnological Soc. Lond. Jour. new series, vol. 1, pp. 287-320, London, 1869, 8°. Names of Cheyenne chiefs, with English equivalents, pp. 309-310.— Names of Arapahoe: chiefs, with English equivalents, p. 312. [Blakeman (Bessie C.)] Historicals | for | the Young Folks. | By Oro Noque. | Boston: | Published by D. Lothrop & Co. | Dover, N. H.: G. T. Day & Co. | 1874, Pp. i-vi, 7-168, 12°. Lord’s prayer in the Natick language (from Eliot), pp. 43-44. Copies seen: Congress. Blanchard (Ira D.) The | Delaware first book, | prepared | by | Ira D. Blanch- ard. | Second Edition. | Shawanoe Baptist Mission press, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1842. Reverse title: Lunapre ! Irkvekun, | nrtam- - exif. | Mplenhes | ok | halus, | tolrkvonro. English title with Delaware title as above on verso 11. key to the Delaware alphabet p. 3, text entirely in Delaware pp. 4-24, 16°. Copies seen: Trumbull. _ For titles of other works by this author, see Linapie, page 314 of this bibliography. See Zeisberger (D.) and Blanchard Ci.-B) Blanchard (Rufus). The | discovery and conquest | of | the Northwest | including the | early history of Chicago, Detroit, Vin- | cennes, St. Louis, Ft. Wayne, Prairie | Du Chien, Marietta, Cincin- nati | Cleveland, etc., etc. | And inci- dents of pioneer life in the region of the | great lakes andthe Mississippi valley. | By Rufus Blanchard. Chicago: | Cushing, Thomas & com- pany, publishers, | 1880. Frontispiece 1 |. title verso copyright 1 1. in- troduction pp. 3-5, contents pp. 7-15, list of il- Bland (Col. Theodorick), jr. Blanchard (R.)— Continued. lustrations p.17, text pp. 19-484, 1 1. Washing- ton’s Journal pp. 1-30, index pp. i-iv, 8°. Haines (EH. M.), Indian names, etc. pp. 475- 484. Copies seen: Congress. The | Bland papers: | being a | selection from the manuscripts | of | Colonel Theodorick Bland, jr. | of Prince George county, Vir- ginia. | To which are prefixed | an in- troduction, | and | a memoir of Colonel Bland. | [One line quotation.] | Edited by | Charles Campbell. | In two vol- umes. | Vol. I [-IT]. | Petersburg: | printed by Edmund & Julian C. Ruffin. | 1840 [-1843]. 2 vols.: 4. p. ll. pp. v-xxxi, 2 ll. pp. 1-160; 2 Il. pp. 9-130, 8°. Appendix C. ‘List of Indian words (sup- posed to be Chickasaw)”’, vol. 1, pp. 151-152. The vocabulary (about 100 words) is in Del- aware, not Chickasaw. Copies seen: Congress, Lenox. At the Menzies sale, catalogue no. 185, a copy brought $5.50. Theodoric Bland, soldier, born in Prince George County, Virginia, died in New York City June 1, 1790. In 1753 he was sent to Eng. land, and, after preliminary studies at Wake- field, he pursued the academic and subsequent- ly the medical course at the University of Ed- inburgh. After being admitted to the prac- tice of medicine in England he returned to this country about 1764. He continued active in his profession until the beginning of the Revolutionary war, when he at once sided with the colonists and became captain of the first troop of Virginia cavalry. After the - enrolment of six companies he joined the main army in 1777 as lieutenant-colonel. Later he became colonel, and throughout the war signal. ° ized himself as a vigilant and efficient officer, enjoying the esteem and confidence of General Washington. He served during the war for one term in the Virginia Senate, and later was elected to the Continental Congress, serving from 1780 till 1783. He was also a member of the Virginia convention of 1788 on the adop- tion of the federal constitution.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. [Blatchford (Rev. Henry).] Iu | otoshki -kikindiuin | au | kitogimaminan gaie bemajiinvng | Jesus Krist :'| ima| Ojibue inueuining giizhitong. | The | new testament | of | our lord and saviour | Jesus Christ: | translated into the lan- guage | of the | Ojibwa Indians. | New-York: | printed by |the American bible society, | Instituted in New-York in the year 1816. | 1844. 52 Blatchford (H.) — Continued. Title verso index 1 1]. key to the orthography pp. iii-iv, text entirely in the Se language pp. 1-643, 16°. Copies seen: American Bible Society, Astor, Boston Athenzum, British Museum, Lenox, Trumbull, Yale, Eames, Pilling. Atthe Brinley sale two copies, catalogue nos. 5664 and 5665, brought $1 each; Quaritch, 1889, priced a copy 12s. ] Iu | otoshki-kikindiuin | au t te- beniminvng gaie bemajiinung | Jesus Christ: | ima | Ojibue inueuining giiz- hitong. | The new testament | of | our lord and saviour Jesus Christ: | trans- lated into the janeuaee | of the | Ojibwa Indians. | New York: | American bible society, | instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 1856. ° Title verso index 1 1. key to the orthography pp. iii-iv, text entirely in the Ojibwa language _ pp. 1-717, 16°. Copies seen: American Bible Society, British Museum, Congress, Lenox, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull, Hames. Leclerc, 1867 catalogue, no. 1462, priced it 4 fr. 50c.; the Fischer copy, catalogue no. 2642, sold for 2s.; the Field copy, catalogue no. 1719, $1.25; Leclerc, 1878 catalogue, no. 2158, priced it 25 fr. ; Francis, of New York, in 1888, charged $1 50; [ and Chadenat, of Paris, catalogue no. 3, No- _ vember, 1889, no. 3069, 15 fr. [——] Iu | otoshki-kikindiuin | au | tebenimiuvng gaie bemajiinung | Jesus Christ: | ima| Ojibue inueuining giizhi- tong. | The | new testament | of | our lord and saviour Jesus Christ: | trans- lated into the language | of the | Ojibwa Indians. | New York: | American bible society, | instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 1875. Title verso index 1 1. key to the orthography pp. iii-iv, text entirely in the Ojibwa language pp. 1-717, 16°. Copies seen: Astor, British and Foreign Bible Society, Eames, Pilling, Powell. Clarke & co. Cincinnati, in their 1886 cata- logue, no. 6758, quote a copy at 75 cents. Blood Indians. See Blackfoot. Blossom (Levi). See Lapham (I. A.) and others, _ Bluejacket (Charles). (A. S.) [Bodoni (Jean-Baptiste), editor. ] Oratio | dominica | in| cLy. lingvas | versa | et | exoticis characteribvs | plervm- qve expressa. | See Gatschet BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Bodoni (J. B.) — Continued. Parmae | typis Bodonianis | MDCCC VI [1806]. 3 p. ll. pp. i-xix (in French), 2 11. pp. i-xix (in Italian), 2 11. pp. 1-20,1 1. text pp. i-cexlviii, 11. folio. Pars quarta, linguas Americanas complec- tens: Canadice, montium dialecto (ex Masdeu), p. cexviii; Illinice (ex ms.), p. cexix; Virginice: (Ex Bibliis Virginice impressis Cantabrigiz), p. ccxxi; Savanahice (ex Chamberlaynio), p. Ccxxii. Copies seen: British Museum, Lenox, Wat- kinson. An ‘‘uncut, fine, clean copy” at the Fischer sale, no. 1272, brought 3s. 6d. Boisthibault (Francois Jules Doubletde).. See Doublet de Boisthibdault (F. J.) -Bolin (—) See Chamberlain (A. F.) Bollaert (William). the Indian tribes of Texas. Bollaert, F. R. G. S. In Ethnological Soc. of London Jour. vol. 2, pp. 262-283, London, n. d. 8°. A few proper names in Shawnee, Delaware,, and Kickapoo, pp. 282-283. Bolton (Henry Carrington). The | counting-out rhymes | of | children: | their antiquity, origin, and wide dis- tribution | A Study in Folk-Lore | by | Henry Carrington Bolton | London | Elliot Stock, 62, Paternoster row | 1888. Half-title verso a connie: out rhyme 1 |}. title as above verso blank 1 1. preface verso blank 11. authorities pp. vii-ix, contents verso blank 11. text pp. 1-121, appendix pp. 122-123: (unnumbered), 4°. Counting-out rhyme and aaiorale 1-5 in Penobscot, p. 10. Oopies seen: Bureau of Ethnology. The original article, which appeared in the Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. 1, pp. 31— 37, contains no linguistics. te [Bompas( Rev. William Carpenter). ] Cree primer. Colophon: London: Gilbert & Riv- ington, Whitefriars Street,and St. John’s. Square. No title-page, heading only; text } pp. 1-36, 16°, entirely in the Cree language oxceps the: headings. Lessons, pp. 1-19.—Prayers, pp. 19-23.—Cat- echism, pp. 24-26.—Hymns, pp. 27-36. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell, Society for Pro- moting Christian Knowledge. Mr. Bompas, a son of the late C. C. Bompas,. Esq., Sergeant-at-law, was born in London, Eng- land, in 1834. Having been first trained to the legal profession, he was ordained deacon by the then Bishop of Lincoln in 1859. After serving: Observations on By William ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Bompas (W. C.) — Continued. several curacies in the diocese of Lincoln, he came to Canada as a missionary of the Church missionary society in 1865, having first received priestly orders from the present Bishop of Rupert’s Land acting as commissary for the late Bishop of London. In 1874 he was again sum- moned to England to receive episcopal orders as Bishop of Athabasca, and in 1884, the pres- -ent diocese of Mackenzie being portioned off from that of Athabasca, his title was changed to Bishop of Mackenzie River, the Right Rev. Dr. Young being consecrated as Bishop of Ath- abasca. He has written and published much material in the Athapascan languages, as well as a primer in Eskimo. Bond (John Wesley). Minnesota | and | its resources |: to which are appended | camp-fire sketches | or | notes of a trip from St. Paul to Pembina and Selkirk | settlement on the Red River of the North | By J. Wesley Bond | [Device] | Redfield, | 110 and 112 Nassau street, New York. | 1853. Engraved title: Minnesota | and | its re- sources | by | J. W. Bond | [Picture entitled] Falls of St. Anthony. | D3 Bond (J. W.) — Continued. ) Remarks on the Cree and Sauteux lan- guages, pp. 348-349. Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum, Congress. There is a copy of this work in the Boston Athenzum library with title similar to that given above, except that the imprint of the printed title concludes: No. 251 Market Street, Philadelphia, | 1857. (*) — Minnesota | and | its resources | to which are appended | camp-fire sketches | or | notes of a trip from St. Paul to Pembina and Selkirk] Settlement on the Red River of the North | By J. Wesley Bond | Chicago: | Keen and Lee, | 1856. Engraved title: ‘Minnesota |and |its resources | by | J. W. Bond | [Picture of Falls of St. An. thony.] | . Redfield | 110 & 112 Nassau street | New York. | 1853 [sic]. Frontispiece 11. engraved title verso blank 11. printed title verso copyright 1 1. dedication -verso blank 1]. preface pp. 5-6, contents pp. 7-8, text pp. 9-334, appendix pp. 335-365, supplement to the third edition pp. 366-400, thaps, 12°. Copies seen: Harvard. Redfield | 110 and, 112 Nassau street| New | Bonduel (Pére Flavien J.) Souvenir York. | 1853. Engraved title 1 1. printed title verso copy- right ete. 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface - pp. 5-6, contents pp. 7-8, text pp. 9-364, testimo- nials pp. 1-3, advertisements 8 ll. map and . plates, 12°. Remarks on the Cree and Sauteux lan- guages, pp. 348-349. Copies seen; British Museum, Congress. —— Minnesota | and | its resources | to which are appended |camp-fire sketches | or | notes of a trip from St. Paul to Pembina and Selkirk | settlement on the Red River of the North | By J. Wes- ley Bond | Keen & Lee, | No. 148 Lake street, Chicago, Illinois. | Charles Desilver, | No. 253 Market street, Philadelphia. | 1856. Engraved title: Minnesota| and | its resources | by | J. W. Bond | [Engraving entitled] Falls of St. Anthony. | Keen & Lee | N°. 148 Lake street, | Chicago, Illinois. | 1856. Engraved title 1 1. printed title verso copy- Tight 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface verso blank 11. contents pp. 7-8, text pp. 9-412, ~ map, plates, 16°. This edition agrees with the New York edition of 1853 from the beginning of the text, p. 9, to p.361,and is apparently printed from the same plates. The remainder consists of supplementary matter. d’une mission Indienne. | Nakam | et | son fils Nigabianong | ou | l’enfant perdu: | précédé dune notice histori- que, et dédié aux éléves des colléges | ' et des pensionnats de la Belgique. | Par | le R. P. Fl.-J. Bonduel, mission- naire | [&c. three lines.] | Avec le por- trait de l’auteur. | [ Design. ] | Tournai | typographie de J. Caster- man et fils, | libraires-éditeurs. | 1855 Printed cover, half-title 11. title as above 1 1. text pp. 5-44, map of Wisconsin, 8°. Between pp. 42 and 43, Musique Indienne; Chant de Nigabianong, [and] Chant de Nakam; words and music. A few words and phrases of Chippeway are introduced. Oopies seen: British Museum, Trumbull. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 167, a copy brought $3.25. — Souvenir religieux | d’une | mission Indienne | ou | recueil de priéres | ‘‘ Le premier qui fui jamais écrit dans cette langue,” | pour Vusage des néophytes, | de la mission des Indiens | Ménnomo- nies de Saint-Michel-Archange, fondée le 15 décembre 1852, | au nord du lac Shawanow, Etat du Wisconsin, diocése de Milwaukie, | par le Révérend Pére .F.-L.-J. Bonduel, | missionnaire, | [&c. three lines. ] | 54 Bonduel (F. J.) — Continued. Tournai | imprimerie de Malo et Le- vasseur. | 1855. Printed cover as above, half-title verso blank 1 1. title as above verso note 11. text (entirely in Mennomonie, with headings sometimes in En- glish alone, sometimes in the two languages) pp. 5-16, 16°. Prayers, hymns, and primer lessons. Copies seen: Shea, Trumbull. Book of common prayer [Cree]. See Hunter (J.) Book of common prayer: Chippewa See Horden (J.) and Sand- ers (J.} Chippewa O'Meara (F. A.) Cree Horden (J.) Cree Hunter (J.) Book of Exodus in Micmac. See Rand (Sar) Borsari (Ferdinando). Ferdinando Bor- sari | La letteratura | deg!’ indigeni americani | [Three lines quotation ] | [Scroll] | Napoli, | Luigi Pierro, editore | Piazza Dante, 76 | 1888 Printed cover as above, title as above verso . printer 11. preliminary pp. 3-6, text pp. 7-76, 8°. Contains notices of a number of American languages, among them a few Algonquian. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. Boston Athenzum: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution, Boston, Mass. Boston Public: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in that library, Boston, Mass. Boudinot (Rev. Elias). A | star in the west; | or, | a humble attempt to dis- cover | the long lost | ten tribes of Is- rael, | preparatory to their return to their beloved city, | Jerusalum. ; By Elias Boudinot, LL. D. | [Seven lines quotations. | | Trenton, N. J. | published by D. Fen- ton, S. Hutchinson, and | J. Dunham. | George Sherman, printer. | 1816. Title verso copyright notice 1 1. contents pp. iii-iv, preface pp. i-xxi, introduction pp. 23-31, text pp. 33-312, 8°. Chapter III. An inquiry into ae language of the American Indians, pp. 89-107, contains a vocabulary of several languages, among them the Mohegan, pp. 102-103. Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenzum, British Museum, Congress, Dunbar, Harvard, Trumbull. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Boudinot (E.) — Continued. At the Squier sale, no. 108, a half-calf, gilt copy brought $2.25; at the Brinley sale a copy with ‘‘fine portrait inserted” sold for $2.75; the Murphy copy, catalogue no. 305, half-mo- rocco, top edge gilt, brought $4.75. Clarke & — co. 1886 catalogue, no. 6281, priced it $1.75. Elias Boudinot, philanthropist, born in Phila- delphia, Pa., May 2, 1740; died in Burlington, _N.J., October 24,1821. His great-grandfather, Elias, was a French Huguenot, who fled to this country after the revocation of the edict of Nantes. After receiving a classical education, he studied law with Richard Stockton, and be- came eminent in his profession, practicing in New Jersey. He was devoted to the patriot — cause. In1777 appointed commissary-general of prisoners, and in the same year elected a delegate to Congress from New Jersey, serving from 1778 till 1779, and again from 1781 till 1784. He was chosen president of Congress on No- - vember 4, 1782, and in that capacity signed the treaty of peace with England. He then re- sumed the practice of law, but, after the adop- tion of the constitution, was elected to the first, second, and third Congresses, serving from March 4, 1789, till March 3, 1795. He was ap- pointed by Washington in 1795 to succeed Rit- tenhouse as director of the mint at Philadel- phia, and held the office till July 1805, when he resigned, and passed the rest of his life at Bur- ‘lington, N. J., devoted to the study of biblical literature. He had an ample fortune and gave liberally. He was a trustee of Princeton Col- lege, and in 1805 endowed it with a cabinet of natural history, valued at $3,000. In 1812 he was chosen a member of the American board of commissioners for foreign missions, to which . he gave £100in 1813. He assisted in founding the American bible society in 1816, was its. first president, and gave it $10,000. He was interested in attempts to educate the Indians, and when three Cherokee youth were brought. to the Foreign mission school in 1818, he al- lowed one of them totake hisname This boy became afterward a man of influence in his. tribe, and was murdered on June 10, 1839, by Indians west of the Mississippi. —Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Bourassa (Joseph N.) Indian diction- ary. 1843. Manuscript, 2 ll. pp. 1-62, 21 unnumbered II. folio, in possession of Mr. John B, Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. The dictionary occupies pp. 1-62 and is in Englishand Podawahd@mih [sic]. - The unnum- bered leaves following” contain additional and repeated words, illustrative sentences, names of berries, trees, and plants, numer als, Lord’s: - prayer, etc. in the Podawahd@mih language. [Bowrey (Thomas).] A ic dictionary | of | the Hudson’s-Bay Indian language. No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-7, folio; in the Cree language. Alphabetically arranged and contains about 600 words. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 55 Bowrey (T.) — Continued. I place this under Bowrey on the authority of Watt (‘‘ Bibliotheca Britannica’’), followed by Ludewig, who gives it the date of London, 1701. The only copy I have seen, that in the ‘British Museum, bears no evidence of author- ship, date, or place of issue. It is folded top and side and bound with a quarto volume by Bowrey entitled Dictionary : English and -Malayo, Malayoand English, published in Lon- don in 1701. By permission of the Museum authorities I have had a manuscript copy of this dictionary made, which is now in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Boyd (Stephen G.) Indian | local names, | with | their interpretation. | By Stephen G. Boyd. | York, Pa.: | published by the author | ° 1885. Title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. v-vi, introduction pp. vii- x, text pp. 1-70, 8°. Names of places in a number of Indian lan- guages, among them the Abnaki, Delaware, Minsy, Algonkin, Powhatan, Lenape, Shaw- nee, and Chippewa. Pp.61-70containa ‘‘ Mis- cellaneous vocabulary” of local names which are not of Indian origin. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling, Pow- ell. Priced by Clarke & co., 1886 catalogue, no. 6699, $1.25. Bozman (John Leeds). The | history of Maryland, | from | its first settlement, in 1633, | to | the restoration, in 1660, | with | a copious introduction, | and | notes and illustrations. | By John Leeds Bozman. | Vol. I [-II]. | Baltimore: | James Lucas & E. K. Deaver. | 1837. 2 vols.: title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. lii-x, contents pp. xi-xii, text pp. 9-271, notes and illustrations pp. 273-295, index pp. 297-314; title verso copyright 1 1. contents pp. v-viii, text pp. 9-563, notes and illustrations pp. 565- 703, index pp. 705-728, 8°. Vol. 1, Section vii, pp. 103-193, contains a general sketch of the tribes of Indians inhab- iting Virginia, which includes extracts from and comments upon Heckewelder's ‘ Histori- cal account of the Indians who once inhab- ited Pennsylvaniaand the neighbouring states;”’ the Powhatan numerals 1-10 (from Smith), the Delaware or Lenape numerals 1-10 (from Thomas); and copious notes on the geographic names of rivers, etc. given in Smith’s History of Virginia. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, British Museum, Congress. At the field sale, catalogue no. 182, a copy brought $5; the Brinley copy, no. 3666, $3.50; the Murphy copy, no. 317, $4. Bradford (Alexander Warfield). Bozman (J. L.) — Continued. An earlier edition, Baltimore, 1811, 8°, con- tains no linguistics. (Boston Athenzum, British Museum, Congress, Watkinson.) Amer- ican antiquities | and | researches | into the | origin and history of the red race. | By | Alexander W. Bradford. | New-York: | Dayton and Saxton, | Corner of Fulton and Nassau-streets. | Boston: Saxton and Pierce. | 1841. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso copy- right 11. preface pp. 5-6, contents pp. 7-8, in- troduction pp. 9-13, text pp. 15-435, 8°. Origin of the Aborigines-language, pp. 309- 314, includes a brief discussion of the Algon- quian. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress, Eames, Uarvard. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 329, 5s.; at the Squier sale, catalogue no. 114, a copy brought $1.63; Leclerc, 1878, no. 829, priced it 18 fr.; the Brinley copy, catalogue no. 5363, brought $2.75; priced by Clarke & co. 1836 cata- logue, no. 6291, $3; another copy, half-calf, $4.25; Francis, of New York, in 1889, $3. Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 7233, titles an edition of the same date with imprint New York, Wiley & Putnam, 1841, which is perhaps an error. American antiquities | and | re- searches|into the | origin and history of the red race. | By | Alexander W. Bradford. | New-York: | Wiley & Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1843. Title verso copyright 1 1. half-title verso blank 11. preface pp. 5-6, contents pp. 7-8, in- troduction pp. 9-13, text pp. 15-435, 8°. Linguistics as given under title of edition of 1841. Copies seen; Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Lenox. Brice (Wallace A.) History | of | Fort Wayne, | from | the earliest known ac- counts | of | this point, | to the pres- ent period. | Embracing an extended view of the aboriginal tribes | of the northwest, including, more especially, | the Miamies, of this locality—their habits, | customs, etc.—Together with a comprehen- | sive summary of the general relations | of the northwest, from the latter | part of the seventeenth cen- | tury, to the struggles of 1812-14; | with a sketch of the | life of Gen- eral Antuony Wayne; | including also a lengthy | biography of the late Hon. Samuel Hanna, | together with short | 56 Brice (W. A.) — Continued. sketches of several of the early pioneer | settlers of Fort Wayne. | Also an ac- count of the | manufacturing, mercan- tile, and railroad interests | of Fort Wayne and vicinity. | By Wallace A. Brice. | With illustrations. | Fort Wayne, Ind: | D. W. Jones & | son, steam book and job printers. | 1868. Frontispiece 11. title verso copyright i 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. prefatory remarks pp. v-vi, biography of General Wayne pp. vi- xvi, text pp. 1-324, biographie sketches pp. 1-31, index pp. 32-33, 8°. A few tribal names of the Algonquian fam- ily, with English signification, p. 17. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Congress. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 204, a copy |. brought $1.37. Brickell (John). The Natural | History | of | North-Carolina. | With an | account | of the | Trade, Manners, and Cus- toms of the | Christian and Indian In- habitants. Il- | lustrated with Copper- Plates, whereon are | curiously En- graved the Map of the Country, | sev- eral strange Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Snakes, | Insects, Trees, and Plants, &c. | By John Brickell, M. D. | [One line quotation. ] | Dublin: | Printed by James Carson, in Coghill’s-Court, Dame- | street, op- posite to the Castle-Market. | For the Author, | 1737. Pp. i-viii, 1-408, map, 8°. Short comparative vocabulary of the Pamp- ticee and other Indians, p. 407. ‘‘The material for this work was stolen from Lawson with scarcely the disguise of change of form. All that portion of the work from pp. 277 to 408 is devoted to ‘An account of the Indians of North Carolina,’ which is such a mutilated, interpolated, and unscrupulous ap- propriation of the unfortunate John Lawson's | work of the same sub-title, that the transcrip- tion is scarcely more than a parody.’—Field’s Essay, pp. 46-47. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Brown, Congress. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 340, 10s. 6d. Atthe Brinley sale a copy, no. 3843, ‘‘ old calf,” brought $5. Clarke &co. 1886, no. 3192, price it $5. The same sheets with a new title-page as fol- lows: a The | Natural History | of | North Carolina. | With an | account | of the | Trades, Manners, and Customs, of the Christian and Indian Inhabitants, | Strange Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Snakes, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Brickell (J.) — Continued. Insects, | Trees, and Plants, &c. | Illus- trated by Copper-Plates. | By John Brickell, M. D. | [One line quotation. ] | Dublin, Printed for the Author: | London, Sold by Charles Corbett, at Addison’s | Head, opposite St. Dunstan’s Church, Fleetstreet. | MDCCXLIII [1743]. Price 6s. Title verso blank 1 1. preface pp.iii -vi, list of subscribers pp. vii-xv, text pp. 1-408, map, gos Linguistics as under previous title. Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum. Brinley: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to was seen by the com- -piler at the sale of books belonging to the late George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn. Brinley (George). See Trumbull (J. H.) Brinton: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Dr. D.G. Brinton, Philadelphia, Pa, Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison). The | myths of the new world: | a treatise | on the | symbolism and mythology | of the | red race of America. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D., | Member [&ec. four lines.] | [Design.] | New York: | Leypoldt & Holt. | 1868. Title verso copyright 11. preface verso blank 11. contents pp. v-viii, text pp. 1-302, index pp. 303-307, 12°. A few remarks on American languages, in- cluding picture symbols of the Chippewas, pp. 7-10.—Scattered throughout are many aborig- inal words, including some of the Algonquian dialects. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Congress, Eames, Yale. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 210, a copy sold for $3; at the Squier sale, catalogue no. 127, it brought $1.50; priced by Clarke & co, 1886, $2. The | myths of the New World | a treatise | on the | symbolism and mythology | of the | red race of America | By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D. | Member [&c. six lines.] | Second edi- tion, revised. | New York | Henry Holt and com- pany | 1876 Title verso copyright 1 1. preface to the first edition verso blank 1 1. preface to the second a ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Brinton (D. G.) — Continued. edition verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-vili, text _pp. 1-322, indices pp. 323-331, 8°. Linguistics as under title of the first edition. Copies seen: Astor, Pilling. — American | hero-myths. | A study in . the native religions | of the western continent. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, M. D., | Member [ &c. five lines. ] | Philadelphia: | H. C. Watts & Co., | 506 Minor Street. | 1882. List of Dr. Brinton’s works recto blank 11. title 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. Vii-xii, contents pp. xiii-xvi, text pp. 17-239, in- dexes pp. 241-251, advertisement p. | 252], 8°. A number of Algonquian, Iroquoian, Mex- ican, and Mayan terms passim. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. Priced by Clarke & co. 1886 catalogue, no. 6303, $1.75; Leclerc, 1887, priced it 10 fr.; Du- fossé, 1888, 6 fr. 50c. Aboriginal American literature. In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compte. rendu, fifth session, pp. 54-64, Copenhagen, 1884, 8°. Revised, enlarged, and issued separately as follows: - Aboriginal | American authors | and their productions; | especially those in the native languages. | A Chapter in the History of Literature. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D.,| Member [&c. six lines. ] | [Design, with a line descriptiv thereof beneath. ] | Philadelphia: | No.115South Seventh Street. | 1883. Title reverse blank 1 |. preface reverse blank 11, contents pp. Vii-viii, text pp. 9-60, index pp. 61-63, 8°. Notes on Delaware literature, pp. 20-21. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. — American languages, and why we should study them. By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D. In Pennsylvania Mag. of Hist. and Biog. vol. 9, p. 15-35, Philadelphia, 1885, 8°. Consists of remarks on American languages in general and includes Delaware examples and comments thereon, pp. 20-21. Issued separately as follows: — American languages, | and why we should study them. | An address | deliv- ered before the Pennsylvania historical society, | March 9, 1835, | by | Daniel G. Brinton, M. D., | professor of ethnol- ogy and archeology at the Academy of natural sciences, | Philadelphia. | Re- printed from the | Pennsylvania maga- zine of history and biography. | 57 Brinton (D.G.) — Continued. Printed by | J. B. Lippincott com- pany, Philadelphia. | 1885. Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-23, 8°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Priced by Leclere, 1887, 3 fr.; by Dufossé, 1888, 1 fr. 50c.; by Hiersemann, Leipsic, 1889, 2 M. — Brinton’s library of | aboriginal American literature. | Number V. | The Lenapé | and their | legends; | with the complete text and symbols | of. the | Walum Olum, | a new translation, and an inquiry into its authenticity. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D., | Pro- fessor [ &c. eight lines. ] | D. G. Brinton. | Philadelphia. | 1885. General title of the series verso blank 11. title as above verso copyright 11. preface pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-viii, text pp. 9-256, indices pp. 257-262, 8°. Chapters 1, 2, and 3, on the Algonkin and Iroquois stocks, the Wapanochki or Eastern Algonkin confederacy, and the Lenape or Dela- ware, respectively, contain terms in those lan- guages passim.—Chapter 4, the literature and language of the Lenape (pp. 74-108), contains a specimen of the Lenape jargon (from Gabriel Thomas), with brief commentary thereon, p. 76; Matthew xxii, 1-14, in the Unami dialect of the Lenape with English interlinear ‘(from mss. of Rev. Johannes Roth), pp. 80-83; letter from Chief Gottlieb Tobias, an educated native onthe Moravian reservation in Canada, in the Lenape of to day (dated Moraviantown, Sept. 26, 1884), with English translation following, p. 88; gen- eral remarks on the Lenape language, pp. 89- 91; dialects of the Lenape, including a com- parative vocabulary of the Unami and Minsi (from Heckewelder), another of relationships in the Delaware, Minsi, and Mohegan (from ° Morgan), anda third of the Delaware ‘‘at inter- vals during 210 years” (from Campanius, 1645, Zeisberger, 1778, and Whipple, 1855), pp. 91-97; special structure of the Lenape, containing list of Lenape prefixes, suffixes, and derivatives, and remarks upon the grammatic structure of the language, with examples, pp. 98-108.—The Walum Olum, original pictographs and text, with the English rendering on opposite pages, pp. 169-217.—Notes on the text, pp. 219-232.— Vocabulary of the Lenape, alphabetically ar- ranged by Lenape words, pp. 233-253. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Brinton, Bu- reau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea, Trumbull. Reviewed in Science, vol. 5, pp. 407-408, New York, 1885, 4°. Also by H. de Charencey in Revue d’Ethnographie, vol. 4, p. 276, Paris, 1885, 8°. Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6705, priced a copy $3; Leclere, 1887, 15 fr.; Dufossé, 1888, 16 fr.; Hiersemann. Leipsic, 1889, 13 M. 50 Pf. See Squier (E.G.) for a work on the same subject. 58 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Brinton (D. G.) — Continued. —— The chief god of the Algonkins, in Brinton (D. G.) — Continued. southern dialect known of the Nahuatl, by his character as a cheat and a liar. In American Antiquarian and Oriental Jour. vol. 7, pp. 137-139, Chicago, 1885, 8°. Name for God in Cree, Chippewa, Blackfoot, and New England. Issued separately also, without change of pagination. (Eames, Pilling.) The conception of love in some Amer- ican languages. By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D. In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 23, pp. 546-561, Philadelphia, 1886, 8°. Words, phrases, and sentences in various American languages, among them the Cree and Chippeway. Issued separately as follows: —— The | conception of love | in | Some American Languages. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D., | Professor of American Archeology and Linguistics in the | University of Pennsylvania. | Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 5, 1886. | Philadelphia: | Press of McCalla & Stavely, 237-9 Dock Street. | 1886. Printed cover with half-title, title as above ’ reverse blank 1 1. text pp. 3-18, 8°. | Copies seen: Kames, Powell. Priced by Leclerc, 1887, 2 fr.; by Dufossé, 1887, 1 fr. 50°c. —— On polysynthesis and incorporation as characteristics of American lan- guages. By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D. In American Philosoph. Soc. Proce. vol. 23, pp. 48-86, Philadelphia, 1886, 8°. Contains examples in a number of American languages, among them the Cree. Issued separately as follows: —— On | polysynthesis and incorporation | as characteristics of | American lan- guages. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D., | Professor [ &c. twelve lines. ] | Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Printers, 237-9 Dock Street. | 1-85. Printed cover with half-title, title as above verso-blank 11. text pp. 3-41, 8°. Examples in Cree, Nahuatl, Cakchiquel, Choctaw, Quiche, Othomi, Mutsun, and various South American languages. Copies seen: Astor, Eames, Pilling, Powell. aR Leclerc, 1887, 3fr.; by Dufossé, 1888, Te Reviewed by H. de Charencey in Revue d’Eth- nographie, vol. 4, pp. 460-462, Paris, 1885, 8°. — Rate of change in American lan- guages. In Science, vol. 10, p. 274, New York, 1887, 4°. States the results of a ‘‘comparison between the Alagiilac of Guatemala, which is the most means of a vocabulary obtained in 1878, with that tongue as spoken in the valley of Mexico in 1550, preserved in the ‘ Vocabulario’ of Mo- lina ;” also, a comparison of LenApé expres- sions from different sources. Reference to the Klamath, Chapauec, Kiche, Kakchiquel, and Huron is made. The language of paleolithic man. In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 25, pp. 212-225, Philadelphia, 1888, 8°. Terms for I, thou, man, divinity, in Cree and Lenape, p. 216.—Cree radicals or elements, p. 220.—General remarks on the Cree language passim. Issued separately as follows: —— The language | of | paleolithic man. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, M. D., | Pro- fessor of American Linguistics and Ar- cheology in the University of Pennsyl- vania. | Read before the American Phi- losophical Society, | October 5, 1888. | Press of MacCalla & co., | Nos. 237-9 Dock Street, Philadelphia. | 1888. - Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 3-16, 8°. Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling. —— Len4pé conversations. In Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. 1, pp. 37-43, Boston and New York, 1888, 8°. Many Lenapé or Delaware terms passim.— The article closes with observations on ‘‘some peculiarities of the language.” In the compilation of the material for this _. paper Dr. Brinton had the assistance of Rev. Albert S. Anthony, an educated Delaware Indian. — and Anthony (A. S.), editors. A | Lendpé-English | dictionary. | From an anonymous MS. in the Archives of the | Moravian Church at Bethlehem, Pa. | Edited, with additions, | by | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D., | pro- fessor of American archeology and lin- guistics in the University of | Pennsyl. vania, | and | Rev. Albert Seqaqkind Anthony, | assistant missionary to the Delawares and Six Nations, Canada. | Philadelphia: | The Historical Socie- ty of Pennsylvania. | 1888. Half-title ‘‘Pennsylvania students’ series "’ verso blank 1 1. portrait of Zeisberger 1 1. title ‘The Pennsylvania students’ series, vol. I’” &c. dated 1889 verso blank 1 1. noteverso blank 1 1. half-title ‘‘A Len4pé-English dictionary” verso blank 1 1. title as above verso printers 1 1. preface signed by D. G. Brinton pp. iii-vii, Lenapé-English dictionary pp. 9-178, English index pp. 179-236, sm. 4°. Alphabetically arranged by Delaware words. aa i i i lil ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 59 Brinton (D.G.) and Anthony (A. S.)— Continued. The indexisan alphabetic cross-reference list to the English words occurring in the dictionary. See Dencke (C.F.) for a description of the original manuscript. “For about a century, beginning with 1740, missionaries of.the United Brethren, or Mora- vians, devoted themselves to the conversion and civilization of portions of the Len4pé or Delaware Indians. These earnest Christian men studied the native tongue, reduced it to writing, and printed in it, for the use of their converts, a number of works of a religious and educational character. The history of their literary activity in this language has been re- cently traced elsewhere, in detail, and need not be repeated here. -While some of the results appeared in type, much of it remained in manu- script until the curiosity of scientific students led to its publication. Thus, in 1827, Peter S. Duponceau edited the grammar of Zeisberger, and sixty years later his English-German-On- ondaga-Delaware Dictionary was printed by the private liberality of Prof. E. N. Horsford. “These works of David Zeisberger, whose life found an able and sympathetic narrator in the late Right Rev. Edmund de Schweinitz, to- gether with his printed ‘‘ Delaware Spelling Book,”’ were the chief sources from which the later missionaries drew their knowledge of the Lenapé dialect; and unquestionably the pres- ent Lenapé-English Dictionary was founded mainly upon the linguistic work of this proto- Len4pist. So. far as the history of the ms. is concerned, I can add nothing to what was stated in ‘The Lendpé and their Legends,’ which is as follows: ***Tt is probable that Mr. Dencke was the com- piler of the Delaware Dictionary which is pre- served in the Moravian Archives at Bethiehem. The ms. is an oblong octavo, in a small, but beautifully clear hand, and comprises about 3,700 words. The handwriting is that of the late Rev. Mr. Kampman, who was missionary to the Delawares on the Canada reservation from 1840 to 1842. On inquiring the circum- stances connected with this ms. he stated to me that it was written at the period named, and was a copy of some older work, probably by Mr. Dencke, but of this he was not certain.’ “The Rev. C. F. Dencke, here alluded to, was missionary to the Delawares at New Fairfield, Canada, for a number of years after the war of 1812. He was the author of a grammar of the tongue, now apparently lost, and translated into it various portions of the New Testament. His death took place in 1839. “The ms. of Mr. Kampman was carefully copied and enlarged by the addition of words from the mss. and printed works of Zeisberger, Heckewelder, and Ettwein. These additions have, in the printed copies, been indicated by the capital letters, Z., E., and H. In this con- dition the ms. was submitted to the Rey. Al- bert Seqaqkind Anthony, a born Len4pé, and Brinton (D.G.) and Anthony (A. S.) — Continued. perfectly familiar with the language of his na- tion as spoken by that colony of it resident on the Six Nations reservation in Ontario, Can- ada. In this colony the usual dialect is the Minsi, and, as its members belong to a portion of the nation who were converted by mission- aries of the English Church (to which Mr. Anthony belongs), the theological terms de- veloped usually differ widely from those framed. by the Moravians. ‘“‘Mr. Anthony kept the ms. by him for some: months, giving its contents careful attention, andsubsequently the twoeditorsmetand passed. in review every word in the dictionary. The numerous notes and corrections in brackets, with an appended capital A., are the emenda-- tions suggested by Mr. Anthony from the pres-: ent standpoint of the language and from the dialect of his ancestral sub-tribe. The latter differs somewhat from that employed by the compiler of the dictionary. The grammatical. forms employed indicate that this was the Unami (Wonami). “No attempt has been made to increase the: lexicography by the insertion of words or forms obtained from the Delaware of to-day. All such, when mentioned, are by way of com-. parison only. It would have been easy to have: extended the vocabulary. There are evidently some Len4pé radicals and many themes which: do not appear in this work, but the editors con- fined their efforts to presenting this work as. exclusively concerned with the dialect as em- ployed by the Moravian missionaries, and hence all additions to the vocabulary have been from their writings.” —Preface, Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Daniel Garrison Brinton, ethnologist, born in Chester County, Pa., May 13, 1837. He was. graduated at Yale in 1858 and at the Jefferson Medical College in 1861, after which he spent a. year in Europe in study and in travel. On his return he entered the army, in August, 1862, as acting assistant surgeon. In February of the: following year he was commissioned surgeon and served as surgeon-in-chief of the second. division, eleventhcorps. He waspresentat the battles of Chancellorsville, ‘Gettysburg, and other engagements, and was appointed medical director of his corps in October, 1863. In con- sequence of a sunstroke received soon after the: battle of Gettysburg he was disqualified for active service, and intheautumnof that year he: became superintendent of hospitals at Quincy and Springfield, Ill., until August, 1865, when, the civil war having closed, he was brevetted lieutenant-colonel and discharged. He then settled in Philadelphia, where he became editor: of ‘‘’the Medical and Surgical Reporter,” and also of the quarterly ‘‘ Compendium of Medical Science.” Dr. Brinton has likewise been a. constant contributor to other medical journals, chiefly on questions of public medicine and hygiene, and has edited several volumes on. 60 Brinton (D, G.) — Continued. therapeutics and diagnosis, especially the pop- ular series known as‘‘ Napheys’s Modern Ther- apeutics,’”’ which has passed through so many editions. In the medical controversies of the day, he has always taken the position that med- ical science should be based on the results of clinical observation, rather than on physiolog- ical experiments. He has become prominent as a student and a writer on American ethnol- ogy, his work in this direction beginning while he was a student in college. The winter of 1856-’57, spent in Florida, supplied him with material for his first published book on the subject. In 1884 he was appointed professor of ethnology and ‘archeology in the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. For some years he has been president of the Numismatic and Antiquarian Society of Philadelphia, and in 1886 he was elected vice-president of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, to preside over the section on anthro- pology. During the same year he was awarded the medal of the ‘‘Société Américaine de France” for his ‘‘numerous and learned works on American ethnology,’ being the first native of the United States that has been so honored. In 1885 the American publishers of the ‘‘ Icon- ographic Encyclopedia” requested him to edit the first volume, to contribute to it the articles on ‘‘ Anthropology” and ‘‘ Ethnology,” and to revise that on ‘‘ Ethnography,’ by Professor Gerland, of Strasburg: He also contributed to the second volume of the same work an essay on the ‘‘ Prehistoric Archeology of both Hem- ispheres.” Dr. Brinton has established a library and publishing house of aboriginal American literature, for the purpose of p!acing within the reach of scholars authentic materi- als for the study of the languages and culture of the native races of America. Each work is the production of native minds and is printed in the original.. The series, most of which were edited by Dr. Brinton himself, include ‘‘ The Maya Chronicles’ (Philadelphia, 1882); ‘‘The Iroquois Book of Rites” (1883); ‘‘The Giiegi- ence: A Comedy Ballet in the Nahuatl Spanish Dialect of Nicaragua” (1883); ‘‘A Migration Legend of the Creek Indians” (1884); ‘‘ The Lenape and Their Legends” (1885) ; ‘‘ The An- nals of the Cakchiquels” (1885). [‘‘Ancient Nahuatl Poetry” (1887); Rig Veda Americanus (1£90)]. Besides publishing numerous papers he has contributed valuable reports on his exami- nations of mounds, shell-heaps, rock inscrip- tions, and other antiquities. Heistheauthorof “The Floridian Peninsula: Its Literary History, Indian Tribes, and Antiquities” (Philadelphia, 1859); ‘‘The Myths of the New World: A. Treatise on the Symbolism and Mythology of the Red Race of America’’ (New York, 1868) ; “The Religious Sentiment: A Contribution to the Science and Philosophy of Religion” (1876); “ American Hero Myths: A Studyin the Native Religions of the Western Continent,” (Philadel- ‘phia, 1882) ; ‘‘Aboriginal American Authors and BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Brinton (D.G.) — Continued. their Productions, Especially thosein the Native Languages” (1883); and ‘‘A Grammar of the Cakchiquel Language of Guatemala ”’ (1884).— Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. [Brisbin (Gen. James 8. I Poetry of the — Indians. In Harper’s Magazine, vol. 57, pp. 104-108, New York, 1878, 8°. ; Songs in Chippewa and Cherokee, and the 23d psalm in Algonquin, all with English trans- lation.—A number of Chippewa terms passim. British and Foreign Bible Society: These words — following a title or within parentheses after. a note indicate that a copy of the work has been seen by the compiler in the library of that in- stitution, 146 Queen Victoria street, London, Eng. British and Barca Bible Society. Speci- mens cf some of the languages and dialects | in which | The British and Foreign Bible Society | has printed or circulated | the holy scriptures. Colophon: London: printed by Messrs. Gilbert & Rivington, for the British and foreign bible society, Queen Vic- toria street, E. C., where all informa- tion concerning the society’s work may be obtained. [18607] 1 sheet, large folio, 28 by 38 inches, 6 columns. St. John iii, 16, in 134 languages, among them the Cree (syllabic), no. 129; Ojibwa, no. 130; Maliseet, no 131. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, Pilling, Powell. Specimens | of some of the | lan- guages and dialects | in which the | British and foreign bible society | has printed and circulated the holy script- ures. | [Picture.] | No. 10, Earl street, Blackfriars, Taare don. | Printed by W. M. Watts, Crown court, Temple bar, London, | from types principally prepared at his foun- dry. | [1865?] Title verso cortents 11. text pp. 3-15, ‘facts and figures” 1 p. 16°. Contains Acts ii, 8, in Cree (syllabic charac- ters) and in Chippewa, p. 15. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, Pilling. Specimens | of some of the | lan- guages and dialects | in which the le, British and foreign bible society | has printed and circulated the holy seript- ures. | [Picture, and one line. ] | London. | 1868. | Printed by W. M. Watts, 80, Gray’s-Inn Road, from types | principally prepared at his foundry. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. © 61 British and Foreign — Continued. Pp. 1-16, 18°. Contains Acts ii, 8,in Cree (syllabic charac- ters) and Chippeway, p. 15. Though agreeing in most respects with the [1865] edition, this is not from the same plates. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, Pilling. — St. Johniii. 16 | in some of the | lan- guages and dialects |in which the | British & Foreign Bible Society | has printed or circulated the holy script- ures. | [Picture and one line quota- tion. ] | London: | printed for the British and foreign bible society, | By Gilbert & Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E. C. | 1875. Title as above versocontents 11. text pp. 3-30, historical and statistical remarks 1 1. verso of- ficers and agencies of the society. St. John iii, 16, in Cree (syllabic characters) and Ojibwa, p. 29; in Maliseet, p. 30. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, Pilling, Powell. Some copies are dated 1868. (*) — St. John III. 16 | in some of the | languages and dialects | in which the | British and foreign | bible society | has printed and circulated | the holy scriptures. | London: | British and Foreign Bible Society, Queen Victoria Street. | Phila- delphia Bible Society, Cor. Walnut and Seventh Sts., | Philadelphia. [18767] Cover title verso contents, text pp. 3-30, 12°. St. John iii, 16,in Cree (syllabic characters) and Ojibwa, p. 29; in Maliseet, p. 30. Copies seen: Pilling. — St. John iii. 16 | in most of the | lan- guages and dialects | in which the | British & Foreign Bible Society | has printed or circulated the holy script- ures. | [Design and one line quotation. ] | Enlarged edition. | London: | printed for the British and foreign bible society, | By Gilbert & Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E. C. | 1878. Printed covers (title as above on the front one verso quotation and notes), contents pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-48, 16°. St. John iii, 16, in Eastern Cree (syilabic characters), p.26; Western Cree (Roman char- acters), Ojibwa, Maliseet, p. 27; Micmac, p. 28. Copies seen; American Bible Society, Pilling. British and Foreign — Continued. —— St. John iii. 16 | in most of the | lan- guages and dialects | in which the | British & Foreign Bible Society | has printed or circulated the holy script- ures. | [Design and one line quotation. } | Enlarged edition. | London: | printed for the British and foreign bible society, | By Gilbert & Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E. C. | 1882. Title as above reverse quotation and notes 1 l. contents pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-48, historical and statistical remarks 1 1. verso officers and agencies, 16°. Linguistic contents as in the edition of 1878, titled above. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, British Museum, Pilling, Powell. Epaar. orb loanna, ri. 3ii ct. 16. | O6pasyr TepeBoJOBd CBA EN HALO OUCAHIA, | 13 4a ABIX | BEIMKOOPATABCKUMS UW UNOCTPAaHHBIME | 6n6.1e- iickums o6mjectsoms. | [ Design and one line quotation. | | Hevatano Jia OpuTanckaro MW MAOCTpaHAaro BoOsleiicKaro | o6WecTBa, | y Ta.1b6epta m Pu- Baurrona (Limited), 52, Cr. Amoucd CrBept, Jonjous. | 1885. Literal translation: The gospel by John, 3d chapter, 16th verse. | Samples | of the transla- tions of the holy scripture, | published | by the British and foreign bible society. | ‘‘God’s word endureth forever” | Printed for the British and foreign bible | society | at Gilbert & Rivington’s (Limited), 52, St. John’s Square, London. | 1885. Printed covers (title as above on front one: verso quotation and notes), contents pp. 5-7, text pp. 9-68, 16°. Linguistics asin 1878 edition, pp. 37-38. Copies seen: Pilling. — Ev. St. Joh. iii. 16. | in den meisten der | Sprachen und Dialecte | in welchen die | Britische und Ausliindische Bibel- gesellschaft | die heilige Schrift druckt und verbreitet. | [Design and one line quotation.] | Vermehrte Auflage. | London: | Britische und Auslindische Bibelgesellschaft, | 146. Queen Victoria Street, E. C. | 1885. Title as above on cover reverse a quotation, contents pp. 1-4, text pp. 5-67 (verso of p. 67 notes), remarks, officers, agencies, etc. 3 lI. 16°. 4 St. John iii, 16, in Eastern Cree (syllabic char- acters) and Western Cree (Roman characters), p.18; in Maliseet, p. 39; in Micmac, p. 43; in Ojibwa (Saulteaux), p.49; another Ojibwa ver- ° 62 - BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE British and Foreign — Continued. British Museum: These words following a title sion, entitled by mistake ‘‘Tinné, or Chipe- wyan (Roman),”’ p. 63. In this and following editions the languages are arranged alphabetically instead of geo- graphically. Copies seen: Pilling. St. Jean III. 16, &c. | Spécimens | de la traduction de ce passage dans la plupart | des langues et dialectes | dans lesquels la | Société Biblique Britan- nique et Etrangeére | a imprimé ou mis en circulation les saintes écritures. | {Design and one line quotation. ] | Londres: | Société biblique britan- nique et étrangére, | 146, Queen Vic- toria Street, E. C. | 1885. Title on cover as above reverse quotation, contents pp. 1-4, text pp. 5-67 (verso of p. 67 ob- servations), remarks etc. 3 ll. 16°. Linguistics as in the German edition of 1885. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, Pilling. ‘= Si Johmaie 16, &c. | in most of the | languages and dialects | in which the | British and foreign bible society | has printed or circulated the holy script- ures. | [Design and one line quotation. ] | Enlarged edition. | ; London: | the British and foreign bible society, | 146, Queen Victoria Street, London, E. C. | 1885. Title as above verso quotation and notes, contents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-67, remarks etc. verso p. 67 and two following Il. 16°. Linguistics as in the German edition of 1885. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, Hames, Pilling, Powell. Some copies are dated 1886. (Pilling.) — St. John iii. 16, &c. | in most of the | languages and dialects | in which the | British and foreign bible society | has printed or circulated the holy script- ures. | [Design and one line quotation. ] | Enlarged edition. | London: | the British and foreign bible society, | 146 Queen Victoria Street, London, E. C. | 1889. Title as above verso notes etc. 11. contents pp.3-4,text pp. 5-83, historical sketch ete. 2 1. 16°. St. John iii, 16, in Hastern Cree (syllabic characters) and in Western Cree (Roman), p. 23; in Maliseet, p.53; in Micmac, p. 57; in Ojibwa, p. 63; another Ojibwa version lettered by mistake ‘‘Tiuné (Roman),”’ p. 78. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institu- tion, London, Eng. Bromley (Walter). Vocabulary of the Micmacs. In Gallatin (A.), Synopsis of Indian tribes, in American Ant. Soc. Trans. vol. 2, pp. 305-367, Cambridge, 1836, 8°. A copy of the original manuscript of this vocabulary, made by Mr. Duponceau, is in the ~ library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. It forms no. xlvi of a col- lection recorded in a folio account book, of which it occupies pp. 146-148. Brooklyn: This word following a title or inclosed within parenthesés after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the Brooklyn Library at Brook- lyn, N. Y. ; Brotherton, Songs. See Baker (T.) Brown: This word following a title or -within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of the late John Carter Brown, Providence, R. I. Brown (George Stayley.) Yarmouth, | Nova Scotia; | a segael to Campbell’s History. | By George S. Brown. | [One line quotation. ] | [Vignette. ] | Boston: | Rand Avery company, printers. | 1888. Title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. 5-6, authorities consulted pp. 7-8, contents pp. 9-14, text pp. 15-512, index pp. 513-524, 8°. Chapter 7, The Micmacs (pp. 86-101), contains a short account of geographic names (from Trumbull), pp. 90-91; a general vocabulary of 70 words, names of the seasons, days of the week, months of the year, phases of the moon, of the day and night, numerals 1-10 (from Rasles), pp. 91-95; a further discussion of Micmac geographic names, including some in Yarmouth county, pp. 95-98; title-pages of Eliot’s Indian bible and new testament, pp. 98-99; Lord’s prayer in Natic (from Eliot’s catechism), p.99; Lord's prayer in the Etche- min of the Kennebec, pp. 99-100; Apostles’ creed in Natic (from Eliot), p. 100. Copies seen: Harvard, Massachusetts His- torical Society. Brown (Mrs. Wiliiam Wallace). Some indoor and outdoor games of the Wa- banaki Indians. By Mrs. W. W. Brown, Calais, Maine. In Royal Soe. of Canada Proc. and Trans. vol. 6, section 2, pp. 41-46, Montreal, 1889, 4°. Includes many Abnaki terms, names of games, implements used, etc. ~K ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES.- Brown (W. W.)— Continued. —— A manuscript collection of Passama- quoddy legends and folk-lore. (Fy “Collected by Mrs. W. Wallace Brown, of Calais, Maine. These are all given with the greatest accuracy as narrated by Indians, some in broken Indian-English. They embrace a very great variety of folk-lore.”’—Leland’s Algonquin legends, p. 10. This manuscript is in the possession of Mr. Charles G. Leland. — See Reade (J.) Bruce (W.H.) Vocabulary of the Me- nomonee. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. Contains about 400 words. Reprinted in Ulrici (E.), Die Indianer Nord- Amerikas, p. 39, Dresden, 1867, 8°. Brunson (Alfred). Wisconsin geograph- ical names. By Alfred Brunson. In Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 1, pp. 110- 115, Madison, 1855, 8°. A few aboriginal terms with English signifi- cation. Alfred Brunson was bornat Danbury, Conn., Feb. 9, 1793; removed to Ohio in 1812; to Wis- consin in October, 1835; served at one time as missionary to the Indians; was elected to the territorial legislaturé in 1849; and at one time was Indian agentatLa Pointe. Re-entering the ministry, thereafter served in that capacity, _ineluding a temporary service as chaplain in the army, in 1862. Died at Prairie du Chien, Aug. 3, 1882. Buch das gut enthaltend den Gesang [Micmac]. See Kauder (C.) Buch das gut enthaltend den Katechis- mus [Micmac]. See Kauder (C.) Buch das gut enthaltend den Katechis- mus, Betrachtung [Micmac]. See Kau- der (C.) Buch das gut enthaltend den Katechis- mus, Betrachtung, Gesang [Micmac]. See Kauder (C.) Buchanan (James), H. B. M. Consul. Sketches | of the | history, manners, and customs, | of the | North American Indians, | with | a plan for their melior- ation. | By James Buchanan, Esq. | His Britannic majesty’s consul for the state of New-York. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-IT]. | New-York: | published by William Borredaile, | No. 130 Fulton-street. | 1824. 2 vols.: title verao copyright 1 1. half-title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. pref- 63 Buchanan (J.) — Continued. ace pp. Vii-xi, text pp. 13-182; title verso blank 1 1. half-title verso blank 11. text pp. 5-156; 129. American Philosophical Society. Catalogue of manuscript works on the Indians and their languages, presented to the American Philo- sophical Society, or deposited in their library, vol. 2, pp. 79-82. : Duponceau (P. S.), Language of the Indians, » vol. 2, pp. 48-77. These two articles are reprinted from the American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. Hist.and Lit. Com. vol. 1, Philadelphia, 1819, 8°. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Harvard, Wisconsin Historical Society. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 226, a copy brought $3; at the Pinart sale, no. 170, 3 fr. Clarke & co. 1886 catalogue, no. 6310, priced it $3. —— Sketches | of the | history, manners, and customs | of the | North American Indians. | By James Buchanan, Esq. | his majesty’s consul for the | state of New York. | London: | printed for Black, Young, and Young, | Tavistock-street. | MDCCCXXIV [1824]. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso printer 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii-xi, text pp. 1-371, 8°. Linguistics as under previous title, pp. 269- 306, 307-310. Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Atheneum, British Museum, Congress, Watkinson. The Field copy, catalogue no. 227, brought $1.25; the Brinley copy, no. 5366, $1.75; the Murphy copy, no. 396, $1.50; Quaritch, no. 29926, priced it 6s., and Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6309, $2.50. Buk of Djenesis in Mikmak. See Rand (S. T.) Buk of Samz in Mikmak. See Rand (S.. 8.) Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard). Uber den Naturlaut. Von Hrn. Buschmann. In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1852, pt. 3, pp. 391-423, Berlin, 1853, 4°. Contains a few words of Pottawatameh, Blackfoot, Chippewa, and Shawano. Issued separately as follows: — Uber | den | Naturlaut, | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Berlin, | In Ferd. Diimmler’s Verlags- Buchhandlung. | 1853. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der kéniglichen Akade- mie | der Wissenschaften. 1p. 1. pp. 1-34, 4°. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum. Translated and reprinted as follows: 64 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Buschmann (J.C. E.) — Continued. — ‘On Natural Sounds,” by Professor J. C. E. Buschmann. Translated by Campbell Clarke, esq., from the Ab- handlungen der kéniglichen Akademie der.-Wissenschaften zu Berlin, aus dem Jahre 1852. In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc. vol. 6, pp. 188-206, [ London, 1855], 8°. —— Die Spuren der aztekischen Sprache | im noérdlichen Mexico und hoheren amerikanischen Norden. Zugleich eine Musterung der Volker und Sprachen des nordlichen Mexico’s und der Westseite Nordamerika’s von Guadalaxara an bis zum Kismeer. Von Joh. Carl Ed. Busch- mann. In K6nigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1854, Zweiter Supp.-Band, pp. 1-819 (forms the whole volume), Berlin, 1859, 49. : Comparison of the Scheyenne vocabularies - of Abert (Am. Eth. Soc. Trans. vol. 2), Smith (Schoolcraft, vol. 3), and Maximilian, pp. 610- 611.—Comparison of Blackfoot and Arapahoe with other Algonquian languages, p. 611. Issued separately as follows: — Die | Spuren deraztekischen Sprache | im noérdlichen Mexico | und héheren amerikanischen Norden. | Zugleich | eine Musterung der Volker und Spra- chen | des nordlichen Mexico’s {| und der Westseite Nordamerika’s | von Gua- dalaxara an bis zum LEismeer. | Von Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruck- erei der Konigl. Akademie | der Wis- senschaften. | 1859. Buschmann (J. ©. E.) — Continued. 1 p.1. pp. vii-xii, 1-819, 4°. Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, Maisonneuve, Quaritch, Trumbull, Eames. Published at 20 Marks. An uncut half-mo- rocco copy was sold at the Fischer sale, cata- logue no. 269, to Quaritch, for 21. 11s.; the lat- ter prices two copies, catalogue no. 12552, one 2U. 2s. the other 21. 10s.; the Pinart copy, cata- logue no. 178, brought 9 fr.; Koehler, catalogue: no. 440, prices it 13 M. 50 Pf.; priced again by Quaritch, no. 30037, 21. Butler (Gen. Richard). Vocabulary of the Shawnoes. In Gallatin (A.), Synopsis of Indian tribes, © in American Ant. Soc. Trans. vol. 2, pp. 305- 367, Cambridge, 1836, 8°. The following extracts from private letters of Washington are foundin volume 9 of Sparks’s. ‘‘Writings of George Washington,” Boston, 1835, pp. 301, 306-307: ‘‘T have received your letter of the 30th of November, accompanied by the Indian vocabu- lary. * * * JT assure you it is a matter of surprise to me to find that you have been able to complete a work of such difficulty and mag- nitude in so short a time.”—Letter to Richard Butler, Jan. 10, 1788. ‘“‘Ttis with great pleasure I transmit to you by this conveyance, a vocabulary of the Shaw- anese and Delaware languages. Your perfect acquaintance with General Richard Butler, the same worthy officer who served under your or- ders, and who has taken the trouble to compile. them, supersedes the necessity of my saying anything in support of their veracity and cor- rectness. * * * JT heartily wish the at- — tempt of that singularly great character, the Empress of Russia, to form a universal diction- ary, may be attended with the merited suc- cess.”—Letter to Lafayette, Jan. 10, 1788. eg Si FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF CAMPANIUS’S LUTHERI CATECHISMUS. FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF CAMPANIUS’S VOCABULARIUM, C. Campanius (J.) — Continued. Cahokia. See Illinois. Calendar: Abnaki See Vetromile (E.) Chippewa Déléage (F. R.) Chippewa Jacker (H.) Chippewa ~ Prévost (M.) Cree Cree. Cree Lacombe (A.) Montagnais Arnand (C.) Montagnais La Brosse (J.B. de). Montagnais Tsistekaigan. Nipissing Cuog (J. A.) Nipissing Cuoq (J. A.) and Déléage | (F. RB.) Nipissing Déléage (F. RB.) Nipissing Prévost (M.) Calendar in the Montagnais language. ° See La Brosse (J. B. de). Calendar for the Saskatchewan Indians. See Lacombe (A.) Calendrier d’Oka [Nipissing]. See Cuog (J..A.) Calkins (Hiram). Indian nomenclature of northern Wisconsin, with asketch of the manners and customs of the Chip- pewas. By Hiram Calkins, esq., of Wausau. In Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 1, pp. 119- 126, Madison, 1855, 8°. Contains Chippewa names of streams, falls, rapids, and chiefs, with English definitions. Cameron (fev. James D.) [Gospels and hymns in the Ojibwa language.] (*) ‘Mr. Cameron was ordained to the ministry in May [1836]. He prepared a book of twenty- four hymns in Ojibwa, and translated the Gos- pels by Mark and Luke.” —History of American Missions, p. 491. [Campanius (Johan).] Lutheri | Cate- chismus,| Ofwetsatt | pi | American-Vir- giniske | Spraket. | [Coat of arms.]| _ Stockholm, | Tryckt vthi thet af Kongl. May. privileg. | Burchardi Tryckeri, af J. J. Genath, f. | Anno M DC XCVI [1696]. Engraved title: Catechismvs Lutheri Lin- gva | Svecico-Americana. Third title: Vocabularium | barbaro- | Vir- gineo- | rum, | Additis passim locutioni- | bus & observationibus Histo-| ricis brevioribus ad ALG 5 linguz plenio-|rem notitiam. | [Typographic ornament.] | Anno M DC XCVI [1696]. Engraved title 11. printed title verso blank 1 1. Fortalet 7 ll. text pp. 1-160 (the third title being p. 133), 12°. See fac-similes of title-pages. Catechism in the Delaware and Swedish lan- guages, pp. 1-129.—Oratio dominica Lingua Vir- giniana (ex Bibl. Virgin. Cantabrig. Nov. Ang]. 1663), p. 130.—Oratio dominica Lingua Carai- bica, p. 131.—Lord’s prayer, etc., in Swedish, p. 132.-- Vocabularium barbaro-Virgineorum (clas- sified vocabulary in Delawareand Swedish), pp. 135-150.—Colloquia (dialogues) in Delaware and Swedish, pp. 150-153.—Numerals 1-100 in Delaware, p. 154.—Vocabula Mahakuassica (Susquehanna or Minqua), concluding with the numerals 1-102, pp. 155-160. The catechism appears to be more of a para- phrase than a literal translation. Each para- graph of the Delaware version is followed by the Swedish ‘‘versio,” and that by the text of Luther in Swedish, the latter in larger type. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown, Lenox, National Museum, Shea, Trumbull. The Field copy, no. 1465, brought $14. Two copies were sold at the ees sale, nos 5698 and 5699; the former, ‘‘engraved title, gros- grain levant red morocco extra, filletea Ric ins. borders g. e.,” brought $50; t'.e latter, ‘‘a other fine copy, without the engraved ined old calf, g.e.,” brought $25. The Pinart copy, no. 566, was bought by Quaritch for 145 fr. At the Murphy sale, no. 1542, a ‘‘green morocco, gilt-edged copy, with the rare map,” brought . $18; another copy, no. 1543, old calf, brought $8. Quaritch, no. 30084, priced a ‘‘ fine copy, calf, with the cypher of Charles XI of Sweden on sides,” 82. 8s. Ellis & Scrutton, 1886, no. 59, priced it 257. Maisonneuve in 1889 priced it 160 fr. John Campanius Holm, Swedish clergyman, born in Stockholm, Sweden, in 1601, died there 17 Sept., 1683. He sailed with Governor Printz _from Gottenburg 1 Nov., 1642, and arrived at Fort Christina, on the Delaware, 15 Feb., 1643, where he entered on his duties as chaplain to the Swedish colony, and continued to officiate in this capacity during six years. Prior to his coming he had been preceptor of the orphans’ seminary in Stockholm. Under his ministry in the colony a church was erected at Tinicum, the seat of govern- ment, and was consecrated by him 4 Sept., 1646. This was the first house of worship that was erected within the limits of Pennsylvania. 65 66 Campanius (J.)— Continued. He manifested a deep interest in the welfare of the Indians, and performed missionary work amongthem. They visited his house and came to hear him preach. To further his work he applied himself to learning their language, into which he here began the task of translat- ing Luther’s catechism. His labors in New Sweden ended in May, 1648, when he sailed for home in the ship ‘‘Swan,” arriving at Stock- holm on 4 July following. On his return to Sweden he was made chaplain to the admiralty and afterward rector at Upland, where he com- pleted his translation of the catechism into the language of the Delawares, or Lenni-Lenape. It was published in the Delaware and Swedish languages (Stockholm, 1696), together with a vocabulary, a copy of which is in the library of the American Philosophical Society. In the translation he accommodates the Lord’s prayer to the circumstances of the Indians by substi- tuting for ‘‘daily bread”’ a plentiful supply of venison and corn. He was buried in the church of Frost Hults, where there is a monu ment to his memory.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog.” Campanius Holm (Thomas). Kort Beskrifning | Om | Provincien | Nya Swerige | uti | America, | Som nu fortjden af the Engelske kallas | Pen- sylvania. | Af larde och trowardige Mans skrifter och berattelser ihopale- | tad och sammanstrefwen, samt med athskillige Figurer | utzirad af | Thomas Campanius Holm. |[Figure. ]} | Stockholm, Tryckt uti Kongl. Boktr. hos Sal. Wankijfs | Ankia med egen bekostnad, af J. H. Werner. Ahr MDCCIL [1702]. Engraved title: Nove Svecie | Seu | Pen- sylvaniz | in America | descriptio. Engraved title 1 1. printed title 1 1. 7 other p. ll. pp. 1-190, errata 1 p. maps, sm. 4°. En Orde- och Samtals-Bok, pa de Ameri- caners Sprak wid Nya Swerige, eller som det nu kallas Pensylvania [Algonquian], pp. 153- 179.—Om the Myncqueser eller Mynckussar och theras Sprak [Oneida], pp. 180-184. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown, Congress, Lenox, Trumbull. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 1396, 31. 3s. The Fischer copy, no, 2191, was bought by Quaritch for 7l.15s. At the Field sale a copy, no. 256, sold for $17; at the Menzies sale, no. 327, “green Jevant morocco, paneled sides, gilt edges,’’ for $37.50. Quaritch, nog. 11837 and 29662, prices a ‘‘red morocco. extra, gilt-edged” copy, 16/., and nos. 11838 and 29€63, an ‘‘old calf, neat” copy, 61. 10s. and 6l., respectively. Two copies at the Brinley sale, nos. 3043 and 3044, brought, the former $85 and the latter $80. At the Pinart sale a fine copy, no. 190, brought BIBLIOGRAPHY OF Campbell (John). THE Campanius Holm (T.) — Continued. 95 fr.; and at the Murphy sale, no. 2854, a red morocco extra copy brought $28. Priced by Maisonneuve in 1889, ‘‘very fine copy,’’ 250 fr.; and by Dodd Mead & co. Nov. 1889, $55, —- A short description of the province of New Sweden. Now called, by the En- glish, Pennsylvania, in America. Com- piled from the relations and writings of persons worthy of credit, and adorned with maps and plates. By Thomas Campanius Holm. Translated from the Swedish, for the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. With notes. By Peter S. Du Ponceau, LL. D. President of the American Philosophical Society, Mem- ber of the Royal Academy of History and Belles Lettres of Stockholm, and one of the Council of the Historical So- ciety of Pennsylvania. In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Mem. vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 1-166, Philadelphia, 1834, 8°. Of the origin and language of the Indians in Virginiaand New Sweden, pp. 112-115.—Vocab- ulary and phrases in the American language of New Sweden, otherwise called Pennsylvania [Algonquian], pp. 144-156.—Of the Minques, or Minckus, and their language (pp. 157-159), in- cludes a short vocabulary and numerals [Oneida], pp. 158-159. f Issued separately as follows: —— A | short description | of the | Prov- ince of New Sweden, | now called by the English, | Pennsylvania, in Amer- ica. | Compiled | from the relations and writings of persons worthy of credit, | and adorned with maps and plates. | By Thomas Campanius Holm. | Trans- lated from the Swedish, | for the His- torical Society of Pennsylvania. | With notes. | By Peter S. Du Ponceau, LL.D. | President [&c. three lines. ] | Philadelphia: | M’Carty & Davis, No. 171, Market street. | 1834. Title reverse blank 1 1. pp. iii—xi, 13-166, 8°. © Linguistics as under title next above. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenxum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Dunbar, Trumbull. At the Field sale an uncut copy, no. 257, sold for $1.50; at the Menzies sale, no. 328, a ‘‘half green morocco, gilt top, uncut ”’ copy for $5.25. The Murpby copy, no. 453, brought $4. The affiliation of the Algonquin languages. By John Camp- bell, M. A. In Canadian Inst. Proc. new series, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 15-53, Toronto, 1879, 8°. : ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 67 Campbell (J.) — Continued. A general discussion of the Algonquin lan- guages with examples and affinities, pp. 15-25.— Comparative vocabulary of the Algonquin lan- guages (Delaware, Miami, Missisagua, Illinois, -Shawno, Micmac, Sankikani, Cree, Virginia, Nipissing, Menomeni, Blackfoot, Narraganset, Potawatomi, Shyenne, Arrapaho, Ojibbeway, New England, Natick, Mohican, Piankashaw, Penobscot, Ottawa, Nanticoke, Sac and Fox, Pampticoke, Abenaki, Souriquois, Passama- quoddy, Massachusetts, Powhattan, Minsi), with the Malay, Polynesian, Ural Altaic, Asia- tic, Hyperborean, and Peninsular, pp. 26-45.— Vocabulary If. Comparison of characteristic forms in Algonquin with the same in the lan- guages of neighboring families [Athabascan, Iroquois, Dacotah, and Choctaw], pp. 45-49.— Vocabulary III. Comparison of pronouns, prep- ositions, and adverbs, Algonquin and Malay- Polynesian, p. 50.—Vocabulary of miscellaneous terms, Algonquin und Malay-Polynesian, pp. 50-53. Issued separately as follows: — The affiliation of the Algonquin lan- guages. By John Campbell, M. A., pro- fessor of church history, Presbyterian college, Montreal. [1879.] No title-page, pp. 1-41, 8°. Linguistics as under title next above. Copies seen: Shea. —— On some important principles of - comparative grammar as exemplified in aboriginal American languages. In Canada Educational Monthly and School Chronicle, vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 144-149, Toronto, March, 1879, 8°. (Pilling.) This paper attempts to indicate the analogy of two great families of American speech with the northern and southern Turanian families of Asia, as postponing and preposing languages Tespectively, employing words and sentences of the Chippewa, Iroquois, Cree, Quiché, Maya, Aztec, and Algonquin. — On the origin of some American Indian tribes. By John Campbell. [First article. ] In Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc., new series, vol. 9, pp. 65-80, Montreal, 1879, 8°. Vocabulary of Algonquin dialects, and of the Maya-Quiché, showing similarities with the Malay-Polynesian, pp. 72-73. The second article, pp. 193-212 of the same volume, contains no Algonquian material. — The unity of the human race, con- sidered from an American standpoint. In British and Foreign Evangelical Review, new series, no. 37, pp. 74-101, London, January, 1880, 8°. (Pilling.) By a copious exhibition and comparison of grammatical and lexical forms, this article pro- fesses to discover in America two main families Caniba. Carey (Matthew), editor. Campbell (J.) — Continued. of speech, and to connect these with the North- ern Asiatic and Malay Polynesian families, re- spectively. It abounds in words and sentences fyom and remarks concerning the Iroquois, Choctaw, Quiché, Algonquin, Creek, Kadiak, Tchuktchi, Cherokee, Dacotah, Mohawk, Ojib- beway, Cree, New England, Illinois, Peep ety Menomeni, and Maya. Origin of the aborigines of Canada. In Quebec Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans. session 1880-1881, pp. 61-93, and appendix pp. i-xxxiv, Quebec, 1882, 12°. The first part of this paper is an endeavor to show a resemblance between various families of the New World and between these aud va- rious peoples of the Old World, and contains words in several Algonquian languages, pp. 84, 86.—Comparative vocabulary of the Algonquin and Malay-Polynesian languages, pp. xv-xix, includes words in the following: Delaware, I1- linois, Shawno, Missisagua, Miami, Micmac, Long Island, Sankikani, Virginia, Cree, Nipis- sing, Ottawa, Menomeni, Sac and Fox, Narra- gansett, Potawatomi, Blackfoot, Mohican, Ar- rapaho, New England, Etchemin, Scoffi, Shesh- tapoosh, Abenaki, Piankashaw, and Ojibbeway. Issued separately as follows: —— Origin | of the | aborigines of Can- ada. | A paper read before the Literary and historical society, | Quebec, | by | Prof. J. Campbell, M. A., | (of Mon- treal,) | Délégué Général de I’Institu- tion Ethnographique de Paris. | Quebec: | printed at the ‘ Morning Chronicle” office. | 1881. Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. text pp. 1-33, and appendix pp. i-xxxiv, 8°. Twenty-five copies printed. Copies seen: Powell. See Abnaki. See American Museum. [ Carnegie (Sir James). ] Saskatchewan | and | the Rocky mountains. | A diary and narrative of travel, sport, | and ad- venture, during a journey through the | Hudson’s bay company’s territories, | in 1859 and 1860. | By | the earl of Southesk, | K. T., F. R. G. S. [Sir James Carnegie. ] | [Seven lines quota- tion.] | With maps and illustrations. | Edinburgh: | Edmonston and Doug- las. | 1875. | (The right of translation is reserved.) Half-title verso printers 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 11. preface pp. vii-xiii, errata and addenda 1 p. contents pp. xv-xxviii, list of illustrations pp. xxix-xxx, text with appendix pp. 1-423, index pp. 425-448, maps, plates, 8°. 68 Carnegie (J.) — Continued. Cree syllabic characters, terminations, etc. on four plates following p. 422. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Har- vard, Lenox. Carver (Jonathan). Travels | through the | interior parts | of | North-Ameri- ca, | in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. | captain of a company of provincial | troops during the late | war with France. | Illustrated with copper plates. | London: | Printed for the author ; | And Sold by J. Walter, at Charing- cross, and | S. Crowder, in Pater-noster Row. | M DCC LXXVIII [1773]. Title verso blank 1]. dedication 1 1. contents 8 ll. introduction pp. i-xvi, text pp. 17-543, errata etc. p. [544], maps, 8°. Chapter xvii, Of their language, hieroglyph- icks, &c. (pp.4i4-441), contains a vocabulary of . the Chippeway language, pp. 420-432, and nu- meral terms 1-1000 of the same, pp. 433-438. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Harvard, Mas- sachusetts Historical Society. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 470, 8s. 6d. At the Squier sale, catalogue no. 165, a half: morocco, uncut copy brought $4.75; at the - Pinart sale, catalogue no. 209,a copy brought 5 fr. Quaritch, no. 29928, prices one copy, uncut, 21.; another, half-calf, 11. 10s.; and one, no. 29929, tree-marbled calf, extra, 21. 10s. —— Travels | through the | interior parts | of | North America, | in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. | captain of acémpany of provin- cial | troops during the late | war with France. | Lllustrated with copper plates. | The second edition. | London: | Printed for the Author, | By William Richardson in the Strand ; | And sold by J. Dodsley, in Pallmal); - J. Robson, in New | Bond-street; J. Walter, at Charing-cross; J. Bew, | in Pater-noster Row; and Mess. Rich- ardson and | Urquhart, at the Royal Exchange. | M DCC LXXIX [1779]. 12 p. ll. pp. i-xvi, 17-543, map, 8°. Linguistics as in the first edition, titled next above. Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con- gress, Massachusetts Historical Society. The Squier copy, sheep, catalogue no. 166, brought $3; the Murphy copy, calf, catalogue no. 483, $3. Priced by Quaritch, no. 29930, half- calf, 17. 16s. Travels | through the | Interior Parts | of | North-America, | in the | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Carver (J.) — Continued. Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Car- ver, Esq. | Captain of a Company of Provincial | Troops during the late | War with France. | Illustrated with copper plates. | Dublin: | Printed for S. Price, R. Cross, W. Watson, W. and H. | White- stone, J. Potts, J. Williams, W. Colles, | W. Wilson, R. Moncrieffe, C. Jenkin,. G. | Burnet, T. Walker, W. Gilbert, L. L. | Flin, J. Exshaw, L. White, J. Beatty, | and B. Watson. | MDCCLXX- IX [1779]. 10 p. ll. pp. i-xiii, 15-508, map, 8°. Linguistic chapter as above, pp. 387-412. Copies seen: British Muscum, Brown, Dun- bar. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 471, 108. 6d. Johann Carvers | Reisen | durch | die innern Gegenden | von | Nord-Ame- rika | inden Jahren 1766, 1767 und 1768, | mit einer Landkarte. | Aus dem Eng- lischen. | : Hamburg, | bey Carl Ernst Bohn. 1780. Pp. i-xxiv, 1-456, map, 12°. Linguistic chapter as above, pp. 350-359. Oopies seen: Brown. — Travels | through the |. interior parts | of | North America, | in the | | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Car- ver, Esq.| captain of a company of provincial | troops during the late | war with France. | Illustrated with copper plates, | coloured. | The third edition. | To which is added, Some Account of the | author, and a copious index. | London: | Printed for C. Dilly, in the Poultry; H. Payne, in | Pall-mall; and J. Phillips,in George-Yard, | Lombard- Street. | M DCC LXXXI [1781]. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 |. adver- tisement verso blank 11. some account of John Carver pp. 1-22, 11 ll. pp. i-xvi, text pp. 17--543,. index 10 ll. 8°. Linguistics as given under title of first edi- tion, pp. 414-441. ; Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, British Mu-. seum, Brown, Congress. Priced in Stevens's Nuggets, no. 472, 106. 6d. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 283, a half- morocco, uncut copy brought $5.50; at the Brinley sale, catalogue no. 4458, it sold for $6. —— Three years | travels, | through the | Interior Parts of North America, | for more than | five thousand miles, | con- taining, | An Account of the great. Lakes, and all the Lakes, | Islands, and. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 69 Carver (J.) — Continued. ‘Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, | Soil and Vegetable Productions of the North West | Regions of that vast Con- tinent; | with a | description of the birds, beasts, reptiles, | insects, and fishes peculiar to the country. | To- gether with a concise | history of the genius, manners, and | customs of the Indians | Inhabiting the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and to the | Westward of the great River Missis- sippi; | andan | appendix, | Describing the uncultivated Parts of America that are the | most proper for forming Settle- ments. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the provincial troops in America. | Philadelphia: | Printed and sold by Joseph Crukshank in Market-street | and Robert Bell, in Third street. | MDCCLXXXIV [1784]. Title verso blank 11. dedication pp. iii-iv, an address pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-xvi, intro- duction pp. xvii-xxi, text pp. 23-217, 8°. Of their language, &c. pp. 170-179. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Brown. Voyage | dans |les Parties Intéri- eures | de| L’Amérique Septentrionale, | Pendant les années 1766, 1767 & 1768. | -Par Jonathan Carver, | Ecuyer, Capi- taine d’une compagnie de tioupes | pro- vinciales pendant la guerre du Canada |] entre la France & l’Angleterre. | Ou- vrage traduitsur la troisiéme édition | Angloise, par M.deC .. . avecdes re- mar- | ques & quelques additions du traducteur. | Yverdon. | M.DCC.LXXXIV [1784]. Pp. i-xxvi, 1-436, 12°. Des langues des Indiens, pp. 304-322. Copies seen: Brown, Pilling. — Voyage | dans| les parties intérieures | de | VAmérique Septentrionale, | Pen- dant les années 1766, 1767 & 1768. | Par Jonathan Carver, | Ecuyer, Capitaine dune Compagnie de Troupes | Provin- ciales pendant la guerre du Canada entre la | France & l’Angleterre. | Ou- vrage traduit sur la troiséme édition | Angloise, par M. de C. ... avec des remarques & | quelques additions du Traducteur. | [Design.] | : A Paris, | Chez Pissot, Libraire, quai des Augustins. | M. DCC. LXXXIV [1734]. | Avec Approbation & Privilége du Roi. Carver (J.) — Continued. Pp. 1-24, i-xxviii, 1-451, map, 8°. Des langues des Indiens, pp. 315-334. Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con- gress. Leciere, 1878, no. 837, prices a copy 16 fr. — Three Years | Travels| through the | Interior Parts | of | North-America, | © for more than | Five Thousand Miles, | containing | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the | Lakes, Islands, and Rivers, Cataracts,| Mountains, Minerads,~ Soil and Vegeta- | ble Productions of the North-West Re-| gions of that vast Continent; | witha | Description of the Birds, Beasts, Rep- | tiles, Insects, and Fishes peculiar | to the Country. | To- gether with a concise | History of the Genius, Manners, and | Customs of the Indians | Inhabiting the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and | to the West- ward of the great River Mississippi, | and an | Appendix, | Describing the uncultivated Parts of America that are | the most proper for forming Settle- ments. | By Captain Jonathan Carver,| of the Provincial Troops in America. | Philadelphia: | Printed by Joseph Crukshank, in Market Street, | between Second and Third-Streets. |M DCC L XXXIX [1789]. Pp. i-xvi, i-viii, 9-282, 12°. Of their language, pp. 211-228. Copies seen: Brown. —— Three years | travels| throughout the |interior parts | of | North-America, | for more than | five thousand miles | containing | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, | Islands, and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, | Miner- als, Soil and Vegetable Productions | of the North-west Regions of that Vast | Continent; | with a| description of the birds, beasts, rep- | tiles, insects, and fishes peculiar | to the country. | To- gether with a concise | history of the genius, manners, and | customs of the Indians | Inhabiting the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and|to the Westward of the great River Missis- sippi; | and an | appendix, | Describing the uncultivated Parts of America, that are | the most proper for forming Settle- ments. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the provincial troops in America. | Printed at Portsmouth, New Hamp- 70 Carver (J.) — Continued. shire, | by Charles Peirce, for David West, | No. 36, Marlborough-street, Boston. | M,DCC,XCIV [1794]. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication: pp. ili-iv, address pp. v—vi, contents pp. vii-xvi, introduc- tion pp. i-vii, text pp. 9-282, 12°. A short vocabulary of the Chippeway lan- guage, pp. 215-228. Copies seen: Boston Public, Brown. Reize | door de | Binnenlanden | van | Noord-Amerika, | door | Jonathan Carver, Schildkn. | Kapitein van eene Compagnie Provintiaale | Troepen Ge- duurende den Oorlog | met Frankrijk. | Naar den derden Druk uit het Engelsch vertaald | door | J. D. Pasteur | met. Plaaten. | Eerste [-Tweede] Deel. | [ Portrait of Carver. ] | Te Leyden, | bij A. en J. Honkoop, 179€. 2vols. 8°. Title-page of vol. 2hasno portrait. Linguistics as under previous titles, vol. 2, pp. 150-172. Oopies seen: Brown. —— Three years | travels | through the | interior parts | of | North-America, | _ for more than | five thousand miles; | containing | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, Islands, | and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, | Soil and Vegetable Productions of the North- | West Regions of that vast Continent; | with a | description of the birds, beasts, | reptiles, insects, and fishes | peculiar to the country. | To- gether with a concise | history of the genius, manners, and customs | of the Indians inhabiting the lands that lie | adjacent to the heads and to the west- ward | of the great river Mississippi; | and an | appendix, | Describing the uncultivated parts of America that | are the most proper for forming settle- ments. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the provincial troops in America. | Philadelphia: | Published by Key & Simpson; 1796. Title verso blank 11. dedication pp. iii-iv, address pp. v—vii, contents pp. ix-xx, introduc- tion pp. i-ix, text pp. 11-360, 8°. Of their language, &c. pp. 273-293. Copies seen: British Museum, Bureau of Eth- nology, Congress. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 473, 10s. 6d. Atthe Field sale, catalogue no. 284, a copy ' brought $1.75. -—— Three Years | Travels | throughout the | Interior Parts | of | North-Amer- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Carver (J.) — Continued. ica, | for more than | Five Thousand Miles, | containing | An Account of the Great Lakes, and all the Lakes, Isl- ands, | and Rivers, Cataracts, Mount- ains, Minerals, Soil and Ve- | getable Productions of the North-west Regions of that | vast Continent; | with a | Description of the Birds, Beasts, Rep- tiles, In- | sects, and Fishes peculiar to the Country. | Together with a con- cise | History of the Genius, Manners, and Customs | of the Indians | inhabit- ing the Lands that lie adjacent to the heads and|to the westward of the great river Mississippi; | and an | Ap- pendix, | describing the uncultivated parts of America, | that are the most proper for forming | Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the Pro- vincial Troops in America. | Printed | by John Russell, for David West, | No. 56, Cornhill, Boston. | 1797. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. an address pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-xvi, introduction pp. 5-12, text pp. 13-312, 12°. Of their language, &c. pp. 237-254. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Brown. —— Three years’ | travels | throughout. the | interior parts | of | North Amer- ica, | for more than | five thousand miles, | containing an account of the | lakes, islands and rivers, cataracts, | mountains, minerals, soil and vegeta- ble | productions of the north west re- | gions of that vast continent; with a. description | of the birds, beasts, rep- tiles, insects, | and fishes peculiar to the country. | Together with a concise | history of the genius, manners, and cus- | toms of the Indians inhabiting the lands | that lie adjacent to the heads and | west of the river Missisippi [sic]; | and an | appendix, | describing the | uncultivated parts of America | that are the most proper for forming | settle- ‘ments. | By Jonathan Carver, | Cap- tain of the provincial troops in Amer- ica. | Walpole, N. H. | Published by Isaiah Thomas & co. | 1813. Title verso blank 11, dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-xvi, intro- duction pp. 17-23, text pp. 25-280, 16°. Of their language, &c. (not including the vocabulary), pp. 227-229. Copies seen: Massachusetts Historical So- ciety. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. (ie Carver (J.) — Continued. — Carver’s travels | in | Wisconsin. | Carver (J.) — Continued. journal; but the profits he derived from the From the | third London edition. | New-York: | printed by Harper & Brothers, | No. 82 Cliff-street. | 1838. Pp. i-xxxii, 33-376, maps, 8°. Of their language, &c. pp. 255-272. Copies seen: Congress. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 285, a copy brought $2.50. — Aventures |de Carver | chez les sauvages | de l’Amérique Septentrio- nale | cinquiéme édition | [ Design] | Tours | A? Mame et Ce, imprimeurs- libraires | 1852. Engraved title: Aventures | de Carver | chez les Sauvages | de | l’Amérique Septentrionale. | [Picture] | Tours | Ad Mame & Cie | Editeurs. Engraved title 11. printed title 11. pp. 1-236, 12°. Du langage, pp. 214-217. Oopies seen: Congress. Besides the editions of Carver given above, there are, according to the catalogue of the Car- ter-Brown Library, editions in English as fol- lows: Philadelphia, Joseph Crukshank, 1792, 12°; Philadelphia, 1795, 8°; Edinburgh, 1798, 8°; Charlestown, 1802, 12°; Edinburgh, 1807, 8°; Walpole, N. H., 1838, 12°. Sabin’s Dictionary adds to the above Edinburgh, 1808, 8°. Jonathan Carver, traveller, born in Still- water, N. Y.,in 1732; died in London, Jan. 31, 1780. In the French war he commanded a com- pany of provincials in the expedition against Canada, and in 1763 he undertook to explore the vast territory claimed by Great Britain in North America. He left Boston in 1766, and, having reached Michilimackinac, the remot- est English post, applied to Mr. Rogers, the governor, for a supply of goods as presents for the Indians on the route he intended to follow. Having received a part of the required sup- ply, with the promise that the remainder should be sent after him to the Falls of St. Anthony, he continued his journey; but as the expected goods did not reach him, he was under the necessity of returning to Prairie du Chien. Thence, in the beginning of 1767, he set out northward, with a view of finding a communi- cation between the headwaters of the Missis- sippi and Lake Superior. He reached Lake Superior, and returned, after spending several months on its northern and eastern borders, and exploring the bays and rivers that flow into the lake. Soon after his arrival at Boston, in Octo, ber, 1768, at which date he had traveled nearly 7,000 miles, he set out for England ‘‘to an- nounce his discoveries.’’ On hisarrival he pre- sented a petition to the king, praying for a re-im- bursement of the sums he had expended; and, after undergoing an examination by the Board of Trade, which ordered him to surrender his papers, he received permission to publish his Cass (Lewis). sale were insufficient to relieve his necessities, and in the winter of 1779 he obtained a subsist- ence by acting as clerk in a lottery-office. Hav- ing sold his name to a historical compilation, which was published in a large folio volume, entitled ‘‘The New Universal Traveller’’ (Lon- don, 1779), containing an account of all the em- pires, kingdoms, and states iu the known world, he was abandoned by those whose duty it was to support him. In the early part of 1780 he was reduced to poverty, and died in a state of destitution. The circumstances were made known to the public by the benevolent Dr. Lettsom, who brought out a new edition of his travels for the benefit of his widow and children, and made such a representation of the author’s sufferings as finally led to the institu- tution of the literary fund.— A ppleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Additional inquiries re- specting the Indian languages. [18207] No title-page, heading only ; text pp. 1-32, 16°. Contains examples of inflection, compound- ing, etc.in the Delaware, Chippewa, and Wy- andot languages. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Congress, Powell. Reprinted, with short ‘‘addenda,’”’ as the concluding portion, pp. 31-64, of the following: [——] Inquiries respecting the| History, Traditions, Languages, Man- | ners, Customs, Religion, &c. | of the | In- dians, | living within the United Staties. | Detroit, | Printed by Sheldon & Reed. | 1823. Title verso note 11. text pp. 3-64, 16°. The verso of the title-page says: ‘‘The following sheets were originally printed in two separate pamphlets. They are now reprinted together, but no alteration has-been made in the form first piven to them.” Copies seen: Powell. I have seen no copy of the first edition of the first portion of this little work. [——] [Review of ] Manners and cus- toms of several Indian tribes located westof the Mississippi, by John Hunter. In North American Review, vol. 22, pp. 53- 119, Boston, 1826, 8°. (Powell.) The greater part of this article is a criticism of and extracts from Heckewelder’s papers in the American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. of the Hist. and Lit. Com. It was answered by Rawle (W.) in Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Mem. vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 238-275, Philadelphia, 1828, 8°; and by Kasstigatorskee in the U. S. Literary Gazette, vol. 4, pp. 362-374. Mr. Rawle’s article was answered by Mr. Cass (q. v.) in the North American Review, vol. 26. Reprinted as follows: 12 Cass (L.) — Continued. [——] Remarks | on the | condition, character, and languages, | of the | North American Indians. | From the | North American Review, Le; L, for January, 1826. | Boston. | Cummings, Hilliard and company. | William L. Lewis, Printer. | 1826. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-70, 8°. Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Maisonneuve. At the Brinley sale, catalogue no. 5369, a copy brought $1.50. ] 1. [Review of] Travels in the central portions of the Mississippi val- ley by Henry R. Schoolcraft. 2. [Review of] A vindication of the Rev. Mr. Heckewelder’s History of the Indian nations, by William Rawle. In North American Review, vol. 26, pp. 357- 403, Boston, 1828, 8°. Criticisms upon and extracts from Hecke- welder (pp. 376-403), including Delaware words and phrases from Heckewelder, with English equivalents, pp. 377-386; verbal adjectives and verbal substantives, in Delaware and English, p. 390; Mohegan adjectives, p.391; conjugation . of the verb to be in Chippewa and English, pp. 391-394; other Chippewa conjugations, pp. 398- 400; Delaware names of animals, p. 401. Gen. Lewis Cass, the eldest son of Major Jonathan Cass, was born at Exeter, New Hampshire, October 9, 1782, and received a classical education at the celebrated academy in that town. Atan early age he removed to Delaware, and took charge of the academy of Wilmington. In 1799 he went to Marietta, Ohio, where he studied law, and in 1802 he was admitted to the bar and began to practice in Zanesville. In 1806 he was elected a member of the Ohio legislature. On March 2, 1807, he was appointed marshal of Ohio, which oftice he held till 1813. In the war of 1812 he rose to the rank of brigadier-general. On the 9th of Oc- tober, 1813, President Madison appointed him governor of the Territory of Michigan. He acted as governor and ex-officio as superintend- ent of Indian affairs for eighteen years. In 1820, in company with Schoolcraft and others, he explored the upper lakes and the source of the Mississippi, with double reference to the character of the Indian population placed under his charge, and to the resources and geograph- ical features of that immense and unknown region. In 1829 he was called to Washington, with General Clark, of Missouri, to examine the laws relating to Indian affairs, and prepare a condensed code for the better government of that growing and complicated department. The report which he drew up on this occasion exhibits his fuli experience on this subject. In 1831 President Jackson called him to pre- BIBLIOGRAPHY Of THE Cass (L.) — Continued. Catalogue des livres. side over the Department of War. In 1834the entire Indian code was revised under his direc- tion, on the basis of his prior report of 1829, and the new code enacted by Congress. In 1836 President Jackson tendered him the posi- tion of minister to France. This he accepted with the express privilege of visiting the East. In January, 1845, he was elected United States senator from Michigan, which place he resigned on his nomination, May 22, 1848, as Democratic candidate for the Presidency. He was subsequently returned to the Senate, and was made Secretary of State by President Buchanan in 1857, which position he resigned in December, 1860. He died in Detroit, Mich. June 17, 1866. Catalogue | de | livres rares | et précieux | manuscrits et imprimés | principale- ment sur Amérique | et sur les langues du monde entier | composant la biblio- théque de] M. Alph.-L. Pinart | et com- prenant en totalité la bibliothéque mexico-guatémalienne de|M. Vabbé Brasseur de Bourbourg | Paris | Vve Adolphe Labitte | libraire de la Bibliothéque nationale | 4, rue de Lille, 4 | 1883 : Cover title as above, half-title verso adver- tisement 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. pref- ace pp. v-vili, text pp. 1-244, table verso blank 11. order of sale pp. 247-248, 8°. Contains titles of a number of works in or relating to the Algonquian languages. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. Koehler, catalogue 465, nos. 36 and 384, priced copies 4 M.50 Pf.; Dufossé, 1888, 4 fr. See Leclerc (C.) Catalogue | of | one hundred and seven- teen | Indian Portraits, | representing | eighteen different tribes, | accompanied by a| few remarks | on the | character, &c. of most of them. | Price i cents. [1850 ?] No imprint; pp.1-24, 8°. A list of prominent persons belonging to various American tribes, whose portraits were painted by King, of Washington, and copied by Inman. The names of most of them are given with the English signification. Among the tribes represented are the Sauk, Shawnee, Fox, Chippewa, Menomine, and Ottawa. Copies seen: Powell, Wisconsin en Society. : Catalogue of the library of H. C. Mur- phy. See Bartlett (J. R.) Catechism : Abnaki See A bnaki. Abnaki Vetromile (E.) Algonquian Algonquian. Algonquian James (T.) : | ; : ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 73 Catechism — Continued. Catechismo | dei missionari cattolici | Algonquian Laure (P.) in lingua algonchina | pubblicato | per Algonquian White (A.) cura di E. Teza | ot ene Pisa | tipografia Nistri | 1872 Chippewa Baraga (F.) 5 -Chippewa Baraga(F.)and Weikamp Second title: Catéchisme Algonquin | traduit | : (J. B.) mot pour mot en Latin | et phrase pour phrase Chippewa Belcourt (G. A.) en Frangais | M DCCC VI [1806] Chtppewa Chone (—) Half-title on cover, half-title verso blank 11. © Chippewa Déléage (F. R.) title verso blank 11. dedication ‘‘a Federico Chippewa Dougherty (P.) Miiller” (in {talian, by Teza) pp. 5-7, avverti- Chippewa Dougherty (P.)&Rodd(D.) mento (in Italian, by T'eza) pp. 9-12, second title Chippewa Gafron (J.) verso blank 11. preface (in French, by the trans- Chippewa Guéguen (J. P.) lator) pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-81, note verso blank 11. Chippewa Lacombe (A.) 8°. Printed from a manuscript in the library Chippewa Ojibway. of the University of Bologna. One hundred Chippewa Pipe. copies issued. Cree Bompas (W.C.) Notions préliminaires [on the structure of Cree Guéguen (J. P.) the Algonquin language], pp. 5-10.--Catéchisme, Cree Horden (J.) pp. 1147.—Annotazioni (by Teza, and includ- Cree Hunter (Jean). ing extracts from Cuoq, Peter Jones, Baraga, Cree Lacombe (A.) Rasles, etc.) pp. 49-53; extracts from the cate- Cree Laverlochére (J. N.) and chism in Baraga’s Otchipwe anamie-masinai- Garin (A. M.) gan, Paris 1837, pp. 54-58; Lord’s prayer from Cree Lebret (L. M.) Baraga, p.58; Lord’s prayer from Blatchford’s Cree Mason (S.) new testament, p. 59.—Breve glossario algon- Cree Thibault (J. B.) chino, inedito (from a manuscript of the Car- Delaware Campanius (J.) dinal Mezzofanti, with notes by Teza, includ- Tllinois Allouez (C.) ing extracts from Baraga, Howse, Mackenzie, Illinois Le Boulanger (J. I.) and others), pp. 63-81. Illinois Marest (G.) This catechism seems to have been in use at Massachusetts Eliot (J.) the Lake of Two Mountains (Oka), Canada, Menomonee Zephyrin Engelhardt (C.) in 1806. According to the translator’s preface Micmac Demillier (L. E.) he undertook the translation ‘‘in order to _ Micmac Kauder (C.) place before the eyes of the superior the doc- Micmac Micmac. trine taught in Algonquin.” Probably not in- Micmac Rand (3. T.) tended for publication, but a private communi- Mohegan Quinney (J.) cation by a missionary priest to the superior Mon’ agnais Durocher (F.) of his order calling attention to the errors of a Montagnais LaBrosse (J. B. de). catechism composed and adopted by missiona- Montagnais Laure (P.) ries of another order. It has the approval of Montagnais Vaultier (—) Bishop Cadotte, himself well versed in the lan- Munsee Series. guage. Nipissing Aiamie-nabowewinan. The Indian text is interlined with the Latin Nipissing Catechismo. translation, the French paraphrase follows, Nipissing Cuoq (J. A.) and atthe bottom of the page the explanatory Nipissing Dépéret (E.) notes—all by the translator. Diligent search by Nipissing . Nihima. Teza has failed to discover the author. Nipissing Nibina. The glossary also is from a manuscript of the Nipissing Niina. Cardinal Mezzofanti, and, according to Teza, Ottawa Baraga (F.) is not by the same person as the translation of Ottawa Dejean (J.) the catechism. It is alphabetically arranged Ottawa Ottawa. in Algonquin, with French definitions, and con- Ottawa Sifferath (N. L.) tains 302 words. The foot-notes are by Teza Penobscot Demillier (L. E.) and include extracts from various authors. Penobscot Wzokhilain (P. P.) Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Pottawotomi Hoecken (C.) Eames. Pottawotomi Potewateme. Leclerc, 1878, no. 2097, priced a copy 25 fr.; Pottawotomi Simerwell (R.) Quaritch, no. 30065, 9s., one later for 7s.; Du- Quiripi Pierson (A.) fossé, 1887, no. 24543, 25 fr.; Koehler, catalogue Catechisme Algonquin. See Cuogq (J. 465, no. 323, 18 M. A.) Catechismvs Lutheri. See Campanius Catechisme, recueil de prieres [Cree]. | (J-) See Laverlochére (J. N.) andGarin (A. | Catherine Tekakoiuta [Nipissing]. See M.) Durocher (F.) 74 ee BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Catlin (George). Catalogue | of | Cat- | Catlin (G.) — Continued. lin’s Indian gallery | of | portraits, land- scapes, | manners and customs, | cos- tumes, &c. &c., | collected during seven years’ travel amongst thirty-eight dif- | ferent tribes, speaking different lan- guages. | New-York: | Piercy & Reed, printers, # Theatre alley. | 1837. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-36, 12°. A list of prominent personages of different tribes, including a number of Algonquian dia- lects, most of the names being accompanied by the English meaning: Sac (17), Fox (2), Blackfoot (13), Menomonie (18), Shawnee (7), Chippeway (14), Riccaree (4), Shienne (2), Poto- watomie (3), Piankeshaw (3), Kickapoo (2), Wea (2), Cree (3), Delaware (3). Copies seen: Harvard, Powell, Pilling. — Catalogue | of | Catlin’s Indian gal- lery | of | portraits, landscapes, | man- ners andcustoms, | costumes, &c. &e. | ' collected during seven years’ travel amongst thirty-eight | different tribes, speaking different languages. | New York: | Piercy & Reed, printers, | 7 Theatre alley. | 1838. Title recto 1.1, text pp. 2-40, 16°. Names of persons with English significations as under previous title, with the addition of a few of the Peoria. Oopies seen: Harvard, Wisconsin Historical Society. =—— A | descriptive catalogue | of | Cat- lin’s Indian gallery ; | containing | por- traits, | landscapes, costumes, &c. | and | representations of the manners and customs | of the | North American Indians. | Collected and painted entirely by Mr. Catlin, | during seven years’ travel amongst 48 tribes, mostly speak- ing different languages. | Exhibited for nearly three years, with great success, in the | Egyptian hall, Piccadilly, Lon- don. | Admittance One Shilling. Colophon: C. and J. Adlard, printers, “Bartholomew close, London. [1844.] Title verso printers 1 1. to the reader p. 3, certificates pp. 4-6, text pp. 7-48, 4°. Linguistic contents as under title nextabove. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, British Mu- seum, Powell. The descriptive catalogue is reprinted in the various editions of Catlin’s Notes of eight years’ travel and residence in Europe, for titles of which see below. —— Catalogue raisonné | de | La Galerie Indienne de Mr Catlin, | renfermant | des portraits, | des paysages, des cos- tumes, etc., | et | des scénes de mours et coutumes | des | Indiens de l’Améri- que du Nord. | Collection entiérement faite et peinte par M* Catlin | Pendant un séjour de 8 ans parmi 48 tribus sau- vages, parlant trente langues diffé- | rentes, et formant une population d’un demi-million d’ames. | [Paris:] 1845. | Imprimerie de Wit- tersheim, | Rue Montmorency, 8. Title as above on cover, au lecteur p. 1, cer- tificats pp. 2-5, text pp. 6-48, 8°. Linguistic contents as under 1838 title above. Copies seen: Powell. _ Some copies have title-page differing slightly from above.. (Harvard.) A descriptive catalogue | of | Cat- lin’s Indian collection, | containing | portraits, landscapes, costumes, &c., | and | representations of the manners and customs | of the | North American Indians. | Collected and painted en- tirely by Mr. Catlin, during eight years’ travel amongst | forty-eight tribes, mostly speaking different languages. | Also | opinions of the press in England, France, and the United States. | London: | published by the author, | at his Indian collection, No. 6, Water- loo place. | 1848. Title verso printers 1 1. note and certificates pp. 3-7, text pp. 8-92, 8°. Proper names, with English significations, as under titles above, and with the addition of a few names in Mohegan. Oopies seen: Harvard, Powell. Priced by Maisonneuve in 1889, 2 fr. —— North and South American Indians, | Catalogue | descriptive and instruct- ive | of | Catlin’s | Indian Cartoons. | Portraits, types, and customs. | 600 paintings in oil, | with | 20,000 full length figures | illustrating their vari- ous games, religious ceremonies, and | other customs, | and | 27 canvas paint- ings | of | Lasalle’s discoveries. | New York: | Baker & Godwin, Print- ers, | Printing-house equare, | 1871. Abridged title on cover, title as above verso blank 11. remarks verso note 1 1. text pp. 5-92, certificates pp. 93-99, 8°. Linguistic contents as in the edition of 1848 with namesin the Arapaho and Micmac added. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames, Pow- ell, Wisconsin Historical Society. The Catlin Indian collection, con- taining portraits, landscapes, costumes, ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 15 Catlin (G.)— Continued. &c., and representations of the man- ners and customs of the North American Indians. Presented to the Smithsonian Institution by Mrs. Thomas Harrison, of Philadelphia, in 1879. A descriptive catalogue. By George Catlin, the artist. - In Rhees (W. J.), Visitor’s guide to the Smithsonian Institution and United States Na- tional Museu, in Washington, pp. 70-89, Wash- ington, 1887, 8°. Linguistics as under title next above. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. — Part V. The George Catlin Indian gallery in the National Museum (Smith- sonian Institution),. with memoir and statistics. By Thomas Donaldson. In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution * * * July, 1885, part 2 (half-title 1 1. pp. i-vii, 3-939), Wash- ington, 1886, 8°. Descriptive catalogue of Indian portraits, pp. 13-230.—Comparative vocabulary of the Mandan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and Tus- karora (about 130 words), pp. 551-555. Issued separately, with title-page, as follows: — The | George Catlin Indian gallery | inthe | U.S. National Museum | (Smith- sonian Institution), | with | memoir and statistics. | By | Thomas Donald- son. | From the Smithsonian report for 1885. | Washington: | Government printing office. | 1887. Title verso blank 11. contents pp. i-iii, illus- trations pp. v-vil, text pp. 3-915, index pp. 917- 939, 8°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Smithsonian In- stitution. Issued also with the following title: — The | George Catlin | Indian gal- lery, | inthe | U.S. National Museum, | (Smithsonian Institution.) | with me- moir and statistics. | By Thomas Don- aldson. | Washington, D. C. | W. H. Lowder- milk & Co. | 1888. Title versv blank 1 1. contents pp. i-iii, illus- trations pp. V-vii, text pp. 3-915, index pp. 917- 939, 8°. Linguistics as under title next but oneabove. Oopies seen: Lowdermilk. Letters and notes | on the | manners, customs, and condition | of the | North American Indians. | By Geo. Catlin. | Written during eight years’ travel _ amongst the wildest tribes of | Indians in North America, | In 1832, 33, 34, 33, Catlin (G.) — Continued. 36, 37, 38, and 39, | In two volumes, | with four hundred illustrations, care- fully engraved from his original paint- ings. | Vol. I[-IT]. | New-York: | Wiley and Putnam, 16L Broadway. | 1841. . 2 vols.: pp. i-viii, 1-264, slip of errata; pp- i-viii, 1-266 312 plates and maps, royal 8°. | Comparative vocabulary of the Mandan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and Tuscarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, British Mu- seum, Lenox. According to Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 11536, some copies have the imprint London: Wiley and Putnam ; others, London: published by the author, 1841. Second edition, New York, 1842; third edition, New York, 1842; fourth edition, 1843. —— Letters and notes | on the | manners, customs, and condition | of the | North American Indians. | By Geo. Catlin. | | Written during eight years’ travel amongst the wildest tribes of | Indians in North America, | In 1832, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 and 39. | In two volumes, | with four hundred illustrations, carefully engraved from his original paintings. | Third edition. | Vol. I[-I1]. | New-York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1844. 2 vols.: title verso blank 11. contents pp. iii— viii, text pp. 1-264; title verso blank 11. con- tents pp. iii-viii, text pp. 1-266; maps, plates, 8°. Comparative vocabulary as under title next. above, vol. 2, pp. 262-265. Copies seen; Congress, Powell, Trumbull. — Letters and notes |on the | man- ners, customs, and condition | of the | North American Indians. | By Geo. Cat- lin. | Written during eight years’ travel (1332-1839) amongst the wildest tribes. | of Indians in North America. | Intwo volumes. | With several hundred illus- trations | from the | Author’s Original Paintings. | Vol. I[-II]. | Fourth a tion. | London: | published for the author by | David Bogue, 86, Fleet street, | late Tilt and Bogue. | 1844. 2 vols.: frontispiece 11. title verso printers. 1 1. contents pp. iii-viii, text pp. 1-264; title verso printers 1 1. contents pp. iii—viii, text pp. 1-256, appendices pp. 257-266, large 8°. Linguistic contents as under previous titles.. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology. The first issueof this edition has the imprint London: | Published for the Author by | Tilt and Bogue, Fleet Street. | 1842. (Trumbull.*) (ie BIBLIOGRAFHY OF THE Catlin (G.)— Continued. Catlin (G.) — Continued. —— Illustrations | of the | manners, cus- | —— Illustrations | of the | manners, cus- toms, and condition | of the | North American Indians: | in a series of | let- ters and notes | written during eight years of travel and adventure among the| wildest and most remarkable tribes now existing. | With three hundred and sixty engravings, | from the | Author’s Original Paintings. | By Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | Fifth edition. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York street Covent garden. | MDCCCXLV [1845]. 2 vols.: pp. i-viii, 1-214; i-viii, 1-266; maps and plates, large 8°. Comparative vocabulary of the Mandan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and Tuskarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265. Copies seen: Congress. NEL. the Murphy sale a copy, no. 523, brought Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 11539, mentions a Sixth edition, London, 1846, and titles an edi- tion Brissel und Leipzig, 1846-1848. A copy of this latter is priced by Triibner, 1856, no. 1955, 11. 1s.; another copy, no. 1956, plain, 14s. Illustrations | of the | manners, cus- toms, and condition | of the | North American Indians: | in a series of | let- ters and notes | written during eight years of travel and adventure among the | wildest and most remarkable tribes now existing. | With three hundred and sixty exgravings | from the Author’s Original Paintings. | By Geo. Catlin. | Intwo volumes. Vol. I[-II]. | Seventh edition. | London :| Henry G. Bohn, York street, Covent garden. | MDCCC XLVIII [1848]. 2 vols.: frontispiece, title verso printers 1 1. contents pp. iii-vili, text pp. 1-256; frontis- piece, title verso printers11. contents pp. ili-Vviii, text pp. 1-256, appendices pp. 257-266, maps, 8°, Comparative vocabulary as under title next above, vol. 2, pp. 262-265. Copies seen; Astor, Harvard. Maisonneuve, no. 28 of catalogue no. 153 (1889), titles an edition London, Bohn, 1851, ‘pricing it 30 fr.; the date may be an error for 1857. Triibner, in Ludewig, p. 228, titles the second edition in German Briissel, Muquardt, 1851, and gives the vocabularies as on pp. 348- 352. Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 11537, mentions ‘the eighth edition, London, Bohn, 1857. There is anedition Philadelphia, Hazard, 1857, a copy of which is in the library of the Minnesota Historical Society (*). A copy of the latter at ‘the Fischer sale, no. 2213, brought 15s., and one at the Field sale, no. 310, $1.62. toms, and condition | of the | North American Indians: | with | letters and notes | written during eight years of travel and adventure among the wild- est and most remarkable tribes now existing. | With three hundred and sixty engravings, | from the Author’s Original Paintings. | By Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | Ninth edition. | . London : | Henry G. Bohn, York street, Covent garden. j 1857. 2 vols. 8°, maps. Comparative vocabulary of the Mandan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and Tuscarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265. Copies seen: Lenox. — Letters and notes|on the | man- ners, customs, and condition | of the | North American Indians. | Written dur- ing eight years’ travel amongst the wildest | tribes of Indians in North America. [Picture.]| By Geo. Catlin. | Two vols. in one. | With one hundred and fifty illustrations, on steel and wood. | Philadelphia: | J. W. Bradley, 48 North Fourth St. | 1859. ) Pp. 1-792, 8°. Linguistics as under title next above, pp. 787- 791. Copies seen: Lowdermilk. Some copies are dated 1860. (*) ‘ 4 — [Illustrations | of the | manners, customs, and condition | of the | North American Indians | with | letters and notes | written during eight years of travel and adventure among the | wild- est and most remarkable tribes now existing. | With three hundred and sixty engravings, | from the | Author’s Original Paintings. | By Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | Tenth edition. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York street, Covent garden. | 1866. 2 vols. large 8°. Linguistics as given under titles above. Oopies seen: Boston Athenzum, Wisconsin Historical Society. At the Field sale, no. 308, a copy with colored etchings, ‘‘ worth nearly ten times the price of plain copies,” brought $48. —— Illustrations | of the | manners, customs, & condition | of the | North ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. TT Catlin (G.)— Continued. American Indians. | With Letters and Notes, | Written during Eight Years of Travel and Adventure among the | Wildest and most Remarkable Tribes now Existing. | By George Catlin. | With | three hundred and sixty col- oured engravings | from the author’s original paintings. | [Design.] | In two volumes. Vol. I{-II}. | London: | Chatto & Windus, Picca- dilly. | 1876. 2 vols.: pp. i-viii, 1-264; i-viii, 1-266; plates, large 8°. Linguisticsas under previous titles, vol. 2, pp. 262-265. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. Quaritch, no. 29932, pricesacopy ‘‘ beautifully printedin colours” 2/. 2s., adding: ‘‘sells3J. 3s.” — Catlin’s notes | of | eight years’ travels and residence | In Europe, | with his |.North American Indian collec- tion: | with anecdotes and incidents of the travels and adventures of three | different parties of American Indians whom he introduced | to the courts of | England, France and Belgium. | In two volumes octavo. | Vol. I[-II]. | With numerous illustrations. | _ New-York: | Burgess, Stringer & co., 222 Broadway. | 1848. 2 vols.: half-title verso blank 11. title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. v-ix, contents pp. xi-xvi, text pp. 1-296; half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso copyright 11. contents pp. v-xii, text pp. 1-325, appendix pp. 327-336; 8°. List of nine proper names in Ojibbeway with English definitions, vol. 1, pp. 108-109.—A de- scriptive catalogue of Catlin’s Indian gallery, as described above under title of Descriptive catalogue etc. London [1844], vol. 1,pp. 248-296. —List of twelve proper names in Ojibbeway with English definitions, vol. 2, p. 279. Copies seen: Powell, Watkinson. Atthe Fischer sale a copy, no. 350, brought 2e.; the Field copy, no. 305, sold for $2.50. — Catlin’s notes | of | eight years’ travels and residence | In Europe, | with his | North American Indian collec- tion: | with anecdotes and incidents of the travels and adventures of three | different parties of American Indians whom he introduced | to the courts of | England, France, and Belgium. | In two volumes octavo. | Vol. I[-II]. | With numerous illustrations, | Catlin (G.) — Continued. New York: | published by the au- thor. | To be had at all the bookstores. | 1848. | 2 vols.: pp.i-xvi, 1-296; i-xii, 1-336; plates, 8°, Linguistics as under title next above. Copies seen: Congress. —— Catlin’s notes | of | eight years’ travels and residence | in Europe, | with his | North American Indian collection. | With | anecdotes and incidents of the travelsand adventures of | three differ- ent parties of American Indians whom he | introduced to the courts of | Eng- land, France, and Belgium. | In two volumes, octavo. | Vol. I[-I1]. | With numerous illustrations. | Second edi- tion. | London: | published by the author, | at his Indian collection, No. 6, Water- loo place. | 1848. 2vols.: pp. i-xvi, 1-296; i-xii, 1-336; plates, Bos Linguistics as under titles above. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Lenox, Wisconsin Historical Society. Somecopies, otherwiseasabove, have ‘‘ Third edition”’ (Congress); and I have seen a copy of vol. 2 whose title, otherwise the same, has. ‘Fourth edition” (Bureau of Ethnology). —— Adventures | of the | Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians| in| England, France, and Belgium; | being notes of | eight years travels and residence in Europe | with his | North American Indian col- lection, | by Geo. Catlin. | In two vol- umes. | Vol. I[-II]. | With numerous. Engravings. | Third edition. | London: | published by the author, | at his Indian collection, no. 6, Water- loo place. | 1852. ~ 2 vols.: half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 11. preface pp. v-ix, contents pp. xi-xvi, text pp. 1-296; half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso printers 11. contents pp. v—xii, text pp. 1-325, appendices pp. 327-336, 8°. A reprint of Notes of eight years’ travels in Europe. > Linguistics as under titles above. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Bu- reau of Ethnology, Wisconsin Historical So- ciety. George Catlin, painter, born in Wilkesbarre, Pa., in 1796; died in Jersey City, N. J., Decem- ber 23, 1872. He studied law at Litchfield, Conn., but after a few years’ practice went to Philadelphia and turned his attention to draw- 18 Catiin (G.) — Continued. ing and painting. Asan artist he was entirely self-taught. In 1832 he went to the Far West and spent eight years among the Indians of Yellowstone River, Indian Territory, Arkan- sas, and Florida, painting a unique series of Indian portraits and pictures, which attracted much attention on their exhibition both in this country and in Europe. Among these were 470 full-length portraits and a large number of pict- ures illustrative of Indian life and customs, most of whichare now preserved in the National Museum, Washington. In 1852-’57 Mr. Catlin traveled in South and Central America, after which he lived in Europe until 1871, when he returned to the United Stafies. One hundred and twenty-six of his drawings illustrative of Indian life were at the Philadelphia exposition of 1876.—Appleton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. Saulkins (Frances Manwaring). His- tory | of | New London, | Connecticut. | From the first survey of the coast in 1612, to 1852. | By Frances Manwaring Caulkins. | [Quotation and seal.] | New London: | published by the au- thor. | 1852. Title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents pp. v—-xi, text pp. 13-672, index pp. 673-680, 8°. A chapter of names, English and aboriginal, pp. 118-125, contains a list of geographic names in the Pequot or Mohegan territory. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society, Trumbull, Watkinson. _ Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 11571, and the Brinley sale catalogue, no. 2252, mention a second edi- tion, continued to 1860, New London, 1860, 680 pp. 8°. The Brinley copy brought $6. Chamberlain (Alexander Francis). The relationship of the American languages. In Canadian Inst. Proc. third series, vol. 5, pp. 57-76, Toronto, 1887, 8°. “An inquiry into the arguments which have been advanced in favor of the north-eastern Asiatic or Peninsular origin of the American Indians, and an endeavor to assign to them an origin in other directions.” Contains a few words in Chippewa, Menom- onee, and Miami, p. 62. — Mississagua etymology. In Science, vol, 12, no. 293 (Sept. 14, 1888), p. 132, New York, 1888, 4°. A list of about twenty words procured from the Mississaguas (Ojibwas) of Scugog Island. —— Notes on the history, customs, and beliefs of the Mississagua Indians. In Journal of American Folk-lore, vol. 1, pp. J50-160, Boston and New York, 1888, 8°. (Bu- reau of Ethnulogy.) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE > Chamberlain (A. F.) — Continued. Words, phrases, sentences, geographic names, tribal uames, short love songs, etc. in™ the Mississagua language, passim. Issued separately as follows: — Notes on the history, | customs, and beliefs of | the Mississaguas | [ Printer’s ornament] | By | A. F. Chamberlain, B. A. | Fellow in Modern Languages in University College, Toronto | (Re- printed from The Journal of American Folk-Lore, | July, 1888) | _ Cambridge | Printed at the Riverside Press | 1888 Title on cover as above, no inside title, text pp. 150-160, 8°. Copies seen: Pilling. — Tales of the Mississaguas. In Journal of American Folk-lore, vol. 2. pp. 141-147, Boston and New York, 1889, 8°. Three animal stories in Mississagua, with interlinear English translation, followed by free English translation, and six stories in English only. The tales were procured from Mrs. Bolin (Nawigishkoke). The archaeology of Scugog Island.. A paper read before the Canadian Insti- tute, January 12th, 1889, by A. F. Cham- berlain, B. A. No title, heading only; text 3 unnumbered pages, 8°. Mississagua names of articles, with English definitions, 3d p. Copies seen: Pilling. Reprinted from the Port Perry Standard (newspaper), vol. 23, no. 30, p. 2, March 7, 1889. (*) Their origin and relations. Chamberlain, B. A. In Canadian Inst. Proc. third series, vol. 6, pp. 261-337, Toronto, 1889, 8°. Loan words from Algonkin dialects in the Eskimo dialects, pp. 276-277. The language of the Mississaguas of Scugog. (Abstract.) In Canadian Inst. Proc. third series, vol. 7, pp. 106-108, Toronto, 1890, 8°. A general account of the language of the Mississaguas of Scugog Island, with a list of some words ‘not to be found in Wilson’s or Baraga’s dictionaries, or different words are given.”’ In the opening sentence the author says: ‘‘In the course of a visit paid to the Indians of Scugog in August, 1888, the writer was enabled to collect a vocabulary of some 700 words, besides personal and place names.” - This manuscript is described under the next title. Issued separately, also, repaged 1-3, with the following line at top of p.1: Extract from Proceedings of Canadian Institute, 1890. (Pill- ing, Powell.) By AcE The Eskimo race and language. | 7 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 79 Chamberlain (A. F.) — Continued. — [Linguistic material of the Mississa- guas. ] ey Manuscript in possession of its author, who wrote me concerning it as follows under date of Nov. 27, 1888: | ‘The list of words collected by me from the Mississaguas of Scugog Island, Ontario Coun- ty, Province of Ontario, numbers 620. They were collected at various times, August 2, 4, 8, 11, &c. 1888. About 350 were collected from the niece of Chief Johnson of Scugog; the greater _ part of the remainder from Mrs. Bolin (Nawi- gishkoke (an intelligent Indian woman), a few from Osawanimiki (an Indian formerly ateach- er among the tribe). They occupy 14 pages of paper 9x 1linches; appended are a number of etymological explanations. I have also 24 pp. same size occupied with explanations (transla- tion and etymology) of Indian (Mississagua) personal and geographical names. Also 8} pp. same size, closely written, containing ‘Myths and Songs of the Mississaguas of Scugog, consisting of the Mississagua version with in- terlinear Engiish translation, and also full Eng- lish translation with explanatory notes. I hope to have them published at an early date in the Journal of American Folk-lore.”’ In July, 1889, Mr. Chamberlain wrote me: **My list of Algonkin personal names so far contains 30 names (Chippewa chiefly) from Mrs. Jameson (Winter Studies and Summer Rambles), 100 Blackfoot, Cree, and Chippeway from Morris (Indian Treaties), 50 Cree, Chip- peway, Potowatomie, etc. from Paul Kane (Wanderings of an Artist, etc.), about 300 from Schoolcraft (Ojebway, Ottawa, Pottawottomie, etc.), making about 15 closely written pages, the Indian names being followed by English translations. Studies in Algonkian onomatology and semasiology. (ea Manuszript, 42 pp. 8°. A paper read before the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at Toronto, September 2,1889. Title and note from its author. Deals with the names of natural phenom- ena, animals, birds, plants, fishes, reptiles, in- sects, tribal and personal names, topographic names, etc., and their etymologic meanings, in Cree, Lake of Two Mountains, Algonkin, Ojib- way and Mississauga, with occasional illustra- tions from other dialects. Chamberlain (Montague). Words, phrases, sentences, and text in the Mel- icite (Malisit) language, River St. John, New Brunswick. Manuscript, pp. 7-112, 4°, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology; recorded in « copy of the first edition of Powell’s ‘‘ Introduction to the study of Indian languages,” and bears date of December, 1880. All the schedules are well filled except no. 22, ‘‘Standards of value,” Chamberlain (M.) — Continued. which contains names of days and months. “Story of the man the Bear gens take their name from,” with literal English translation in- terlined, pp. 106-108. Chamberlayne (John) [and Wilkins (D.)], editors. Oratio | dominica | in diversas omnium fere | gentium lin-- guas | versa | et | propriis cvjvsqve lingvae | characteribvs expressa, | Una cum Dissertationibus nonnullis de Lin- guarum | Origine, variisque ipsarum permutationibus. | Editore | Joanne Chamberlaynio | Anglo-Britanno, Re- giae Societatis Londinensis & | Bero- linensis Socio. | [Vignette. ] | Amsteledami, | Typis Guilielmi & Davidis Gosrei. | MDCCXV [1715]. Folding plate 1 1. title reverse blank 11. de- dicatio (signed Joannes Chamberlayne) 3 ll. reverse of 5th l. begins ‘‘ Lectori benevolo Da- vid Wilkins S.P.D,’” which extends to verso of 25th 1. text pp. 1-94, appendix 3 il. folded plate, 4°. Lord’s prayer in Savanahice (from the Rev. Dr. Le Jean, missionary of the Society for the Propagation of the Faith, in North Carolina), p. 89; in Virginice (Massachusetts, from Eliot), p. 90.—‘‘A ppendix continens quatuor precipuas voces in Orationibus Dominicis occurrentes ex Americanis,’’ viz: Pater, Coelum, Terra, Panis, in Algonkine, Savanahice, Apa- lachice, Virginiane, etc. follows p. 94. In a letter to me Dr. Trumbull says: The Lord’s prayer in Savanahice is reprinted in my Notes on Forty Algonkin versions (p. 97), not because it is Shawanese, which it certainly is not, but because it has been copied as such from Chamberlayne by Hervas, Bodoni, Vater, and Auer. It does not belong to any one dia- lect ever spoken by an American tribe. Copies seen: Astor, Britith Museum, Con- gress, Lenox, Watkinson. At the Murphy sale a copy, no. 537, brought 90 cents. Champlain (Samuelde). Les | voyages | de la | Novvelle France | occidentale, dicte | Canada, | faits parle S'deCham- plain | Xainctongeois, Capitaine pour le Roy en la Marine du | Ponant, & toutes les Descouuertes qu’il a faites en | ce pais depuis l’an 1603. iusques en lan 1629. | Ot: se voit comme ce pays a esté premierement descouuert par les Frangois, | sous l’authorité de nos Roys tres-Chrestiens, iusques au regne | de sa Majesté 4 present regnante Lovis xu. | Roy de France & de Nauarre. | Auec vn traitté des qualitez & condi- tions requises & vn bon & parfaict Na- 80 Champlain (S. de) — Continued. uigateur | pour cognoistre la diuersité des Estimes quise font en la Nauiga- tion; Les | Marques & enseignements que la prouidence de Dieu 4 mises dans les Mers | pour redresser les Mariniers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils tom- beroient en | de grands dangers, Et la maniere de bien dresser Cartes marines auec leurs | Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, é& autre chose necessaire 4 la Nauiga- tion. | Ensemble vne Carte generalle de la description dudit pays taicte en son Meridien selon | la declinaison de la guide Aymant, & vn Catechisme ou In- struction traduicte | du Frangois au langage des peuples Sauuages de quel- que contrée, auec | ce qui s’est passé en ladite Nouuelle France en Vannée 1631. | A monseignevr le cardinal dve de Richeliev. | [Scroll.] | A Paris. | Chez Clavde Collet au Palais, en la Gallerie des Prisonniers, | al Estoille @Or. | M.DC.XXXIT [1632]. | Auec Priuilege du Roy Title verso blank 11. dedication ‘‘a monsei- gnevr l’illvstriss™* Cardinal Dvc de Richeliev”’ pp. 3-6, a poem ‘‘Svr le livre des voyages dv sievr de Champlain” pp. 7-8, table des chapi- tres pp. 9-16, text pp. 1-308, seconde partie pp. 1-310,1 blank leaf, table pp.1-8, traitté de la marine pp.1-54, 1 blank leaf, doctrine chres- tienne etc. pp. 1-20, map, sm. 4°. Massé (E.), L’oraison dominicale tradvite en langage des Montaguars, pp. 16-20 (of the last numbering). Copies seen: Brown, British Museum, Con- gress, Harvard, Lenox. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 511, “fine copy, vellum,” 7/. 7s.; Leclerc, 1867, no. 1615, sold a ‘‘ very fine copy, wide margins,”’ for 260 fr.; in 1878 he priced it, no.696, 700 fr.; Quaritch, no. 11873, priced a copy, the folded map in fac- simile, 36/.; and later, no. 28818, a perfect copy, 651.; the Brinley copy, catalogue no. 76, brought $280. Les | voyages | de la | Novvelle France | occidentale, dicte | Canada, | faits par le Stde Champlain | Xaincton- geois, Capitaine pour le Roy en la Marine du | Ponant, & toutes les Descouuertes qu’il a faites en |ce pais depuis l’an 1603. iusques en l’an 1629. | Ou se voit comme ce pays a esté premierement des- couuert par les Francois, | sous l’au- thorité de nos Roys tres-Chrestieus, iusques au regne | de sa Majesté a pre- sent regnante Lovis x1. | Roy de France & de Nauarre. | Auec vn traitté BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Champlain (S. de) — Continued. des qualitez & conditions requises 4 vn bon & parfaict Nauigateur | pour co- gnoistre la diuersité des Estimes qui se font en la Nauigation; Les ; Mar- ques & enseignements que la proui- dence de Dieu & mises dans les Mers | ° pour redresser les Mariniers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils tomberoient. en | de grands dangers, Et la maniere de bien dresser Cartes marines auec leurs | Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, & autre chose necessaire 4 la Nauigation. | Ensemble vne Carte generalle de la de- scription dudit pays faicte en son Meri- dien selon | la declinaison de la guide | Aymant, & vn Catechisme ou Instruc- | tion traduicte |du Frangois au langage des peuples Sauuages de quelque con- trée, auec | ce qui s’est passé en ladite Nouuelle France en Vannée 1631. | A monseignevr le cardinal dve de Riche- liev. | [Scroll.] | A Paris. | Chez Lovis Sevestre Im- primeur-Libraire rué du Meurier prés la Porte. | 8. Victor, & ensa Boutique dans la Cour du Palais. | M.DC.XXXII[ 1632]. | Auec Priuilege du Roy. | Title verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. 3-6, a poem pp. 7-8, table des chapitres pp. 9-16, text pp.1-308, 1-310, 1 blank leaf, table pp. 1-8, traitté de la marine pp. 1-54, doctrine chrestienne pp- 1-20, map, sm. 4°. Massé's article, as under previous title, pp. 16-20. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Brown, Con- gress, Lenox. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 321,a copy brought $31; Leclerc, 1878, no. 2697, priced it. - 1000 fr. ; Dufossé, 1887, no. 24801, 1000 fr. — Les | voyages | de la | Novvelle France | occidentale, dicte | Canada, | faits par le S' de Champlain | Xaine- tongeois, Capitaine pour le Roy en la Marine du | Ponant, & toutes les Des- couuertes qwil a faites en | ce pais depuis l’an 1603. iusques en V’an 1629. | Ow se voit comme ce pays a esté pre- mierement descouuert par les Frangois, | sous Vauthorité de nos Roys tres- Chrestiens, iusques au regne | de sa Ma- jesté & present regnante Lovis XIU. | Roy de France & de Nauarre. | Auec vn traitté des qualitez & conditions re- quises 4 vn bon & parfaict Nauigateur | pour cognoistre la diuersité des Es- times qui se font en la Nauigation ; Les ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 81 Champlain (S. de) — Continued. Champlain (S. de) — Continued. | Marques & enseignements que la prouidence de Dieu & mises dans les Mers | pour redresser les Mariniers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils tombe- roient en|de grands dangers, Et la maniere de bien dresser Cartes marines auec leurs | Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, -& autre chose necessaire & la Nauiga- tion. | Ensemble vne Carte generalle de la description dudit pays faicte en son Meridien selon | la declinaison de la guide Aymant, & vn Catechisme ou Instruction traduicte | du Frangois au langage des peuples Sauuages de quel- que contrée, auec | ce qui s’est passé en ladite Nouuelle France en l’année 1631. | A monseignevr le cardinal dve de Richeliey. | [Scroll.] | A Paris. | Chez Pierre Le-Mvr, dans la grand’ Salle | du Palais. | M.DC. XXXII[1632]. | Auec Priuilege du Roy. Title verso blank 11. dedication pp. 3-6, a poem pp 7-8, table des chapitres pp. 9-16, text pp. 1-308, 1-310, 1 blank leaf, table pp. 1-8, traitté de la marine pp. 1-54,1 blank leaf, doctrine chrestienne pp. 1-20, map, sm. 4°. Massé’s article, as under previous titles, pp. 16-20. Copies seen: Harvard, Lenox. At the Murphy sale, catalogue no. 541, a copy in ‘‘maroon morocco, super extra, gilt edges, rich inside tooling, tall,” brought $155. Les | voyages | de la | Novvelle France | occidentale, dite | Canada: | faits par le St de Champlain | Xainc- tongeois, Capitaine pour le Roy en la Marine du | Ponant, & toutes les Des- couuertes qu’il a faites en|ce Pais depuis l’an 1603. iusques en l’an 1629. | Ou se voit comme ce Pays a esté pre- mierement descouuert par les Frangois, |souz Vauthorité de nos Roys tres- Chrestiens, iusques au regne | de sa Majesté 4 present regnante Lovis XIII. | Roy de France & de Nauarre. | Auec vn Traicté de qualitez & conditions requises 4 vn bon & parfait Naui- | ga- teur pour cognoistre la diuersité des Estimes qui se font en la Nauigation: | Les marques & enseignemens que la prouidence de Dieu a mises dans les | Mers pour redresser les Mariniers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils tombe- | roiét en de grands dangers: Et la maniere de bien dresser cartes marines, auec | leurs Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, ALG 6 & autres choses necessaires 4 la Naui- gation. | Ensemble vne Carte generale de la description dudit Pays faite en son Meridien, selon | la declinaison de la Guide-Aymant; & vn Catechisme ou Instruction traiduite | du Frangois au langage des Peuples Sauuages de quelque contrée: Auec|ce qui s’est passé en ladite Nouuelle France en Vannée 1631. | A monseignevr le cardi- nal dve de Richeiiev. | [Scroll.] | A Paris. | Chez Clavde Collet, au mont sainct Hilaire, prés le Puits Cer- tain. | M.DC.XL [1640]. | Avec privi- lege dv roy. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. 3-6, a poem pp. 7-8, table des chapitres pp. 9-16, text pp. 1-308, 1-310, 1 blank leaf, table pp. 1-8, traitté de la marine pp. 1-54,1 blank leaf, doctrine chrestienne etc. pp. 1-20, map, sm. 4°. Massé’s article as in editions of 1632, titled above, pp. 16-20. Copies seen: Brown, Lenox. Quaritch, no. 28819, priced a copy 55/. and Maisonneuve, in 1889, 800 fr. The edition Paris, 1830, 2 vols. 8°, does not contain the linguistics. (Congress.) —— (Euvres | de | Champlain | publiées |sous le patronage | de VUniversité Laval| Par Vabbé U.-H. Laverdiére, M. A. | professeur d’histoire a la faculté des arts | et bibliothécaire de l’uni- versité | Seconde édition | Tome I[-V]| Québec | Imprimé au Séminaire par Geo.-E. Desbarats | 1870 5 vols. (the fifth in two parts) paged con- secutively at bottom: 2 p. ll. pp. i-Ixxvi, 1- 1478,11. The pagination of the original edition appears at the top. Vol. 5 isa reprint, in fac- simile as to arrangement, of the 1632 edition of Les Voyages. Massé’s article, as in edition of 1632, titled above, vol.5, pt. 2, pp. 16-20 (pp. 1408-1412 of the series). Oopies seen: Boston Athenzum, British Museum, Brown, Congress, Dunbar, Lenox, Watkinson. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 320, a copy brought $21.75; Quaritch, no. 11872, priced it 31. 16s.; the Murphy copy, no. 543, half green morocco, brought $12.50; Gagnon, Quebec, 1888, no. 47, priced a copy $12.50, and another, no. 20, $12. The whole of the first edition, begun in 1865, was destroyed by fire. Chapin (Rev. Alonzo Bowen.) Glasten- bury | for | two hundred years: | a | centennial discourse, | May 18th, A. D. 1853. | With an Appendix, | contain- 682 Chapin (A. B.) — Continued. ing | historical and statistical papers of interest. | By Rev. Alonzo B. Chapin, D. D., | Rector of St. Luke’s Church, [&c. three lines. ] | [Quotation, three lines. ] Hartford: | press of Case, Tiffany and company. | 1853. Title verso copyright1 1. prefatory note verso “collect” 11. text pp. 5-252, 8°. “Indian history avd sale,” pp. 9-24, gives the etymology and signification of Indian names and places in various Algonquian lan- guages. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Trumbull. Chapman (Isaac A.) A | sketch | of the | history of Wyoming. | By the late Isaac A. Chapman, esq. | To which is added, | an | appendix, | containing a | statistical account | of the | valley, | and | adjacent country. | By a gen- tleman of Wilkesbarre. | Wilkesbarre, Penn. | Printed and published by Sharp D. Lewis. | 1830. Title verso copyright 1 1. preface verso blank 11. text pp. 5-209, errata p. [210], 12°. ‘‘Signification of several Indian names which are still retained at and near Wyoming, com- - municated by Rev. John Heckewelder,” pp. 172-1738. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- seum, Congress, Trumbull, Watkinson. Chappell (Lieut. Edward). Narrative | of a | voyage | to | Hudson’s Bay | in | his majesty’s ship Rosamond | contain- ing some account of | the north-eastern coast of America | and | of the tribes | inhabiting | that remote region. | By | Lieut. Edward Chappell, R.N. | [Two lines quotation. ] | London: | printed for J. Mawman, Ludgate street: | By R. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar. | 1817. — Title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 11. advertisement 3 ll. list of engravings verso blank 1 1. text and appendices pp. 1-279, map, 8°. “A vocabulary of the Cree or Knisteneaux Indians inhabiting the western shores of Hud- son’s Bay, presented to the author by an Indian trader who had resided thirty years in that country,” pp. 256-279. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit. ish Museum, Congress, Powell, Trumbull. A copy at the Brinley sale, catalogue no. 5647, brought $1.75, and 6ne at the Murphy sale, catalogue no. 549, $1,25; priced by Quaritch, no. 21972, 5s.; Clarke & co. 1886 catalogue, no. 395, price an edition with title differing slightly from above, $2.50. ‘BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Charencey (Comte Hyacinthe de). Re- cherches sur les noms des points de Vespace. In Académie nationale des sciences, arts et belles-lettres de Caen, Mém. pp. 217-302, Caen, 1882, 8°. , Terms for the cardinal points of the com- pass in Algonquin and Cri, pp. 231-233. Issued separately as follows: Recherches | sur les | noms des points de l’espace | par | M. le Cte de Charencey | membre [&c. two lines. ] | [Design. ] | Caen | imprimerie de EF. le Blanc- Hardel | rue Froide, 2 et 4 | 1882 Cover title as above, title as above verso note 11. text pp. 1-86, 8°. Famille algique: Algonquin et Cri, pp. 14-16. Oopies seen: Brinton, Pilling, Powell. * —— Ethnographie euskarienne. Etude sur lVorigine des Basques d’aprés les données de la linguistique par M. le Comte H. de Charencey. In Société de Géog. Bull. seventh series, vol. 10, pp. 445-456, Paris, 1889, 8°. A number of Delaware words compared with those of the Basque, pp. 450-451.—Algonkin and Iroquois words, p. 451. Issued separately also, without title-page, repaged 1-12. (Pilling.) Charlevoix (Pierre Frangois Xavier de). Histoire | et | description generale | de la | Nouvelle France, | avec | le journal historique | d’un Voyage fait par ordre du Roi dans | VAmérique Septentrio- — nale. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Compagnie de Jésus. | Tome premier [-troisiéme]. | [Vignette. ] |’ A Paris, | Chez Nyon Fils, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, & Jl’Occasion. | M.DCC.XLIV [1744]. | Avec approba- tion et privilege du roi. 3 vols. 4°, maps. The third volume has a dif- ferent title-page, as foliows: Journal | d’un |. voyage | fait par ordre du roi | dans | l’Amerique septentrionnale [sic] ; | Adressé a Madame la Duchesse | de Lesdigui- eres. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Compa- gnie de Jésus. | Tome troisiéme. | A Paris, | Chez Nyon Fils, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, & VOccasion. | M.DCC.XLIV [1744]. | Avec approbation et privilége du roi. Onziéme lettre, containing comments upon the distribution of the languages of Canada, the Algonquin, Pouteouatamis, Outagamis, Mas- coutins, Kickapou, Miami, Illinois, and Huron, vol. 3, pp. 175-189. Oopies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con- gress, Lenox, Watkinson. “The Fischer copy, no. 2221, was bought by Quaritch for 11. 11s. The Field copy, no. 330, sold for $10.50. Quaritch prices a calf copy, ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 83 Charlevoix (P. F. X. de) — Continued. Charlevoix (P. F. X. de) — Continued. no. 11875, 2. 2s., and a ‘‘calf gilt” copy, no. Avec Approbation & Privilege du 11876, 27, 15s.; and again, no. 29813, he prices Roy. | a calf copy 2/. 10s. At the Murphy sale, no. i 550, a copy brought $6. ae 12°, Vols.5 and 6 have title-pages as — Histoire | et | description generale | dela | Nouvelle France, | avec | le journal historique | d’un Voyage fait _ par ordre du Roi dans | l’Amerique Sep- tentrionale, | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la compagnie de Jesus. | A Paris, | chez la Veuve Ganeau, Libraire, rue S. Jacques prés la rue | du PlAtre, aux Armes de Dombes. | M.DCC.XLIV [1744]. | Avec approba- tion et privilege du Roi. 3 vols. 4°. : Linguistics as under previous title. Copies seen: Harvard. —— Histoire | et | description generale | de la | Nouvelle France, | avec | le journal historique | d’un Voyage fait par ordre du Roi | dans l’Amérique Septentrionnale. | Par le P. De Charle- voix, de la Compagnie | de Jesus. | Tome premier[-sixieme]. | [Printer’s ornament.]| A Paris, | Chez Didot, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, | 4 la Bible d’or. | M DCC XLIV [1744]. | Avec Approbation & Privilege du Roy. (*) 6 vols. 12°. Vols.5 and 6 have title-pages as follows: Journal | d’un| voyage | fait par ordre du roi | dans | l’Amerique | septentrionnale; | Ad- dressé 4 Madame la Duchesse | de Lesdiguieres. { Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Compagnie | de Jesus. | Tome cinquiéme[-sixiéme|]. | {Printer’s ornament. | [ A Paris, | Chez Didot, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, | 4 la Bible d’or.| M DCC XLIV [1744]. | Avec Approbation & Privilege du Roy. Caractére de la langue huronne, vol. 5, p. 289.—Caractére de la langue algonquine, vol. 5, pp. 289-290.—Particularités de la langue hu- ronne, vol.5, pp. 290-291.—Particularités de la langue algonquine, vol. 5, pp. 291-292. Title from Mr. Chas. H. Hull, from a copy in the library of Cornell University. Histoire | et | description generale | de la| Nouvelle France, | avec | le journal historique | d’un Voyage fait par ordre du Roi | dans Amérique Septentrionnale. | Par le P. De Charle- voix, de la Compagnie | de Jesus. | Tome premier[-sixiéme ]. | A Paris, | Chez Rollin Fils, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, | 4S. Athanase & au Palmier. | M DCC XLIV [1744]. | Journal | d’un| voyage | fait par ordre du roi | dans | l’Amerique | septentrionnale; | Ad- dress6é 4 Madame la Duchesse | de Lesdigui- eres. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Com- pagnie | de J esus. | Tome cinquiéme[-si- xiéme]. | A Paris, | Chez Rollin File, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, | 4S. Athanase & au Palmier. | “M DCC XLIV [1744]. | Avec Approbation & Privilége du Roy. Linguistics as under title next above, vol. 5, pp. 289-292, Copies seen: Congress. In the Trtibner catalogue of 1856, a ‘full russia, gilt edged, beautiful’ copy, no. 1957, was priced 3/. 3s. Leclerc, 1878, no.698, prices a copy 45 fr. Some copies of this edition have the imprint Chez Pierre Francois Giffart, | rue Saint Jac- ques & Sainte Therese. | M DCC XLIV [1744]. | Avec Approbation & privilege du Roy. (Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brown, Dunbar.) Sabin’s Dictionary and Leclere’s Bib. Am. mention the following editions: A Paris, chez Pierre Frangois Giffart, rue Saint Jacquesa Sainte Therese, M. DCC. XLIV, 3 vols. 4°. A Paris, chez Rolin Fils, Libraire, Quai des - Augustins, MDCCXLIV, 3 vols. 4°. Leclere’s supplement, no. 2706, prices a copy of this, 90 fr. Paris, Nyon, MDCCXLTV, 6 vols. 12°. Paris, Didot, MDCCXLIX, 6 vols. 12°. Paris, Rolin fils) MDCCXLIX, 6 vols. 12°. The Journal d’un voyage has been sopeeaved in English as follows: Boston Atheneum, Brown, -—— Journal | of a | voyage | to | North- America. | Undertaken by Order of the | French king. | Containing | The Geo- graphical Description and Natural | History of that Country, particularly | Canada. | Together with | An Account of the Customs, Characters, | Religion, Manners and Traditions | of the orig- inal Inhabitants. | In a Series of Let- ters to the Duchess of Lesdiguieres. | Translated from the French of P.*de Charlevoix. | In two volumes. | Vol. I Eble | London: Printed for R. and J. Dods- ley, in Pall-Mall. | MDCCLXI [1761]. 2 vols.: half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-viii, text pp. 1-382; half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-vili, text pp. 1-380, ‘‘ books 84 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Charlevoix (P. F. X. de) — Continued. Charlevoix (P. F. X. de) — Continued. printed for R.and J. Dodsley” 2 ll. index to both volumes 11 Il. 8°. Linguistics as under titles above, vol.1, pp. 299-303. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress, Massachusetts Historical Society. The Fischer copy, no. 2223, brought 5s.; the Field copy, no. 332, $5; the Menzies copy, no. 376, half calf, antique, $5.75; the Squier copy, no. 191, $2.25; the Brinley copy, no. 78, $3.50. Clarke, 1886, no. 5381, prices an old calf copy $4. Letters | to the | Dutchess [sic] of Lesdiguieres; | Giving an Account of a| voyage to Canada,|and| Travels through that vast Country, | and| Louisiana, to the Gulf of Mexico. | Undertaken | By Order of the present King of France, | By Father Charlevoix. | Being a more full and accurate De-| scription of Can- ada, and the neigh- | bouring Countries than has been | before published; the Character of | every Nation or Tribe in that vast | Tract being given; their Religion, | Customs, Manners, Tradi- tions, Go- | vernment, Languages, and Towns; | the Trade carried on with _them, | and at what Piaces; the Posts or | Forts, and Settlements, estab- lished | by the French; the great Lakes, | Water-Falls, and Rivers, with the | Mannerof navigating them; the | Mines, Fisheries, Plants, and Ani- | mals of these Countries, | With Reflec- tions on the Mistakes the | French have committed in carrying | on their Trade and Settlements; | and the most proper Method of | proceeding pointed out. | Including also an Account of the Au- | thor’s Shipwreck in the Channel of | Bahama, and Return in a Boat to | the Mississippi, along the Coast of | the Gulf of Mexico, with his Voy- | age from thence to St. Domingo, | and back to France. | [Device. ] | Printed for-R. Goadby, and Sold by k. Baldwin in Pater- | Noster-Row, London. 1763. , Title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. iii-xiv, errata verso advertisement 11. text pp. 1-384, 8°. Linguistics as under previous titles, pp. 120- 124,57 Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Brown, Congress. ; A ‘beautiful uncut copy” at the Menzies sale, no. 375, brought $5. According to Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 12140, some copies are dated 1764. ——A| voyage | to | North-America: | Undertaken by Command of the pres- ent | king of France. | Containing | the Geographical Description and Natural History | of | Canada and Louisiana. | With | The Customs, Manners, Trade and Religion | of the Inhabitants; a Description of the Lakes and | Rivers, with their Navigation and Manner of passing | the Great Cataracts. | By Father Charlevoix. | Also, | A Descrip- tion and Natural History of the Islands in the | West Indies belonging to the different Powers of | Europe. Illustrated with a Number of curious Prints | and Maps not in any other Edition. | In two volumes. | Dublin: | Printed for John Exshaw, and James Potts, in | Dame-Street. | MDCCLXVI [1766]. 2 vols. maps, 8°. The title of vol. 2 differs slightly from that of vol. 1, which is given above. Linguistics as under previous titles, vol. 1, pp. 163-166. Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con- gress. Leclerc, 1878, no. 699, prices a copy 25 fr. A. copy at the Brinley sale, no. 80, brought $17 ; the Murphy copy, no. 552, sold for $9. I have seen several partial reprints of Char- levoix which do not contain the linguistics. Pierre Francois Xavier de Charlevoix, French traveller, born in Saint Quentin 29 Oct., 1682; died in LaFléche 1 Feb.,1761. He entered the Jesuit society in 1698, and while a scholar was sent to Quebec in 1705, and during the four years following his arrival taught in the col- lege in that place. After completing his divin- ity studies, he became a professor of belles- lettres in France, published a history of Christianityin Japan, and returned to Canada. For some time after his arrival he remained at. Sault St. Louis. Then he ascended the St. Lawrence, and, reaching the Mississippi by way of the Illinois, descended the river to New Orleans, thence proceeding to France by way of Santo Domingo, after an absence of two years. From 1733 till 1755 he was one of the directors of the ‘‘Journal de Trevoux.”’ He published in succession histories of Santo Domingo and Japan, and in 1744 his ‘‘ Histoire de la nouvelle France,” which had been kept back for twenty years. Simultaneously with the latter appeared the journal that he wrote while in America, which was addressed to the Ducbess de Lesdi- guiére, and was soon translated into English. Though his history was praised and quoted as an authority by scholars, it was not translated until recently, when an edition in English was —— sor ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 85 Charlevoix (P. F. X. de) —Continued. published by John Gilmary Shea (New York, 6 vols., 1865-’72). The last work written by Charlevoix was a history of Paraguay (1756).— Appleton’s Oyclop. of. Am. Biog. Chase (Pliny Earle). On certain primi- tive names of the Supreme Being. In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 9, pp. 420-424, Philadelphia, 1869, 8°. Terms used by a number of American peo- ples, among them the Algonkin, Cheyenne, Blackfeet, and Arapaho. On the radical significance of nu- merals. In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 10, pp. 18-23, Philadelphia, 1869, 8°. Exam ples in several Indian languages, includ- ing the Abnaki from Rasles’ cictionary. Chateaubriand (Vicomte Francois Au- gustede). Voyages |en| Amérique |et en | Italie: | par | le Vicomte de Chateau- briand. | En deux volumes, | Tome Pett}; | Paris | et Londres, chez Colburn, libraire, | New Burlington street. | 1528. 2 vols.: 2 p.ll. pp.i-iv,1 1. pp. 1-400; 3 p.IL pp. 1-423, 8°. Mois des Cypawais | Chippewa], languealgon- quine, with definitions, vol. 1, p. 259.— Langues indiennes, pp. 273-286, includes passing mention of the Algonquian but is principally devoted to the Huron. Oopies seen: Congress. — Travels |in | America and Italy, | by | Viscount de Chateaubriand, | author of [&c. two lines.] | In two volumes. | Vol. I{-II}. | London: | Henry Colburn, New Bur- lington Street. { 1828. 2 vols.: 3 p. ll. pp. 1-356; 2 p. Il. pp. 1-429, 8°. Months of the Chipaways, vol. 1, p. 244.— Indian languages, as under title above, pp. 255- 266. Oopies seen: British Museum, Congress, Wisconsin Historical Society. Voyages | en Amérique | en Italie, etc. | par | M. De Chateaubriand | avec des gravures | Paris | Bernardin-Béchet, Libraire | 31, Quai des Augustins [1865] Printed cover, half-title 11. pp. 1-380, 8°. Langues indiennes, pp. 138-144. Oopies seen: Bancroft. (Zuvrescomplétes | de M. le Vicomte | de Chateaubriand, | membre de l’Académie frangoise. | Tome premier {-trente-sixidme]. | Chateaubriand (F. A. de) — Continued. Paris. | Pourrat fréres, éditeurs. | M. DCCC.XXXVI [-M.DCCC.XL] [1836- 1840}. 36 vols. 8°. Vol. 12, Voyage en Amérique, contains: Mois des Cypawais, p. 157.—Langues indiennes, pp. 167-176. Copies seen: British nrc Watkinson. I have seen mention of an edition Paris, 1826~ 1831, 28 vols. 8°. —— (Kuvres completes | de M. le Vicomte | de Chateaubriand, | membre de VAcadémie frangoise. | Tome premier [-trente-sixiéme]. | Essais sur la vie et les ouvrages de'M. de Chateaubriand. | [ Picture. ] | Paris. | Pourrat fréres, éditeurs. | M. DCCC.XXXVIII [1838]. 36 vols. 8°. Linguistics as under title next above, vol. 12, pp. 157, 167-176. Copies seen : Congress. I have seen mention of an edition Paris, 1859- 1861, 12 vols. 8°. -—— Chateaubriand illustré | Voyages | en Italie et en Amerique. | Lagny—Imprimerie de Vialat et Cie. [18502] No title-page, illustrated heading only; voy- age en Italie pp. 1-23, voyage en Amérique pp. 24-103, mélanges littéraires pp. 103-112, folio. Imprint at bottom of p. 1. Mois desCip iwais, p. 70.—Langues indiennes, pp. 72-75. Copies seen: Lenox. — Atala, | René, | les Abencerages, | suivis du | voyage en Amérique, | par M. le vicomte | de Chateaubriand. | Paris, | librairie de Firmin Didot fréres, | imprimeurs de ]’Institut, | rue Jacob, 56. | 1850. Half-title 1 1. title 1 1. half-title of Atala 1 1. prefaces pp. 3-17, text pp. 19-112, half-title of René 1 1. text pp. 115-156, half-title of ‘‘Les aventures du dernier Abencerage”’ 1 1. aver- tissement pp. 159-160, text pp. 161-216, half-title of ‘‘ Voyage en Amérique’ 1 1. avertissement pp. 219-220, preface pp. 221-259, introduction pp. 261-266, text pp. 267-525, table p. [526], 12°. Mois des Cipawois, p. 392.—Langues indien- nes, pp. 400-409. Oopies seen: Lenox, National Museum. — Atala, | René, | les Abencérages, | suivis du | voyage en Amérique, | par M. le vicomte | de Chateaubriand. | Paris, | Librairie de Firmin Didot fréres, fils et cie., | imprimeurs de |’In- stitut de France, | rue Jacob, 56. | 1857. 2 p. ll. pp. 1-525, 11. 12°. 86 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Chateaubriand (F. A. de)— Continued. Langues indiennes, pp. 400-409. Copies seen: Shea. The linguistic article does not appear in other editions of the above work which I have seen. Chippewa — Continued. copies were now on Grape Island ; and the de- sire to read and sing the hymns stimulated the desire to learn.” —Pleyter. See Collection; also Jones (P.) Chemin de la croix [Cree]. See Garin Chippewa. A pocket | vocabulary of (A. M.) Oheyenne : Animal names General discussion General discussion Geographic names Grammatic comments Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Personal names Personal names Phrases Proper names Proper names Proper names Pro: er names Proper names _ Proper names See Hayden (F. V.) Abert (J. W.) Jomard (EH. F.) Dodge (R. I.) Hayden (F. V.) Abert (J. W.) Flachnecker (G.) Haines (KE. M.) Pott (A. F.) Bent (G.) Blackmore (W.) Bellas (H.H.) Catlin (G.) Hayden (F.V.) Indian. Jackson (W. H.) Smet (P. J. de). Treaties. terms | alphabetically arranged. | (1822.) | Manuscript in the library of the compiler of this bibliography, 33 ll. some blank, 5% by 34 inches. English and Chippewa, alphabetically ar- ranged according to the former. Possibly by H. R. Schoolcraft. Chippewa. Sketch of a grammar, vo- cabulary, and phrase-book, Chippewa and English. About 1780. Cy Original manuscript, 75 pp. 4°. Title from Quaritch, no. 30077, who prices it 18s. : Chippewa vocabulary. Cae Manuscript of the last century, important and unpublished. It comprises 75 pp. in 2 col- umns 4°.—Teclere, 1867, no. 331. This is probably the ‘‘Chippeway-English vocabulary” titled inthe Pinart sale catalogue, no. 230, and purchased by Quaritch for 8 francs, title of which is given next above. Chippewa. Words and phrases of the Chippewa. ; Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 4°. in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology; recorded in a copy of Powell’s Introduction tothe study of Indian languages, second edition. The name of the collector is unknown; it was received from the Mackinack Agency, without accompanying let. ter or memorandum, April 7,1882. Schedules © 1-8, 10, 12-14, 16, 20-25 are well filled; schedule 17 has a few entries; schedules 9, 11, 15, 18, 19, 26-30 are blank. Chippewa: Bible, Pentateuch Bible, Genesis (pt.) -See O'Meara (F. A.) Evans (J.) and Jones Relationships Hayden (F. V.) Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Sentences Bellas (H. H.) Songs Baker (T.) Songs Dodge (R. I.) Tribal names Hayden (F. V.) - Vocabulary Abert (J. W.) Vocabulary Buschmann (J.C.E.) Vocabulary Campbeli (J.) Vocabulary Dodge (R. T.) Vocabulary Domenech (E.) Vocabulary Flachnecker (G.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Haines (EK. M.) Vocabulary Hayden (F. V.) Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Vocabulary Maximilian (A. P.) Vocabulary Morgan (L. H.) Vocabulary Schoolcraft (H. R.) Vocabulary Smith (J. 5S.) Words Bellas (H. H.) Words Charencey (H. de). Words Chase (P. E.) Words Smithsonian. Chipawa vocabulary, North Amer- ica. | ( A thin 4to, bound in cloth, pp. 75. Title and note from J.B. B.Clarke’s ‘ His- torical and Descriptive Catalogue of the Euro- pean and Asiatic Manuscripts in the Library of the late Dr. Adam Clarke,” &c. London, 1835, p. 87. Chippewa. [Hymn book in the Chip- pewa language. ] CA) ‘‘A small hymn book of twelve hymns, trans- lated into the Chippewa, was now [1827] printed by the Missionary Society of the Methodist Episcopal Society in New York, and some (P.) Bible, Genesis (pt.) James (E.) Bible, Genesis Jones (P.) Bible, Genesis (pt.) Bible, Psalms Bible, Minor pr. Bible, New test. Bible, New test. Bible, New test. Bible, Gospels Bible, Gospels Bible, Matthew Bible, Matthew (pt.) Bible, Matthew Bible, Luke Bible, John Schoolcraft (H. R.) O’Meara (F, A.) McDonald (B.) Blatchford (H.) James (E.) O'Meara (F. A.) Cameron (J. D.) O’Meara (F. A.) Horden (J.) and San- ders (J.) Jones (P.) Jones (P.) and Jones (J.) Hall (S.) and Cop- way (G.) Jones (J.) and Jones (P.) ——— Bible, Acts Bible, Eph. (pt.) _ Bible, Cor. (pt.) | Bible, James Bible, John 1-111 Bible history Bible history - Bible history Bible history Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible stories Bible stories Book of com. prayer. Book of com. prayer. Calendar Calendar Calendar Catechism Cateehism Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism Dictionary Dictionary Dictionary Dictionary Dictionary Etymologies General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES Chippewa — Continued. Hall (S.) and Cop- way (G.) James (E.) Schoolcraft (H. BR.) Omajibiigeuinvn. Omajibiigeuinvn. Chone (—) Horden (J.) Verwyst (C.) Vogt (C.) and Gaf- rou (J.) American Bible Soc. Bagster (J.) Bible Society. British and Foreign. Church. Enew. Gilbert & Rivington. Knight (E. H.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Wilson (EH. F.) Dougherty (P.) and Rodd (D.) Kishemanito. Horden (J.) and San- ders (J.) O’Meara (F, A.) Déléage (F. RB.) Jacker (E.) Prévost (M.) Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) and Wei- kamp (J. B.) Belcourt (G. A.) Chone (—) Déléage (F. RB.) Dougherty (P.) Dougherty (P.) and Rodd (D.) Gafron (J.) Guéguen (J. P.) Lacombe (A.) Ojibway. Pipe. Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) and Bel- court (G. A.) Belcourt (G. A.) Férard (M.) Wilson (E. F.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Atwater (C.) Bond (J. W.) Copway (G.) Courtde Gebelin(A.) Gibbs (G.) Jameson (A. M.) Jefferys (T.) Jéhan (L. F.) Koh] (J.G.) Our. Pickering (J.) Schoolcraft (H. RB.) Taché (A. A.) Zephyrin Engelhardt (C, A.) Gentes Gentes Geates Geography Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymns Hymns Hymns 87 Chippewa — Continued. Morgan (L. H.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Warren (W. W.) A binoji. Boyd (S. G.). Brunson (A.) Calkins (H.) © Connor (f1.) Gilfillan (J. A.) Hathaway (J.) Kelton (D. H.) Kohl (J. G.) Lanman (C.) McLean (J.) Morgan (L. H.) Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Witherell (B. F. H.) Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) and Bel- court (G. A.) Barnard (A.) Blackbird (A. J.) Chippewa. Hall (S.) Summerfield (J.) Wilson (E. F.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Cass (L.) Featherman (A.) Gallatin (A.) Haines (KE. M.) Hovelacque (A.) James (H.) Jones (P.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Wilson (EH. F.) Adam (L.) Belcourt (G. A.) Chippewa. Chronicles. Duponceau (P.S.) Férard (M.) Hurlburt (T.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Vater (J.S.) Verwyst (C.) Barnard (A.) Chippewa. Henry (G.) Evans (J.) Horden (J.) Horden (J.) and San- ders (J.) Jones (P.) Jones (P.)and others. O’Meara (F. A.) and Jacobs (P.) Prévost (M.) Walker (W.) Wilson (EK. F.) Baierlein (E.) Baraga (F.) Belcourt (G. A.) and 88 Chippewa — Continued. Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Legends Letter Letter Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Periodical Periodical Periodical Personal names Personal names Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayers Prayers Prayers Prayers Prayers Primer Primer Primer Primer BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Bonduel (F. L. J.) Cameron (J. D.) Collection. Copway (G.) Déléage (F. R.) Ewh. Gilfillan (J. A.) Henry (G.) Indian. Jameson (A. M.) Jones (P.) Lord’s. O’Meara (F. A.) Oshki. Playter (G. F.) Strickland (S.) Tupper (M. F.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Bigcanoe (C.) Indian. Auer (A.) Bergholtz (G. F.) Enew. Haines (E. M.) Hoffman (C. F.) James (E.) Lord’s. Notice. Schoolcraft (H. R.) Shea (J. G.) Trumbull (J. H.) Wilson (E. F.) Youth’s. Belcourt (G. A.) Carver (J.) Collin (N.) Déléage (F. R.) Fairbanks (—) Haines (EH. M.) Haldeman (S. S.) James (E.) Long (J.) Rand (S. T.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Shea (J. G.) Warren (W. W.) Our. Petaubun. Pipe. Bill. Jameson (A. M.) Baraga (F.) Baraga(F.) and Wei- kamp (J. B.) O’ Meara (F. A.) Oshki. Verwyst (C.) Baierlein (E.) Belcourt (G. A.) Blackbird (A. J.) Lord’s. Ojibway. Baraga (F.) Belcourt (G. A.) Dougherty (P.) York (P.) Proper names Proper names Proper names - Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Psalms Psalms Reader Reader Reader Reader Reader Reader Relationships Relationships Relationships Sermons Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Songs Spelling book Spelling book Spelling book Spelling book Spelling book Spelling book Spelling book Spelling book Stories Stories Ten commandments Ten commandments Ten commandments Ten commandments Text Text Text Text Text Chippewa — Continued. Brinton (D. G.) Catalogue. Chamberlain (A. F.) Foster (J. W.) and Whitney (J. D.) Haines (E. M.) Indian. Jackson (W. H.) Morris (A.) Neill (E. D.) Report. Schoolcraft (H. R.) Stanley (J. M.) Treaties. Warren (W. W.) Wilson (E. F.) O’ Meara (F. A.) Schoolcraft (J.) Baierlein (E.) Barnard (A.) Dougherty (P.) and Rodd (D.) Gallaudet’s. James (E.) Spelling. Dougherty (P.) Jacker (E.) Morgan (L. H.) Baraza (F.) Baker (T.) Belden (G. P.) Brisbin (J..8.) Copway (G.) Faulmann (K.) Fletcher (J. C.) Goodrich (S. G.) Hoffman (C. F.) Hoffman (W. J.) Jameson (A. M.) Johnston (Jane). Lanman (C.) McKenney (T.L.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (J.) Strickland (W. P.) Ayer (F.) Baierlein (E.) Bingham (A.) Dencke (C. F.) Evans (J.) James (E.) Jones (P.) Spelling. Barnard (A.) Jacker (F.) Baraga (F.) Blackbird (A. J.) Enew. Lord’s. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Baraga (F.) Gilfillan (J. A.) Hoffman (W.J.) Hovelacque (A.) Tribal names Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary _ Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary - Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Chippewa — Continued. - Text Indian. Text Jones (P.) Text Jones (P. E.) - Text Osagiitiuin. - Text Piteze! (J. H.) Text Promissiones. Text Schoolcraft (H. R.) Text Schoolcraft (J.) _ Text Wright (S. T.) Tract Attend. - Tract Come. Tract Ewh. Tract Iu Pitabvn. Tract Osagiitiuin. Tract Reward. Tract Sanders (J.) Tribal names Lapham (J. A.) and others. Warren (W. W.) Adam (L.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) American Society. Balbi (A.) Baraga (F.) Barton (B.S.) Baudry de Loziéres (L. N.) Belcourt (G. A.) Beltrami (G. C.) Blackbird (A. J.) Brinton (D. G.) Campbell (J.) Carver (J.) Chipawa. Chippewa. Copway (G.) De Peyster (A. S.) Derenthal (O.) Domenech (E.) Dougherty (P.) Edwards (J.) Emerson (E. R.) Gallatin (A.) Haines (E. M.) Haldeman (S. S.) Hale (H1.) Hamilton (S. M.) Heckewelder(J.G.E.) Henry (A.) Henry (G.) and Evans (J.) Interpretation. Investigator. James (E.) Johnston (G.) Johnston (W.) Jones (E. F.) Jones (P.) Keating (W. H.) Latham (R. G.) Long (J.) Longfellow (H. W.) Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words W ords Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words W ords Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words 89 Chippewa — Continued. M’Keevor (T.) McKenney (T. L.) M’Lean (J.) Madison (—) Mahan (1. L.) Maximilian (A. P.) Moran (G.) Notice. Pierz (F.) Reaume (—) Ruttenber (E. M.) St. John (J. R.) Sander (L.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Summerville (J.) Ulrici (E.) Wilson (D.) Wilson (E. F.) Belden (G. P.) Buschmann (J. C.E.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Chateaubriand (F. A. de). Cooke (W. W.) Duncan (D.) Frémiot (N. M.) Gatschet (A. S.) Gerard (W. R.) Gordon (H. L.) Grasserie (R. de la). Gray (A.) and Trum. bull (J. H.) Green (S. A.) Haines (E. M.) Hale (H.) Hindley (J. I.) Hoffman (W. J.) Hovelacque (A.) Kohl (J. G.) Kovar (E.) - Latham (R. G.) McDougall (J.) McIntosh (J.) MacLean (J. P.) Mallery (G.) Malte-Brun (M.K.) Merian (A. A. von). Norris (P. W.) O’Meara (F. A.) Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Ramsay (A.) Sanders (D. C.) Schomburgk (R. H.) Sener (S. M.) Slight (B.) Smet (P.J. de). Smithsonian. Tyrrell (J. B.) Vater (J.S.) Vetromile (E.) Wilson (D.) Wilson (E. F.) Wright (S. G.) Yankiewitch(F. M.) 90 Chone (Rev. —). [Catechism and short bible history in the Chippewa lan- guage. ] (*) _ Manuscripts. Titlefurnished by Rev. W.F. Gagnieur, Manitoulin Island, Ontario, Canada. Chrestomathie Algonquine. See Cuoq (FAS) Christian Covenanting Confession [ Mas- sachusetts]. See Eliot (J.) Christiane OOnoowae Sampoowaonk [ Massachusetts]. See Bliot (J.) Christmas (Michael). See Kauder (C.) Chronicles of the Northamerican Say- ages. | Vol. I. May, 1835. No. 1 [-Sep- tember, 1835, No. 5]. No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-80, 8°. Contains a vocabulary of the Sawke and Muskwawke Indian tongue, pp. 11-16, 46-48, 80, 8°. Also: James (E.), Essay on the Chippeway lan- guage, no. 5, pp. 73-80. Oopies seen: Congress. ; Church Missionary Gleaner. Languages of N. W. America. In Church Missionary Gleaner, no. 90, Lon- don, 1881, 4°. (Powell.) Contains St. John, iii, 16, in Western Cree _ (Roman characters), Eastern Cree (syllabic characters), and Ojibbeway or Soto. Reprinted from the British and Foreign Bi- ble Society’s Specimens, ete. Church Missionary Society: These words follow- ing a title or inclosed within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work re- ferred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution, London, England. Chute (James Andrew). Vocabulary of the Delawares of Missouri. In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 4, pp. 115-117, Portland, 1856, 8°. Included in an article by Willis (W.), Language of the Abnaquis. — See Lykins (J.) Cisulc uceluswocn [Micmac]. SeeRand (Si: 2:) Clarke (Robert) & co. Bibliotheca ame- ricana, 1886. | Catalogue | of a valuable collection of | books and pamphlets | re- lating to | America. | With a | descrip- _tive list of Robert Clarke & co’s | his- torical publications. | For sale by | Robert Clarke & co. | Cincinnati. | 1886. Printed cover, title as above reverse blank 11. note verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-vii, text pp. 1-280, catalogue of publications pp. 1-51, 8°. Titles of booksrelating to Indians and archez.- ology, pp. 236-254; to Indian languages (includ- ing a number of Algonquian), pp. 254-257. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Clarke (R.) & co.— Continued. ~~ I have seen copies of this house’s catalogue for the years 1873, 1875, 1876, 1878, 1879, and 1883, and understand that there were issues for 1869, 1871, and 1877. In several of them works re- lating to the Indian languages are grouped un- der the heading ‘‘Indians aud American an- tiquities.” Clarkson (Thomas). Memoirs | of the | private and public life | 6f | William Penn. | By Thomas Clarkson, M. A. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-IT]. | London: | printed by Richard Taylor and co., Shoe-lane, | for Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, | Pater- noster-row. | 1813. ., 2 vols.: half-title verso blank 1 |. title verso blank 11. preface pp. vii-xii, text pp. 1-520; half- title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-488, contents pp. 489-500, 8°. Penn (W.), Letter, etc. vol. 1, pp. 375-406. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum. I haveseen mention of an edition New York, 1818, 12°, containing Penn’s Letter,vol. 1, pp. 292-315. — Memoirs | of the | private and public life | of | William Penn. | By Thomas Clarkson, M. A.| In two volumes, | Vol. I[-I1]. | Philadelphia, | published by Brad- ford and Inskeep, | and Inskeep and Bradford, | New-York. | G. Palmer, printer. | 1813[-1814]. Ce) 2vols.: 3 p. lL. pp. vii-xi, 1-403; 2 p. Il. pp. 1- 390, 12°. Penn’s Letter, vol. 1, pp. 292-315. Title from Mr. Wilberforce Eames. — Memoirs | of the | private and public — life | of | William Penn. | By Thomas Clarkson, M.A. | In two volumes, | Vol. I [-II}. | Philadelphia, | published by Isaac Pierce, | No. 12, South Fourth Street. | G. Palmer, Printer. | 1814. 2 vols.: half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1.dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii-viii, list of authorities pp. ix-xi, text pp. 1-403; half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-374, index pp. 375-390, 12°. Penn’s Letter, vol. 1, pp. 292-315. Copies seen: Boston Public. — Memoirs | of the | private and public life | of | William Penn; | who settled |the state of Pennsylvania, | and founded | the city of Philadelphia. | By Thomas Clarkson, M. A. | Two vol- umes in one. | Vol. I [-II]. | Dover, N. H.| Samuel C. Stevens, Washington-street. | 1827. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Ot Clarkson (T.) — Continued. 2 vols.: title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface verso blank 1 1. list of author- ities pp. vii-viii, text pp. 9-194; half-title verso blank 11. text pp. 1-173, contents, pp. 174-181, 8°. _ Penn’s Letter, vol. 1, pp. 142-153. Copies seen: Congress. — Memoirs | of the | public and private life | of | William Penn. | By Thomas Clarkson, M. A. | New edition, | with a preface, | in reply to the charges against his character made by | Mr. Macauley in his “‘ History of England,” | By W. E. Forster. | Illustrated with an engraving of Penn’s treaty with the | Indians, | a plan of the city of Phila- delphia, | anda map of Pennsylvania. | London: | C. Gilpin, 5, Bishopsgate. Street without, and | W.J. Adams, 59, Fleet Street. | Manchester: | Bradshaw and Blacklock, 47, Brown Street. | New York: | John Wiley, 161, Broadway. | Philadelphia: | Joseph Scattergood, Friends’ Book Store, Arch Street; | and all booksellers. | 1849. ~ Pp. i-lx, 1-367, 12°. Penn’s letter, pp. 137-148. Oopies seen: Astor, British Museum. Classical. The|classical journal ; | for | September and December | 1811. | Vol. IV. | [Two lines quotation in Greek and a monogrammatic device. ] | London: | printed by A. J. Valpy, | Took’s court, Chancery lane; | sold by | Sherwood, Neely, | and Jones, Pater- noster row; | and all other booksellers. | [1811] Title verso blank 1 1. contents (of no. vii) pp. iii-iv, text pp. 1-526, index pp. 527-537, verso p. 537 colophon giving date 1811, 8°. Numerals 1-10 in Knistenaux (from Macken- zie), in Natik (from Eliot), in Estechemines (from Barton), in Algonquin (three separate lists, from Mackenzie, Am. Philosoph. Soc. Trans. vol. 4,and Lahontan), and in Delaware (from Am, Philosoph. Soc. Trans. vol. 4), p. 116. Oopies seen: Congress. Coats (Captain William). The | geogra- phy | of | Hudson’s bay: | being the | remarks of captain W. Coats, | in many voyages to that locality, | between the years 1727 and 1751. | With an Appen- dix, | containing | extracts from the log of capt. Middleton on his voyage for | the discovery of the north-west passage, in| H. M.S. “Furnace”, in 1741-2. | Edited by|John Barrow, Coleworthy (—). Coats (W.) — Continued. 2 Esq., F. R. S., F. S. A. | [Seven lines quotation. ] | London: | printed for the Hakluyt society. | M.DCCC.LIT [1852]. Hakluyt society’s half-title verso blank 1 I. title verso printers 11]. dedication verso blank 11. personnel of the society verso blank 11. in- ~ troductory pp. i-x, text pp. 1-141, index pp. 143— 147, the Hakluyt society pp. 1-8, 8°. Cree geographic names with meanings, p. 43.. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Lenox. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 392, an uncut copy brought $2. See Barton (B. 8.) Collection of hymns [Delaware]. See Zeisberger (D.) Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of native Christians | of | the Iroquois. | Tahkoopehahtawnn kuya nahmindt | ahnishenapa nahkahmoohwenun | ka- hahnekahnootahpeahkin | owh Kahke- wagwennaby [Peter Jones]. | New-York: | printed at the Confer- ence office, | by A. Hoyt. | 1827. Second title: Collection | of | Hymns | for } the use of Native Christians | of | the Iroquois. | To which are added a few Hymns | in the | Chippeway tongue: | translated by Peter Jones. | New York: | printed at the Conference of- fice, | by A. Hoyt. | 1827. Iroquois title verso 1.1 (p. 1), English title recto I. 2 (p. 1), text pp. 2-45, 2-45 (double num- bers), 46-54, 16°. Jones (P.), Hymns for the use of native Christians of the Chippeway nation, pp. 37-45, 37-45. Copies seen: Shea. See Chippewa Hymn book. Collin (Rev. Nicholas). Philological view of some very ancient words in several languages. By the Rev. Nicholas Col- Lyn AO B In American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. vol. 4, pp. 476-509, Philadelphia, 1799, 4°. Numerals 1-10 of the Delaware and of the Chippewa, p. 486. Come for eternity urges you.—Pimadjan, kagigekamig kwishamigon. Notitle-page, heading only ; text in the Chip- pewa language 2 pp. 12°. Copies seen: Congress. Come for Jesus loves sinners.—Pimadjan, osagian gosha Jesus paiatatinidjin. No title-page, heading only; text in the Chip- pewa language 2 pp. 12°. Copies seen: Congress. 92 Commuck (Thomas). Brothertown Indians. In Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 4, pp. 291- 298, Madison, 1859, 8°. A few words of the Narragansett Indians. Congress: This word following a tisle or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the Library of Congress, Washing ton, D. C. [Connelly (Rev. James Martin).] The ‘Pater Noster” | written by | Students of the Propaganda (Rome) | in their va- rious tongues | Collection made by | Rev. J. M. C[Lonnelly]. | Rome, 1883-84. Manuscript, 62 11. 8°, bound, in the library of Rev. Jacob A. Walter, Washington, D.C. The above titular matter appears on 1. 3, where an index to the versions also begins, ending on 1. 6. The versions, 55 in all, occupy the rectos of ll. 7-61. On the recto of 1. 1 is the following dedi- cation: ‘‘To Rev. Jacob A. Walter with the Affectionate Regards of the Collector.” The Lord’s prayer in the Mexican language (no. 52), 1.58.—Mohigan* (no. 53), 1.59.—Sem- inole* (no. 54), 1. 60. In anote on |. 3the collector remarks: ‘‘ Lan- guages not marked (*) were written by those Speaking the language as mother or adopted tongue.” WGeaner (Henry). Indian names of prom- inent points in Michigan. In Lanman (J, H.), History of Michigan, pp. 260-261, New York, 1839, 8°. Chippewa names with English definitions. Cooke (William Wallace). Bird nomen- clature of the Chippewa Indians. In the Auk, a quarterly journal of ornithol- ogy, vol.1, no.3, July, 1884, pp. 242-250, Boston, [1884], 8°. Cooper (Dr. J. G.) Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres or Minitaree (Atsina) and of the Sik-sik-ko or Blackfoot. Manuscript, 3 ll. or G pp. folio (180 words), in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Two parallel columns, Gros Ventre and Blackfoot. The manuscript bears the date March, 1861. A copy of the Blackfoot column has been made on another form, 7 pp. folio, and is to be found in the same library. Copway (George). The | life, history, and travels, | of | Kah-gc-ga-gah-bowh | (George Copway), | a young Indian chief of the Ojebwa nation, | a convert to the christian faith, and a missionary | to his people for twelve years; | with a | sketch of the present state of the Ojebwa nation, | in regard to | chris- tianity and their future prospects. | Also an appeal; | with all the names of Sketch of the BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Copway (G.) — Continued. the chiefs now living, who have | been christianized, and the missionaries now | laboring among them. | Written by himself. | Albany: | printed by Weed and Par- sons. | 1847. . Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-vi, a word to the reader pp. vii-viii, preface pp. 5-6, text pp. 7-224, 8°. Songs in Ojebwa, with English translations, pp. 34, 63, 77. Copies seen: Congress. Clarke & co. 1886 catalogue, no. 6344, priced a copy $1.50. —— The | life, history, and travels | of | Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, | (George Cop- way) |a young Indian chief of the Ojebwa nation, | a convert to the chris- tian faith, and a mis- |! sionary to his people for twelve years; | witha | Sketch of the Present State of the Ojebwa Nation, | in regard to | chris- tianity and their future prospects. | Also, an appeal; | with all the names of the chiefs now living, who have | been christianized, and the missionaries now | laboring among them. | Written by himself. | Second edition. | Philadelphia: | James Harmstead, no. 40 N. Fourth st. | 1847. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. contents verso blank 11. preface pp. vii-viii, ‘‘a word to the reader” pp. ix-x, text pp. 11-158, 12°. Ojebwa songs, with English translation, pp. 29, 48, 57. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress. Priced by Clarke & co. 1886 catalogue, no. 6343, $1. Some copies with anaes otherwise as above are marked ‘‘Sixth edition.” —— The | life, letters and speeches | of | Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh. | Or, | G. Cop- way, | chief Ojibway nation. | A Mis- sionary [&c. three lines.] | _ New York: | S. W. Benedict. | 1850 Frontispiece 1 k titlo verso copyright 1 1. dodication verso blank 11. contents verso blank 1l. preface pp. vii-viii, ‘‘a word to the reader” Dp. ix-x, text pp. 11-224, 12°. Songs in Ojibway, with English translation, pp. 29, 48, 57. Oopies seen: Boston Public, Brinton, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Massachusetts Historical Society, Pilling, Wisconsin Histor- ical Society. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 93 Copway (G.)— Continued. — The | traditional history | and | characteristic sketches | of the | Ojib- way nation. | By G. Copway, | or, Kah- ge-ga-gah-bowh, Chief of the Ojibway | nation. | London: | Charles Gilpin, 5, Bishops- gate without. | Edinburgh: Adam and Charles Black. | Dublin: James B. Gil- pin. | 1850. Title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-x, contents pp. xi-xii, text pp. 1-298, 16°. Song in Ojibway, with translation, p. 106.— Chapter x, Their language and writings, °on- taining general remarks on language, a short vocabulary, characters used in picture writing, &c. pp. 123-139. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Shea, Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society. At the Brinley sale, catalogue no. 5373, an uncut fresh copy brought $1.75; the Murphy copy, no. 671, $1.25. —— The | traditional history | and char- acteristic sketches | of the | Ojibway nation. | By G. Copway, | or, Kah-ge- ga-gah-bowh, chief of the Ojibway na- tion. | Illustrated by Darly. | Boston: | Benjamin B. Mussey & co. | 29 Cornhill. | 1851. Frontispiece, title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. vii-xi, text pp. 13- 266, 12°. Language and writings, pp. 123-139, contains an Ojibway-English vocabulary of 24 words, and songs in Ojibway. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Dun- bar, Harvard, Shea. Priced by Clarke & co. 1886 catalogue, no. 6345, $1.50. — Recollections of a Forest Life: | or, the | Life and Travels | of | Kah-ge-ga- gah-bowh, | or, | George Copway, | Chief of the Ojibway Nation. | Many years missionary [&c. two lines.] | Second edition. | London: | C. Gilpin, 5, Bishopsgate without. | Edinburgh: Adam and Charles Black. | Dublin: James B. Gil- pin. | 1851. "- Pp. i-xii, 1-248, 12°. Songs in Ojibway and English, pp. 25, 50- 51, 62. Copies seen: British Museum, Wisconsin His- torical Society. At the Brinley sale, catalogue no. 5374, a° fresh uncut copy brought $2. Copway (G.) — Continued. There is an edition with title-page as above except that the words ‘‘second edition” and the date are omitted. (British Museum.) Sabin’s dictionary, no. 16720, mentions an edi- tion London, H. Lea, 1850, 256 pp., 12°; and an- other London, 1854, 256 pp., 12°. ; — Recollections | of | a forest life; | or the | Life and Travels | of | George Copway, | or | Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, | Chief of the Ojibway Nation. | London: | Henry Lea, | 22 Warwick Lane. | And all booksellers and Railway Stations. [1855.] Pp. i-xii, 1-248, 12°, Ojibway songs, pp. 25, 50-51, 62. Copies seen: British Museum. —— [A hymn in the Ojibway language. ] In Tupper (M. F.), A hymn for all nations, p. 48, London, 1851, 8°. Hight stanzas; signed Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh. —— Indian Life | and | Indian History, | by an Indian author. | Embracing the | traditions of the North American In- dians regarding | themselves, particu- larly of that most | important of all the tribes, | the Ojibways. | By the cele- brated Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, | Chief of the Ojibway Nation ; | known also by the English name of | George Copway. | Boston: | Albert Colby and Company, | 20 Washington Street. | 1858. CS 2p. ll. pp. vii—xi, 13-266, 2 plates, 12°. Title from Mr. Wilberforce Eames. Chapter x, Their language and writings, pp. 122-136, contains an Ojioway and English vo- cabulary (20 words), p. 124.—Picture writing, pp. 132-134.—Specimens of Ojibway songs, pp.. 107, 120, 158. — See Hall (S.) and Copway (G.) George Copway, an Indian chief, was born, according to his own ‘‘Life,” etc. (Albany, 1847), near the mouth of the river Trent (On- tario), in the fall of 1818. His Ojibway name was Ka-ge-ga-gah-bowh. Mr. J. J. Enmegah- bowh, of White Earth Reservation, Minnesota, who claims to be a first cousin of Mr. Copway, informs me that the latter, like himself, was a. “pure and full-blood Indian from the right. stock,’’ that he was educated in the state of illinois and after acquiring considerable knowl- edge in English books returned to his own tribe as a missionary, and died at Pontiac, Michigan, about 1863. Mr. Copway was for many years connected with the press of New York City, and lectured extensively in Europe and the United States. 94 Coquart (Pére Claude-Godefroi). Ser- mons montagnais. A Montagnais-French manuscript, 96 un- numbered ll. 4°, preserved in the library of the archbishopric of Quebec. It is with others in a volume bound in red morocco. The subjects treated in this collection are as follows: De nomine Jesu,8 pp.—In epipha- name Domini, 6 pp.—De nuptiis Cane, 6 pp.— De purificatione B. M. V.9 pp.—In diem cine- rum, 6 pp.—Dominica prime Quadragesime, 5 pp.—In Annonciatione B. M. Virginis, 6 pp. {incomplete translation).—De Lotione pedum, 3 pp.—De institutione sacrosanctz Hucharistia, 6 pp.—De passione Domini,9 pp.— De resur- rectione Domini, 5 pp. The following pages contain notes written with alead pencil: Fragment of a sermon on tthe resurrection, 3 pp.—In adventum Spiritus Sancti,5 pp.—Fragment of a sermon on the birth of John the Baptist, 2 pp. (text only).—In Aonorum Stx. Anne (1761), 13 pp.—Another sermon on Ste. Anne (1762),6 pp.—Third ser- mon on Ste. Anne (1763), 20 pp.—Reprimands and complaints of the father to-his flock (1764), 4 pp.—In festrum Patris Francisci Xaverii, 6 pp.—In Conceptione B. Marie S. Virgiis, 4 pp. —In Natalem Domini, 10 pp. Pére Coquart was missionary at Tadousac from 1746 to 1765. He died at Chicoutimi July 4, 1765. ~ Corcoran (Mrs. —). See Garin (A. M.) Cornell (William Mason). The | history of Pennsylvania | From the Earliest Discovery to the Present Time. | In- cluding | an account of the first settle- ments by the Dutch, Swedes, and | En- glish, and of the colony of William Penn, his treaty | and pacific measures with the Indians; | and the | gradual advancement of the state to its present aspect | of opulence, culture, and re- finement. | By | William Mason Cornell, D.D., LL. D., | late member [&c. three lines.] | Author of [&c. two lines]. | [Seal.] | | Philadelphia: | Quaker City publish- ing house, | 217 & 219 Quince Street. | Boston: B. B. Russell. | 1876. Frontispiece 11. title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. 3-4, contents pp. 5-12, illustrations pp. 13-14, text pp. 15-565, index pp. 567-575, au- thors consulted p. [576], 8°. Penn (W.), Letter, etc. pp. 111-125, A Sachem’s address to his warriors in the Delaware language, with English translation, p. 127. Copies seen: Boston Athenzeum, Boston Pub- lic, Congress. The | history of Pennsylvania, | From the Earliest Discovery to the BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Cornell (W. M.) — Continued. Present Time. | Including | an account of the first settlements by the Dutch, Swedes, and | English, and of the col- ony of William Penn, his treaty | and pacific measures with the Indians; | and the {| gradual advancement of the State to its present aspect | of opulence, culture, and refinement. | By | William Mason Cornell, D. D., LL. D., | late member [ &c. eight lines. ]|[Design. ] | Philadelphia | John Sully & co., | 725 Sansom Street. [1876.] Portrait 11. title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. 3-4, contents pp. 5-12, list of illustrations pp. 13-14, text pp. 15-565, index pp. 567-575, list of authors consulted p. 576, 8°. Penn’s letter, as under previous title, pp. 111- 125.—A sachem’s address, p. 127. Copies seen: Harvard. — The | History of Pennsylvania, } ‘From the Earliest Discovery to the Present Time. | Including | an account of the First settlements by the Dutch, Swedes, and | English, and of the Col- ony of William Penn, his treaty | and pacific measures with the Indians; | and the | gradual advancement of the State to its present aspect | of opulence, culture, and refinement. | By | William Mason Cornell, D. D., LL. D., | [&e. ' five lines. ] | New York: | Published by Charles Drew, | No. 9 Murray street. | 1879. (*) _576 pp. 8°. Penn’s letter, as under previous titles, pp. NR Tere Title from Mr. Wilberforce Eames. Correspondence. Document 512. | Cor- respondence | on the subject of the | Emigration of Indians, | between | the 30th November, 1831, and 27th De- cember, 1833, | with abstracts of ex- penditures by disbursing agents, | in the | Removal and Subsistence of In- dians, &c. &c. | Furnished | in answer | to a Resolution of the Senate, of 27th December, 1833, | by the Commissary General of Subsistence [George Gib- son]. | Vol. I[-IV]. | at Washington: | Printed by Duff Green.| 1834. 4 vols.: pp. vii, 3-1179; 11. pp. 1-972; 11. pp. 1-846; 11. pp. 1-771, 8°. Proper names, with English signification, in Delaware, Shawnee, Kickapoo, Potowatomie, Ottawa, Peoria, Kaskasia, and Wea, vol. 4, pp. . 728-732. Copies seen: Congress, Trumbull. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Cothren (William). History | of | an- Cotton (Josiah). - College in 1698. ‘i cient Woodbury, | Connecticut, | from | the first Indian deed in 1659 to 1854, | including the | Present Towns of Wash- ington, Southbury, Bethlem, Roxbury, | and a part of Oxford and Middlebury. By Wiiliam Cothren. | [Volume I-III. ] | (Quotation, eight lines. ] | Waterbury, Conn.: | published by Bronson Brothers. | 1854 [-1879]. 3 vols. 8°. Volumes 2 and 3 have title-pages differing slightly from above. The pagination of vols. 1 and 2 is continuous. List of principal Pootatucks, vol. 1, pp. 94- 96.—Names of places with signification, vol. 2, p. 877. Oopies seen: Astor, Congress, Trumbull, Watkinson. Vocabulary of the Massachusetts (or Natick) Indian lan- guage. By Josiah Cotton. [Edited by John Pickering. ] . In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. third series, vol. 2, pp. 147-257, Cambridge, 1830, 8°. Advertisement signed ‘J. D.” (i. e. John Davis), pp. 147-148.—Notice of the manuscript, with remarks on the author’s orthography and the pronunciation of the language, signed J. P. (John Pickering), pp. 148-151.—Table of contents (by the editor), p. 153.—Vocabulary, pp. 155-243.—A ppendix, pp. 244-257. - The words of the vocabulary are grouped or classified, having such headings as ‘‘Of arts,” “Of beasts,” ‘Of rational Creatures,” &c.; “‘ Adjectives,” ‘‘ Verbs,” ‘‘Imperative mood,”’ ‘*Participles,” ‘‘The creed,” ‘‘ A talk between two,” ‘‘ Adverbs,” ‘‘ Pronouns,” ‘‘Sentences,”’ and ‘‘A dialogue”’; it also contains a letter, the Natick version being signed Jno. Nemumin. The Appendix contains ‘‘ Examples from the - Indian primer” of 1720, words of from one to fifteen syllables; two versions of the Lord’s prayer from Eliot’s bible, and two from the Indian primer; the ten commandments, from the primer; ‘‘A sermon preached by Josiah Cotton to the Massachusetts Indians in 1710”’; and ‘‘Extracts from a sermon in English and Indian, the English part being in the hand- writing of Josiah Cotton, and the Indian in that of his father, John Cotton.”’ ‘The following vocabulary of the Indian lan- guage, in the Natick or Massachusetts dialect, is faithfully copied from a manuscript compiled by the Hon. Josiah Cotton, a respectable inhab- itant of Plymouth, who died in 1756, aged 77. He was the second sonof the Rev. John Cotton, pastor of the first church iu that ancient town twenty-eight years, from 1669 to 1697. “Josiah Cotton was graduated at Harvard His early years, after his leaving college, were spent in Marblehead, 95 Cotton (J.) — Continued. where he was employed as a schoolmaster; his studies in the mean time were principally in theology. He was never settled, however, in the ministry ; but, returning to his native town early in the last century, after some years of occupation in that place as a schoolmaster, he devoted himself to agricultural pursuits and» to the discharge of several civil offices which he sustained. The offices which he held suc- cessively or in conjunction were those of clerk of the court of common pleas, justice of the same court, register of probate, and register of deeds. In the latter office he was succeeded by his son, John Cotton, who was succeeded by his son, Rossiter Cotton, the present worthy occupant of that office, to whose kindness this society and the friends of ancient lore are in- debted for a communication of this manuscript, and of other documents eminently useful and acceptable for the elucidation of our early history. This respectable family derives its origin from the celebrated John Cotton of Boston. Josiah Cotton, as well as his father, in addition to their other employments, per- formed the duties of missionaries tothe Indians at Plymouth and other places in that vicinity. The father was eminently skilled in the Indian language, of which there are many testimo- nials; the most conspicuous is Eliot’s Indian Bible. In the accomplishment of that labori- ous work Mr. Eliot acknowledges his obliga- tions to Mr. Cotton, especially in the prepara- tion of the second edition. “ Josiah Cotton, besides the advantages of much personal intercourse with the Indians, had the benefit of his father’s information; and his long continuance as a religious in- structor to the natives, with the ready use of their language, of which he left numerous specimens in writing, may reasonably induce a reliance on the correctness of the present vocab- ulary which he compiled. A copy of some of his other specimens will be found subjoined to the vocabulary.” —A dvertisement. The above vocabulary, though written, ac. cording to the statement of the editor, in 1707-8, was printed here for the first time. Issued separately also, with title-page as follows: — Vocabulary | of the | Massachusetts (or Natick) | Indian language. | By Josiah Cotton. | ’ Cambridge: | printed by E. W. Met- calf and company. | 1829. Title verso blank 1 1. advertisement pp. 3-4, notice of the manuscript pp. 4-7, contents p. 9, vocabulary pp. 11-99, appendix pp. 100-112, 8°. Some copies with this title retain the original pagination, 147-257. Oopies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Mas- sachusetts Historical Society, Powell. At the Brinley sale, catalogue no. 5689, a copy brought $2. i 96 Cotton (J.) — Continued. Court de Gebelin (Antoine de). [Vocabulary of the Massachusetts Indian language. | Manuscript in the library of the Massachu- setts Historical Society, Boston, Mass.: pp. 3-107, 107b, 107c, 107d, 108-123, index of verbs (English and Massachusetts) 2 ll. sm.4°. It is the original of the vocabulary titled abo ze, and is accompanied by an English. Massachu- setts index, the title to the first volume of which is as follows: Index | to|Cotton’s Ms. Vocabulary | of the | Massachusetts (Indian) Language. | By | Benj» R. Nichols Esq*. | Member of the Mass. Histor. Society | Salem Massachusetts, | 1822. Manuscript, 2 vols. 62 and 52 unnumbered 1]. 8°. Double columns; arranged alphabetically according to English words. Josiah Cotton, son of the second John, born 8 Jan., 1680; died 19 Aug., 1756; was graduated at Harvard in 1698. He studied theology, taught in Marblehead and Plymouth, and, though not ordained over any church, preached occasionally for several years. He also gave his attention to agriculture, having a good farm in Plymouth. Having acquired consid- erable knowledge of the Indian language, he visited various tribes in Plymouth colony as a missionary during nearly forty years, receiving a salary of £20 from the commissioners for propagating the gospel. He was also clerk of the county court and register of probate.—Ap- pleton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. Monde primitif, | analysé et comparé | avec le monde muaerne, | considéré | Dans divers Objets concernant 1’ Histoire, le Blason, les Mon- | noies, les Jeux, les Voyages des Phéniciens autour du | Monde, les Langues Américaines, &c. | ou | disser- tations mélées | Tome premier, | Rem- plies de Découvertes intéressantes ; | Avec une Carte, des Planches, & un Monument d’Amérique. | Par M. Court de Gebelin, | de diverses Académies, Censeur Royal. | [Design.] | A Paris, | Chez | L’Auteur, rue Poupée, Maison de M. Boucher, Secré- taire du Roi. | Valeyre )’ainé, Imprimeur- Libraire, rue de la vieille Bouclerie. | Sorin, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. | M. DCC. LXXXI [1781]. | Avec approba- tion et privilége du Roi. Forms vol. 8 of Monde primitif, Paris, 1777- 1782,9 vols.8°. The volumes have title-pages slightly differing one from another. Essai sur les rapports des mots, entre les langues du Nouveau Monde et celles de ]’An- cien (pp. 489-560) contains: Langue du Canada, which includes a short Algonkin vocabulary from Lahontan, pp. 503-504.—Langue des Abe- | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Court de Gebelin (A. de) — Continued. naquis, pp.514-515.—_Langue des Virginiens, pp. 515-520.— Langue des Chipeway et des Naudowessies, pp. 520-523._Langue de Pensyl- vanie, p. 523. : Copies seen: Congress. Triibner, 1856, no. 631, prices a copy of the full set (dated 1787) 3l.13s.6d.; at the Fischer sale, no. 1706, a copy (9 vols.) brought 11. 10s., and at the Brinley sale, no. 5632, $20.25. Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 17174, titles an edition Paris, Boudet, 1775, 9 vols. 4°. Fora reprintof the Essai, sea Scherer (J. B.) Crane(W.W.) The American[ English] language. In Putnam’s Magazine, new series, vol. 6, pp. 519-526, New York, 1870, 8°. (Congress.) Concerning words of Indian origin, with ex- amples from the Algonquian languages, pp- 523-526. Cree. [Calendar in the Cree language] t| [Two lines, Cree characters] | 1855. -o-U 1856 | [Three lines Cree charac- ters] ; [Scroll] | [One line Cree characters. ] | 1855 Transliteration: t | Chestekaekan | Ka esko netaokst Jesus | 1855 nesta 1856 | tayamea kes- hekak | Q makanewan | “U0 nanakacheheteson- anewan | Maneak etad peloo | 1855 Translation : t+ | Sign or cross yourself | since the birth of Jesus | 1855 also 1856 | fSign for Sunday | a Sign for celebration of the mass | “uo Sign for lent or penitence | Make ready as. it approaches | 1855 Printed cover as above within borders, text 6 unnumbered Il. narrow18°. RomanCatholic calendar in the Cree language; from July, 1855, to June, 1856, inclusive. Oopies seen: Pilling. Cree hymn book. See Hunter (Jean.) Oree: Bible (entire) Bible, Old test. (pt.) Bible, Old test. Bible. Genesis Bible, Genesis See Mason (W.) Horden (J.) Mason (W.) Sinclair (J.) Steinhauer (H.) Bible, Psalms Horden (J.) Bible, New test. Horden (J.) Bible, New test. Lacombe (A.)} Bible, New test. Mason (W.) Bible, Gospels Horden {J.) ~ “ Bible, Matthew Gospel. Bible, Matthew Hunter (J.) Bible, Mark Hunter (J.) Bible, Luke Hunter (J.) Bible, John Hunter (J.) Bible, John Mason (W.) Bible, Acts Hunter (J.) ' Bible, Romans Hunter (J.) Bible, Galatians Hunter (J.) Bible, Ephesians Hunter (J.) Bible, Ephesians Mason (W.) Bible, Philippians Hunter (J.) se. - Lee Mis a Pi 2 5 he Cree — Continued. Bible, Colossians Bible, Thess. I, II Bible, Timothy I, 11 Bible, Titus Bible, Philemon Bible, Peter 1, 11 Bible, Peter 11 Bible, James Bible, John I Bible, John 1 Bible history Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Book of com. prayer. Book of com. prayer. Calendar Calendar Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism. Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism Dictionary Dictionary Dictionary General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic treatise Grammatictreatise - Grammatic treatise Hymn book -ALG——7T ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Hunter (J.) Hunter (J.) Hunter (J.) Hunter (J.) Hunter (J.) Hunter (J.) Mason (W.) Mason (W.) Hunter (Jean). Mason (W.) Horden (J.) American Bible Soc. Bagster (J.) Bible Society. British and Foreign. Church. Gilbert& Rivington. Horden (.J.) Hunter (J.) Cree. Lacombe (A.) Bompas (W.C.) Guéguen (J. P.) Horden (J.) Hunter (Jean). Lacombe (A.) Laverlochére (J. N.) and Garin (A. M.) Lebret (L. M.) Mason (S.) Thibault (J. B.) Lacombe (A.) Végréville (V. T.) Watkins (E. A.) Bond (J. W.) Brinton (D.G.) Faulmann (K.) McLean (J.) Nouvelle. Remas (—) Taché (A. A.) Coats (W.) Kelton (D. H.) Lafléche (L. F. R.) McLean (J.) Morgan (L. H.) Petitot (E. F. S.J.) Stuart (A.) Tyrrell (J. B.) Horden (J.) Howse (J.) Hunter (J.) Lacombe (A.) Mackay (J. A.) Végréville (V. T.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Bastian (P. W. A.) Faraud (H.) Végréville (V. T.) Wilson (E. F.) Adam (L.) Legal (E.) Végeréville (V. T.) . German (0O.) | Cree — Continued. Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymus Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Legend Letter Letter Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayers Prayers Prayers Prayers Prayers Prayers Prayers Primer Primer Primer Primer Primer Primer Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Q7 Horden (J.) Hunter (Jean). McDougall (J.) and Glass (E. B.) Mackay (J. A.) Mason (W.) _ Thibault (J. B.) Aiamie Nikamo8g- inan. Bompas (W. C.) Garin (A. M.) German (O.) Guéguen (J. P.) Hunter (J.) Hunter (Jean). Kirkby (W. W.) Lacombe (A.) Laverlochére (J. N.) and Garin (A. M.) Lebret (L. M.) McDougall (J.) and Glass (EH. B.) Young (EH. R.) Petitot (EH. F.S. J.). Papers. Rutan (D.) Bergholtz (G. F.) Lord’s. McLean (..) Marietti (P.) Smet (P. J. de). Classical. First. Haines (EH. M.) Harmon (D. W.) James (E.) Pott (A. F.) Garin (A. M.) Guéguen (J. P.} Horden (J.) Hunter (J.) Kirkby (W. W.) Lacombe (A.) Lebret (L. M.) Mackay (J. A.) Thibault (J. B.) Bompas (W. C.) Guéguen (J. P.) Hunter (J.) Lafléche (L. F. R.) Laverlochére (J. N.) and Garin (A. M.) Mackay (J. A.) Mason (S.) Bompas (W.C.) Déléage (F. R.) First. Glass (E. B.) Guéguen (J. P.) Lacombe (A.) Brinton (D. G.) Catlin (G.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Morris (A.) Petitot (E. F.S.J.) 98 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Cree — Continued. Cree — Continued. Psalm book Horden (J.) Words Green (S. A.) Psalm book Horden (J.) and Words Haines (EH. M.) Kirkby (W. W.) Words Hovelacque (A.) Psalm book Hunter (J.) Words Kovar (E.) Psalm book Mackay (J. A.) Words Latham (R. G.) Psalm book Mason (W.) Words MeDonugall (J.) Reader First. Words MacLean (J. P.) Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Words Petitot (E.F.S. J.) Relationships Watkins (HK. A.) Words Smet (P. J. de). Sermons Garin (A. M.) Words Tyrrell (J. B.) Sermons German (0.) Words Vater (J.S8.) . Sermons Végréville (V. T.) See also Montagnais. Songs Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Syllabary Carnegie (J.) Crespieul (Pére Frangois-Xavier). Pri- Syllabary Evans (J.) éres | en | Algonkin [Scroli] Monta- - Syllabary Lacombe (A ) guaise | Abanaki [Scroll] Asquimaux | Syllabary Smet (P.J. de). : Syllabany Thibault (J.B.) 1676 | Parle Révérend Pere de Crespieul. Syllabary Tuttle (C. R.) Manuscript, in the archbishopric of Quebec; Syllabary Young (E. R.) 3011. the first 20f which are blank and unnum- Ten commandments Mason (S.) bered, followed by an unnumbered 1. on the Text Blatchford (H.) recto of which is the title and on the verso the Text Fleming (A. B.) & co. beginning of the text, prayers and religious Text German (O.) songs 22 1]. catechism 5 Il. 8°. Text Lacombe (A.) The pagination is confused; the first pages Text Sinclair (J.) of thetextare not numbered ; the third bears the Text Steinhauer (H.) number 2, verso unnumbered ; leaves 4-12 bear Text : Vincent (T.) the same number on recto and verso ; the leaf fol- Tract German (0.) lowing is intercalated and numbered 11 on both Tract Hunter (J.) sides, the recto being blank, the verso ‘ For- Tract Vincent (T.) mula baptisma”’ in Algonkin and Montagnais, Tribal names Shea (J. G.) and precepts of the church in Algonkin only. Vocabulary Adam (L.) Leaves 12, 19, and 11, intercalated among the Vocabulary Adelung (J.C.) and leaves of the catechism, belong to the book of Vater (J.S.) prayers. Leaves 13-16 have the same number — Vocabulary Allen (W.) on recto and on verso; a few leaves of the cate- Vocabulary Balbi (A.) chism intercalated. On leaf 13 commence the Vocabulary Brinton (D.G.) religious songs in Algonkin and in Montagnais. Vocabulary Campbell (J.) The continuation of the prayers, or rather of Vocabulary Chappell (E.) the religious songs, is found at the end of the Vocabulary Edwards (J.) volume, after the 12th leaf intercalated from the Vocabulary Fisher (W.) catechism; it contains religious songs in use Vocabulary Fortescue (J.) among the Montagnais, with a French transla- Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) tion, The four leaves, from 17 to 20, of which Vocabulary Hale (H.) it is composed bear the same number on recto Vocabulary Harmon (D. W.) and on verso. Vocabulary Hayden (F. V.) The catechism has aspecial pagination, more Vocabulary Jones (P.) confused if possible than the book of prayers. Vocabulary Keating (W. A.) Leaf 11, we have seen, is intercalated in the Vocabulary Lacombe (A.) prayers, while leayes 10 and 9 precede leaves 12, Vocabulary Lewis (M.) 10, and 11 which contain prayersin Algonkin and Vocabulary Mackenzie (A.) Montagnais. Finally comeleaves9 and 12, which Vocabulary M’Lean (J.) belong to the catechism; the first has for title, Vocabulary Maximilian (A. P.) in the middle of the recto: De7 sacramentis, Vocabulary ; Morgan (LU. H.) and toward the end of verso: Ecclesie pre- Vocabulary Petitot (E. F. S.J.) cepta; the recto of the second is blank, and on Vocabulary Say (T.) the verso, after the word ‘‘catechism” and the Vocabulary Smet (P. J. de). title ‘‘dela Messe et de la Communion,” we Vocabulary Vincent (EK. H. J.) read this note of the author: ‘‘Non pofui ab- Vocabulary Weimar (J.) solvere et ex parte composita describere. Po- Vocabulary Wilson (E. F.) terit supplere R. P. Lefaure.” Words Duncan (D.) The manuscript is bound in parchment. W ords Gatschet (A.S.) The text commences on the verso of the leaf Words Gerard (W. R.) which bears the title. It is divided into four Words Grasserie (R. de la). columns, two on the verso and two on the recto, ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Crespieul (F. X.) — Continued. having four titles, from left to right: Algonkin, Montagnais, Abanaki, Hsquimaux. The first two columns only are in the handwriting of Father Crespieul. On pages 2 and 3 the first column and the commencement of the second are in his handwriting ; the succeeding pages, as far as leaf 13, have only the Algonkin col- umn by Father Crespieul. The text of the col- - umn devoted tothe language of the Msquimaux disappears on the recto of leaf 3. The Abnaki column of the same leaf is incomplete. The texts of the four columns occur on pages 4 and 5, but are not a translation of the same prayers. On pages 5 and 6 the Montagnais column is incomplete; the last two blank. Only the Al- gonkin text appears from the 6th to the 9th leaf, where the Montagnais text reappears in the prayers for the living and the dead. The Algonkin and Montagnais columns have the prayers: Ad SS. Angelos, ad S. Michaelem, ad O. SS., page 11; ad 8. Josephum, et les com- mandements de Dieu, page 12. The religious songs, page 13, recto, have only two columns, the Algonkin and the Montagnais. Both are by Father Crespieul. The following note appears at the top of the page to the left: ‘‘Algonk— prestant Montan—et sunt magis in uso et seiuntra multis—Suadeo ut non immutentur.” The Montagnais text is not again found un- til the recto of leaf 17isreached, whereare found Montagnais chants under this title: Cantitenz a Montanensibus cani solite. They are accom- panied by a French translation as far as page - 18, where, in the song for the communion, the Algonkin and Montagnais texts are opposite each other. For continuation see Vaultier (P. —) Crowfoot (Chief). Crowfoot’s thanks. The Blackfoot chief's letter of acknowl- edgment to the C. P. R. In the Indian, vol 1 (no. 6), p. 62, Hagers- ville, Ont. March 31, 1886, 4°. A letter of six lines in Blackfoot from Chief Crowfoot to Mr. W. C. Van Horne, manager of the Canadian Pacific Railway, in acknowledg- ment of a perpetual pass over the line; fol- lowed by an English translation. Cummings (Richard W.) Vocabulary of the Delaware and of the Shawnee. In Schoolcraft (HZ. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. Contains about 350 words each. Reprinted in Ulrici (E.), Die Indianer Nord- Am rikas, p. 39, Dresden, 1867, 8°. i [Cuog (Pére Jean-André).] Ienenrine- kenstha | Kanesatakeha | ou | Proces- sionnal Iroquois | 4 usage de la | Mis- sion du Lac des Deux Montagnes. | Tiotaki [Montreal]: | tehoristorara- kon John Lovell, | 1864. Cover title as above, title 1 1. text pp. 3- 108,12°. The inside title has no imprint; after 99 Cuogq (J. A.) — Continued. [ the word ‘‘ Montagnes” are two lines quotation, and in place of imprint is a picture of two an- gels bowed before the cross. Pp. 96-108 are occupied with Hymnes et can- tiques en Algonquin, a number of which are set to music. Copies seen: Jacques Cartier School, Mon- treal, Can. Reprinted as the first portion of the same author’s Tsiatak nihonon8entsiake, etc., for title of which see next page. ] Jugement erroné | de | M. Ernest Renan | sur les | langues Sauvages | par N. O. | [Scroll.] | Montreal | typographie d’Eusébe Se- nécal, | rue St. Vincent, 4. | 1864. Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 3-23, 8°. A general discussion of savage languages with the Algonquian and Iroquoianasa basis of study, including on pp. 16-17 the Lord's prayer in both languages, and a few examples of long words on p. 22, one of them divided into 32 syllables. The initials N. O. adopted by Pére Cuoqg and appearing upon the title-pages of a number of his works are the first letters of the names given him by the Indians among whom he lived, the first, Nij-kwe-nate-anibic, being a Nipissing name meaning the beautiful double leaf; the second, Orakwanentakon, a Mohawk name meaning a fixed star. Copies seen: Laval. [——] Jugement erroné | de | M. Ernest Renan | sur les{ langues sauvages | par | Vauteur des Etudes philologiques. | Deuxiéme edition entiérement refon- due. | [Four lines quotation. ] | Montréal | Dawson brothers, | 55, Grande rue St. Jacques, 55. | J. B. Rol- and & fils, | 12 & 14, rue St. Vincent, 12 & 14. | 1869. Cover title asabove dated 1870, title as above verso dedication in Nipissing and Mohawk 11. avertissement verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-112, table 1 p. verso blank, 8°. The Algonquian and Iroquoian languages have been taken as the basis of discussion; the following are the chapter headings: Chap.I. Linguistique américaine.—Son im, portance au point de vue ethuographique comme au point de vue philologique, pp. 5-9. Chap. Il. Les langues américaines compa- rées aux langues sémitiques et aux langues indo-européennes, pp. 10-15. Chap.III Richesse des langues américaines, pp. 16-20. Chap.IV. Systéme phonique et graphique des langues américaines, pp. 21-25. Chap. V. Curieuses analogies entre ies lan- | gues américaines et les langues des races Civi- lisées, pp. 26-30. 100 Cuoq (J. A.) — Continued. Chap. VI. Caractére des langues américaines, Psol-do- Chap. VII. Formation des noms dans les langues américaines, pp. 36-44. Chap. VIII. Des accidents dans certaines espéces de mots de la langue algonquine, pp. 45-51. ; Chap. IX. Des accidents verbaux et autres accidents de la langue iroquoise, pp. 52-66. Chap. X. Diverses classifications des verbes algonquins, pp. 66-78. Chap. XI. Espéces particuliéres de verbes algonquins, pp. 79-88. Chap. XII. Mots formés par onomatopée, pp. 89-90. Chap. XIII. Tour et construction des phra. ses [Prodigal son and Lord’s prayer in Mohawk and Nipissing], pp. 91-100. Chap. XIV. Réponse 4 diverses questions, pp. 101-112. Copies seen: Brinton, Eames, National Mu- seum, Powell, Trumbull. Koehler, catalogue 440, no. 952, prices a copy 7M. Clarke & co. 1880 catalogue, no. 6748, price a paper copy $1.50; Gagnon, Quebec, catalogue 40, no. 11, 50 cents. [——]Catechisme algonquin | avec | - syllabaire et cantiques. | Niina aiamie kak8edjindi8inimasinaigan | ate gaie | kekinoamagemagak | masinaigan gaie alamie nikamonan. | Kanactageng [Lake of Two Mountains]. | Monianug [Montreal]: | tak8abik- ickote endate John Lovell. | 1865. Title verso approval of A. F. Truteau, Vic. Gen. Adm., Montreal], 12 mai, 18651 1. text in the Nipissing language pp. 3-52, 18°. Primer lessons, pp. 1-10.—Catechism, pp. 11- 45.—Hymns, &c. pp. 46-52. Copies seen: Brinley, Powell, Trumbull, Verreau. ; At the Brinley sale, catalogue no. 5658, a copy sold for 90 cents. [——] Tsiatak nihonon8entsiake | onk8e on8e | akoiatonsera, | Ionterennaien- tak8a, teieri8ak8atha, iontaterihonnien- | nitha, iontateretsiaronk8a, iaken- tasetatha, | iekaratonk8atokentisonha oni. | Kahiaton oni tokara nikarennake erontaksneha. | Kaneshatake tiakoson. | Le | livre des sept nations | ou | Pa- roissien Iroquois, | Auquel on a ajouté, pour usage de la mission du | Lac des Deux-Montagnes, quelques cantiques | en langue algonquine. | [ Design. | | Tiohtiake [Montreal] | tehoristora- rakon John Lovell. | 1865. Half-title in Mohawk verso in Latin 1 1. title as above verso hymn in Mohawk 1 1. calendar (French and Mohawk) 4 ll. followed by 6 blank BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Cuoq (J. A.) — Continued. ll. for entries, title-page beginning ‘* Ienenrine- kenstha” (see first Cuog title herein) verso blank 11, text pp. 3-452, table des matiéres pp. 453-460, 12°. The first part of this work, pp. 3-108, is occu- pied with the service for the mass in the Mo- hawk, many of the prayers having headings in Latin and explanations in French, and most of the service is set to music. The second part, pp. 109-294, is headed Livre de chant pour la messe et les vépres. The third part, pp. 295- 410, Formulaire de priéres, is by Father J. Marcoux, the colophon being dated Kahna8ake [Caughnawaga] 15 janvier 1852 and signed with his Indian name, Sose Tharonhiakanere. The fourth part, pp. 411-452, is headed Supplément aux cantiques et aux priéres. Following the table are an alphabetic list of the canticles in Iroquois and a list of those in Algonquin, the latter, numbering 59, being scattered through- out parts 1, 2, and 4. In the copy belonging to Major Powell the. 6 blank 11. are filled with hymns in the Mohawk language, and, I think, in the Abbé Cuoq’s handwriting. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea, Trumbull, : Leclere, 1878, no. 2355, prices a copy 20 fr. At the Brinley sale two copies were sold, nos. 5736 and 5737, one bringing $2.50 and the other $2. A copy at the Murphy sale, no. 1316, ‘half morocco, top edge gilt,” brought $2.25. [——] Etudes philologiques | sur quel- ques | langues sauvages | de | ’Améri- que, | par N.O. | ancien missionnaire. | [Four lines quotation. ] | Montréal | Dawson brothers | 55, grande rue St. Jacques. | 1866 Cover title as above, half-title verso printer 1 1. title as above verso dedication in Nipissing - and Mohawk 1 1. text pp. 5-157, errata p. 158, table pp. 159-160, 8°. Avant-propos, pp.5-6. — Chapitre prélimi- naire, pp.7-10. Premiére partie: Examen cri- tique de quelques ouvrages [Schoolcraft, Duponceau] @’Indianclogie, pp. 11-34. — Deu- xiéme partie: Principes de grammaire algon- quine, pp. 35-86; Principes de grammaire iro- quoise, pp. 87-122.— Troisiéme partie: Lexico- graphie comparée des langues algonquine et. iroquoise [from-MeKenzie, Duponceau, School- craft, Catlin, and others], pp. 123-157. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brin- ton, Congress, Eames, National Museum, Pil- ling, Powell, Trumbull. The Fisher copy, no. 2462, brought 8s. 6d.; the Field copy, no. 473, half morocco, $3.12. Leclerc, 1878, no. 2063, prices a copy 9 fr.; and Quaritch, no. 12555, 12s., and again, no. 20062, 9s. At the Brinley sale, no. 5660,a copy sold for 70 cents, and at the Murphy sale, no. 911*, a copy bound up with the same author’s Jugement erroné, half morocco, top edge gilt, brought $2. Koeh- _— Fragments de Chrestomathie de la ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Cuog (J. A.) — Continued. ler, in his no. 440 catalogue, no. 951, prices a copy 8 M.; and Clarke, 1886, no. 6744, a paper copy, $1.50. Reviewed in Le Hir (A. M.), Etudes bi- bliques, vol. 2, pp. 474-489, Paris, 1867, 8°. — Qiuels étaient les sauvages que ren- contra Jacq. Cartier sur les rives du Saint-Laurent? [Signed: N. O., an- cien missionnaire. | In Annales de philosophie chrétienne, vol. 79, pp. 198-204, Paris, 1869, 8°. Iroquoian and Algonquian examples, with significations. [——] 1872. Calendrier d’Oka. 1872. | Kijigatomasinaigan. = Jakentasetatha. 1 1. 16°.—Calendar for the Indians at the mis- sion of Lac des Deux Montagnes, in Nipissing and Mohawk. The verso of the leaf contains Explication des signes (in French, Nipissing, and Mohawk). Copies seen: Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. — Cantique en langue a]gonquine. In Société Philolog. Actes, vol. 1, pp. 73-76, Paris, 1872, 8°. Two Algonquian versions of a hymn of six stanzas, one by P. Mathevet,the other by N. QO. [Cuoq], each with French translation. Issued also without, title-page, with heading as above, repaged 1-4, with the colophon Paris, imprimerie Jouaust, rue Saint Honoré, 338 |n. d.j. (Brinton, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. ) langue algonquine. Les huit beati- tudes. In Société Philolog. Actes, vol. 3, pp. 39-51, Paris, 1873, 8°. Issued separately as follows: ] Actes | de la | Société Philolo- gique | Tome III.—N° 2, avril 1873 | Chrestomathie algonquine | _ .-Paris | Maisonneuve et C% libraires- éditeurs | 15, quai Voltaire, 15 | 1873 Cover title as above, half-title verso blank 1 1. no inside title, text pp. 39-50, tableau synop- tique des accidents verso printers 1 1. 8°. Copies seen: Astor, Powell, Trumbull. Priced by Triibner & co. 1882, p.3,1s.6d.; at the Pinart sale, catalogue no. 16,a copy brought 2 fr. 50 ¢. ] Ocki aii | masinaiganikikinohama- gan |ou|nouveau syllabaire algon- quin. | [Picture of an Indian.] | _ Moniang [Montreal]: | takwabikic- kote endate John Lovell | 1873. Printed cover, title as above verso blank 1 1. text in the Nipissing dialect pp. 3-64, 8°. Primer lessons, pp. 3-11.—Hymns, pp. 11-14.— Litany, pp. 14-16.—Prayers, instructions, etc. | 101 Cuog (J. A.) — Continued. pp. 16-55.—Hymns with music, pp. 56-59.—Nu- merals 1-1000, multiplication table, primer les- sons, ete. pp. 60-64, Copies seen: Powell. — Fragments de chrestomathie algon- quine. (Symbole des apéotres. ) In Société Philolog. Actes, vol. 4, pp. 278-311, Paris, 1874, 8°. ; —— L’oraison Dominicale (texte algon- quin avec glose). In Société Philolog. Actes, vol. 4, pp. 199-205, Paris, 1874, 8°. The article is signed N. O. ——La salutation angelique (texte algon- quin avec glose). In Société Philolog. Actes, vol. 4, pp. 207- 209, Paris, 1874, 8°. Lexique | de la | langue iroquoise | avec | notes et appendices | par | J. A. Cuoq | Prétre de Saint-Sulpice. | [Six lines quotation. ] | Montréal|J. Chapleau & fils, Im- primeurs-Editeurs, | 31 et33 rue Cotté. | 1882 Cover title as above, half-title verso list of books ‘‘du méme auteur” 1 1. title as above verso dedication 1 1. préface pp. v-ix, text pp. 1-151,notes supplémentaires pp. 153-182, appen- dices pp. 183-215. Examples, comments, etymologies, etc. in Algonquin, pp. 173, 176, 177, 181, 182.—Numerals 1-10, p.188.-- Comparative vocabulary of .13 words, ‘‘from Cartier,’’ of the Iroquois, and of the Algonquin, p. 187. There was subsequently issued, August, 1883, ‘“‘Additamenta,” pp. 218-238 (pp. 218-233 num- bered even on rectos, odd on versos; thereis no p. 234), containing explanations of doubtful points in the original publication, and answers to queries received from correspondents. Also contains an article (pp. 227-233) by Nantel (A.) Copies seen: Powell, Eames. Some copies are undated; in such the verso of the half-titleis blank and they are not accom- panied by the Additamenta. (Pilling, Powell.) Reviewed in the Critic, New York, March 24, 1883. (Powell.) Koehler, in his no.440 catalogue, no. 953, prices a copy, with the Additamenta, 8 M. Clarke, 1886, no. 6747, prices a paper copy $2.50. Conte des Sauvages Canadiens. In Société Philolog. Actes, vol. 13, pp. 89-91, Alengon, 1883, 8°. A few Nipissing terms passim. —— Lexique | de la | langue algonquine | par | J. A. Cuoq | Prétre de Saint- Sulpice | [Eight lines quotation] | Montréal | J. Chapleau et fils, Im- primeurs-Editeurs | 31 rue Cotté. | 1886 Printed cover as above, half-title verso blank | 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication, 102 Cuog (J. A.) — Continued. verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii-xii, text pp. 1-146, errata 1 p. 8°. Alphabetically arranged by Algonquin words, double column, with copious notes. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Priced by Koehler, catalogue 465, no. 325, 18M. Reviewed at some length by Nantel (A.) in La Minerve, Montreal, August 1, 1887. [ ] Mi ket i cacawenindagosiwatc ket apiteci manadjitodjik | Jezos o kitcitwa o teh; Tebeniminang iji wanhwin- | damawagoban Kitcitwa Manganitan- Manin Anakok : [Dayton, Ohio: Philip A. Kemper. 1888. ] A sinall card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as above and containing twelve ‘‘ Promises of Our Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary,” in the Nipis- sing language. Mr. Kemper has published the same promises on similar cards in many lan- guages. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. [——] Le | saint rosaire | médité, chanté et récité | Montréal | C.O. Beauchemin & Fils, Libraires-Imprimeurs, | 256 et 258 rue Saint-Paul. [1889. ] Printed cover, on the verso of which is ‘‘Imprimatur: tEduardus Car., Arch. Marian- ‘opolitanus [Montreal],’’ no inside title, text 15 unnumbered II. 249. The recto of each leaf has a picture repre- senting one of the mysteries, underneath which is an explanation in Mohawk; on the verso of each leaf, and in the middle of the page, is the same explanation in the Nipissing language. Copies seen: Pilling. [——] A N-D de Lorette. 1 p. 16°. Hymns, two columns, Nipissing and Mohawk. Copies seen: Shea. — [Grammaire algonquine. ] @) In a letter tome the Abbé Cuog says: ‘‘ The zeal which you show in your search for the minutest details connected with your work leads me to say that I must hurry myself with a work I have in hand, namely, a grammaire algonquine.”’ See aondinercte (F.) [—— and Déléage (F. R.)] Iakentase- tatha | tsini | kacha8is. | Teioserake, | 1862-1863 | t A8entatokenti. | P. Ion- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Cuogq (J. A.) and Déléage (F. R)—Cont’d. te8aratka8as. | K. Iaka8ententietha. | Tiohtiaki [Montreal]: | tehoris tora- rakon Nipissing title: Masinaigan | ka | pa- takaikatet. | Ka ako nikigo- | banen Jezos, | 1862-1863. | Manadjitagani8an. | Pakitandjikenani8an. | Kiigveimona- ni8an. | Moniang [Montreal]: | takS8abikic- kote endate | John Lovell. | 1362. Printed cover as above in two columns, the first (Mohawk) title on the left, the Nipissing on the right, the name of the printer (John Lovell) and the date being in the center under both titles; no inside title, text pp. 3-14, 16°. A Mohawk and Nipissing calendar of church feast and fast days, the former by the Abbé Cuog, the latter by Pére Déléage. Oopies seen: Laval. For title of a similar calendar of 1857-1858, see Déléage (F. RB.) Jean-André Cuog was born at Le Puy, de- partment of Haute-Loire, France, June 6, 1821; entered a seminary of the Society of St. Sul- pice as a pupil October 20, 1840; was ordained priest December 20, 1845; arrived at Montreal November 21, 1816, and was sent to the mission of the Lake of Two Mountains (Oka) in 1847 as missionary to the Nipissings, and remained there many years aS companion of Mr. Du- fresne, who was director of that mission and missionary to the Mohawks. Mr. Cuoq occupied himself at first only with the study of the Nipissing language, which he speaks and understands more perfectly than the Mohawk; but Mr. Dufresne having been withdrawn from the mission in 1857, Mr. Cuoqg © then applied himself to the study of the Mohawk for the purpose of ministering in that language also. About 1864 he was sent to the College of Montreal, where he was charged with a class, remaining there two or three years; then he returned tothe Lakeof Two Mountains, where he remained until 1875. He was then attached to the parochial church of Notre Dameat Mont- real, remaining there several years, during which time he composed and printed his later books on the native languages. He returned to the Lake about 1885 and is there at the present time (1890). In addition to the above works, he has com- posed a number in the Mohawk language. His modesty has prevented me from carrying out my desire to give a somewhat extended notice of his life and his mission work. . F a f ' ’ i 2 ’ ‘ ‘ ‘ FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF DANFORTH’S GREATEST SINNERS. FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF DANFORTH’S WOFUL EFFECTS. Lh eles aS So] Dp; Danforth (S.) — Continued. D. L. Moody, oo kukaskwawina [ Cree]. See German (0.) Dally (Eugéne). Rapport sur les races in- digénes et sur l’archéologie du Nouveau- Monde. Par M. E. Dally. In Société d’Anthrop. de Paris, Bulletin, vol. 3, pp. 874-411, Paris, 1862, 8°. Des langues anciennes de l’Amérique, pp. 395-399, includes a general discussion based upon the works of Haven, Gallatin, Barton, and Pickering, and contains a few Delaware words from Heckewelder, p. 397. Issued separately as follows: — Sur les races Indigénes | et sur | Varchéologie du Mexique | par M. E. Dally | membre [&c. three lines. ] | (Extrait des bulletins de la Société d@anthropologie de Paris, | t. I, 3° fascicule, 1862.) | Paris | Librairie de Victor Masson | Place de Vécole-de-médecine. | 1862. Pp. 1-36, 8°. Linguistic contents as above, pp. 24-28. Copies seen: Bancroft. Dalrymple (Rev. —). the Pamunkey Indians. ] In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 2, p. 182, New York and London, 1858, sm. 4°. Consists of 8 words and the numerals 1-10. ‘The following words were found still surviv- ing in 1844, at the Indian Pamnnkey town, in King William county, Va. They were col- lected by Rev. Mr. Dalrymple, who gave me a copy of them.—C. C.” D[anforth] (S[amuel]). Masukkenu- keeg | matcheseaenvog | wequetoog kah wuttooanatoog | Uppeyaonont Christoh kah ne|yeuyen | teanuk | Wonk, abhche nunnukquodt missinnin- nuh uk- | quohquenaount wutaiuskoi- anatamooonganoo. | Kah Keketookaonk papaume wussittum- | wae kesukod- tum: kah papaume nawhutch | onka- togeh Wunnomwayeuongash. | Nashpe Increase Mather. | Kukkootomweh- teaenuh ut oomoeuwehkomong- | anit ut Bostonut, ut New England. | Eccles. 12.13. Nootamuttuh [&c. six lines. ] | [Vocabulary of. Yeush kukkookootomwehteaongash qushkinnu- | munash en Indiane un- nontoowaonganit nashpe S. D. | Bostonut, Printuoop nashpe Bartho- lomew Green, | kah John Allen. 1698. Translation: Greatest sinners called and encouraged to come to Christ, and that now, quickly. Also, that it is very dangerous for people to delay their repentance, and a dis- course concerning the judgment day; and con- cerning some other truths. By Increase Mather, teacher of the church in Boston. * * * These discourses are translated into Indian language by S. D. Title verso blank 1 1. epistle dedicatory in English (signed Samuel Danforth, Taunton, 14th, 8, 1698) pp. 3-5, text entirely in the Massa- chusetts language pp. 7-162, postscript in En- glish pp. 163-164, sm. 8°. According to Dr. ’ Trumbull, from whose ‘‘ Booksand tracts in the Indian language” the above translation is taken, this is the first Indian book known to have been printed after the removal of the pressto Boston. See fac-simile of the ti'le-page. Copiesseen: American Antiquarian Society, Lenox, Yale. At the Brinley sale a copy, catalogue no. 801, was purchased by Yale College for$110; another copy, no. 5687, ‘‘best levant brown morocco, paneled sides, extra gilt,”’ brought $115. —. The | Woful Effects | of | Drunken- ness | a sermon | Preached at Bristol, Octob. 12.1709. | When Two Indians, | Josiasand Joseph, | Were Executed for murther, | Occasioned | By the Drunk- enness both of the | Murthering & Murthered Parties. | By Samuel Dan- forth, | Pastor of the Church of Taun- ton. | [Two lines scripture. ] | Boston in New-England: | Printed by B. Green: Sold by Samuel | Gerrish at his Shop near the Old Mee- | ting House, in Corn-Hill. 1710. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication ‘‘to the hon- ourable Commissioners of the Gospelling of the Indians in America” pp. i-iv, text pp. 1-52, sm. 12°. See the fac-simile of the title-page. On p. 42 it says: ‘‘I shall Conclude with a few Words directed to the poor Condemned 103 104 Danforth (S.) — Continued. Malefactors, in their own Language’’, which occupies pp. 43-52, beginning with the words: ‘*Oggussunash Kuttooonkash,”’ etc. See the fac-similes of pp. 42 and 43. Copies seen: Congress, Lenox. The Lenox copy has inserted a manuscript translation of the Indian text by Dr. J. Ham- mond Trumbull. At the Brinley sale, catalogue no. 785, a copy brought $22. —- [Vocabulary of the Massachusetts Indians. | Manuscript, 49 unnumbered Il. (lacking be- ginning and end), sm. folio, in the library of the Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston, Mass. There is a small fragment of each of 2 leaves at the beginning, and of 1 leaf at the end. The vocabulary is in double columns, very fine and closely written, almost unreadable. Itisal- | phabetically arranged O to W, with spaces left between some words, presumably for additions. The two fragmentary leaves at the beginning contained words beginning with the letter N. The verso of the 31st leaf and the recto of the 32d are blank. The manuscript was presented to Rev. Jer- emy Belknap by Eliza Howard, great grand- daughter of Danforth, Aug. 9, 1796. Samuel Danforth, son of Samuel Danforth of Roxbury, was born in that town on the 10th of ' December, 1666, and baptized on the 16th of the same month. His father was the colleague of Joun Eliot from 1650 to 1674. The son proba- bly learned the Indian language in his youth, under the direction of Mr. Eliot. In 1683 he was graduated at Harvard College. His first publication appears to have been the New-Hng- land Almanack for 1686. In September, 1687, he was ordained as minister of the church-in Taunton, Massachusetts, where he remained until his death. In 1698, Mr. Danforth and Mr. Grindall Raw- son were employed by the commissioners for the propagation of the gospel among the In- dians in New England, to visit and report on the ‘‘Plantations of the Indians within this Province.” This labor they commenced on the 30th of May, and finished on the 24th of Jie. Their report was printed in the summer or au- tumn of the same year, as an appendix to Nich- olas Noyes’s election sermon, entitled New-EHng- lands Duty and Interest, pp. 89-99 (reprinted in volume 10 of the Collectionsof the Massachusetts Historical Society). Mr. Danforth’s translation into the Indian language of five sermons by Increase Mather was published soon after, prob- ably in October, as the dedication is dated on the i4thof that month. His labors for the wel- fare of the Indians in Taunton and its vicinity were considerable. Oncertain ‘‘lecture days”’ he preached to them in their own language. He also prepared in manuscript an Indian dic- tionary, with references under each word to Eliot’s translation of the bible. In 1704 he com- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Danforth (S.) — Continued. menced a series of revival meetings in Taunton, and in the same year published his sermon en- titled Piety Encouraged. .This was followed in 1708 by The Duty of Believers, and in 1710 by The Woful Effects of Drunkenness. In 1713 he composed An Elegy on the Memory of the Wor- shipful Major Thomas Leonard, Esq., of Taun- ton, which was printed on a broadside sheet. Two more publications, An Exhortation to All and a sermon at Bridgewater, appeared in 1714 and 1717. He died on November 14th, 1727, in the sixty-first year of his age. Dawson (Sir John William). Acadian geology. | The | geological structure, | organic remains, and mineral resources | of | Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince | Edward Island. | By | John William Dawson, M. A., LL. D., F. R.S., F. G. S., | principal [&c. six lines.] | Second edition, revised and enlarged. | With a geological map and numerous - illustrations. | London: | Macmillan and co. | Edin- — burgh: Oliver and Boyd, Tweeddale court. | Halifax: A.and W. Mackinlay. Montreal: Dawson brothers. | 1868. i Frontispiece 1 |. title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. v—x, ex- planation of the geological map pp. xi-xiv, con- tents pp. xv-XvVili,indexes pp. xix-xxvi, errata verso blank 11. text pp. 1-671, appendix pp. 673- 687, index pp. 689-694, map and plates, 8°. Micmac language and superstitions, pp. 673- 675, contains Micmac and Maliseet words com- pared with Greek, Latin, and Hebrew (from Rand). Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, British Museum, Geological Survey, Watkinson. There is an edition Edinburgh, 1855, 12° (Boston Atheneum, Congress, Geological Sur- vey), which does not contain the linguistics ; and one Montreal, 1860, 12°, which I have not seen. Acadian geology. | The | geological structure, | organic remains, and min- eral resources | of | Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince | Edward Isl- and. | By | John William Dawson, M. A., LL: D., Fo B.S. F..G.S)| pmmenal [&c. six lines.] | Third edition. | With a map and numerous illustrations, and | a supplement. | London: | Macmillan and co. | Edin- burgh: Oliver and Boyd. Montreal: Dawson brothers. | Halifax: A.and W. Mackinlay. New York: Van Nostrand. | 1878. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. ad- vertisement to third edition verso blank 11. S 42-4 i OF PAGI FAC-SIMILE hy ae £ $ $ - - { . The Woful Efetts, &c. I fhall Conclude with a few Words | direited to the poor Condemned Ma- -defatiors, in their own Language. Serene nee -. Ogguffunath et 43 , Ogguifundh Kuttooonkafh mathamukupafh ep. kuttummunke Waflumutup nifh.. _ @htcacninycuog, Jofab,kah Fefephs ut nehenwonche wuttinonroo- waonkanoowout ; ut. Briftol, — Offober 12. 1709. ne kefukod adt wuflumaonkanoo uffenap, — FO! Keen’ Saas kali been Fofeph, nootamook Wut- tinnoowaonk God, onk woh Kuk- Ketcahogkonoo pomantamwog <: Wai. 55.3. Yeu momachifheyeue _ _kuhkootumwehteaonk, ne woh noo- ‘tamokq : Yeu nobkog kukketeahogka- 109 mos kuramamonteanau, Luk.12.20. Mahtthunk yeu kefukod kukketea- hogkonoo pith appuong micheme afvh ue Kefukgut, afuh ut Chepiob- homukgue, eemeneniain are re FAC-SIMILE OF PAGES 42-43 OF DANFORTH)s WOFUL EFFECTS. te t « . ‘ Pairs Ss Day (Susan). Day-breaking (The). See Shepard (T.) Dearborn (Henry Alexander Scammell). De Forest (John William). ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Dawson (J. W.) — Continued. dedication verso blank 11. preface etc. pp. V-xiv, contents pp. xv-xviii, indexes and list of illus- trations pp. xix-xxv, errata verso blank 11. text and appendix pp. 1-687, general index pp. 689- 694, ‘‘supplement to the second edition” pp. 1- 102, 1 p. 8°. Linguistics as under previous title. _ Copies seen: Congress. See Gatschet (A. S.) A | sketch of the life | of the | apostle Eliot, | prefatory to a subscription | for | erectinga monument | to his memory. | (Quotation, six lines.]| By Henry A.S. Dearborn. | Roxbury: | Norfolk county journal press. | Over Central market. | 1850. Printed cover, frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 11.2 other p. ll. proceedings of a meeting pp. 7-9, introductory p. 10, text pp. 11-82, 8°. The two leaves following the title-page con- tain a reprint of the title-page of Eliot’s In- dian bible of 1663, and ten verses from the first chapter of Genesis in the Massachusetts lan- guage (from Eliot). Oopies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames, Massachusetts Historical Society, Trumbull. History | of the | Indians of Connecticut | from the | earliest known period | to 1850. | By John W. De Forest. | Published with the sanction of the | Connecticut his- torical society. | [Four lines quota- tien. ] | Hartford : 1851. ‘Title verso copyright 1 1. testimonial verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v—x, contents pp. xi-xxvi, text pp. 1-490, appendix pp. 491-498, index pp. 499-509, map, 8°. “Language,” being general remarks on the Massachusetts, Narragansett, and Pequot lan- guages, and containing the Lord’s prayer in Mohegan (from Gov. Saltonstall) and in the Massachusetts (from Elict’s bible), pp. 38-42.— Short vocabulary (31 words) of the Massachu- setts, Narragansett, Mohegan, Pequot, and Nau- gatuck, appendix p. 491. | Wm. Jas. Hamersley. | Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Trumbull. At the Murphy sale, catalogue no. 769, a. copy brought $2.25; priced by Clarke & co. 1886 cat- alogue, no. 6358, $2.50. History | of the | Indians of Con- necticut | from the | earliest known period | to 1850. | By John W. De For- 105° De Forest (J. W.) — Continued. est. | Published with the sanction of the | Connecticut historical society. | [Quotation, four lines. ] | Hartford: | Wm. Jas. Hamersley. | 1852. Title verso copyright 1 1. testimonial pp. iii- iv, preface pp. v—x, contents pp. xi-xxvi, text pp. 1-490, appendix pp. 491-498, index pp. 499- 509, map, 8°. j Linguistics as under previous title. Copies seen: Harvard, Pilling. At the Squier sale, catalogue no. 1839, a copy brought $1.50. — History | of the | Indians of Con- necticut | from the | earliest known period | to 1850. | By John W, De For- est. | Published with the. sanction of the | Connecticut historical society. | [Four lines quotation. ] | Hartford: | Wm. Jas. Hamersley. | 1853. Title verso copyright 1 1. testimonial verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-x, contents pp. xi-xxvi, text pp. 1-490, appendix pp. 491-498, index pp. 499-509, map, 8°. Linguistics as under previous titles. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Congress, Massachusetts Historical Society, Wisconsin Historical Society. —— History | of the | Indians of Con- necticut | from | the earliest known period | to | A.D.1850. | By John W. De Forest. | [Four lines quotation. ] | [Monogram. ] | Albany: | J. Munsell, 82 State street. | 1571. Title verso note 1 1. testimonial verso blank 1 l. preface pp. v—x, contents pp. xi-xxvi, text pp. 1-490, appendix pp. 491-498, index pp. 499- 509, map, 8°. The sheets of a portion of an earlier edition fellinto the hands of Mr. Mun- sell, who issued it with the above title. Linguistics as under previous fitles. Copies seen: Boston Public, Dunbar. John William De Forest, author and soldier, born in Humphreysville (now Seymour), Conn., 31 March, 1826. He attended no college, but pursued independent studies, mainly abroad ; was a student in Latin, and became a fluent speaker of French, Italian, andSpanish. While yet a youth, he passed four years travelling in Europe, and two years in the Levant, residing chiefly in Syria. Again, in 1850, he visited Europe, making extensive tours through Great Britain, France, Italy, Germany, Greece, and Asia Minor. From that time until the civil war began he wrote short stories for periodic- als, having already become an author of sev- eral books. In 1861, as captain, he recruited a company for the 12th Connecticut volunteers, 106 De Forest (J. W.) — Continued. ard served constantly in the field till January, 1865. From 1865 till 1868 he remained in the army as adjutant-general of the veteran reserve corps, and afterwards as chief of a dis- trict underthe Freedman’s Bureau. Since then he has resided in New Haven, except when travelling in Europe. The honorary degree of A.M. was conferred upon him by Amherst Collegein1859.—A ppleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Dejean (Rev. Aug.) Anichanabek | amisinahaniwa, | kicheanameatchik, catonik, Otawak | wakanakessi. | Dejean Macate ockonoye. | [Picture.] | [One line quotation. ] | Wyastenong [Detroit]: | Geo. L. Whitney manda mesinahken hauseton. | 1830. Title 1 1. text pp. 3-105, table p. 106, 18°; in the Ottawa language, with French and occasionally Latin headings to the pages. Priéres, pp. 3-9. — Catechism, pp. 10-19.—Ad- dition au Catéchisme (instructions, hymns, chants), pp.19-94.—Priéres, pp. 95-103.— Alpha- bet, words of one syllable, vocabulary in Ottawa and French, pp. 104-105. Copies seen: Maisonneuve. I have geen but the one copy of this little work, and know of the probable existence of but one other—that catalogued by the library of the Boston Athenzum, deposited there by Schoolcraft. This volume has been misplaced on the shelves, and though the library author- ities at my request caused diligent search to be made, it has not been found. Leclerc in 1867, catalogue no. 427, sold a copy for 28 fr., and in 1878, catalogue no. 2382, priced one 40 fr. ' There may have been an earlier edition of this work. M. Dejean, in a letter to the Abbé R—, at Bordeaux, Jan. 10, 1829, mentions a manuscript that had been sent to France to be printed: “le livre de priéres qui est en usage parmi les Algonkins, et qui a été apprové par VPautorité ecclésiastique de Montréal.” (Annales del’ Association de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 4, p. 466, 1831.) A note, p. 468, of the same vol- ume, says this manuscript was being printed by the association. — Lettre de M. Dejean, missionnaire apostolique. In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 4, pp. 491-496, Paris, 1830, 8°. Dated from L’Ar- bre Croche, 29 octobre 1829. A few Ottawa words and phrases, with defi- Ditions, pp. 494-495. Inthisletter M. Dejean says: ‘‘I know already enough of the language of the Ottawas to converse with them. I am engaged daily in ‘compiling an Ottawa vocabulary. This lan- guage is very poor; it has only enough words to express what falls under the senses. * * *,” BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Dejean (A.) — Continued. —— Lettre des Ottawas au Conseil du Midi. In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. — 4, pp. 544-546, Paris, 1830, 8°. Dated from L’Arbre-Croche le 25 octobre 1829. This letter, which was written by the Otta- was in the absence of the missionary Dejean, thanks the Council of Lyons for giving them the prayer-book in their own language. The signatures are totemic signs. It is accom- panied by a translation in French by M. Dejean ‘‘word for word, literally, to show the style of the barbarous language.” DeKay (James Ellsworth). (Not pub- lished.) Note. ne Colophon: Holman & Gray, book and job printers, 90 Fulton street, N. Y. [ 1851. ] No title-page, heading only ; text pp. 1-12, 12°. Dated Jan. 1st, 1851. A list of Indian names of places on Long Isl- and, sent out for the purpose of eliciting fur- ther information. Delafield (John), jr. and Lakey (J.) An inquiry | into the origin of the | an- -tiquities of America. | By | John Dela- field, jr. | With | an appendix, | con- taining notes, and ‘‘ a view of the causes of the superiority of the men of | the northern over those of the southern ” hemisphere.” | By | James Lakey, M. D. | , New-York: | published for subscrib- ers, by | Colt, Burgess & Co., | Lon- don: | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. | Paris: | A. & W. Galignani & co. | 1839. Title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso plank 1 1. preface signed ‘‘C. P.M.” pp. 5-11, introduction p. 12, text pp. 13-102, appendix pp. 105-142, 10 plates and a long folded plate, 4°. Vocabulary of words in various American dialects (among them the Penobscot, Illinois, Delaware, Acadia, and New England) compared with those of various Asiatic dialects (from Vater in Mithridates), p. 25. ; Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Lenox. Some copies differ slightly in title-page, as follows: An inquiry | into the origin of the | antiquities of America. | By | John Delafield, jr. | With | an appendix, | containing notes, and “a view of the causes of the superiority of the men | of the northern over those of the southern hemisphere.” | By | James Lakey, M. D. | New York: | published for subscrib- ers, by | J. C. Colt. | London: | Long- —————— Oe ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Snel (J.) and Lakey (J.) — Cont'd. man, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, & Longman. | Paris: | A. & W. Galignani & co. | 1839. » Title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. 5-11, introduction p. 12, text pp. 13-102, appendix pp. 105-142, plates and folding plate, 4°. Linguistics as under previous title. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Pow- ell, Trumbull. Another issue with title-page as follows: — — An inquiry | into the origin of the | antiquities or America. | By | John Delafield Jr. | With | an appendix, | containing notes, and ‘‘ A view of the causes of the superiority of the | men of the northern over those of the southern hemisphere.” | By | James Lakey, M. D. | Cincinnati: | published by N. G. Bur- gess & co | Stereotyped by Glezen and Shepard. | 1839. Title verso copyright 1 1]. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. 5-11, introduction p. 12, text pp. 13-102, appendix pp. 105-142, plates and folding plate, 4°. Linguistics as under previous titles. Copies seen: British Museum. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 867, 11. 10s. At the Squier sale, catalogue no. 276, a copy brought $5.50; at the Ramirez sale, no. 266, 14s.; at the Brinley sale, no. 5379, ‘‘ gilt, fine copy,” $8; at the Murphy sale, no. 2902, $7.50. Priced by Clarke & co. 1886 catalogue, no. 6360, $10. Delaware: Animal names See Cass (L.) Bible, Acts Luckenbach (A.) Bible, John 1-111 Dencke (C. F.) Bible history Grube (B. A.) Bible history Roth (J.) Bible history Zeisberger (D.) Bible history Zeisberger (D.) and Blanchard (I. D.) Bible passages American Bible Soc. Bible passages Bagster (J.) Bible passages Bible Society. Bible passages Linapie. Bible stories Bible stories Dencke (C. F.) Luckenbach (A.) Catechism Campanius (J.) Dictionary Alexander (J. H.) Dictionary Brinton (D. G.) and Anthony (A.S.) Dictionary Campanius (J.) Dictionary Dencke (C. F.) Dictionary Ettwein (J.) Dictionary Henry (M.S.) Dictionary Zeisberger (D.) General discussion General discussion Duponceau (P.S.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Delaware — Continued. General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion Gentes Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Grammar Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Hymns Hymns Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Legends Letter Letter Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals 107 Heckewelder (J. G.. E.) and Dupon-. ceau (P.S.) History. Humboldt (K. W.. von). Jéhan (L. F.) Kasstigatorskee. Rafinesque (C. S.) _Schermerhorn(J..F.): Morgan (L. H.) Boyd (S. G.) Chapman (I. A.) Heckewelder (J. G.. E.) Kelton (D. H.) Sheafer (P. W.) Watson (J. F.) Zeisberger (D.) Adelung (J. C.) and’ Vater (J.S.) Bastian (P. W. A.) Cass (L.) Gallatin (A.) Grube (B. A.) James (#.) Jarvis (S. F.) Johnes (A.J.) McCulloh (J. H.) Wilson (E. F.) Zeisberzer (D.) Brinton (D.G.) * Duponceau (P.S.) Emerson (E. R.) Smet (P. J. de). Grube (B. A.) Pyrleus (J. C.) Zeisberger (D.) Zeisberger (D.) and. Luckenbach (A.) Brinton (D. G.) Brinton (D. G.) Tobias (G.) Adelung (J. C.) and. Vater (J.S.) - Auer (A.) Berghoitz (G. F.) History. Horne (T.H.,) Lord’s. Loskiel (G. H.) Naphegyi (G.) Smet (P.J. de). Trumbull (J. H.): Zeisberger (D.) Allgemeine. Bozeman (J. L.) Classical. Collin (N.) Edwards (J.) Gibbs (G.) Haldeman (S. 8.) James (E.) Jarvis (S. F.) Jones (D.) Parsons (J.) 108 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Delaware — Continued. Delaware — Continued. Numerals Thomas (G.) Vocabulary Preston (W.) Numerals Vallancey (C.) Vocabulary Prichard (J.C.) Numerals Weiser (C.) Vocabulary Proud (R.) Numerals Zeisberger (D.) Vocabulary Roupe (I. D.) Phrases Cass (L.) Vocabulary Ruttenber (E. M.) Prayers - Linapie. Vocabulary Scherer (J. B.) Primer Blanchard (I. D.) Vocabulary Schoolcraft (H. R.) Primer Linapie. Vocabulary Thomas (G.) Primer Meeker (J.) Vocabulary Ulrici (EF. ) Proper names Bollaert (W.) Vocabulary Vincent (EK. H. J.) Proper names Correspondence. Vocabulary Wheeler (A. W.) Eroper names Indian. Vocabulary Williamson (W. D.) Proper names Jackson (W. H.) Vocabulary Wilson (E. F.) Proper names Smet (P.J. de). Vocabulary Zeisberger (D.) Proper names Stanley (J. M.) Words Brinton (D. G.) Proper names Thomas (G.) Words Cass (L.) Relationships Adams (W.) Words Charencey (H. de). Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Words Daliy (E.) Sentences Featherman (A.) W ords Grasserie (R. de la). Sermons Luckenbach (A.) Words Haldeman (S. S.) Sermons Zeisberger ( D.) Words Hale (H.) Spelling book Meeker (J.) Words Hovelacque (A.) Spelling book Zeisberger (D.) Words Kovar (E.) Ten commandments Zeisberger (D.) Words Latham (R. G.) Text Brinton (D. G.) Words Lesley (J. P.) Text Cornell (W. M.) Words Loskiel (G. H.) Text Luckenbach (A.) Words McIntosh (J.) ‘Text Zeisberger (D.) Words MacLean (J. P.) Tract Zeisberger (D.) Words Malte-Brun (M. K. Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and B.) Vater (J.S.) Words Merian (A. A. von), ‘Vocabulary Allen (W.) Words Orbigny (A. D.d’). ‘Vocabulary Allgemeine. Words Oronhbyatekha. - Vocabulary Balbi (A.) Words Sanders (D. C.) Vocabuiary Barton (B.S.) Words Sayce (A. H.) Vocabulary Bland (T.) Words Schomburgk (R. H.) Vocabulary Brinton (D. G.) Words Sener (S. M.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Words Shea (J.G.) Vocabulary Chute (J. A.) Words Smet (P. J. de). Vocabulary Clarkson (C ) Words Smithsonian. Vocabulary Cornell (W.M.) Words Threlkeld (L. E.) Vocabulary Cummings (R. W.) W ords Uméry (J.) Vocabulary Delafield (J.) and Words Vail (HE. A.) Lakey (J.) Words Vater (J.S.) ‘Vocabulary Denny (E.) Words Warden (D. B.) Vocabulary -Duponceau (P.S.) Words Wilson (D.) ‘Vocabulary Edwards (J.) Words Yankiewitch (F. de Vocabulary Hichthal (G.d’). M.) Vocabulary Ettwein (J.) yiyna < : Prin Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) [Déléage (Pére Frangois Régiste).] t | Vocabulary Gatschet (A.S.) Masinaigan | ka | patakaikatek. | Ka Vocabulary Grube (B. A.) ako nikigobanen Jezos, | 1857 gaie 1858. Rivenay Bee) | + Manadjitagani8an. | P. Pakitand- ee oe ee gal: jikenani8an. | K. Kiigocemonani8an. | E) Bee Moniang [Montreal]: | Tak8abikic- Vocabulary Henry (M.S.) kote endate | John Lovell. | 1857. Vocabulary Investigator. Cover title verso the crucifixion, no inside Vocabulary Janney (S. M.) title, text 6 Il. narrow 18°. A calendar of feast Vocabulary Jefferson (T.) and fast days for the Catholic church in the Vocabulary Jones (P.) Nipissing language. Vocabulary Madison (J.) é dads Vocabulary Parsons (S. H.) Copies seen: Pilling. : Vocabulary Pastorius (F. D.) For title of a similar calendar of 1862-3, see Vocabulary Penn (W.) Cuoq (J. A.) and Déléage (F. BR.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 109 Déléage (F. R.)— Continued. istered for a number of years to the Indians of Déléage (F. R.)— Continued. [——] Kikinwaamakewin | masinaikans |’ kitshi apatshitonawats | kiwekamank, pwatshiwanank, apitipi | kaie kotakak aneshinapek. | [Seal of the Oblates. ] | [Two lines syllabic characters (Mon- treal, etc.)] | 1859. Title in Roman characters (each word having its equivalentin syllabic characters underneath) recto 1.1 (p.1), text in the Chippewa language syllabic characters pp. 2-23 (pp. 1-11 and 14 hav- ing Roman equivalents interlined), 16°. Primer lessons, pp. 2-5.—Prayers, pp. 6-10.— Hymns, pp. 11-23. Copies seen: Pilliag, Powell. I have placed this work under Pére Déléage upon the authority of his predecessor at the mission, Pére Garin. Bishop Lorrain was under the impression it should be credited to MM. Laverlochére and Garin until the latter disclaimed its authorship. Later, at my re- quest, he communicated with Father Pian, O. M.1., superior of the Maniwaki mission in the archdiocese of Ottawa, who confirms Pére Garin’s impression that it was translated by Déléage. ) L. J. C. et M. I. | Kikinoamati- masinaigan, | gaie | aiamiekak8edjin- di8ini-masinaigan. | [Four lines quota- tion in French. ] | [Sealof the Oblates. ]| Moniang [Montreal]: | tak8abikickote endatc John Lovell | 1866. Title as above verso imprimatur of Vic. Gen. Truteau 1 1. text pp. 3-64, 18°. Catechism in the Chippewa language. The catechism proper begins on p. 16, the preceding pages being occupied with the al- phabet, scripture lessons, numerals, etc. The last two pages (63-64) also contain hymns. Bishop Lorrain says he does not know who is the author of this work. Father Garin says he is not sure about the author, but supposes it can be credited to Pére Déléage, his suc- cessor in those missions at the date of its pub- lication. Fora reprint of pp. 3-15, see Guéguen Chae). Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. —— [Primer chart in the Cree language. ] A large sheet, 20 by 124 inches in size, con- taining the 18 letters of the alphabet, both capital and small,and easy syllables from A, E, I, O, to ack, eck, ick, ock, in capital letters on the left-hand side and in small letters on the right-hand side, each of the two divisions in 53 lines. This double alphabet and syllabary are ‘printed on pp. 5-7 of the work next preceding — “ Kikinoamati-masinaigan,’’ and on the same pages of the partial reprint of that work cata- logued herein under Guéguen (J. P.), from one or the other of which it was probably extracted. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. I have been unable to find anything definite concerning this author, except that he min- Maniwaki, St. James Bay, and St. Maurice River, and that he died in 1884. — See Garin (A. M.) Dellaweerches Gesang-Buchlein. See Grube (B. A.) Demillier (Pére Louis Edmond). Lettre de M. Edmond Demilier. . In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 8, pp. 191-200, Paris, 1835, 8°. Dated from Pleasant Point, le 20 avril 1834. (Congress.) Remarks on the Abnaki language; sign of the cross, the pater, ave, sancta Maria, and definitions of about a dozen words in the same language. The pater is reprinted in Shea (J. G.), Catholic missions, and in Trumbull (J. H.), Forty versions. [ —-]A| Catéchisme | en langue Mik- make. | Pleasant-Point le 22 Juin 1836. Lnsey 8ikatiken. Manuscript; 2 p. ll. title p. 1, text pp. 2-341, sm. 4°; bound in boards. On the recto of the first prel. leaf is anote in the same handwriting as that of the manuscript: **19-9bre 1839, 454 du soir + 3 degrés neige, neige!!! a Pleasant Point.” And on therecto of the second prel. leaf is the following, in Micmak, in the same hand- writing: Pan8hobskék Ghakhimesot8i- | a8ikhighan Kisit8naissa Louis | Edmond Demillier Alnam- bay | Patriaiis 18 paimikaten- | nec8taik8akai nsanzek késsaktek8 | tsineské taiba nek8taiis. | haiims8 kis8ké nisineské taiba | tamba8aiis. ala taidebi8i a8én8tch8i | akitamohangan. 27 Mars 1836. | Sibahik 8dainek. At the bottom of the same page, in another handwriting: ‘‘This belongs to Rev’ Eugene Vetromile Apostolic Missionary Eastport, Me.” Micmac and equivalent French on facing pages as far as pp. 222-223; the remainder wholly Micmac, with the heading: ‘‘ Piéces diverses. en langue Miquemaque. Te Deum.” The last page of the manuscript ends thus: ‘m8 . . . Reliqua, quae pauca, desideran- tur in Ms.” From this note, and from the fact that the manuscript is written throughout with remarkable nicety, and with no correc- tions or alterations such as might be expected in an original work, and from the further fact that the date, 1836, is almost too early for De- millier to have composed it, it would seem prob- able that the manuscript is a copy and not an original work by Demillier. This manuscript is now in the possession of Rev. M. C. O’Brien, St. Mary’s Church, Bangor, Maine, who kindly sent it to me for inspection. Dictionary of the Etchimin lan- guage. G) Manuscript. Referred to by Rev. Eugene Vetromile in ‘‘ The Abnakis and their history,” pp. 27, 50. 110 Demillier (i. E.)— Continued. The Rev. Mr. O’Brien writes me: ‘‘ Father Demillier left other manuscripts, and among them a Passamaquoddy dictionary, but they can no longer be found. Father Vetromile is supposed to have had the dictionary at the time of his death, but whether it was carried by him to Italy, where he died, and there left, or is yet among his effectsin this country, is not known.”’ Kssais | de Grammaire | Mique- Inaque | Pleasant-Point le 1° Novem- bre 1836. | Frere Edmond Louis De- millier Prétre Missionnaire | de la Con- grégation des Sacrés Cceurs de Jésus et de Marie | et de adoration perpétuelle du Trés S*Sacrament de l’Autel | chez les Indiens Passamaquoddis, Etat du Maine | Etats Unis d’Amérique. Nou- velle Angleterre. Manuscript; title as above reverse blank 1 1. text pp. 1-144, sm.4°; bound in boards. In possession of the Rev. Mr. O’Brien, St. Mary’s Church, Bangor, Maine, who sent it to me for inspection. It, also, would seem to be only a copy, for reasons mentioned above, but Father Vetromile was of the opinion that its author ‘was Pére Demillier. At the foot of the title-page, in a different handwriting, is a note: ‘‘Belonging to Rev. Eugene Vetromile, Apostolic Missionary to the Indians, Eastport, Me.’”’ On the margin of p. - 59 is this note: Voyez page 62, errata. 2 pages oubliées ici.” A partial copy of this manuscript as follows: — Essais | de Grammaire Miquemaque | Pleasant Point le 1° Novembre 1836 | Frére Edmond Louis Demillier | Prétre missionnaire de la Congrégation | des Sacrés Coeurs de Jésus et de Marie | et de Vadoration perpétuelle du trés St | Sacrament de l’autel | chez les Indiens Passamaquoddis, Etat | du Maine, E. U. de ’ Amérique, Nouvelle | Angleterre. Partial manuscript copy, consisting of title reverse blank 1 leaf and 8 other leaves, 8°; in possession of Dr. J.G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey, who writes me: ‘‘Vetromile lent me the manuscript, but reclaimed it almost imme- diately, peters I had time to copy more than a few pages.” maquoddy language. | Manuscript; 2 p. ll. pp. 1-57, sm. 4°; bound in boards. Several pages are filled with Latin and French hymns, and a few with musical notation. The recto of the first preliminary leaf contains this note: ‘‘ Pleasant Point le 30 Avril 1841. Louis Edmond Demilier.’”’ On the recto of the second preliminary leaf is the fol- lowing in Passamaquoddy: Nya Margueritte Joseph Marie| h8tehi pabattemi sikhighen, i8te Dencke (Christian Frederick). [Prayers and Beanie in the Passa- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE eee (l.. E.) — Continued. pemighetek | Nec8tamk8ak oquemoltsin kessa- ktek8 usinsk | tsel esk8nadek ; kessena tédebi8 8enots8hi | ghitm8aghen. 1839. | Kisi t8naissa P. Edmond Demillier | Alnambié Patliano. | Fr. Edmond Demillier. A short catechism in Penobscot begins on p. 47 with the heading ‘'Cabattem8i Ghékim- sote.”’ This manuscriptis now in possession of Rev. M. C. O’Brien, St. Mary’s Church, Bangor, Maine, who kindly forwarded it to me for ex- amination. ‘In 1833 the Society of Picpus, a congregation of the third order of St. Francis, sent out Messrs. Edmund Demilier and Petithomme, destined to restore the Franciscan missions in Maine. They arrived at Boston while the Bishop was erecting the monument of Father Rale, and on his return proceeded to Pleasant Point, and began their labors. Finding but one Penobscot able to speak French, they com- menced the study of the native langnage; De- milier at the villages, Petithomme in their winter camp. They continued their mission with great profit, and early in 1834 the bishop, now possessed of a manuscript prayer-book of Mr. Romagné, had it printed, and thus facili- tated the labors of the missionary school. “‘In the spring Mr. Petithomme received an- other destination and Demilier was left alone. His study of the language was most success- ful; he was soon able to confess his penitents in Abnaki, and when the bishop next visited the mission he could not withhold the expres- sion of his astonishment at the facility with which the father preached in hisnewly-acquired language. Turning his knowledge to account, Father Demilier drew up a new prayer-book, the printed one being very erroneous, and also translated the Quebec catechism. “Under his care the mission took a new form. Many vices were abolished and some improve- ment made in the social well-being of these Indian Catholics, while the regularity of divine worship did much torestore their former piety. ‘‘Notwithstanding the insignificance of his mission in numbers, Mr. Demilier devoted him- self to it without a murmur till his death on the 23d of July, 1843, when his flock lost a kind and self-sacrificing pastor.’’—Shea. Kssay | of a | Chippuway-Indian | spelling- book, | by | Christian F. Denke [sic], | Missionary among the Chipuway [sic] -Indians. | Easton: | Printed by Samuel eee cope. | 1803. Title verso blank 1 1. note (sounds, &c.) verso blank 1 |. text pp. 5-29, sm. 8°. | Copies seen: Trumbull. —— Nek | nechenenawachgissitschik | bambilak | naga | geschiechauchsit- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Dencke (C. F.)— Continued. L panna | Johannessa | elekhangup. | Gischitak elleniechsink, | untschi C. F. Deucke. | New-York: | printed for the Ameri- can bible society. | D. Fanshavw, Printer. | 1818. Second title: The | three epistles | of the | apostle John. | Translated into Delaware In- dian, | by C. F. Dencke. | New-York: | printed for the American bible society. | D. Fanshaw, Printer. | 1818. Delaware title verso 1.1 (p.1), English title recto l. 2 (p.1), text pp. 2-21, 2-21, double num- bers, alternate Delaware and English, 18°. Oopies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, Powell, ‘Trumbull, Wisconsin Historic- al Society. Priced by Triibner & co. 1856 catalogue, no. 660, 1s. ; at the Fischer sale, catalogue no. 2298, a copy brought 3s. ; at the Field sale, catalogue no. 512, $2. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2525, 40fr. ; at the Brinley sale, catalogue no. 5704, five copies brought $1.50; at the Murphy sale, cata- logue no, 2953, it brought $1. Priced by Clarke & co. 1886 catalogue, no. 6739, $1; and by Mai- sonneuve, in 1889, 50 fr. Extracts from this work will be found in Horne (T. H.), Manual of bibliography; also in Rupp (3. D.), History of the counties of Berks and Lebanon. . In mentioning’ the above work, Bagster’s Bible in every land adds: ‘‘He afterwards furnished a version of the gospels of St. John and St. Matthew, and an edition of these por- tions, printed in parallel columns, with English version, was published by that society.” ] Eluwiwulikil Elekhasigil | enda lekhasik | Lamoe ninutschi elekil, | eki gischelendasike Pemhakamigek, nane undach li ahanhoqui | elekil teek pe- tschi Patamauet Meniechink nek Is- raelitschik, enda | pachtit pemameek kikhigan elewundasik wundamawach- towoaganii | haki Canaan, nane shaki wdelekhamenep nega Moschischa. | petschi enda allalehellechet. | [One line Scripture quotation.] | Netamie- chink-Mamalekhikan. | I. Manuscript; title verso scripture verses 1 1. preface signed ‘“‘Kimachitowa Denke Scheyja- nuppeque Ontario enda petschimuijank enda luwanamizank Anikii gischooch (Jany.) 20, 1814”. 11.1 biank 1. text pp. 1-387, contents 3 11. verso of the third blank, sm. 4°. Entirely in the Delaware language; nicely written, well preserved; bound. Scripture narratives in the Delaware language. It belongs to the Moravian Mission, Fairfield, Canada, and was loaned to Mr. J. W. Jordan of the Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. who kindly allowed me to inspect it. | niga Dencke (C. F.) — Continued. —— [Dictionary of the Delaware lan- guage. ] ©) Manuscript, oblong octavo, comprising about 3700 words, in the Moravian archives at Beth- lehem, Pa. Mr. John W. Jordan, of the Penn. Hist. Soc. Philadelphia, some time since called my attention to this manuscript. He informs me that the handwriting of the manuscript is the Rev. L. F. Kampman’s, but that that gen- tleman said he did not prepare it, but must have made the copy from the original manuscript when a missionary to the Indians at Fairfield, Canada, and that it was probably prepared by Dencke or Luckenbach. This is since con- firmed by Dr. Brinton in the following note in his work entitled ‘‘The Lenapé and their legends,”’ p. 84: ‘*A fter the war of 1812, the Moravian brother, Rev. C. F. Dencke, who ten years before had at- tempted to teach the Gospel to the Chipeways, gathered together the scattered converts among the Delawares at New Fairfield, Canada West. In 1818 he completed and forwarded to the Publication Board of the American Bible So- ciety a translation of the Epistles of John, which was published the same year. ‘He alsostated to the Board that at that time (1818) he had finished a translation of John’s Gospel and commenced that of Matthew, both of which he expected to send to the Board in that year. A donation of one hundred dollars was made to him to encourage him in his work, but for some reason the prosecution of his work was suspended and the translation of the Gos- pels never appeared (contrary to the statements in some bibliographies). “Tt is probable that Mr. Dencke was the compiler of the Delaware Dictionary which is preserved in the Moravian Archives at Beth- lehem. ‘The Ms. is an oblong octavo, in a fine but beautifully clear hand, and comprises about 3700 words. The handwriting is that of the late Rev. Mr. Kampman, from 1840 to 1842 mission- ary to the Delawares on the Canada Reserva- tion. Oninquiring the circumstances connected with this Ms., he stated to me that it was writ- ten at the period named and was a copy of some older work, probably by Mr. Dencke, butof this he was not certain. ‘‘ While the greater part of this dictionary is identical in words and rendering with the sec- ond edition of Zeisberger’s ‘Spelling Book’ (with which [ have carefully compared it), it also includes a number of other words, and the whole is arranged in accurate alphabetical or- der. ‘‘Mr. Dencke also prepared a grammar of the Delaware, as I am informed by his old per- sonal friend, Rev. F. R. Holland, of Hope, In- diana; but the most persistent inquiry through residents at Salem, N. C., where he died in 1839, and at the Missionary Archives at Bethlehem, Pa., and Moraviantown, Canada, have failed to furnish me a clue to its whereabouts. I fear LIZ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Dencke (C. F.) — Continued. that this precious document was ‘sold as paper stock,’ as I am informed were most of the Mss. which he left at bis decease; a sad instance of the total absence of intelligent interest in such subjects in our country.” This manuscript has been published, with ad- ditions froma numberof sources, under the edi- torship of Brinton (D.G.) and Anthony (A.5S.) Denig (HE. T.) Vocabulary of the Black- foot, by E. T. Denig, Indian agent, Fort Union. Manuscript, 7 pp. folio, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. ‘‘ From a manuscript in possession of Dr. Hayden.”’ Contains about 70 words. Denny (Major Ebenezer). Military jour- nal of Major Ebenezer Denny. In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Mem. vol. 7, pp. 237-485, Philadelphia, 1860, 8°. Vocabulary of words in use with the Dela- ware Indians (Fort McIntosh, Jan. 1785), pp. 478-481.—Vocabulary of the Shawanese (Fort Finney, Jan. 1786), pp. 481-485. = Issued separately as follows: —— Military journal | of | Major Ebe- nezer Denny, | An Officer in the Revo- lutionary and Indian Wars. | With an _| introductory memoir. | [Quotation, three lines. ] | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & co. | forthe | Historical Society of Penn- sylvania. | 1859. Portrait 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. text pp. 3-205, appendices pp.207-281, notes pp. 282-288, 8°. Linguistics as under title above, pp. 274-281. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum. Denton (Daniel). A | brief description | of | New York, | formerly called | New Netherlands | with the places thereunto adjoining. | Likewise ;a brief relation | of the customs of the Indians there | by Daniel Denton. | A new edi- tion with an introduction and copious historical notes. | By Gabriel Furman, | Member of the New York historical society. | [Quotations, eighteen lines. ] | New York: | William Gowans. | 1345. 4p. ll. pp. 10-17, 2 ll. pp. 1-57, 8°. Forms vol. 1 of Gowans’s Bibliotheca Americana. Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian names of the islands and bay of New York, pp. 23-27. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Dunbar, Eames, Watkinson. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 515, a copy brought $1.63. The original edition, London, 1670, contains no linguistics. (British Museum, Lenox.) Dépéret (Pére Elie). Oeuvres algon- quines | M. Elie de Dépéret, pretre du Dépéret (E.)— Continued. [ Sem. de St. Sulp. | tome 1°7 contenant: | Catechisme. | Grammaire | De ia communion | Actes Manuscript; modern title as above verso: blank 11. text 52 unnumbered ll. 4°; bound in skin. In the archives of the mission at Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. The first leaf of the text is headed: Cate- chisme en algonquin, which extends through 14 ll. At the top 6f the’ 15th 1. is the heading: Les principes De La Langue Algonquine, the text of which runs through 34 ll. the verso of the last blank. Then follows: ‘Instruction sur le sacrement de l’euchariste ou de la com- munion, 3 ll; then one leaf the recto of which is blank, and on the verso: Actes des vertues theologales, &e. ] 24 volume. Exhortationes con- tenues dans ce liure. Manuscript; modern heading as above fol- lowed by a list of the sermons, which occupies 3 pp. text 120 ll. of which 12 (interspersed) are blank. The text begins on the verso of the 2d 1. with the heading: ‘‘Sur l’education que les peres et les meres doivent donner a leurs en- fans. On the inside of the front cover is writ- ten: ‘‘Par Mt Deperet pretre 1743, M. Elie Deperet, Sulpicien mission. ”’ In the archives of the mission at Lac des Denx Montagnes (Oka), Canada. M. Elie Dépéret, a priest of St. Sulpice, was born in the diocese of Limoges, France, in 1690. Hecame to Canada in 1714, was mission- ary to the Algonkins at Tle aux Tourtes, then at Lac des Deux Montagnes, then at La Galette (now Ogdensburg), where he replaced the Abbé Piquet during the visit of the latter to France in 1753-1754. He died April 17, 1757, while curate of Ste. Anne du Bout de I’lle. He is also the author of a number of manu- script works in the Mohawk language, titles of which will be found in the Bibliography of the: Troquoian languages. [De Peyster (Col. - Arent Schuyler). } Miscellanies, | by An Officer. | Volume I. | Dumfries. | Printed at the Dumfries. and Galloway Courier Office, | by C. Munro, | 1813. Title verso blank 1 1. advertisement verso blank 11. contents pp. 5-8, half-title 1 1. text pp. 1-277, 4°. Privately printed in an edition of ‘‘afew copies.”” No more published. Words selected from the Ottawa and Chip- pewa languages (a vocabulary of 183 words), pp. 271-277.In the notes to the miscellanies are many Indian words with translation. Oopies seen: Trumbull. Derenthal (Rev. Odoric). [Sermons for Sundays and holidays, in Menomo- nee. | aR i), liceisenpse 120 sermons, sketched and elaborated, aggregating over 300 quarto pages. i ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Lis Derenthal (O.) — Continued. Dexter (H. M.)—Continued. — [Vocabulary of the Chippewa lan- p. 473.—On p. 472 is given a list (not purporting guage. ] (*) to be complete) of 21 Indian works issued from , : : the Cambridge press at the expense of the Manuscript, 71 pp. 4°. Compiled previous ee Pp to 1885. Propagation Society. [Vocabulary of the Menomonee lan- Dictionary of the Hudson Bay Indian guage. 1886?] (*) language. See Bowrey (T.) Manuscript, 32 pp. 4°. Dictionary: : f : Abnaki See A bnaki. — [Bible history translated from Chip- iNtimaes Aubéry (J.) pewa into Menomonee. 18387?] (eas) Abnaki ~ Lesueur (F. E.) Manuscript. The four manuscripts titled Abnaki Mathevet (J. C.) above are in possession of their author, who Abnaki Nudénans (J. B.) kindly furnished me these meager descriptions Abnaki Rasles (S.) of them. Abnaki Vetromile (E.) Father Odoric Derenthal, O.S.F., was born Algonquian Algonquian. at Roesebeck, Westphalia, Germany; beganhis Algonquian André (L.) studies in his native country, and came to Algonquian Cuogq (J. A.) Americain the summer of 1875; completed his Algonquian Lahontan (A.L. de). studies at Quincy, Ill., and St. Louis, Mo. Or- Algonquian Schoolcraft (H. R.) dained priest in 1880, he went to the Chippewa Algonquian Thavenet (—) missions around Superior, Wisconsin, in Au- Algonquian . White (A.) gust, 1881, and labored there four years, open- Blackfoot Lacombe (A.) ing a number of new missions ; was transferred Blackfoot McLean (J.) to Keshena, Wisconsin, in July, 1885, and has Blackfoot Tims (J. W.) since had charge of the mission and of St. Jo- Chippewa Baraga (F.) seph’s Indian industrial boarding school at that Chippewa Baraga(F.) and Bel- place. court (G. A.) De Schweinitz (Bishop Edmund.) The } Chippewa Belcourt (G. A.) life and times | of | David Zeisberger | es Bérard (M.) : Chippewa Wilson (EK. F.) the western pioneer and apostle of the Gide Pineau.) Indians. | By| Edmund De Schweinitz. | Cree. : Végréville (V. T.) Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Cree Watkins (HE. A.) co. | 1870. Delaware Alexander (J. H.) Title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-vi, SEX Brinton (D. G.) and abbreviations p. vii, contents pp. ix-xii, text Anthony (A.5.) pp. 13-697, appendix pp. 698-700, geographical Delaware : Campanius (J.) glossary pp. 701-715, index pp. 717-747, 8°. Delaware Dencke (C. F.) The literary works of David Zeisberger (a MEAs Ettwein (J.) list of printed and manuscript works), pp. 686- Delaware . Henry (M.S.) 692. Delaware Zeisberger (D.) Oopies seen: Congress. Bee 4 emillier (L. E.) udson Ba ; De Smet (fev. Peter John). See Smet Hnas 7 ‘ eae (P. J. de). Illinois Le Boulanger (J. I.) Dexter (Rev. Henry Martyn). The New Massachusetts Trumbull (J. H.) England Indians. By Rev. Henry M. ee ose) icmac Rand (S. T.) Dexter, D. D. Montagnais Favre (B.) In the Sabbath at Home, vol. 2, pp. 193-206, Montagnais Laure (P.) Boston [1868], 8°. (Powell.) Montagnais Silvy (A.) List of garments (7 words from Roger Wil- Ottawa Jaunay (P. du). liams), p. 197.—Numerals 1-20 (from Wood and - Pottawotomi Bourassa (J. N.) Williams), p. 203.—Native terms passim. Pottawotomi Gailland (M.) — Early missionary labors among the Beye Pottawotomi. Indians of the Massachusetts Colony. i Mees pirseley, OY») By Rev. Henry M. Dexter, D. D. Dictionnaire et giammaire * * Crise. In the Sabbath at Home, vol. 2, pp. 272-281, See Lacombe (A.) 332-339, 385-397, 461-474, Boston [1868], 8°. Dodge (J. Richards). Red men of the (Powell.) 3 : Hl te : Two short prayers in Massachusetts and Ohio valley : | ee aboriginal history | English, p. 280.—Indian title of Eliot’s bible, of the | period commencing A. D. 1650, with English translation (from O’Callaghan), and ending at the treaty of | Greenville, ALG——8 114 Dodge (J. R.) — Continued. A. D. 1795; embracing notable facts and | thrilling incidents in the settle- ment by the | whites of the states of Kentucky, Ohio, | Indiana and Illinois. | By J. R. Dodge. | Editor of the Amer- ican Ruralist. | Springfield, O.: | Ruralist publishing company. | 1860. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. pre- face pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-x, text pp. 13-435, advertisement p. 436, 12°. Vocabulary of the Shawnee language (from Johnston (J.) in American Ant. Soc. Trans. vol. 2), pp. 51-60. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Dunbar. Dodge (Col. Richard Irving). Our wild Indians: | thirty-three years’ personal experience | among the | Red Men of the Great West. | A popular account of | their social life, religion, habits, traits, customs, exploits, etc. | with | Thrill- ing Adventures and Experiences | on the great plains and in the mountains | of our wide frontier. | By | colonel Richard Irving Dodge, | United States army. | Aid-de-camp to general Sher- man. | With an introduction | By gen- eral Sherman. | Fully Illustrated with _ Portraits on Steel, Full-page Engravy- ings on Wood, | and Fine Chromo-Litho- graph Plates. | Hartford, Conn.: | A. D. Worthing- ton and company. | A. G. Nettleton & co., Chicago, I. N. D. Thompson & co., St. Louis, Mo. | C. C. Wick & co., Cleveland, O. W.E. Dibble & co., Cin- cinnati, O. | A. L. Bancroft & co., San Francisco, Cal. | 1882. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. v—vi, il- lustrations pp. vii—xii, contents pp. xiii-xxxiii, introduction by Gen. Sherman pp. xxxv-xxxix, text pp. 29-650, 8°. Wonderful diversity of the Indian languages, pp. 44-48.—Indian names, their meaning and significance, pp. 226-228.—Cheyenne names of the larger streams of the Plains, p. 231.—Chey- enne songs, with English translation, pp. 352- 353.—Dance songs with music, pp.354-355.— The sign language with vocabulary, pp. 379-394. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Geolugical Survey, National Museum, Powell. Richard Irving Dodge, soldier, born in Hunts- ville, N. C., 19 May, 1827. He was graduated at the U.S. Military Academy in 1848, assigned to the 8th infantry, and after serving at various posts was promoted to captain, 3 May, 1861. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Dodge (R. I.) —Continued. He commanded the camp of instruction at El- mira, N. Y., in August and September, 1861, and served as mustering and disbursing officer at various places during the civil war. He was assistant inspector-general of the 4th army corps in 1863, and promoted to major, 21 June, 1864. He was member of a board to perfect a system of army regulations in New York City in 1871-’2; was promoted to lieutenant-colonel on 29 Oct., 1873, ane since that time has served against hostile Indians in the west. made colonel of the 11th infantry on 26 June, 1882.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Domenech (4bbé Emanuel Henri Dieu- donné). Seven years’ residence | in the great | deserts of North America | by the | Abbé Em. Domenech | Apos- tulical Missionary: Canon of Montpel- lier: Member of the Pontifical Acad- emy Tiberina, | and of the Geograph- | ical and Ethnographical Societies of France, &c.| Illustrated with fifty-eight woodcuts by A. Joliet, three | plates of ancient Indian music, and a map show- ing the actual situation of | the Indian tribes and the country described by the author | In Two Volumes | Vol. I[-IT]. | London | Longman, Green, Longman, and Roberts | 1860. | The right of trans- lation is reserved. 2 vols. 8°. List of Indian tribes of North America, vol. 1, pp. 440-445.—Vocabularies &c. vol. 2, pp. 164- 189, contain 84 words of Menomonee, Miami, Ojibbeway, Riccaree, Shawnee, and Shyenne. Copiesseen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Watkinson. At the Field salea copy, no. 550, brought $2.37, and at the Pinart sale, no.328,6 fr. Clarke & co. 1886, no. 5415, price a copy $5. Emanuel Henri Dieudonné Domenech, French author, born in Lyons, France, November 4, 1825; died in France in June, 1886. He became a priest in the Roman Catholic church, and was sent as a missionary to Texas and Mexico. During Maximilian’s residence in America, Domenech acted as private chaplain to the em- peror, and he was also almoner to the French army during its occupation of Mexico. On his return to France he was made honorary canon of Montpellier. His ‘‘Manuscrit pictographi- que Américain, précédé d’une notice sur lidéo- graphie des Peaux Rouges” (1860), was pub- lished by the French government, with a fac- simile of a manuscript in the library of the Paris arsenal, relating, as he claimed, to the American Indians; but the German orientalist, Julius Petzholdt, declared that it consisted only of scribbling and incoherent illustrations of a local German dialect. Domenech maintained the authenticity of the manuscript in a pamphlet entitled ‘‘La vérité sur le livre des sauvages” He was — Pea hy Pee ie pe 4 . Sys = F “os eal - 5 ‘ Ld a : ~ za ot ee ae; 3 : os *f, i ete x * ~ mi Coad oe Se RAE SO al egy IF ee ED : hieeeael ie a8 na rears i int ‘ a Me Oey = er i : - a cae oi ¢ ‘ Stas Aiea iy BES CHE Yun cx Van» | NIEUVV- NEDERLANT ( Gheltick het tegen woowdigh in Stact is ) Begtijpende de Nature, Aert, gelegentheyr en vrucht- paerheyt van het felve Lant ; mitfgaders de proffijtelijcke en- de gewentte toevallen, diealdaer tot onderhout der Men(chen ,1(fo0 uythaer {elven als van buyten ingebracht ) gevonden worden, Aus Meeps Demaniere en onghemepne eygenlehapper bande Wilden ofte APaturellenbanden Bande. nde Een byfonder verhael vanden wonderlijeken Aert 3 ende het Weefen der BEVERS, Darr Nocsn By Gevoetcur [Is EO Cen Dilcours ober de gelegenthept ban Nieuw Nederlandt, tuffchen een Nederlandts Patriot , ende een Nieuw Nederlander. Befthreven door | 3 A D R1I hi ix * i 2+ . 4 4 4 . : , ( ; ‘ en " t 5 Pann —_! t < * oe F ¥ tie ‘ : \ * = Ped « a | ‘ i = x ¥ , eae ‘ : : i - ‘ e. > A s 7 M r as hs 7 3 ms - if \ . 7 Pr. i? ’ ott age ’ ; i \ ; = oo 2 a . a PS . 4 . ; ~ . on - ‘ ¢ . - r aa] > 1 » - : , s < ¥ i % ‘ . \ 4 ae t Sh ri « b 5 ; ‘ ; i] . : : z Fi 7 “ e 2 a F S ; ‘| y s b a . ; ‘ Ps 3 1 “ : t ! . 4 sof mm _ y \ 5 6 ~ * , { nr : 2 = \ » } _ a * ¥ oe \ 7 > § . ti t “ ie i 3 3 i . ; Vink + - s \ . - 4 ~ . ¥ i 9 f ~ « . « : Ce s cs " . F » ni if - $: . N ’ » , r 7 \ ’ e * r. a - ¥ ;, t ' . 7 . = \ 1 ¥ eae > f Vip ‘ess ‘a ~ oe ot “J ‘ \ ; = = : . *, 4 ") le > ‘ *% ( % “ i Lo | : 7 7 4 " _ ‘ B * fa, : , ‘ P & , « 2 * - ” oa : } q ‘ - { { “ A , “A i i a oF f ‘ 4 ee * Ar Piers : . se 4 f & 3 * f y a F 4 ' r rae, : ‘ . ape OE < Q : F tt . i ein : OO ty J ~~ , é ‘ < P t 7 ; r , ‘ ‘ —~ . ’ Ps I. f . > 7 = 4 4 po i 2 > 4 a. ers ‘ ‘ . hs ee nt Sm met i ligne eel eS RR a ha Ax my bine - oa = “ — 3 a » Ss . . A tna! Be oe: Amt, Soe aires ty oon ea oe Pea PEN Serie Renta lit Sipe REN AL ON i ME ONT a caer Nt a nae A TN ee AA ee — A a < ‘ " y ; « 7 \ q Ps ‘ Y ih . 7. Pp | eayed his Dears for us mhouaunth? gon | hereby He deferved pee ntact}. dai ite Rev. q Ab G82 3150 fate.3.\ : Vo mates sinaencheas ue” wok ‘wasn wwaonk, Jefus Chrid kuweekomukgua sane, | f Bho tamanse ksh wuanemprasée agate al: is Go UL. Als 17- jo, gs Yeuth we}, neerewus yeu. ornat? apeos, a, tt oweraman werontamecdnukt ihpisomun ek hogs | en Gadet , mehquercamunat S.boath , | t tohiohke Pomartanoye. Wonk sukkid: qi timon mo$eaar $2.8 -bboth daykih € ae te! Anis } ufletste wame Sebbaxt daywe | ‘peta t 0 moe | Hieongsih, ntiunek wasiinauwsenk Gon, j fo d “@njnnonunequeog wunneciutenatamwe cuthavanit- : __ =Ne eitpe weanwewank , summegaaun sabhog- | ‘anoneg 5 ksh nunneechidoz en Jefus Chriftur, cG« | ‘faweckcmongine pomuthenst tolohke porsantaisog. " abquonriemor. 8 ‘Wei Lord Ic fes Chri < keracamaarcanet tes Monnitierss 4 Neemunsfinesas AMEN { — sans Peeweaet Montane guikmis _ edhe weme yeah uilgnsts _ FAC-SIMILE OF THE CHRISTIAN COVENANTING CONFESSION, 166-2. fipe wunnaw eh nvaneech: i FAC-SIMILE OF THE CHRISTIAN COVENANTING CONFESSION, 167-2. FAC-SIMILE OF THE ENGLISH TITLE-PAGE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT OF 1661. . sy ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Eliot (J.)—Continued. 130 printed leaves without page numbers, and 2 blank leaves, in the following order: 1 blank leaf, the title of the new testament in English on 1 leaf verso blank, the dedication of the new testament to Charles II. in 2 leaves, the title of the new testament in Indian onlleaf verso blank, Matthew to Revelation in 126 leaves, and 1 blank leaf at the end, 4°. Signatures A, A (repeated), B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K, L, Aa, Bb, Ce, Dd, Ee, Ff, Gg, Hh, Ii, Kk, Ll, Mm, Nn, Oo, Pp, Qq, Rr, Ss, Tt, Uu, and Xx, allin | fours. Matthew begins on the second A2, and Revelation endson Xx3. Inthe Massachusetts Indian language. See the fac-similes of the two title-pages. It is worthy of remark that the Indian title is dated 1661, the year in which the new testa- ment was finished at the press. At that time it was generally the custom, when the title was on a leaf of the first sheet of the text, as this one is, to give it the date of the year in which the printing was begun. If the gospel of Mat- thew was first put in type, instead of the gospel of John (which begins a new set of signatures | with Aa), then the title may have been origin- ally printed with the date of 1659 or 1660, the year of its commencement, and afterwards re- printed with the whole sheet for particular rea- sons. However that may be, in all the copies which I have examined, this title appears to be on the original first leaf of signature A, and not an insertion in place of a canceled leaf. Dr. Trumbull must be mistaken in his state- ment, that ‘‘the English title and the Epistle, printed on a sheet of which the first leaf was left blank, were inserted between the first (blank) and second leaves of the first sheet as originally printed,—and the signature A3 is repeated.” In all the copies examined, and of which good descriptions have been obtained, the English title and dedication are not inserted between any of the leaves of the first sheet, but are placed before it; and the first leaf of ‘‘ the first sheet as originally printed” can not be properly called a blank leaf, as it contains the Indian title, and is blank only on the verso. By a typographical error, the page headings of chapters 21 and 24 of the gospel of Luke, on the recto of leaves L2 and L4, were wrongly printed ““Chap. 10” and ‘‘ Chap. 15,” as in both of the Lenox copies of the separate issue. Other vari- ations are found in copies bound with the old testament and metrical psalms. In most copies of the bible with the English general title and dedication, the diamond-shaped figure is found on the Indian title of the new testament, and the errors occur in the page headings of Luke on L2 and L4. Ina few dedication copies of the bible, which have the same errata in the page headings of Luke, the diamond figure is omitted in the Indian new testament title, the space between the two lines being blank. See the fac-similes. In other respects the two titles are so much alike that they appear to have been printed from the same type, without resetting. 133 Eliot (J.) — Continued. Some bibles with the general title in Indian only, and with the diamond figure on the Indian new testament title, have the page headings of Luke 21 and 24 correctly printed. Mr. O’Cal- laghan (List of Hditions of the Holy Sériptures ... printed in America, p. 2) has called attention to the fact that ‘‘each verse forms a distinct paragraph until we come to Luke xv. (verso of K8); between that and the end of the Gospel, more than one, sometimes six verses are crowded occasionally into a paragraph, in order apparently to close that gospel and sig. L at the same time.’ It is probable that sheets A to L (Matthew to Luke) were printed by Green alone, and that Johnson began the gospel of John with sheet Aa, before the printing of Genesis had been commenced. For remarks on the typography and other features of the work, see the note to the whole bible of 1663. The above translation of the Indian title is from Dr. Trumbull’s Origin and Early Progress of Indian Missions in New England. In a letter to Mr. Richard Floyd, the treas- urer of the Corporation in England, dated from Roxbury, December 28th, 1658, Mr. Eliot wrote as follows: ‘I shall not trouble you with any thing at present save this one businesse of moment, touching the Printing of the Bible in the Indian Language, touch- ing which businesse sundry of the Elders did petition unto the Commissioners, moving them to further it, as a principall means of promoting Religion among them. And God so guided (without mans contrivance) that I was there when it came in. They moved this doubt whether the Translation I had made was generally understood? to which I answered, that upon my knowledge it was understood as farre as Conecticot: for there I did read some part of my Translation be- fore many hundred English Witnesses, and the Indians manifested that they did under- stand what I read, perfectly, in respect of the language, they further questioned whether I had expressed the Translation in true language? I answered that I feared after times will find many infirmities in it, all humane wo1ks are subject to infirmity, yet those pieces that were printed, viz. Genesis _ and Matthew, I had sent to such as I thought had best skill in the language, and intreated their animadversions, but I heard not of any faults they found. When the Commissioners ended their meeting, they did commit the further consideration of this matter to our Com- missioners, as I understand, of whom our Goy- ernour is president. Therefore at the coming away of this Ship, I repaired to the Governour about it. I proposed this expedient, for the more easie prosecution of this work, viz. that your selves might be moved to hire some honest young man, who hath skill to compose, (and the more skill in other parts of the work, the better) send him over as your servant, pay him there to his content, or ingage payment, 134 Bliot (J.)— Continued. let him serve you here in New-England at the presse in Harvard Colledge, and work under the Colledg Printer, in impressing the Bible in the Indian language, and with him send a*convenient stock of Paper to begin with- all. The Governour was pleased to send for Mr. Norton to advise in it, who came and did heartily further it, whereupon the Governour promised to write unto your selves, and pro- pose the matter, which also I doe, and doe earnestly intreat your assistance herein.’ In a postscript he added: ‘‘ They have none of the Scriptures printed in their own Language, save Genesis, and Matthew, and a few Psalmes in Meeter, and I blesse the Lord they have so much, and such as see these Notes may easily observe that they read them, and improve them, which putteth my soule into an earnest longing that they might have more zeal. I blesse the Lord, that the whole book of God is translated into their own language, it wanteth but revising, transcribing, and printing. Oh that the Lord would so move, that by some means or other it may be printed.”” According to his promise, Governor Endicott wrote to Floyd, December 28th, 1658: ‘‘I have been moved by divers able and godly men here with us to propound unto your pious consideration, whether it be not needful for the better instruc- tion of the Indians amongst us in the true knowledge of God, to get the whole Bible of the old and new Testament, which is already Translated into the Indian tongue, to be printed; Many here with us Divines and others judge it a thing that will be acceptable to God, and very profitable for the poor Hea- thens. If your selves doe so esteem of it too, it will be necessary to provide paper and letters and such things as may further the work, as also a Journey man Printer to be helpefull under Mr. Greene our Printer to expedite the work... Mr. Eliot will be ready at all times to correct the sheetsas fast as they are Printed, and desireth nothing for his paines.”’ In reply to these letters, the Corporation wrote to the Commissioners in New England, May 7th, 1659, asfollows: ‘*Asto the printing of the bible in the Indian language; mensioned in Mr. Endicotts letter; which wee vnder- stand is alreddy translated into the Indian tounge; wee conceiue will not onely bee accept- able vnto god; but uery proffitable to the poor heathen and will much tend to the promotion of the sperituail parte of this worke amongst them; and therfor wee offer it not onely as our owne but as the judgment of others that the New Testament bee first printed in the Indian language ; and doe desire to vnderstand by the next what number of them you intend to haue printed; and how much paper the number will take vp and that you send ouer one sheet of pa- per which might agree with that alreddy printed; and whether you haue matterialls sufficient to carry on the same; and because wee would haue noe faile therin haue thought BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Eliot (J.) — Continued. good to send you ouer a cattalogue of the mat- terialls fitt for printing with the charge of them according to information giuen vs; because wee are aduertised that if any of them bee wanting it may prejudice the finnishing of the worke and as for a printer if you want one wee desire you to send vs word how hes must be quallifyed whether a Composer or letter printer.” To this letter the Commissioners replied, September 7th, 1659: ‘‘touching the printing of the bible in the Indian language being incurraged by youer selues and pressed by Mr. Elliotts affectionate zeale which hee hatk constantly held forth for this work, wee shali take order for the printing of the New Testament; which being finished wee shall therby bee the better directed in our further proceeding therin; wee thinke to print a thousand Coppies, and for paper and other materialls shall depend on Mr. Vsher whoe hath vndertak-n to furnish according to the printers direction.” In the treasurer’s account which accompanied this letter was an item of 801. 07s. 06d., ‘‘To Mr. Vsher for printing let- ters for the bible.” Besides the type here re- ferred to, anew printing press and other nec- essary materials were purchased in London at the expense of the Corporation, and sent over ~ to Massachusetts, where they were put under the care of Samuel Green, the regular printer of the college press at Cambridge. A reference to the undertaking is fuund in the tract entitled, A further Account of the progress of the Gospel Amongst the Indians in. New England (London, 1660), in the introduc- tory remarks of Joseph Caryl, dated “ the 6th of the first Moneth, 1659” (i. e., March 6, 1660), as follows: ‘‘ And because, as the whole Work is great, so there are some great parts of it now in hand, as the Printing of Davids Psalms and the New Testament (besides an intendment of printing of the whole Bible) in the Indian Lan- guage.” The printing of the new testament was ac- cordingly begun, and a specimen sheet sent to the Corporation in England, who in a letter dated from London, April 28, 1660, replied as follows: ‘‘Conserning youer printing of the New Testament in the Indian language, a sheet. wherof you have transmitted to vs, wee con- curr with youer selues therin, and doe approte of that prouision you haue made for printing the same conceiueing and offering as our judg- ments that it is better to print fifteen hundred then but a thousand; hopeing that by incur- ragement from Sion Collidge, with whom wee haue late conference, you may bee enabled to print fifteen hundred of the ould Testament likewise; knowing that the foundation of true religion is from the bible the ould and new Testament and that the furtherance therof is. of principle consernment; and further consid- ering the mutablenes of the times and the liues of those whose hartes are stired vp in that worke especially Mr. Elliott whoe wee ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Eliot (J.) — Continued. heare hath translated the whole bible into the Indian language; wee haue out of our desire to further a worke of soe great con- sernment haueing hopes that somthinge wil- bee collected in particulare -with Relation to the printing of the ould Testament agreed with an able Printer for three yeares vpon the tearmes and conditions enclosed and vnder- standing by Mr. Vshers agent that there is nothing wanting except paper wee haue sent an hundred and tour reames of euery sume the sheet that is now sent ouer to vs is of; Thatsoe there might bee nothinge to hinder the dispatch of the whole bible hopeing that both presses being imployed and all other busines layed aside that might hinder it there wilbeea happy progresse made by the returne of the next shipps which may much further contribution with relation to it; and although wee haue by our former letters desired that for the reasons therin mencioned the sume of fiue hundred pounds per annum onely may bee charged on vs yett with respect tv youer present imergen- cies in relation to the printingof the New Tes- tament; wee haue bine willing to comply with youer desires in paying the bill of eight hun. dred pounds this yeare drawne on vs, which wee hope toyether with the one hundred twenty fiue pounds twelue shillings and ten pence remain- ing of the stocke in Mr. Vshers hands will more then finish the worke of printing the same; ... wee desire you att the earnest request of Mr. Johnson the Printer and for his inucurragement in this vndertakeing of printing the bible in the Indian language his name may bee mencioned with others as a printer and person that hath bine Instrumentall therin.” The new printer, Mr. Johnson, arrived in New England in the summer of 1660. Before September of the same year six sheets of the new testament had been printed, as appears from acharge of 241. in the treasurer’s account for that year, ‘‘To Mr. Green for distributing the tontt of letters and printing six sheets of the new Testament in Indian att four pounds per sheet.”” Atthe next meeting of the Com- missioners in New Haven, they wrote to the Corporation, September 10, 1660, as follows: **in Generall wee haue bin enformed that about one hundred of Mr. Elliotts Indians can read in the bible and many other about Plymouth ‘Martins vinyards and other places;... wee shall attend youer aduise for the Impression of the whole bible without which we should have rested in our former determination that the coppy might haue bine fully perused and per- fected by the most skilfulest healpes in the Countrey ; and such order is taken by the aduise and consent of Mr. Eliott Mr. Vsher Mr. Green and Mr. Johnson that the Impression of the ould and New Testament shalbee carryed on together which they haue alreddy begun and Resolue to prosecute with all diligence; a sheet of Geneses wee haue seen which wee haue ordered shalbee Transmitted vnto you; the 135 Eliot (J.) — Continued. printers doubt not but to print a sheet euery weeke and compute the whole to amount to a hundred and fifty sheets Mr. Johnson wilbee gratifyed with the honor of the Impression and acomodated in other Respects wee hope to content; the paper sent as wee are enformed by Mr. Vsher is not all sizable ... Two of the Indian youthes formerly brought vp to Read and writ are put apprentice; the one to a Car- pentor the other to Mr. Green the printer whoe take theire trades and follow their Busines uery well.’’ The latter of these apprentices was probably James the printer, afterwards called James Printer, who was employed on both editions of the Indian bible, and whose name appears in 1709 as joint printer with B. Green of Mayhew’s translation of the psalter. In the treasurer’saccount sent with the above letter, there is a charge of 1201. 1s. 8d., ‘‘ For two hundred Reame of pap r bought since our last accoumpt letters Inke setting them in the presse with matterialls to worke as by bill ap- peers.” At the same meeting (September, 1660), ‘‘The Comissioners for the Massachu- setts are desired and Impowered.. . alsoe to call on Mr. Green for an accoumpt or Inventory of all the letters for printing, and all other Instru- ments in his hands belonging to the Corpora- tion that it may bee Returned to thenext meet- ing of the Comissioners ; and to agree with him for the printing of the bible.” The printing of the new testament was com- pleted probably in the summer of 1661, beforethe next meeting of the Commissioners. Onthel8th of May, 1661, the Corporation wrote to the Com- missioners that they had paid the bill for 8001. drawn on them, ‘‘hopeing that the same to- gether 34 lb. which wee vnderstand by youer account sent remaines in stocke will bee suffi- cient to defray the Charge of printing the bible and the disbursments there for the present yeare.” They also added in relation to the changeof government caused by the restoration of Charles II: ‘‘ wee suppose you are not strangers to the condition of affaires; and par- ticularly with respect vnto ourselues being now noe Corporation; though not without good hopes that the same wilbee renewed and confeirmed by his majestic though possibly the business may bee acted by other persons; ... howeuer wee desire that the printing of the bible may not bee retaurded.”” Upon the reading of this letter at their meeting in Plymouth, in Septem- ber, 1661, the Commissioners resolved: ‘‘ Vpon this enformation of the Desolution of the Cor- poration and intimation of hopes that his ma- jestie wouldconfeirme the same &c. TheCom- issioners thought meet to present his Majes- tie with the New Testament printed in the In- dian language with these presents following &c.,” namely, the dedication as printed in front of the new testament, of which the following is an extract: ‘‘ There are divers of them that can and do reade some parts of the Scripture, and some Catechisms, which formerly have 136 ' Bliot (J.) — Continued. been Translated into their own Language, which hath occasioned the undertaking of a greater Work, viz: The Printing of the whole Bible, which (being Translated by a painful Labourer amongstthem, who was desirous tosee the Work accomplished in his dayes) hath already pro- ceeded to the finishing of the New Testament, which we here humbly present to Your Majesty, as the first fruits and accomplishment of the Pious Design of your Royal Ancestors. The Old Testament is now under the Press, waiting and craving your royal Favour and Assistance for the perfecting thereof.” The Commissioners also wrote to Mr. Rich- ard Hutchinson and Mr. William Ashurst in England, September 12, 1661: ‘‘ youer desire that the printing of the bible may not bee Re- tarded wilbee attended according as wee shall see suitable. The New Testament is alreddy finished and of all the old the fiue bookes of | Moses; wee haue heerwith sent vou 20 peeces of the New Testament which wee desire may bee thuse disposed viz: that two ofthe speciall being uery well bound vp the one may bee pre- sented to his Majestie in the first place the other to the Lord Chancellor; and that fiue more may bee presented to Docter Reynolds Mr. Carrill Mr. Baxter and the two vischancel- lers of the vniuersities whoe wee vuderstand haue greatly Incurraged the worke; the Rest wee leaue to beedisposed as you shall seecause | ... By the account you will find wee haue re- maining 414 1b: 4: 4 stocke a great part wherof wilbee expended in printing the bible and anew . Impression of aCatichisme.’’ The treasurer’s account for the year contained a charge of 1961. 19s. 1d., ‘‘To sundry Disbursments vpon the account of printing as appeers by account now sent.’”’ The Commissioners also wrote to Mr. Usher in Boston, September 13, 1661, as follows: ‘‘youer care in prouiding matterialls and furthering the printing of the bible wee thankfully accept desiring the continuance of the same vntil it bee Issued; and the paying of Mr. Green as formerly together with the salla- ries and other paiments according to youer or- der heer enclosed. . .and it is our desires that you will take care for the printing of the pre- face before the New Testament with the title according to the coppies as alsoe to send to Mr. Ashurst and Mr. huchenson about twenty coppies of the New Testament to be disposed of according to our directions and order tothem.” To this wasadded a postscript: ‘‘ Wee pray you todemaund and Receiue of Mr. Green the whole Impression ofthe New Testamentin Indian now finished; and take care for the binding of twé hundred of them strongly and as speedily as may bee with leather or as may bee most seru- icable for the Indians; and deliuerthem forthas you shall haue order or direction from any of the Comissioners for the time being of which keep an exact account that soe it may bee seen how they are Improved aud disposed of.”’ The treasurer’s account rendered in Septem- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Bliot (J.) — Continued. ber, 1662, contained the entries: ‘‘To printing the title sheet to the New Testament,” 1l., and ‘“To binding 200 Testaments at 6d. a peece,’’ 51. On the 10th of September, 1662, the Commis- sioners wrote tothe Hon. Robert Boyle, the chief officer of the Corporation in England: ““Wee haue heer with sent twenty Coppies of . the new Testament to bee disposed of as youer honors shall see meet.’”’ In accordance with this letter they directed Mr. Usher ‘‘to send ouer to Mr. Boyle twenty of the Indian Testa- ments with the preface or Epistle.’’ The entire edition may have consisted of only 1,000 copies, as proposed by the Commissioners in September, 1659; but if 1,500 were printed, as was recom- mended by the Corporationin April, 1660, then 450 or more were probably bound up separately. From the preceding extracts of the records it appears that forty copies in all were sent to England with the English title and dedication prefixed. It is probable that not many more were issued in this form. In the first lot of twenty copies sent over in 1661, seven were specified for particular persons. The first was for King Charles 11; the second for the Lord High Chancellor, Edward Hyde, first Earl of Clarendon (born 1608, died 1674); the third for Dr. Edward Reynolds, bishop of Norwich (born 1599, died 1676); the fourth for the Rev. Joseph Caryl, an eminent nonconformist divine (born 1602, died 1673); the fifth for the Rev. Richard Baxter (born 1615, died 1691); the sixth and ~ seventh for the vice chancellors of the two uni- versities, Oxford and Cambridge. The remain- ing thirteen, and the second lot of twenty sent over in 1662, were left to the disposal of Mr. William Ashurst and Mr. Richard Hutchinson, the officers of the Corporation. Copies: All of these, of which particular descriptions have been obtained, contain the diamond-shaped figure on the Indian title. It has not been ascertained that any copies of this issue are without it. (1) Mr. Clarence S. Bement, Philadelphia, Pa. Boundin calf antique, gilt edges. Size of the leaf, 74 by 54 inches.. With the diamond shaped figure dn the Indian title. It contains the book-plate of ‘‘The Society for propagating the Gospell in Foreign parts, 1704.” The title, however, does not appear in White Kennett’s catalogue of books intended for that society’s library (Bibliothece Americane Primordia), printed in 1713. On one of the leaves is the au- tograph of Wm. Herbert, 1768, the eminent typographical antiquary (born 1718, died 1795). It was subsequently owned by James Bindley, Esq., F. S. A. (born 1737, died 1818), and at the sale of the fourth portion of-his library in Lon- don, August, 1820 (no. 790), was purchased by ‘‘Ford”’ for 3s. 6d. Not long after this time it passed into the collection of Colonel Thomas Aspinwall, the United States consul at London from 1815 to 1853. See the privately printed catalogue of his library (Paris, 1833), where it is described under no. 168. This collection of ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Eliot (J.) — Continued. books was purchased by the late Mr. Samuel L. M. Barlowin1863. SeeMr.J.O. Wright’s Rough Dist... Catalogue of the Library of Sam- uel L. M. Barlow (New York, 1885), no. 560. At the sale of Mr. Barlow’s library in New York, February, 1890 (no. 852), the testament was bought for the present owner by Mr. Charles R. Hildeburn for $610. (2) Library of the Boston Athenzum, Bos- ton, Mass. In the original leather binding. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian title. It was perhaps a presentation copy to Dr. John Fell, dean of Christ Church and bishop of Oxford (born 1625, died 1686). On the verso of the second blank leaf at the front is written: ‘‘ From his honored friend Dr. John Fell Deane of Christ Church in Oxon.,’’ and on the first blank leaf: ‘‘ Boston Athenzum given by Wm.I.Loring. Jan. 30th, 1833.’’ The tes- tament is not mentioned in the catalogue of this library printed in 1874, but it is still there. J (8) Library of the British and Foreign Bible Society, London. No description has been ob- tained of this copy. See Bullen’s Catalogue of the Library of the British and Foreign Bible Society (London, 1857), p. 135. (4) Library of the British Museum, London. Press mark 466.a.21. Nodescription has been obtained of thiscopy. See the British Museum Catalogue of Printed Books (London, 1887), un- der Eliot; and Henry Stevens’s Catalogue of the American Booksin . .. the British Museum (London, 1866), p. 59. / (5) Library of the British Museum, London. A second copy, in the Grenville collection, bound in blue morocco. No description has been obtained of this copy. See the Bibliotheca Grenvilliana (London, 1842), vol. 2, p. 724. ~ (6) Library of the late John Carter Brown, Providence, R. I. Bound in brown calf. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian title. It is accompanied by the old testament and met- rical psalms in a separate volume, uniformly bound, for a description of which see no. 37 of the list of bibles of 1663. Thetwo volumes were formerly owned by Edward King, viscount Kingsborough (born 1795, died 1837), and at the sale of his library in Dublin, announced for June, but postponed to November, 1842 (no. 56), brought 3l.3s. They afterwards came into the possession of Mr. E. B. Corwin of New | York. According to one account, he paid 4l. for them in 1842, but there is a statement in the Publishers’ Circular for 1856, that ‘‘ We be- lieve this same copy was sold some years since by Bartlett & Welford for $40.” At the sale of Mr. Corwin’s library in New York, Novem- ber, 1856 (no. 2552), the two volumes brought $200, being purchased by Mr. John R. Bartlett for the Brown collection. This copy of the testament was described in the catalogue of the Brown library printed in 1866 (part 2, no. 669). Information furnished by Mr. John Nich- olas Brown, in letters of November 27th and December 2d, 1889. 137 Eliot (J.) — Continued. (7) Library of the late John Carter Brown, Providence, R.I. A second copy, in the orig- inal binding of blue morocco. With the dia- mond shaped figure on the Indian title. It was described by Mr. John R. Bartlett in the enlarged catalogue of the Brown library printed in 1882 (part 2, no, 888). Inserted is a slip on which is written: ‘‘Sunday 25 Jan. 1795. I took this Testament from the Prinee of Orange’s Library in his Palace at Loo, which was abandon’d to Pillage, as a memorial to the melancholy scene.—H. Turner.’”’ The palace of the Loo, the summer residence of the king of Holland, is near the village of Appeldoorn, about midway between Zutphen and the Zui- der Zee. It was taken by the French in their invasion of Holland in December and January, 1794-95. Information furnished by the late Mr. John R. Bartlett, in letter of August 8th, 1882. (8) Library of Edinburgh University, Edin- burgh. Bound with a copy of Eliot’s Indian Grammar, 1666. No description has been ob- tained of this copy. It is briefly mentioned by Dr. Trumbull in the Memorial History of Bos- ton (Boston, 1880), vol. 1, p. 474, note. (9) Library of Harvard University, Cam- bridge, Mass. In vellum binding. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian title. It was presented to the library by Middlecott Cooke of Boston, 1764-65, whose autograph is on the front cover. See the Catalogue of the Library of Harvard University (Cambridge, 1830), vol. 1, p. 250. Information furnished by Mr. Wn. H. Tillinghast, in letter of November 21st, 1889. (10) Lenox Library, New York. In modern calf binding, red edges (about 1850). Size of the leaf, 77%, by 54% inches. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian title. Mr. Lenox’s description of this copy was printed in the Historical Magazine (October, 1858), vol. 2, p. 307. (11) Lenox Library, New York. A second copy, apparently in the original calf binding (repaired), gilt edges. Size of the leaf, 73 by 54 inches. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian title. On the inside of the front cover, with a blank leaf pasted over it, is a name in manuscript which appears to be ‘‘W™ Platel.”” On a blank leaf in front of the title is written: ‘‘Presented Feby 4th 1811 by Rev. I. Pratt.”” This may he the Rev. Josiah Pratt, B. D. (born 1768, died 1844), a native of Birmingham, England, vicar of St. Stephen’s Church in London, and for twenty-one years secretary of the Church Missionary Society. Among his writings are a prospectus of a poly- glot bible issued in 1797, and a life of the Rev. David Brainerd, missionary to the North Amer- ican Indians, published in 1834. The testament subsequently came into the possession of Mr. George Brinley, of Hartford, Connecticut, and at the sale of the first portion of his collection in New York, March, 1879 (no. 786), it brought & JY 138 Eliot (J.) — Continued. $700, being purchased by Dr. George H. Moore for the Lenox Library. (12) Library of the late George Livermore, Cambridge, Mass. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian title. According to Mr. Livermore’s manuscript description of this copy, it is ‘‘quite large, clean and perfect,— as bright apparently as when printed.’ It was purchased in.London, from Thomas Rodd, the bookseller, in 1845. Information furnished by Mrs. Livermore, in letter of January 14th, 1890. (13) A copy advertised by Bernard Quaritch, in April, 1884 (352 Cataloyue, no. 15996), as a ‘‘beautiful copy in the original rebacked calf, gilt edges,” for 1057; again in April, 1887 (373 Catalogue, no. 37867), for 957; andin December, 1887 (86 Rough List, no. 109), for 901. The book has since been sold. (14) Library of Trinity College, Dublin. Press mark KK. 0. 8. No description has been obtained of this copy. See the Catalogus Li- brorum Impressorum qui in Bibliotheca Collegit Sacrosancte et Individuce Trinitatis ‘ adservantur (Dublin, 1861), vol. 1, p. 315, where it is entered under the heading of version Americana, as ‘‘The New Testament, transl. into the Indian language. Cambridge (U.S.), 1661, 4°.’’ See also no. 14 of the list of copies of the bible of 1663. A copy was priced by Mr. Obadiah Rich, in his chronological Catalogue of Books relat- ing .. . to America (London, 1832), no. 326, at 2l.2s. A copy is also entered in C.J. Stew- art’s Catalogue of the Library collected by Miss Richardson Currer, at Hshton Hall, Craven, Yorkshire (London, 1833), p.8, but it does not appear in the catalogue of the portion of her library sold at auction in London, July, 1862. According to a writer in the Historical Maga- zine (October, 1858), vol. 2, p. 308, a good copy of the testament was then in the library of Pelham Priory, a seminary for young ladies at Pelham, N. Y. The priory was the resi- dence of the late Rev. Robert Bolton, and the supposed testament, which was merely a copy of Mayhew’s Massachuset Psalter, lack- ing beginning and end, was sold under its prop- er title by auction in New York, June, 1887 (Catalogue of the Pene Du Bois Collection, no. 1754), for $4. The copy described in the sale catalogue of the library of Mr. Henry C. ' Murphy (no. 887), was not of this issue, and did not contain the English title and dedication. [——] Wusku | wuttestamentum | nul- ‘lordumun | Jesus Christ | Nuppo- quohwussuaenetmun. | [Diamond sha- ped figure of 32 pieces between two lines. ] | Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke Johnson. | MDCLXI [1661]. 127 printed leaves without page numbers, and 1 blank leaf, as follows: the title of the new BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Eliot (J.) — Continued. testament in Indian on one leaf verso blank, Matthew to Revelation in 126 leaves, and 1 blank leaf at the end, 4°. Signatures A, B, C, D, E, F,G, H, I, K, L, Aa, Bb, Ce, Dd, Ee, Ff, Gg, Hh, li, Kk, L1, Mm, Nn, Oo, Pp, Qq, Rr, Ss, Tt, Uu, and Xx, allinfours. Inthe Massachusetts Indian language. Thenew testament as issued for the use of the Indians probably did not contain the English title and dedication, for when the Commission- ers directed Mr. Usher to send the second lot of twenty copies to England in 1662, they were careful to add: ‘‘ with the preface or Epistle.” The number of copies bound up in this form is not known with certainty. It was the inten- tion of the Commissioners to print 1, 000 copies, but the Corporation advised them to print 1,500. If the edition consisted of the latter number, then 400 copies or more may have been bound separately. On the 13th of September, 1661, the Commissioners ordered 200 of them to be bound ‘‘ strongly and as speedily as may bee with leather or as may bee most seruicable for the Indians,” as is related in the note to the preceding title. Copies : Some of these perhaps contained the other variety of the Indian title, without the diamond shaped figure. (See no. 31 of the list © of bibles of 1663.) The English title and the dedication are omitted in the copies described below. (15) Bodleian Library, Oxford. With the diamond-shaped figure on the title. It was Sam- uel Ponompam’s bookin 1662. This was proba- bly the Ponampam whose confessions of faith were printed in the Tears of Repentance (Lon- don, 1653), in A further Account (London, 1660), and whose name, spelled Ponanpam, ap- pears in the records of the Commissioners for September, 1661, as one of the four Indian schoolmasters, assistants to Mr. Eliot, who were allowed an annual salary of 10/.each. In the same records for September, 1662, the name is spelled Tananpum. Samuel was his baptis- malname. In 1674, there was ateacher named Samuel at the Indian town of Wamesit, on Merrimack river, about twenty miles north- northwest from Boston, who was perhaps the same person. Gookin says: ‘Their teacheris called Samuel; son to the ruler, a young man of good parts, and can speak, read, and write, English and Indian competently. He is one of those that was bred up at school, at the charge of the Corporation for the Indians.”’ The tes- tament also contains the inscription, ‘‘ Dono dedit Dns Drake 1706.” See the Catalogus Li- brorum Impressorum Bibliothece Bodleianc (Oxonii, 1843), vol. 3, p. 605, where it is entered under the East Indian versions, as ‘‘Novum Tes- tamentum, Indice. 4°. Camb. 1661.” Infor- -mation furnished by the librarian, Dr. Edward B. Nicholson, in letter of December 5th, 1889. (16) Mr. Frederick F. Thompson, New York. Bound in red morocco, gilt edges, by Brad- street. With the diamond shaped figure on ESTES TT ene ett Printed by Sannuel Gree FAC-SIMILE OF THE INDIAN TITLE-PAGE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT OF 1661. . WA SS \ SE \ . x Te eee . MKAMVAAA AA AAC \ \ RAK SE RRR REESE SSA GRE RRR EEA TB RESO AAG AAV HH eA OLE AE LOE EE RILEY EMERY ERENT SNE NTR TAA eS = : . : | ‘Printed by Samu a ue & FAC-SIMILE OF THE INDIAN TITLE-PAGE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT OF 1661. oan md a eee = 3 r FAC-SIMILE OF THE ENGLISH TITLE-PAGE OF THE WHOLE BIBLE OF 1663, ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Eliot (J.) — Continued. the title. Itis accompanied by the old testa- ment and metrical psalms in a separate vol- ume, uniformly bound. This copy of the new testament contains on the last page the stamp of the library of Trinity College, Dublin, and appears to have been taken out of a copy of the whole bible formerly in the library of that institution, which was sold asa duplicate, ad- vertised by Mr. Bernard Quaritch in March and April, 1870 (259 Catalogue, no. 277), and in ~ July, 1870 (260 Catalogue, no. 1171), at 80l., and finally purchased by Mr. Henry C. Murphy, of Brooklyn. He extracted this portion of it to go with his other (better) copy of the old testament and metrical psalms, which he had purchased many years before. The two volumes were then rebound, in 1870 or 1871. At the sale of his library in New York, March 1884, the new testament (no. 887), which was wrongly described as containing the English title, and the old testament and metrical psalms (no. 886), were purchased for Mr. Thompson at _ $340 for each volume. For descriptions of the companion volume to the testament and the other part of the Trinity College bible, see nos. 19 and 38 of the list of bibles of 1663. Informa- tion furnished by Mr. Thompson, in letters of November 18th and 23d, 1889. The | holy bible: | containing the | old testament | and the new. | Trans- lated into the | Indian language, | and | Ordered to be Printed by the Commis- sioners of the United Colonies | in New- England, | Atthe Charge, and with the Consent of the | corporation in England | For the Propagation of the Gospel amongst the Indians |in New-England. | Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke Johnson. | MD- CLXIII [1663]. Second title: Mamusse| wunneetupanatamwe | up-biblum God | naneeswe | nukkone testa- ment | kah wonk | wusku testament. | Ne quoshkinnumuk nashpe Wuttinneumoh Christ | noh asoowesit | John Eliot. | Cambridge: | Printeucop nashpe Samuel Green kah Marmaduke Johnson. | 1663. Translation: The-whole | holy | his-bible Go4 | both | old testament| and also | new testamens. | This turned by the-servant-of Christ | who is- called | John Eliot. Third title: The new | testament |of our | lord and saviour | Jesus Christ. | Translated into the | Indian language, | and | Ordered to be Print- ed by the Commissioners of the United Colonies | in New-England, | At the Charge, and with the Consent of the | corporation in England ! For the Propagation of the Gospel amongst the Indians | in New-England. | Cambridg: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke Johnson. | MDCLXI [1661]. Fourth title: Wusky | wuttestamentum | nul- lordumun | Jesus Christ | Nuppoquohwussu- 139 Eliot (J.) — Continued. aeneumun. | [Diamond shaped figure of 32 pieces between two lines.] | Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and. Marmaduke Johnson. | MDCLXI [1661]. Caption of metrical psalms: VVame | Ketoohomae uketoohomaongash | David. Translation: All | the-singing -songs-of | David. Caption of leaf of rules: Noowomoo Wut- tinnoowaonk [sic] God, Gen. 5. 22. Enoch weeche | pomushau God nishwudt pasukoce kodtumwaeu. Wonk | no womo Prov. 23. 17. qush Jehovah neteagu: newaj|kenatootomoush. 600 printed leaves without page numbers,and4 blank leaves, in the following order: 1 blank leaf, the title of the whole bible in English on 1 leaf verso blank, the dedication of the whole bible to Charles II.in 2 leaves, the title of the whole bible in Indian on 1 leaf verso blank, the list of the books in both testaments on 1 leaf recto blank, Geuesis to Malachi in 414 leaves, 1 blank leaf, the title of the new testament in English on 1 leaf verso blank, the dedication of the new testament to Charles IL. in 2 leaves, the title of the new testament in Indian on 1 leaf verso blank, Matthew to Revelation in 126 leaves, 1 blank leaf, the metrical version of the psalms. in 50 leaves, rules for Christian living on 1 leaf, and 1 blank leaf at the end, 4°. Signatures A. in four, two other leaves without mark, A (re- peated), B, C, D, E, F, G,H,1,K,L,M,N,0,P, Q, R, 8, T, U, X, Y, Z, Aa to Zz, Aaa to Zzz, Aaaa to Zzzz, Aaaaa to LIN, all in fours, and Mmmmm in two, for the old testament; A, A (repeated), B, C, D, E, F, G, H, 1, K, L, Aa, Bb, Cc, Dd, Ee, Ff, Gg, Hh, li, Kk, Ll, Mm, Nn, Oo, Pp, Qq, Rr, Ss, Tt, Uu, and Xx, all in fours, for the new testament; A B,C, D, H, F,G,H,I, K, L, M, and N, allin fours, for the metrical psalms and final leaves. In the Messachusetts Indian language. See the fac-similes of the two gener- al titles, the first page of the metrical psalms, and the first page of the leaf of rules. The bible is printed in double columns, each column with references at the side and headings. in Indian at the top. There are no summaries at the beginnings of the chapters, as in the sec- ond edition. A full page of text measures 68. by 4 inches, including headings, catchwords, and references. ‘‘The paper used for this. Bible,” Dr. Trumbull remarks, ‘‘was of excel- lent quality, of the size known to old printers. as ‘pot’ (from its original water-mark, a tank- ard), which should measure 124 by 15 inches, giving 61 by 74 for the quarto fold.” Accord- ing to Mr. Thomas (History of Printing in. America, vol. 1, p. 255), ‘‘ This work was print- ed with new types, full faced bourgeois on a brevier body, cast for the purpose [?], and on. good paper.” In 1865, Dr. Trumbull caused to be printed a. few copies (35) of his translation from Indian into English of the leaf of rules for holy living appended tothe metrical psalms. The above translations of the Indian titles are from his es-: 140 Eliot (J.)— Continued. say on the Origin and Early Progress of Indian Missions in New England. The two dedica- tions have been reprinted in the Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, vol. 7; in Thomas’s History of Printing in America, vol. 1; and in O’Callaghan’s American Bibles. A few copies of the new testament dedication alone, transcribed from the testament in Mr. Livermore’s possession, were reprinted sepa- rately for Mr. David Pulsifer in 1859. It has already been mentioned above, in the note to the new testament, that the printing of the old testament was begun in September, 1660, and that before September, 1661, the five books of Moses had been finished. Jn the meantime the Corporation in England had received anew charter, and the Hon. Robert Boyle had been appointed its chief officer. To him the Com- missioners wrote from Boston, September 10, 1662, as follows: ‘‘the bible is now about halfe done; and constant progresse therin is made; the other halfeis like to bee finished in a yeare; the future charge is vncertaine, by estimate not lesse then 200!b; wee haue heer with sent twenty Coppies of the new Testament to bee disposed of as youer honors shall see meet; Wee only craue leaue att present for the preuenting of an objection that may arise concerning the particulars charged for the printing wherin you will find 21 sheets at three pounds ten shillings a sheet and the rest but att 50 shillings a sheet the Reason wherof lyes heer: It pleased the honored Corporation to send ouer one Marmaduke Johnson a printer to attend the worke on Condition as they will enforme you: whoe hath Caryed heer very vn- worthyly of which hee hath bine openly Con- victed and sencured in some of our Courts although as yett noe execution of sentence against him; peculiare fauor haueing bine showed him with respect to the Corporation that sent him ouer; but notwithstanding all patience and lenitie vsed towards him hee hath proued uery idle and nought and absented him- selfe from the worke more than halfe a yeare att one time; for want of whose assistance the printer by his agreement with vs was to haue the allowance of 21 1b. the which is to bee de- fallcated out of his sallery in England by the honored Corporation there.” Among _ the ‘charges in the treasurer’s account submitted in September, 1662, is one: ‘‘To sundry Disburs- ments for printing the bible by bill of particu- lars £237. 05.00.” A few of the items included in this charge are as follows: ‘‘To 160 Ream of paper att 6s. perream,’’ 48/.; ‘‘Toprinting the title sheet to the New Testament,” 1l.; ‘‘To printing 21 sheets of the old Testament, att 3lb. 10s. per sheet Mr. Iohnson being absent,” 731. 10s.; ‘‘To printing 25 sheets with his healp att 50 shill: per sheet,” 621. 10s.; ‘‘To binding 200 Testaments at 6d.a peece,”’ 51. In reply to the letter of the Commissioners, Mr. Boyle wrote from London, April 9, 1663: ‘‘wee hope the bible wilbee finished by the Returne of the BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Bliot (J.) — Continued. Shipps and then and not before wee desire to Receiue some from you; Conserning Marmeduke Johnson the Printer wee are sorry hee hath soe miscarryed by which meanes the printing of the bible hath bin retarded we arere- solved to default the 21 lb. you mention out ofhis sallary; Mr. Elliott whose letter beares date three monthes after youers writes that Johnson is againe Returned into the worke whose brother alsoe hath bine with vs and gives vs great as- surance of his brothers Reformation and fol- lowing his busines dilligently for the time to come; and hee being (as Mr. Elliott writes) an able and vsefull man in the presse wee haue thought fitt further to make tryall of him for one yeare longer and the rather because vpon Mr. Elliotts motion and the goodnes of the worke; wee haue thought fitt and ordered that the Psalmes or Dauid in meter shalbee printed in the Indian language; and soe wee hope that the said Johnson performing his promise of amendement for time to come may bee vsefull in the furthering of this worke which wee soe much desire the finnishing of.”’ The printing of the old testament was fin- ished before the next meeting of the Commis- sioners, when they wrote to the Corporation in England, September 18, 1663, asfollows: ‘‘Some time after our last letter Marmeduke Iohn- son Returned to the Presse and hath carried himselfe Indifferently well since soe farr as wee know but the bible being finished and little other worke presenting; wee dismised him att the end of the tearme you had contracted with him for; but vnderstanding youer honorable Corporation hath agreed with him for another yeare; wee shall Indeavour to Imploy him as wee can by printing the psalmes aud another little Treatise of Mr. Baxters which Mr. Elliott is translateing into the Indian language which is thought may bee vsefull and profitable to the Indians; Wee haue ordered Mr. Vsher to present youer honors by the next shipp with 20 Coppyes of the bible and as many of the Psalmesif printed of before the shippes depart- ure from hence.” It was also resolved that ‘“‘Mr. Simon Bradstreet and Mr. Danforth are Requested to take care for the preparation of an epistle to the Indian Bible dedicatory. to his Majestie and cause the same to bee printed,” which was accordingly done. After the Indian version of the psalms in metre had been fin- ished at the press, probably in November or December of the same year, it was appended to the bible, and the work was ready for bind- ing. Twenty copies of the completed book in sheets were then sent to the Corporation in England, where some of them (or perhaps all) were bound uniformly in dark-blue morocco. On the 7th of March, 1664, the Corporation wrote to the Commissioners: ‘‘ Wee desire by youer next to Informe vs how many bibles haue bine printed in the Indian Language It be- ing that which wee Judge might bee of pub- licke Repute vnto the worke.”’ One copy of Eliot (J.) — Continued. the bible was presented to king Charles, con- cerning which Mr. Boyle wrote, April 21, 1664, as follows: ‘‘I waited this Day vpon the King with yourtranslation of the Bible,which, I hope I need not tell you, he receued according to his custome very gratiously. But though he lookd a pretty while vpon it, & shewd some things in it to those that had the honour to be about him in his bed-chamber, into which he carryd it, yet the Vnexpected comming in of an Extra- ordinary Enuoyé from the Emperour hindred me from receueing that fuller expression of his’ grace towards the translators and Dedicators that might otherwise have been expected.” In September, 1664, the Commissioners wrote to the Corporation in England: ‘‘the number of Bibles with Psalm books prirted were vp- wards of a thousand; of Baxters Call 1000 and of Psalters 500 diuers wherof all sorts are dis- posed to the Indians and the rest reddy for theire vse as they can be bound vp and there may bee occation.’”’ Among the charges in the treasurer’s account presented at the same date were the following: ‘‘ For two smale Chests to put the Bibles in that were sent to England,” 5s.; ‘To printing the Indian Psalmes 13 sheets at2 1b. per sheet,’ 26/.; ‘‘ To printing the epistle dedicatory to the Bible,” 11.; ‘‘ To print- ing 9 sheets of the Psalter at 20s. per sheet,” 91.; ‘‘To Packthred and Dry falls to put the bibles in,” 17. 5s.; ‘‘ To boat hier for carrying and Recarrying paper and bibles,” 31. 6s.; ‘‘ To binding and clasping 42 bibles at 2s. 6d. per bible,” 57. 5s. From the account which Samuel Green the printer rendered to the Commissioners, Sep- tember 19, 1663, it appears that he had received 80 reams of paper from the Society in England, and 389 reams from Mr. Usher, making 469 reams inall. Of this quantity he had used 30 reams ‘‘for printing two Cattachismes”’ (Pier- son’s in 1658, and Eliot’s in 1662), and 368 reams “for printing the Bible,” leaving 71 reams in his possession. In addition, there were 61 reams remaining with Mr. Usher. Dr. Trum- bull gives the following estimate in his essay on the Origin and Early Progress of Indian Missions in New England (Worcester, 1874), page 38: ‘‘ For printing the Bible (not including the Psalmsin Metre) Mr. Green used 368 reams of paper. With the usual allowance for waste sheets, this would work 161,920 sheets. The Bible contains 544 leaves, or 136 sheets; the New Testament 128 leaves, or 32 sheets. The Psalms (as printed in the Old Testament, and separately worked as the ‘ Psalter’) 9 sheets. Assuming that the edition of the New Testa- ment was 1,500, of which 500 were bound sep- arately, we have the distribution of the paper nearly as follows: 500 New Test’s, of 32 sheets. Sheets, 16,000 500 Psalters, 9 of on 4,500 1040 Bibles, 136 ul «141,440 161,940 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 141 Eliot (J.)— Continued. sheets, within a single quire of the 368 reamg: charged. The first edition of the Bible was. ‘upwards of a thousand,’ but, probably, not quite 1,050.” The records of the Commissioners contain, under the date of September 13, 1667, the fol-. lowing charges: ‘‘To two hundred Indian © Bibles bound and clasped 2s.6d.,’’ 251; and ‘‘To Indian bibles primers deliuered to Mr. Elliott and Mr. Iohn Cotton and to Scollers,” 21. 10s.03d. Ata meeting held in Plymouth, Sep- tember 5, 1672, it was resolved that ‘‘ Thomas. Danforth, Esqr. is ordered to take care that all the Bibles and other prints belonging to the Indians be bound vp and not lost; and for that end is to call for the same where they are now - Resting and dispose therof.”’ It appears that the above-mentioned charge of 2s.6d.for binding and clasping each bible was not satisfactory to the binder, John Rat- life, who in 1664 addressed the following letter to the Commissioners: ‘‘For The Honnoured The Comissioners of the united Collonyes in New England met at Hartford, These present. May it please your worships, The providence of god so ordering it, that I could not be so hapy as to be here at your last meeting at Bos- ton, there to adress myselfe unto your worships about the bindeing the Indian Bibles; the onely incourageing work which upon good Intelli- gence caused me to transport myselfe, and fam- ily into New England, and which I desire to promote, by my art, and in my Lawfull calling as a thing tending so much to the honour of god, by the advancement of Religion, wherein your honoured selves doe claime a worthy remembrance, as Chiefe Instruments and prop- agators of it and findeing that your worships had referred the care of bindeing and price to. Mr. Usher, I have by his appointment and order made some progress therein, yet not findeing him verry willing without your worships’ con- sent, to come up to a suitable price (he profess- ing himselfe but to bee your worships’ steward) in that behalfe, have Inforced me toappeal from. him unto yourselves in this matter and humbly to acquaint you that under 3s. 4d. or 3s. 6d. p. book I can not binde them to live comfortably upon it, one Bible being as much as I can com- pleat in one day, and out of it finde Thred,, Glew, Pasteboard, and Leather Claps, and all which I cannot suply my selfe for one shilling in this country. I question not but the print- ers if they please are able to Inform your Wor- ships of the Reasonableness of my appeal in this case, though I blame not Mr. Usher in the Least, and I finde by experience that in things belonging to my trade, I here pay 18s. for that which in England I could buy for four shil- lings, they being things not formerly much used in this country. Were I before your Worships I could farther amplify my demand by Reason to be Just and Lawfull; so likewise I doubt not but others can that may appear before you; but Relying upon your Worsbip’s wisdome and 142 Bliot (J.) — Continued. that upon consideration you will Judge the Artificer worthy of his wages, I shall not further trouble you, but expecting your favour- able concession thereto for the better carrying on of the work and for my Incouragement therein, prayeing for your Worships’ Prosper- rity subscribe myselfe, Your Worships’ humble servant John Ratlife. Boston, Aug. 30, 1664.” Indorsed: ‘' Massachusetts, Jno. Ratliff’s Let- ter to Comissioners at Hartford, August 30th, 1664.” Seven varieties of the Indian bible of 1663, ‘with the English general title, are described below. These differ in the number of certain preliminary leaves, namely: the dedication of the whole bible, the Indian general title, the leaf of contents, the English new testament title, and the dedication of the new testament, one’or more of which are generally omitted; also in the Indian new testament title, which sometimes does not contain the diamond shaped figure. For an account of the varia- tions in different copies of the new testament portion, see the notes to the separate issues of the new testament in 1661. The bible with Indian titles only is described under a separate title. Copies of the first variety: Containing the English general title, the dedication of the whole bible, the Indian general title, the leaf of contents, Genesis to Malachi, the Evglish new testament title, the dedication of the new testament, the indian new testament title with ‘the diamond shaped figure, Matthew to Revela- tion, and the metrical psalms with the final leaf. of rules. 600 printed leaves, and 4 blank leaves. (1) Mr. Theodore Irwin, Oswego, N. Y. It remained in the original leather binding until 1879, when it was cleaned and rebound in brown levant morocco by F. Bedford, preserv- ing three of the original blank leaves. Size of the leaf, 77, by 5Zinches. The Indian newtes- tament title contains the diamond shaped fig- ure. On the recto of the leaf of contents is ‘written, ‘‘ Thomas Shepard’s Book. 2. 6°. 1666. ye gitt of ye Rev? Translator.” This was the son of the Rev. Thomas Shepard, minister of Cambridge, who died in 1649. He was born in ' 1635, graduated at Harvard College in 1653, and was minister of Charlestown from 1659 un- til his death in 1677. His library, probably including the Indian bible, was bequeathed to his son, also named Thomas Shepard (born 1658, died 1685), who was minister of the same church from 1680 until his death. A memo- randum on a blank leaf at'the front shows that it was once owned by Thomas Nixon of Fram- ingham, afterwards of Southborough, Massa- chusetts (born 1736, died 1800), who was an ensign in the French and Indian war of 1756, and colonel of the sixth Massachusetts regi- ment during the revolution. From him it passed to his son, Thomas Nixon junior (born 1762, died 1842), who left it to his son, Warren Nixon. At the end of the volume is the follow- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Eliot (J.) — Continued. ing note in manuscript: ‘‘ This edition of Eliot’s Indian Bible owned by Mr. Nixon of Framingham is more valuable on account of its having the epistles dedicatory, than either of the two copies of this work now in the posses- sion of Harvard College. Itis the same edition it would seem as the copy of the Rev. Doctor Harris, which was purchased by Mr. Crown- inshield after the Doctor’s death for fifty dollars. If the owner of this volume shouid ever feel willing to part with it we are assured that the donation would be thankfully acknowledged by the College at C[ambridge].” The bible was afterwards deposited in the libra- ry of the American Bible Union of New York, and iu 1877 or 1878 was offered for sale to the Astor Library and other institutions for about $500. It was purchased by Mr. J. W. Bouton, the New York bookseller, who priced it at $750. From him Mr. Irwin bought it and sent it to London to be rebound. See the privately printed Oatalogue of the Library .. . belong- ing to Theodore Irwin (New York, 1887), no. 168. Additionalinformation furnished by Mr. Irwin, in letter of April 25th, 1889. It is related in Francis’s life of Eliot, that the Rev. Thaddeus Mason Harris of Dorches- * °,: ter ‘‘discovered in a barber’s shop Eliot’s In- dian Bible of the first edition, in a mutilated state, which was in the process of being used for waste paper. It was found to contain both of the dedications to the King; and Dr. Harris seized upon it with all the interest belonging to the discovery of a long-lost treasure. He transcribed the addresses, and published them in the Collections of the Massachusetts His- torical Society.”’ Dr. Harris himself, in his reprint of these dedications (Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll. vii. 222-228), says: ‘‘ OF six copies of the indian bible, which I have seen, no one pos- sessed these dedications. The following were taken from a mutilated copy, used in a barber’s shop for waste paper. From this intended destruction they were eagerly snatched, by the hand which writes this, as truly valuable relicks.” It has not beenascertained what became of this copy. The writer of the manuscript note in Mr. Irwin’s bible probably had the above ac- count in mind when he mentioned Dr. Harris’s copy ; but the only one sold at the Doctor’s sale in January, 1843, was of the edition of 1685, which was purchased by Mr. Crowninshield for $39, and is now in the possession of Mr. Gun- ther of Chicago. Mr. Thomas, in his account of the two dedications in the Indian bible (His- tory of Printing in America, Worcester, 1810, vol. 1, p.475), says: ‘‘I recollect to have seen, many years since, a copy that contained them ; that which I possess is without them, as are all others which I have lately examined.” Copies of the second variety: Containing the English general title, the dedication of the whole bible, the Indian general title, the leaf of contents, Genesis to Malachi, the Indian new testament title with the diamond shaped figure, ¢ au language, Cambr. 1663.” ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Eliot (J.)— Continued. . Matthew to Revelation, and the metrical psalms with the final leaf of rules. 597 printed leaves, and 3 blank leaves. The English new testament title and the dedication of the new testament are omitted in these copies. (2) Library of Brown University, Provi- dence, R.I. A well preserved copy, with the exception that the diamond shaped figure has been cut out of the Indian new testament title. It contains manuscript notes in English, In- dian and shorthand on the margins, and many of the passages and verses are marked, espe- cially in the new testament. At the end are fourpagesof manuscript, in shorthand, English and Indian. Dr. Reuben A. Guild, the libra- . rian, supposes for various reasons that this copy of the bible belonged to Roger Williams (born 1599, died 1683), who was known to be ‘“‘a pro- ficient in shorthand,” and that the notes and annotations are in his handwriting. On one of the pages is written ‘‘ College Library,” in the hand of James Manning, the president of the University (then called the College of Rhode island), from 1765 to 1791. ‘‘During the war of the Revolution the book was one of the 500 in the library which were removed to Wren- tham, Mass., for safety, in the care of the Rev. William Williams, a member of the first grad- uating class.’’ See the Catalegue of the Library of Brown University (Providence, 1843), pp. 139, 140. Information furnished by Dr. Guild ina letter dated April 25th, 1889, and in an article printed in the Néw-York Times for May Ist, 1889. (3) Mr. J. Pierpont Morgan, New York. Bound in brown levant morocco by F. Bedford, preserving all of the original blank leaves. Size of the leaf,72 by 53 inches. The Indian new testament title contains the diamond shaped figure. This bible was once owned by White Kennett, bishop of Peterborough from 1718 until his death in 1728, and has his name on the lower part of the English general title. In 1869, according to Dr. Trumbull, it was sold by Bernard Quaritch to Mr. George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn., at the sale of whose library in New York, March, 1879 (no. 787), it was pur- chased for Mr. Morgan for $1,000. (4) Library of the Zealand Academy of Sci- ences (Zeeuwsch Genootschap der Weten- schappen), Middleburg, Holland. Bound in leather, with red edges, in fine condition. It probably contains the diamond shaped figure on the Indian new testament title. In the Cat- alogus der Bibliotheek van het Zeeuwsch Genoot- schap (Middleburg, 1845), p.3, it is entered as ““The Holy Bible translated into the Indian In the enlarged cat- alogue of the same library, p. 269, no. 1987, it is described with the English and Indian general titles and the Indian new testament title. A report on the two copies of the Indian bible in _ the library of this academy was read at one of its meetings in December, 1873, by the librarian, F. Nagtglas, and subsequently printed in a 143 Eliot (J.) — Continued. separate pamphlet. An English translation of it is given in the Proceedings of the Massachu- setts Historical Society for 1873-75, pp. 307-309, in which it is stated that this copy of the bible contains ‘‘the double title and the dedication to Charles II.” See no. 39 of this list for an account of the other copy. Copies of the. third variety: Containing the English general title, the dedication of the whole bible, the leaf of contents, Genesis to Malachi, the Indian new testament title with the diamond shaped figure, Matthew to Revela- tion, and the metrical psalms with the final leaf of rules. 596 printed leaves, and 3 blank leaves. The Indian general title, the English new testament title, and the dedication of the new testament are omitted in these copies. Several of the bibles put under this heading (nos. 6, 7, 8, and 14), of which full descriptions have not been obtained, may perhaps belong to the second or fourth variety. (5) Astor Library, New York. Bound in morocco by F. Bedford. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian new testament title. It was a duplicate from the library of Trinity College, Dublin, and contains the stamp of that institution. In March and April, 1870 (259 Catalogue, no. 276),and in July, 1870 (260 Catalogue, no 1170), it was advertised for sale by Mr. Bernard Quaritch at 250/.; in January, 1873 (286 Catalogue, no. 9926), and in October, 1873 (291 Catalogue, no. 18669), at 225/.; and in August, 1875 (298 Catalogue, no. 7543), at 2001. It was purchased by Mr. Alph. L. Pinart, whose book plate was added, and at the sale of his library in Paris, January, 1884 (no. 113), was bought again by Mr. Quaritch for 2700 francs. He advertised it in April, 1884 (352 Catalogue, no. 15997), at 225/., when it was purchased by Mr. Astor. See the supplementary Catalogue of the Astor Library (Cambridge, 1886), vol. 1, p. 402. For the description of another dupli- cate from Trinity College of the same edition, but with Indian titles only, which also came into the market in 1870, see no. 38 of this list. (6) Bodleian Library, Oxford. See the Cat- adlogus Librorum Impressorum Bibliothece Boa- leiance (Oxonii, 1843), vol. 1, p.259, where it is entered under the heading of version Virgin- iane, as: ‘‘ The holy Bible in the language of the Indians in Virginia by John Eliot. 4°. Cambridge, in New England, 1663.’’ It is sup- posed to be of this variety, but in the absence of a more particular description it can not be determined exactly what kind of a copy it is. | (7) Library of the British Museum, London.,, Press mark C.10.a.1. With a colored frontis- piece of the royal arms of England inserted. This is probably the copy described in the Bib- liotheccee Regice Catalogus (London, 1820), vol. 1, p.279. See the British Museum Catalogue of Printed Books (London, 1887), under Eliot; and Henry Stevens’s Catalogue of the American Booksin ... the British Museum (London, 1886), p. 56. It is supposed to be of this variety, with 144 Eliot (J.)— Continued. NJ the diamond shaped figure on the Indian new testament title. See also no. 23 of this list. (8) Library of William Cavendish, second earl of Burlington and seventh duke of Devon- shire, Chatsworth, England. Bound in purple morocco. The commencement of this collec- tion of books dates back to the reign of Queen Elizabeth, but the greatest additions were made by William George Spencer Cavendish, the sixth duke of Devonshire (born 1790, died 1858), ‘‘who is justly entitled to be called the founder of the Chatsworth library in its pres- ent form.’”’ Hepurchased thelibrary of Thomas Dampier, bishop of Ely, in 1812, and bought |. largely at the sales of the Stanley, Horne Tooke, Townley, Edwards, and Roxburghe libraries. Most of his books, which were scat- tered among his several houses, were removed to Chatsworth in 1815. See the Catalogue of the Library at Chatsworth (London, 1879), vol. 1, p. 180. In the absence of a more particular de- scription, the bible is supposed to be of this variety, with the diamond shaped figure on the Indian new testament title. (9) Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. In the original binding of dark blue morocco, gilt edges. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian new testament title. Some ofthe leaves are loose and stained. The price mark of 7s. 6d. is written on the first title. On the verso of the new testament title is written: ‘‘ Rachel Gaither Daughter of John Gaither and Ruth his Wife was born April 19th, 1687,’ and below it a list of the children of ‘ Richt Tucker and Su- sanna his Wife,” Rachel, Susanna, Elizabeth, Richard, and Rebeacker, who weré born in the years 1744, 1746, 1748, 1750, and 1752, respect- ively. On the blank leaf between the new test- ament and metrical psalms is written: ‘‘ David Whittle the Son of John Whittleand Rachel his Wifewas Born .. . July 4th,1760.” The bible was purchased for the Library of Congress from a Maryland family about the year 1872. It is mentioned in Mr. Nathaniel Paine’s list, printed in his Brief Notice of the Library of the American Antiquarian Society (Worcester, 1873), p. 55. See the Alphabetical Catalogue of the Library of Congress (Washington, 1878), vol. 1, p, 701. (10) Mrs. Ralph L. Cutter (Laura M. Eliot), Brooklyn, N. Y. In the original dark blue morocco binding, gilt edges, containing all of |- the original blank leaves. Size of the leaf, 74 by 5% inches. With the diamond shaped fig- ure on the Indian new testament title. An un- usually large and fine copy, with many rough leaves. It may have been a presentation copy to Henry Ashurst, Esq., the treasurer to the Corporation for propagating the gospel among the Indians in New Eng.and, who died in 1680. At the top of the first title is the partially de- faced signature of ‘‘Wm. Asbhurst,” sup- posed by Dr. Moore and Dr. Trumbull to be Sir William Ashurst, the son of Henry, who was lord mayor of London in 1693, a prominent inember, and afterwards governor, of the marks of much use. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE | Eliot (J.) — Continued. above named Corporation, and who died in 1720. There was another ‘‘Wm. Ashhurst,” how- ever, an elder brother of Henry, whose sig- nature is found in the copy described under no. 17 of this list. It afterwards came into the possession of Mr. John Allan, of New York, the well known antiquarian and book collector (born 1777, died 1863). According to. Mr. George P. Philes, Mr. Allan told him that. he bought it for $10 from a person who brought ittohim. Atthe sale of Mr. Allan’s library in New York, May, 1864 (no. 1013); it was pur- chased by Mr. J. W. Bouton, the bookseller, for $825. It next came into the possession of Mr. George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn., and at the sale of the third portion of his library in New York, April, 1881 (No. 5682), it was pur-. chased for $900 by Dr. Ellsworth Eliot for his sister, the present owner, who is a direct de- scendant of John Eliot. A description of this copy, made by Mr. Peter Hastie, while in Mr. Allan’s possession, was printed in the Histori- cal Magazine (March, 1859), vol, 3, pp. 87, 88. (11) Mr. John Lyon Gardiner, Gardiner’s. Island, N. Y. Inthe original calf binding with gilt tooling, lacking the clasps and showing the With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian new testament title. The first leaf of the dedication is lacking. The second leaf is loose, together with the English. general title and front cover. The bible is ruled throughout with red ink, around every page, around the headings of the chapters, and. between and atthe tops of the columns. This. was evidently done before the book was bound, as some of the sheets have been incorrectly folded. Mr. John Lyon Gardiner (born 1770, died 1816), the seventh proprietor of the island, and grandfather of the present owner, made. the following note in it:- ‘‘I received this. Indian Bible from Joshua Nonesuch of the Ni- hantic tribe in Lyme, ‘Quonehtaucutt’ by means of Daniel Wauheat, this vj May i813. It is said to be presented to the tribe by a Sa-. chem of the Moheags in Norwich,” etc. Dated: ‘‘Monchongonuc, Gardiners Island, May vj, 1813.” This copy was mentioned in the West- chester News, in August, 1855, according to an. article in the Historical Magazine (April, 1859), vol. 3, p. 124. Information furnished by Mr. Gardiner, in letter of January 9th, 1883, and by Mr. Wm. Wallace Tooker, in letter of February 12th, 1890. See also The Papers and Biography of Lion Gardiner (St. Louis, 1883), p. 100. . (12) Mr. Brayton Ives, New York. An un- usually large and fine copy, with many rough leaves. It remained in the original binding of dark blue morocco, gilt edges, and ‘‘in the finest condition,” until after 1870, when it was. rebound in olive levant gros grained morocco, by F. Bedford. Sizeof the leaf, 74, by 5Z inches. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian. new testament title. As originally bound, this. copy. did not contain the leaf of contents, and therefore was like no. 17 of this list, described. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 145 Bliot (J.) — Continued. 1, p.303, where it is entered under the heading \\\5= Eliot (J.) — Continued. as a fifth variety. The leaf, however, was afterwards inserted from another copy, so that it conforms now with the description of the third variety. On the verso of the title is the stamp of the Bodleian Library of Oxford, by which institution it was sold as a duplicate. It came to the United States about the year 1863, and was offered for sale at 1007. Mr. James T. Bruce, of New York, purchasedit, and at the sale of his library in New York, April, 1868 (no. 267), it brought $1130—against Mr. George Brinley’s bid of $1127.50—passing into the collection of Mr. John A. Rice, of Chicago, who supplied the leaf of contents from an im- perfect copy of the bible in his possession. At the sale of his books in New York, March, 1870 (no. 662), it was bought for $1050 by Mr. J. W. Bouton, the bookseller, who sold it to Mr. William Menzies, of New York. It was then learned that the leaf of contents which had been inserted by Mr. Rice, was from the edition of 1685. See no. 23 of the list of bibles of that edition. This mistake Mr. Menzies rectified by inserting a genuine leaf from an imperfect copy of the first edition in his possession. He also had the book rebound, preserving its orig- inal size. At the sale of his library in New York, November, 1876 (no. 665), it was bought by Mr.Joseph J. Cooke, of Providence, R. I.,for. $900. When the third portion cf Mr. Cooke’s library was sold in New York, December, 1883 (Americana, no. 789), the present owner secured the bible for $1. 250. (13) Lenox Library, New York. In the orig- inadi binding of dark blue morocco, gilt edges, containing all of the original blank leaves. Size of the leaf, 774 by 514 inches. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian new tes- tamenttitle. The number 18 is writtenin large figures over the gilt on the bottom edges. On the first blank leaf is the name in manuscript of an early owner, ‘‘Ashurst Allin, Rector of Somerleton near Yarmouth in Suffolk.” On the inside of the front cover is the book-plate of the Scottish antiquary and historian George Chalmers (born 1742, died 1825). While in the possession of Mr. Chalmers it was seen and ex- amined by James Grahame, who refers to it in his History of the United States (London, 1836), vol. 1, p.280. In 1841 it was probably sold by auction in London, with the library of Mr. Chalmers. In 1861 it came into the possession of Mr. Bernard Quaritch, the bookseller, whose memorandum of collation, dated 21st March of that year, is on one of the blank leaves at the end. InJuly, 1862, he offered it for sale (185 Catalogue, no. 626), at 637, when it was pur- chased by Mr. Lenox. The page headings of Luke 21 and 24, on the recto of leaves L2 and L4, are correctly printed inthiscopy. Seealso nos. 16 and 30 of this list. . (14) Library of Trinity College, Dublin. See the Catalogus Librorum Impressorum qui in Bibliotheca Collegii Sacrosancte et Individ- ue Trinitatis...adservantur (Dublin, 1861), vol. ALG 10 of version Americana, as follows: ‘‘ The Holy Bible, translated into the Indian language (by John Eliot). Cambridge (New Engl.), 1663. 4°. (V.T.) a.f.13.” Below it is the additional en- try, ‘‘Cambridge, 1681 [sic]. 4°. (N.T.) a. k. 42 and 46.” This second press mark may refer perhaps to two copies of the new tes- tament of 1661, bound separately. The bible is probably of this variety, but in the ab- sence of a better description it can not be de- termined exactly what kind of a copy it is. See also no. 14 of the list of copies of the new testament of 1661. Copies of the fourth variety: Containing the English general title, the dedication of the whole bible, the leaf of contents, Genesis to Malachi, the Indian new testament title with- . out the diamond shaped figure, Matthew to Revelation, and the metrical psalms with the final leaf of rules. 596 printed leaves, and three blank leaves. The Indian general title, the English new testament title, and the dedication of the new testament are omitted in these cop- ies, which differ from those of the third variety only in the variation of the Indian new testa- ment titie. (15) Mr. Charles H. Kalbfleisch, New York. In the original binding of dark blue morocco, giltedges. Sizeoftheleaf,7% by 5Zinches. The Indian new testament title does not contain the diamond shaped figure. This copy is consid- ered to be one of the largest and finest known. Many of the leaves have not been touched by the binder’s knife on the front and bottom edges. It came from the library of Philip Yorke, first earl of Hardwicke and lord chancellor of Eng- land from 1737 to 1756. After the death of the Right Hon. Charles Philip Yorke, the fourth earl of Hardwicke, a portion of the library was removed from Wimpole House to London, and sold by auction June 29th, 1888, when the bible (no. 45) was purchased for the present owner by Mr. Quaritch for 5801. Information fur- nished by Mr. Kalbfleisch, in letters of July 22d, 1888, and April 15th, 1889. (16) Lenox Library, New York. In red morocco binding of the present century (about 1837), gilt edges, containing all of the original blank leaves. Size of the leaf, 74 by 5,8; inches. The Indian new testament title does not con- tain the diamond shaped figure. This copy of the bible was purchased by Mr. Lenox probably some time between 1840 and 1850. It cost him 21l. His description of it was printed in the Historical Magazine (October, 1858), vol. 2, p. 307. It has the page headings of Luke 21 and 24 on the recto of leaves L2 and L4, correctly printed. Sce also nos. 13 and 30 of this list. Copies of the fifth variety: Containing the En- -glish general title, the dedication of the whole bible, Genesis to Malachi, the Indian new tes- tament title with the diamond shaped figure, Matthew to Revelation, and the metrical psalms: with tbe final leafofrules. 595 printed leaves,, 146 Eliot (J.) — Continued. | and 3 blank leaves. The Indian general title the leaf of contents, the English new testament title, and the dedication of the new testament are omitted. (17) Library of Andover Theological Semi- nary, Andover, Mass. In the original leather binding (apparently ), paneled sides, gilt edges. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian new testament title. At the top of the English title is written the name of ‘‘Wm. Ashhurst 1663,” an elder brother of Henry Ashurst, Esq., the treasurer to the Corporation for propagating the gospel among the Indians in New England. He was a member of parliamentin 1641, again in 1654, and the author of several political tracts printed at London. Another copy of tbe bible containing the signature of ‘‘Wm. Ashhurst,”’ perhaps a nephew of the above, is described under no. 10 of this list. On the blank leaf at the beginning of the volume is inscribed the following: ‘‘A present to the Society of Inquiry on the Subject of Missions from Jas. Chater, Baptist Missionary, Colombo, Ceylon, April 1818.”" The Rev. Mr. Chater was the first mis- sionary sent to Ceylon from England by the English Baptist Missionary Society in 1812. He was one of the translators of the bible into Sing- halese, and the author of several grammatical works on that language. He diedin 1829. The books belonging to the ‘‘Society of Inquiry ”’ were deposited in the library of Andover Theo- logical Seminary about the year 1860. Informa- tion furnished by the librarian, William L. - Ropes, in letters of December 20th, 1889, and January 23d, 1890. Another copy, which was originally of this variety, was made to conform with the descrip- tion of the third variety by the insertion of the leaf of contents from another copy, and is de- scribed under no, 12 of this list. Copies of the sixth variety: Containing the English general title, the leaf of contents, Genesis to Malachi, the English new testament title, the Indian new testament title with the diamond shaped figure, Matthew to Revelation, and the metrical psalms with the final leaf of rules. 595 printed leaves, and 2 blank leaves. The dedication of the whole bible, the Indian general title, and the dedication of the new tes- tament are omitted. (18) Library of the American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass. In the original calf binding. With the diamond shaped figure on the Indian new testament title. It contains the inscription ‘‘ The property of Isaiah Thomas, of Boston and Worcester, Printer, 1791,” and is without doubt the copy referred to by Mr. Thomas in his History of Printing in America (Worcester, 1810), vol. 1, pp. 255, 475. The bible was probably given by bim to the Society at the time of its foundation in 1812, or some time be- fore his death in 1831. See the Catalogue of Books in the Library of the American Antiquar- zan Society (Worcester, 1837), where itis entered in two places, with the English title under Bible, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Eliot (J.) — Continued. and with the Indian title under Eliot. A fac- _ simile of the Indian general title is inserted at the front. Information furnished by the libra- rian, Mr. Edmund M. Barton. Copies of the seventh variety: Containing the English general title, the Inaian general title, the leaf of contents, Genesis to Malachi, and the metrical psalms with the final leaf ofrules. 468 printed leaves. The dedication of the whole bible and the whole of the new testament are — omitted. For other copies of the old testament and metrical psalms, without the English title, see nos. 37-39 of this list. (19) Mr. Frederick F. Thompson, New York. The old testament and metrical psalms only, bound together in one volume, in red morocco, gilt edges, by Bradstreet (about 1870). It is * accompanied by a copy of the new testament in a separate volume, uniformly bound, for a de- scription of which see no. 16 of the list of testa- ments of 1661. The English and Indian general titles face each other, and are followed by the leaf of contents, with the text on the recto, verso blank. This is probably the copy of ‘‘Eliot’s translation of the Old Testament and Psalm Book into the Indian tongue,” briefly described with the Indian general title, in Mr. Henry C. Murphy’sUVatalogue ofan American Library (no. 130), printed at Brookly. about the year 1851. It is said that he bought it in London from Mr. Obadiah Rich, the bookseller, for about 21. A copy of the old testament and metrical psalms, but perhaps with the Indian title only, was ad- vertised for sale in Rivington and Cochran’s Catalogue (London, 1824), no. 2219, at 18 shill- ings; and also in Rich’s chronological Cata- logue (London, 1832), no. 331, at 21. 2s. Thelatter may be the copy which Mr. Murphy bought. At the sale of his library in New York, March, 1884, this copy of the old testament and metrical psalms (no. 886), and the new testament (no. 887), were purchased for the present owner for $680, or $340 for each volume. Information fur- nished by Mr. Thompson, in lettersof November 18th and 23d, 1889. A copy of the Indian bible with the English title and dedication, probably one of the pre- sentation copies, brought 19 shillings at the sale of the library of the Rev. Lazarus Seaman in- London in 1676. Dr. Seaman was rector of All- hallows Church in London, one of the members of the Westminster Assembly of Divines in 1643-47, and also a prominent member of the Corporation for propagating the gospel among the Indiansin New England. Hisname is sub- scribed with others to one of the addresses pre- fixed to Strength out of Weaknesse, London, 1652. The library belonging to him was one of the earliest, if not the first, that was sold by auction in Kngland. The sale catalogue of the library of G. and J. Meerman (Catalogus Librorum Impressorum, vol. 1, p. 20), sold atthe Hague in June, 1824, contains the title (no. 17): ‘‘The holy Bible, translated into the Indian Language, Cambridge, 1663, mar. verte doré,” = ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES, | 147 Bliot (J.) — Continued. which brought 16 florins. This collection of books was formed by Geraart Meerman, the learned typographical antiquary (born 1722, died 1771), and by his son Jan Meerman, the historian and political writer (born 1753, died 1815). The description given in Field’s Essay towards an Indian Bibliography (no. 495), with the English title, was probably not of a copy in his possession, but merely one of the titles of ‘‘ books not actually in the author’s collection,” which were included for the pur- pose of making the list more complete. The copy which Mr. Field owned, notwithstanding his own statement and Mr. Paine’s that it was of the first edition, was really of the second, and lacked both beginning and end. Mamusse | wunneetupanatamwe | up-biblum God | naneeswe | nukkone testament | kah wonk | wusku testa- ment. | Ne quoshkinnumuk nashpe Wuttinneumoh Christ | noh asoowesit | John Eliot. | Cambridge: | Printeuoop nashpe Samuel Green kah Marmaduke John- son. | 1663. Second title: Wusku | wuttestamentum | nul-lordumun | Jesus Christ | Nuppoquohwus- suaeneumun. | [Diamond shaped figure of 32 pieces between two lines.] | Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke Johnson. | MDCLXI [1661]. Caption of metrical psalms: VVame | Ket- oohomae uketoohomaongash | David. Caption of leaf of rules: Noowomoo Whttin- noowaonk [sic] God, Gen. 5. 22. Enoch weeche | pomushau God nishwudt pasukooe kodtum- waeu. Wonk| noowomoo, Prov. 23. 17. qush Jehovah neteagu: newaj | kenatootomoush. 594 printed leaves without page numbers, and 2 blank leaves, in the following order: the title of the whole bible in Indian on 1 leaf verso blank, the list of the booksin both testaments on 1 leaf recto blank, Genesis to Malachi in 414 _ leaves, the title of the new testament in Indian on 1 leaf verso blank, Matthew to Revelation in 126 leaves, 1 blank leaf, the metrical version of the psalms in 50 leaves, rules for Christian living on 1 leaf, and 1 blank leaf at the end, 4°. Signatures, besides the two preliminary leaves, abe, &, GH, 1K, L, M,N, 0; P, Q, 8, S, T,U,X,Y,Z,Aato Zz, Aaa to Zzz, Aaaa to Zzzz, Aaaaa to Lilll, all in fours, and Mmmmm in two, for the old testament; A, B,C, D, E, F,G, H, I, K, L, Aa, Bb, Ce, Dd, Ee, Ff, Gg, Hh, Ii, Kk, Ll, Mm, Nn, Oo, Pp, Qq, Rr, Ss, Tt, Uu, and Xx, all in fours, for the new testament; < pa Ue 7m = ee ) cha Q ka — nA ~] ma _ sa a” t, 8, ch, w, when placed immediately np p Oo sh raf > té _) 6 C ti ché J cho L chi ke gi ko & ka né O nd QO na eae 0). ma sé 86 lL. Ba ye yd Lb yi a, as in far. (6) APPENDAGES. Nn, as in (7?, it is cold. AS, sun. evr”. boy. Pf‘, duck. oab*, he leaves me. A‘, tooth. oA, very. to the right of a syllable, as in.¢<]-, my wife. i, when placed higher to the right, as in ¢ l(b’, my coat. wi, combining the value of each point as given above, as in 4b:, ka-kwi. 187 Evans (J.) — Continued. « = the rough breathing, or aspi- rate, as in Ag, ashes. * = a combination of ''and ‘| that. is, of the aspirate and k, as in //*, at the river, 3 = r, asin 63°, Christ. s=1, « Vd, angel. eo = 00, " @V®, man, When “:” and ‘‘o” are placed. to the right of a syllable, as in APQ:0, the value of ‘*” is ab- sorbed by the syllable, while that of “o” is afixed. Written in Ro man characters the word A(%Q-o: will illustrate: —pe-kis-kwaoo; ‘‘w” 1s within the syllable, and ‘‘oo” is affixed to it. The value of “:,” which appendage must be placed after the syllable it affects, is al- ways absorbed except in the case of V:, A:; b+, <:, in which, though “>” is affixed in position, its value is prefixed. The above combina- tions are pronounced, wa, wé, wo, wa. The absorbed and the pre- fixed values of “+” are met with in the word A-A (9:0 = wé-pé-kis- kwdoo, he wishes to speak, [It will be noticed that there are: quantities between Y and ris 1695, finita 20 Martii 1696, ad Stz Crucis Tadus- saci [sic].”. Between brackets, but in another handwriting, immediately above the preceding, we read: ‘‘P. Bonaventura Favre seu Faber collegit.” Below to the right: ‘‘Seq™ app*.” Finally on the first unnumbered leaf, attached to the boarding after the words ‘‘Seminaire de Québec,” is found the following note: ‘‘ Le P. Bonaventure Favre ou Faber, anteur de ce dic- tionnaire, était un Jésuite arrivé [in Canada] en 1679 et mort en 1693. Ceci est une copie faite a Tadoussac, commencée le 20 novembre, 1695, et finie le 20 mars 1696.” The Montagnais words in this dictionary are arranged in alphabetic order and occupy, with the French translation, each aline. The first word is ‘‘Abatchitégan, —besoing, necessité ;”’ the last is ‘‘7'8t8chimiktet (?),—mamillarum tenus.”’ Featherman(A.) Social history | of the | races of mankind. | First division: | Nigritians [-Third division: | Aoneo- Maranonians]. | By | A. Featherman. | [Two lines quotation. | | London: | Triibner & co., Ludgate Hill. | 1885[-89]. | (All rights reserved. ) 3 vols. 8°. A general discussion of a number of North America families occurs in vol. 3, among them the Algonquians, pp. 66-118, 180-183, 241-264, as follows: The Algonquins, pp. 66-82, contains a general sketch of the language, nouns, numerals, pronouns, with examples, p. 72; conjugation of the verb to love with deterioatives, p. 73.—Nar- rag insett, including a few words passim, pp. 82- 89.—Lenape, with a few sentences (from Holm) and words passim, pp. 102-110.—Powhattan, with a few words passim, pp. 111-118.—Shaw- nees, pp. 180-183.— Chippeways, including a short discussion of the language and a few words illustrating the grammar, pp. 241-264. Oopies seen: Congress. Felt (Joseph Barlow). Statistics of towns in Massachusetts, prepared by Joseph B. Felt. Férard (Abbé Martin). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Felt (J. B.) — Continued. In American Statistical Ass. Coll. vol. 1, pp. 7-99, Boston, 1847, 8°. (Astor, Boston Athe- neum, British Museum, Congress.) ° Indian names of many towns in Massachu- setts. ; Férard. This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of the Abbé Martin Fé- rard, Sault au Récollet, Montreal Island, Can- ada. [Dictionary of the Odjibue language: Odjibue-En- glish and English-Odjibue. ] © Manuscript, sm. 4°, in possession of its author, who was for many years a missionary among the Ojibwas around Lake Superior. IL first saw this manuscript when the Abbé Fé- rard was stationed at the Sault au Récollet, Island of Montreal, in 1882. Later, in the sum- mer of 1889, I again visited him, when he was. in the House of the Immaculate Conception, a retreat near Montreal belonging to St. Mary’s College. At my request the abbé has described the manuscript for me as follows: The intended Dictionary will be in Odjibue- English and English Odjibue—not French. I shall follow the same order as that adopted in Hebrew and Samnscrit dictionaries; that is, the alphabetic order of the roots. The radical meaning of each root will be given at the head of each one; hence its deri- vated meanings will appear more clearly, just. _ like the rays emanating from one center. The. number of the roots amounts to about 1,300; and please remember that in Odjibue a root is properly the qualificative applied to natural objects to specify them. In the beginning of the dictionary I shall give an alphabetic list of all the natural ob- jects (entering or used only, nearly all, in com- position), with their meanings. The number of natural objects known to the Indians and employed in composition, that is, specified by a qualificative, amo unts to about 445. I have so far written about 1,600 pages, which is the third part, about, of the whole letter A. But I have developed fully the beginning of this letter, to accustom the philologist to the various terminations of the words; henceforth I shall abridge considerably, contenting myself with indicating the formation, otherwise there. would be no end to the work. The whole dic- tionary Odjibue-English may amount perhaps. to about 1,200 pages in print, one of which will contain easily six or eight pages of the manu- script. : The English-Odjibue is intended to be con: cise; an English word will be referred to the proper Indian root, and then, as the deriva- tives are laid down in alphabetical order, it will be easy to arrive at the required meaning of the word looked for. I intend to give anew edition of the Grammar rg a > ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Férard (M.) — Continued. of Bishop Baraga, with notes and corrections. if I find the time Lintend to publish also a small glossary comparing the Odjibue roots with those of Hebrew, Sanscrit, Latin, Greek, Gothic, etc. That work might perhaps please the phi- lologist, and show to him that after all at least the Odjibue language is not so barbarous as many have fancied, and might, perhaps, ap- pear to him superior to our modern and hybrid languages. In a later communication (Feb. 9, 1890) the ~ author states: “ My work goes on steadily. I have almost finished the letter A, which con- tains nearly 200 roots, and is by far the longest of all. I thought proper to develop those roots in full, in order to afford philologists an un- derstanding of the genius of the Odjibue language. The other roots will be shortened in their development; otherwise it would take too much time to finish the work. But the let- ter A will be a pattern for the others, to which philologists shall be referred. ”’ —— [Grammatical sketch of the Odjibue language. | Manuscript, occupying the last three pages cf a sheet of note paper, and comprising the greater portion of a communication to the com- piler of this bibliography dated ‘‘Collége Ste. Marie, Rue Bleury, Montréal, Quebec, 27th January, 1889;’’ now in the library of the Bu- reau of Ethnology. See Mahan (I. L.) Field (Thomas Warren). Indian, Dutch, and English names of localities in _ Brooklyn. In Manual of the Common Council of the City of Brooklyn for 1868, pp. 459-470, Brook- lyn, 1868, 8°. Reprinted in the following: —— Historic and Antiquarian Scenes| in | Brooklyn and its Vicinity, | with | illus- trations of some of its antiquities | by | T. W. Field | Brooklyn. | 1868. Title verso note ‘‘edition limited to 110 copies” 1 1. apologia pp. iii-iv, contents verso blank 1 1. illustrations verso blank L 1. text pp. 1-96, map and plates, sm. folio. Oopies seen: Boston Athenzum, British Museum, Eames. - At the Field sale, no. 948, an uncut copy » brought $5.50. An essay | towards an | Indian bib- liography. | Being a | catalogue of books, | relating tothe | history, antiq- uities, languages, customs, religion, | wars, literature, and origin of the | American Indians, | in the library of | Thomas W. Field. | With bibliograph- ical and historical notes, and | synopses ALG 13 193 Field (T. W.) — Continued. of the contents of some of | the works least known. | New York: co. | 1873. Title verso printers 11. preface pp. iii-iv, text pp. 1-430, 8°. Titles and descriptions of works in or relating to Algonquian languages passim. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. At the Field sale, no. 688,a copy brought $4.25; at the Menzies sale, no. 718, a ‘‘half- crushed, red levant morocco, gilt top, uncut copy,” brought $5.50. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, 18 fr.; by Quaritch, no. 11996, 15s.; at the Pinart sale, no. 368, it brought 17 fr.; at the Murphy sale, no. 949, $4.50. Priced by Quaritch, no. 30224, 10. Scribner, Armstrong, and Catalogue | of the | library | belong- ing to | Mr. Thomas W. Field. | To be sold at auction, | by | Bangs, Merwin & co., | May 24th, 1875, | and following days. | New York. | 1875. Printed cover, title verso blank 1 1. notice, etc. pp. iii-viii, text pp. 1-376, list of prices pp. 377-393, supplement pp. 1-59, 8°. Compiled by Joseph Sabin, mainly from Mr. Field’s Essay, title of which is given above. Contains titles of a number of works in various Algonquian languages. Copies seen: Bureauof Ethnology, Congress, Eames. At the Squier sale, no. 1178,an uncut copy brought $1.25. Finotti (Rev. Joseph Maria) Catalogue | of the | Library | of thelate| Rev. Joseph M. Finotti, | Member of the New Eng- land Historic-Genealogical | Society, American Numismatic Society, &c. | To be sold at auction | On Thursday, Octo- ber 16th, 1879, | and following days, | by | Bangs & co., | 739 & 741 Broadway, New York. | New York: | 1879 Printed cover ‘‘Executor’s Sale” &c. title as above verso blank 11. sketch of Mr. Finotti by Dr. Shea pp. iii-iv, text pp. 5-114, addenda TeSe: A list of books in Indian languages (most of them Algonquian), pp. 52-53. — Scattered through the catalogue are titles of a number of other works pertaining to American linguistics. Copies seen: Eames, Geological Survey. First reading book in the Micmac lan- guage. See Rand (S. T.) First | reading book. | Nistum | ayumé-. chekawe mussinahikun. No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-16, 16°.. 194 First — Continued. A primer entirely in the Cree language (Roman characters) except the English heading above.. The first page contains the alphabet.— Words of one and two syllables, p. 2.—Words of two and three syllables, p.3. — Three syllables, p. 4. — Three and four syllables, p. 5.—Phrases, p. 6.—Sentences, pp. 7-11.—Scriptural names, pp. 14-15.—Roman and Arabic numerals, pp. 15-16. Copies seen: Church Missionary Society, Pilling. Fish (Lucy E.) Words, phrases, and sentences in the language of the Gros Ventres of the Prairies. Manuscript, 4°, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in 1881 at Fort Belknap, Montana, at the request of the Bureau and written on one of its forms, Powell’s Introduc- tion to the Study of Indian languages, 2d edi- tion, though the alphabet there recommended is not used. It has evidently been prepared with care, and the schedules of relationship have been completely filled. The other sched- ules are well filled also, except 9,11, and 15, which contain no entries. Fish (Paschal) and Harvey (S.D.) Terms of relationship of the Kickapoo, col- lected by Paschal Fish and Friend Simon D. Harvey. In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguin- ity and affinity of the human family, pp. 293-382, lines 54, Washington, 1871, 4°. : Fisher (William). New travels | among the | Indians of North America; | being | a compilation, taken partly from the communications already | published, of | captains Lewis and Clark, | to the | President of the United States ; | and | partly from other authors who travelled among | the various tribes of Indians. ‘| Containing | a variety of very pleasant anecdotes, remarkably calculated { to amuse and inform the mind of every curious reader ; | with | a dictionary of the Indian tongue. | Compiled | by Will- iam Fisher, esqr. | Philadelphia: | published by James Sharan. | J. Maxwell, printer. | 1812. Second title: The | voyages and travels] of | captains Lewis and Clarke, | in the years 1804, 1805, and 1306. | Containing | an accurate ac- count of their adventures, du- | ring three years and four months.—Which | were chiefly con- fined to the river Missouri.— | Then descended the Columbia to the Pacific | Ocean.—Ascer- tained with accuracy the geogra-| phy of that interesting communication across| the conti- nent.—Learned the character of the | country, itscommerce, soil, climate, animal, and | vegeta- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Fisher (W.) — Continued. ble productions.—Also, the manners, and | cus- toms of the different tribes of Indians | through which they passed. | Compiled by William Fisher, esq. | Price one hundred and twenty- five cents. ‘i Title verso ‘‘copyright secured” 11. second title verso blank 11. recommendation and mes- sage of Thos. Jefferson 3 pp. introduction pp. vii-xii, text pp. 13-300, 12°. List of moons in the Knisteneaux language, p. 132.— Vocabulary of the Knisteneaux, 350 words, from Mackenzie, pp. 133-141. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Geological Sur- vey. — An| interesting account | of the | voyages and travels | of | captains Lewis and Clark, | in the years 1804, 1805, 1806. | Giving a taithful descrip- tion of the river Missouri and j{ its source—of the various tribes of Indians through | which they passed—manners and customs—soil—climate | — com- merce—gold and silver mines—animal and vege- | table productions inter- spersed with very enter- | taining anec- dotes, and a variety of other useful and | pleasing information remarkably cal- culated to de- | ight and instruct the readers.—To which is added a | com- plete dictionary of the Indian tongue. | By William Fisher, esq. | Baltimore. | Printed by Anthony Mil- tenberger, | For the Purchasers. | 1812. Portraits 2 1l. title verso blank 11. message &c. of Thos. Jefferson 3 pp. introduction pp.: x-xiv, estimate of produce of mines p. xv, text pp. 16-326, 12°. List of moons ‘‘descriptive of the several seasons,” in Knisteneaux, p. 146.—Vocabulary of the Knisteneaux (350 words), pp. 148-155. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Geo- logical Survey. —— An | interesting account | of the | voyages and travels | of | captains — Lewis and Clark, | in the years 1804-5, & 6. | Giving a faithful description of the river Missouri and | its souree—of the various tribes of Indians through | which they passed—-manners and cus- toms—soil—| climate—commerce—gold and silver | mines animal and vegetable | productions. | Interspersed | With very entertaining anecdotes, and a va- riety of | other useful and pleasing in- formation re- | markably calculated to delight and | instruct the readers. | To which is added | A complete Diction- Plachenecker (Rev. George). ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Fisher (W.) — Continued. ary of the Indian Tongue. | By William Fisher, Esq. | Baltimore: | printed and published by P. Mauro, | No. 10, North Howard St. | 1813. Title verso blank 1 1. recommendation p. v. message of Jefferson pp. vi-vii, introduction pp. Viii-xii, text pp. 13-262, 16°. Linguistics as under titles above, pp. 113-114, 116-124, Copies seen: Congress. See Lewis (M.) Fitch (Asa). Words in the St. Francis [Abnaki] Indian dialect. _ G*) Manuscript, 8 pp. 16°, in English aod Indian. — Names of insects in the language of several tribes of American Indians (*) Manuscript, 4 pp. 8°. Includes a number of insect names in the Le- nape and St. Francis languages. Titles and notes from Mr. J. B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, New Jersey, who owns both these manuscripts. Notes on the Shyenne language, by Rev. George Flachenecker, Lutheran missionary, Deer Creek, Nebraska, September, 1862. Manuscript, 7 pp. folio, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.’ - Includes a list of nouns, verbs, adverbs, ques- tions and sentences, numerals, pronouns, adjec- tives, ete. ; Fleming (A. B.) & co. [Polyglot adver- tisement.] Souvenir of the Opening of the Philadelphia Centenary Exhibition. | [One line quotation.] | A. B. Fleming and co. | Chief offices: | [&c.] Broadside, 30x 22 inches. A short advertise- ment in about seventy of the languages of the world, including Cree (syllabic), Choctaw, and Dakota. The English version is as follows: “A. B. Fleming & co., Printing Ink Manu- factures, Leith & Granton, Scotland. Thisfirm have given special attention tothe adaptation of their Inks for Foreign Countries, and having the largest Printing-Ink Manufactory in the world, are prepared to execute orders proutly.”’ A note at the bottom of the sheet gives us the following information: “‘As asouvenir of the international character of the Philadeiphia exhibition Messrs. Fleming & Co. have, with the assistance of Messrs. Gilbert & Rivington (the eminent Oriental printers), of 52 St. John's Square and 28 White- friars Street, London, produced the above poly- glot advertisement.” Copies seen: Pilling. Fletcher (Jonathan C.) Magic song in oe awe y a= oe the Chippewa language. Four gospels in the Cree language. Fox Indians. Francis (Convers). . Franklin (Capt. John). 195 Fietcher (J. C.) — Continued. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2, p. 223, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. Fortescue (J.) Les Indiens cris de V Amérique du Nord Traduit de Anglais par A. Lesouéf. In Société Am. de France, Archives, new series, vol. 3, pp. 31-66. Cris vocabulary, pp. 55-64. Foster (John Wells) and Whitney (J. D). Report | on the | geology and topography | of a portion of the | Lake Superior land district, | in | the state of Michigan: | by | J. W. Fuster and J. D. Whitney, | United States geologists. |In two parts. | Part I. | Copper lands. [-Part II. The Iron Region. ] | Washington: | printed for the House of Reps. | 1850 [-1851). 2 vols.: letters of transmittal pp. 1-2, title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-224, maps, plates; title verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. iii—v, contents pp. vii-xii, list of illustrations pp. xiii-xvi, text pp. 1-400, index pp. 401-406, maps, plates, 8°. Origin and orthography of some of the proper names in the Lake Superior district (in which are a few Chippewa terms with English signification), pp. 396-400. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Geological Survey, National Museum. See Horden (J.) See Sac and Fox. Life | of | John Eliot, | the | apostle to the Indians. | By Con- vers Francis. | Boston: | Hilliard, Gray, and Co. | London: | Richard James Kennet. | 1836. 2 p. ll. title verso copyright 11. preface pp. v- vii, contents pp. ix-xi, fac simile of Eliot’s handwriting recto blank 1 1, half title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-343, appendix pp. 345-357, 16°. Forms vol.5 of Sparks’ library of Amer- ican biography. Remarks on the Massachusetts Indian lan- guage (from Eliot and Duponceau), note 3, pp. 352-354. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Trumbull. Reissued with new titles bearing the imprint New York: | Harper and brothers, publishers. | 1856. (Lenox.) Narrative of a journey | to the shores of | the Polar sea, | in the years | 1819, 20, 21, and 22. | By | John Franklin, Captain R. N., F. R.S., | and commander of the expedition. | With an appendix on various subjects relating 196 Franklin (J.) — Continued. to | science and natural history. | Ilus- trated by numerous plates and maps. | Published by authority of the right honourable the earl Bathurst. | London: | John Murray, Albemarle- street. | MDCCCXXIII [1823]. Title verso printer 11. dedication verso blank 11. slip of errata verso blank, contents, etc. pp. vii-x, introduction pp. xi-xvi, text pp. 1-494, ap- pendix pp. 495-768, maps and plates, 4°. Blackfoot vocabulary (18 words), p. 109. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames. A copy at the Field sale,no. 740, brought $9.25. Priced by Quaritch, no. 11658, 17. 10s. ' According to Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 25625: Second edition, London, John Murray, 1824, 2 vols. 8°, which is priced by Quaritch, no. 11659, 10s., and under no. 28980, 5s. Narrative of a journey | to the shores of the | Polar Sea, | in | the years 1819-20-21-22. | By | John Frank- lin, Capt. R. N., F. RB. S., M. W.S., | and commander of the expedition. | Published by anthority of the Right | Honourable | the Earl Bathurst. | Third edition. | Two vols.—Vol. I[-IT]. | London: | John Murray, Albemarle- street. | MDCCCXXIV [1824]. 2 vols.: pp. i-xix, 1-370; 1 p. 1. pp. i-iv, 11. pp. 1-399, maps, 8°. In some copies the date reads M DCCCC XXIV. Eighteen words of the Blackfoot language, vol. 1, p. 170. Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Atheneum, Congress. A copy at the Field sale, no. 741, half-morocco, uncut, brought $2.50. Clarke & co. 1886, no. 4172, prices it $3.50. — Narrative of a journey | to the shores of | the Polar Sea, | in the years | 1819, 20, 21, & 22. | By | John Franklin, Captain R. N., F. R. S., | and com- mander of the expedition. | With an appendix containing geognostical ob- serva- | tions, and remarks on the au- rora borealis. | Illustrated by a frontis- piece and map. | Published by authori- ty of the Rt. Hon. the Earl Bathurst. | Philadelphia: | H. C. Carey & I. Lea, | A. Small, Edward Parker, M’Carty & | ‘Davis, B. & T. Kite, Thomas Desilver, and E. Littell. | 1824. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 11. dedica- tion verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v—vi, intro- duction pp. vii-xi, text pp. 1-482, plate and map, 8°. Blackfoot vocabulary (18 words), pp. 97-98. Copies seen: Bancroft, Congress. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Franklin (J.) — Continued. —— Journey | to the | shores of the Po- lar Sea, | In 1819-20-21-22: | with | a _brief account of the second journey | In 1825-26-27. | By | John’ Franklin, Capt. R.N. F. R.S. | and commander of the expedition. | Four vols.—With plates. | Vol. I[-IV]. | London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | MDCCCXXIX [1829]. 4 vols. 249. Blackfoot vocabulary (18 words), vol.1, p. 214. Copies seen: Gen. A.W. Greely, Washington, D.C. There is acopy also in the library of Cornell University. Fraser (Simon). See Tyrrell (J. B.) Frémiot (Pere N. M.) Lettre du R. P. Frémiot, Missionnaire de la Compagnie de Jésus, dans Amérique du Nord, @ M. Micard, Supérieur du Séminaire de Saint-Dié. In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 26, pp. 241-269, Lyon., 1854, 8°. (Congress.) Contains remarks on the language and a few words and definitions in Chippewa. [Fritz (Johann Friedrich) and Schultze (B.), editors.] Orientalisch- und Oc- cidentalischer | Sprachmeister, | wei- cher | nicht allein hundert Alphabete | nebst ihrer Aussprache, | so bey denen meisten | Europiisch- Asiatisch- Afri- canisch- und | Americanischen Vélekern und Nationen | gebrauchlich sind, } auch einigen Tabulis Polyglottis ver- schiedener | Sprachen und Zalen vor Augen leget, | Sondern auch | das Gebet des Herrn, | in 200 Sprachen und Mund- Arten | mit derselben Characteren und Lesung, nach einer | geographischen Ordnung mittheilet. | Aus glaubwiirdi- gen Auctoribus zusammen getragen, und mit | darzu néthigen Kupfern versehen. | Leipzig, | zu finden bey Christian Friedrich Gessnern. | 1748. 10 p. ll. pp. 1-224, 1-128, appendix 7 ll. 8°.. The preface is subscribed by Fritz, Leipzig, 1748, but a dedication, which precedes it, is by Schultze, Halle, 1748, who had been a Danish. missionary at Tranquebar and whose good offices Fritz acknowledges. It is probable he- was the real editor of the work. Numerals, Algonkinische (from Lahontan) and Pampticough (from Lawson), pt. 1, p. 208.— Oration Dominica, Savanhica (from Chamber- layne), and Virginiana (from Eliot), pt. 2, pp. 124-127.—Short vocabulary (4 words) of a num- ow, “Indian Tongue into eee Tranflatec _ “ence to othe ue eel _ Oks alfo fome helps dire@ting the Indians | smpioyss Hasuraleeson unto the know ot the t true God. LO ND 0 N, Prin fa fee M. i ene the Co | “ration Of New-England, 16599. TCTT PUPTERTTT »TaT pens eee seg a FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF A FURTHER ACCOMPT, ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Fritz (J. F.) and Schultze (B.) — Con’d. ber of American languages, among them the Savanhica and Virginiana, appendix, p. 6 (un- numbered). Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Trum- bull. The first clause of the Lord's prayer, accord- ing to Auer’s Sprachenhalle, was reprinted in the various languages in Geographisch-philo- logische Karten, von Homann’s Erben in Nirn- berg, 4 sheets, small folio. (*) Frost (John). The book | of the | In- dians | of | North America: | illustrat- ing | their manners, customs, and pres- ent state. | [Picture.] | Edited by John Frost, L. L. D. | author of the ‘ Book of the Navy,” ‘‘ Book of the Army,” &c., &e. | New York: | D. Appleton & Co., 200 Broadway. | Philadelphia: | George S. Appleton, 148 Chestnut St. | MDCCC XLV [1845]. Engraved title 1 |. title as above 1 1. pp. i-x, 13-283, 12°. A few proper names in the Sac language, pp. 44-45._A few Blackfoot and Riccaree terms, pp. 60-61. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Har- vard. At the Field sale a copy, no. 754, brought 63 cents. é Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 26026, mentions an edition New York, Appleton, 1848. Fry (Edmund). Pantographia; | con- taining | accurate copies of all the known | alphabets in the world; | to- gether with | an English explanation of the peculiar | force or power of each letter: | to which are added, | speci- mens of all well-authenticated | oral languages; | forming | a comprehensive digest of | phonology. | By Edmund Fry. | Letter-Founder, Type-Street. | London. | Printed by Cooper and Wilson, | For John and Arthur Arch, Gracechurch-Street; | John White, Fleet-Street ; John Edwards, Pall-Mall, and | John Debrett, Piccadilly. | MDCC XCIX [1799]. 2 p. ll. pp. i-xxxvi, 1-320, 8°. Lord’s prayer in the language of New Eng- land (from Wilkins’ Essay), p. 58; in the Savan- na language (from Orat. Dom.), p. 258; in the 131 Fry (E.) — Continued. Virginian (Massachusetts, from Eliot as re- printed in Orat. Dom.), p. 300. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress. At the Squier sale a copy, no. 385, brought $2.13. Furman (Gabriel). See Denton (D.) Further. A further Accompt | of the Pro- gresse of the | gospel | amongst the In- dians|in | New-England, | and | Of the means used effectually to advance the same. | Set forth | In certaine Letters sent from thence declaring a | purpose of Printing the Scriptures in the | Indian Tongue into which they are already | Translated. | With which Letters are likewise sent an Epi- | tome of some Ex- hortations delivered by the In- | dians at a fast, as Testimonies of their obedi- | ence to the Gospell. | As also some helps directing to the Indians how to | im- prove naturall reason unto the knowl- edge | of the true God. | London, Printed by M. Simmons for the Corpo- | ration of New-England, 1659. 2411. (signatures A to f in fours), 4°. The five preliminary leaves comprising the title (verso blank) and the epistle ‘‘Tothe Christian Reader” are not paged. The text begins on the recto of the sixth leaf, the verso of which is paged 1. The pagination is continued in this order, the even numbers on the recto, to p. 35, which is on the verso of the 23d leaf. The text of the “farther Accompt’”’ ends on the verso of the 15th leaf (p. 19), and is followed on the 16th leaf by a ‘‘Postscript,’”’ verso blank. The 17th leaf bears the title of Pierson’s ‘‘Some helps” (q. v.) verso blank. The recto of the 18th leaf (p. 24), contains the prefatory notice ‘‘'To the Reader” sigred A.P. The Indian title with an inter- linear English translation is on the verso (p. 25). The reprint of the catechism, in Indian and -English interlinear, begins on the recto of the next leaf (p. 26), and ends in the middle of a sentence with the catch-word wnk on the verso of the 23d leaf (p.35). The 24th leaf contains a ‘‘Postcirpt” [sic] and certificate dated August 18, 1658, verso blank. See the fac-simile of the title-page. For a description of the partial reprint of the catechism, and a fac-simile of its title-page, see Pierson (A.) Copies seen: Congress, Lenox. —G. Gagnon: This word following a title or within pa- rentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to was seen by the compiler Gabriel (—). See Gordon (A. H.) Gabriel (—). See Pierronet (T.) [Gabriel (Peter John).] Amwes-winto- wagen. The song of the bees. Colophon: Campobello, N. B., Aug. 12th, 1883. No title-page, heading only; text 2 Ul. sq. 249. Verse of 18 short lines in the Milicite dia- lect, spoken by the Indians of St. John’s River, and translated into English by Charles God- frey Leland; Milicite version recto ]. 1, En- glish version verso 1. 2. The Indian is by a Micmac native of New Brunswick. Printed at Eastport, Me., in the summer of 1883, and sold at a church fair held for the pur- pose of collecting funds for erecting a parson- age. Copies seen: Powell, Trumbull. Gafron: This word following the title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been loaned to the compiler for inspection by the Rev. John ou ron, Bayfield, Wisconsin. [Gafron (Rev. John).] Jesus od ijitwa- win. | Ashort Catechism | of the | Chris- tian Doctrine | in the | Otchipwe lan- guage. | St. Louis, Mo. | B. Herder, | 1884. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-103, 18°. Catechism entirely in the Otchipwe language. Father Gafron writes me that he was pre- vented by circumstances from reading the proof of this work, and that it contains many typo- graphic errors. A manuscript list of these er- rors, furnished by the author, is inserted in my copy. See Baraga (F.), Katolik Anamie Masi- naigan. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell, Eames. — See Vogt (C.) and Gafron (J.) Rev. John Gafron was born in the village of Liebenau, in Prussian Silesia, November 6, 1850. After attending the common school, he studied for some time in the gymnasium in Glatz, joined the order of Franciscans September, 1869, came to this country in July, 1875; was ordained priest in St. Louis, Mo., June 4th, 1876, and, after having spent some time in Nebraska, as mis- sionary among the Chippewa Indians, was sent to Bayfield, Wis., October 13th, 1878, where he still resides. 198 Gailland (Rev. Maurice). Gallatin (Albert). in the library of Mr. P. Gagnon, Quebec, Can- ada. Potewatemii | neméwinin | ipi | neménigamowinin. | Rev’d. Maurice Gailland, S. J. | Wespa- nionag. | St. Louis, Mo. | Francis Saler, Oki- misinakisan. | 1866. Translation: Potewatemi prayers and sacred- hymns. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. text i in the Potewatemi language pp. 3-119, 32°. Prayers pp. 3-70.—Hymns pp. 71-119. Pp. 3-70 of this work are reprinted as pp. 37— 74 of the work next titled, and pp. 71-119 as pp. 371-409 of the same. Copies seen: British Museum, Dunbar, Eames, National Museum, Pilling, Powell. —— Potewatemi | nemémiseniiikin | ipi | neménigamowinin. | Rev. Maurice Gail- land, S. I. | - Cincinnatinag: | wewikaneitidjik Benziger, | okimisinakisanawa. | 1868. Translation : sacred-hymns. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso printers 11. calen- dar etc. 7 ll. preface pp. 17-18, text pp. 19-544, indexes pp. 545-550, 16°. Prayer-book and catechism pp. 19-370.— Hymns, pp. 371-510.—Vespers, etc., pp. 511-544. Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Pilling, Trumbull. Potewatemi prayer-book and —— Dictionary and grammar of the Pote- wattomie language. (2) Manuscript, sm. 4°. Iam informed by Mr. John B. Dunbar that the above manuscript is deposited in St. Mary’s College, St. Mary’s mis- sion, Kansas. Ihave written to the president of thé college for particulars, but without suc- cess. A synopsis of the In- dian tribes within the United States east of the Rocky Mountains, and in the British and Russian possessions in North America. By the Hon. Albert Gallatin. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Gallatin (A.) — Continued. In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Ar- cheologia America a), vol. 2, pp. 1-422, Cam- bridge, 1836, 8°. Subdivisions by geographic limits of the _ Algonkin-Lenape nations, pp. 23-69. -— Indian languages (with grammatical specimens of the Massachusetts, Delaware, and Chippeway), pp. 160-208.—Grammatical notices of the Massa- chusetts (from Eliot’s grammar), pp. 216-220; of the Delaware (from Zeisberger), pp. 220-224; of the Chippeway (from Schoolcraft’s lectures), pp. 224-228; of the Micmacs (from Maynard’s [| Maillard’s ?] mss. notes obtained in Canada by the late Enoch Lincoln), pp. 228-232.—Verbal forms: specimens of simple conjugations and transitions of the Delaware (from Zeisberger) pp. 267-268; of the Micmac (from Maynard { Maillard ?]) and Massachusetts (from Eliot), p. 268.— Comparative view of the formation of tenses, etc. (in Micmac, Massachusetts, Chip- peway, Delaware, etc.), pp. 270-271.—Massa- chusetts transitions, pp. 280-281; Delaware transitions, pp. 282-288. — Comparative view: Delaware, Massachusetts, and Chippeway transitions, p. 289.—Notes totablesof Delaware transitions, etc., pp. 294-300. Comparative vocabulary of 180 words in the Knistinaux (from Harmon and M’Kenzie), Chip- peway (from Schoolcraft, James, and Keating), Algonkin (from M’ Kenzie), Ottawa (from Hame- lin and James), Potowotamie (from the War Dept. andBarton), Old Algonkin (from La Hon- tan), Eastern Chippeway (from Long), Missis- ‘sage (from Barton), Sheshatapoosh (from Gabriel and Mass. Hist. Soc.), Scoffie (frem Gabriel), Micmac (from Maynard [Maillard ?], Bromley, and Gabriel), Souriquois, Etchemin or Passa- maquoddy (from Kellogg and Treat), Abenaki (from Rasle), Penobscot (from Mrs. Gardner and Treat), Massachusetts (from Eliot and Cotton), New England (from Wood), Narragan- set (from Roger Williams and Treat), Mohican (from Jefferson, Heckewelder, Edwards, and Jenks), Long Island (from Jefferson and Wood), Delaware (from Heckewelder and Zeisberger), Sankhican (from DeLaet), New Sweden (from Campanius Holm), Minsi (from Heckewelder), Nanticoke (from Vans Murray and Hecke- welder), Powhattan (from Smith and Beverly), Pampticoe (from Lawson, Heriot,and Lane), Miami(from Thornton and War Dept.), Illinois (from Duponceau), Shawnoe (from Jefferson, War Dept., Johnston, Barton, Gibson, Butler, and Parsons), Saukie (from Keating), Menom- enie (from Doty, War Dept.,and James), Shy- enne (from Indian Treaties), Fall Indians (from Unmfreville) and Blackfeet (from Umfreville), pp. 305-367. — Comparative vocabulary of 53 words in the Algonkin (from M’Kenzie), Chip- peway (from Long), Scoffie, Souriquois, Penob- scot, New England (from Wood), Minsi, Sank- hican, and New Sweden, pp. 368-371.—Umfre- ville’s vocabulary of the Rapid or Fall Indians and Black Feet, p. 373.—Miscellaneous vocabu- laries, Potowotamie, Missisage, Pampticoe, 199 Gallatin (A.) — Continued. Powhattan, Shyenne, pp. 375, 376, 379.—Select sentences in Ojibway or Chippeway, pp. 414- 416. j Reviewed by Schoolcraft (H. R.) in North American Review, vol. 45, pp. 34-59, Boston, 1837, 8°. — Hale’s Indians of north-west America, and vocabularies of North America; with an introduction. By Albert Gal- latin. In American Eth. Soc. Trans. vol.2, pp. xxiii- elxxxviii, 1-130, New York, 1848, 8°. Distinct languages of the Algonkinsarranged into classes ‘‘not only geographically but also in reference to their respective affinities,” pp. ciii-civ.—A ffiinities of the Sastika or Blackfeet language with those of the Algonkins (vocab- ulary of 180 words), pp. cxiii-exiv.—A fiinities of the Shyenne with languages of the Algonkin family (vocabulary of 47 words), pp. cxiv-cxv.— Vocabulary of the Shyenne languages, with some notes, communicated by Lt. J. W. Abert, pp. cxvi-cxviii. Section II, Grammar (pp. cxix-cxliv), is a general discussion of the subject, and includes examples in Chippewa and Delaware. Vocabulary of the Chippewa and Delaware (180 words each), pp. 78-83; of the Blackfeet (180 words), pp. 88-94; of the Arrapahoes (60 words), pp. 96-98; of the Knistinaux, Old Algonkin, Eastern Chippeway, Ottowa, and Potowatamie (60 words), pp. 106-107; of the Sheshapootash, Scoffie, Micmac, Etchemin, and Abenaki (60 words), pp. 108-109; of the Massachusetts, Nar- ragansett, Mohican, Long Island, Minsi, and Nanticoke (60 words) pp. 110-111; of the Miami, Illinois, Shawnee, Saukie, and Menemone (60 words), pp. 112-113. Table of generic Indian families of languages. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 3, pp. 397-402, Philadelphia, 1853, 4°. Includes the Algonkins, p. 401. Albert Gallatin was born in Geneva, Switz- erland, January 29, 1761, and died in Astoria, L. I., August 12, 1849. Young Albert had been baptised by the name of Abraham Alfonse Albert. In 1773 he was sent to a boarding- school, and a year later entered the University of Geneva, where he was graduated in 1779. He sailed from l’Orient late in May, 1780, and reached Boston on July 14. He entered Con- gress on December 7, 1795, and continued a member of that body until his appointment as Secretary of the Treasury in 1801, which office he held continuously until 1813. His services were rewarded with the appointment of min- ister to France in February, 1815, entering on the duties of his office in January, 1816. In 1826, at the solicitation of President Adams, he accepted the appointment of envoy extraodi- nary to Great Britain. On his return to the United States he settled in New York City, 200 Gallatin (A.)— Continued. where, from 1831 till 1839, he was president of the National Bank of New York. In 1842 he was associated in the establishment of the American Ethnological Society, becoming its first president, and in 1843 he was elected to hold a similar office in the New York Historical Society, an honor which was annually conferred on him until his death.—Appleton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. Gallaudet’s | picture defining | and read- ing book: | also, | New-Testament stories, | in the Ojibua language. | Boston: | printed for the American board of commissioners | for foreign missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835. Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in the Ojibua language pp. 3-123, 12°. Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Boston Athenzum, Congress. At the Murphy sale, no. 2953, a copy brought $1. Ganong (William Francis). nomic mollusca of Acadia. Ganong. In New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc. Bull. no. 8, pp. 3-116, Saint John, N. B. 1889, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Issued separately as follows: The eco- By W. F. —— The | economic mollusca | of | Acadia. | By | W. F. Ganong. | Reprinted from Bulletin No. vir. of the Natural His- tory Society | of New Brunswick. | St. John, N. B.: | Barnes & Co., Printers. | 1889. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-116, 8°. Names of mollusks in Micmac and Passa- maquoddy passim. Copies seen: National Museum. — Place-names in Acadia. 2) Manuscript and printed clippings, in pos- session of Mr. Ganong, Cambridge, Mass., who describes the work as follows: ‘‘I have a large scrap-book (Shipman’s), 12 by 10 inches, con- taining originally about 280 pages, but to which Ihave added many more. In this I have all sorts of material relating to place-names in Acadia, more especially in New Brunswick. I have entered in it, collected from various authors, all Indian names of places I have been able to find. Embodied in it also is some material that I have myself obtained on this subject from Indians, and also letters from different persons giving lists of Indian place- names in New Brunswick, very few of them as yet published by any one. I have pasted in it also many newspaper articles relating to the subject. The book might be called ‘Place- names in Acadia.’”’ Gardiner (John Lyon). Garin (Pére André Marie). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Montauk vo- cabulary, taken down from the lips of a Montauk chief. : In Wood (S.), Sketch of Long Island, p. 28, Brooklyn, 1824, 8°, and in subsequent editions. Reprinted in Bayles (R. M.), Historical and descriptive sketches, pp. 63-64, Port Jefferson, 1874, 12°; also in Lambert (E.R.), History of the colony of New Haven, p. 184, New Haven, 1838, 8°; also in Macauley (J.), Natural... History of New York, p. 252, Albany, 1829, 8°. The original manuscript containing this Montauk vocabulary is now in posession of J. Lyon Gardiner, the twelfth proprietor of Gardi- ner’s Island, and acopy made by Wm. Wallace Tooker is in the library of the Bureau of Eth- nology. The vocabulary contains about sev- enty entries, including the numerals 1-10 and a few sentences, and is preceded by the follow- ing note: ‘‘March 25, 1798.—A vocabulary of the In- dian language spoken by the Montauk tribe. George Pharaoh, aged 66, the oldest man of that tribe, and their chief, gave me this specimen of their language. There are only about seven persons that can now speak this language, and a few years more and it will be gone forever. It was spoken with little differ- ence by all the Indians upon the east end of Long Island, and perhaps the whole island and the adjoining islands. George says the Mo- heags of Connecticut speak the same language. George repeated these words several times, and I write them as near as he pronounced as I can with the English alphabet.”’ — See Allen (W.) Gardiner (R.) Vocabulary of the Pe- nobscot. In Gallatin (A.), Synopsis of the Indian tribes, in Am. Ant. Soc. Trans. vol. 2, pp. 305-367, Cam- bridge, 1836, 8°. A copy of the original manuscript, made by Duponceau is in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. Pa. It forms No. xLv of a collection recorded in a folio account book, of which it occupies pp. 144-145. Mission de la Baie d’Hudson. Lettre du Pére Garin, O. M. I. & un pére de la méme compagnie. . In Rapport de l’association de la propagation de la foi, pour district de Montréal, 1853-4, pp. 89-93, Montreal, 1855, 12°. Dated from Lac des deux Montagnes, 10 Décembre, 1853. (Shea.) The sign of the cross in Algonquine, Abena- quise, and Crise, p. 91.—Prefixes in Algonquin and Hebraique, p. 92. See Lafléche (L. F.) for title of an article con- taining the same linguistics. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 201 Garin (A. M.)—Continued. [—| L. J. C. & M. J. | Chemin de la Garin (A. M.) — Continued. Montréal | C. O. Beauchemin & Fils, croix | et autres priéres | 4 usage des sauvages des postes d’Alba- | ny, Sav- ern, Martin’s Falls, (Baie | d’Hudson). | [Three lines syllabic characters. 1] [Oblate seal.] | Montréal : | imprimerie de Louis Per- rault. | 1856. Title verso approbation of tJoseph Evéque - de Cydoniail. picture 1 1. preface signed A. M. Garin pp. 3-7, text in the Cree language (Maskekon dialect, syllabic characters) pp. 9- 63, 24°. Inthepreparation of this work P. Garin was assisted by P. Laverlochére and by Mrs. Corcoran, wife of an officer of the Hudson’s Bay Co. Hymns, pp. 53-63. Copies seen: Shea. A second edition as follows: LLh. J.-C. & M. I. | Chemin de la croix | et autres priéres | a ’usage des sauvages des postes d’Albany, | Sav- ern, Martin’s Falls (Baie d’Hudson). | [Three lines syllabic characters. ] | Montreal | Beauchemin & Valois, Li- braires-Imprimeurs | 256 et 258, rue Saint-Paul | 1883 Title verso approbation 1 1. text in syllabic characters pp. 3-63, 24°. Bishop Lorrain writes me: This second edi- tion, 1883, was published by me, but the work was revised by Rev. Francois Régiste Déléage, O. M.I., who corrected the proofs. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. [——]L. J.C. & M. J.| Sermons | de| Mon- seigneur Baraga, | Traduits de |’Otcip- we en Maskégon, pour l’usage | des Sau- vages d’Albany, Severn et Martin’s Falls, | (Baie d’Hudson. ] | [Three lines syllabic characters. ] | [Oblate seal. ] | Montreal: | imprimerie de Louis Per- rault, | rue Saint Vincent. | 1859. Title verso approbation (signed hi Ig. Byéque de Montréal, Evéché de Montreal, 17 Janvier 1859) 1 1. text entirely in the Cree lan- guage and in syllabic characters except a few headings in French pp. 3-120, 16°. In the prep- aration of this volume P. Garin had the assist- anceof P. Laverlochére and Mrs. Corcoran, the wife of an officer of the Hudson’s Bay Co. Pp. 97-120 are occupied by hymns. Oopies seen: Pilling. A later edition as follows: —— See Libraires-Imprimeur [sic] | 256 et 258, rue Saint-Paul | 1887 Title verso approbation of Bishop Lorrain (dated from Pembroke, 6 janvier, 1827) 1 1. text entirely in the Cree language and in Biasatblo characters pp. 3-164, 16°. Hymns, pp. 128-164. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell, Eames. —— See Durocher (F.) Laverlochére (J. N.) and Garin (A. M.) Rev. Father André Marie Garin, O. M.I.,was born at Céte St. André, department of Isére, France, May 7, 1822. He studied at the semi- nary of CoteSt. André ; entered the novitiate of the oblates of Mary Immaculate in 1841; came to Longueuil, near Montreal, April 28, 1845; started for the Indian missions with Father Laverlochére in May, 1845; was sent to Bay des Ah Ah, Saguenay, in the following fall; visited the Indian missions of the northern coast of the Gulf of St. Lawrence curing the summer of 1846; went with Father Laverlochére to Moose Factory, Hudson's Bay, in the spring of 1847; in 1848 and 1849 visited the Indians of Lake St. John, Upper Saguenay, and in 1850 the Indian missionsof Tadoussac, Islets 4 Jérémie, Goodboat, Les Sept Isles, Mingan, and Masku- aro, on the northern coast of the St. Lawrence; in 1851 remained in Montreal; in 1852 succeeded Father Laverlochére in the missions of Ottawa River and Hudson’s Bay; visited the missions of Temiskaming, Abitibi, Moose Factory, and Albany during the years 1852, 1253, 1854, 1855, 1856, and 1857--his last year as missionary among the Indians. During the winter of 1856-57 he went to France with the bishop of St. Boniface, the Rt. Rev. Alexander Taché, and together they traveled through France, preach- ing for the propagation of the faith. In the fall of 1857 Father Garin was sent to Plattsburg, N. Y., where he remained five years in charge of the French church. From Platts- burg he was sent to Buffalo, N. Y., where he remained three years in charge of an English- speaking congregation—Holy Angels church. From Buffalo he was sent to Quebec, where he remained two years. In April, 1868, he was sent by his superiors to St. Joseph’s church, a French congregation, at Lowell, Mass., where he has since remained. It was at Albany that he completed the trans- lation of the books commenced by his predeces- sor, the Rev. N. Laverlochére. Mrs. Corcoran, a convert, wife of the Factor at the Albany post, helped him a great deal in this difficult and arduous task.—Lorrain. [——] L. J. C. & M. J. ; Sermons | de | Monseigneur Baraga | traduits de ’Ot- | ¢48Pesian. See Micmac. Gatschet: This word following a title or within pa- cipwe en Maskégon, pour l’usage | des sanvages d’Albany, Severn et Martin’s | Falls (Baie d’Hudson) | [Three lines syllabic characters] | [Oblate seal] | rentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the com. piler in the library of Mr. Albert S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C. 202 Gatschet (Albert Samuel). of color in Indian languages. bert S. Gatschet. In American Naturalist, vol. 13, pp. 475-485, Philadelphia, 1879, 8°. Color terms in Shawano, pp. 481-482. Published in German also as follows: Adjectives By Al- —— Farbenbenennungen in nordameri- kanischen Sprachen. Von Albert S. Gatschet in Washington. In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, xi Jahrgang, pp. 293-302, Berlin, 1879, 8°. Color terms in Shawano, p. 297. Issued separately also, without repagination. (Eames.) =-— Maskoki [its derivation and mean- ing]. In American Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 171-172, Chicago, 1879-80, 8°. Contains terms in Cree, Odshibwe, Shawnee, and Abnaki. The Massawomekes. Gatschet. In American Antiquarian, vol. 3, pp. 321-324, Chicago, 1880-'81, 8°. An attempt to ascertain, by linguistic evi- dence, the racial affinity of the Massawomekes. Algonkin.and Iroquois terms passim. _ Issuedseparately, without title-page, repaged 1-4. (Eames, Gatschet.) — The Beothuk Indians. By Albert S. Gatschet. In American Philosoph. Soe. Proce. vol. 22, pp. 408-424 (first article), and vol. 23, pp. 411-432 (second article), Philadelphia, 1885-1886, 8°. Comparison of the Beothuk with Algonquian dialects (Abnaki, Micmac, Cree, Ottawa, Ojibue), second article, pp. 423-428. Issued separately also, without repagina- tion, two parts, 8°. (Kames.) By Albert S. Narragansett vocabulary | collected | in 1879 | by Albert S. Gatschet Bureau of Ethnology. Manuscript: paper cover bearing above title, and 3 half-sheets of foolscap. Collected in the summer of 1879 at the Narragansett Reserva- tion, Washington Co., R. I. Vocabulary of the Sawano or Shawni. Manuscript, 7 pp.folio. Collected in Feb- ruary and March, 1879, from Charles Bluejacket of Vinita Indian Territory, a full-blood Shaw- nee. Includes the names of the S4wino clans. — Sh4wand linguistic material. Manuscript, pp. 1-22, foolscap; divided into two portions—pp. 1-10, 11-22, each preceded by an unnumbered page bearing a title compris- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Gatschet (A. S.) — Continued. ing the above information. The manuscript consists of texts with interlinear translation, grammatic forms, phrases, and sentences. Col- lected at Washington, D. C., February and March, 1880, from Charles Bluejacket, delegate of the Shawands to the United States Govern- ment. Delaware or Lendpi. | Terms col- lected upon the Kiowa, Comanche and Apache | reservation, Indian Territory, in November, 1884, by | Albert S. Gat- schet. Manuscript, 12 pp. folio. —— Otdwa words | collected from Joe Pooler, at Anadarko, I. T. | in Novem-. ber 1884 | by Albert S. Gatschet. Manuscript; title 1 1. text pp. 3-29; a sm. quarto blank book. Shéwano language. | Collected at the Quapaw agency, Indian Territory | (four miles west of Seneca, Mo.) | by | Albert S. Gatschet, | Bureau of Eth- nology. | April 1885. Manuscript, pp. 1-21 4°, being a small school copy-book. Consists of words, phrases, and sentences. Mr. Gatschet was assisted by Susan Day, Charles Bluejacket, and Lot Whiteday, all native Shawanos. — Men6émoni | words and sentences, | obtained from | Joseph Hoskinaéni, in- terpreter, | (P. O. Kishina, State of Wis- consin | Green Bay Agency), | By Albert S. Gatschet. | Washington 1888. Manuscript, pp. 1-42 of a blank ‘‘ exercise book.” The above title is on p. 3. These seven manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. In their tran- scription Mr, Gatschet has used the alphahet recommended by the Bureau. Albert Samuel Gatschet was born in St. Beat- enberg, in the Bernese Oberland, Switzerland, October 3, 1832. His propedeutic education was acquired in the lyceums of Neuchatel (1843-’45) and Berne (1846-’52), after which he followed courses in the universities of Berne and Berlin (1852-’58). His studies had for their object the ancient world in all its phases of re- ligion, history, language, and art, and thereby his attention was at an early day directed to philologic researches. In 1865 he began the publication of a series of brief monographs on the local etymology of his country, enti- tled ‘‘Ortsetymologische Forschungen atis der Schweiz’’ (1865-’67). In 1867 he spent several months in London pursuing antiquarian studies in the British Museum. In 1868 he settled in New York and became a contributor to various domestic and foreign periodicals, mainly on ALGONQUIAN Gatschet (A. S.)— Continued. scientific subjects. Drifting into a more attent- ive study of the American Indians, he pub- lished several compositions upon their lan- guages, the most important of which is ‘‘ Zwolf Sprachen aus dem Siidwestern Nordamerikas,”’ Weimar, 1876. Thisled to his being appointed to the position of ethnologist in the United States Geological Survey, under Maj. John W. Powell, in March, 1877, when he removed to Washington, and first employed himself in ar- ranging the linguistic manuscripts of the Smith- sonian Institution, now the property of the Bu- LANGUAGES. 203 Gay (R. M.)— Continued. During a visit to the above mission in the summer of 1882 I saw a number of Algonquian manuscripts, butnottheabove, thetitleof which was sent me subsequently by the late Mrs. Er- minnie A. Smith, an employée of the Bureau of Ethnology. I made an unsuccessful attempt to see it on a later visit to Oka, in the summer of 1889, the Abbé Cuoq assuring me there was no such manuscript in their archives. General description of Nova Scotia. See Haliburton (T.C.) reau of Ethnology, which formsa part of the | General discussion: second superior. Smithsonian Institution. Mr. Gatschet has Abnaki See Baillie - Grohman ever since been actively connected with that (W. A.) bureau. To increase its linguistic collections, Abnaki Court de Gebelin and to extend his own studies of the Indian a (A. de). languages, he .has made extensive trips of Abnaki Demillier (L. E.) linguistic and ethnologic exploration among Abnaki Lausbert (C. F.) the Indians of North America. After return- Algonquian Bancroft (G.) ing from a six months’ sojourn among the Algonquian Beverley (R.) Klamaths and Kalapuyas of Oregon, settled Algonquian Borgari (F.) on both sides of the Cascade Range, he visited Algonquian Bradford (A. W.) the Kataba in South Carolina and the Cha’hta Algonquian Campanius Holm (T.) and Shetimasha of Louisiana in 1881-’82, Algonquian Cass (L.) the Kayowe, Comanche, Apache, Yattassee, Algonquian ‘ Charlevoix (P. F. X.) Caddo, Naktche, Modoc, and other tribes in the Algonquian Chateaubriand (F. A.} Indian Territory, the Tonkawe and Lipans in Algonquian Cuog (J. A.) Texas, and the Atakapa Indians of Louisiana in Algonquian Elliott (A. M.) 1884-85. In 1886 he saw the Tlaskaltecs at Sal- Algonquian Featherman (A.) tillo, Mexico, a remnant of the Nabua race, Algonquian Gilij (F.S.) broughtthere about 1575 from Anahuac, and was Algonquian Haines (E. M.) the first to discover the affinity of the Biloxi Algonquian Hale (H.) language with the Siouan family. He also com- Algonquian Haven (S. F.) mitted to writing the Tunixka or Tonica lan- Algonquian Jefferys (T.) guage of Louisiana, never before investigated, Algonquian Le Hir (A. M.) and forming a linguistic family of itself. Ex- Algonquian McIntosh (J.) cursions to other parts of the country brought Algonquian Marcoux (J.) to his knowledge other Indian languages,— Algonquian Miller (F.) the Tuskarora, Caughnawaga, Penobscot, ae Algonquian Newcomb (H.) Karankawa. Algonquian Pickering (J.) Mr. Gatschet is compiling an extensive report Algonquian Priest (J.) embodying his researches among the Klamath- Algonquian Rawle (W.) Lake and Modoc Indians of Oregon, which will Algonquian Schooleraft (H. R.) form Vol). II of ‘‘Contributions to North Amer- Algonquian Teza (E.) ican Ethnology.”’ Among the tribes and lan- Algonquian Trumbull (J. H.) guages discussed by him in separate publica- Algonquian Worsley (I.) tions are the Timucua (Florida), Ténkawé Blackfoot Our. (Texas), Yuma (California, Arizona, Mexico), Cheyenne Abert (J. W.) Chuméto (California), Beothuk (Newfound- Cheyenne Jomard (E. F.) land), Creek and Hitchiti (Alabama). His Chippewa Atwater (C.) numerous publications are scattered through Chippewa Bond (J. W.) magazines and government reports, some being Chippewa Copway (G.) contained in the Proceedings of the American Chippewa Court de Gebelin (A.) Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. Chippewa Gibbs (G.) [Gay (Pére Robert Michel).] Gram-| Chippewa ps ekale saa : 1 , # Chippewa Jefferys (T.) ee ane. (i) Chippewa Jéhan (L. F.) Manuscript in the seminary at the mission of Chippewa Kohl (J. G.) Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada, pre- Chippewa Our. pared by the first superior of the mission. It Chippewa Pickering (J.) is in a little book which is torn. It includes Chippewa Schoolcraft (H. R.) some pages of Algonkin names, with French Chippewa Taché (A. A.) translations by Maurice Quéré de Fieguron, the Chippewa Zephyrin Engel- hardt (C. A.) 204 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE General discussion — Continued. Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Illinois Illinois Kikapoo Maliseet Manhattan Mascoutin Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Menomonee Miami Miami Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Montagnais Montagnais Montagnais Narragansett Nipissing Ottawa Ottawa Pennsylvania Pequot Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Sac and Fox Savanna Shawnee Shawnee ‘Virginia “Wapanoo Bond (J. W.) Brinton (D. G. ) Faulmann (K.) McLean (J.) Nouvelle. Remas (—) Taché (A. A.) Duponceau (P. §S.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) and Du- ponceau (P.S.) History. Humboldt (K. W. von). Jéhan (L. F.) Kasstigatorskee. Rafinesque (C. S.) Schermerhorn (J.F.) Charlevoix (P. F.X.) Lausbert (C. F.) Charlevoix (P. F. X.) Rand (S. T.) Donck (A. van der). Charlevoix (P. F. X.) De Forest (J. W.) Duponceau (P.S.) Francis (C.) Mayhew (E.) Zephyrin Engel- hardt (C. A.) Charlevoix (P. F. X.) Schermerhorn (J. F.) Dawson (J. W.) Faulmann (K.) Le Clercq (C.) Our. Rand (8. T.) Allen (W.) Edwards (J.) Holmes (A.) Jéhant L. F.) Kasstigatorskee. Williamson (W. D.) Laverlochére(J. N.) Le Jeune (P.) Taché (A. A.) De Forest (J. W.) Dépéret (E.) Assikinack (F.) Lausbert (C. F.) Court de Gebelin (A. de). De- Forest (J. W.) Charlevoix (P. F. X.) McCoy (L.) Walcott (A.) Charlevoix (P. F. X.) Donck (A. van der). Featherman (A.) Schermerhorn (J. F.) Court de Gebelin (A. de). Donck (A. van der). Gentes: Blackfoot Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Delaware Miami Mohegan Pottawotomi Sac and Fox Satsika Shawnee Geographic names: Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian. Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Aigonquian Algonquian Algonquian Arapaho Blackfoot Cheyenne Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa See Legal (E.) Morgan (L. H.) Morgan (L. H.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Warren (W. W.) Morgan (L. H.) Morgan (L. H.) Morgan (L. H.) Morgan (L. H.) Morgan (L. H.) Legal (E.) Morgan (L. H.) See American Society. Ballard (E.) Boyd (8S. G.) Farmer’s. Greenleaf (M.) Hanson (J. W.) Hind (H. Y.). Hubbard (L. L.) Jones (N. W.) Laurent (J.) Maurault (J. A.) Potter (C. E.) Rand (S. T.) Thoreau (H. D.) True (N. T.) Vassal (H.) Warren (H. P.) Willis (W.) Ballard (E.) Beckwith (H. W.) Benson (EH.) Boyd (S. G.) Chapin (A. G.) Denton (D.) Dryasdust. Dunne (J.) Errett (R.) Field (T. W.) Ganong (W. F.) Haines (E. M.) Henderson (J. G.) Hough (D.) Lugrin (C. H.) Mombert (J. I.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) True (N. T.) Trumbull (J. H.) Wheeler (C. H.) Winthrop (J.) Hayden (F. V.) Morgan (L. H.) Dodge (R. I.) Boyd (S. G.) Brunson (A.) Calkins (H.) Connor (H.) Gilfillan (J. A.) Hathaway (J.) Kelton (D. H.) Kohl (J. G.) ALGONQUIAN Geographic names — Continued. Chippewa Lanman (C.) Chippewa Lanman (J. H.) Chippewa McLean (J.) Chippewa Morgan (L. H.) Chippewa Petitot (HE. F.S: J.) Chippewa Schooleraft (H. R.) Chippewa Witherell (B. F. J.) Cree Coats (W.) Cree Kelton (D. H.) Cree Lafléche (L. F..R.) Cree McLean (J.) Cree Morgan (L. H.) Cree Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Cree Stuart (A.) Cree Tyrrell (J. B.) Delaware Boyd (S. G.) Delaware Chapman (I. A.) Delaware Heckewelder(J.G. E.) Delaware Kelton (D. H.) Delaware Sheafer (P. W.) « Delaware Watson (J. F.) Long Island DeKay (J. E.) Long Island Jones (N. W.) Long Island Pelletreau (W.S.) Long Island Thompson (B. F.) Long Island Tooker (W. W.) Long Island Trumbull (J. H.) Maliseet Kain (S. W.) Massachusetts Baylies (F.) Massachusetts Felt (J. B.) Massachusetts Horsford (EH. N.) Massachusetts Jones (N. W.) Massachusetts Ricketson (D.) Micmac Brown G.S.) Micmac Hubbard (L. L.) Micmac Kain (S. W.) Mississagua Chamberlain (A. F.) Mohegan Caulkins (F. M.) Mohegan Street (A. B.) Montagnais Arnaud (C.) Montauk Tooker (W. W.) Munsee Boyd (S. G.) Narragansett Parsons (U.) New Jersey Gordon (T.) New York Jones (N. W.) Passamaquoddy Kilby (W. H.) Penobscot Greenleaf (M.) Penobscot Hubbard (L. L.) Powhatan Boyd (S. G.) Rhode Island Trumbull (J. H.) Sac and Fox Hamilton (W.) Shawnee Boyd (S G.) Shawnee Howe (H.) Shawnee © Johnston (John), Shawnee Kelton (D. H.) Virginia Bozian (J. L.) Geography, Chippewa, See Abinoji. Geological Survey: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of the United States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C. LANGUAGES. 205 Gerard (William Ruggles). The word savoyanne. In the Torrey Botanical Club, Bull. vol. 2, pp. 72-73, New York, 1885, 8°. (Pilling.) Names of dye-stuffs in Micmac, Cree, Odjib- way, and Shawnee. German (Rev. Orrin). Indian hymn. Translated by the Rev. O. German, Norway Ho[use]. In Missionary Outlook, vol. 1, pp. 97-98, To- ronto, 1881, 4°. (Pilling.) A translation into the Cree language of the: hymn “Sweet hour of prayer’’—two stanzas. — No.I.) | D. L. Moody, | oo kukaskwa- wina | (his sermuns.) | Translated into. the language of the | Cree Indians. | By O. German. | [Scroll.] | Toronto: | Methodist mission rooms, | Temperance Street. [1885.] Printed cover as above, no inside title, text: (entirely in the Cree language, Roman charac- ters) pp. 1-20, 16°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. — Methodist hymns | translated into the |Cree language. | By | Orrin German. | Toronto: | Methodist mission rooms. | 1885. Cree title: Methodist | nikumoowina. | A. meskooche itusinuhuk | nuheyuwawinik ise | Orrin German. } Toronto: | Methodist mission rooms. | 1885. Half-title (Methodist nikumoowina) recto 1. 1, English title as above verso 1.1, Cree title as: above rectol. 2, verso blank; preface in English pp. v—-vi, in Cree pp. vii—viii (erroneously paged. Xviii), half-title (Methodist nikumoowina) p. 9, text (alternate English and Cree,Roman char- acters) pp. 10-645, index to English hymns pp. 647-655, index to Cree hymns pp. 657-665, 162. Contains 328 hymns and (pp. 642-645) 5 dox- ologies and benedictions. ‘‘ There are imperfections in the translation. It is difficult to compress this sweetly-flowing tongue into the measure of English verse. This. they know who have made the attempt. Yet the endeavor has been made to preserve some-. what of the rhythm and metre, but not the rhyme, of the original. It has been the trans- lator’s aim to preserve the best thought of the. hymn, and of each stanza, where it was impos- sible to retain all.” —Preface. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell, Eames. [——] Methodist | ooyusoowawina. | A setoonikatake kiche mussinuhikun | o‘che. | [Scroll. ] | Toronto: | Methodist mission rooms, | Temperance Street. | [1585]. Translation: Methodist laws |or rules]. With scripture texts as proof. Gete 206 German (O.)— Continued. Printed cover as above, no inside title, text (entirely in the Cree language, Roman charac- ters) pp. 1-12, 16°. A translation of Charles and John Wesley’s rules for the Methodists, 1743. Copies seen: Kames, Pilling, Powell. . [—] Meyoo-achimoowin | mena | numo- weya pa-petoosayimowuk. | [ Design. } | Toronto: | Methodist mission rooms, | Temperance Street. [188).] Translation: The good news and not different they are thought. Printed cover as above, no inside title, text (entirely in the Cree language, Roman charac- ters) pp. 1-18, 1-20, 16°. Two of Mr. Moody’s sermons translated into the Cree language. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Gesner (Abraham). New Brunswick; | with | Notes for Emigrants. | Compre- hending the early history, an account of the Indians, settle- | ment, topog- raphy, statistics, commerce, timber, manufactures, | agriculture, fisheries, geology, natural history, social | and political state, immigrants, and con- tem- | plated railways of that prov- ince. | [Picture.]| By Abraham Gesner, .esq.| surgeon; | fellow [&c. six lines. ] | London: Simmonds & Ward, | 6, Barge yard, | Bucklersbury. | 1847. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso printers 11. preface pp. v-ix, contents pp. xi-xv, list of illustrations p. xvi, text pp. 1-388, 8°. Lord’s prayer in Melicete, p. 117; in Micmac (Quebec version), p. 118. Copies seen: Geological Survey. Gete dibadjimowin [Chippewa]. See Baraga (F.) dibadjimowin [Chippewa]. See Vogt (C.) and Gafron (J.) Gibbs (George). Smithsonian miscella- neous collections. | 160 | Instructions | , for research relative to the | ethnology and philology | of | America. | Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. | By | George Gibbs. | [Seal of the institu- tion. | | Washington: | Smithsonian institu- tion: | March, 1863. Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 11. introduction p. 1, text pp. 2-51, 8°. Also forms part of vol.7, Smithsonian Insti- tution Miscellaneous Collections. Prepared for and distributed to collectors, resulting in the securing of many manuscripts, mostly phi- lologic, which are now in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. BIBLIOGRAPHY. OF THE | Gibbs (G.) — Continued. Numerals 1-10 of the Lenni Lenape (from Zeisberger), p. 42. Copies seen: Astor, Eames, National Mu- seum, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. At the Field sale, no. 810, a copy brought 30 cts.; at the Squier sale, no. 415, 45 cts.; at the Pinart sale, no. 406, 1 fr. Priced by Koehler, catalogue 465, no. 233, 1 M. 50 Pf. A portion of this paper, including the nu- merals, was reprinted in the Historical Maga- zine, first series, vol. 9, pp. 249-252, New York, 1865, 4°. — On the language of the aboriginal Indians of America. In Smithsonian Institution, Ann. Rept. 1870, pp. 364-367, Washington, 1871, 8°. Includes brief remarks on the Otchipwé or Chippeway language. — Principles of the Algonquin gram- mar. 1861. Manuscript, 5 pp. 4°, in the library of the Bu- reau of Ethnology. Chapter 1. Parts of speech, genders, num- bers, cases, pp. 1-2.—Chapter 2. Of the different attributes to which nouns are subject, pp. 3-5. Vocabulary of the Sa-wan-wan or Shawanee language. 1866. . Manuscript, 10 ll. 4°, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology; Smithsonian form no. 170 of 211 words. Collected in February, 1866, presumably from the following persons, whose names appear on the verso of the 9th leaf: Graham Rogers, first chief, David Deshane, | second chief, Charles Bluejacket, Charles Tacker, Mathias King, John Perry, delegates from the Shawanee tribe of Indians of the State of Kansas. A duplicate, or copy, accompanies the origi- nal. George Gibbs, the son of Col. George Gibbs, was born on the 17thof July, 1815, at Sunswick, Long Island, near the village of Hallett’s Cove, now known as Astoria. At seventeen he was taken to Europe, where he remained two years. On his return from Europe he commenced the reading of law, and in 1838 took his degree of bachelor of law at Harvard University. In 1848 Mr. Gibbs went overland from Saint Louis to Oregon, and established himself at Columbia. In 1854 he received the appoint- ment of collector of the port of Astoria, which he held during Mr. Fillmore’s administration. Later he removed from Oregon to Washington Territory, and settled upon a ranch a few miles from Fort Steilacoom. Here he had his headquarters for several years, devoting bim- self to the study of the Indian languages, and to the collection of vocabularies and traditions of the northwestern tribes. During a great part of the time he was attached to the United States government commission in laying the boundary, as the geologist or botanist of the expedition. He was also attached as geologist a | ALGONQUIAN Gibbs (G.) — Continued. to the survey of a railroad route to the Pacific, under Major Stevens. In 1857 he was appointed to the northwest buundary survey under Mr. Archibald Campbell, as commissioner. In !860 Mr. Gibbs returned to New York, and in 1861- _ wason dutyin Washington in guarding the Cap- itol. Later he resided in Washington, being mainly employed in the Hudson Bay claims commission, to which he was secretary. He was also engaged in the arrangement of a large mass of manuscript bearing upon the ethnol- ogy and philology of the American Indians. His services were availed of by the Smithson- ian Institution to superintend its labors in this field, and to his energy and complete knowl- edge of the subject it greatly owes its success in this branch of the service. The valuable and laborious service which he rendered to the Institution was entirely gratuitous, and in his death that establishment as well as the cause of science lost an ardent friend and important contributor to its advancement. In 1871 Mr. Gibbs married his cousin, Miss Mary K. Gibbs, of Newport, R. I., and removed to New Haven, where he died on the 9th of April, 1878. . Gibson (—). nes. In Gallatin (A.), Synopsis of Indian tribes, in American Ant. Soc. Trans. vol. 2, pp. 305- 367, Cambridge, 1836, 8°. . Gilbert and Rivingtom: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the printing office of _ that firm, London, England. Gilbert (—) & Rivington (—). Speci- mens | of the | Languages of all Na- tions, | and the | oriental and foreign types | now in use in| the printing offices | of | Gilbert & Rivington, | limited. | [Eleven lines quotations. ] | London: | 52, St. John’s Square, Clerkenwell, E. C. | 1886. Printed cover as above, no inside tit!e, con- tents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-66, 16°. St. John iii, 16, in Eastern Cree (syllabic characters) and Western Cree (Roman charac- ters), p. 18; in Maliseet, p. 39; in Micmac, p. 43 ; in Ojibwa, p. 49. Oopies seen: Pilling. [Gilfillan (Rev. Joseph Alexander). | _ Anamie-nagumowinun | Wejibwemod- jig | chi abadjitowad. | Published at | 22 and 23 Bible house, | New York. [1884.] _ Translation: Prayer-songs those who speak Chippewa to use. Printed cover as above, no inside title, text entirely in Chippewa pp. 1-16, 16°. Mr. Gilfillan informs me that these hymns are taken for the most part from the collection Vocabulary of the Shawo- —s LANGUAGES. 207 Gilfillan (J. A.)— Continued. of Jones (P.) and others. The first hymn is a translation of ‘‘Savior, when in dust to Thee,”’ made by Rey. Frederic Smith, an Indian cler- gyman at Red Lake, Minn., and M.C. English, a half-breed of the same place. «Copies seen: Pilling, Powell, Eames. History of Indian missions in Min- nesota. In Church Review, vol. 46, pp. 537-556, New York and London [1885], 8°. Tribal names of the Algonquian family, with meanings, p. 541. Minnesota geographical names derived from the Chippewa language. By Rev J. A. Gilfillan. In Minnesota Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey, fifteenth annual report, pp. 459-477, St. Paul, 1887, 8°. (Geological Survey.) A list of 439names, many of them with literal English signification. See O’Meara (F. A.) Joseph Alexander Gilfillan (son of Alexander Gilfillan, Surgeon, R. N., who was attached to Sir John Franklin’s first Arctic expedition in the Trent, in 1819) was born near Londonderry, Ireland, of pure Scotch descent, October, 1838; was educated in Londonderry, spent two years in the University of Edinburgh, Scotland, and in his nineteenth year emigrated to the United States, settling in the then Territory of Minne- sota. He studied three years for the ministry in the Theological Seminary of New York, and after traveling for a year in the Holy Land, Egypt, Greece, and Italy, returned to Duluth, where he was ordained in 1870 He remained in Duluth two years, spent on gear in Brain- erd, Minn., and in 1873 was sent as missionary to the Chippewas at White Earth, Minn., where he has since remained. Mr. Gilfillan has had the superintendence of all the missionary work of the Episcopal Church among the Chippewas in Minnesota, his circuit covering an area of nearly three hundred miles in the northern, sparsely inhab- ited region of the State, and including eight Indian churches, presided over by eight full- blood Chippewa clergymen. Nine full-blood clerymen were trained and presented for ordi- nation by him. Im the fall of 1888 he built four boarding-schools—one at Wild Rice River, an- other at Pine Point, anotherat Leech Lake, and . a fourth at Cass Lake. Gilij (Abbate Filippo Salvadore). Saggio | di storia americana |o sia| storia natur- ale, civile, e sacra | De’ regni, e delle provincie Spagnuole di Terra-ferma | nell’ America meridionale | descritta dall’ Abate | Filippo Salvadore Gilij | E consecrata alla Santita di N. S. | Papa Pio Sesto | felicemente regnante | Tomo IL-LVidel 208 Gilij (F. S.) — Continued. Roma MDCCLXXX[-MDCCLXXX IV] [1780-1784]. | Per Luigi Perego Erede Salvioni | Stampator Vaticano nella Sapienza | Con Licenza de’ Supe- riori. , 4 vols.8°. Each of the four volumes has a special sub-title, that of the third being as fol- lows: ‘‘ Della religione, e delle lingue degli Orinochesi, e di altri Americani,”’ 1782; xvi, 430 pp. 8°. Appendice IL. Delle pit celebri lingue Amer- icane: Dellalingua Algonchina, ed Hurona, pp. 265-272.—Cataloghi di aleune lingue Americane per farne il confronto tra loro, e conqueste del nostro emisfero, pp. 355-3938, contains a vocabu- lary of Huron and Algonkin words, pp. 384-385. Oopies seen: Congress. Leclerc, 1878, no. 238, prices a copy 120fr.; at the Pinart sale, no. 407, the first three volumes sold for 50 fr. F. Saly. Gilij was born in 1721 at Legogne (near Spoleto), and entered the Society of Jesus in 1740. He went as missionary to South America, for eighteen years traveled through the countries watered by the Orinoco, and then resided seven years at Santa Fé de Bogota. After the expulsion of the Jesuits, he returned to Italy, and died at Rome, 1789.—Leclere. Gill (Charles). Notes | sur de | Vieux Manuscrits | Abénakis | par | Charles - Gill | Juge de la Cour Supérieure | _ Montréal | Eusébe Senécal & fils, Im- primeurs | 20, rue Saint-Vincent | 1886 Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-22, 8°. A detailed description of 2 number of A bnaki manuscripts preserved at the mission of Pierre- ville, Canada, descriptions of which will be found herein under the names of their respect- ive authors. It contains also a number of extracts from the manuscripts described. Copies seen: Pilling, Eames. Glass (Rev. Ervin Bird). [Cree syllabic instruction charts. Toronto, 1887. ] Four charts, eachabout 18 by 24inches. The first is entitled ‘‘Syllabics, Lesson I,” and con- sists of the Cree characters with the Roman equivalents beneath; the second, ‘‘ Exercise, Lesson II,”’ consists of easy words and phrases, syllabic and Roman; the third, ‘‘ Appendages, Lesson III,” and the fourth, ‘‘ Explanations, Lesson IV,” teach the use and value of the small marks found usually at the end of a syl- lable. The charts are for the use of the Cree In- dians of Alberta Territory. . Copies seen: Pilling, Powell, Eames. In a letter to me dated December 4, 1888, Mr. Glass speaks of his work as follows: ‘I am now preparing text-books in these syllabics for our Indian mission schools and for the BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Glass (E. B.)— Continued. camps. They are to bein English and syllabies in the same book. These syllabic publications are not intended to supersede English, but to meet a present want, and give the Cree tribes. some literature in their own language, as long as it prevails as a language.” And under date of August 27, 1889, ho gives. me this further information: ‘““The ‘Primer and languagelessons’ as a text book for our Indian schools, is now going through the press. [amafraid you will not get. a copy of it in time for your Bibliography of the © Algonquian Languages. It is intended as a reader and language instructor, and contains 40 lessons, each lesson in English and also in Cree syllabics on the opposite page. The book is for the purpose of teaching Indians to read and converse in English, while the syllabic: equivalent lessons are for the teachers to ex- plain the English to pupils, and also for the use of missionaries and Indians who may wish to study the Cree syllabics and grammar. I have prepared the lessons myself, and also written them in the syllabics in the idiomatic Cree, as dictated by Rev. John McDougall, who isthe best Cree (white man) scholar in the. North West.” See McDougall (J.) and Glass (E. B.) | Mr. Glass was born in Hastings Co., Canada, in 1852, of Irish Methodist descent. He taught. school in Ontario and was graduated in arts at. Victoria University, Cobourg, Ont., in 1882. He has been ten years a missionary amongst the Crees and preaches to those Indians without. the aid of an interpreter. His Indian school secured the prize of $50 awarded by the Do- minion government for proficiency during the year ending June, 1889. He has been asked to prepare a Cree dictionary but has not yet. (Aug.’89) begun the work. [Goodrich (Samuel Griswold).] The manners, customs, | and | antiquities. of the Indians | of | North and South America: | by the author of | Peter Parley’s tales. | Boston: | J. E. Hickman. | 12 School street. [1844.] Pp. 1-336, plates, 12°. The 23d psalm in the Massachusetts Indian language (from Eliot), pp 261-262.—Chippewa song with translation (from Schoolcraft), pp.. 263-264. Copies seen: Trumbull. [——] The manners, customs, | and | antiquities of the Indians | of | North and South America: | by the author of Peter Parley’s tales. | Boston: | published by Rand and. Mann, | No. 3 Cornhill. | 1849. ALGONQUIAN Goodrich (S. G.)— Continued. Frontispiece 1 1. fancy title 1 1. title as above verso copyright 11. preface pp. iii-iv, contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 7-336, plates, 12°. Linguistics as in the earlier edition titled above. Copies seen: Trumbull. Gordon (Arthur Hamilton), Wilderness journeys in New Brunswick. By the Hon. Arthur Gordon. In Vacation Tourists and Notes of Travel in 1862-3 (edited by Francis Gaiton), pp. 457-524, London and Cambridge, 1864, 8°. (Congress.) Melicete and Penobscot numerals 1-10, ob- tained from a Melicete guide named Gabriel, p. 482.—Twosentences in Melicete, illustrat- ing the dual form, also from Gabriel, p. 483. Reprinted as follows: — Re-published by permission. | Wil- derness journeys | in | New Brunswick | in 1862-3. | By the Hon. Arthur Hamil- ton Gordon, | Lieutenant Governor, &c., &c. | Saint John, N. B. | J. & A. M’Millan, publishers, 78 Prince William street. | 1864. Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-64, 8°. Numerals 1-10 of ‘the Melicete and Micmac, p. 26. Copies seen: Congress. The numerals are reprinted in the Historical Magazine, vol. 9, first series, p. 145. Gordon (H. L.) Legends of the north- west. | By | H. L. Gordon, | Author of “‘Pauline.” | Containing | Prelude— The Mississippi. | The Feast of the Vir- gins, | a legend of the Dakotas. | Wi- nona, | a legend of the Dakotas. | The Legend of the Falls, | a legend of the Dakotas. | The Sea Gull, | the Ojibwa legend of the pictured rocks of Lake Superior. | Minnetonka. | St. Paul, Minn. | the St. Paul book and stationery co. | 1881. Printed cover, frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii—viii, text pp. 9-143, errata slip, 8°. Scattered throughout are many Dakota and Ojibwa terms, translations being given in the foot-notes.—N otes (1-86 and 1-27), pp. 124-143, referring to the preceding texts, contain much information as to the etymology and meaning of Indian words. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames. Gordon (John). See Vogt (C.) and Gafron (J.) ALG——14 Gordon (Thomas). 209 Indian names [in New Jersey j, with their signification. In Barber (J. W.) and Howe (H.), Historical collectious of the State of New Jersey, p. 512, New York, 1844, 8°, and in subsequent editions, q. 2. Gospel according to Luke [Micmac]. See Rand (S. T.) Gospel according to Mark [Micmac]. See Rand (S. T.) Gospel according to St. John Maliseet. See Rand (S. T.) Gospel according to St. Luke in Mikmak. See Rand (S. T.) Gospel according to Saint Matthew * * * Micmac. See Rand (NX. T.) Gospel of St. John [Micmac]. See Rand (S:-T..) Gospel of St. Matthew in the Cree lan- LANGUAGES. * + * guage. [London:}] Church missionary so- ciety. 1852. G5) Title from Bagster’s Bible of every land. It is probably a translation by the Rev. J. Hunter. Grammar: Abnaki See Laurent (J.) Algonquian Algonquian. Algonquian Cuogqg (J. A.) Algonquian Duponceau (P.S.) Algonquian Gay (R. M.) Algonquian Guichart de Kersi- dent (V. F.) Algonquian Knox (J.) Algonquian Miller (F'.) Algonquian Nicholas (L.) Algonquian White (A.) Blackfoot Lanning (C. M.) Blackfvot McLean (J.) Blackfoot Tims (J..W.) Chippewa Baraga (F.) Chippewa Baraga (F.) and Bel- court (G. A.) Chippewa — Barnard (A.) Chippewa Blackbird (A. J.) Chippewa Chippewa. Chippewa Hall (S.) Chippewa Summerfield (J.) Chippewa Wilson (E. F:) Cree Horden (J.) Cree Howse (J.) Cree Hunter (J.) Cree Lacombe (A.) Cree Mackay (J. A.) Cree Végréville (V. T.) Delaware Zeisberger (D.) Illinois Illinois. Maliseet Rand (S. T.) Massachusetts Eliot (J.) Menomonee Krake (B.) Micmac Demillier (L. E.) Micmac Maillard (A. 8.) 210 Micmac Micmac Micmac Montagnais Pottawotomi Grammatic comments: Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Arapaho Atsina Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Cheyenne Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Miami Miami Micmac Micmac BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Grammar — Continued. Micmac. Rand (S. T.) Wood (T.) Laure (P.) Gailland (M.) See Hale (H.) Lincoln (E.) Prince (J. D.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Featherman (A.) Gibbs (G.) Heriot (G.) Reland (H.) Ruttenber (HE. M.) Trumbull (J. H.) Hayden (F. V.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J. S.) Hayden (F. V-) Wilson (E. F.) Hayden (F. VY.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Cass (L.) Featherman (A.) Gallatin (A.) Haines (EH. M.) Hovelacque (A.) James (E.) Jones (P.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Wilson (EK. F.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Bastian (P. W. A.) Faraud (H.) Vézgréville (V. T.) Wilson (H. F.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Bastian (P. W. A.) Cass (L.) Gallatin (A.) Grube (B. A.) James (E.) Jarvis (S. F.) Johnes (A. J.) MeCulloh (J. H.) Wilson (E. F.) Zeisberger (D.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J. §.) . Bastian (P. W. A.) Gallatin (A.) McCulloh (J. H.) Reland(H.) — Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Volney (C. F.C.) Barratt (J.) Gallatin (A.) Grammatic comments— Continued. - Micmac Micmac Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mobegan Montagnais Narragansett Nehethawa Ottawa Passamaquoddy Shawnee Grammiatic treatise: Abnaki Abnaki Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa - Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Delaware Delaware Menomonee . Micmac Micmac Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Shawnee Lincoln (E.) Prince (J. D.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Bastian (P. W. A.) Cass (L.) McCulloh (J. H.). Végréville (V. T.) Ade'ung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Wilson (EK. F.) Prince (J. D.) Adelung J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) See O’Brien (M. C.) Vetromile (E.) Cuogq (J. A.) Teza (E.) Trumbull (J. H.) Legal (E.) Adam (L.) Belcourt (G. A.) Chronicles. Duponceau (P.§.) Férard (F. M.) Hurlburt (T.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Vater (J.S.) Verwyst (C.) Adam (L.) Legal (E.) Végréville (V. T.) Brinton (D. G.) Duponceau (P.S.) Zephyrin Engel. hardt (C. A.) Irving (—) Kauder (C.) American Museum, Duponceau (P. 58.) Edwards (J.) Schmick (J. J.) Gatschet (A. 8.) Grasserie (Raoul dela). Etudes | de | grammaire comparée |_Du verbe: éire, | considéré comme instrument d’abstrac- tion | Et de ses diverses fonctions | par | Raoul de la Grasserie | Docteur [&c. three lines. ] | Paris | Maisonneuve et Ch. Leclerc, éditeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25, | 1887. Printed cover as above, dedication 1 1. title as above 11. text pp. 5-128, 8°. Examples in a number of North and South American languages, among them the Algon- quian. Oopies seen: Gatschet. —— Etudes de grammaire comparée. | De la conjugaison objective | par | Raoul ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Grasserie (R. de la) — Continued. de la Grasserie, | docteur en droit, juge au tribunal de Rennes, | membre de la société de linguistique de Paris. | (Ex- trait des Mémoirs de la Société de linguistique, t. VI, 4° fascicule.) | [De- sign. | | Paris. | Imprimerie nationale. | M DCCC LXXXVIII [1888]. Printed cover as above, half-title reverse blank 11. title as above reverse blank 11. text pp. 5-39, 8°. In chapter 1 the ‘‘conjugaison objective con- eréte”’ is illustrated by examples from a num. ber of American languages, among them the Algonquian, and in chapter 3, the ‘‘conjugaison objective polysynthétique”’ also by examples from the Algonquian. Copies seen: Gatschet, Powell. — Etudes | de | grammaire comparée | De la catégorie du temps | par | Raoul de la Grasserie | Docteur en Droit | Juge au tribunal de Rennes, | Membre de la Société de Linguistique de Paris. | Paris | Maisonneuve et Ch. Leclerc, éditeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25. | 1882. Printed cover as above, dedication verso blank 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-195, additions and corrections 1 page, 8°. The author makes use of many North Amer- ican languages— Aleut, Algonkin, Creek, Da- kota, Eskimo, Iroquois, Maya, Nahuatl, Sahap- tin, et al. ; but the material pertaining to any one of them is meager and scattered. Copies seen: Gatschet. —— Etudes | de | grammaire comparée | Des | divisions de la linguistique | par | Raoul de la Grasserie | Docteur en Droit | Juge au tribunal de Rennes, | Membre de la Société de Linguistique de Paris. | Paris | Maisonneuve et Ch. Leclerc, éditeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25. | 1888. Printed cover as above, dedication verso blank 1 1. title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 1-164, 8°. A section entitled ‘‘Morphologie lexicologi- que,” pp. 87-108, contains a few words in Nahuatl, p. 91; Dacotah, pp. 91-92; Cri, p. 92; Chippewa, p. 93; Abéuaqui, p. 93; Lenapé, p. 107. Copies seen: Gatschet. —— Etudes | de | grammaire comparée | Des relations grammaticales | considé- rées dans leur concept et dans leur ex- pression | ou de la | catégorie des cas | par | Raoul de la Grasserie | docteur en droit | Juge au Tribunal de Rennes Gravier (Rev. James). 211 | Grasserie (R. de la) — Continued. | Membre de la Société de Linguistique de Paris. | Paris | Jean Maisonneuve, éditeur | 25, quai Voltaire, | 25 | 1890 Printed cover as above, half-title verso blank 11. title as above verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-344, contents pp. 345- 351, 8°. Examples from several North American lan- guages are made use of by the author: Nahuatl, Dakota, Othomi, Maya, Quiché, Totonaque, Tcherokess, Algonquin, Tarasque, Esquimau, Iroquois, Athapaske, Chiapaneque, Sahaptin, Tchinuk, Choctaw, pp. 17, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 84, 129-132, 133, 177, 325-326, 394, 395. Copies seen: Gatschet. [Dictionary of the Illinois language. | ; Manuscript belonging to Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, Hartford, Conn., who permitted me to inspect it and who subsequently furnished me the following description: “Tt is a stout volume in quarto or small folio, the leaf measuring 114 by 81 inches. It has been bound, but is now, and probably for many years has been, without its covers. It has lost the first two or three leaves at the beginning, and perhaps as many at the end, and a few other leaves have been somewhat injured by mice. There remain 293 leaves (586 pages), whick average about 38 lines to the page, indi- eating «a total of about 22,000 words. The arrangement is Illinois-French (not French- Tilinois). The dialect is that of the Peorias (Peouaria), readily distinguished from the Miami-Illinois by the use of r for Miami l. Occasionally, however, words and phrases are introduced which are marked as ‘Miami.’ The manuscript is very neat and legible. The hand- writing and the orthography, in my opinion and in that of French scholars who have in- spected it, show that it was written before or not many years after the beginning of the 18th century; certainly, I should say, not later than 1710. If so, it cannot have been the work of the Rev. Jos. I. Le Boulanger, whose connection with the Illinois Mission has not been traced before 1719. On nearly every page, however, there are additions, corrections, or explana- tions in at least two later and distinct hands; but these are not more frequent than two or three to the page on the average. ‘* Throughout the work references are made to another volume or volumes, which contained a grammar, lists of radicals, names of animals, plants, medicines, etc. “IT conclude that this dictionary was com- piled by Gravier, though I cannot positively say that it is in his autograph, and that the ad- ditions and emendations were made by his successors in the mission, some of them, per- haps, by Le Boulanger. “‘The French-Illinois dictionary discovered 212 Gravier (J.) — Continued. by the late Hon. Henry C. Murphy [see Le Boulanger (J. 1.)], may have been the French- Illinois counterpart of the Llinois-French dic- tionary of Gravier, or may have been a tran- script of that counterpart revised and com- pleted by Le Boulanger; butit appears that Mr. Murphy’s manuscript was in the Miami-Ilinois dialect, while the earlier work I have described is unquestionably in that of the Peowaria-li- nois, among whom Gravier labored. Mr. Mur- phy (to whom I showed the volume here de- scribed) believed it to be of earlier date than the French-Illinois dictionary belonging to him.” . More recent comparison shows the two dic- tionaries to have no connection, the one with the other. In Dr. Trumbull’s Notes on forty Algonkin versions of the Lord’s prayer, pp. 98-99, there is given an Illinois version ‘‘as printed by Bodiani [sic], Oratio Dominica in cLy Linguas (Paris, 1806) ‘ex. Ms.’” concerning which the author speaks as follows: ‘‘A copy of this version, evidently from the same original, was communicated to. Dr. John Pickering in 1823 as from a MS. grammar and dictionary of the Illinois language. The Ms. may have been that of Father Boulanger, mis- sionary to the Illinois in 1721. The version is more probably that of Father James Gravier, S. J., missionary from 1687 to 1706, who ‘was the first to analyse the language thoroughly and compile its grammar, which subsequent missionaries brought to perfection.’ I have recently had the good fortune to discover the long-lost dictionary of Gravier, with additions and corrections by his successors in the Illinois mission, and by its aid I am enabled to correct some—though not all—of the errors of Bodoni’s copy.” According to Shea’s Catholic Missions, p. 415, note, a catechism in the Illinois language by Father Gravier was in existence some vears since but seems to have been lost. James Gravier, missionary, born in France; died in Mobile, Ala., in 1708. He wasa member of the Society of Jesus, and was sent as a mis- sionary to Canada, but it is uncertain at what time. He was stationed atSillery in the autumn of 1684 and the ensuing spring, but must have gone west soon afterward, as he was on the Illinois Mission in 1688, and succeeded Allouez about 1690 as superior. He was ap- pointed vicar-general by Bishop de Saint Vallier in the following year. He has left a journal of his mission extending from 20 March, 1693, to 15 Feb., 1694. He built a chapel outside the French fort for the convenience of the Miami Indians on St. Joseph’s River, among whom he labored with great success. He also visited the Peorias, but without result. His chief success was with the Kaskaskias, whose chief — he converted, and of whom he baptised 206 in less than eight months. He also planned mis- sions to the Cahokia and Tamarois bands of BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Gravier (J.) — Continued. Indians, which he subsequently carried out, as well as to the Osages and Missouris, who sent embassadors to him. In 1696 he went to Mont- real, but soon returned and devoted himself to the more distant missions. In 1705 some of the Illinois, instigated by their medicine men, attacked him, and he was severely wounded. The missionary proceeded to Paris for treat- ment, butobtained little relief. Hethen went to Louigiana, and landed at Isle Massacre, 12 Feb., 1708. His wound, aggravated by his long voyage, proved fatal soon afterward. Father Gravier was the first to analyze the Illinois language and compile its grammar, which subsequent missionaries brought to perfec- tion.—A ppleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Gray (Asa) and Trumbull (J. H.) Re- view of Candolle’s Origin of cultivated plants; with annotations upon certain American species; by Asa Gray and J. Hammond Trumbull. In American Journal of Science, vol. 25, pp. 241-245, 370-379; vol. 26, pp. 128-138, New-Ha- ven, 1883, 8°. Names of plants in a number of North American languages, among them the Abnaki, Chippewa, Virginia, and Narragansett. Green (Dr. Samuel Abbott). History of Medicine in Massachusetts. | A | Cen- tennial Address | delivered before | the Massachusetts medical society | at Cambridge, | June 7, 1881. | By | Sam- uel Abbott Green, M. D. | Boston: | A. Williams and company. | Old Corner Bookstore. | 1881. Half-title with list of books on verso 11. title verso printer 1 ]. dedication verso note 11. ad- dress pp. 5-127, correction p.128, appendix pp.. 129-131, 8°. } The appendix contains a letter from Trumbull (J. H.), pp. 129, 130, giving a number of terms. for diseases in Massachusetts, Narragansett, Chippewa, and Western Cree. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. — Groton | during | the Indian wars. } By | Samuel A. Green, M.D. | Groton, Mass. | 1883. Title verso printers 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 7— 192, index pp. 193-214, 8°. Indian names applied by the early settlers to streams, ponds, or places in the original town- ship of Groton, and its neighborhood, and for the most part still in common use, pp. 188-189. Trumbull (J. H.), Meaning and derivation of the original name of the town, pp. 189-190. Copies seen: Eames, Massachusetts Histor- ical Society, Pilling. - ‘ i Hy FAC-SIMILE OF THE FIRST PACE OF GRUBE’S DELAWARE HYMN BOOK. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 213 Green (S. A.) — Continued. Groton historical series. | No. XX | Two chapters in the early history | of Groton. | Addenda et corrigenda. | Groton, Mass. | 1887. Half-title on cover as above, no inside title; - text pp. 1-24, 8°. Trumbull (J. H.), Letter concerning the In- dian name of the town of Groton and of Lan- caster, pp. 8, 9. Copies seen: Pilling. Greenleaf (Moses). Indian names of some of the streams, islands, &c., on the Penobscot and St. John rivers in ' Maine; furnished by Moses Greenleaf. In American Soc. First Ann. Rept. pp. 49-53, New Haven, 1824, 8°. A list of more than a hundred Indian names of geographic features with English definitions. Greensky (Joseph). See Barnard (Al- onzo). Grohman (W.A. Baillie-). See Baillie- Grohman (W. A.) ' Gros Ventre. ‘See Atsina. Grube (Rev. Bernard Adam). Dellawer- isches | Gesang-Biichlein. [Bethlehem: J. Brandmiiller. 1763.] Notitle-page, heading only; text pp. 1-8, 16°; entirely in the Delaware language except Ger- man headings to the hymns. See the fac-simile of the first page. I have seen but an incomplete: copy of this little work; it isthe only one known and isin the library of the Pennsylvania Historical So- ciety, Philadelphia, Pa., found by Mr. J. W. Jordan, of that society, during 1886, in the ar- chives of the Moravian mission at Bethlehem, Pa. —— [Harmony of the gospels translated into the Delaware tongue. By Rey. B. A. Grube. Bethlehem: J. Brandmiiller. 1763. ] (*) Title from Hildeburn’s List of the issues of the press in Pennsylvania. No copy is known to exist, but the local records of the Moravian Society supply evidence that the work was printed. — Einige Dellawarische Redensarten und Worte. Ge) Manuscript, 77 1.12?,in the library of Har- vard University, Cambridge, Mass. The text begins with theabove heading. The Delaware and equivalent German are in alternate lines, the former in Roman letter, the latter in Ger- man script. The entries are not arranged alphabetically. Some of the verbs are accom- panied by partial inflections. What seems tobe another grouping is called ‘‘Hinige kleine Anreden an Indianer.’”’ This part is in col- Grube (B. A.) — Continued. umns, Delaware and English. Then follow some more pages in Delaware and German, not in columns. This is one of the collection of ‘‘ manuscripts in the Delaware language presented to the public library of the University at Cambridge by the Hon. Ebenezer Lane, of the class of 1811, late Chief-Justice of the State of Ohio.” It is marked by Judge Lane: ‘‘A vocabulary of Delaware language, presented’ by the Rev. Mr. Grube to the Rev. Mr. Luckenbach on his setting out upon his western missionary jour- ney in 1800.” I am indebted to Mr. J. W. Jordan of the Pennsylvania Historical Society for the follow- ing notes: The importance of communicating directly with the Indians in order to dispense with the services of an interpreter—at all times, and especially in matters of religion, an unsatisfac- tory medium of. communication—claimed the attention of the Moravians in America at an _ early date. This led them to establish schools for acquiring the prevalent languages and dia- lects of that people. A minute of a church council held at Bethlehem, Pa., July 15, 1742, recommends the study of the Delaware in order to facilitate intercourse with individuals of that nation, whose visits to the settlement were then of almost daily occurrence. The Mohican was diligently studied Curing the sojourn, in 1745, of 46 converts from Shecomeco, and the Rev. JohnC. Pyrlzeus began the preparation of a Mohican hymn-book, to which others also contributed translations. From Bethlehem the Indian school was removed to Gnaden- huetten, where it continued until that settle- ment was destroyed. Zeisberger, Post, and other clergymen of the church, prominent in the mission among the Indians, received their first instruction in these schools. In 1760 the mission at Wechquetane (in now Monroe County, Pa.) was commenced, and the Rey. B. A. Grube appointed missionary. Grube was familiar with the Delaware dialect, and was ably assisted in the translation he un- dertook there by the native assistant, Anton. The following extracts are from the diary of the mission, now in the archives at Bethlehem: 1761. January 18.—Anton & I [Grube] worked at the Delaware translation of the “Acts of the Days of the Son of Man” (a Harmony of the Gospels]. 1762. March 17.— To-day I sent the first- sheets of the ‘‘Acts, &c.,” to Brandmiller at Friedensthal to print. April 13.—Brandmiller sent me proof to read. . 1763. February 13.—Anton & I have trans- lated 56 chapters for the ‘‘ Harmony.” Aprii 1.— Brardmiller forwarded to-day first proof of Essay of a Delaware Hymn Book. Friedensthal was a small settlement of the Moravians in Northampton Co., three miles east of Nazareth, 13 milesnortheast from Bethlehem, 214 Grube (B. A.) — Continued. where was ground the grain raised on the Moravian tract. John Brandmiller, who had in his youth been a printer at Basel, Switzerland, was chaplain in charge. In 1761 there were sent from London to Bethlehem a printing press and types. These were sent up to Frieden- sthal to Brandmiller, and with them he printed the ‘‘Delaware Hymn Book,” the ‘‘ Harmony of the Gospels,” and, in 1766, ‘‘ Die téglicken Loosungen der Briider Gemeine fiir das Jahr 1767. Gedruckt bey Bethlehem in der Fork Del- lawar by Johann Brandmiller. MDCCLXVII.” The Historical Society of Penn. ‘have in their collection a perfect copy of the latter, and a fragment of the Delaware Hymn Book, which the writer found in the Moravian archives at Bethlehem in 1886. He is also searching for a copy of the ‘‘Harmony,”’ and feels confident of ultimate success. After the removal of the Moravian mission to Friedenshuetten (Wyalusing) on the Susque- hanna River (Bradford Co., Pa.), the Grube Hymn Book and Harmony were in use there. for some years. The diaries of the missions at Wechquetanc and Friedenshuetten have been edited by the writer and published in The Moravian. Bernhard Adam Grube, born 1715, near Er- furth, Germany, and educated at Jena, came to Pennsylvania in June of 1746 with a Moravian colony. At first he was employed in the ‘schools at Bethlehem. In 1752 he was stationed at the Indian mission at Meniolagomeka (now in Monroe Co., Pa.), where he continued the study of Delaware and daily held meetings for ‘the Indians. In the summer of that year he visited Shamokin and Wyoming, and remained fifteen months at the first-mentioned town. In October, 1753, he was sent to North Carolina, and returned to Bethlehem in 1754, and in 1755 was appointed to Gnadenhuetten, whence he barely escaped with his life on the memora- ble night of Nov. 24th. In 1758 he was de- spatched to Pachgatgoch (Kent) in Connecti- cut. In October of 1760 he removed to Wech- quetane. On the outbreak of the Pontiac war this station was abandoned, and he with- drew with his 44 Indians to Bethlehem. From the latter place, where he was joined by 77 converts from Nain (near Bethlehem), he ac- companied them to the barracks at Philadel- phia and thence to Province Island, whither the government was necessitated to remove them for safety. . Here they remained between November, 1763, and March, 1765. Onthereturn of the converts to Bethlehem his missionary career ended.- Soon after, he was appointed pastor at Lititz, Lancaster Co. In1780 he was commissioned to visit the Indian mission in Ohio. His last appointments were at Hope, N. J., and Emaus (Lehigh Co.), Pa. He died at Bethlehem March 20, 1808, in his 93d year.— Jordan. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE [Guéguen ( Pére Jean Pierre).] Nabowe- winan [and other prayers. | [ Montreal: Beauchemin & fils. 1887.] _ No title-page; text in the Cree language (Ro- mancharacters) pp. 1-4, 16°. For the use of the Roman Catholic Indians of Lake Temiskaming, Abitibi, and others on the upper Ottawa River. On the fourth page is the license: Imprimatur | tN. Z. Lorrain | Ev. de Cythére | Vic. apost. de Pontiac. | Pembroke, 7 Mai 1887. Prayers after the mass as follows: Nabowe- winan, p. 1.—Ave Maria Nisin kata ikitowak, p. 1.—Salve Regina Panima kata ikitowak, p- 2.—Aiamiata, p. 3.—Minawate kata ikitowak, pp. 3-4. ; Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. —— [Prayers to be said after mass, in the Cree language. i Montreal: Beauchemin & fils. 1887.] No title-page; text in the Maskegon dialect (syllabic characters) pp. 1-4, 16°. For the use: of the Roman Catholic Indians of Albany, Moose Factory, Mekiskan, and Waswanipi. On p. 4 is. the license: Imprimatur | t N. Z. Lorrain | Ev. de Cythére | Vic. apost. de Pontiac. | Pembroke, 7 mai 1887. A prayer with heading in syllabic char- acters, p. 1.—Ave Maria, p.1.—Salve Regina, p. 2.—T wo prayers with headings in syllabic char-. acters, pp. 3-4. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. [ ——] Tapowewina [and other prayers. ] [Montreal: Beauchemin & fils. 1887. ] No title-page; text in the Cree language: (Roman characters) pp.1-4,16°. For the use of the Roman Catholic Indians of St. Maurice River, Kinkendatc, Manawan, Coucoucache, and Weymontaching. On the fourth page is the license: Imprimatur| +N. Z. Lorrain | Ev. de Cythére | Vic. apost. de Pontiac. | Pembroke, 7 mai 1887. Prayers to be said after mass. as follows: Tapowewina, p. 1.—Ave Maria, Nictwaw ta. itwewak, p. 1.—Salve Regina, Patima ta itwe- wak, p. 2.—Aiamiata, p. 3.—Minawate taitwe- | wak, pp. 3-4. Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. —— L. J. C. et M. I. | Kikinoamati-ma- sinaigan, | réédité par les soins du | Révd. Pére J. P. Guéguen, O. M. I. | [ Design. ] | Moniang [Montreal]: | tak8abikic- kote endate Jos. Fournier. | 1889. Printed cover as above, title as above verso license to print 11. text pp. 3-15, 16°. A gmail primer for children, in the Cree lan- guage, containing the alphabet and easy sylla- bles from A, E, I, O, to Ack, Eck, Ick, Ock, in capital and small letters, followed by easy read- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 215 Guéeuen (J. P.) —Continued. ing lessons and prayers. A list of the numer- als 1-10000 is on pp. 14-15. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. See Déléage (F. R.) for title of the work from which this was extracted. — L. J.C. et M. I. | Kiskinoamati-Ma- sinaigan | gaie | aiamie | kokwedjimi- towini-masinaigan | a usage des sau- vages du Saint-Maurice | (Postes de - Wemontaching, Okikendatc, Manawan | Coucoucache) et de Mekiskan. | Publié sous lessoins du | Rév. Pére Jean- Pierre Gueguen, O. M.I. | [Design.] | Montréal | C. O. Beauchemin & fils, lib.-imprimeurs | 256 et 258, rue Saint- Paul | 1889 Title verso approbation 1 1. text in the Cree language (Roman characters) pp. 3-52, 16°. Alphabet and primary lessons, with numer- als 1-10000, pp. 3-10.— Prayers, pp. 11-17.— Abridgment of catechism, pp. 17-32. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. This little work, intended for children, is an ‘ extract from the following: — L. J. C. et M. I. | Niirawe | aiamie masinaigan | ou | recueil de priéres, catéchisme | chemin de la croix et cantiques | a l’usage des sauvages du Saint-Maurice | (Pestes de Wemontach- ing, Okikendatc, Manawan | Coucou- cache) et de Mekiskan. | Publié sous les soins du | Rév. Pére Jean-Pierre Gue guen, O. M. I. | [Design.] | Montréal | C. O. Beauchemin & fils, lib.-imprimeurs | 256 et 258, rue Saint- Paul | 1889 Half-title verso approbation 1 1. title verso preface 1 1.text (Roman characters) pp. 5-190, -index pp. 191-192, 16°. Entirely in the Cree language. This book consists of five parts: Alphabet and reading lessons for the Indian youth, with numerals 1-10000, pp.5-16.—Prayers for the morning, for the evening, before confession, etc. pp. 17-53.—Catechism, pp. 54-121.—The way of the cross, pp. 122-152.—Some select can- ticles, pp. 153-190. Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. — L.J.C.M.I. | Recueil | de priéres | catéchisme et cantiques | A l’usage des Sauvages dela Baie d’Hudson | (Postes de Moose Factory, New-Post, Albany, Waswanipi | et Mékiskan). | Publié sous les soins du | Rev. Pere Jean Pierre Gueguen, O. M. I. | [Design.] | Montréal | C. O. Beauchemin & fils, lib.-imprimeurs | 256 et 258, rue Saint- Paul | 1889 Guéguen (J. P.) — Continued. Half-title verso approbation 1 1. title verso alphabet 1 1. text in the Cree language (syllabic characters) pp. 5-109, 16°. Prayers, pp. 5-22.—Catechism, pp. 23-69.— Canticles, pp. 70-109. Copies seen: Hames, Pilling, Powell. For earlier editions of this work see Laver- lochére (J. N.) and Garin (A. M.); also Lebret (L. M.) Father Jean Pierre Guéguen, O. M.I., was born at Ploudalmézeau, Bretagne, France, September 18, 1838. Came to Canada in 1864 and went first to Maniwaki; was removed to Lake Temiskaming in 1865 and visited the missions of Abitibi, Mattawan, Temiskaming, and Tamagaming. In 1867 he visited for the first time the missions of the St. Maurice and Mekiskan rivers, and in 1869 and 1870 went as tar as Lake Mistassini. This (1888) is the 22d year that he has visited those missions of the St. Maurice. He is considered by many the most expert man of the Dominion in the Indian languages. At the present time he resides at Maniwaki, on the Gatineau River, and is work- ing at the translation of the catechism and other prayers and canticles into the dialect of the Weymontaching Indians.—Lorrain. Guichart de Kersident (Pére Vincent Fleuri). Mr. Guichart No 14 | ie Ex- amen de conscience Alkonquin et Iro- x quois | 24 Pensées, prieres 4 suggerer aux malades | 3 Exhbortation apres la confession | 4 Prieres Manuscript; title as above (in the right-hand corner of which is the date 1757-1793) reverse blank 1 leaf and 47 other unnumbered 1. sm. 4°; in the mission of Lac des Deux Montagues, Oka, Canada. The recto of 1. 2is blank; the verso be- gins with the Examen in Algonquin, and on the opposite page, recto 1.3, commences the same in Mohawk, continuing torecto of 1.40, the left-hand pages being in Algonquin, the right in Mohawk. In many cases the French, andin some cases the Latin, equivalents of the questions and arswers are given on the Algonquin pages. Each ques- tion and answer is numbered, each page begin- ning anew numbering. Verso l.40 begins the Pensées, prieres, in French and Mohawk, which extendtoversoof 1.42. Rectol. 43, Exhortation apres la confession, in Mohawk; the recto of 1.44 i8 blank, the verso being occupied with a table of relationships in French and Mohawk, continuing to recto of 1.45, the verso of which is blank, as is also the recto of 1.46. Verso of 1. 46, Credo in Mohawk; rectoof 1. 47, Pater, Ave Maria, Foy, Espérance, Amour, the last contin- uing to verso of the leaf, which also contains the Confiteor; 1], 48, recto, Contrition, Sub tuum, verso blank. ' The manuscript is nicely written, has been bound, and is well preserved. 216 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Guichart de Kersident (V. F.)—Cont’d. [——] Grammaire algonquine. Guichart de Kersident (V. F.)—Cont’d. ‘Vincent Fleuri Guichart de Kersident came Manuscript, 50 Il. 4°, in the archives of the Catholic church at Lac des deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. Interspersed with the text are @ number of blank leaves upon which are written, in different handwritings and appar- ently at different dates, notes relating to the coming and going of various missionaries attached to this station; among them is one which reads: ‘‘Guichart au lac 1754-mort 1793.” _ from France in 1754,learned the two languages, and served, sometimes conjointly, sometimes successively, the Iroquois and the Algonkins of the Lac des Deux Montagnes. He has left some instructions both in Algonkin and Iro- quois. He knew the plain-chant well, and has left us several manuscripts of songs with notes. His portrait is preserved at the Lake of the Two Mountains. He died in 1793."”—Quog. H. Hadley (Lewis Francis). Vocabulary of | Haines (E. M.) — Continued. the Shawnee. Manuscript, ll. 1-32, folio, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology ; received in Septem- ber, 1882. General remarks, p. 1.—Pronouns and declen- sion of auxiliary verbs, pp. 2-9.—A partial con- jugation of the verb fo be, pp. 10-14.—Opposing adjectives, pp. 15-16. — Adverbs of various classes, pp. 17-22. — Prepositions, pp. 23-26.— Conjunctions, pp. 27-28.—Interjections, p. 29.— Numeral adjectives, p. 30.—Remarks, p. 31. Hagius (Barnimus), pseud. See Miiller (A.) ® Haines (Elijah Middlebrook). Indian names[of geographic features in the northwest ]. In Blanchard (R.), Discovery and conquest of the northwest, pp. 475-484, Chicago, 1880, 8°. A list of geographic names, alphabetically arranged, with English significations, in Algon- quin, Appalachian, Iroquois, and Dakota, pp. 475-477.—General remarks on the Algonquin language, p. 477. The | American Indian | (Uh-nish- in-na-ba). | The Whole Subject Com- plete in One Volume | Illustrated with Numerous Appropriate Engravings. | By Elijah M. Haines. | [Design. ] | Chicago: | the Mas-sin-né-gan com- pany, | 1888. Title verso copyright notice etc. 1 1. preface pp. vii-viii, contents and list of illustrations pp. 9-22, text pp. 23-821, large 8°. Comparison of Indian and Asiatic languages (19 words), from McIntosh, principally Algon- quian, pp. 62-63. Chapter VI, ‘‘Indian tribes,” gives special lists and a general alphabetic list of the tribes of North America, derivations of tribal names being frequently given, pp. 121-171. Chapter X, ‘‘Indian languages,’”’ besides remarks of a general nature, treats of the grammar of the Algonguin (Ojibway), giving numerous examples, largely based on Rev. F, F. Wilson’s Manual, pp. 186-196.—Lord’s prayer in Algonquin, Ojibway dialect, English inter- linear, pp. 196-197.—Ojibway names of persons, with meanings (from Peter Jones), pp. 327-328. — Algonquian local names (from Trumbull), pp. 332-333.—Names of the nine established feasts of the Ojibways (from James), pp. 368-370.— Ojibway names of stars (from James), pp. 420- 421.—_Names of the four seasons among the Algonquin tribes, with meanings, p. 425.— Names of the months or moons in the Ojibway of Canada, Ojibway of Lake Superior, Cree, Ottawa, and Menominee, pp. 426-429. Chapter XXXVI, Numerals and use of num- bers: Illustrations of the Indian mode of count- ing (from Schoolcraft), including Micmac exam- ples, p. 435.—Numerals 1-102 in the language of the Ojibway of Chegoimegon (from Wm. W. Warren), p.438; of the Ojibway of the Upper Mississippi (from Mr. Fairbanks), p. 439; the Micmac, pp. 444-445; Arapahoe and Cheyenne, pp. 445-446. — Numerals 1-10 of the Ojibway (from James), Musquake (from James), Minsi, Algonquin, and Delaware (all three from Heck- ewelder), Menominee, p. 447; Cree (from Say), Quaddie, Penobscot, and Miami (all three from Duponceau),p. 448; Shawneeand Unachog (from Duponceau), Natick and Nousaghauset, (from Eliot’s bible), Sourikwosiorum, Canadenses, and Saukikani (all three from De Laet), Algon- quin and Chippeway (from Long), New Stock- bridge, p. 449; Mohegan, Monsee, Naudoway (from James), Pottawattamie, Ottawa (from James), p. 450; Cree (from McKenzie), Cree (from a native), Algonquin (from McKenzie), Mahnesheet, p. 451.—Indian songs, with trans- lations (Algonkin, from Schoolcraft), pp. 529- 531. Chapter XLVIII, pp. 571-597, is on ‘‘ Indian biography,” and consists of a list of names of celebrated chiefs and personages, meanings sometimes being given. Chapter XLIX, pp. 598-603, is on ‘‘ Eliot’s Indian bible,” and gives a transcript of the Indian title of the 1663 edition. Chapter LV is entitled ‘‘Vocabularies,’’ and contains about 70 words in each of the follow- ing languages, among others: Ojibway, Miami, Menominee, Shawnee, Blackfeet, Delaware, Arapahoe, Sheyenne, pp. 669-675.—Short vocab- ulary (21 words) showing comparison of words in the dialects of some of the New England tribes of the Algonquin group (Mas- sachusetts, Narragansett, Mohegan), p. 676.— Vocabulary comparing pronouns and other parts of speech (J, thou, he, yes, no) in the dia- lects of various Indian tribes, showing the sim- 217 218 Haines (E. M.) — Continued. ilarity in numerous instances (Blackfeet, Dela- ware, Menominee, Miami, Ojibway, Shawnee, Sheyenne), p. 676.— Words and phrases, Algon- quin language, Ojibway dialect, with English equivalents, pp. 677-703.—Indian geographical names, alphabetically arranged, with deriva- tions (from Heckewelder, Schoolcraft, Trum- bull, Morgan, and others), largely Aigonquian, pp. 7¢64-806.—Indian names by which localities (here alphabetically arranged) were formerly known (partially Algonquian), pp. 807-821. Copies seen: Congress, Pilling. Haldeman (Samuel Stehman). Onsome points of linguistic ethnology: with il- lustrations, chiefly from the aboriginal languages of America, By Prof. S. S. Haldeman, A.M. — In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. 2d meeting, pp. 423-426, Boston, 1850, 8°. Examples in Cherokee, Lenape, and Wyan- dot. Reprinted, with additions, as follows: — On some points in linguistic ethnol- ogy; with illustrations, chiefly from the aboriginal languages of North America. By S. 8. Haldeman, A. M. In American Acad. Arts. and Sci. Proce. vol. 2, pp. 165-178, Boston and Cambridge, 1852, 8°. —— Analytic orthography: | an | inves- _ tigation of the sounds of the voice, | and their | alphabetic notation; | in- cluding | the mechanism of speech, | and its bearing upon | etymology. | By |S. S. Haldeman, A. M., | professor in Delaware college; | member [&c. six lines. | | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & co. | London: Triibner & co. Paris: Benjamin Duprat. | Berlin: Ferd. Diimmler. | 1860. Half-title ‘‘Trevelyan prize essay’’ verso blank 11. title verso blank 11. preface pp. v—vi, contents pp. vii—viii, slip of additional correc- tions, text pp. 5-147, corrections and additions: p. 148, 4°. Remarks on the Chippeway language, pp. 135-136.—Numerals 1-10 of the Lenape (two versions), Chippeway, Penobscot, Passama- quoddy, Potewatemi, and Shawanee, pp. 145- - 146. Oopies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Trumbull. Hirst printed in American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. new series, vol.11. (*) Samuel Stehman Haldeman, naturalist, was born in Locust Grove, Lancaster County, Pa., August 12,1812; died in Chickies, Pa., Septem- ber 10, 1880. He was educated at a classical school in Harrisburg, and then spent two years in Dickinson College. In 1836 Henry D. Rogers, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Haldeman (S. 8.) — Continued. having been appointed state geologist of New Jersey, sent for Mr. Haldeman, who had been his pupil at Dickinson, to assist him. A year later, on the reorganization of the Pennsylvania geological survey, Haldeman was transferred to his own state, and was actively engaged on the survey until1842. He made extensive researches among Indian dialects, and alsoin Pennsylvania Dutch, besides investigations in the English, Chinese, and other languages. — Appleton’s — Oyclop. of Am. Biog. [Hale (Horatio).] Remarks | on the | Language of the St. John’s | or | Wlas- tukweek Indians, | with a | Penobscot vocabulary. | Boston. | 1834. Title verso advertisement 11. text pp. 3-8, 8°. The pages following the title-leaf are num- bered 1, 2, 3,4,one unnumbered, 8. At the top of the first page of the text is the heading: Remarks | on | Some Words in the Language | of the | St. John’s or Wlastukweek Indians. | By H. E. H. General remarks, p. 3 (wrongly numbered 1).—‘‘Cognate dialects,” including the numer: als 1-10, and a few words of the Penobscot, St. John’s, and Micmac, p. 4 (wrongly numbered 2).—Notes on the differences of the foregoing | specimens, p. 5 (wrongly numbered 3).—Gram- matical character, ~p. 6 (wrongly numbered 4).—Collection of words ané phrases in the Penobscot dialect (nouns, pronouns, aud verbs), pp. 7-8 (p. 7 being unnumbered). Copies seen: American Philosophical Society, Lenox. The latter copy lacks the title-page and last leaf. ; Concerning this little work Mr. Hale writes meas follows: ‘‘ You may beamused to learn that this youthful production of mine was not only writter at the age of seventeen, during my sec- ond year at Harvard, but was printed by my- self. Some Indians from Maine came—I do not remember how or why—and encamped on the college grounds. I took down a vocabulary from them, and, having a knowledge of type- setting, I took it to a printing office, and there put it into type and printed off fifty copies, which I sent to persons whom I thought likely to be interested in it. I have some idea of re- printing it, with these particulars by way of preface. ‘‘Tghallalso have toask you to omit the initial E from my name. Finding that there was no other Horatio Hale from whom I needed to be distinguished, I dropped this useless and cumbersome adjunct from the time I became of age. All my works except; the little pamphlet just referred to have appeared without it.” United States | exploring expedi- tion. | During the years | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. | Under the command of | Charles Wilkes, U.S. N. | Vol. VI. | Ethnography and philology. | By |. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 219 Hale (H.) — Continued. Hale (H.) — Continued. — Report on the Blackfoot tribes. Horatio Hale, | philologist of the expe- dition. | Philadelphia: | printed by C. Sher- man. | 1846. Half-title ‘‘ United States exploring expedi- tion, by authority of Congress” verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-vii, alphabet pp. ix—xii, half-title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-666, map, 4°. Vocabulary of the Satsikaa or Blackfeet, pp. 570-629, lines 13. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con, gress, Lenox, Trumbull. AttheSquiersale, no. 446, a copy brought $13; at the Murphy sale, no. 1123, half maroon mo- rocco, top edge gilt, $13. Also issued with the following title: —— United States | exploring expedi- tion. | During the years | 1838, 183y, 1840, 1841, 1842. | Under.the command graphy and philology. | By | Horatio Hale, | philologist of the expedition. | Philadelphia: | Lea and Blanchard. | 1846. Half-title ‘‘United States exploring expedi-. tion’’ verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. con- tents pp. v—vii, alphabet pp. ix-xii, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-666, map, 4°. Copies seen: Eames, Lenox. —— Indian migrations, as evidenced by language. In American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal, vol. 5, pp. 18-28, 108-124, Chicago, 1883, 8°. General remarks on the Algonquian lan- guages, with a few examples from Trumbull, pp. 112-113. Issued separately as follows: —— Indian migrations, | as evidenced by language: | comprising | The Huron- Cherokee Stock: The Dakota Stock: The Algonkins: | The Chahta-Muskoki Stock: The Moundbuilders: | The Iberians. | By Horatio Hale, M. A. |] A Paper read at a Meeting of the Ameri- can Association for the Advance- | ment of Science, held at Montreal, in August, 1882. | Reprinted from the *‘ American | Antiquarian” for January and April, 1883. | Chicago: | Jameson & Morse, Print- ers, 162-164 Clark St. | 1383. Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-27, 8°. - Copies seen; Brinton, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trambull. Clarke and co. 1886, no. 6418, price a copy 35 cents. —— Race and language. Halfmoon (Charles). Drawn up by Mr. Horatio Hale. In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Report of the 55th meeting, pp. 696-708, London, 1886, 8°. Comparative vecabularies (75 words) of En- glish, Blackfoot, Cree, and Ojibway, pp. 702-703. Issued separately without title-page, re- paged 1-12. (Bureau of Ethnology.) —— The development of language. By Horatio Hale. In Canadian Inst. Proc. third series, vol. 6, pp. 92-134, Toronto, 188, 8°. Words expressive of abstractions in Algon- kin, Ojibway, and Massachusetts, pp. 129-130. Issued separately as follows: —— The | development of language. | A paper read before the Canadian Insti- tute, | Toronto, April, 1838. | By | Horatio Hale. | Toronto: | the Copp, Clark com- pany, limited. | 1888. Printed cover as above, title as above re- verse blank 1 1. text pp. 3-45, 8°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. By Horatio Hale. In Popular Science Monthly, vol. 32, pp. 340- 351, New York, 1888, 8°. Micmac, Chippewa, and Delaware terms passim. Horatio Hale, ethnologist, born in Newport, N. H., May 3, 1817, was graduated at Harvard in 1837, and was appointed in the same year phil- ologist to the United States exploring expedi- tion under Capt. Charles Wilkes. In this ca- pacity he studied a large number of the lan- guages of the Pacific islands, as well as of North and South America, Australia, and Africa, and also investigated the history, tradi- tions, and customs of the tribes speaking those languages. The results of his inquiries are given in his ‘‘Ethnography and Philology,” (Philadelphia, 1846), which forms the seventh volume of the expedition reports. He has published numerous memoirs on anthropol- ozy and ethnology, is amember of many learned societies both in Europe and in America, and in 1886 was vice-president of the American As- sociation for the Advancement of Science, presiding over the section of anthropology.— Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. A collection | of | Muncey and English | hymns, | for the use of the native Indians. | Translated by Charles Halfmoon, | local preacher. | [Two lines quotation. ] | Toronto: | printed for the Missionary society of the Wesleyan | Methodist 220 Halfmoon (C.) — Continued. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Haliburton (T. C.) — Continued. church in Canada. | Conference office, No. 9, Wellington buildings. | 1842. Second title: Minseeweh | nuhkoomwawau- kunul, | nuhkoomwaghtohteetij | neik linnau- pawug. | Auneh kowhwaujmoowhwaig hung- keil | pun Kashohweish [Charles Halfmoon], | local preacher. | [Two lines quotation. ] | Toronto: | printed for the Missionary society of the Wesleyan | Methodist church in Canada. | Conference office, No. 9, Wellington build- ings. { 1842. English title verso 1. 1 recto blank, Muncey title recto 1. 2 verso blank, half-title in Muncey recto 1.3 (p. 1), text (alternate pages English and Muncey) pp. 2-199, missionary hymn in English p. 201, index in English pp. 203-204, index in Muncey pp. 205-206, 16°. Copies seen: Dunbar, Pilling, Powell. —— A | collection of hymns, | in | Mun- cey and English, | for the use of the na- tive Indians. | Translated | by Charles Halfmoou, { Assistant Missionary. | [Two lines quotation. ] | Toronto: | printed for the Wesleyan missionary society, at the | Conference office, 80 King street east. | 1874. Second title: Minseewee, | loouzwaywaukun- ‘nul, | loonzwaghtohteedt | neek, linnaupay- wug, | onnihkowhwoj moowhwaig hummoh- teedt. | nun, Kayshohweesh [Charles Half- - moon], | Weej mod Paimtoonhayleed. | [Two lines quotation. ] | Toronto: | printed for the Wesleyan mission- ary society, at the | Conference office, 80 King street east. | 1874. Half-title ‘‘Muncey and English hymns” recto 1.1, verso English title (p. 1), Muncey title recto 1.2 (p. 1), verso (p. 2) place of print- ing, preface 11. (pp. 2-3), sounds of words recto 4th 1. (p 3), text pp. 4-96, 4-96 (double numbers, alternate English and Muncey), index in En- glish pp. 97-99, index in Muncey pp. 100-102, 16°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Yale. ‘“‘A few of these hymns have been translated ‘by the late Rev. A. Luckenbach, Moravian mis- sionary, who has lived with the Moravian In- -dians a number of years at New Fairfield, or Moraviantown, and who was well acquainted with them and their language. The principal part of them, however, have been translated by me.” —Preface. —— See Minseeweh. — See Wampum (J. B.) and Hogg (H.) {Haliburton (Judge Thomas Chandler). ] A | General Description | of | Nova Sco- tia ; | illustrated by anew and correct | map. | [Three lines Latin. ] | Halifax, N.S.: | Printed at the Royal Acadian School. | 1823. | (Price 6s. 6d.) Fall (Rev. Sherman). * Chippewa language. ] Ce) —— and Copway (G.) Title verso blank 1 1. contents 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. 5-6, text pp. 7-208, errata 1 p. 8°. Specimens of the Micmac language—vocabu- lary, pronouns, and present and imperfect of the verb to dance, with equivalent English throughout, pp. 57-61. Copies seen: Harvard. Judge Haliburton’s later work, ‘‘An histor- ical and statistical account of Nova Scotia,” Halifax, 1829,2 vols., does not contain the lin- guistics. (Congress.) [Grammar of the Manuscript. Title from an article by Julius T. Clark, entitled ‘‘ Reminiscenses of the Chip- pewa chief, Hole-in-the-day,” which appeared in the Collectionsof the Wisconsin Historical So- ciety, vol. 5, p. 380, from which I extract the following: “Among the other things done by Mr. Hall he reduced the Chippewa (or more properly, O-jeeb-wa) language to a system, and trans- lated the New Testament and a variety of other books into their language. One of these Testaments I had the pleasure of presenting to this Society after my return. ‘‘T have also a part ot the grammar, as made by Mr. Hall, in manuscript.” In answer to an inquiry of mine concerning ‘the manuscript grammar, Mr. Clark writes me as follows: ‘‘Tt is so long (now over forty years) since the matters about which you inquire occurred, I fear that I shall not be able.to aid you in the object of your search. I spent between one and two years among the Ojibways in Govern- ment employ. The manuscript copy of a por- tion of the Ojibway grammar which I brought home, I.remember was preserved for awhile and referred to asa curiosity, but, in my various movements, it has long since disappeared. I regret this fact, for, if you have not a copy I think it might have proved of some interest to you.” See Jones (P.) and others. Minuajimouin gainajimot | au | St. Luke. | Anishinabe enuet giizhianikuynotabiong | au | 8. Hall, | mekvdeuikonaie; | gaie au | George Copway, | anishinabe gugikue- uinini. | Boston: | printed for the American board of commissioners | for foreign missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1837. Literal translation: The good tidings as he told it| that | St. Luke. | The Indian as he speaks they have translated and put it in writ-— ing | that | S. Hall, | the one clothed in black [minister] | and that | George Copway, | Indian preacher man. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 21: Hall (S.) and Copway (G.)— Continued. Title verso blank 1 1. text (gospel of Luke entirely in the Chippewa language) pp. 3-110, alphabet pp. 111-112, 12°. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- seum, Eames, Massachusetts Historical Soci- ety, Pilling, Powell. At the Field sale, no. 1721, a copy brought $1.25. Odizhijigeuiniua | igiu | gaanon- injig. | Anishinabe enuet anikvnota- bivng | au | Sherman Hall, | gaie au | | George Copway. | (Acts of the apos- tles in the Ojibwa language.) | Boston: | printed for the American board of commissioners | for foreign missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1838. Literal translation: Their action | those | who were hired. | The Indian as he speaks they translate and put it in writing | that | Sherman Hall, | and that | George Copway. Title verso blank 11. text (entirely in the Ojibwa language) pp.3-105, alphabet pp. 107-108, 12°, Copies seen: American Board of Commission- ers, Boston Athenzum, British Museum, Eames, Pilling, Poweil. At the Field sale, no. 1720, a copy brought $1.25; at the Murphy sale, no. 2953, $1. Hamelin (—). Vocabulary of the Otta- wa language. In Gallatin (A.), Synopsis of the Indian tribes, in American Ant. Soc. Trans, vol. 2, pp. 305-367, line 9, Cambridge, 1836, 8°. According to Gallatin, Hamelin was an edu- cated half-breed Ottawa. Hamilton (Dr. 8. M.) Chippewa vocab- ulary. Manuscript, 20 pp. folio, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology; collected in 1879. Contains about 180 words. Hamilton (Rev. William). Names de- rived from the Indian languages. In Nebraska State Hist. Soc. Trans. and Reps. vol. 1, pp. 73-75, Lincoln, Nebr. 1885, 8°. Geographic names derived from various In- dian languages, among them the Sac. Followed on page 76 by a brief list of Indian names of streams and localities, by Henry Fontenelle. Mr. Hamilton was born in Lycoming (now Clinton) County, Pennsylvania, on August 1, 1811. In his twenty-first year he went to college at Washington, Pa., now Washington and Jefferson College, from which he was grad- uated in 1834. He was licensed to preach in 1837, and was accepted by the Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions as their mission- ary, being ordained in October of the same year. During the fall of 1837, having been married the preceding summer, Mr. Ham- ilton started westward, and spent the winter Hamilton (W.) — Continued. among the Iowa and Missouri Sac Indians on Wolf Creek, Nebraska, where Rev.S. F. Irvin and wife were stationed. Among these Indians. he spent fifteen years. In 1853 he was trans- ferred to the Oto and Omaha Mission, Belle- vue, Nebr., and since that time has been almost continuously in the service of the Pres- byterian Board of Foreign Missions. Mr. Hamilton is the author of a number of works in the Iowa and Omaha languages, titles of which will be found in the Bibliography of the: Siouan languages. Handy (Charles N.) Vocabulary of the Miami. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2.. pp. 470-481, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. Contains nearly 400 words. Reprinted in Ulrici (E.), Die Indianer Nord- Amerikas, p. 39, Dresden, 1867, 8°. Hanipeau (Rev.—). [Hymn-book in the Chippewa language. | (ea) Manuscript. Title from the Rev. W.F. Gag- nieur, Wikwemikong, Manitoulin Island, On- tario, Canada, March 15, 1890. Not having it in hand he was unable to furnish me a detailed description. Hanson (John Wesley). History | of the old towns | Norridgewock and Canaan | comprising | Norridgewock, | Canaan, Starks, Skowhegan, and Bloomfield, | from their early settlement to the year | 1849; | including a sketch of the Ab- naki Indians. | By J. W. Hanson, | au- thor of the History of Danvers. | [One line quotation. ] | Boston : | published by the author. | 1849. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. pre- face pp. 3-5, text pp. 7-371, index p. 373, 12°. Specimens of the Norridgewock dialect of the: Abnaki tongue (from Lincoln), phrases, sen- tences, numerals 1-10, 1000, and the hymn O Salutaris Hostia (from Rasle), pp. 37-38. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- seum. History | of | Gardiner, | Pittston and West Gardiner, | with a sketch of the | Kennebec Indians, & New Ply- mouth purchase, | comprising historical matter from | 1602 to 1852; | with gene- alogical sketches of many families. | By J. W. Hanson, | Author of [&c. two lines. ] | Gardiner: | published by William Palmer. | 1852. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, index pp. v-xi, list of plates and errata 1 page, text pp. 13-343, 12°. 222 Hanson (J. W.)— Continued. About 35 Abnaki names of places in Maine, with significations, pp. 20-21. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Bos- _} ton Public, Congress. = (Lieut. Campbell). Sporting ad- ventures | in | the New World; | or, | days and nights of moose-hunting | in | the pine forests of Acadia. | By Lieut. Campbell Hardy, | Royal Artillery. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-I1]. | London: | Hurst and Blackett, pub- lishers, | successors to Henry Colburn, | 13, Great Marlborough street. | 1855. 2 vols.: frontispiece 1 1. title 1 1. preface pp. lii-v, contents pp. vii-xii, text pp. 1-304; front- ispiece 1 1. title 1 1. contents pp. ili—viii, text pp. 1-288, appendix pp. 289-299, 12°. A few terms in the Micmac dialect, vol. 2, p. 227, et seq. Oopies seen: British Museum, Congress. At the Field sale, no. 902, an uncut copy brought $3. Harmon (Daniel Williams). A | journal | of | voyages and travels| in the | interiour of North America, | between the 47th and 58th degrees of north lati- tude, extend- |ing from Montreal nearly to the Pacific ocean, a distance | of about 5,000 miles, including an account of the prin- | cipal occurrences, during a residence of nineteen } years, in differ- ent parts of the country. | To which are added, | a concise description of the face of the country, its inhabitants, | their manners, customs, laws, religion, etc. and considera- | ble specimens of the two languages, most extensively | spoken; together with an account of the princi- | pal animals, to be found in the forests and | prairies of this exten- sive region, | Illustrated by a map of the country. | By Daniel Williams Harmon, | a partner in the north west company. | Andover: | printed by Flagg and Gould. | 1820. Half-title verso blank 1 1. portrait 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. v-xxiii, text pp. 25-432, map, 8°. Names of the seasons in the Cree tongue, pp. 368-369.—Names of the moons in the Cree tongue, pp. 369-370.—A specimen of the Cree or Knisteneux tongue, which is spoken by at least three fourths of the Indians of the.north west country, on the east side of the Rocky mount- ain (a vocabulary of 500 words), pp. 385-401.— Numerical terms 1-1000 of the Crees or Knis- teneux, pp. 402-403. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Harmon (D. W.) — Continued. Extracts from the linguistic portion of this volume are given by many authors. Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- neum, British Museum, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Geolugical Survey. At the Field sale, no. 908, a half-moroceo copy brought $3.50; at the Brinley sale, no. 4685, $5.25; at the Murphy sale, no. 1146, $2.25. Harmony of the gospels [Delaware]. See Grube (B. A.) [Harrisse (Henry).] Notes | pourservir | a Vhistoire, a la bibliographie | et a la | cartographie | de la | Nouvelle- France | et des’| pays adjacents | 1545- 1700. | Par Vauteur de la | Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima | [Three lines quotation. ] | [Device.] | Paris | librairie Tross | 5 rue Neuve- des-petits-champs 5 | 1872. Colophon: Imprimé]| par W. Drugulin a Leipzig | [Device] | Pour la | librairie Tross, a Paris | M. DCCC. LXXII [1872]. Printed cover as above, half-title verso blank 1 1. title as above verso biank 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. introduction pp. i-xxxiii, half- title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-354, index pp. 355-367, colophon verso blank 11. list of publi- cations 1 1. sm. 8°. ; Contains titles and notes of a number of early Canadian works, some of which refer to Algonquian and other languages. Copies seen: Eames, Geological Survey, Lenox. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 274, 10 fr.; an- other copy, large vellum, 15 fr.; by Qua- ritch, no. 12094, 8s.; another copy, large vel- lum, 12s. 6d.; by Labitte, 1883, a copy on large Holland paper, 20 fr. At the Murphy sale, no. 1153, a copy, ‘‘half maroon morocco, extra, top edge gilt, uncut,” brought $7. Priced by Quaritch, no 30227, 8s.; another copy, large vellum, 12s. 6d.; by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 5864, $4.75; by Leclerc, 1887 supplement, p. 120, 10 fr.; another copy, large vellum, 15 fr. and the same prices in his catalogue for 1888; Gagnon, of Quebec, 1888, $3. Harvey (Henry). History | of the | Shawnee Indians, | from the year 1681 to ae inclusive. | By | Henry Har- vey: | a member of the religious society of rine | Cincinnati: | Ephraim Morgan & sons. | 1855. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso cooperate 11. preface pp. lii-v, contents pp. vii-x, text pp. 11-316, 16°. Penn (W.), A letter, etc. pp. 12-21. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Wiscunsin Historical Society. FAC-SIMILE OF THE FIRST PAGE OF THE HATCHETS. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Harvey (Simon D.) Terms of relation- ship of the Shawnee (Si-wan-wi’-kee), collected by Friend Simon D. Harvey, Shawnee Reservation, Kansas. In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguinity and affinity of the human family, pp. 293-382, lines 55, Washington, 1871, 4°. — See Fish (P.) and Harvey (8. D.) Hatchets. The Hatchets, to hew down the ‘Tree of Sin, | which bears the Fruit of Death. | Or, | The laws, by which the Magistrates are | to punish Offences, among the Indians, | as well as among the English. | Togkunkash, tummetha- munate Matcheseongane | mehtug, ne meechumuoo Nuppooonk. | Asuh, | Wunonaumatuongash, nish nashpe Nan- anuacheeg | kusnunt sasamatahamwog matcheseongash ut | kenugke Indian- sog netatappe onk ut kenugke | En- glishmansog. (asuh chohkquog.) Colophon: Boston: Printed by B. Green. 1705. é No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-15, sm.8°. On the first page is the double heading as above and an introduction to the laws, be- ginning ‘‘ The laws are now to be declared, O Indians,” &c. See the fac-simile of the first page. This introduction and each of the twenty laws are followed, in order, by a transla- tion into the language of the Indians of Masgsa- chusetts. At theend, on p. 15, are two para- ‘graphs of admonition, and on the lower half of the page, between single rules, is the colophon, as above. “Of this tract (pp. 16,sm. 8vo.) I have seen only two copies,—one in the Antiquarian Soci- ety’s library; the other (formerly Mr. Brin- ley’s) is now in the Lenox Library, New York. .. . Amanuscript note by T. Prince ascribes this tract to Cotton Mather: but I am confi- dent that the translation was not made by him.” — Trumbull. Copies seen: Lenox. At the Brinley sale, no. 729, a copy brought $40. Hathaway (Joshua). Indian names. In the Northwestern Journal, vol. 1, pp. 81-92, Madison, 1850, 8°. @) Title from Dr. J. Hammond Trumbyll. Per- haps it is the original of the following: —Indian names. By Joshua Hatha-. way, esq. In Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 1, pp. 116- 118, Madison, 1855, 8°. Dated from Milwaukee, July 10,1849, A list of twelve geographic names in the Chippewa language, with meaningsand etymol- ogies. 223 Hathaway. (J.) — Continued. Joshua Hathaway was born in Rome, New York; went to Milwaukee in 1835, having been employed in making Government land surveys within the present southeastern limits of Wis- consin. He was early made district surveyor, and in manv ways was serviceable to the pio- neer public. He died July 4, 1863. Haven (Samuel Foster), Smithsonian contributions to knowledge. | Arche- ology | of the | United States. | Or | sketches, historical and bibliograph- ical, of the progress of | information and opinion respecting vestiges of | an- tiquity in the United States. | By | Samuel F. Haven. | (Accepted for pub- lication, January, 1855.) Colophon: Published by the Smith- sonian institution, | Washington, D.C. | July, 1856. Title with names of the commission and printers on verso 1 1. slip of errata, contents verso blank 1 1. introductory note pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-159, index pp. 161-168, 4°. Forms part of vol. 8, Contributions to Knowledge. Language of the American Indians, pp. 53- 72, is a general discussion of the writers on the subject, among them Adelung, Vater, Gal- latin, Duponceau, Heckewelder, Eliot, and Schoolcraft. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Geolog- ical Survey, Powell, Smithsonian Institution. Issued also as follows : —— Smithsonian contributionsto knowl- edge. | Archzology | of the | United States. | Or | sketches, historical and bibliographical, of the progress of | information and opinion respecting vestiges of | antiquity in the United States. | By } Samuel F. Haven. | Washington city: | published by the Smithsonian institution. | July, 1856. | New York: G. P. Putnam & co. Printed cover as above, title and collation otherwise as in previons title. Copies seen: Astor, Eames, Powell, Trum- bull. At the Fischer sale, no. 782, a copy brought 1s. 6d.; at the Field sale, no. 924, a half-morocco copy, $3.12; at the Squier sale, no. 457, a similar copy, $4; at the* Brinley sale, no. 5400, $2.75; at the Murphy sale, a half-morocco copy, top gilt, $4.75. Priced by Clarke & co. 1826, no. 6425, $4.50. Hayden: This word following a title or in paren- theses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the bookstore of Lewis S. Hayden, Washing- ton, D.C. 224 Hayden (Dr. Francis Vandever). Con- tributions to the ethnography and phi- lology of the Indian tribes of the Mis- souri valley. By F. V. Hayden, M. D. In American Philosoph.. Soc. Trans. new series, vol. 12, pp. 231-461, Philadelphia, 1863, 4°. Chapter 1, Introduction (including the alpha- bet used), pp. 231-234. Chapter 2, Ethnographical history, I. Kniste- neaux, or Crees (pp. 234-248), includes a list of moons, other divisions of time, and numerals 1-10000, with English significations, p. 246. Chapter 3, II. Blackfeet, Ethnographical his- tory, pp. 248-256. Chapter 4, Remarks upon the grammatical structure of the Blackfoot language, pp. 257- 266. Chapter 5, Vocabulary of the Sik-si-ka or Blackfoot language (double columns, alphabet- ically arranged by English words), pp. 266-273. Chapter 6, III. Shyennes, Ethnographical his- tory (including list of dances), pp. 274-282. Chapter 7, Remarks on the grammatical structure of the Shyenne language (including list of relationships, names of tribes, persons, rivers, mammals, birds, serpents, and plants), pp. 283-293. Chapter 8, Vocabulary of the Shyenne lan- guage (double columns, alphabetically arranged by English words), pp. 294-320. Chapter 9, IV. Arapohos, Ethnographical his- tory, pp. 321-323; grammatical structure, pp. 323-325.—Names of dances, tribes, rivers, ani- mals, and plants, pp. 325-327. Chapter 10, Vocabulary of the acupenh lan- guage, (double columns, alphabetically ar- ranged by English words), pp. 328-339. Chapter 11, V. Atsinas, Ethnographical his- ptory, p. 340-344.—Vocabulary of the Atsina dialect of the Arapoho language (alphabetically arranged by English words), pp. 344-345. Issued also with title-page as follows: \ Contributions | to the | ethnography and philology | of the | Indian tribes | of the | Missouri valley. | By Dr. F. V. Hayden, | member [&c. two lines. ] | Prepared under the direction of capt. William F. Raynolds, T. E. U.S. A., | and published by permission of the War department. | Philadelphia: printers, | 1862. Cover title as above, title asabove verso blank 11. contents verso blank 1 1|.text pp. 231-458, index pp. 459-461, map, 2 plates, 4°. Copies seen: Brinton, Dunbar, Eames, Na- tional Museum, Powell, Trumbull. Priced by Quaritch, no. 29962, 1. . Ferdinand Vandever Hayden, geologist, born in Westfield, Mass.,7 Sept., 1829 [died in Philadelphia, Dec. 22, 1887]. He early settled | C. Sherman & son, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Hayden (F.. V.) — Continued. in Ohio, and after his graduation at Oberlin in 1850, zeceived his medical degree at the Albany medical college in 1853. During the same year he explored the ‘‘Bad Lands’’ of Dakota. In 1854 he again went West, spent two years in exploring the basin of the Upper Missouri. In May, 1859, he was appointed naturalist and surgeon to the expedition sent out for the exploration of the Yellowstone and Missouri Rivers under Capt. William F. Raynolds. In May, 1862, he entered the U.S. Army as assist- ant surgeon of volunteers. He was appointed professor of mineralogy and geology in 1865 in the University of Pennsylvania, and held that chair until 1872, when the increased duties of the survey caused his resignation. During the summer of 1866 he agaiu visited the valley of the Upper Missouri. 1In1867 Congress provided for the geological survey of Nebraska. Dr. Hayden was directed to perform the work, and continued so occupied until the 1 April, 1869, when it was organized under the title of the Geological Survey of the Territories of the. United States. From 1869 till 1872 Dr. Hayden conducted a series of geological explorations. in Dakota, Wyoming, Utah, and Colorado. Dr. Hayden continued the direction of this. survey until 1879, when the then existing na- tional surveys were consolidated into the U.S. Geological Survey, and Dr. Hayden was made geologist-in-charge of the Montana division. He held this office until 31 Dec., 1886, when failing health led to his resignation. Dr. Hay- den was a member of scientific societies both in the United States and in Europe, and in 1873. was elected to the National Academy of Sciences. In 1887 the degree of LL.D. was. conferred on him by the University of Pennsyl- vania.—A ppleton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. Heckewelder (Rev. John Gottlieb Er- nestus). An account of the history, manners, and customs, of the Indian na- tions, who once inhabited Pennsylvania, and the neighbouring states. By the Rev. John Heckwelder, of Bethlehem. In American Philesoph. Soc. Trans. of the: Hist. and Lit. Com. vol. 1, pp. 1-348, Philadel- phia, 1819, 8°. Chapter ix, Languages, containing notices ot the Karalit [Eskimo], pp. 104-105, the Iroqnois, pp. 105-106, the Lenape, pp. 106-112, and the: Floridjan, pp. 112-114. This article was reviewed by Cass (L.) im the N. A. Review, vol. 22, pp. 53-119, Boston,. 1826, 8°. This was answered by Rawle (W.) in Penn. Hist. Soc. Mem. vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 238-275, Philadelphia, 1826, 8° (reprinted in Rondthaler- (E.), Life of Heckewelder, pp. xi-xxv, Philadel- phia, 1847, 12°); and this in turn by Cass (L.) in the N. A. Review, vol. 26, pp. 357-403, Boston, 1228, 8°. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Heckewelder (J. G. E.) — Continued. At the Brinley sale, no. 5402, an uncut copy sold for $6. The Murphy copy, no. 1184, half- morocco, top edge gilt, brought $7. Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6427, price a copy $6. Issued separately with title-page as follows: —— An Account | of the | History, Man- ners, and Customs, | of | the Indian Nations, | who once inhabited Pennsyl- vania and | the neighbouring states. | -Communicated to the Historical and Literary Committee of | the American ‘Philosophical Society, held at Philadel- | phia for promoting Useful Knowl- edge, | by | the Rev. John Heckewelder, |of Bethlehem, | and published by order of the Committee. | Philadelphia: | Printed and Pub- lished by Abraham Small, | no. 112, Chesnut [sic] Street. | 1818. Title verso blank 1 1. copyright notice verso 1,2, recto blank, contents pp. iii-iv, text pp. 1-348, 8°. Linguistics as under title above, pp. 104-114. -— Johann Heckewelder’s | Evange- lischen Predigers zu Bethlehem | Nach- richt | von der | Geschichte, den Sitten und Gebrauchen | der | Indianischen Volkerschaften, | welche ehemals Penn- sylvanien und die benach- | barten Staaten bewohnten. Ausdem Englisch- en ubersetzt und mit den Angaben | anderer Schriftsteller iber eben diesel- ben Gegenstande | (Carver, Loskiel, Long, Volney) vermehrt | von | Fr. Hesse | Evangelischem Prediger zu Nien- burg. | Nebst einem die Glaubwirdig- keit und den anthropolo- | gischen Werth der Nachrichten Heckewelder’s | betreffenden Zusatze | von G. E. Schulze. | - Géttingen | bey Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht. | 1821. Title verso blank 1 1. preface by Hesse pp. lii-vili, notes by Schulze pp. ix-xlvi, contents pp. xlvii-xlviii, Heckewelder’s preface intro- duction and text pp. 1-582, errata 1 i. 8°. Die Lenape Sprache, pp. 161-170. . Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress. A copy at the Fischer sale, no. 787, brought 2s. — Histoire, | meurs et coutumes | des | nations indiennes | qui habitaient autrefois la Pensylvanie | et les états voisins; | par le révérend | Jean Hecke- welder, | missionnaire morave, | traduit ALG 15 225 Heckewelder (J. G. E.) — Continued. de Vanglais | Par le Chevalier Du Pon- ceau. | A Paris, | Chez L. De Bure, Libraire, rue Guénégaud, n° 27. | 1822. 2 p. ll. pp. i-xii, 138-571, 8°. Linguistics as under titles above, pp. 171-174. Oopies seen: Congress, Trumbull. — At the Squier sale a copy, no. 465, brought $5.13. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 896, 18 fr. The Brinley copy, no. 5403, russet calf, gilt, brought $2. Quaritch, no. 29963, priced a half- calf copy 1 l.and Clarke & co. in 1886, no, 6428, an uncut copy $2.50. History, | manners, and customs | of | The Indian Nations | who once in- habited Pennsylvania and | the neigh- bouring states. | By the | Rev. John Heckewelder, | of Bethlehem, Pa. | New and Revised Edition. | With an | intro- duction and notes | by the | Rev. Will- iam C. Reichel, | of Bethlehem, Pa. | Philadelphia: | publication fund of | _ the Historical society of Pennsylvania, | No. 820 Spruce street. | 1876. In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Mem. vol. 12, pp. i-xlvi, 47-348, Philadelphia, 1876, 8°. Linguistics as under titles above, pp. 118-127, Copies seen: Congress, Eames. — Words, phrases, and short dialogues, in the language of the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware Indians. By the Rev. John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem. In American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. of the Hist. and Lit. Com. vol. 1, pp. 450-464, Philadel- phia, 1819, 8°. Reprinted as follows: Words, phrases, and short dialogues, in the language of the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware Indians. By the Rev. John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem. In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Mem. vol. 12, pp. 435-442, Philadelphia, 1876, 8°. Names which the Lenni Lenapes or Delaware Indians, who once inhabited this country, had given to rivers, streams, places, &c., &c., within the now states of Peinsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia; and also names of chieftains and distinguished men of that nation; with the significance of those names and biographical sketches of some of those men. By the late Rev. John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem, Penn- sylvania. In American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. new series, vol. 4, pp. 351-396, Philadelphia, 1834, 4°. 226 Heckewelder (J. G. E.) — Continued. Letter of Peter S. Duponceau to Franklin Bache, M. D., chairman of the publishing com- mittee, pp. 351-353. Introductory remarks by the Rev. John Heckewelder, p. 354.—Indian names of rivers, streams, and other noted places in the state of Pennsylvania, pp. 355-374.—In- dian names of rivers, creeks, &c. in New Jersey, from maps, pp. 375-376.—Indian names of rivers, creeks, &c. in Maryland, pp. 377-379.— Indian names of rivers, persons, &c. in Virginia, pp. 379-382.—Names of Delaware chiefs and other noted characters of this nation, since the ar- rival of William Penn, together with the signi- fication of some of the names here presented, and short biographical sketches, pp. 383-396. Issued separately with title-page as follows: —— Names | given by | the Lenni Le- nape or Delaware Indians to rivers, streams, | places, &c., in the now states of Pennsylvania, | New Jersey, Mary- land and Virginia; | and also | Names of Chieftains and distinguished men of that nation: | with | Their Significa- tions, and some Biographical Sketches. | By the late | Rev. John Heckewelder, | of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. | Com- municated to the American Philosoph- - ical Society, April 5, 1822, and now pub- lished by | their order; revised and prepared for the press by Peter S. Du- Ponceau. | Printed by | James Kay, Jun. and Co., Philadelphia, | Printers to the American philosophical society. | 1833. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-48, 4°. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum. Atthe Brinley sale, no. 5628, a copy brought $1. — Memorandum of the Names and Sig- nifications which the ‘‘ Lenni Lenape,” otherwise called ‘‘ the Delawares,” had given to Rivers, Streams, Places, &c., within the States of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, together with the names of some Chief- tains and eminent men of this nation. Taken from the papers of the Rey. John Heckewelder, during his mission among the Indians of Pennsylvania. Presented to the ‘‘ Historical Society of Pennsylvania,” By Maurice C. Jones, of Bethlehem, Pa. In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Bull. vol. 1, nos. 11 and 12, pp. 121-135, 139-154, Philadelphia, 1848, 8°. This list is classified according to counties, states, etc. and arranged in three columns, the BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Heckewelder (J. G. E.) — Continued. first containing the English names, the second the Delaware names, and the third the notes and observations. The names of chiefs fill pages 143-154. Names which the Lenni Lennape or Delaware Indians gave to rivers, streams and localities within the states of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Mary- land and Virginia, with their significa- tions, by John Heckewelder. In Moravian Hist. Soc. Trans. pp. 227-282, Nazareth, 1876, 89°. (Trumbull.) In preparing this edition the editor, Wm. C. Reichel, has given the names in alphabetic order and has added philologic notes. It was issued as a separate in advance of the publica- tion of the volume, with title-page as follows: Names | which the |. Lenni Lennape or Delaware Indians | gave to | rivers, streams and localities, | within the states of | Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, | with their significations. | Prepared for the trans- actions of the | Moravian historical society from|a Ms. by John Hecke- welder, | by | William C. Reichel. | Nazareth. | 1872. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 227-282, 8°. Introductory remarks, pp. 227-236. — Dela- ware names of rivers, streams, and localities in Pennsylvania (in alphabetic order, with foot- notes), pp. 237-273 ; in New Jersey, pp. 273-274; in Maryland, pp. 275-278.—Indian names of places. in Virginia (from Beverley), pp. 278-282. Copies seen: Boston Public, Eames, Trum- bull. Issued also with title-page as follows:. — Names | which the | Lenni Lennape or Delaware Indians | gave to | rivers, streams, and localities, | within the states of | Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, | with their siguifications. | Prepared for the trans- actions of the | Moravian historical society, from | a Ms. by John Hecke- welder, | by | William C. Reichel. | Bethlehem: | H. T. Clauder, printer. | 1872. Printed cover, title 1 1. text pp. 3-58, 8°. Copies seen: Wisconsin Historical Society. At the Field sale, no. 948, a copy brought $2; another copy, no. 1642, $1. — Comparative vocabulary | of | Al- gonquin Dialects. | From Heckeweld- er’s manuscripts | in the | collections of the American philosophical society, | Philadelphia. | Printed for the ‘‘Aicove ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Heckewelder (J. G. E.) — Continued. of American Native Languages” in Wellesley College Library, | by E. N. Horsford. | Cambridge: | Johu Wilson and son. | University Press. | 1887. _ Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. half-title p.1, text pp. 2-7, 4°. Arranged in eight parallel columns—Eng- lish, Lenni Lenape, Minsi or Monsey, Mahi- ecanni, Natick or Nadik, Chippawe, Shawana, aud Nanticok ; about 100 words of each. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Priced by Koehler, catalogue 465, no. 327, 3M. The manuscript of this work isin the library of the American Philosophical Society. Itisa copy made by Mr. Duponceau, and forms no. XXVII of a collection made by him and recorded in a folio account book, of which it occupies pp. 114-119. —— [A comparative vocabulary of the Algonkin and Delaware languages. | Manuscript, 6 unnumbered ll. sm. 4°, in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Phil.delphia, Pa. Without date or name of author. Intriplecolumns—Engiish, Algonkin, and Delaware—written on both sides the sheets and contains about 360 words of each language. A copy of this manuscript forms no. LXVIII of a collection made by Mr. Duponceau and recorded by him in a folio account book, of which it forms pp.194-200. This also is in the library above mentioned. — A comparative vocabulary of the Miami or Twightwee language and of the Delaware. The Miami taken from Volney. By the Rev. John Heckewel- der. Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. Itisa copy made by Mr. Duponcegan, and forms no. xvi of a collection made by him which is recorded in a folio account book, of which this vocabulary occupies pp. 63-64. Arranged in triple columns—English, Miami, and Dela- ware—and contains about 100 words. [——] Names of various trees, shrubs and plants in the language of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware, distinguishing the dialects of the Unamis and Minsi. (*) Manuscript; title copied from a list of man- uscripts in the library of tho American Philo- sophical Society, Philadalphia, Pa., given in vol.1 of their Transactions, where it is stated that it was presented by its author. During a visit to the library of the Society in March, 1889, I was unable to find it. — Vocabulary of the Mabhicanni lan- guage, taken down from the mouth of one of that nation who had been in — and Duponceau (P. S.) 227 Heckewelder (J. G. E.) — Continued. Connecticut. By the Rev. John Heck- ewelder. Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. It is a copy made by Mr. Duponceau, and forms no. XV of a collection made by him and recorded in a folio account book, in which it occupies pp. 60-61. It contains about 150 words, and is. arranged in four columns to the page—two in English, two in Mahicanni. A vocabulary of the Nanticoke and Chippeway language, taken down in i785 in Upper Canada from a Nanticoke chief who spoke both languages. By the Rev. John Heckewelder. Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. Itisa copy made by Mr. Duponceau, and forms no. XIII of a collection made by him and recorded in a folio account book, of which it occupies pp. 53-57. It contains about 300 words, arranged in triple columns—English, Nanticoke, and Chip- peway. : Vocabulary of the Shawanese lan- guage taken down by means of a white woman who had been 20 years a pris- oner with that nation. By the Rev. Jobn Heckewelder. Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. Itisa copy made by Mr. Duponceau, and forms no. XIV of a collection made by hiin and recorded ina folio blank book, of which it occupies pp. 57-59. Contains about 185 words, arranged in four columns to the page—two in English, two in Shawanese. —— Worterverzeichniss von der Lenni Lenape oder Delawerische Sprache von dem Ehrw Hfn Johann Heckewelder. Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. It isa copy made by Mr. Duponceau, and forms no. XX XIX of a collection made by him and recorded in a folio account book, of which it occupies pp. 120-128. The vocabulary contains about 400 words, including the numerals 1-50,000,000, and is arranged in double columns, the Delaware columns being interspersed with words from other Algonquian dialects. See Brinton (D.G.) and Anthony (A.S.) A corre- spondence between the Rev. John Heck- ewelder, of Bethlehem, and Peter §. Du- ponceau, esq. corresponding secretary of the historical and literary cominittee of the American philosophical society, respecting the languages of the Amer- ican Indians. . 228 Heckewelder(J.G. E.) and Duponceau (P. S.)— Continued. In American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. of the Hist. and Lit. Com. vol. 1, pp. 351-448, Philadel- phia, 1819, 8°. This article relates almost entirely to the Delaware language, but incidentally to others. Reviewed by Pickering (J.) in N. A. Review, -vol. 9, pp. 129-187, Boston, 1819, 8°. Reprinted as follows: — —— A correspondence between the Rev. John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem, and Peter 8. Duponceau, esq., corre- sponding secretary of the historical and literary committee of the American philosophical society, respecting the languages of the American Indians. In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Mem. vol. 12, pp. 349-433, Philadelphia, 1876, 8°. John Gottlieb Ernestus Heckewelder was born at Bedford, England, March 12,1743, His father was a German exile. In the year 1754 the family came to A merica, father, mother, and four children. In 1758 he was apprenticed to a cedar-cooper, with whom he remained four. years, and then became Frederick Christian Post’s companion in his second visit to the Mus- kingum in the year 1762. He was Zeisberger’s assistant in the Susquehanna valley in 1765, and to him fora time was given charge of the Mach- iwihilusing Mission. During the following nineteen years he was much of the time a fellow laborer with Zeisberger Heckewelder was the founder of Salem, on the Tuscarawas, and in chapel there, July 4, 1780, he married Sara Ohne- berg, the venerable Adam Grube officiating, probably the first wedding of a-white couple within the limits of the present state of Ohio. He was with the Indian church during all the early troubles recorded in this diary, but finally, owing to the illness of his wife when upon the Cuyahoga, he returned to the church at Bethlehem October 9, 1785. was not immediately connected with our mis- sion. though he madeit two or three visits, being employed in other duties, especially as agent of the Society for propagating the gospel among the heathen, and as one of the Peace Commissioners sent to treat with the Indians. In the year 1798, however, he came to Fairfield, on the Thames, to assist in conducting a por- tion of the church to Goshen, staying there only nine days. In the valley of the Muskingum he labored until 1810, when he went home to the church, being now nearly seventy years old, and having well earned repose. He died Jan- uary 31, 1823.—Bliss, Diary of David Zeisber- ger. Henderson (John G.) A dictionary of ancient names, geographical, tribal and personal, in the United States and Brit- ish provinces of North America. @) Henceforward he BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE | Henderson (J. G.) — Continued. Manuscript in possession of its author, Car- rollton, Ill. Hetells meit contains many Algon- quian names, with etymologies and references to authorities. Henry (Alexander). Journal | of | Alex- ander Henry | to | Lake Superior, Red River, | Assiniboine, Rocky Mountains, | Columbia, and the Pacific, | 1799 to 1811, | to establish the fur trade. Ga Manuscript, about 1,700 pp. foolscap, pre- served in the library of Parliament, Ottawa, Canada, For its description I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Charles N. Bell, of Winni- peg, who writes: '‘ The sheets are evidently not the original ones used by Alexander Henry, but are rewritten from his journals by one George Coventry, who seems to have been a family friend. No date is given to the copying, noris there any intimation where the original docu- ments are to be found.” The journal extends from 1799 to 1812, and . between the dates 1808 and 1809 are vocabula- ries of the Ojeebois, Knistineaux, Assiniboine, Slave, and Flat Head, about 300 words each of the first three and a somewhat larger number of the last two. Copies of these have been fur- nished the Bureau of Ethnology by Mr. Bell. [Henry (George).] An | account | of the | Chippewa Indians, |-who have been travelling among the whites, | in the | United States, England, Ireland, Scot- land, | France and Belgium; | with very interesting incidents in relation to the general | characteristics of the English, Irish, Scotch, French, | and Americans, with regard to their hospi- | tality, peculiarities, ete. | Written by Munegwandus, | The Self-Taught Indian of the Chippewa Nation, for the benefit of his youngest | Son, called Noodin- okay, whose Mother died in England. | Price 124 Cents. | Boston: | Published by the anthor. | 1848. Printed cover, title 1 1. text pp. 1-16, 8°. Hymns in Chippewa with English transla- tion, pp. 14-16. Copies seen: Wisconsin Historical Senki. —— See Jones (P.) and others. [—— and Evans (J.)] Nu-gu-mo-nun | O-je-boa | an-oad | ge-é-se-iiu-ne-gu- noo-du-be-iing | uod | Muun-gou-duuz [George Henry] | gu-ea | Moo-ge-gee- seg [James Evans] | ge-ge-noo-ti-muu- ga-oe-ne-ne-oug. | [Three lines quota- tion, Jamz, 5-13. ] | ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Henry (G.) and Evans (J.) —Cont’d. New-York: | printed by D. Fanshaw, | 150 Nassau-street. | 1837. Title verso blank 1 1. preface (signed by Joseph Stinson, general superintendent of Canadian missions, dated Kingston, 3d August, 1837) pp. 3-6, preface by the translators pp. 6- 9, text pp. 1-361, subject of hymns in English pp. 363-364, same in Ojeboa pp. 365-366, English index pp. 367-379, Ojeboa index pp. 381-392, 16°. Hymns in Ojeboa pp. 1-358.—Vocabulary of Some of the principal words contained in the hymns*with definitions in English, pp. 359-361. In Mr.Stinson’s preface it is stated that “already have two editions of the Ojibway hymn book, translated and printed under the direction of the Methodist church, passed through the press ; but the increasing number of our mission stations and members requi’es a third and more enlarged edition.” Nothing is said in the preface to indicate that these two previous editions were the work of Messrs. Henry and Evans. According to the Rev. Peter Jones, in his History of the Ojibwa In- dians, p. 189, these hymns were first printed for the Canadian Missionary Society. Copies seen: Boston Athenzeum, Massachu- _ setts Historical Society, Congress. See Jones (P.) and others. Henry (Matthew S.) Delaware Indian dictionary. (a) Manuscript, 843 pp. 4°, with maps, in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. It is divided into three parts—l English and Delaware; 2 Delaware and English; 3 Delaware proper names and their translation. Compiled in 1859 and 1860. Title and note from Brinton’s Lendpé and their legends, p. 86, whenceI take the following: ‘“‘Tt includes, without analysis or correction, the words in ‘Zeisberger’s Speliing Book,’ ‘Roger Williams’ Key,’ Campanius’ Vocabu- lary, those in Smith’s and Strachey’s Virginia, and various Nanticoke, Mohegan, Minsi, and other vocabularies. The derivations of the proper names are chiefly from MHecke- welder, and in other cases are venturesome. The compilation, therefore, while often useful, lacks the salutary check of a critical, gram- matical erudition, and in its present fon is of limited value.”’ — Vocabulary, Delaware Indian and English. Ke) Manuscript, 165 pp. folio, in the library of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Compiled in 1859. Title from Mr. J. W. Jordan of the above-named society. Hensel (Gottfried). Synopsis | Vniverse Philologiz, | in qua: | Miranda | Vnitas let | Harmonia | Lingvarum | totivs Orbis Terrarvm | occylta, |e| Literarym, Syllabarvm, | Vocvmqve natvra & re- cessibvs, | eruitur. | Cum Grammatica, | Heriot (George). 229 Hensel (G.) — Continued. LL. Orient. Har- | monica, Synoptice tractata; nec non De- | scriptione Orbis Terr-quoad Linguarum situm | &, propagationem, | Mappisqve Geo- graphico-Polyglottis. [d&c. four lines] | adornata, a | Godofredo Henselio, | Schole A. C. ap. Hirschb. Rectore. | Norimberger, | In Commissis apvd Heredes | Homannianos. 1741. C) Pp. 1-492, 10 ll. maps, engraved alphabets, paradigms, etc. sm. 8°. Lord’s prayer in Virginian [sic for Massachu- setts Indian] (from Eliot), and a short Algonkin vocabulary (from Lahontan), pp. 488-489. Title furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trum- bull, Hartford, Conn. Travels | through | the Canadas, | containing | a descrip- tion of the picturesque scenery | on some of the rivers and lakes; | with an account of the | productions, commerce, and inhabitants | of those provinces. | To which is subjoined a | comparative view of the manners and customs | of several of the | Indian nations of North and South America. | By George Heriot, esq. | Deputy Post Master General of British North America. | Illustrated with | amap and numerous engravings, from drawings made at the | several - places by the author. | London: | printed for Richard Phil- lips, | no. 6, Bridge-street, Blackfriars. | 1807. | By T. Gillet, Wild-court. Foided frontispiece 11. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-vi, contents pp. vii-xii, text pp. 1-602, directions etc. 11. list of publications pp. 1-8, map, plates, 4°. Chapter xx. Origin of language; Indian languages in general capable of being arranged under rules of grammar; Infinite diversity of tonguesin America; Examples of four different languages (pp. 569-602) contains: O! salutaris Hostia, &c. in Abinaquis, Algonquin, Huron, and illinois (from Rasles), pp. 578-579.— Vocab- ulary of the Algonquin tongue with English definitions (about 700 words alphabetically arranged), pp. 579-599.—Indicative mode of the verb sakia, to love, in Algonquin, pp. 599-600.— Numeration, according to the Algonquins, 1-1000, pp. 601-602. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Hames, Massachusetts Historical Society, Watkinson. At the Field sale, no. 961, a copy brought $3.50. Priced by Quaritch, no. 1206, 9s. At the Murphy sale, no. 1204, a half-morocco copy brought $4.25. Priced by Quaritch, no. 30243, 21.16s.; by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 4009, $7.50. 230 Hermes (F.) Uber die Natur der ameri- kanischen indianer-Sprachen. In Herrig’s Archiy fiir das Studium der neuern Sprachen, vol. 29, pp. 231-254, Braun- schweig, 1861,8°. (Congress.) Hervas (Abbate Lorenzo). Catalogo | delle lingue conosciute | e notizia | della loro affinita, e diversita. | Opera | del signor abbate | don Lorenzo MHervas | [De- sign. ] | In Cesena MDCCLXXXIV [1784]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all’ Insegna di Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. Title verso ‘‘avviso’’ 11. verses pp. 3-4, indice pp. 5-8, text pp. 9-259, errata p. 260, 4°. Lingua Algonkina, con 43 dialetti, che vi si nominano, pp. 88-89. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames. Enlarged and reprinted as follows: — Catdlogo de las lenguas | de las na- ciones conocidas, { y numeracion, divis- ion, y clases de estas | segun la diversi- dad | de sus idiomas y dialectos. | Su autor | el abate don Lorenzo Hervas, | Tedlogo del Eminentisimo Sefior Cardenal Juan Francisco | Albani [&c. three lines.] | Volimen I[-VI]. Len- guas y naciones Americanas. | Con licencia. | En la imprenta de la administracion del real arbitrio de beneficencia. | Madrid Afio 1800] -1805],.| Se hallaraé en la Libreria de Ranz calle de la Cruz. 6 vols. 4°. Notices of the Algonquin people, vol. 1, pp. 373-377, 380-382. Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum, Con- gress, Harvard. A half-calf copy at the Squier sale, no. 486, brought $6. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2072, 120 fr. At the Ramirez sale, no. 396, a copy was bought by Quaritch for 1l. 15s. The Mur- phy copy, no. 1215, ‘‘half bound in Spanish leather, yellow edges,” brought $42. — Aritmetica delle nazioni | e divi- sione del tempo | fra V’orientali | Opera | dell’ abbate | don Lorenzo Hervds | Socio della Reale Accademia delle Scienze, ed Antichita | di Dublino, e dell’ Etrusea di Cortona. | [Figure. ] | In Cesena MDCCLXXXV [1785]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all’ Insegna di Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. 3-4, in- dice pp. 5-8, folded plate of numerals, text pp. 9-200, errata p. 201, folded table at p. 40,49. | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Hervas (L.) — Continued. * Pampticough numerals 1-10, p. 114 —Algon- kin numerals 1-1000, p. 114.—Comparison of nu- merals of the Tuskrura, Woccon, Pampticough, and Algonkin, p. 115. Oopies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames. — Origine | formazione, meccanismo, ed armonia | degl’ idiomi. | Opera | dell’ abbate | don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio della Reale Accademia delle Scienze, ed Antichita | di Dublino. | [ Figure. ] | InCesena MDCCLXXXV [1785]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all’ Insegna di Pallade. | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. 1-4, in- dice pp. 5-8, text pp. 9-179, errata p.180, 17 folded tables, 4°. Specimens of the Algonkin language in the comparative vocabularies on p.37, and on four of the folded tables opposite p. 180. Oopies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames. —— Saggio Pratico | delle Lingue | con prolegomeni, e tna raccolta di orazioni Dominicali in | pit di trecento lingue, e dialetti con cui si dimostra | l’infu- sione del primo idioma dell’ uman ge- nere, e la | confusione delle lingue in esso poi succeduta, é si | additano la diramazione, e dispersione della na- | zioni con molti risultati utili alla storia. | Oficia | dell’ Abate | Don Lo- renzo Hervas | Socio della Reale Acca- demia delle Scienze, ed Auntichita | di Dublino, e dell’ Etrusca di Cortona. | [ Figure. ] | Tn Cesena MDCCLXXXVII [1787]. | Per Gregoria Biasini all’ Insigna di Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. Pp. 1-256, 4°. Lord’s prayer in Shavana and in Virginian, p. 126. —Angelic salutation in Abnaqui, Huron, Algonkin, and Illinois (from Rasles), p. 223. Copies seen: Astor, Congress. Hewitt (John Napoleon Brinton). Words, phrases, and sentences of the Penobscot language. Manuscript, pp. 77-97,4°, being a copy. of Powell’s Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d edition, partially filled; upwards of 300 entries in all. Collected by Mr. Hewitt in August, 1888, on the Tuscarora Reserve in New York, and now in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Hieroglyphs: Micmac See Kauder (C.) Micmac Le Clercq (C.) Micmac Shea (J. G.) Hill (Isaac), editor. See Farmer's. - Ga ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Hind (Henry Youle). A | preliminary report | on the | geology of New Brutis- wick, | together with | a special report | on the distribution of the | ‘ Que- bee Group” |in the province. | By | Henry Youle Hind, M. A., F. R. G.S. | - (Late professor of chemistry and geol- ogy in the university of Trinity college, Toronto.) | Author of [ &c. two lines. ] | [Seal.] | Fredericton. | G. E. Fenety, printer, to the Queen’s most excellent majesty. . | 1865. Printed cover as above, title as above 1 1. contents pp. ili-vili, introduction pp. ix—xvi, list of authors pp. xvii-xviii, text pp. 19-278, index pp. 279-293, 8°. Origin of the names of certain rivers and places in New Brunswick, containing a short vocabulary of the Micmac and Miliceto lan- guages, pp. 257-259.—Names of places and riv- ers derived from the Abenaquis language, pp. | 260-261. Copies seen: Astor, Congress. ' Hindley (Rev. J. I.) Indian Legends. | Nanabush, | the Ojibbeway Saviour. | Moosh-kuh-ung, | or | the flood. | By the | Rev. J. I. Hindley, M. A.,| of Barrie. | [No place:] 1885. Printed cover as above, introduction p. 1, text in verse pp. 2-22, 8°. Contains many Ojibbeway words, especially the names of animals, the English significa- tions of which are given in the foot-notes. Copies seen: Dorsey, Pilling. Histoire de la Virginie. See Beverley (R.) 5 Historicals for young folks. See Blakeman (B. C.) History and present state of Virginia. See Beverley (R.) - History, manners, and customs. See Mogridge (G.) History of poor Sarah [Micmac]. See Rand (S. T.) History | of | the Delaware | and | Iro- quois Indians | formerly inhabiting the Middle States.| With | various anec- dotes | illustrating their manners and customs. | Embellished with a variety | of original cuts. | Written for the Ameri- can sunday school union, and | revised | by the committee of publication. | American sunday school union. | Philadelphia: | No. 146 Chestnut street. | 1832. 231 | History — Continued. Frontispiece 11. title 11. introduction pp. 5-18, text pp. 19-153, 24°. General remarks on Indian languages, prin- cipally the Delaware, pp. 44-58. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. | History. The history | of the | Moravian mission | among the | Indians in North America, | from its} commencement to the present time. | With a | preliminary account of the Indians. | Compiled from authentic sources. | By | a member of the Brethren’s church. | London: | T. Allman, 42, Holburn hill. | M DCCC XXXVIII [1838]. Title verso blank 1 1. preface p. tii. contents | pp. iv-vi, preliminary account of the Indians pp. 1-50, mission among the Indiansp p. 49 [sic|- 316, 16°. Lord’s prayer in Delaware (from Zeisberger), foot note p. 9. Copies seen: Pilling. | — The history | of the | Moravian mis- sion | among the|Indians in North America, | from its | commencement to the present time. | With a| preliminary account of the Indians. | From the most authentic sources. | By | a member of the Brethren’s church. | London: | L. & G. Seeley, 169, Fleet street. | MDCCCXL [1840]. Title verso blank 1 1. preface p. ili, contents pp. iv-vi, preliminary account of the Jndians pp. 1-50, mission among the Indians pp. 49[sic]- 316, 16°. Linguistics as under title next above. Copies seen: Kames. History of Virginia. See Beverley (R.) Hodgkins (J. George), editor. nal. See Jour- | Hodgson (Adam). Letters | from | North America, ! written | During a Tour | in the | United States and Canada. | By Adam Hodgson. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-I]}. | London: | printed for Hurst, Robin- son, & co. | and|A. Constable & co. Edinburgh. | 1824. 2 vols.: title verso printers 11. errata slip, dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-ix, contents pp. xi-xv, text pp. 1-405; title verso printers 11. errata slip, contents pp. i-iv, text pp. 1-473, maps, 8°. Sergeant (J.), Translation of part of the 19th Psalm into the Muh-he-con-nuk language, vol. 2, p. 413. Copies seen: Astor, Congress. « The edition published in New York in 1823 does not contain this article. Zaz BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE [Hoecken (Rev. Christian).] Potewa- temi | nememissinoikan. | A. M.D.G. | Saint Louis: | W. J. Mullin ogimes- ennakesan ote mesennaken. | 1844. é Literal translation: Potewatemi | prayer- book. | A.M. D.G. | Saint Louis: | W. J. Mullin he printed this book. Title verso blank 11. text in the Potewatemi language with French headings pp. 3-62, index in French verso blank 1 1. 18°. Prayers, pp. 3-6. — Catechism, pp. 6-22.— Acts, litanies, etc. pp. 22-45.—Le chapelet de Sainte Vierge Marie, pp. 46-61.—Cantique, p. 62. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Massachu- setts Historical Society, Shea. [——] Potewatemi | nememissinoikan | ewiyowat nemadjik | Catholiques end- jik. | [Design. ] | Baltimoinak: | John Murphy okimis- sinakisan | ote missinoikan; | 1846. Literal translation: Potewatemi | prayer- book | would use it those who pray | Catholics those who are called. j Baltimore: | John Mur- phy he printed | this book. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso dedication 11. preface (signed Nin Mekiteconuja) verso blank 1 l. text in Potewatemi with headings in Eng- lish pp. 7--160, 16°. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Massachu- setts Historical Society, National Museum, . Shea, Trumbull, Pilling. At the Murphy sale, no. 2953, a copy brought $1. {——] A. M. D. G. | Pewani ipi Potewa- temi | missinoikan, | eyowat nemadjik, | Catholiques endjik. | [Design. ] | Baltimoinal:: | John Murphy, oki- missinakisan | ote missinoikan. | 1846. Printed cover: A. M. D. G.| Pewani | ipi | Potewatemi | missinoikan, | eyowat nemadjik, | Catholiques endjik. | [Design.] | Baltimoinak: | John Murphy, okimissinaki- san | ote missinoikan. | 1846. Printed cover verso picture, title p. [3], text (beginning on verso of title) pp. 4-31, 24°. Hle- mentary book in Pewaniand Potewatemi. The Pewani is a dialectic variation of the Peoria. Prim2r and reading lessons, pp. 4-19.—Sign of the cross, p.19.—Lord’s prayer, p. 20.—Hail Mary, p. 21.—Apostles’ creed, pp. 22-23.—Ten commandments, p. 24.—Precepts of the church, p. 25.—Canticles, etc. pp. 26-31.—Passages of scripture, p.3l. Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Boston Atheneum, Eames, Lenox, Massachu- setts Historical Society, National Museum, Powell, Trumbull. At the Field sale, no. 1846, a copy brought 85 cents. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2391, 10 fr. At the Murphy sale, no. 2953, it brought $1. Hoecken (C.) — Continued. - Christian Hoecken, missionary, born in Upper Brabant; died on the Missouri river, 19 June, 1851. He became amember of the Jesuit order in, Belgium, and was sent to labor among the Indians. In 1836 he assisted Father Van Quickenbarne in founding a mission among the Kickapoos. After the death of the former he remained a few months with this tribe, and then took charge of the Pottawatomie mi sion of St. Stanislaus on Osage river. He next vis- ited the Ottawas, the Sioux, Gros Ventres, Ric- arees, Mandans, and Assiniboins, of whom he baptised about 400. In 1843 he founded the mission of St. Ignatius among the Kalispiels. From this station he visited the Zingoments and four other tribes, and completed the con- version of the Shuyelpi Indians. Father Hoecken was well acquainted with many of the Indian languages and with their peculiar cus- toms.—Appleton’s Cyclop.of Am. Biog. Hoffman (Charles Kenno). Potewatemnie. Simerwell (R.) Smet (P.J. de). Lykins (J.) iF See Cuoqg (J. A.) Iakentasetatha tsini. and Déléage (F. R.) Ienenrinekenstha Kanesatakeha. See Cuog (J. A.) Illinois. Elémens pour servir a la for- mation d’une grammaire | des langues sauvages des Nations des Pian, des | Illinois, des Mi, lesquelles nations s’entendent parfai- | tement les unes _) les autres quoiqw’il y ait quelque diffé- | rence dans leurs langues. Manuscript, 4 ll. containing 7 unnumbered pages, double columns, 4°, inthe Lenox Library. Apparently written in the latter part of the seventeenth or early part of the eighteenth century. On the verso of the last (blank) page is the endorsement ‘‘Commencement d’un Dic- tionnaire de Langue Sauvage.” Contains a list of the pronouns, a vocabulary of about 200 words, including the numerals 1-1000, and some short sentences, and ending with the Lord’s prayer. There is a copy of this manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. It was made by Mr. Duponceau and forms no.Lit of a collection recorded by him in a folio account book, of which it occu- pies pp. 159-162. Like the original, itis without indication of date or name of author. Illinois: Catechism See Allouez (C.) Catechism Le Boulanger (J. I.) Catechism Marest (G.) Dictionary Gravier (J.) Dictionary Le Boulanger (J. I.) General discussion Charlevoix (P. F. X. de). General discussion Lausbert (C. F.) Grammar Illinois. Hymns Allgemeine. Hymns Heriot (G.) Hymns - Kip (W. I.) Hymns La Harpe (J. F. de). Hymns Le Boulanger (J.1.) Hymns Rasles (S.) - Hymns Shea (J. G.) Hymns Sobron (F. C.) Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Bergholtz (G. F.) Bodoni (J. B.) Marcel (J.J.) . Richard (L.) Trumbull (J. H.) Prayers Allouez (C.) Prayers Le Boulanger (J. I.) Prayers Marest (G.) 250 Illinois — Continued. Proper names Indian. Ten commandments Le Boulanger (J. I.) Text | Allouez (C.) Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Balbi (A.) Vocabulary Barton (B.S.) Vocabulary - Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Prichard (J. C.) Words Latham (R.G.) Words Schomburgk (R. H.) Words Vater (J.S.) Indian. The Indian. | [Two lines quota- tion and price of paper.]| Vol. I. Ha- gersville [Ontario], Wednesday, Decem- ber 30, 1885. No. 1 [-December 29, 1886. No. 24]. A twelve-page sheet, 11 by 14 inches in size, edited by Chief Kah-ke-wa-quo-na-by, M. D. (Dr. P. E. Jones), secretary Grand General In- dian Council. In no. 20 (December 1, 1886), the name of’S. T. Wright appears for the first time as editor, and an ‘‘Address to our readers”’ states: ‘‘ With this issue we make our second appear- ance as a weekly journal, last week being the _ first. We have decided to give eight pages weekly instead of twelve pages fortnightly as\ heretofore.” With the 24th number (for Dec. 29, 1886), however, the paper was discontinued, ‘‘the receipts not being equal to the expenses.” Bigcanoe (C.), A letter in the Ojibway lan- guage, vol. 1 (no. 4), p. 44, March 3, 1886. Crowfoot (Chief), Letter in the Blackfoot language, vol. 1 (no. 6), p.62, March 31, 1886. Jones (P.), A hymn in the Ojibway language, vol. 1 (no. 2), p.4, February 3, 1886. — Nuhguhmowin [a hymn in Ojibway], vol. 1 (no.7), p.76, April 14, 1886. _ Jones (P. E.), Editorial in Ojibway, vol. 1 (no. 1), p. 3, December 30, 1885. Wright (S. T.), Editorial in Ojibway, vol. 1 (no. 22), p. 244, December 15, 1886. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. Indian catalogue. 11. broadside, 4°. Contains a list of 55 proper names, with En- glish translation, of members of a number of tribes, among them the.Sacs and Foxes, Potta- watomies, and Chippewas. Issued, perhaps, by a Government pene to a9 SS eattoren ree avcor, FAC-SIMILES OF THE TITLE-PAGES OF THE INDIANE PRIMER OF 1720. FAC-SIMILES OF PAGES 19, 19 OF THE INDIANE PRIMER OF 1720. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 251 Indian catalogue — Continued. be sent to Indian agents, as it is accompanied in a separate sheet by acircularletter asking that certain information be furnished in regard to the Indians named. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. Indian history. See Wilson (E. F.) Indian. The Indian Interpreter cor- rected, enlarged, &c. [Philadelphia: William Bradford. 1688 ?] (*) Title from a list of ‘ Books Printed and Sold by William Bradford in Philadelphia,” in a copy of Daniel Leeds’s ‘‘Temple of Wisdom,” Philadelphia, 1688, belonging to the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Concerning this advertisement, Mr. Charles R. Hildeburn writes me as follows: ‘‘ While the list of books contains some which Bradford did not print, the book [named above] is among those which I am inclined to think he did, and if soit must be the earliest book on an Indian language printed in the middle colo- nies.” The original of this book, of which no copy has been found, was without doubt the manu- script ‘‘Indian Interpreter”’ of which a trans- script, dated 1684, is still preserved on file as a part of the Salem town records, liber B, in the office of the secretary of state at Trenton, New Jersey. The manuscript contains a list of 267 werds and phrases in the Delaware In- dian language, with English definitions. It has been printed in the ‘‘American Historical Record,” vol. 1, pp. 308-311, Philadelphia, 1872, under the title of ‘‘Old Records from New Jersey,’ with the following preliminary re- marks: _“ The first English emigrants to New Jersey soon discovered the necessity of having a faith- ful translation of the language used by the Ab- origines. This grew out of their social and business intercourse, coupled with the deter- mination to deal fairly with the people—thus avoid dissatisfaction and perhaps bloodshed. The proper authorities of the Salem Colony, with John Fenwick as Governor, have left on record, in one of the books of those early -peri- ods, a translation of Indian terms into the English and which was, no doubt, considered the standard in all things pertaining thereto. Several of the manuscript books of the pro- ceedings of the Courts of that Colony are on file in the office of the Secretary of State at Trenton, New Jersey, and often examined with much interest by Antiquarians.”’ Indian of New England. See Barratt J. ) Indian prayer book . . Penobscot and Passamaquoddy. See Romagné (J. B.) Indian primer [Massachusetts]. See Eliot (J.) Indian primer [Massachusetts]. See In- diane primer. Indian treaties, | and | laws and regula- tions | relating to Indian affairs: | to which is added | an appendix, | con- taining the proceedings of the old Con- gress, and other | important state pa- pers, in relation to Indian affairs. | Com- piled and published under orders of the Department of war of | the 9th Febru- ary and 6th October, 1825. | Washington city: | Way & Gideon, printers. | 1826. Title verso blank 1 1. orders p. iii, contents pp. v-xvi, laws etc. pp. xvil—-xx, text pp. 1-661, 8°. Pp. 531-661 consist of a supplement with the following half-title: Supplement containing additional treaties, documents, &c., relating to Indian affairs, to the end of the twenty: first: Congress. Official. Contains numerous lists of names of the In- dian chiefs, many of which areaccompanied by the English significatior, ina number of Amere- ican languages, among them the following: Delaware, p. 7; Ottawa, Chippewa, Shaw- anee, pp. 62-63; Chippewa, Ottawa, Patta- watime, Delaware, Shawanee, Miami, Kick- apoo, pp. 68-70, 76-81, 9#96, 102-103; Wea and Kickapoo, p. 83; Peoria, Kaskaskia, Mitchigamia, Cahokia, Tamarois, p. 105; Pi- ankeshaw, p. 228; Sac and Fox, pp, 234-237, 239, 242; Wea, pp. 261-262; Kickapoo, p. 264; Menomenee, p. 296; Chayenne, p. 345; Ricara, -p. 350; Menominee, Chippewa, Ottawa, Potta- watomie, Sac, Fox, pp. 367-370; Potawatomie,. p. 560; Menomonie, p. 576; Sacs and Fox, p. 638; Missouri and Missouri Sac, p. 639. Oopies seen: British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology. See Treaties. Indiane | primer | Asuh | negonneyeu- uk. | Ne nashpe Mukkiesog | Woh | tauog wunnamuhkuttee | ogketamun- nate Indiane | Unnontoowaonk. | Kah | Meninnounk wutch | Mukkiesog. | Mushauwomuk: B. Green. | 1720. Second title: The Indian | primer | or | The first Book. | By which Children | may | know truely | to read the Indian | Language. | And | Milk for | Babes. | Boston: | Printed | by B. Green. | 1720. 1 leaf with an engraving of the seal of Mass- achusetts on the recto and the Indian title on the verso, 1 leaf with the English title on the recto and scripture texts in Indian on the verso: (paged 4), and leaves numbered regularly on the recto 4-84, the verso of the last one con- taining only an engraving of the shiv “ Royall Charles,” sm.12°. Signatures [A] in five, B, C,D, E, F,G, 0,1, K, L, M, N, and O in sixes. The first signature probably contained another leaf (blank?) at the beginning, which seems to be lacking in the copies examined. See the 252 Indiane — Continued. fac-similes of both titles, and of double pages 19, 19. The text is in Indian on the left-hand side and in English on the right. The English text begins on the recto of the third leaf (numbered 4), and is continued on the recto of every leaf to the end. The text in Indian be- gins on the verso of the second leaf (the En- glish title), and is continued in the same way on the verso of every leaf to the end, each In- dian page containing the translation of the English on the opposite or right-hand page and also the same leaf number. The contents are as follows on the English side: Scripture texts from Prov. 22.6, Chap. 23. 17, 18, Eph. 6.1, and I Chron. 28. 9, on 1. 4; The alphabet, The vow- els, The consonants, Double letters, Italick let- ters, Italick double letters, 1.5; The great En- lish letters, The small English letters, The great letters, Easy syllables for children, ll. 6-7; Words of one syllable or division, to Words of fifteen syllables or parts, ll. 8-13; The Lord’s prayer, 1. 18; The Lord’s prayer expounded, ll. 13-18; The Christian belief as it was taught in the ages following after the apostles, 1. 18; The Christian belief in twenty and four ques- tions and answ€ts concerning Christian doc- trine (including the ten commandments), ll. 19-30; Spiritual milk for babes, drawn out of the breasts of both testaments, for the nour- ishment of their souis, by John Cotton, B D., ll. 30-46; A covenant with God, wherewith we are to receive the Lord’s baptism, ll. 46-47; Marks by which any man coming to the Lord’s table, should examine himself, ll. 47-48; Gen- eral duties, The-duties of parents, and of chil- dren, ll. 48-50; The duties of husbands and of wives, The duties of masters and of servants, ll. 50-51; The duties of the rulers, and of the people, The duties of the preachers, and of the people, 1]. 51-52; God’s judgments against dis- obedient children, 1. 52; God’s judgments on mocking children, Against lying children, 1. 53; Against those who break the Sabbath day, For the encouragement of Godly children, ll. 54-55; The promises of God, which the poor Indians may hope to receive, ll. 55-57; The an- ger of God against drunkenness, Il. 57-58; Against idleness, ll. 58-59; Against lying, 1]. 59- 60; Against uncleanness, ll. 60-61; Against theft, ll. 61-62 ; Against revengeful deeds, Rom. 12. 17-21, Jam. 1.19, 20,1. 62; A morning prayer for children, 1. 63; An evening prayer for chil- dren, 1. 64; A prayer before meat, A thanks- giving after meat, |. 65; Short prayers to be used on every occasion that shall be (selections from psalins), ll. 66-70; Psalm 119 (selections), ll. 70-73 ; Psalm 125 (selections), 11. 73-74; The first Psalm (in metre), ll. 74-75; The twenty and third Psalm (in metre), ll. .75-76; Some verses of the 51 Psalm (in metre), ll. 76-77; Some verses of the 103 Psalm (in metre), ll. 77- 78; Psalm 122 (in metre), 1. 78; The order of the names of all the books of the Old and New Testaments, 1. 79; The numeral letters and fig- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Indiane — Con faved: ures for the ready finding every chapter, psalm > or verse in the whole Bible, ll. 80-83; Counsels and warnings concerning death, The last words of a Christian man, |. 84, ending with ‘ Finis.” This primer differs considerably from Eliot's Indian primer of 1669 and 1687. Grindall Raw- son’s translation into the Indian language of John Cotton's Spiritual Milk for Babes, origi- nally printed in 1691, is on leaves numbered (on the verso) 30-46, but with alterations in the wording and orthography, which were made perhaps by some other person. If the object of these changes was to conform it more nearly to the Nope dialect, spoken on Martha's Vine- yard, where ‘the most valuable body ”’ of the Christian Indians then resided, it is probable that Experience Mayhew may have prepared or edited the primer. His translation of the psalter and the gospel of John into that dialect had already been printed (Boston, 1709), and he was actively engaged for many years after- wards in preaching and ministering to the In- dian congregation on the island, where he was settled as minister. As the primer was much used in the Indian schools, it is probable that other editions were printed between those of 1687 and 1720, of which no copies have been found. A portion of this edition, comprising the ‘‘ Words of one Syllable or Division” to ‘‘Words of fifteen Syllables or Parts,” the Lord’s prayer and the ten commandments, was reprinted in the second volume of the third series of the Collections of the Massachusetts Historical So- ciety (Cambridge, 1830), in the appendix to Josiah Cotton’s Indian vocabulary, edited by Dr. John Pickering, pp. 244-249. Copies seen: Boston Public, British and For- eign Bible Society, British Museum, Lenox, Trumbull. ‘ The Lenox copy, in the original leather binding, fresh and clean, was bought at the Brayton Ives sale, New York, Feb., 1891 (no. | 817) for $230. Mr. Brinley’s copy in blue levant morocco was sold in New York, March, 1879 (no. 793), for $110, Dr. Trumbull being the purchaser. [Indiane primer asuh negonneyeuuk. Ne nashpe Mukkiesog woh tauog wun- namuhkuttee ogketamunnate Indiane Unnontoowaonk. KahMeninnunkwutch Mukkiesog. Mushauwomuk. 173-?] Second title: [The Indian primer or the first Book. By which Children may know truely to read the Indian Language. And Milk for Babes. Boston. 173-?] ; 84 (2) leaves, numbered regularly on the — recto, sm. 12°. Signatures [A, B, C,} D, E, F, G, H, I, K, [L,] M, N, and O, all in sixes (?). See the facsimiles of double pages 19, 19. This appears to be an exact reprint, in slightly smaller type and in smailer and nar- rower pages, of the edition of 1720, from which. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Indiane — Continued. the above titles are copied. The only known copy (imperfect) is now in the Lenox Library. It was purchased at the sale of the first portion of Mr. George Brinley’s library, in New York, March, 1879 (no. 794), for $25. Leaves 1-17, 27- 29, 45-46, 51-52, 61-66, 75-76, 78, and 80-84, are _ lacking. The lower half of leaf 26 and the upper half of leaf 30 are also lacking. The primer is in English on the right-hand side of every leaf and in Indian on the left. Each page in Indian contains a translation of the _ English on the opposite or right-hand page and bears the same leaf number. The contents are as follows on the English side: The Christian belief as it was taught in the ages following after the apostles, 1.18; The Christian belief in twenty and four questions and answers con- cerning Christian doctrine (including the ten _ commandments), ll. 19-26; Spiritual milk for ~ babes, drawn out of the breasts of both testa- ments, for the nourishment of their souls, by John Cotton, B. D., ll. 30-44; Marks by which any man coming to the Lord’s table, should ex- amine himself, ll. 47-48; General duties, The duties of parents, and of children, ll. 48-50; The duties of husbands and of wives, The duties of masters and of servants, 1.50; God’s judgment on mocking children, Against lying children, 1. 53; Against those who break the Sabbath day, For the encouragement of Godly children, ll. 54-55; The promises of God, which the poor Indians may hope to receive, 1]. 55-57; The anger of God against drunkenness, 1]. 57- 58; Against idleness, ll. 58-59; Against lying, ll. 59-60; Against uncleanness, 1. 60; selections from Psalms, ll. 67-70; Psalm 119 (selections), ll. 70-73; Psalm 125 (selections), 11, 73-74; The first Psalm (in metre), 1.74; Some verses of the 103 Psalm (in metre), l. 77; The names of the books of the Old and New Testaments, l. 79. Dr. Trumbull remarks, in his note on this edition in the Brinley catalogue: ‘‘ This seems to be the edition from which that of 1720 was reprinted. The two agree, page for page, and line for line nearly, but there is a difference in the type. As this contains Rawson’s transla- tion of Cotton's ‘Milk for Babes,’ it was prob- ably printed after or not long before 1691.” This opinion, however, must have been hastily formed, as both type and paper have the ap- pearance of a much later date. The impression is excellent, and seems to be from new type, of a face which I have not found in any book printed in Boston much earlier than 1740. After that date, the same type apparently, cast on the same body, was used by several of the Boston printers, and especially by the firm of S. Kneeland and T. Green. If the book is from their press, it was probably printed not far from the year 1740. “Iniu tibajimouinvn [Chippewa]. Barnard (A.) Inquiries respecting the history, etc. See Cass (L.) See 253 Instructions en langue Crise. See La- combe (A.) Interpretation of Indian names of places. In Maryland Hist. Soc. Supplement to Fund Pub. no.7, pp. 40-44, Baltimore, 1877, 8°. (Con- gress.) A list of 19 words with etymologies and meanings. “The editoris indebted to the pains and courtesy of areverend friend, for thirty years a missionary of the 8.J.amongst the Odjibwa Indians of the Northwest, for theinterpretation,. according to the language of that people, of the Indian proper names, which occur in the jour- nal of Father White, and the letters of the Mis- sionaries.” Investigator. The| Investigator: | re- ligious, moral, scientific, &c. | [Three lines quotation. ] | Published monthly. | January, 1845[—December, 1846]. | Washington: | T. Barnard, printer, | cor. 1ith st. and Pa. avenue. | 1845 [-1846]. 2 vols. 8°. Edited bv J. F. Polk. A brief treatiserespecting some of our North- western tribes of Indians, etc. containing the names by which some tribes are known among themselves, with English significations, names of rivers, lakes, etc., in various Indian lan- guages, no. 1 (January, 1845), pp. 16-23.—'‘‘ Phil- ology—Indian Languages,” containing a Chip- pewa vocabulary, comments on various Indian dialects, and an ‘‘Iustrative and comparative vocabulary’ containing words of the Chippc- way, Ottawa, Potawotamie, Menomanie, Sah- key, Delaware, Munsee, and Mohegan, no. 9 (September, 1845), pp. 261-265, and no. 10 (Octo- ber, 1845), pp. 289-293. Copies seen: Congress, Powell. Ir mishiniigin [Montagnais.] See Du- rocher (F.) Irving (—). [Outlines of a Micmac gram- mar. | (E>) In the Royal Gazette of Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, 18—. ‘Title furnished by the late Rev. Silas T. Rand, Hantsport, Nova- Scotia. It is probable this author is identical with the following: Irwin (Thomas). An elementary book in the Micmac language compiled by Thomas Irwin for the use of the Indians of this tribe. Prince Edward Island, 184]. (*) Manuscript, 65 ll. folio. Title from the Pinart sale catalogue no. 620. = Iu otoshki-kikindiuin [Chippewa]. See Blatchford (H.) 254 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Iu pitabvn; | gema gaie | okikinoamagu- | Iu pitabuvn — Continued. ziuiniua | igiu abinojivg. | The peep of day; | or, | a series of the | earliest re- ligious instruction | the infant mind | is capable of receiving. | Boston: | printed for the American board of commissioners | for foreign missions, by T. R. Marvin. | 1844. Frontispiece 11. title verso blank 1 1. adver- tisement [preface] pp. iii-iv, key to the orthog- raphy pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-viii~text en- tirely in the Chippewa language pp. 9-144, 12°. Copies seen: American Board of Commis- sioners, Boston Athenzum, Pilling, Shea, Trum- bull, Yale, Eames. At the Brinley sale, no. 5677, two copies, fresh, uncut, brought $1.50. [Jacker (Rev. Edward).] Indian alma- nac for 1860. _ ~ Colophon: S.Chism, Franklin print- ing house, Hawley street, corner of Franklin, Boston. [1860.] 1 sheet7 by 10inches. A note on the back of the only copy I have seen, in the handwriting of the Rey.J.M. Finotti, states that it came from the Rev. E. Jacker, Pointe St. Ignace, and that it was made for the use of the [Chippewa] Indians of Lake Superior. Copies seen: Shea. - ——[Terms of relationship in use among the Ojibwas of Lake Superior. By Rev. Edward Jacker, Missionary of the Ro- man Catholic church, at Houghton, Lake Superior, Michigan, May, 1860.] In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguinity and affinity of the human family, pp. 293-382, lines 40, Washington, 1871, 4°. [ ] Thered man gauged by his speech. In American Catholic Quarterly Review, April, 1877, pp. 304-324, 8°. (Pilling.) A review of Lacombe (A.), Dictionnaire de la langue des Cris; and of the same author’s Grammaire de la langue des Cris. Contains many Algonquian terms, examples, ete. - Edward Jacker, missionary, born in Swabia, Germany, about 1830; died in Red Jacket, Lake Superior, in August, 1887. He received a thorough education, studied theology, and was ordained a priest of the Roman Catholic church, and came to the United States as a missionary to the Indians, among whom he passed his life. He served as vicar-general to Frederic Baraga, bishop of Marquette, and was the bishop’s inseparable companion in bis journeys and labors for several years before the latter’s death in 1867. He was mentioned at the time in connection with the vacant bish- opric, but his tastes led him to avoid official power and responsibility. He was thoroughly conversant with the Indian languages, espe- cially with the dialect spoken by the Chippe- was, and wrote in the latter and published a selection of hymns and other works. Father Jacker was a man of great erudition, an enthu- siastic worker, and a delightful companion, being one of the best known and most highly esteemed missionaries in the Lake Superior region. He contributed various interesting articles on the Indian tribes to the Philadel- phia ‘Catholic Quarterly Review.”—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. J. Jacker (Francis). Nawagijig’s story in the Ojibwa language. ~ In Bureau of Ethnology First Ann. Rept. pp. 518-520, Washington, 1881, 8°. My. Jacker contributed to this report a story in the sign language and appended the oral part of it in Ojibwa, with a literal English trans- lation. Jackson (William Henry). Department of the interior. | United States geolog- ical survey of the territories. | F. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge. | Miscellaneous publications—No. 5. | Descriptive catalogue | of | the photo- graphs | of the | United States geolog- ical survey | of | the territories, | for | The Years 1869 to 1873, inclusive. | W. H. Jackson, | photographer. | Washington: | Government printing office. | 1874. Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-83, go Catalogue of photographs of Indians, in- cluding proper names with English: significa- tions of the Arapaho, p.70; Arickaree, p. 70; Chippewas, p.71; « heyennes, p.71; Chawano, p.72; Delaware, p.73; Miami, p. 78; Ottawas, p.79; Pottawatomie, p. 79; Shawnees, p. 81; Sac and Iox, p. 81. Copies seen: British Museum, Bureau of Eth- nology, National Museum, Pilling. The ‘‘Second edition,” Washington, 1875, 81 pp. 8°, does not contain the Indian names. (Pilling.) Department of the interior. | United States geological survey of the terri- tories. | F. V. Hayden, U. 8. geologist. | Misceilaneous publications, No. 9. | Descriptive catalogue | of | photographs | of | North American Indians. | By | W.H. Jackson, | photographer of the survey. | Washington: | Government printing office. | 1877. Printed cover as above, title as above reverse blank 11. prefatory note by Dr. Hayden pp. ili- iv, preface by the author p. v, advertisement p. vi, text pp. 1-107, index pp. 109-122, adden- dum pp. 123-124, 8°. Names of chiefs (with English definitions) of a number of Indian tribes, among them the Cheyenne, Chippewa, Ottawa, and Sacand Fox. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, National Museum, Pilling, Powell. 259 256 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Jacques Cartier School. These words following atitle or within parentheses after a noteindicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that ‘institution, Montreal, Canada. Jacobs (fev.Peter). See O’Meara (F. A.) and Jacobs (P.) — and others. A collection | of | Ojib- way hymns | translated by | the late rev. Peter Jacobs, | and | rev. dr. O’Meara, | with | additional hymns by | the late rev. Peter Jones, William | Walker, and rev. EK. F. Wilson, | re-ar- ranged and revised by | the rev. John Jacobs, | Ojibway Missionary. | 1886. | [Two lines bible quotation in English followed by the Ojibway equivalent, four lines. ] | Sarnia: | printed at the office of the Sarnia Canadian. [1886. ] Title verso blank 11. text (with the excep- tion of English headings to the hymns entirely in Ojibway) pp. 3-184, indexes pp. 185-191, 24°. Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Jacobs (Sarah Sprague). Nonantum and Natick. | By | Sarah 8. Jacobs. | [Picture.] | Written for the Massachu- setts Sabbath School Society, and re- _ vised by the Committee | of Publica- tion, |. Boston: | Massachusetts sabbath svhool society. | Depository 13 Corn- hill. | 1853. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright éte. 11. map verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 5-6, picture and verse recto blank 1 1. text pp. 9-321, ap- pendix pp. 322-336, 12°. A few words from Eliot’s bible, pp. 177-180.— Indian names, pp. 333-336, is an alphabetic list of names of tribes, persons, places etc. in New England, most of them with English significa- tion. Copies seen: Astor, Congress. A second edition, from the same plates except the title leaf, as follows: -— The | white oak and its neighbors. | By | Sarah 8. Jacobs. | [Picture.] | Written for the Massachusetts Sabbath School Society, and revised by the Com- mittee | of Publication. | Boston: | Massachusetts sabbath school society. | Depository, 13 Corn- hill. [1858.] Title verso copyright etc. 11. map verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 5-6, picture and verse recto blank 11. text pp. 9-321, appendix pp. 322-336, 12°, Jacobs (S.S.) — Continued. Linguistics as described under the preced- ing title. : Copies seen: Congress. Jacquemin (—). Mémoire | sur | la Louisiane, | contenant | La description du sol et des productions | de cette ile, et les moyens de la rendre | florissante en peu de tems; | avec | Un Vocabu- laire et un abrégé de la Grammaire | de la langue Sauvage. | Par M. Jacque- min, | Pendant 22 aus Missionnaire- Préfet-Apostolique de la Guiane | Frangaise, et Evéque démissionnaire de Caiene. | [ Device. ] | A Paris, | De l’Imprimerie de J. M. Eberhart, rune des | Mathurins St.- Jacques, n.° 335. | An XI—1803. Half-title 1 1. title 11. text pp. 1-67, pétition 1 page, small 12°. Petit dictionnaire de la langue des Sauvages — [Algonkin from Lahontan], pp. 47-67. Preceded by some general remarks, with examples. Copies seen: Shea. [James (Dr. Edwin).] [Review of] A grammar of the language of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians. Trans- lated for the American philosophical society, from the German manuscript of the late Rev. David Zeisberger. By Peter Stephen Duponceau. Philadel- phia, 1827. In American Quarterly Review, vol. 3, pp. 391-422, Philadelphia, 1828, 8°. (Boston Athe- neum, Congress.) Preceded by the heading ‘Indian language and, condition.” It contains grammatic ex-. amples of the Delaware. —— A | narrative | of | the captivity and adventures | of | John Tanner, | (U.S. interpreter at the Saut de Ste. Marie, ) | during | thirty years residence among the Indians | in the | interior of North America. | Prepared for the press | by Edwin James, M. D. | Editor of an Account of Major Long’s Expedition from Pittsburgh | to the Rocky Mount- ains. | New-York: |G. & C. & H. Carvill. 10€ Broadway. | 1830. ' Frontispiece 11. title verso copyright 1 1. in- troductory chapter pp. 3-21, text pp. 23-426, 8°. Catalogue of plants and animals found in the country of the Ojibbeways, with English names, as far as these could be ascertained, pp. 294-312.—Minerals, p. 312.—Catalogue of to- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. James (E.)— Continued. tems among the Ottawwaws and Ojibbeways, with the names of some to which they beiong, pp. 314-316.—List of moons in Ottawwaw and Menomonie, p. 321.—List of stars, pp. 321-322. Comparison of numerals, to ten, in several [50] American dialects, pp. 324-333, includes the . following Algonquian dialects: Ojibbeway, Muskwake, Minsi (from Heckewelder), Algon- kin (from MHeckewelder), Delaware (from Heckewelder), Mahnomonie, Cree (from Say), - Quaddies (Maine, from Duponceau), Penobscot (from Duponceau’s Ms.), Miami (from Dupon- ceau’s MS.), Shawnese (from Duponceau’s M8.), Unachog (from Duponceau’s Ms.), Natick (from Elliot’s Bib.), Nousaghauset (from Elliot’s Bib. in Ms.), Sourikwosiorum (from Johu De Laet), Canadenses (Jb. from Auct. Lescarbot), Saukikani (from J. D. Laet, Auct. Johan. Smith), Algonkin (from J. Long), Chippeway (from J. Long), New Stockbridge (from Kao- no-mut, a woman who had been living on Fox River, 1827), Mohegan, Monsee (from an Indian at Buffaloe), Potiwattomic (from an Indian at Detroit, 1827), Ottawwaw (from Tanner), Cree (from M’Kenzie), Algonkin (trom M’Kenzie), Cree (from anative), Mahnesheet (slow-tonguces, residing on the St. Johns, N. B., from a native). Music and poetry of the Indians, including’ songs, pp. 334-381. Chapter iv, Languages of the North Ameri- can Indians (pp. 382-391), is followed by a com- parison of words and sentences in the dia- lects of the Ottawwaws and Menomonies, pp. 392-398.—Ojibbeway words and phrases, pp 399-411.—Conjugation of a verb [to tie], pp. _ 412-417.— Lord’s Prayer in Ojibbeway and Eng- lish and in Ojibbeway alone, p. 418.—Compari- son of the language of Elliot’s version of the bible, with some of the dialects of the present day, pp. 419-420.—Comparison of the language of some versions of the bible, with the Ottaw- waw ot the present time, pp. 421-422.—Compar- ison of a Greek sentence with the dialect of the Ottawwaws, p. 423.—First chapter of Gene- sis, translated into the Ojibbeway language, pp. 424-426. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Brinton, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Lenox, Trumbull. At the Field sale, no.1113, a half-morocco copy brought $3.63; at the Squicr sale, no. 552. a similar copy, $3.38. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. i020, 35 frs. ‘The Murphy copy, no. 2449, half green calf, brought $3.50. Reissued as follows: =—— A | narrative | of | the captivity and adventrres | of | John Tanner, | (U. S. interpreter at the Saut de Ste. Marie, ) | during | thirty years residence among the Indians | in the | interior of North America. | Prepared for the press | by Edwin James, M. D. | Editor of an Ac- count of Major Long’s Expedition from Pittsburgh | tothe Rocky Mountains.— ALG——17 257 James (E.) — Continued. London: | Baldwin & Cradock, Pa- ternoster Row. | Thomas Ward, 84 High - Holborn. | 1830. Pp. 1-426, portrait, 8°. The American edition with a new title-page only. Oopies seen: Astor, Trumbull. Clarke, 1886, no. 6652, prices a copy in boards $5. Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 35685, titles an edition in German, Leipzig, 1840, 8°; and one in French, Paris, 1855, 2 vols. 8°. Chippewa first lessons | in | spelling and reading. | By Edwin James, M. D. | Published by the Baptist board of missions, | Boston: | 1832. Lincoln & Edmands, printers. 1000 copies. No title-page, heading only; text, pp. 1-16, 12°. Primer lessons, pp. 1-8; the lower half of each of pp. 3-8 being occzpicd with prayers and hymns in Chippewa.—Prayer, pp. 8-9.—Ephe- sians, chapter 5, pp. 9-12.—Grammar, including “outlines of the paradigm of a Chippewa verb,” nenoandum, I hear, pp. 12-16. Oopies seen: American Antiquarian Society, American Board of Commissioners. [——] Kekitchemanitomenahn | gahbe- [ mahjeinnunk | Jesus Christ, | otoashke | wawweendummahgawin. | Albany: | Packard and Van Benthuy- sen, printers. | 1833. Translation: Our great God who saved us Jesus Christ, His coyenant or promise. Title verso blank 11, text entirely in the Chip- pewa language pp. 3-484, 12°. Matthew to Revelation, pp. 3-482.—The ten commandments, pp. 483-484.— A hyn, p. 484. The first Chippewa version of the whole of the new testament. Dr. James was assisted in in this work by John Tanner. Copies seen: American Bible Society, British and Foreign Bible Society, Congress, Eames, Massachusetts Historical Society, Lowell, Trumbull, Pilling. At the Field sale, no. 1181, a copy brought $2.25; at the Brinley sale, no. 5662, $2.25; no. 5663, $2; at the Murphy sale, no. 3109, $1. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2157, 25 fr. ] Ojibue | spelling book, | designed | for the use of | native learners. | [ Picture. ] | Utica: | printed by G. Tracy. | 1833. Title p. 1, text pp. 2-72, 18°. 500 copies printed. Alphabet, p. 2.—Key to the alphabet, pp. 3-4.—Tables 1-14 (spelling and reading lessons), pp. 5-42.—Lord’s prayer, p. 43.—Select portions (gospel stories, hymns, etc.), pp. 44-60.—Num- bers, p. 61.—Hymns, pp. 62-72. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum. 258 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE James (E.)— Continued. [——] O-jib-ue | spelling book, | designed for the use of | native learners. | Second edition, | Corrected and Enlarged. | James (E.) — Continued. it is an extract from the Chippewa first lessons by the same author, titled above. —— Essay on the Chippewa language; Boston: ! printed for the American board of commissioners for | foreign missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835. Title verso picture 11. alphabet p. 3, key to the alphabet pp. 4-6, text entirely in Ojibue pp. 7-107, 129. Tables i-xxv (spelling and reading lessons), pp. 5-82.—Gospel stories, hymns, etv. pp. 83- 95.—Sermon on the mount, pp. 96-104.—Ten commandments, p. 105.—Short catechism, pp. 106-107. Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Congress, Massachusetts Historical Society, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. [——] Ojibue | spelling book. | Part I. | [ Picture. ] | Boston: | printed for the American board of commissioners for | foreign mis- sions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1846. Printed cover as above, title (omitting ‘‘ Part I” and the picture) verso picture 1 1. alphabet pp. 3-4, key to Ojibue orthography p. 5, text (lessons i-xxx in Ojibue and English) pp. 6-63, picture p. [64], sq. 16°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trum- bull. -[——] Ojibue | spelling book. | Part II. | [Picture. ] | Boston: | printed for the American board of commissioners for | foreign missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1846. Printed cover as above, title (omitting the picture) verso blank 1 1. text (lessons xxxi- lxvi in Ojibue and English) pp. 3-95, picture p. 96, sq. 16°. The names of the months in Ojibue and En- glish, pp. 92-93.—Numerals 1-10000, pp. 94-95. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trum- bull. At the Field sale, no.1717, a copy brought $1.25. The two parts were also issued together in one volume, with the following cover title: Ojibue | spelling book | Parts I. & I. | [Pic- | ture. | | Boston: | printed for the American board of | by { commissioners for | foreign Crocker and Brewster. | 1846. missions, (Eames.) At the Brinley sale, no. 5670, the two parts | brought $1.50; and at the Murphy sale, no. 2953, $1. —— Outline of the paradigma of a Chip- pewa verb. Albany : [1833 ?]. (eo) Folio. Title from Vater’s Litteratur (1847), p. 70, from a copy in the Berlin library. Perhaps read before the American Lyceum, at the third annual meeting, in the City of New York, May 3rd, 1=33. In Chronicles of the North American say- ages, NO. 5, pp. 73-80, Sept. 1835, 8°. — [Part of a note book, comprising a comparative vocabulary, and phrases, of the Menomini and Ojibway lan- guages. } Manuscript, pp. 32-139, 8°, belonging to Dr. J. Hammond ‘Trumbull, of Hartford, Conn., who describes it for me as follows: ‘““The volume of which this is a part—and the only part that relates to American lan- guages—was found in a junk-shop in Albany, N. Y., by Mr. George R. Howell, in 1879, from whom I received it. The first page of the vol- ume had the name of ‘E. James, 1823.’ The vocabularies, etc., were gathered at a later date, probably in 1825 or 1826. The writer was easily identified by Dr. James’s peculiar spell- ing of Menomini and Ojibbeway (Chippewa) words, as in his Appendix to John Tannetr’s Narrative, in 1830, and elsewhere.” Words and phrases in English, Menomini, and Ojibbeway compared, with occasional notes, pp. 32-89, 102-112, 123-139.—Comparative vocabulary in English, ‘‘ Hoo-chaw-gor-rah or Winnebago,” and ‘‘ Dah co-tab Sioux,” pp. 90- 95.— Words and phrases, English and Dahcotah, pp. 96-102.—Numerals, in several dialects, pp. 121, 122.—Names of the months, in Menomini, interpreted, pp. 138, 139. Edwin James, geologist, born in Weybridge, Vt., August 27, 1797; died in Burlington, Iowa, October 28, 1861. He was graduated at Mid- dlebury College in 1816, and then spent three years in Albany, where he studied medicine with-his brother, Dr. Daniel James, botany with Dr. John Torrey, and geology under Prof. Amos Eaton. In 1820 he was appointed botan- ist and-geologist to the exploring expedition of Maj. Samuel H. Long, and was actively en- gaged in field work during that yeir. For two years following he was occupied in compiling and preparing for the press the report of the ‘* Expedition to the Rocky Mountains, 1818-19” (2 vols. with atlas, Philade]phia and London, 1823). He then received the appointment of surgeon in the U. 8. Army, and for six years was stationed at frontier outposts. In 1830 he resigned his commission and returned to. Al- bany. In 1834 he again went West, and in 1836 settled in the vicinity of Burlington, Iowa.— Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. James (fev. 'Thomas). [Catechism in the language of the Montauk Indians. ] In aletter from Governor Lovelace to Mr. James, minister of East Hampton, N. Y., dated ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. James (T.) — Continued. Fort James, 19thof November, 1668, printed in Documents relating to the colonial history of | New York, vol. 14, pp. 610-611, this catechism is referred to as follows: “‘T very much approue of yo" composure of acatechisme. . . . That w[ shall desire from yo" at ptsent is the Catachisme wt* some few select chapters & Laudatory Psalms fairly transcribed in the Indian Language w“ I will send over to England & have quantityes of them printed, & if yo" thinke it necessary I conceive - a@ small book suck as shall onely serue to the instructing y® Indians to read may likewise be compiled & sent wtt them,” etc. The Rev. Thomas James, first minister of the Congregational church at East Hampton, on Long Island, settled there about the year 1650 or 1621, and died at the same place on June 16, 1696, after a ministry of about forty-five years. In September, 1660, he informed the Commis- sioners of the United Colonies, then in ses- sion at New Haven, that ke was ‘willing to apply himselfe to instruct the Indians” of Long Island ‘‘in the knowlidge of the trueGod.” An allowance of 107. was therefore made for him “towards the hiering of an [nterpretor and other charges.’’ In 1662 he was paid 207, ‘‘ for Instructing the Indians on long Land,” and the same allowance was continued for the two following years. The catechism referred to above was prob- ably never printed. Jameson (Mrs. Anna Murphy). Winter studies | and | summer rambles | in Canada. | By Mrs. Jameson, | author of [ &c. two lines. ] | [One line quotation. ] | In three volumes. | Vol. I[-III}. | London: | Saunders and Otley, | Con- duit street. | 1838. 3 vols. 12°. General discussion of the Chippewa language, with a few examples illustrating gender, vol. 3, pp. 80-84.—T wo lines of an Indian song, with -English translation, p. 94.—Ojibwa quaince, pp. 226-227.—Indian Cale names, with mean- ings, passim. Copies seen: resided? — Winter studies | and | summer ram- bles | in Canada. | By Mrs. Jameson, | author of [&c. two lines.] | [Two lines quotation.] | In Two Volumes. | Vol. mit}. -| New-York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1839. 2vols.: title verso printers 1 1. preface pp. iii- viii, contents 11. text pp. 9-341; title verso print- ers | 1. contents pp. iii-iv, text pp. 1-339, 12°. Ojibway quaince, words and music, vol. 2, pp. 252-253. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Yale. 259 Jameson (A. M.) — Continued. Winterstudien | und | Sommerstrei- ferein | in | Canada, | Ein Tagebuch | von | Mrs. Jameson. | Aus dem Engli- schen iibersetzt | von | A. W. | [One line quotation.] | Erster [-Dritter ] Band. | Braunschweig, | Druck und Verlag von Friedrich Vieweg und Sohn | 1839. 3 vols. 16°. Ojibway quaince, with words and niusic, vol. 3, p. 191. Copies seen: Congress. — Sketches in Canada, | and | rambles among the Red Men. | By Mrs. Jame- son. | New edition. | London: | Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. | 1852. Title verso blank 1 1. preface verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-314, 12°. Ojibwa quaince with music, p. 254. Copies seen: Congress. Janney (Samuel McPherson). The life | of | William Penn; | with selections | from | his correspondence | and | anto- biography. | By | Samuel M. Janney. | [Three lines quotation. ] | . Philadelphia: | Hogan, Perkins & co. | 1852. Portrait 11. title verso copyright 11. dedica- tion verso blank 11. preface pp. ix—xi (erron- eously numbered xii), text pp. 13-558, list of authorities pp. 559-560, 8°. Penn (W.), Letter, etc. pp. 227-238. Copies seen: Astor, Congress. —— The Life | of | William Penn: | with selections | from his | correspondence and autobiography. | By | Samuel M. Janney. | [Quotation three lines. ] | Second edition, revised. | Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & co. | 1852. Portrait of Penn 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. 5-7, pref: ace to second edition p. 8, list of authorities pp. 9-10, contents pp. 11-20, text pp. 21-571, ap- pendix pp. 573-576, 8°. Penn’s letter, pp. 238-249. Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum, Harvard. Jarvis (Samuel Farmar). A discourse on the religion of the Indian tribes of North America: delivered before the New-York historical society, December 20, 1819. By Samuel Farmar Jarvis. In New York Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 3, pp. 181-268, New York, 1821, 8°. 260 Jarvis (S. F.) — Continued. Lenapé or Delaware and Iroquois words compared with the Hebrew, p. 229.—Numerals 1-10 of the Lenapé or Delaware (from Zeisber- ger) compared with other languages, p. 230.— Grammatical forms of the Onondaga and Lenapé compared with the Hebrew, pp. 231- 232.—Example of a noun in the Lenapé or Delaware with the inseparable pronouns (from Heckewelder), p. 233.—Example of the verb to love in the Lenapé or Delaware and Iroquois, compared with the Hebrew, pp. 234-238.—Ex.- ample of the personal forms in Delaware and Hebrew, pp. 239-245. — Note E (containing remarks on Delaware inflections), pp. 246-248. Issued separately as follows: —— A | discourse | on the | religion of the Indian tribes | of | North America. | Delivered before | the New-York his- torical society, | December 20, 1819. | By Samuel Farmar Jarvis,| D.D. A. A.S. | [Four lines quotation. ] | New-York: | published by C. Wiley & Co. 3 Wallstreet. | C. S. Van Winkle, Printer. | 1820, Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. resolution of thanks verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-64, notes and illustrations pp. 65-111, 8°. ' Linguistics as under title above, pp. 71-90. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Boston Public, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Trumbull. At the Field sale a copy, no. 1115, sold for $2.12. The Squier copy, no. 554, brought $1, and the Brinley copy, no. 5412, half morocco, uncut, $1.50. Reviewed by Pickering (J.) in the N. A. Review, vol. 11, pp. 103-113, Boston, 1820. Samuel Farmar Jarvis, clergyman, born in Middletown, Conn. January 20, 1786 ; died there March 26, 1851; was graduated at Yale in 1805, and ordained priest April 5, 1811. He received the degree of D. D. from the University of Pennsylvania in 1819, and that of LL. D. from Trinity in 1837.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. [Jaunay (Pére Pierre du).] Dictionarium Gallico-8ta8aka. [1741?] Manuscript, French-Ottawa, in the library of McGill College, Montreal, Canada. Alpha. betically arranged by French words. It is curiously paged; beginning with page 1 on the recto of the first leaf, the numbering is contin- uous on the rectosto p. 184, which includes about half of the letter E; pp. 185-396 (end of the letter Q) are numbered on the rectos and versos of the remaining leaves; and pp. 397- 581 are the versos of the first leaves, which are numbered 1-184 on the rectos. The volume is bound, legibly written, and well preserved. A note on the fly leaf says the work was be- gun 16 Aug. 1640 [sic]; another: ‘‘ This book is the property of Adam Macruder of Montreal ;” Jefferson (Thomas). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Jaunay (P. du). — Continued. and another: ‘‘ Now belongs to Andro H. Ar- nolds, purchased at the sale of the late Ma- cruder’s effects, 1846.” I have placed the work under Du Jaunay upon the authority of the Rev. A. E. Jones of St. Mary’s College, Montreal, a gentleman well versed in the history of the missions and mis- sionaries of the Catholic church in Canada, who writes me as follows concerning the au- thorship: “You ask me how I know that the Indian dictionary at McGill College was the work of Father Du Jaunay. Here is positive evi- dence: The labour entailed in completing each letter has some special patron. He places the letter D under the protection of the Blessed Virgin while presenting Our Lord in the tem- ple: “*D—Sub protectione Deiparae Virginis Filium suum offerentis, quod festum amabile ante hos dies quindecim celebrabamus, quo die [2 Feb.] vota suae professionis emittebat caris- simus socius meus P. de la Morinie; item sub protectione xtia diabolo tentati et jejunantis, quae stupenda Domini Nostri Dei Hominis crasin evangelio legemus prima Quadragesimae Dominica,’ etc. “ Thatis to say, he undertook the letter D on Saturday the 18th day of February, 1741, fif- teen days after the feast of the Purification, 2d Feb., and on the eve of the first Sunday of Lent. Easter that year fell on the 2d of April, Ash Weduesday on the 15th of February, and the first Sunday of Lert on Feb. 19. I have in my possession the official record of Father de la Morinie’s last vows on profession. They were taken at St. Ignace, Michilimakina, on the 2d of February, 1741, in the presence of F. Du Jaunay, his companion in that mission.” [ Vocabulary of the Mohican, Long Island, and Shawnoe languages. | In Gallatin (A.), Synopsis of Indian tribes, in Am. Ant. Soc. Trans. (Archeologia Ameri- cana) vul. 2, pp. 305-367, Cambridge, 1836, 8°. + — Fragments of a comparative vocab- ulary of several Indian languages. (*) Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. Title from alist of manuscripts given in the society’s Transactions of the Hist. and Lit. committee, vol. 1, where it is said it was presented by the author. I have seen copies of a number of manu- scripts by Jefterson in the society’s library not given in the above-mentioned list, some of which may have been taken from these ‘‘frag- ments.”’ [——] Vocabulary of the Delawares of - New Jersey. Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Jefferson (T.)— Continued. A copy, made by Mr. Duponceau, and forms no. x of a collection made by him and recorded in afolio account-book, of which it occupies pp. 42-45. Itis dated Dec. 1792. Arranged in four columns to the page, two of English and two of Delaware, and contains ‘about 250 words. A Vocabulary of the language of the Unquachog Indians, who constitute the Pusspatock settlement in the town of Brookhaven, south side of Long Isl- and. By Thomas Jefferson, Esq. Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. It forms no. xi of a collection of copies made by Mr. Duponceau and recorded in a folio account- book, of which it occupies pp. 46-48. Arranged four columns to the page, two of English, two of Unquachog, and contains about 180 words. ‘The orthography is English. This vocabu- lary was taken by Thos. Jefferson, Jan. 13th, 1791, in presence of James Madison & Genl. Floyd. There remain but three persons who ean speak its language; they are old women; from two of these brought together, this vocab- ulary was taken; a young woman of the same ' tribe was also present who knew something of the language.”’ There is a copy of this vocabulary in the li- brary of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D.C. In a letter to Mr. Harris, dated Washington, April 18, 1806, Mr. Jefferson says: “At a very early period of my life, contem- plating the history of the aboriginal inhabitants of America, I was led to believe that if there had ever been a relation between them and the men of color in Asia,traces of it would be found intheir several langnages. I havethere- fore availed myself of every opportunity which has offered to obtain vocabularies of such tribes as have been within my reach, corresponding to a list then formed of about two hundred and fifty words. In this I have made such _progress that within a year ortwomore I think to give to the public what I then shall have acquired.” In a letter from Monticello, dated Sept. 21, 1809, to Dr. Barton, he says : “T received last night your favor of the 14th and would with all possible pleasure have com- municatel to you any part or the whole of the Indian vocabularies which I had collected, but an irreparable misfortune has deprived me of them. I have now been thirty years availing myself of every possible opportunity of pro- curing Indian vocabularies to the same set of words. My opportunities were probably better than will ever occur again to any person having the same desire. I hai collected about fifty, and had digested most of them in collateral columns, and meant to have printed them the last year of my stay in Washington. But not 261 | Jefferson (T.) — Continued. Jefferys (Thomas). having yet digested Captain Lewis’s collsction nor having leisure then to doit, I putit off till I should return home. The whole, as well digest as originuls, were packed in a trunk of stationery, and sent round by water with about thirty other packages of my effects, from Wash- ington, and while ascending James river this package, on account of its weight and pre- sumed precious contents, was singled out and ° stolen. The thief, being disappointed on open- ing it, threw into the river all its contents, of which he thought he could make no use, Among these were the whole of the vocabnla- ries. Some leaves floated ashore and were found in the mud; but these were very few, and so defaced by the mud and water that no general use can ever be made of them.” The natural and civil | history | of the | French domin- ions | in | North and South America. | Giving a particular Account of the | Cli- mate, | Soil, | Minerals, | Animals, | Vegetables, | Manufactures, | Trade, | Commerce, | and | Languages, | to- gether with | The Religion, Govern- ment, Genius, Character, Manners and | Customs of the Indians and other In- habitants. | Illustrated by | Maps and Plans of the principal Places, | Col- lected from the best Authorities, and engraved by | T. Jefferys, Geographer to his Royal Highness the Prince of Wales. | Part I. Containing | A Descrip- tion of Canada and Louisiana[—Part IT. Containing | Part of the Islands of St. Domingo and St. Martin, | The Islands of | St. Bartholomew, Guadaloupe, Mar- tinico, La Grenade, | and | The Island and Colony of Cayenne}. | London, | Printed for Thomas Jefferys at Charing-Cross. | MDCCLX [1760]. 2 vols.: 4 p. ll pp. 1-168; 2p. ll. pp. 1-246; maps, folio. Of the origin, languages of the dif- ferent Indian nations inhabiting Canada (in- cluding the Algonkins and Saltuers), part 1, pp. 42-97. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Mas- sachusetts Historical Society. At the Field sale, a copy, no. 1119, brought $6.50. —— The natural and civil | history | of the | French dominions | in | North and South America. | With an Historical Detail of the Acquisitions and Conquests made by the | British arms in those Parts. | Giving a particular Account of the | climate, | soil, | minerals, | ani- 262 Jefferys (T.) — Continued. mals, | vegetables, | manufactures, | trade, | commerce | and | languages. | Together with | The Religion, Goy- ernment, Genius, Character, Manners and | Customs of the Indians and other Inhabitants. | Illustrated by | Maps and Plans of the principal Places, | Col- lected from the best Authorities, and engraved by | T. Jefferys, Geographer to his Majesty. | Part I[-II]. Contain- ing | A Description of Canada and Louisiana. | London: | Printed for T. Jefferys, at Charing-Cross; W. Johnston, in Lud- gate-street; J. Richardson | in Pater- noster-Row; and B. Law and Co. in Ave-Mary-Lane. | MDCCLXI [1761]. — 2 vols.: title verso blank 1 1. dedication 1 1. introduction verso blank 1 ]. contents 1 1. text pp. 1-168; title verso blank 1 ]. dedication verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-246; maps, folio. Linguistic contents as in edition of 1760 titled next above. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress. Jéhan (Louis-Frangois). Troisitme et derniére | Encyclopédie théologique, | [&c. twenty-four lines] | publiée | par M. l’abbé Migne | [ &c. six lines. ] | Tome trente-quatriéme. | Dictionnaire de linguistique. | Tonre unique. | Prix: 7 frances. | S’Imprimeet se vend ehez J.-P. Migne, éditeur, | aux ateliers catholiques, rue d’Amboise, au Petit-Montrouge, | Bar- riére d’enfer de Paris. | 1858. Second title: Dictionnaire | de | linguistique | et | de philologie comparée. | Histoire de toutes les langues mortes et vivantes, | ou | traité complet d’idiomographie, | embrassant | ’examen critique des systémes et de toutes les questions qui se rattachent | 4 l’origine et a la filiation des langues, a leur essence organique | et 4 leurs rapports avec l’histoire des races humaines, de leurs migrations, etc. | Précédé d’un | Essai sur le réle du langage dans ]’évo- lution de l’intelligence humaine. | Par L.-F. Jéhan (de Saint-Clavien), | Membre de la So- ciété géologique de France, de 1’ Académie roy- ale des sciences de Turin, etc. | [Quotation, three lines.] | Publié | par M. l’ Abbé Migne, | éditeur de la Bibliothéque wuniverselle du clergé, | ou | des cours complets sur chaque brauche de la science ecclésiastique. | Tome unique. | Prix: 7 francs. | S'Imprime et se vend chez J.-P. Migne, édi- teur, | aux ateliers catholiques, rue d’Amboise, au Petit-Montrouge, | Barriére d’enfer de Paris. | 1858. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Jéhan (L.-F.)— Continued. Outside title 11. titles as above 2 11. columns (two to a page) 9-1448, large 8°. See under title next below for linguistic contents. Copies seen: British Museum, Shea. —— Troisiéme et derniere | Encyclopédie | théologique, | ou troisiéme et der- niére | serie de dictionnaires sur toutes les parties de la science religieuse, | offrant en frangais, et par ordre alpha- bétique, | la plus claire, la plus facile, la plus commode, la plus variée | et la plus complete des théologies: | [&c. seventeen lines] | publiee | par M. Vabbé Migne, | [&c. six lines.] | Tome trente-quatriéme. | Dictionnaire de lin- guistique. | Tome unique. | Prix: 8 francs. | S’imprime et se vend chez J.-P. Migne, éditeur, | aux ateliers catho- liques, rue d’Amboise, 20, au Petit- Montrouge, | autrefois Barriére d’enfer de Paris, maintenant dans Paris. | 1864 Second title: Dictionnaire | de | linguistique |et | de philologie comparée. | Histoire de toutes les langues mortes et vivantes, | ou | traité - complet d’idiomographie, j embrassant | l’exam- en critique des systémes et de toutes les questions qui se rattachent | a l’origine et a la filiation des langues, a leur essence organique | et a leurs rapports avec l’histoire des races humaines, de leurs migrations, etc. | Précédé dun | Essai sur leréle du langage dans l’évolu- tion del’intelligence humaine. | ParL.-F. Jéhan (de Saint-Clavien), | Membre de la Société géologique de France, de |’ Académie royale des sciences de Turin, etc. | (Quotation, three lines.] | Publié | par M. Vabbé Migne, | éditeur de la Bibliothéque universelle du clergé, | ou | des cours complets sur chaque branche de la science ecclésiastique. | Tome unique. | Prix: 7 francs. | S’imprime et se vend chez J.-P. Migne, edi- teur, | aux ateliers catholiques, rue d’ Amboise, 20, au Petit-Montrouge, | autrefuis Barriére d’enfer de Paris, maintenant dans Paris. | 1864 First title verso ‘‘avis important’ 11. second title verso printer 1 1. introduction numbered by columns 9-208, text in double columns 209- 1250, notes additionnelles columns 1249-1432, table des matiéres cclumns 1433-1448, large 8°. The following articles relate to the Algon- quian languages: Région Alléghanique et des lacs dans ]’ Amérique du Nord, col. 242-248, con- tains a comparative vocabulary of sixteen words and the numerals 1-10, in thirty-five American Indian dialects, including under the division ‘Famille Lennape,” the Sawanou ou Shawano- ese, Sakis-Ottogamis (Sakis ou Sakewi), Miamis- Illinois (Miami propre), Pampticough, Lennape ou Delaware (Delaware), Minsi, Sankitani, Nar- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Jéhan (L.-F.)— Continued. raganset, Massachusett ou Natick, Mohegan (Mohegan propre), A benaki, Etechemine, Gaspé- sien ou Micmac, Algonquino-Chippaways, _ (Chippeway propre ou Ochippewag), Algon- quin propre, Knistenaux (Knistenaux propre), and Cree. Amérique, col. 265-20, contains general remarks on American languages, followed by a “tableau de lenchainement geographique des langues Américaines et Asiatiques,”’ including - several Algonquian dialects, col. 290-299, and a ‘tableau général des langues Américaines,”’ col. 299-303. Lennappe, ou Chippaways-Delaware ou Al- gonquino-Mohegane, famille de langues de la | région alléghanique, col. 796-824, contains remarks on the dialects of the Sawanou, Saki- Ottogami, Menomene, Miami-Illinci, Lennape ou Delaware, Sankikani, Narraganset, Massa- chuset ou Natick, Powhattan, Mohegan-Abe- naqui, Etechemine, Gaspésien ou Micmak, Algonquino-Chippaway, Knistenaux, and Skoffie-Sketapushoish, with a few specimens of words, col. 796-807; Langue Lénapé, with remarks on its formation, col. 807-810; Langue Algonquine propre ou Chippéway, with gram- matical examples, col. 810-815; Specimens of word formation in Lénapé and in Massachu- setts, col.815; Remarks on the diff-rent forms of the verb in the Algonquian dialects, with examples in Lénapé and Chippéway, col. 816- 824. Panis-Ary apahoes, containing remarks on the dialects of the Arrapahoes and Ricaras, col. 1014-1016. Note IJ, Rapport sur le caractére général et les formes grammaticales des langues améri- caines, fait au comité d’histoire et de littérature de la société philosophique américaine, par son secrétaire correspondant [Peter 8. Du Pon- ceau], col. 1253-1268. Copies seen: Eames. Jenks (William). Specimen of the Mo- heagan language, taken at Cambridge, February 28, 1804. In Holmes (A.), Memoir of the Moheagans, in Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. first series, vol. 9, pp. 98-99, Boston, 1804, 8°. A short text with English translation and a short vocabulary. : ““T am indebted to my worthy friend, Mr. William Jenks, who lately procured theannexed specimen of this language from a young and intelligent Indian, of the Stockbridge tribe (John Konkapot, jun. } and the vocab- ulary was in fact mostly written by the young Indian himself, in order to preserve as much accuracy as possible.” — Holmes. Jesus obimadisiwin ajonda [Ottawa]. See Baraga (F.) Jesus obimadisiwin oma [Chippewa]. See Baraga (F.) Jesus od ijitwawin [Chippewa]. See Gafron (J.) 263 Jesus od ijitwawin [Ottawa]. See Ba- raga (F.) Johnes (Arthur James). Philological Proofs | of the | original unity and re- cent origin | of the | human race. | . - Derived from a comparison of the lan- guages | of | Asia, Europe, Africa, and America. | Being an inquiry | how far the differences in the languages of the globe | are referrible to causes now in operation. | By | Arthur James Johnes, esq. | [Four lines quotation. ] | London: | Samuel Clarke, 13, Pall mall east. | Rees, Llandovery; E. Parry, Bridge street, Chester; Rees, Carnarvon. | 1843. Half-title verso printer 11. title verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. v—vi, contents pp. vii-xii, in- troduction pp. xiii-lx, text pp. 1-172, appen- dixes pp. 1-108, 8°. Remarks on the American Indian languages, including a few Abenaki words, pp. 22-24.— On the origin of the American tribes (pp. 155-172) contains: ‘‘Words from the North American Indian dialects of the Algonquyn class compared with analogous terms in Asiatic and European languages, pp. 160-162.—Present tense of a verb in two dialects of the Algon- quyn class (Chippeway and Lenni Lenape), pp. 166-167.—Algonquyn pronoun prefixes (com- pared with Semetic and Welsh), pp. 169-170. Appendix A, analytical comparison of some of the most important words in the African languages with th@ analogous words in the lan- guagesof Asia, Europe, and America (including Algonquyn, New England, Black Feet, Chippe- way, Penobscot, Naragansett, and Miami), pp. 1-47._Words for man, woman, human being, pp. 50-63, the head pp. 64-71, the tongue p. 72, the ear p. 73, the foot p. 74, the hand p. 75, and water pp. 76-82, in vzrious languages, including the Algonquyn dialects Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Hames. : Philological Proofs | of the | original unity and recent origin | of the | Hu- man Race. | Derived from | a compari- son of the languages | of | Asia, Europe, Africa, and America. | Being an inquiry how far the differences in the languages of | the globe are referrible to causes now in operation. | By | Author James Johnes, Esq. | [Three lines quotation. ] | London: John Russell Smith, | 4, Old Compton Street, SohoSquare. | MD CCC XLVI [1846]. Half-title 11. title as above verso blank 11. contents etc. pp. iii-ix, text pp. 1-172, appen- dices pp. 1-103, 8°. Linguistics as under next preceding title. Coptes seen: Astor. 264 [Johnston (George).] The | morning | and | evening prayer, | translated from the | book of common prayer | of the Protestant episcopal church in the | United States of America, | together with a selection | of hymns. | Detroit: | Geiger and Christian, printers. | 1844. ' Printed cover as above, title as above verso approval ot Sam! A. McCoskry, Bishop of Michigan 1 1. text pp. 1-59, 12°. Prayers in Ottawa with English headings, pp. 1-25.—Letter (in English, from Geo. John- ston, dated from Grand Traverse Bay, January 1, 1844, to Bishop McCoskry, transmitting the translation), p. 26.—Ten commandments, pp. 27-28.—P. 29 blank.--Hymnas, alternate English and Ottawa, pp. 30-59. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum. Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of St. Mary’s. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. Contains about 360 words. Reprinted in Ulrici (E.), Die Indianer Nord- Amerikas, p. 39, Dresden, 1867, 8°. Johnston (Jane). [Chippewa verses in meter, with English translation. ] In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 5, pp. 608-612, Philadelphia, 1855, 4°. Miss Johnston was an educated woman, a granddaughter of Waub-Ojeeg, a chief of the Lake Superior Chippewas. Johnston (John). Acceunt of the present state of the Indian tribes inhabiting Ohio. Ina letter from John Johnston, esq. United States agent of Indian affairs, at Piqua, to Caleb Atwater, esq. Communicated to the president of the American Antiquarian Society. In American Ant. Soc. Trans. (Archzxologia Americana) vol. 1, pp. 269-299, Worcester, 1820, 8°. Vocabulary of the language of the Shaw- anoese, pp. 287-292.—Names of the rivers by the Shawanoese, pp. 297-299. The vocabulary is reprinted in Dodge (J. R.), Red men of the Ohio Valley, pp. 51-60, Spring- field, 1860, 12°; and in Howe (H.), Historical collections of Ohio, pp. 590-594, Cincinnati, 1848, 8°, and subsequent editions. John Johnston, Indian agent, born in Bally- shannon, Ireland, in March, 1775; died in Washington, D.C., 19 April, 1861. His parents emigrated in 1786 1o Cumberland Co., Pa. John served with Gen. Anthony Wayne in his campaign against the northwestern Indians in Ohio in 1792-’3, was clerk in the war depart- ment and agent for Indian affairs thirty-one years. was commissioner to treat with the Ohio In- He served throughout the war of 1812 | as paymaster and quartermaster. In 1841-’2he | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Johnston (John) — Continued. dians for their removal. He was president of the Historical and Philosophical Society of Ohio.—Appleton's Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Johnston (William). Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Michilimackinac. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. Contains about 360 words. Reprinted in Ulrici (E.), Die Indianer Nord- Amerikas, p. 39, Dresden, 1867, 8°. Jomard (Edme Frangois). Langue des Indiens Cheyennes. In Société de Géog. Bull. third series, vol. 6, pp. 384-386, Paris, 1846, 8°. Comments on Abert (J. W.), Cheyenne vo- cabulary, q.v. Reprinted in the following : —— Note sur les Botecudos, accompagnée d’un Vocabulaire de leur langue et de quelques remarques. Colophon: Paris.— Imprimerie de L. Martinet, rue Jacob, 30. [18467] 1 leaf recto blank with ‘‘ Extrait du Bulletin de la Société de Géographie (Novembre et Dé- cembre 1846)’ on verso, text with heading as above pp. 1-13, 8°. Each article is signed ‘‘Jo- mard.”’ Langue des Indiens Cheyennes, including numerals 1-100 (from Abert), pp. 8-10. Copies seen: Eames. Jones (A. D.) The | illustrated | Com- mercial, Mechanical, Professional and Statistical | gazetteer and business- book | of | Connecticut, | for 1857-8. | Compiled with great care, | from actual canvass of the state, | and the most re- liable sources. | To be revised and pub- lished annually. | By A. D. Jones. | Vol- ume I. | Office, 80 State street, New Haven. | 1857. | Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1857, by A.D. Jones, in the Clerk’s | Office of the District Court of Connecticut. | T. J. Stafford, Printer, 88 State Street (Stafford Building). (*) Title verso calendar 1 1. text pp. 1-304, 8°. Chap. 1, pp. 1-55, is devoted chiefly to the Indians, and pp. 35-37 to their ‘‘ Literature.” On page 37 is given the Lord’s prayer in ‘‘ Nar- ragansett’’ (from Eliot), and in Mohegan (from Saltonstall). Title and description from Mr. Addison Van Name, from copy in the library of Yale College. Jones (Pére Arthur Edouard). See Laure (P.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 265 Jones (Rev. David). A | journal | of | two visits | made to some nations of | Indians | on the west side of the river Ohio, | In the Years 1772 and 1773. | By the Rev. David Jones, | minister of the gospel at Freehold, in New-Jersey. | Burlington: | Printed and sold by Isaac Collins, | M.DCC.LXXIV [1774]. Title verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. iii-iv, text pp. 5-95, erratum p. 96, 12°. Numerals 1-10, and a few terms and remarks. on the Shawannee language, and the numerals 1-10 of the Delaware, pp. 44-45. Copies seen: Harvard. —— A | journal | of | two visits made to some nations of In- | dians on the west side of the river | Ohio, in the years 1772 and 1773. | By the | Rev. David Jones, | minister of the gospel at Free- hold, in New Jersey. | With a | bio- graphical notice of the author, | by | Horatio Gates Jones, A. M., | corre- sponding secretary Historical Society of Pennsylvania. | New York: | reprinted for Joseph Sa- bin. | 1865. Half-title (Sabin’s Reprints No. II) verso blank 11. title verso printers etc. 11. biograph- ical sketch pp. v-vi, title of 1774 edition verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. vii-ix, text pp. 11- 120, 8°. Linguistics as under next preceding title, pp. 61-62, 106-107. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athensum, Con- gress. David Jones, clergyman, born in White Clay Creek hundred, Newcastle Co., Del., 12 May, 1736; died in Chester Co., Pa., 5 Feb., 1820.— Appleton’s Cyclop.of Am. Biog. Jones (Electa F.) Stockbridge, | past and present; | or, records of |an old mission station. | By Miss Electa F. Jones. | Springfield: | Samuel Bowles & com- pany. | 1854. Title verse printer 1 1. preface by E. W. B. Canning pp. 3-4, contents pp. 5-6, scripture texts verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. 9-11, text pp. 13-267, appendix pp. 269-275, 12°. : “The language of the Muh-he-ka-ne-ok”’ (chiefly from Edwards), pp. 30-37, contains a short comparative vocabulary of the Muh-he- ka-neew, Shawanoe, and Chippeway, pp. 31-32, Grammatical forms, p. 33; Lord’s prayer in the language of the Eastern Indians (from Eliot), p. 36; Lord’s prayer in the dialect of the Stock- bridge Indians, p. 37. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames. At the Field sale a copy, no. 1148, brought 50 cents. Jones (John). See Jones (P.) and Jones (J.) —and Jones (P.) The | gospel | ac- cording to | St. John. | Translated into the Chippeway tongue | by John Jones, | and | revised and corrected by Peter Jones, | Indian teachers. | London: | printed for the British and foreign bible society, | instituted MpD- ccciv. | 1831. Second title: Menwahjemoowin | kahezhe- beegaid owh | St. John. | Ahneshenahba anwaid keezhe ahnekahnootahbeung | owh | Thayen- danegen [John Jones], | kiya owh | Kahkewa- quonaby [Peter Jones], | ahneshenahba keke- nooahmahga-wenenew ig. | London. | 1831. English title verso 1. 1 recto blank, Chippe- way title recto 1. 2 verso blank, half-title (The gospel according to St. John) recto 1. 3 (verso beginning of the text in English), text 274 un- numbered pages alternate English and Chippe- way, colophou (London: printed by R. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar) 1 page, 16°. Copies seen: Boston Athenzenm, British Ma- seum, Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trum- bull. For a criticism of this work see Schoolcraft (H. R.), Mythology, superstitions, etc. Triibner, 1856, no. 689, priced a copy 5s.; Stev- ens’s Nuggets, no. 268, 7s. 6d. At the Field sale, a copy, no. 1155, brought $3. Dufossé, 1887, no. 24566, priced it 15fr.; and Quaritch, Feb., 1889, 58. ——] Minuajimouin gaizhibiiget | au | St. John. | The gospel of St. John | in the | language of the Ojibwa In- dians. | Boston: | printed for the American board of commissioners ; for foreign missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1838. Title verso note (dated from La Pointe, Sep- tember, 1837) 1 1. text entirely in Ojibwa pp. 3-83, 12°. “The following translation of John’s Gospel into the Ojibwa language, was made by John and Peter Jones, who are native religious teach- ers employed by the Methodist Episcopal Mis- sionary Society in Canada, and published by the British and Foreign Bible Society. The edition here presented is copied trom that of the British and Foreign Bible Society, with scarcely any alterations, except the changing of a few words to render them more intelligi- ble, and more conformed to correct usage, as the language is spoken in this part of the country. The orthography, however, is en- tirely different; this edition being written in the orthography adopted by the missionaries of the American Board of Commissioners for For- eign Missions in writing the Ojibwa language. 266 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Jones (J.) and Jones (P.) — Continued. ‘* This translation, it is believed, is as correct in general as any which can be made in the present state of Ojibwa literature.’’— Verso of title-page. Copies seen: American Board of Commission- ers, Boston Athenzum, Eames, Pilling, Powell. Yale. —— The Gospel according to St. John, translated into the Chippeway tongue, by J. Jones; revised and cor- rected by P. Jones, Indian teachers. 1832. (Ge) Manuscript, folio. In the library of the British and Foreign Bible Society, London. Title from Bullen’s Catalogue (London, 1857), p. 3. Jones (John T.) [Vocabulary of the Pottawotamie language. ] Manuscript, 17 pp. folio, in possession of Dr. John G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. Arranged in double columns, English and Pottawotamie, and contains about 300 words and phrases. Jones (Rev. N. W.) Notes upon the Esopus Indians and their language. In Ulster Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 1, pp. 92-96, Kingston [N. Y.], 1860, 8°. (Boston Athenzeum.) A few Minsi words with English significa- tions. —No.I. | Indian bulletin | for 1867. | Containing a brief | account of the North American Indians, | and the | in- terpretation of many Indian names. | By | rev. N. W. Jones. | New York: | printed by C. A. Alvord, | 1867. Printed cover (with imprint reading, New York: | C. A. Alvord, 15 Vandewater street. | 1867), title as above verso note and copyright 11. text pp. 3-16, 8°. Interpretationof Indian namesin New York, p.13; on Long Island, pp. 13-14; in Pennsylva- nia, p. 14; in New Jersey, pp. 14-15; in Massa- chusetts, p.15; in Connecticut, pp. 15-16; in Rhode Island, p.16; in New Hampshire, p. 16; in Maine, p. 16. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames, Dun- par, Pilling, Powell, Wisconsin Historical So- ciety. At the Field sale, no. 1157, a copy brought 50 cents. No. II. | Indian bulletin | for 1868. | Containing a brief | account of Chinese voyages to the north-west | coast of America. | And the | interpretation of 200 Indian names. | By | rev. N. W. Jones. | New York: | printed by C. A. Alvord | 1869. Jones (N. W.) — Continued. Printed cover as above, title as above verso note and copyright 1 1. text pp. 3-26, 8°. Interpretation of Indian names in New York, pp. 12-14; on Long Island, pp. 14-15; in Penn- sylvania, pp. 15-16; in New Jersey, pp. 16-17 ; in Delaware, p. 18; in Maryland, p. 18; in Maine, pp. 18-20; in New Hampshire, pp. 20-21 ; in Massachusetts, pp. 21-23; on Nantucket, p. 23; in Rhode Island, pp. 23-25; in Connecticut, pp. 25-26; Western Fndian names, p. 26. Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Pow- ell, Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society. Jones (fev. Peter). Hymns for the use of native christians of the Chippeway nation; also several hymns for sabbath schools of native children. In Collection of hymns, pp. 37-45, 37-45 (double numbers, alternate English and Chip- peway), New York, 1827, 16°. —— Nahkahnoonun | kanahnahkahmoo- waudt | ekewh | ahneshenahpaigk anah- meahchik. | Kahahnekahnootahpeung- kin owh | Kahkewaquonnaby [Peter Jones], | ahneshenahpa makahtawe- koonnahya. | New York, | printed at the Confer- ence office | by J. Collord. | 1829. Second title: Collection | of | hymns | for | the use of native christians | of the | Chippe- way tongue. | Translated by Peter Jones, | native missionary. | New York, | printed at the Conference office | by J. Collord. | 1829. e" Chippeway title verso 1.1 (p.1) recto blank, English title recto 1. 2 (p.1), preface (beginning on verso of English title) pp. 2-3, text (double numbers, alternate pages Chippeway and Eng- lish) pp. 4-38, 4-38, English hymns pp. 39-86, vocabulary of some of the principal words used in the preceding hymns p. 86, index in Chippe- way pp. 87-88, index in English pp. 88-92, 24°. - Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible Soci- ety, Shea. [——] Nvgymouinon | genyvnvgymouat | igiu | anishinabeg anvmiajig. | — Boston: | printed for the American board of commissioners | for foreign _ missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1836. Title verso note 1 1. text entirely in the Chip- pewa language pp. 3-52, 16°. Hymns, pp. 3-42.—Table of first lines, pp. 43- 44.—A text headed Mitasui iniu gvgikueuinvn, pp. 45-52. : A note on the reverse of the title says these hymns were taken from a collection prepared by Mr. Peter Jones, an Ojibwa convert and licensed preacher, the only alteration consisting in substituting the orthography of Mr. Pick- ering for that used by Mr. Jones. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. oS BOE Jones (P.) — Continued. Copies seen: American Board of Commis- sioners, Boston Athenzum, Eames, Pilling, Powell. For later editions see Henry (G.) and Evans _ (J.); also Jones (P.) and others. — Additional Hymns | translated by the | rev. Peter Jones, | Kah-ke-wa- gu-on-a-by, | a short time before his death, | for the | spiritual benefit | of his | Indian brethren. | 1856. | Brantford : | printed at the Expositor office. | 1861. Printed cover as above, title as above p.1, text (alternate pages English and Chippewa, beginning on verso of title) pp. 2-11, 16°. Oopies seen: Pilling. — Ojibway spelling book. York (Toronto), McKenzie’s office, 1828. (*) Title from Sabin’s dictionary, no. 36592, and confirmed by Dr. P. E. Jones, a son of the author of the work, who includes this title in a manu- script list of his father’s writings furnished me. — Part of the | new testament | of our | lord and saviour | Jesus Christ, | translated into the Chippewa tonyue, | from the gospel by St. Matthew. | By Peter Jones, | native missionary. | Pungkek | ewh ooshke mahzenahekun | tepahjemindt owh | kelookemahwe- non kahnahnauntahweenungk | Jesus Christ. | Ahneshenahpay anwadt kee- zhe ahnekahnootahpe | ekahtaigk ewh ootepahjemoowin owh | St. Mat- thew. | Kahahnekahnootahpeungk | owh Kahkewaqonnaby [Peter Jones], | abneshenahpay makahtawekoona- kya. | York: | Printed at the U. C. Gazette | office, by Robert Stanton. | 1829. Title verso blank 1 1. text (double columns English and Chippewa) pp. 3-32, 8°. Contains chapters i-vii only. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible Soci- ety, Pilling, Verrean. For titles of later editions of the whole of the gospel of Matthew see Jones (P.) and Jones (J.) [——] Netum | ewh oomahzenahegun owh M.ses, | Genesis | azhenekahdaig. | Kahahnekahnootahmoobeung owh Kah- kewaquonaby [Peter Jones], | alne- shenahba makahdawekoonahya. | Toronto: | printed for the Toronto auxiliary bible society, | at the Chris- tian guardian office. | 1835. Jones (P.) — Continued. Second title: The first book of Moses, | called | Genesis. | Toronto: | translated by P. Jones, for the auxiliary bible society. | Guardian office.— J. H. Lawrence, printer. | 1835. Chippewa title verso blank 11. English title verso blank 1 J. text entirely in the Chippewa language pp. 5-178, 12°. Copies seen: American Bible stoke Boston Athenzum, British and Foreign Bible Society, Eames, Pilling. Yor title of anedition of this work(in part) of 1833 see Evans (J.) and Jones (P.) Part of the discipline of the Wesleyan Methodist church in Canada, translated (into Chippewa) by Peter Jones. (*) Toronto, 1835. 12°. Title from Quaritch’s catalogue, no. 30076, where it is priced 5s. The classing of this work as Mohawk in Bullen’s catalogue of the Library of the British and Foreign Bible Society (London, 1857), p. 317, is doubtless erroneous. Life | and | Journals | of | Kah-ke- wa-quo-na-by ; | (Rev. Peter Jones,) | Wesleyan Missionary. | Published un- der the direction of the Missionary committee, Canada conference. | Toronto: | published by Anson Green, | at the Wesleyan printing establish- ment, | King street east. | 1860. (*) Portrait of Peter Jones 1). title verso print- ers 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents pp. v-xi, brief account of the author written by himself pp. 1-16, journal pp. 17-408, continuation (by an- other hand) pp. 409-413, particulars of his last illness, death, etc., by his wite, pp. 413-424, 8°. Sentence in the language of the Mississauga, Indians of Rice Lake, with English translation, p. 260.—Ojibway and Mississauga terms and proper names passim. - Title from Prof. A. F. Chamberlain, Toronto. —— History | of the | Ojebway Indians; | with especial reference to their | con- version to Christianity. | By | rev. Peter Jones, | (Kahkewaquonaby,) | Indian missionary. | With a brief | memoir of the writer; | and | introduc- tory notice by the rev. G. Osborn, D. D., | secretary of the Wesleyan meth- odist | missionary society. | London: | A. W. Bennett, 5, Bishops- gate street without. | Houlston and Wright, Paternoster row. | 1861. Portrait 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. jii-iv, index pp. v-vi, list of illustrations recto blank 1 1. a brief sketch of the life of the author pp. 1-23, text pp. 25-245, appendix pp. 247-278, books lately published 2 unnumbered pages, plates, 12°. 268 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Jones (P.) — Continued. Indian localities (with translations of some of the Ojebway names), pp. 39-56.—Names of the seasons and months in the Ojebway language, pp. 135-136.—Indian names, with literal trans- lations, pp. 160-164.—A short vocabulary of words in use among the settlers, ‘‘spelled in English,” ‘‘as pronounced by Indians,” and their signification, p. 164. The Indian Languages (pp. 178-190), contains general remarks and vocabularies of 40 words of the Ojebway, Odahwah, Poodawahduhme, Delaware, Munsee, and Cree; Conjugation of the verb to walk in Ojebway; Specimen of the Ochepwa verb waubi, he sees; and the Lord’s prayer in Ojebway. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Brinton, British Museum, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society. At the Fischer sale a copy, no. 2475, brought 3s. 6d.; at the Field sale, no. 1158, $1.75. Clarke and co. 1886, no. 6467, price a copy $1.50. Some copies are undated. (British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology.) — [A hymn in the Ojibway language. ] In The Indian, vol. 1, no. 2, p. 4, Hagersville, Ont., February 3, 1886, 4°. The hymn is entitled ‘‘Jesus, Lord, we look to Thee,’ and consists of six stanzas. Nuhguhmowin. [A hymn in the Ojibway language. ] In The Indian, vol. 1, no. 7, p.76, Hagersville, Ont., April 14, 1886, 4°. ‘The hymn isentitled ‘‘Author of faith, eternal world,” and consists of six stanzes. —— See Evans (J.) and Jones (P.) —— See Jacobs (P.) and others. See Jones (J.) and Jones (P.) [—— and Jones (J.)] Mesah oowh | menwahjemoowin, | kahenahjemood owh | St. Matthew. | Kahkewagwon- naby [Peter Jones] kiya | Tyentenna- gen [John Jones] | kahahnekahnootah- moobeungig keahnoonegoowod enewh | York | auxiliary bible society. | York: | printed at the Colonial ad- vocate office, | by James Baxter, printer. | 1831. Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in the Chippewa language pp. 3-67, 8°. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Eames, Pill- ing, Powell, Shea, I have seen a copy, now belonging to Dr. P. E. Jones, Hagersville, Ontario, a son of the translator, which in binding was interleaved, and the blank leaves have been used by the translator himself for annotations, in English and shorthand, perhaps with a view to another edition. For title of an earlier edition of the gospel of St. Matthew (in part) see Jones (P.) Jones (P.) and Jones (J.) — Continued, [—— ——] Minuajimouin j an | St. Mat- thiu. | The gospel according to Mat- thew | in the | Ojibwa language. | Boston: | printed for the American board of commissioners | for foreign missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1839. Title verso note 1 1. text entirely in the Ojibwa language pp. 3-112, 12°. ‘*The following translation of the Gospel of Matthew was published by the York Auxiliary Bible Society, of Canida. Inthetormin which — it here appears, it is written in the orthography adopted by the missionaries of the American Board, in writing the Ojibwa language. Some alterations have been introduced, when it was thought the translation would be rendered bet- ter by their introduction.’ — Verso of title-page. Copies seen: American Bible Society, Boston Athenzum, Eames, Powell. At the Murphy sale, no. 2953, a copy brought $1. and others. CdAAbU< (LIVRE DE PRIERES, Etc, EN SAUTEUX.} Ved bom << SAL Pea PP aie Its» PUL» BBA Cll Vain, ee N\7 AOS. L PLAT SAUUD: DC< Ads A> -1880-b dd TP GAs FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF LACOMBE’S PRAYER BOOK OF 1880. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 35 Lacombe (A.)— Continued. Contains remarks upon and examples in the Cree language. Oopies seen: Pilling, Powell, Eames. Priced by Leclere, 1878, no. 2197, 2 fr. —— Dictionnaire et grammaire | de la | _ langue des Cris | par | le Rév. Pére Alb. Lacombe, Ptre, | Oblat de Marie Imma- culée. | [Six lines quotation. ] | [Wood- cut. | | Montréal | C. O. Beauchemin & Valois, Libraires-Imprimeurs | 237 et 239, Rue St-Paul | 1874 Printed cover as above, half-title to the dic- tionary verso blank 1 1. title to the dictionary | (see below) verso blank 1 1. folded map, dedi- cation 1 1. letters etc.3 ll. introduction to the dictionary pp. v-xx, text pp.J-274, 1 blank leaf, pp. 277-709 (wrongly numbered 711), 2 unnum- bered pp.; title to the grammar (see below) verso blank 1 |. quelques mots d’introduction pp. i-iii, text pp.1-185, appréciation de Mgr. Faraud p. 186, table des matiéres pp. 187-190, folded table at p. 136, 8°. Full title and description of each work as follows: — Dictionnaire | de la | langue des Cris | par | le Rév. Pare Alb. Lacombe, Ptre, | Oblat de Marie Immaculée. | [Six lines quotation in Latin and French. ] | [Picture. ] | Montréal | C. O. Beauchemin & Valois, Imprimeurs-Libraires | 237 et 239, Rue St-Paul | 1874 Half-title verso blank 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. folded map, dédicace 4-a grandeur Mer. Alexandre Taché, archevéque de St. Boni- face 11. letters of approval from the archbishops of St. Boniface and Quebec and others 3 ll. in- troduction pp. v-xx, text in double columns pp. 1-274, 1 blank leaf, pp. 277-709 (wrongly num- bered 711), 2 unnumbered pages, 8°. Frangais-Cris, pp. 1-274. — Cris-Frangais, pp. 277-663.—Liste des noms de parenté, pp. 664- 072.—Noms des différentes parties du corps, pp. 672-680.—Racines du dictionnaire cris, pp. 681- _ 704.—Etymologie, pp. 705-709 (wrongly num- -bered 711).—_Le symbole des ap6tres, p. [710].— Les commandements de Dieu, p. [711]. Copies seen: Astor. Brinton, British Museum, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Harvard, National Museum, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. — Grammaire | de la | langue des Cris, | par le R. P. A. Lacombe, Ptre | de la | Congrégation des oblats de M. I. | [ Picture. ] | Montréal | C.-O. Beauchemin & Valois, Libraires-Imprimeurs, | 237 et |. 239, Rue Saint-Paul | 1874 _ Title verso blank 1 1. quelques mots d’intro- duction pp. i-iii, text pp. 1-185, appréciation de Lacombe (A.) — Continued. Mer. Faraud, vic.-apos. de McKenzie p. 186, table des matiéres pp. 187-190, 8°. Premiére partie: classification des mots, pp. 1-136.—‘‘ Tableau general du verbe cris” on large folded table opposite p. 136.—Seconde partie: syntaxe, pp. 137-164.— Troisiéme partie [adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions and inter- jections], pp. 165-185. Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, British Muse- um, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Harvard, Na- tional Museum, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. For a review of the grammar and dictionary see Jacker (E.) At the Field sale, no. 1234, a copy brought $1.63. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2196, 30 fr. The Brinley copy, no. 5655, sold for$5.50. Priced by Tribner, 1882, p. 40, 12, 1s.; by Koebler, 21 M.; by Francis, 187, $7.50; by Clarke & co. 1886, $5; by Leclerc, 1887, 30 fr.; by Dufossé, 1887, 30 fr.; in 1888, 20 fr.; in 1889, 18 fr.; by Maison- neuve et Leclerc, 1888, 30 fr.; by Koehler, 21 M.; by Hiersemann, Leipsic, 1889, 21 M.; by Mai- sonneuve, 1889, 30 fr. [——] L. J. C. et M. I. | Mission de St. Paul de Cris 8 Dec. 1871. | Le Nouveau Testament, en Langue Crise | d’aprés les quatre Evangélistes, | ou | Concor- dance des quatre Evangiles. | [One line syllabic characters followed by picture of the Virgin. ] | Montréal. | Imprimerie del’Asile dela Providence. | 1872. Title p. 1, ‘‘observations”’ (signed Alb. La- combe) pp. 2-3, approbation p. 4, tableau des ex- pressions in French and Cree pp. 5-8, preface pp. 9-14, text in syllabic characters pp. 17-471, table pp. 473-478, 16°. Copies seen: Trumbull, Pilling. [——] Instructions | en | langue Crise | sur | toute la doctrine Catholique | par | un Missionnaire Oblat de.la Saskatche- wan | [Two lines Latin and two lines Cree quotation. ] | St. Boniface: | Imprimerie du Journal Le Metis | Anno Domini 1875. Frontispiece (oblate seal) 11. title verso blank 11]. approbation of ¢ Vital, Evéque de St. Al- bert verso blank 11]. letter (‘‘aux missionnaires du nord-ouest”’ signed A. L. O. M. I.) pp. 7-9. text in the Cree language with French headings pp. 11-505, index pp. i-iv, 16°. Copies seen: Congress, Trumbull, Pilling. [——] [Four lines syllabic characters. ] | (Livre de priéres, Etc., en Sauteux.) | [One line syllabic characters. ] | [Seal of the Oblates. ] | [Two lines syllabic characters.] | Beauchemin & Valois, | [One and one- 284 Lacombe (A.) — Continued. half lines syllabic characters. ] —1880— { One-half line syllabic characters. ] Transhéteration.— Anamie masinaikan | Jesus ot isitwawin | kaye | anamii .nakamonan tak- opiikatewan | (Livre de priéres, etc., en Sau- teux.) | Miesitwawat Katolik anamiachik | Ketimakisiwat kikinoamowawuk | Moniyang otenang | Beauchemin & Valois,—masinaikani- kewininiwuk entawat | iwew pipon—1880—ka ako nikit Jesus. Translation.—The prayer book | Jesus his religion of | and | sacred hymns printed there- with | (Book of prayers, etc., in Sauteux.) | The religion Catholic according to. | The poor for teaching them ! Montreal |. Beauchemin & Valois | the publishers’ resi- dence. | The year—1880—since the birth of Jesus | Title 11. preface 11. picture of cross 1 1. text (in the Sauteux language, and, with the excep- tion of headings in French, which are in Roman, entirely in syllabic characters) pp. 1-382, 16°. See the fac-simile of the title-page. The verso of the title-page in some copies is blank; others havea paster bearing the appro- bation of the Most Rev. Alex. A. Taché, arch- bishop of St. Boniface, and notice of copyright by Albert Lacombe, Ptre. O. M. S. Others have a smaller paster bearing the approbation but minus the copyright. The preface, p. iv, is signed: G. Belcourt, Ptre, Missionnaire, and the title is the same in a general way as the prayer books of 1839 and 1859 which will be found entered he: ein under that father’s name; this work is probably based upon those, though it contains much that is not given in them. Prayers, pp. 1-72.—Chemin de la Croix, in- cluding 14 full-page woodcuts, each with de- scriptive text in Chippewa (Roman characters) and Cree (syllabic characters), pp. 73-104.— Cantiques, pp. 105-214,—Catéchisme, ete. pp. 215-370.—Alphabet des caracteres syllabiques, pp. 371-382. Copies seen: Pilling, Eames, Powell. { ——] Abrégé | du | catéchisme | dans la | langue des Sauteux | Montréal | Beauchemin & Valois, Li- braires-Imprimeurs | 256 et 258, rue St- Paul. [1881. ] Printed cover as above verso picture and two lines syllabic characters, title as above verso approval of the archbishop 1 1. text (in the Sau- teux language, and, with the exception of one heading in French, which is in Roman, entirely in syllabic characters) pp. 1-43, back cover printed in syllabies, 32°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trum- bull. [ Calendar for the Saskatchewan In- dians, for the year 1882. Montreal: Beauchemin & Valois. 1882. } BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Lacombe (A.) — Continued. 1 sheet, folio. See the reduced fac-simile. Copies seen: Powell. -Thave also seen similar issues for 1883 (Pil- ling) and 1885 (Pilling, Powell). [——]Chemin de la croix. | [One line syllabic characters.] | [Twenty-nine woodcuts, with descriptive text. ] | C. O. Beauchemin & Fils, Libraires- Imprimeurs, Nos. 256 et 258, Rue Saint- Paul, Montréal. [18867] Printed in red ink on one side of a large sheet 281 by 214 inches in size. The fourteen large woodcuts which repre- sent the stations of the cross are numbered 1 to XIV. Below each one are three inscriptions, the first in Chippewa (Roman characters), the second in Creé (syllabic characters), and the third in French. The same woodcuts, with the same Chippewa and Cree inscriptions, but without the French, are also printed in La- combe’s ‘‘ Prieres, cantiques, vatéchisme, etc. en langue Crise,’’ Montréal, 1886, pp. 52-78. On each side of the sheet are six small woodcuts representing the twelve months, with inscrip- tions in French. The remaining three wood- cuts, in the middle square of the top line, rep- resent the cross, the monogram AM, and the sacred heart of Jesus, with an inscription in French. The whole issurrounded by a narrow ornamental border. Oopies seen: Kames. [——] Katolik | ayamihewimasinahigan | nehiyawewinik | Livre de priéres en langue crise | [Oblate seal] | [One line in Latin, one line in Cree] | Moniy4k | Montreal] | C. O. Beauche- min & fils | WetasinahikewAtjik | 1886 | Tatto pipun aspin ka nittawikit Jesus 2 Title verso ‘‘lettres de l’alphabet cris” 11. approbation of Vital, Evéque de St. Albert verso Priére de Saint Francgois-Xavier 1 1. text (in Roman characters and, except the headings, which are in French, and except pp. 7-11, which are in French and Cree, entirely in the Cree language) pp. 5-295, woodcut p. [296], 16°. Priéres, pp. 7-82.—Cantiques, pp. 83-168.— Catéchisme, pp. 169-253.—Instruction de la foi, pp. 254-295.—The woodcut illustrations of the stations of the cross on pp. 42-68 have the in- scriptions in Chippewa and French only. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. [——] L. J.C. & M.I.-| Prieres | can- tiques | catéchisme, etc. | en langue crise. | [Two lines syllabic characters] | [Oblate seal] | Montré 1|C. O. Beauchemin & fils, Libraires-Imprimeurs | N° 256 et 258, - rue Saint Paul. | 1886 [S| | te | PArecaoren <40.0= < ‘ . . vt ‘ S 4 , . , r \ F . F 5 ‘ . « . 7 ALPHABET CARACTERES SYLLABIQUES POUR LA LANGUE CRISE. VE | Ai |bou |po-ul ‘bios. Peal ui y habitent ; Janaturede leur Gouvérnemen leur Commetce , leur Courumes , leur. Reh- gion, é& leur manrere de faire la Guerre. | Vin exe des. Francois &. des. Angtois dans le. Commer ce qu’ils font,avec ces ‘Naions ; ; Vavantage aus | ae ‘Angleterre peat retirer dans-ce Pais > ‘erant: - en Guerre avec. la France, etont envichi deC artes fom de. Fie ; | TOME pce ; 4 hUA HAYES Chez les. “Eréres 7 ‘Honore’ , FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF LAHONTAN’S NOUVEAUX VOYAGES. H joe ore ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres 1’ Honoré, Mar- chands Libraires. | M. DCC. III J1703). Title in black verso blank 1 1. preface 6 Il. avis de l’auteur au lecteur 1 J]. text pp. 1-222, 16°. Scattered through the volume are 6 en- - graved plates. Copies seen: Brown. The only complete set of the three-volume edition I know of is that in the Carter Brown library, Providence, R.I., and this set I have used in the above description, which will not apply in all respects to other copies of the first two volumes of this edition. The Lenox copy for instance—a sound and fine copy in the orig- inal binding—is minus the double-page en- graving preceding the title-page in both vol- umes 1 and 2; and the large folded maps in volumes 1 and 2 of the Brown copy are in vol- umes 2 and 1 respectively of the Lenox copy. According to Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 38636, this is the original edition of Lahontan’s Voy- ages. I have seen two other editions, two vol- umes each, in French, of the same date, as fol- lows: Nouveaux | voyages | de | M™ le ba- ron de Lahontan, | dans | l’Amerique | septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Relation des differens | Peuples qui y habitent; la nature de leur | Gouver- nement; leur Commerce, leurs Cot- | ‘tumes, leur Religion, & leur maniére de | faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des Fran- _gois & des Anglois dans le Commer- | ce qwils font avec ces Nations; ’avantage que | Angleterre peut retirer dans ce Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Fi- gures. | Tome premier. | [Scroll.] | A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres l’ Honoré, Marchands Libraires. | M. DCCIII [1703]. | Title, red and black, verso blank 11. (lines 2, 4, 6, 8, 9,10, 11,12, 18, 19, and 21 are in red, the remainder in black), épitre 4 sa Majesté 4 un- numbered pp. preface 7 unnumbered pp. table des lettres 11 pp. text pp. 1-279, 16°. Preceding the title-page is a single-page engraving; within an oval is a. nude Indian, in whose right _ hand is an arrow and in the left a bow; the right foot rests on a book, the left on a crown and scepter. Over the fignre are the legends Planche du Titre and Et leges et sceptra terit. Facing p. 9 is asingle-page map, Carte generale . du Canada en petit point, and facing p. 136 the folding map with headings Carte que les Gnacsi- tares ont dessine etc. and Carte de la riviere longue, etc. Besides these there are scattered through the volume 13 engraved plates. See the fac-simile of the title-page. Copies seen: Brown, Massachusetts Histor- ical Society. — Title of vol. 2 as follows: ALG 19 289 | Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. Memoires | de | l’Amerique | septentrionale, | ou la suite des voyages | de| M' le baron de Lahontan. | Qui contiennent la Description d’une grande | étendué de Pais de ce Conti- nent, l’intérét | des Francois & des Anglois, leurs Com- | merces, leurs Navigations, les Meurs & | les Cofitumes des Sauvages &«. | Avec un petit Dictionnaire de la Langues du Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome second. | [Scroll.] | A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres l’Honoré, Mar- chands Libraires. | M. DCCIII [1703]. Title, red and black, verso blank 11. (lines 1, 3, 5, 7, 138, 15, 16, and 18 are in red, the re- mainder in black), text pp. 3-220, table des matieres 9 ll. verso 9th blank, 16°. Following the title-page is a folding map, Carte generale de Canada. In addition to this there are scat- tered through the volume 10 engraved plates. See the fac-simile of the title-page. Petit dictionnaire de la langue des sauvages [Algonkin], etc. pp. 195-217.—Quelques mots Hurons, pp. 219-220. Copies seen: Brown, Massachusetts Histor- ical Society. Nouveaux | voyages | de | Mr le ba- ron de Lahontan, | dans | ’Amerique | septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une relation des differens Peuples | qui y habitent; la nature de leur Gouverne- ment; | leur Commerce, leur [sic] Cou- tumes, leur Reli- | gion, & leur maniere de faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des Fran- cois & des Anglois dans le Commer- | ce qwils font avec ces Nations; ’avantage que | Angleterre peut retirer dans ce Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Fi- gures. | Tome premier. | [Picture of a globe. ] | A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres l’ Honoré, Marchands Libraire [sic] | M. DCCIII [ 17031. Title in black verso blank 1 1. épitre 4 sa majesté Frederic 1V 4 unnumbered pp. preface 7 unnumbered pp. table des lettres 11 unnum- bered pp. text pp. 1-266, explication de quel- ques termes pp. 267-279, 16°. Preceding the title-page is a single-page engraving; within an oval is a nude Indian, in his right hand an arrow, in his left a bow, his right foot resting on a book, his left on a crown and scepter. Facing p. 9isa small folding map, Carte géné- rale du Oanada en petit point, and facing p.. 136 the larger map with the two headings: Oarte que les Gnacsitares ont dessiné etc. and Carte de la riviere longue etc. In addition to these there are scattered through the volume 11 engraved plates. See the fac-simile of the title-page. Oopies seen: Congrets, Lenox. 290 Lahontan (A. L. de D.) -- Continued. Title of vol. 2 as follows: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. ——— New | voyages | to | North-America. Memoires | de | 1 Amerique | septentrionale, | ou la suite des voyages | de| Mr le baron de Lahontan. | Qui contiennent la Description d’une grande étendué de | Pais de ce Continent, Vinterét des Francois & des | Anglois, leurs Commerces, leurs Navigations, les | Meeurs & les Coutumes des Sauvages, &c. | Avec un petit Dictionnaire de la Langue du Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome second. | [Picture of a globe. ] | A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres ]1’Honoré, Mar- chand [sie] Libraires. | M. DCCIIT [1703]. Title in black verso blank 1 J. text pp. 3-220, table des matiéres 9 I]. verso 9th blank, 16°. Facing p.5isa folding map, Carte generale de Canada, and scattered through the volume there are 11 engraved plates. See the fac-simile of the title-page. Petit dictionnaire de la langue des sauvages {Algonkin], ete. pp. 195-217.—Quelques mots Hurons, pp. 219-220. Copies seen: Congress, Lenox. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 737, 40 fr. and by Quaritch, no. 12162, old calf, gilt, 1U. 5s. Assuming, as Sabin says, that the 3-vol. edi- | tion of 1703 is the original, vol. 1 of each of the two 2-vol. editions agrees with it page for page and nearly line for line in the matter following the preface, ¢. e., from the beginning of the text, p.1. In vol. 2 the editions run alike page for page throughout the text ; the tables at the end agree in the two 2-vol. editions, both of which differ from the second volume of the 3-vol. edi- tion. The type ofthe two 2-vol. editions is very nearly the same, but differs materially from that used in the same (second) volume of the 3-vol. edition. The head and tail pieces and the initial letters differ materially in all three edi. tions, as do also the engraved plates and maps; and there are minor discrepancies throughout the text of all the editions. ; It will be noticed that the position of the fig- ure in the preliminary plate in vol 1 of each of the two 2-vol. editions is reversed from that in vol. 1 of the 3-vol. edition belonging to the Car- ter Brown library, and that it does not appear at all in the second volume of either of the 2-vol. editions or in the third volume of the 3-vol. edi- tion. Altogether, the make-up of the 2-vol. editions is inferior, especially in the engraved - plates, to that of the 3-vol. edition. I am indebted to the owners of these editions for kindly sending them to me for inspection, so that I have been fortunate in having them all under the eye at the same time. I took ad- vantage of the opportunity to make a photo- graphic copy of each of the title-pages, as well as of those of some other editions, and have thus been enabled to read the proof of these titles from fac-similes. It hasnot been thought necessary to call special attention, by the use of brackets, to all the minor errors and differ- ences in spelling and punctuation. | Containing | An Account of the sev- eral Nations of that vast Con- | ti- nent; their Customs, Commerce, and Way of | Navigation upon the Lakes and Rivers; the seve- j ral Attempts of the English and French to dispossess | one another; with the Reasons of the Miscarriage | of the former; and the various Adventures be- | tween the French, and the Iroquese Confederates of | England, from 1683 to 1694, | A Geographical Description of Canada, . and a Natu- | ral History of the Coun- try, with Remarks upon | their Govern- ment, and the Interest of the English | and French in their Commerce. | Also a dialogue between the Author and a General of the | Savages, giving a full View of the Religion and strange | Opinions of those People: With an Ac- connt of the Au- | thors Retreat to Por- tugal and Denmark, and his Remarks | on those Courts. | To which is added, | A Dictionary of the Algonkine Lan- guage, which is generally | spoke in North-America. | Iilustrated with Twenty Three Mapps and Cutts. | Written in French| By the Baron Lahontan, Lord Lievtenant | of the French Colony at Placentia in New- | foundland, now in England. | Done into English. | In two Volumes. | A great part of which never Printed in the Original. | London : | Printed for H. Bonwicke in St. Paul’s Church-yard; | T. Goodwin, M. Wotton, B. Tooke, in Fleet-street ; and §. Manship | in Cornhill, 1703. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication to William Duke of Devonshire 1 1. preface 4 Jl. contents 6 ll. text pp. 1-274, table pp. 275-280, 2 maps, plates, 12°. Title of vol. 2 as follows: New | voyages | to | North-America. | Giv- ing a full Account of the Customs, | Commerce, Religion, and strange O- | pinions of the Sav- ages of that Country. | With | Political Re- marks upon the Courts | of Portugal and Den- mark, and the Present [ State of the Commerce of those Countries. | Never Printed before. | Written | By the Baron Lahontan, Lord | Lieu- tenant of the French Colony at | Placentia in Newfoundland: Now in| England. | Vol. II. | London: | Printed for H. Bonwicke in St. Paul’s Church-yard; T. Goodwin, | M. Wotton, —— » Mazchand Libra FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF LAHONTAN’S MEMOIRES. eee oe weet L Ki 7 2 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. B. Tooke in Fleetstreet; and S. Manship in Cornhill, | 1703. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-302, index Pi 12°: A short dictionary of the most universal lan- guage of the savages [Algonkin] etc., pp. 287- 301.—Some Huron words, pp. 301-302. Oopies seen: Brown, Harvard, Watkinson. The Fischer copy, no. 2500, was bought by ‘Triibner for 9s. The Field copy, no. 1245, brought $12. Quaritch, no. 12164, prices it 1U. 8s. Nouveaux | voyages | de Mrle baron | de Lahontan, | dans |lVAmerique | septentrionale. | Qui contiennent une relation des differens Peu- | ples qui y habitent, la nature de leur Gouver- | nement, leur Commerce, leur Cotitume, leur | Religion, & leur maniere de faire la Guerre. | L’interét des Francois & des Anglois dans le | Commerce quwils font avec ces Nations, l’a- | vantage que VAngleterre peut retirer dans ce | Pais, étant en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome premier. | [Scroll.] | A la Haye, | Chez les Freres LHonore’, Marchands Libraires. | M.DCCIV [1704]. ‘ ; Title in black verso blank 11. épitre 4 pp. preface 5 pp. table des lettres 9 pp. text pp. 1-280, 2 maps, plates, 16°. Title of vol. 2 as follows: Memoires | de| )’Amerique | septentrionale, | ou | la suite des voyages | de | Mr le baron de Lahontan. | Qui contiennent la Description d’une | grande étendué de pais de ce Conti- | nent, l’interét des Francois & des An- | glois, leurs Commerces, leurs Na- | vigations, les Meurs & les Cofitu- | mes des Sauvages, &c. | avec un petit Dictionnaire de la Langu@ du Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Et augmenté dans ce second Tome de la ma- |niere dont les Sauvages se régalent. | [Scroll.] | A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres LHonoré, Marchands Libraires. | M.DCCIV [1704]. Title in black verso blank 1 1. text pp. 2-222, table des matieres 9 ll. map, plates, 16°. Algonkin dictionary etc., pp. 199-220.—Huron words, pp. 220-222. This edition does not agree in type or pages with any of the three editions of 1703. Copies seen: Brown, Maisonneuve. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 739, 20 fr. Ihave seen two editions of the supplemental volume of the date of 1704, each of which, ex- cept the title-page, is evidently from the same type as vol. 3 of the 1703 edition; the titles are as follows: Dialogues | De Monsieur le | baron de La- hontan | Et d’un | sauvage, | Dans l’Amerique. 291 Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. | Contenant une description exacte des mceurs | & des coutumes de ces Peuples Sauvages. | Avec les Voyages du méme en Portugal & en | Danemarc, dans lesquels on trouve des parti- | cularitez trés curieuses, & qu’on n’avoit | point encore remarquées. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | [Ornament. ] | A Amsterdam, | Chez la Veuvede Boeteman, | Et se vend | A Londres, chez David Mortier, Li- | braire dansle Strand,4l’Enseigned’Erasme. | M.DCCIV [1704]. Title (black and red) verso blank 11]. preface 6 ll. avis de l’auteur 1 1. text of the dialogues pp. 1-103, half-title verso blank 1 1. text of the voyages de Portugal etc. pp. 107-222, 6 maps and plates, 16°. Copies seen: Astor, Brown, Lenox. Suite | Du | voyage, | De l’Amerique, | Ou dialogues | De Monsieur le | baron de Lahontan | Et d’un | sauvage, | Dans l’Amerique. Con- tenant une description | exacte des meurs & des coutumes de ces | Peuples Sauvages. | Avec les Voyages du méme en Portugal & en | Danemarc, dans lesquels on trouve des parti- | cularitez trés curieuses, & qu’on n’avoit | point encore remarquées. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | [Scroll.] | A Amsterdam, | Chez la Veuve de Boeteman, | Et se vend | A Londres, chez David Mortier, Li-| braire dansle Strand, 4)’ Enseigned’Erasme. | M.DCCIV 1704]. Title (black and red) reverse blank 1 1. preface 6 ll. avis de auteur au lecteur 11. text of the dialogues pp. 1-103, half-title verso blank 11. text of the voyages etc. pp. 107-222, 6 plates and maps, 16°. Copies seen: Congress, Lenox. —— Voyages | du baron | de ia Hontan | dans | l’Amerique | septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Rélation des dif- férens Peuples | qui y habitent; la nature de leur Gouvernement; leur | Commerce, leurs Cofitumes, leur Re- ligion, & | leur maniére de faire la Guerre: | L’Intérét des Francois & des Anglois dans le Com- | merce qu’ils font avec ces Nations; lavantage que | ’Angleterre peut retirer de ce Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome premier. | Seconde Edi- tion, revué, corrigée, & augmentée. | [ Vignette. ] | A la Haye, | Chez Jonas lHonoré, & Compagnie. | MDCCV [1705]. Vol. 2 has title as follows: Memoires | de | 1’Amerique | septentrionale, ! ou la suite | des voyages de Mr. le | baron de ia Hontan: | Qui contiennent la Description d’une grande étendué | de Pais de ce Continent, Vintérét des Frangois & des | Anglois, leurs 292 Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. Commerces, leurs Navigations, | les Moeurs & les Coutumes des Sauvages, &c. | Avec un petit Dictionaire de la Langue du Pais. | Le tont enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Second. | Seconde Edition, augmentée des Conversa- tions de | l’Auteur avec un Sauvage distingué. | [Vignette.] | A Amsterdam, | Pour Jonas l’Honoré 4a la Haye. | M DCC V [1705]. 2 vols.: frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 11. preface 4 ll. table 411. plate of the globe recto blank 11. folded map, text pp. 1-364, explication de quelques termes pp. 365-376, 11 other plates; map (carte générale de Canada) 1 1. title verso blank 11. folded map, text pp. 5-196, conversa- tions de l’auteur pp. 197-310, half-title verso iank 1 1. dictionaire, pp. 313-336, table 1 1. 12 plates, 16°. Algonkin dictionary ete. vol. 2, pp. 310-335.— Huron words, pp. 335-336. Oopies seen: British Museum, Brown, Lenox. A copy at the Fischer sale, no. 2499, brought 1s. At the Murphy sale, no. 1424, a half-calf copy brought $3.50. Quaritch, no. 28899, prices a calf copy 1l. —— Voyages | du Baron | de Lahontan | dans | ’Amerique | Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Relation des diffé- rens | Peuples | qui y habitent; la na- ture de leur | Gouvernement, leur | - Commerce, leurs | Coitumes, leur Re- ligion, & | leur maniére de faire la Guerre: | L’Intérét des Frangois & des Anglois dans le Com- | merce quw’ils font avec ces Nations; Vavantage que | VAngleterre peut retirer de ce Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome premier[-second ]. | Seconde Edi- tion, revué, corrigée & gugmentce: | [Design. ] | A Amsterdam, | Chez Frangois )’Ho- noré, vis-a-vis de la Bourse. | MDCCV [1705]. 2 vols.: frontispiece 1.1. title verso blank 11. preface 411. table 4 ll. folding map, picture of the globe verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-376; map (carte générale de Canada) 1 1. title-page (Memoires etc. with imprint, A Amsterdam, | Chez Fran- gois l’Honoré & Compagnie. | MDCCV [1705]) verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-336, table 1 1. 16°. Linguistics as under titles above. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Harvard. —— Voyages | du baron | de la Hontan | dans | l’Amerique | septentrionale,| Qui contiennent une Rélation des differens Peuples | qui y habitent; la nature de leur Gouvernement; leur | Commerce, leurs Coitumes, leur Religion; & | leur BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. maniére de faire la Guerre: | L’Interét des Francois & des Anglois dans le Com- | merce qu’ils font avec ces Na- tions; Vavantage que | Angleterre peut retirer de ce Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome premier. | Seconde Edition, revué, corrigé [sic], & augmentée. | [ Vignette. ] | A la Haye, | Chez Charles Delo, sur le Singel. | MDCCYVI [1706]. Title of vol. 2 as follows: Memoires | de | l’Amerique | septentrionale, | ou la suite | des voyages de Mr. le | baron de la Hontan: | Qui contiennent la Description d’une grande étendué | de Pais de ce continent, l'interét des Francois & des} Anglois, leurs Commerces, leurs Navigations, | les Mceurs & les Coutumes des Sauvages, &c. | Avec un petit Dictionaire de la Langue du Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome second. | Seconde Edition, augmentéedes conversations . |de Auteur avec un Sauvage distingué. | [Vignette.] | A la Haye, | ChezCharles Delo, sur le Singel. | MDCCVI [1706]. 2 vols.: engraved title verso Shinai 1 1. title verso blank 11. preface 4 ll. table 4 11. plate ofthe globe recto blank 11. text pp. 1-364, explication de quelques termes pp. 365-376, 11 other plates; title verso blank 11. map (carte générale de Canada) 1 1. folded map, text pp. 5-196, 2on- versations de]’auteur pp. 197-310, half-title verso blank 1 1, dictionaire etc. pp. 313-336, folded map, table 11. 12 plates, 16°. Algonkin dictionary etc. vol. 2, pp. 311-335.— Huron words, vol. 2, pp. 335-336. Copies seen: Brown, Lenox. ; Quaritch, nos, 12163 and 28900, prices a copy 15s. —* Nouveaux | voyages | de Monsieur | le baron de Lahontan, | dans | ’Amérique | septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Relation des diffé | rens Peuples qui y habitent, la nature j de leur Gouverne- ment, leur Commerce, | leurs Cofitumes, leur Religion, & leur | maniére de faire- la Guerre. | L’intérét des Frangois & des Anglois dans le | Commerce qu’ils font avec ces Nations; | Vavantage que la France peut retirer dans ce | Pais, étant en Guerre avec |’Angleterre. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | | Tome premier[-troisiéme]. | [Vi- gnette. ] | A la Haye, | Chez Isaac Delorme, Libraire. | MDCCVII [1707]. 3 vols. 16°. Vol. 2, Mémoires, etc.; ; vol. 3, Dia- logues de M. Lahontan, etc. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Lahontan (A. L. de D.) ~ Continued. Algonkin dictionary etc., vol. 2, pp. 217-237.— Huron words, pp. 238-239. Copies seen: Congress. od —— Nouveaux | voyages | de Mr. le Baron | de Lahontan, | dans | ’Amérique | Septentrionale, | Qui contieunent une relation des différens Peu- | ples qui y habitent, la nature de leur Gouver- | - nement, leur Commerce, leur Codtume, leur | Religion, & leur maniére de faire la Guerre. | L’Intérét des Frangois & des Anglois dans le | Commerce qu’ils font avec ces Nations, l’a- | vantage que V Angleterre peut retirer dans | ce Pais, étant en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome premier[-second ]. | [Scroll.] | A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres L’ Hono- ré, Marchands | Libraires. | M.DCCIX [1709]. 2 vols.: frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication 3 pp. preface (beginning on verso) 5 pp. table 4 ll. text pp. 1-266, explication de quel- questermes pp. 267-280; title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-222, table 9 Il. 16°. Algonkin dictionary etc., vol. 2, pp. 199-220.— Huron words pp. 220-222. - Copies seen: Brown, Harvard. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 740, 20 fr. Lahontan | neueste Reisen | nach | Nord Indien | oder dem | mitternichti- schen America, | mit vielen besondern und bey keinem Scribenten | befindli- chen | Curiositeten. | Aus dem Frantz6- sischen tibersetzet | von | M. Vischer. | Hamburg und Leipzig. | Im Neuman- nischen Verlag. | MDCCIX [1709]. 6 p. ll. pp. 1-459, map, 12°. Linguistics as under titles above, pp. 433-454. Copies seen: British Museum, Brown. — Des beriihmten | Herrn | Baron De Lahontan | Neueste Reisen | nach | Nord-Indien, | oder dem | mitternichti- schen America | mit vielen besondern und bey keinem Scribenten befindlichen | Curiositaeten. | Auch bey dieser an- dern Auflage mit | seiner Reise nach Portugall, Dennemarck und | Spanien, vermehret. | Aus dem Frantzésischen tibersetzet | von | M. Vischer. | Hamburg und Leipzig, | Im Neuman- nischen-Verlag, MDCCXI [1711]. 12 p. ll. pp. 1-753, maps, 16°. Linguistics as under titles above, pp. 563-590. Copies seen: Brown. Des beriihmten | Herrn | Baron De |. 293 Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. —— Voyages | du baron | de Lahontan | dans | l’Amerique | septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Rélation des diffé- rens | Peuples qui y habitent; la nature de leur | Gouvernement; leur Com- merce, leurs | Coiitumes, leur Religion, & leur maniére | de faire la Guerre: | L’Intérét des Francois & des Anglois dans le | Commerce qu’ils font avec ces Nations; l’a- | vantage que l’Angleterre peut retirer de ce | Pais étant en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome premier [-second]. | Seconde Edition revué, corrigée & augmentée. | [Design. ] | A Amsterdam, | Chez Francois lHo- noré, vis-a-vis de la Bourse. | M.DCC. XXVIII [1728]. 3 vols. maps, 12°. Vol. 2, Mémoires etc. The © third volume, Suite du voyage etc., has the im- print, A Amsterdam, | Chez la Veuve de Boete- man. j| M. DCC. XXVIII [1728]. Dictionary of the Algonkin etc., vol. 2, pp. 311-336.—Huron vocabulary, pp. 337-338. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzeum, Brit- ish Museum, Brown. The Brinley copy, no. 100, sold for $2.50. An old calf, gilt copy, no. 28901, is priced by Qua- ritch, 10. _— New | Voyages | to | North-America. | Containing | an Account of the sev- eral Nations of that vast Con- | tinent; their Customs, Commerce, and Way of Naviga- | tion upon the Lakes and Rivers; theseveral Attemptsof| the En- glish and French to dispossess one an- other; with the reasons | of the Mis- carriage of the former; and the various | Adventures between the French, and the Iroquese Confe- | derates of Eng- land from 1683 to 1694. | A Geographi- cal description of Canada, and a | Natural History of the Country, with Remarks upon | their Government, and the Interest of the English and | French in their Commerce. | Also a Dialogue between the Author and a General | of the Savages, giving a full View of the Religion and | strange Opinions of those people: With an Account of | the Author’s Retreat to Portugal and Den- mark, and his | Remarks on those Courts. | To which is added, | A Dic- tionary of the Algonkine Language which is | generally spoke in North- America. | Illustrated with Twenty- 294 Lahontan (A. L. de D.)— Continued. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. three Maps and Cuts. | Written in French | By the Baron Lahontan, | Lord Lieutenant of the French Colony at Placentia | in Newfoundland, at that Time in England. | Done into English. The Second Edition. | In Two Volumes. | A great Part of which never Printed in the Original. | Vol. I[-IT}. | London: | Printed for John Brindley, Bookseller, at the Kings-Arms | in New- bond-street, Bookbinder to her Majesty and his | Royal Highness the Prince of Wales; and Charles | Corbett, at Addi- son’s-head. Temple-bar. 1735. 2 vols. maps, 8°. The imprint to vol. 2 (New voyages. . giving a full account of the customs, commerce, religion, etc.) is, Printed for J. Brindley . . and C. Corbett, M. DCC. XXXV [1735]. Algonkin dictionary étc., vol. 2, pp. 289-303.— Huron words, pp. 303-304. Copies seen: Brown. At the Menzies sale a half gray calf, antique copy, no. 1178, sold for $18. A copy atthe Brin- * ley sale, no. 101*, brought $12.50. Clarke & co. 1886, no. 5495, price it $12. —- New | voyages | to | North-America. | Containing | An Account of the sev- ‘eral Nations of that vast Con- | tinent; their Customs, Commerce, and Way of Naviga- | tion upon the Lakes and Riv- ers; the several Attempts of | the En- glish and French to dispossess one an- other; with the | Reasons of the Mis- carriage of the former; and the various | Adventures between the French, and the Iroquese Confe- | derates of Eng- land, from 1683 to 1694. | A Geographi- cal Description of Canada, and a | Natural History of the Country, with Remarks upon their | Government, and the Interest of the English and French | in their Commerce. | Also a Dialogue between the Author anda General of the | Savages, giving a full View of the Religion and strange Opi- | nions of those People: With an Account of the Author’s Retreat | to Portugal and Den- mark, and his Remarks on those Courts. | To which is added, | a dictionary of the Algonkine Language, which is | generally spoke in North-America. | Illustrated with Twenty-Three Maps and Cuts. | Written in French | By the Baron Lahontan, | Lord Lieutenant of the French Colony at Placentia | in Newfoundland, at that Time in England. | Done into English. The Second Edi- tion. | In Two Volumes. | A great Part of which never Printed in the Original. | Vol. I[-II}. | London: | Printed for J.and J. Bon- wicke, R. Wilkin, S. Birt, T. Ward, | E. Wicksteed; and J. Osborn. M. DCC. XXXV [1735]. 2 vols.: title verso blank 11. dedication 11. preface 4 ll. contents 6 ll. text pp. 1-274, a table pp. 275-280; title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-304, maps, 8°. - Some copies of vol. 1 have the imprint, Lon- don: | Printed for J. Osborn, at the Golden- Bull, in Pater-noster-Row. | M. DCC. XXXKV [1735]. (Astor.) The imprint to vol. 2 reads, London: | Printed for J. Walthoe, R. Wilkin, J. and J. Bonwicke, | J. Osborn, S. Birt, T. Ward and E. Wicksteed. 1735. Algonkin dictionary etc., vol. 2, pp. 289-303.— Huron words, pp. 303-304. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Congress. A half-calf copy at the Murphy sale, no. 1425, brought $11.50. Reizen | van den baron | van la Hon- tan | in het | noordelyk | Amerika, | Vervattende een VerhaaJ van verscheide Volke- | ren die het bewoonen; den aart hunner Re- | geering, hun Koophandel, hun Ge- | woontens, hun Godsdienst, en | hun wys van Oorloogen. | Neevens het Belang der Franschen en der Engel- | schen in hun Koophandel met die Volkeren; en | ’t voordeel dat Enge- land, met Vrankryk in | Oorlog zynde, van dat Land kan trekken. | Alles met verscheide Aanteekeningen vermeer- | dert en opgeheldert, en met Kaarten en | Plaaten verciert. | Eerste deei. | Vertaalt door | Gerard Westerwyk. | [Seroll.] | In’s Gravenhage, | By Isaac Beeee gard. 1739. Title of vol. 2 as follows: Gedenkschriften | van het | ncserdelee Amerika, | of het vervolg der | reizen van den | baron van Ja Hontan. | Vervattende de Be- schryving vaneen groote | streek Land van dat Weerelddeel; het Belang | der Franschen en der Engelschen in ’t zelve; | hun Koophandel, hun Schipvaart, en de | Zeeden en Gewoontens der Wil- | den, &c. Alles met Aanteekeningen | vermeerdert en opgeheldert. | Neevens de Zaamenspraaken van den Schryver met | een Wilden, en een Woordenboek | van de Taal dier Volkeren. | Met Kaarten en Plaaten Ver- ciert. | Tweede deel. | Vertaalt door | Gerard Westerwyk. | [Scroll.] | » ALGONQUIAN Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. In’s Gravenhage, | By Isaac Beauregard. 1739. 2 vols.: title verso blank 1 1. voorbericht 3 pp. korte inhouden 7-pp. plate of the globe recto blank 1 1. text pp. 1-190, 193-280, folded map, verklaaring van de kaart 2 ll. text con- tinued pp. 281-582, 6 other plates; title verso blank 11. folded map, explication des marques 2 ll. text pp. 1-358, saamenspraaken pp. 359- 623, woordenboek, pp. 524-552, 9 plates, 16°. Woordenboek van de taal der wilden [AI- gonkin] etc., vol. 2, pp. 524-551.—Eenige Huron- ’ sche woorden, pp. 551-552. Copies seen: Brown, Congress, Lenox. —— Voyages | du baron | de Lahontau | dans {| l’Amerique | septentrionale. | Qui contiennent une Relation des diffé- | rens Peuples qui y habitent; la na- ture | de leur Gouvernement; leur Commer- | ce, leurs Cofiittumes, leur Re- ligion, & | leur maniére de faire la Guerre: | L’Intérét des Frangois & des Anglois dans le | Commerce qu’ils font avec ces Nations, l’a | vantage que VAngleterre peut retirer de ce | Pais, étant en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome p[r Jemier[-troisieme]. | Seconde Edition, revfie, corrigée & augmentée. | [Vignette. ] | A Amsterdam, | Chez Francois L’Ho- nore’, vis-A-vis de la Bourse. | M.DCC. XXXXI [1741]. 3 vols. maps, 12°. Tome second: Suite | des voyages | du baron | de Lahontan | etc. Tome troisiéme: Mémoires | et de | l Amérique | etc. Algonkin dictionary etc., vol. 3, pp. 219-236.— Huron words, pp. 236-237. Copies seen: Brown, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress. Other editions of Lahontan are mentioned by Sabin and Leclerc, as follows: A Amsterdam, Chez Frangois 1l’Honoré, MDCCXXT [1721], 2 vols. 12°. A Amsterdam, Fr. L’ Honoré, 1731, 2 vols. 12°. La Haye, Chez les Fréres l’Honoré, MDCC XXXI [1731], 2 vols. 12°. In addition to the foregoing I have seen the following partial re rints of Lahontan, which do not include the linguistics: Geographical Description of Canada, in Har- ris (J.), Collection of Voyages, vol. 2, 1705. Reise auf dem langen Flusse, in Allgemeine Hist., vol. 16, 1758. ; Travels in Canada, in Pinkerton (J.), Collec- tion of Voyages, vol. 13, 1812. Baron La Hontan, French traveller, born near Mont de Marsan, Gascony, France, about 1667, died in Hanover in1715. He arrived in Canada LANGUAGES. 295 Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued. probably as a private soldier, in 1683, being stationed successively at Chambly and at Fort Frontenac, Fort Niagara, and Fort St. Joseph’s. He was sent to Mackinaw and Sault Ste. Marie with a detachment; was at Green Bay the year following, and claimed to have explored and discovered Long river,a branch of the Mississippi. He returned to Quebec, and went to France in 1690, but came back the following year, and soon afterward was sent by Count Frontenac with despatches to the French Gov- ernment announcing the failure of Sir William Phipp’s expedition against Quebec. The vessel on which he sailed put into Placentia, New- foundland, and he rendered such valuable ser: vice in defending that port from an attack by the English that he received a command as King’s lieutenantin Newfoundland and Acadia, Truth and fiction are so blended in his works they have long since ceased to have any author- ity.—Appleton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. Lakey (J.). See Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.) Lambert (Edward R.) History | of the| colony of New Haven, | before and af- ter | the union with Connecticut. | Containing a particular description | of the towns which composed that gov- ernment, viz., | New Haven, | Milford, | Guilford, | Branford, | Stamford, & | Southold, L. I. | With a notice of the towns which have been set off from | “the original six.” | Illustrated by Fifty Engravings. | [Engraving.] | By — | Edward R. Lambert. | New Haven: | printed and published by Hitchcock & Stafford. | 1838. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. 3-4, list of engravings pp. 5-6, con- tents pp. 7-12, text pp. 13-216, plates, 12°. Vocabulary of the Montauk Indians (24 words from J. Lyon Gardiner, in Silas Wood’s Sketch, etc.), p. 184. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Massachusetts Historical Society, Trumbull. Lanman (Charles). Haw-ho-noo; | or, | records of a tourist. | By | Charles Lan- man, | author of [&c. one line. ]| [Quo- tation, three lines. ] | Philadelphia: |. Lippincott, Grambo and co., | successors to | Grigg, Elliot and co., | 14 north Fourth street. | 1850. Title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. ‘‘To the public” verso blank 1 1L contents verso blank 11. text pp. 13-266, 129°. Chippeway song with translation, p. 208. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 296 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE . Lanman (C.) — Continued. Lanning (C. M.) — Continued. —- Adventures |in the | wilds of the | of Five Thousand Words, Phrases United States | and | British American Provinces. | By | Charles’ Lanman, | author of [&c. one line. ] | Illustrated by the author and Oscar Bessau. | L Quotation, one line.] | With an appen- dix by Lieut. Campbell Hardy. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-II.] | Philadelphia: | John W. Moore, No. 195 Chestnut street. | 1856. 2 vols.: title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-vii, contents pp. ix—xi, illustrations pp. xiii, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-514; title 1 1. contents pp. iii-v, illustrations p. vi, half- title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 9-517, 11. 8°. Chippewa song with translation, vol. 2, p. 415. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzeum, Con- gress, Harvard. According to Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 38913, this work was reprinted, London, 1856, 2 vols. 8°. Second edition, London, 1859, 2 vols. 8°. - The red book | of | Michigan; | a | civil, military. and biographical his- tory. | By | Charles Lanman, | Author ‘Dictionary of Congress,” etc. | Detroit: | KE. B. Smith & company. | Washington: | Philp & Solomons. | 1871. Title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents pp. v-xiv, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 9-549, 8°. Chippewa names of geographic features in Michigan, with English significations, p. 133. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. Lanman (James Henry). History | of | Michigan, | civil and topographical, | in a compendious form; | with a | view of the surrounding lakes. | By | James H. Lanman. | With a map. | New-York: | E. French, 146 Nassau street. | 1839. Title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-xii, contents pp. xiii- Xvi, text pp. 1-327, appendix pp.329-394, index pp. 395-397, errata 1 p. map, 8°. Connor (H.), Indian names of prominent points in Michigan, pp. 260-261. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames. The abridgments, New York, Harper broth- ers, 1841, 24° (Congress), and ibid., 1842, 24° (Brit- ish Museum), do not contain the Indian names. Lanning (C. M.) A grammar | and | vocabulary | of the | Blackfoot lan- guage, | Being a Concise and Compre- hensive Grammar for | the use of the Learner, to which is added an | exhaust- ive Vocabulary, containg [sic] upwards and | Sentences, upon Five Hundred differ- | ent Subjects of everyday occur- | rences, all arranged under | their - respective headings, | with the Nega- tions | and Interrogations | of each. | Compiled by | C.M. Lanning | from | original translations | by|Joseph Kipp and W.S.Gladston, Jr. | Fort Benton, | published by the author. [1882.] Printed cover: A grammar | and | vocabu- lary | of the | Blackfoot language | by | C.M. Lanning, | e Fort Benton: | Montana territory, | 1882. Printed cover, title verso copyright 1 1. errata 1 1. introduction pp. iii-iv, text pp. 5-143, advertisement 1 1. sq. 16°. Concise grammatical rules, pp. 5-6.— The noun, p. 6.—The personal, demonstrative and in- terrogative pronouns, pp. 6-9.—The relative pro- noun, p. 9.— The verb, p. 10.—The adverb, pp. 10-11.—_The adjective; the preposition: inter- jections, p. 11.—The conjunction; subjunctives, p. 12.—Position of the personal pronouns, pp. 13-14.—Tense, pp. 14-17.—Conjugations, pp. 17- 54,— Numerals, pp. 54-56.— Denominations of money, pp. 56-57.—Nouns [a vocabulary], pp. 57-73, — Direct questions with negative answers, pp. 74-76.—Words, phrases, and sentences, pp. 76-143. Copies seen: Brinton, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, National Museum, Pilling, Powell. Lapham (Increase Allen) and others. A paper | on the | number, locality and times of removal | of the | Indians of Wisconsin; | with | an appendix | con- taining a complete | chronology of Wisconsin, | from the | Earliest Times down to the Adoption of the State Constitution, in 1848. | By | I. A. Lap- ham, Levi Blossom and Geo. G. Dous- man, | A Committee of the Old Settlers’ Club of Milwaukee County. | | Milwaukee: | Starr’s Book and Job Printing House, 412 and 414 East Water ~ Street. | 1870. ; Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 3-27, map, 8°. In addition to scattered Indian words this little work contains, pp. 15-16, an alphabetic “list of the different names by which the In. dian tribes of Wisconsin have been known,”’ (some of them with English signification), which includes a number of Algonquian. Copies seen: Brinton, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, National Museum, Powell. Increase A. Lapham was bornin Palmyra, N. Y., March 7, 1811; settled at Milwaukee, Wis., in 1836; was for twenty-two years either ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Lapham (I. A.) — Continued. president or vice-president of the Historical Society of that State till his death at Oconom- owoe, Sept. 14, 1875. He was chief of the State geological survey from April, 1873, to Feb. 1875. Latham (Robert Gordon). Miscellaneous _ contributions to the ethnography of North America. ByR. G. Latham, M. D. In Philological Soc. [of London], Proc. vol. 2, pp. 31-50, [London], 1846, 8°. Comparative vocabulary of the Fall Indians (from Umfreville), Ahnenin, and Minetare, p. 31. Table of words showing affinities between the Ahnenin and a number of other American dialects, among them the following: Sheshata- poosh, Passamaquoddy, Miaini, Shawnee, Old Algonkin, Massachusetts, Natchez, Onondagos, Sack and Fox, Abenaki, Illinois, Blackfoot, Nar- ragansett, Mohican, Montaug, Ojibbeway, Otta- wa, and Knistenaux, pp. 32-34. Table of words showing affinities between the Blackfoot and most of the tribes mentioned above, and, in addition thereto, the following: Delaware, Nanticoke, Menomeni, and Micmac, pp. 34-38. _ Numerals 1-10 of the Blackfoot of Umfreville and the Blackfoot of Mackenzie, p. 38. — On the languages of the Oregon territory. By R.G. Latham, M. D. In Ethnological Soc. of London, Jour. vol. 1, pp. 154-166, Edinburgh, [1848], 8°. A short vocabulary (24 words) of the Sho- shonie showing miscellaneous affinities, ‘‘ such as they are,” with other American languages, among them the Blackfoot, Souriquois, Penob- scot, Micmac, Echemin, Algonkin, Potowot- ami, Ojibbeway, Ottawa, and Old Algonkin, pp. 159-160. — The | natural history | of | the varie- ties of man.| By | Robert Gordon Latham, M. D., F. R. S., | late fellow of King’s college, Cambridge; | one of the vice-presidents of the Ethnological society, London; | corresponding mem- ber to the Ethnological society, | New York, etc. | [Monogram in shield. ] | London :| John Van Voorst, Pater- noster row. | M.D.CCCL [1850]. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso printers 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. vii- xi, bibliography pp. xiii-xv, explanation of plates verso blank 11. contents pp. xix-xxviii, text pp. 1-566, index pp. 567-574, list of works by Dr. Latham verso blank 1 1. 8°. Division F, American Mongolide, pp. 287- 460, includes a classification of the Algonkins, Ppp. 328-332, with some remarks on the lan- guages of the Bethuck, the Shyennes, and the Black-foots. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. 297 -_ Latham (R. G.) — Continued. —— The | ethnology | of | the British colonies | and | dependencies. | By | R. G. Latham, M. D., F. R. S., | corre- sponding member to the Ethnological society, New York, | etc. etc. | [Mon- ogram. | | . . London: | John Van Voorst, Pator- noster 1ow. | M.DCCC.LI [1851]. Title verso printers 1 1. preface verso blank 1 1. contents pp. -v—vi, text pp. 1-264, 12°. Chapter vi. Dependencies in America, pp. 224-264, contains a linguistic classification of the Indians, among them the Algonkins. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames. At the Squier sale, no. 635, a copy, brought $1. — On the languages of Northern, Western, and Central America. By R. G. Latham, M. D. In Philological Soc. [of London], Trans. 1856, pp. 57-115, London [1857], 8°. Table showing affinities between the Bethuck and various Algonquian dialects, pp. 58-61.— Comparative vocabulary of the Arapaho and Shyenne, pp. 62-63.—Table showing affinities between the Arapaho and ‘‘other Algonkin languages,’’ pp. 63-64. —— Opuscula. | Essays | chiefly | philo- logical and ethnographical | by | Rob- ert Gordon Latham, | M. A., M. D., F. R.S., etc. | late fellow of Kings college, Cambridge, late professor of English | in University college, London, late assistant physician | at the Middlesex hospital. | Williams & Norgate, | 14 Henrietta street, Covent garden, London | and | 20 South Frederick street, Edinburgh. | Leipzig, R. Hartmann. | 1360. Title verso printer 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, con- tents pp. v-vi, text pp. 1-377, addenda and cor- rigenda pp. 378-418, 8°. On the languages of the Oregon territory, pp. 249-263, contains a few words in Blackfoot, Souriquois, Penobscot, Micmac, Echemin, New Sweden, Algonkin, Potowotami, Ojibbeway, Ottawa and Old Algonkin, compared with the Shoshonie, pp. 255-256. Miscellaneous contributions to the ethnog- raphy of North America, pp. 275-297, contains a brief vocabulary of the Fall-Indian of Um- freville compared with Ahnenin and Minetare, pp. 276-277; a vocabulary of the Blackfoot lan- guage compared with various Algonquian and other dialects, pp. 279-283; and words of the Abnenin, Mandan, Riccaree, and Natchez lan- guages compared with Algonquian dialects. On the languages of Northern, Western, and Central America, pp. 326-377, contains a section 298 Latham (R. G.) — Continued. | on ‘‘the Algonkin group,”’ with vocabularies of the Bethuck compared with the Algonquian dialects, pp. 327-329; of the Arrapaho and Shyenne, p. 331; of the Arrapaho compared with other Algonquian languages, p. 332; and a few words of Fitzhugh Sound compared with Blackfoot, p. 333. Addenda and corrigenda (1859), pp. 378-418, contains a vocabulary of the Ahnenin [ Atsina] (by D. M. M‘Kenzie), pp. 379-380; a comparative vocabulary of the Blackfeet and Crow (by D. M. M'‘Kenzie), pp. 380-384; vocabulary of the Ada- hi compared with Algonquian and other dia- lects, pp. 402-405; Uche words compared with Algonquian and other dialects, pp. 409-410. Oopies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Brinton, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eamés, Wat- ' kinson. At the Squier sale, no. 639, a presentation copy brought $2.37. The Murphy copy, no. 1438, sold for $1. — Elements | of | comparative philol- ogy. | By | R. G. Latham, M. A., M. D., F. R. S., &c., | late fellow of King’s college, Cambridge; and late professor of English | in University college, Lon- don. | London: | Walton and Maberly, | Up- per Gower street, 2nd Ivy lane, Pater- noster row; | Longman, Green, Long- -man, Roberts, and Green, | Paternoster row. | 1862. | The Right of Translation is Reserved. Half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. vii- xi, contents pp. xili-xx, tabular view of lan- guages and dialects pp. xxi-xxviii, chief author- ities pp. xxix—xxxli, errata verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-752, addenda and corrigenda pp. 753-757, index pp. 758-774, list of works by Dr. Latham verso blank 11. 8°, Chapter lx. Languages between the Atha- baskan, the Rocky Monntains, and the Atlan- tic, etc. pp. 447-477, contains the following Al- gonquian material: Comparative vocabulary of the Blackfoot and Menomeni, p. 448; of the Ojibwa, Ottawa, and Potowatami, p. 449; of the Old Algonkin and Knistinaux, pp. 449-450; of the Sheshatapoosh and Skoffi, p. 450; of the Micmac, Etchemin, and Abenaki, p. 451; of the Minsi, Nanticok, and Mohikan, pp. 451-452; of the Massachusetts and Narragansetts, p. 452; of the Miami, Illinois, Sauki, and Shawni, pp. 452- 453.—Table of words of the Bethuck having af- finities with various dialects of the Algonkin, pp. 453-455.—Table showing affinities between the Arapaho and other Algonkin languages, pp. 456-457.—-Comparative vocabulary of the Ara- paho and Shyenne, p.458.— Vocabulary of the Riccari and Pawni, pp. 470-471. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum. Con- gress, Eames, Watkinson. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Latham (R. G.) — Continued. Robert Gordon Latham, the eldest son of the Rev. Thomas Latham, was born in the vicarage of Billingsborough, Lincolnshire, March 2}, 1812. In1819he was entered at Eton. Two years afterwards he was admitted on the foundation, and in 1829 went to Kings, where he took his fellowship and degrees. Ethnology was his first passion and his last, though for botany he had avery strong taste. He died March 9, 1888.—Theodore Wattsin The Athenceum, March 17, 1888. Laure (Pére Pierre). Documents rares | ou inédits | I | Mission du Saguenay | Relation inédite | Du R. P. Pierre Laure, S. J., 1720 & 1730 | précédée de | quelques notes biographiques sur ce missionnaire | par le | P. Arthur E. Jones, S. J. | Montréal | archives du collége Ste- Marie | 1889 Cover title as above minus the imprint, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-72, table pp. . i-ii, errata verso blank 11. 8°. Coxtains short notices of Algonquian manu- scripts by P. Laure. Copies seen: Kames, Pilling. |——] Apparatus frangais et montagnais, 1726. (*) Manuscript, 865 pp. Title from the same author’s Relation inédite (for title of which see above), p. 20, where Father Jones, the editor, says: ‘‘I find among the papers of the late P. Félix Martin the following note apro- pos of the writings of P. Laure.” Then follows the above title, and then: ‘‘I do not know where the manuscript is at present.” ] Catechismus | montanicus. Manuscript, pp. 1-23 and 6 unnumbered pp. (the last of which is blank), 12°, in the library of the Archbisbopric of Quebec. On p. 20 is found the following title: Supplementum; Varies questiones suis postea interscribends . locis. This supplement consists of 9pp. The catechism is not divided into chapters. [ — [Grammar and dictionary of the Montagnais language. | C) Title from the same author’s Relation inédite (for title of which see above), p. 14, where in speaking of an Indian woman, Marie 8tchi- 8anich, he says ‘‘ Elle m’assista dans la rédac- tion d’une grammaire et d’un dictionnaire.” The Quebec Historical Society in its Transac- tions, vol. 3, p. 406, acknowledges the presenta- tion of a Dictionary of the Montagnais lan- guage by P. Laure, 1726. - — Hoc codice continentur | 1° cate- chismus algonkinus | 2° preces eadem lingua | 3° earum precum explicatio. | Descripta sunt ea & R. P. Petro | Laure, e Societate Jesu; in multis | concordant cum catechismo & | precibus montanis. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 299 Laure (P.) — Continued. Manuscript, 17 unnumbered Il. sm. 12°, in the library of the Archbishopric of Quebec. Onthe recto of the first leaf is a modern title as above, verso blank, followed by 3 blank ll. The text begins on the recto of the succeeding Jear with the heading D. O. M. | Dio Optimo Maximo] Al- ’ gonkinus catechismus.. Catechismus brevior. The catechism fills 4 ll. and is followed by questions to be asked when baptism is conferred, 3 pp. Then follow prayers in Algonkin—sign - of the cross, Veni Creator, Pater, Ave, Credo, confiteor, acts of contrition, adoration, thanks- giving, offering of self, love, prayer, and hope; morning and evening prayers, the decalogue, commandments of the church, prayer to God, teaching the commandments, Benedictine and grace,1l pp. Then the Ave maria stella, with literal Latin translation opposite, and the O Salutaris Hostia, Ave verum, and Sub tunm, 3 pp. —— Priéres montagnaises | du P. Laure. | % Manuscript, 1 1. pp. 1-34, 12°, in the library of the Archbishopric of Quebec. The title above is on the recto of the first 1. on the verso of which is O Filii et Filia. The text begins on 1.2 with the heading Preces montanice. The prayers consist of: Signacuum crucis, Veni Creator, Actus adorationis, gratiarum actionis, sui met oblationis, amoris, petitionis et spei, le Pater, p. 3.—L’Ave, Credo, Confiteor, pp. 4-6.— Contritionis actus, Dei et Ecclesie precepta, pp. 7-9.—Oratio ad deum circa ejus man- data, angelica salutatio, litaniz, pp. 9-12.—Sub tuum, Ave maria stella, Adoro te, O salutaris, Domine non sum dignus, ad S. Josephum, Bene- dictio mensz, Gratiarum actio, pro obtinenda felici navigatione, eger ad Deum, ante missam, vel serotinam SS', sacramenti expositionem de- cantandus psalmus, Landate Dominum de cxlis; Domine salyum fac regem, pp. 13-20.— Ante sacrum, post sacrum, O gloriosa, Stabat mater, pp. 20-24.—Noél, Iste confessor, Req- uiem xternam, Kyrie eleison, Dies ire, Mise- rere, in missam psalmi, pp. 25-34. On two unnumbered leaves intercalated be- tween pp. 12 and 13 are found: Litaniz Beatz Mariz Virginis, ad S*™ Michaelem, ad angelum custodem. Between pp. 16-17 another unnum- bered leaf contains the Ave verum, the Lauda Sion, the Inviolata. A third unnumbered leaf, intercalated between pp. 20 and 21, contains, on the recto: Missa solemnis cum regio cantu, kyrie et gloria. Finally, on the verso of the last page, which is not numbered: Parvulorum preces, ante et post catechismum oruntioncula. [——] Pro| Montanicorum confessionibus | audiendis. Manuscript, pp. 1-11, 1 blank p. and 4 unnum- bered pp. 12°, in the library of the Archbishop- ric of Quebec. The first two unnumbered pp. at the end contain a fragment of a letter, dated 1724, in French text; the third is the formula for Laure (P.) — Continued. publication of the bans of marriage; the fourth contains the order to be followed in the exam- ination of the conscience, made every evenirg. Pére Pierre Laure was born at Orleans, France, Sept. 17, 1688, and entered the Society of Jesus Oct. 29, 1707; came to Canada in 1711, and for several years was connected with the Collége des Péres at Quebec; was ordained priest June 23,1719. In 1720-he was designated by Father Pierre de la Chasse to reopen the Saguenay missions, which had been abandoned many years for want of missionaries. The remainder of his life was spent almost wholly among thogemissions. He died Nov. 22, 1738. Laurent (Joseph). New familiar | Abe- nakis and English | dialogues | The first ever published on the grammatical system | by | Jos. Laurent, Abenakis Chief | Quebec | printed by Leger Brousseau | 9, Buade Street | 1884 Second title: New familiar | Abenakis and English | dialogues | The first Vocabulary ever published in the Abenakis | language, com- prising: | the Abenakis alphabet, | The Key to thePronunciation | and | many grammatical ex- planations, | also | synoptical illustrations. showing the numerous | modifications of the | Abenakis verb, &c. | To which is added | The Etymology of Indian Names | of certain local- ities, rivers, lakes, &c., &c. | Original edition | by | Jos. Laurent, A benakis, Chief of the Indian Village of | St-Francis, P. Q. | (Sozap Lolé Kizi- togw) | 1884 Printed cover with title differing slightly from first title above, first title as above verso: copyright 1 1. second title as above verso blank 11. preface pp. 5-6, text pp. 7-223, contents pp. 225-230, errata 1 unnumbered page, sq. 16°. Abenakis alphabet, key to the pronuncia- tion etc. pp. 7-12.— Vocabulary, double columns, Abenakis and English, arranged by subjects, pp. 13-59.—Part second, the elements of Abe- nakis conversation, pp. 61-119.—Part third, the parts of speech that may be conjugated, pp. 121- 204.—Etymology of Indian names by which are Gesignated certain tribes, towns, rivers, lakes, etc. pp. 205-222. —Signification of the names of the months, p. 225. Copies seen: Kames, Pilling, Powell. —— See Vassal (H.) Laurie (Rev. Thomas). The Ely volume ; | or, | The Contributions of our Foreign Missions | to science and human well- being. | By Thomas Laurie, D. D., | formerly a missionary of the A. B. C. F.. M. | [ Three lines quotation. ] | Boston: | American Board of Commis- sioners for Foreign Missions, | Congre- gational house, | 1881. 300 Laurie (T.) — Continued. Frontispiece 11. title verso copyright 11. dedi- cation verso blank 1 1. contents verso illustra- tions 1 1. introduction pp. vii-ix, text pp. 1-484, appendices pp. 485-524, index pp. 525-532, 8°. John i. 15 in the Massachusetts language (from Eliot), p.229.— A general account of translations of portions of the scriptures, in- cluding the Delaware and Ojibwa, pp. 229-232.— List of publications in Indian languagesissued by the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, including the Abenaquis and Ojibwa, p. 523. Copies seen: Congress. {Lausbert (C.F.)] Recueil | d’Observa- tions | curieuses, | sur les mceurs, les coutumes, | les Usages, les différentes Langues, le | Gouvernement, la Mytho- logie, la Chro- | nologie, la Géographie ancienne & mo- | derne, les Cérémonies, la Religion, les | Méchaniques, 1’As- tronomie, la Médeci- | ne, la Physique particuliere, Histoire | Naturelle, le Commerce, la Navigation, | les Arts & les Sciences de différents Peu- | ples de PAsie, de ’ Afrique, & de Amérique. | ‘Tome I{-IV]. | A Paris, | Chez Prault, Quai de Conti, | a ladescente du Pont-Neuf. | M.DCC. XLIX [1749]. | Avec ap & Privilege du Roi. 4 vols. 16°. Langues différentes des Hurons, des Abna- quis, des Algonkins, des Illinois, des Outaouks, & de plusieurs autres nations de la Nouvelle France, being a general discussion of the lan- guages of that region, vol. 2, pp. 135-155. Copies seen: British Museum. The Fischer catalogue, ne. 1451, titles an edi- tion, Paris chez David le jeune, 1749, 4 vols. 12°. At that sale it brought 1s. ‘Laval: This word following a title or inclosed within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Laval Univer- sity, Quebec, Canada. ‘LLaverlochére (Pére Jean Nicolas). Ex- trait d’une lettre du R. P. Laverlochére, oblat de Marie Immaculée. In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 17, pp. 257-264, Lyon, 1845, 8°. Dated from Lac des Deux-Montagnes, 25 aofit 1844. Contains a specimen of the Montagnais lan- guage, p. 262. Missions de la Baie d’Hudson. Suite de la lettre du R. P. Laverlochére, ob- lat de Marie Immaculée. In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 23, pp. 202-220, Lyon, 1851, 8°. Dated from Mon- treal, December, 1849. : Lawson (John). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Laverlochére (J. N.) — Continued. Contains scattered phrases, examples of long words, etc. with translation, in the ee dialect of Fort Albany. and Garin(A.M.) L.J.C. & M. J. | by4 | Catechisme, | recueil de | priéres et de cantiques | 4 usage des | Sauvages d’Albany, (Baie d’Hudson). | [Three lines syllabic characters.] | [Oblate seal. ] | Montreal: | imprimerie de Louis Per- rault, | No. 22rue Saint-Vincent. | 1854. Title (verso approbation of tIg. Evéque de Montreal, followed by the alphabet) 11. text (in the Cree language, syllabic characters, with headings in French, in italics) pp. 1-94, 12°. Prayers, pp. 1-8.—Catechism, pp. 9-58.— Hymns, pp. 59-94. Copies seen: Congress, Laval, Shea. Priced by Dufossé, Paris, 1887, 20 fr. For later editions see Lebret (L. i. ); also Guéguen (J. P.) Rev. Jean Nicolas Laverlochére was born in France. He began to work among the Indians in the year 1815. In 1847 he went for the first time to James’s Bay, and visited the Indians of the Moose and Albany forts. In 1851, on his way back from Moose Factory, he was struck with palsy, and had to be carried to the mis- sion of Lake Temiskamingue. He died there in 1885. He had translated into the Maskekon dialect the catechism and some prayers; his manu- scripts were left to his successor and companion, the Rev. André Garin. * A new | voyage | to | Carolina; | Containing the | Exact De- scription and Natural History | of that | Country: | Together with the Present State thereof. | And | a journal | Of a Thousa.id Miles, Travel’d thro’ several | Nations of Indians. | Giving a par- ticular Account of their Customs, | Man- ners, &c. | By John Lawson, Gent. Sur- veyor- | General of North-Carolina. | London: | Printed in the Year 1709. Title verso blank 11. dedication 11. preface 11. introduction pp. 1-5, journal pp. 6-60, a de- scription of North-Carolina pp. 61-168, an ac- count of the Indians pp. 169-238, the second charter pp. 239-254, an abstract of the consti- tution pp. 255-258, advertisement verso blank 1 1. map and plate, 4°. First issued in four monthly numbers as parts 5, 6, 7, 8 (April—July, 1709) of Stevens (J.), A new collection of voy- ages and travels, London, 1708-’11, 2 vols. 4°. Vocabularies of the Tuskeruro, Pampticough, and Woccon, pp. 225-230. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Lenox, New York Historical Society. A “fine copy,” calf, is priced in Stevens's Nuggets, no. 1662, 21. 128. 6d. At the Brinley ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Lawson (J.) — Continued. sale, no. 3873, a ‘‘splendid copy” brought $250, and another copy, no. 3874, $37.50. The Mur- phy copy, no. 1448, ‘‘half-green morocco, top edge gilt, fine, tall copy,’’ sold for $60. Quar- itch, no. 29975, prices a copy with ‘‘title in ex- act fac simile, paneled calf extra, giltedges,”’ 51. {——] Allerneuste Beschreibung | der Provintz | Carolina | In| West-Indien. | Samt einem | Reise-Journal | von mehr als | Tausend Meilen | unter allerhand | Indianischen Nationen. | Auch einer | Accuraten Land-Carte und andern | Kupfer-Stichen. | Aus dem Englischen iibersetzet durch | M. Vischer. | Hamburg, | Gedruckt und verlegt, durch seel. Thomas von Wierings Er- ben, | bey der Borse, im giildnen A, B, C. Anno 1712. | Sind auch zu Franck- furt und Leipzig, bey Zacharias Herteln | zu bekommen. Title verso blank 11. Vorrede 6 ll. folded map, Einleitung pp. 1-8, Reise-Journal pp. 9-96, geo- graphische Beschreibung pp. ‘97-256, Bericht von den Indianern pp. 257-361. kurtzer Ent- wurft der Regierung etc. pp. 362-365, table of contents 3 unnumbered pages, 8°, Vocabularies as under title next above, pp. 341-348. Copies seen: Lenox. Brown, Congress, Harvard, — The | history | of | Carolina; | con- _ taining the | Exact Description and ‘Natural History | of that | country: | Together with the Present State thereof. | And | a journal | Of a Thou- sand Miles, 'Travel’d thro’ several | Na- tions of Indians. | Giving a particular Account of their customs, | Manners &c. | By John Lawson, Gent. Surveyor- General | of North-Carolina | London: | Printed for W. Taylor at the Ship, and J. Baker at the Black- | By, in Pater-Noster Row, 1714. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication 1 1. preface 11. introduction pp. 1-5, text pp. 6-258, map, sm. - 4°. A reissue, with new title-page only, of the edition of 1709. Vocabularies as under titles above, pp. 225- 230. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. At the Menzies sale a large and fine copy, no. 1200, brought $43; at the Field sale, no. 1300, $25. — The |history | of | Carolina; | contain- ing the | Exact Description and Natural History | of that | country; | Together with the Present State thereof. | And | 301 Lawson (J.) — Continued. a journal | Of a Thousand Miles, Trav- el’d thro’ several | Nations of Indians. | Giving a particular Account of their Customs, | Manners, &c. | By John Lawson, Gent. Surveyor-General | of North-Carolina. | London: | Printed for T. Warner, at the Black-Boy in Pater-Noster | Row, 1718. Price Bound Five Shillings. Title verso blank 11. dedication 11. preface 1 1. introduction pp. 1-5, text pp. 6-258, adver- tisement verso blank 11.map and plate,4°. A reissue, with new title-page only, of the edition of 1709. Vocabularies as under titles above, pp. 225- 230. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Brown, Har- vard, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society. - At the Field sale, a copy, no. 1301, brought $25. Clarke and co. 1886, no. 3199, price it $25. —— The | history of Carolina, | contain- ing the | exact description | and | natu- ral history of that country, | together with the present state thereof and a journal of | a thousand miles traveled through several na- | tions of Indians, giving a particular | account of their customs, | manners, &c., &c. | By John Lawson, | Gent. Surveyor-General of North Carolina. | London: | Printed for W. Taylor at the Ship, and F. Baker at the | Black Boy, in Pater-Noster Row, 1714. | Raleigh: | printed by Strother & Mar- com at their book and job office, | 1860. Title verso blank 11. preface to the republi- cation pp. iii-iv, original preface pp. v-vii, dedi- cation pp.ix—x, introduction pp. xi-xviii, text pp. 19-390, 12°. Vocabularies as under titles above, pp. 366- 377. Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Eames. The Field copy, no. 1302, brought $3. The Pampticough vocabulary is reprinted in part in Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 5, p. 38 (foot-note), Philadelphia, 1855, 4°. —— Comparisons of the languages of the ancient Pampticos of N. Carolina with the Algonquin language; and of the ancient Waccoa, of that state, and the Catawba, of S. Carolina. In Schoolcraft (H.R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 552-558, Philadelphia, 1855, 4°. See Brickell (J.) John Lawson, historian, born in Scotland; died ou the river Neuse, N:C.,in 1712. He came to this country as surveyor-general of North Carolina, and began his surveys in 1700, 302 Lawson (J.) — Continued. but fell a victim to the jealousy of the Tusca- 1ora Indians, who confounded the surveyor of their territory with those that had despoiled them of it. He was captured while exploring North Carolinain 1712, in company with aSwiss named Graffenried. The latter was permitted to buy himself free, but Lawson was put to death, probably in the manner he describes in his book.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Le Boulanger (Pére Joseph Ignatius). [ French-Illinois dictionary. New York: Cramoisy press. 1865. | No title-page, heading ‘‘ Dictionnaire ;” text pp. 1-8, 8°, alphabetically arranged by French words; double columns; includes Abbaisser— Ainsi. Of this work, which was to form one of the series of Shea’s American Linguistics, but one signature was printed. When this portion was put in type the manuscript was sent to the owner at his request and was never returned. The following is an extract from the pros- pectus: ‘‘A Manuscript Dictionary exists of the Ili- nois language, which, in extent and in careful preparation, exceeds any work known on any of the Algonquin dialects. It is to all appear- ance the work of the Jesuit Father Le Boulan- ger, whose labors on the Illinois language are highly extolled in the Lettres Edifiantes. The Illinois have now disappeared, but for purposes of research and study their language is one of the most interesting of the various dialects of the wide-spread Algonquin. They were onthe extreme Southwest, and were separated on the East by the Iroquois from the Delawares, and had on the West the Dacota tribes. Their language, as shown in this Dictionary, throws much light on western names of tribes, rivers, lakes, &c., and by comparison with that of the kindred Lenni or Delawares, as preserved by the Moravians, furnishes the amplest known material for the study of the Algonquin lan- guage. ‘‘As it is liable to perish by any untoward ac- cident, I have obtained permission to print ong hundred copies. The dictionary will form over five hundred pages, in fine type, double col- umn, similar to that used in the French-Onon- dago Dictionary issued by me. It will be is- sued in four parts, of about one hundred and twenty-five pages each, at $5 per part. Ten copies will be printed on large paper, at $10 per part.” Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea. The manuscript from which this signature was printed is as follows: — [French and Miami-Illinois diction- ary. | Manuscript; 23 p. ll. (the seventh of which is blank), 13 blank II, 2 11.1). 1-11, 15-44, 46-185, and 37 blank 11. folio (163+10% inches). In the Carter Brown Library, Providence, R. I. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Le Boulanger (J.«I.) — Continued. At the top of the first leaf, the verso of which is blank, is the following note in a modern hand. writing: ‘‘ La langue dans laquelle est écrit ce volume est celle des Miamis-illinois, voyez au mot illinois et au mot langues dans le diction- naire, pages 102 ef 108. R. Martin.’’ The next 22 leaves contain, minutely written in double, treble, and quadruple columns, the following prayers, hymns, catechisms, and gos- pels in the Illinois language: ‘‘Acte de foi de la presence de Dieu, Examen de Conscience, Acte de Contrition, Priere pour les parens, &c., Prieres pour La Ste. Messe, au Commencement, a Vevangile, au sanctus, a L Elevation de L hostie, a L Elevation du Calice, apres L Ele- vation, au dernier Evangile, 1 page; Pour It Dimanche, Pour le Lundi, Pourle Mardi, Autre himne des anges, Autre, Pour le Mercredi, hymne du Patron, Panis Angelicus, 1 page; Poar le Jeudy, Lauda Sion Salvatorem, O Salu- taris hostia, Pourle Vendredivexillaregis, Pour le Samedi ave maria stella, Sur Le miserere, 1 page; Malheureuses Creatures, Benissez le Seigneur Supreme, 1 page; Vespres, Cantique a la Louange de la St..vierge, De profundis, Ad te domine Levavi, Laudate Pueri, Levavi oculos, In Exitu Israel, Laudate Doum 66s Gentes, Capitule Benedictus, himne, Magnifi- cat, 1 page; Petit Catechisme, Des Sacraments, 1 page; Invocation en commencant Le Catech., a la fin du Catechisme, Autre Catechisme, 2 pages; De Sacramentis,2 pages and 1 blank leaf; Explication du Decalogue, 1 page; De Cultu et Invocatione Sanctorum, 2°. Command, 3°. Command, 1 page; 4 Commandémt, 5°. Com- mandémt,1 page; 6 Command., 7. Comman- démt, 8. Commandémt, 9 et 10. Commandemts, 1 page; des Command. de L Eglise, De Eccle- sia seu templo, Simbole des Apostres, 2 pages ; S. Joan baptista, etc., 1 page; Dominica 1° and other Sunday gospels, 12 pages; Histoire de la Genese, in 35 chapitres, 13 pages. These are followed by 14 leaves, all of which are blank, excepting the verso of the 14th, which contains ‘‘ Passion de Jesus C.”’, filling one-third of the page. Brief grammatical forms, in single, quadruple, and quintuple col- umns, fill both sides of the next leaf and the recto of the following one, on the verso of which the dictionary begins with foliol. “This is written in a single column, on the outer mar- gin or half page of the verso of every leaf, the inner half and recto being left blank. A column contains on an average about 18 French words, each of which is followed by a number of Illinois equivalents and phrases, making in all about 80 lines. The total number of French words in the dictionary is nearly 3,000. The apparent imperfections after leaves 11 and 44 are merely errors in numeration. Leaves 82-84 are wrongly numbered 72-74. A manuscript note on the fly-leaf says: “This manuscript was purchased for me by Messrs. Hector Bossange & Son at the sale of the books and manuscripts of M. Marcel, for- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Le Boulanger (J. I.) — Continued. merly the Director of the Imperial Printing Office and Member of the Commission of the Institute of Eg7pt &c., on the 9th of May 1859, at Paris: Hen: C. ikerahy, » In the Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 3 (1859), pp. 227-228, Mr. Murphy speaks of the ' manuscript as follows: .“This volume is the production of some of the early French missionaries among the II- linois. The manuscript is closeiy - written, but very plain. It is not the diction- ary of that language which is mentioned by Mr. Duponceau and Mr. Gallatin, in the pos- session of the former, and which, it is inferred, is ashort vocabulary; for the words which Mr. Gallatin could not find in the latter are con- tained in this, and there are many variations, showing the particular tribal origin to be dif- ferent. Some of the words are identical with what Mr. Gallatin calls the Old Algonkin, for which he gives Lahontan as authority. The paper on which the work is written resembles that in use 150 or 200 years ago. “A note on the fly-leaf says: ‘ This precious volume is an example of the superhuman ef- forts with which the love of the salvation of human souls inspired the Catholic mission- aries.’ In fine, it is, no doubt, the most com- plete repertory of the Western Lenape in ex- istence, and from the care and fullness with which it has been written, has been the work of a life-time. The only clue to the authorship that approaches to probability is furnished by Father Gabriel Marest, in his let- ter dated Kaskaskias, 9th November, 1712, and published in the Lettres Edifiantes. Speaking of Father Gravier, the founder of the mission to the Illinois, he says: ‘ He first investigated the principles of their language, and reduced them to grammatical rules, so that we have since only been obliged to bring to perfection what he began with so great success.’— Kip’s Translation, p. 206. From this it may be in- ferred that the volume is the compi- lation of many fathers, a conclusion to which We more readily come, since it accords with that already expressed by Mr. Shea. in his ‘ His- tory of the Catholic Missions among the In- dian Tribes of the United States.’”’ In the prospectus of the French-Illinois dic- tionary which Mr. Shea was printing from this manuscript he ascribes it to Father Le Boulan- ger, it being, in his opinion, the work of one who had got far beyond the rudimentary stages of the study, and evidently of a single author who had mastered his subject, a reputation en- joyed only by Le Boulanger. See Gravier (J.) for a description by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull of a manuscript Illinois- French Dictionary. At the sale of Mr. Murphy’s library, in March, 1884, this manuscript was purchased for the John Carter Brown library for $240. Rev. J. I. Le Boulanger, S. J., was born in France, July 22, 1664; entered the order in 1700, came to America, and was on the Illinois Mis- 303 Le Boulanger (J. I.) — Continued. sion as early as 1719, and probably some years previous to that date, and is said to have died there in 1744. [Lebret (Pére Louis-Marie).] L. J.C. et M. I. | Kikinoamati-masinaigan, | gaie| aiamiekak8edjindi8ini-masinaigan. | [Four lines quotation in Latin and French. | | [Seal of the Oblates. ] | Moniang [Montreal]: | tak8abikick- ote endate John Lovell | 1866. Title as above verso imprimatur of vic. gen. Truteau 1 1. text pp. 3-64,18°. Catechism in the Nipissing language. The catechism proper begins on p. 16, the preceding pages being occupied with the alpha- bet, scripture lessons, numerals, etc. The last two pages (63-64) also contain hymns. For a reprint of pp. 3-15, see Guéguen (J. P.) This work is erroneously entered under Déléage (F. R.) on p. 109 of this catalogue. Pére Lebret writes me concerning it as follows: ‘‘As to the catechism you mention, I would say that the author of the earlier edition [Ni- hima ?] was one of the Sulpitians of Montreal. When I re-edited it in 1866 I changed it some- what and added something to the body of the work itself, and particularly to the hymnal verses at the end of each lesson, which are as a recapitulation of the whole lesson; also the hymns at the end, and the a, b,c and primmary reading lessons at the beginning.”’ Copies seen: Kames, Pilling, Powell. [——] L. J. C. et M. I. | Niina | aiamie masinaigan | ou | recueil de prieres | et de | cantiques | a ’usage des sauvages de Temiscaming, d’Abbitibi, | dn Grand Lac, de Mata8an et du Fort William | [Oblate seal. ] | Moniang [Montreal]: | tak8abikic- kote endate John Lovell. | 1866. Picture of across verso blank 11. titleas above verso approval of A. F. Truteau, vic. gen.11. text in the Cree language with headings in Latin and French pp. 5-272, 1 1. containing a woodcut on the recto and errata (three lines) on the verso, contents (numbered even on rectos and odd on versos) pp. 274-277, 12°. A compila- tion from different authors by Pére Lebret. Prayers, pp. 5-28.—Prayers for the mass etc. pp. 28-98.—Hymns, pp. 98-272. Copies seen: Pilling, Yale. The Brinley copy, no. 5659, sold for $2.25. Some copies of this work differ in collation from the above; pp. 97-128 have been reprinted on slightly different paper, with signature marks 7 and 8 instead of Gand H. Pages 257- 272, the leaf with the woodcut and errata, and the table of contents, are also reprints, without signature marks. The table of contents is cor- rectly paged 275-278. (Eames, Laval, Pilling, Powell.) 304 Lebret (L.-M.) — Continued. [——]L.J.C.et M.I. | Recueil de prieres BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE | Leclerc (C.) — Continued. At the Fischer sale, a copy. no. 919, brought | catéchisme | et | cantiques | A Vusage des Sauvages de Baie d’Hudson. | [Ob- late seal. ] | Montreal | imprimerie de Louis Per- rault et cie. | No. 36, rue Saint-Vincent. | 1866. Title verso alphabet 1 1. text (in the Cree lan- guage, syllabic characters, with French head- ings in italics) pp. 3-108, 18°. Prayers, pp. 3-20.—Catechism, pp. 21-67.— Hymns, pp. 69-108. Copies seen: Trumbull. For title of an earlier edition see Laverlo- chére (J.-N.) and Garin (A. M. ds for a later one see Guéguen (J. P.) Priced by Leclere, 1878, no. 2219, 25 fr. At the Pinart sale, no. 776, Quaritch bought a copy f.r 5 fr. Rev. Louis-Marie Lebret was born at Hénan- bihen, Département des Cétes-du-Nord, France, November 30, 1829; joined the order of the oblates of Mary Immaculate in 1857; left Mar- seilles in 1859 and came to Ottawa, Canada, where hecontinued his theological course un- til he was ordained to the priesthood, March 17, 1861. He was immediately sent to the In- dian missions of the upper Ottawa and Hud- son Bay, where he labored for eight years. Then he was removed to Lowell, Mass., where he remained two years. Thence he was re- called to Canada and put in charge of the Novi- tiate of the O. M. I. at Lachine, remaining four years, and then sent to St. Paul, Minn., where he spent nearly three years, organizing a new parish and building anew church—St. Joseph's. Returning ‘to Ottawa, he was made économe of the college, now the Catholic University of Ot- tawa. After two years (in 1879) he was sent again to the United States, at Plattsburgh, N. Y., as pastor of St. Pierre’s church. In 1882 he was sent to Winnipeg, Manitoba, where he now (1890) resides. Since 1882, however, he has been absent from Winnipeg much of the time, having spent two years at Qu’appelle and three years at Fort Alexander, Lake Winnipeg. Leclerc (Charles). Bibliotheca | ameri- cana | Catalogue raisonné | d’une trés- précieuse | collection de livres anciens | et modernes | sur l’Amérique et les Philippines | Classés par ordre alpha- bétique de noms d’Auteurs. | Rédigé par Ch. Leclerc. | [Design. ] | Paris | Maisonneuve & Cr | 15, quai Voltaire | M. D. CCC. LXVII [1867] Printed cover as above, half-title verso details of sale 11. title as above verso blank 1 1. preface pp. V-vii, catalogue pp. 1-407, 8°. Contains titles of a number of works in the Algonquian languages. Oopies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. 10s.; at the Squier sale, no. 651, $1.50. Leclere 1878, no. 345, prices it 4fr.; and Maisonneuve, in 1889, 4 fr. The Murphy copy, no. 1452, brought $2.75. Bibliotheca, | Scien Histoire, géographie, | voyages, archéologie et linguistique | des | deux Amériques | et | des [les philippines |} rédigée | Par Ch. Leclerc | [Design] | Paris | Maisonneuve et Cie, libraires- éditeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25. | 1878 Printed cover as above, half-title verso blank 11. title as above verso blank 1 1. avant-propos pp.i-xvii, table des divisions pp. xviii-xx, cat- alogue pp. 1-643, supplément pp. 645-694, index pp. 695-737, colophon verso blank 11. 8°. The linguistic part of this volume occupies pp. 537-643; it is arranged under families, and contains titles of books in many Amer- ican languages, among them the following: Langues américaines en général, pp. 537-550; Abnaqui, p. 550; Algonquin, pp. 551-552; Chip- peway, pp. 565-567; Cris, pp. 573-574; Dela- ware, pp. 577-578; Menomoni, pp. 597-598; Mikmaque, p. 608; Mohican, p. 613; Natick, pp. 616-617; Ottawa, pp. 620-621; Pottewatemi, p. 624; Shawanoe, p. 631. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Eames, Pil ling. Priced by Quaritch, no. 12172, 12s,; another copy, no. 12173, large paper, 1l. 1s. Leclerc’s Supplement, 1881, no. 2831, prices it 15 fr., and no. 2832, a copy on Holland paper, 30fr. A large paper copy is priced by Quaritch, no, 30230, 12s. Maisonneuve in 1889 prices it 15 fr. ] Bibliotheca | americana | Histoire, géographie, | voyages, archéologie et linguistique | des | deux Amériques | Supplément | N° I[-2]. Novembre 1881 | [Design. ] | Paris | Maisonneuve & Ci, libraires- éditeurs | 25, a: Voltaire, 25 | 1881 [-1887 | 2 vols.: printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 1 l. advertisement 1 1. text pp. 1- 102, colophon verso blank 1 1,; printed cover, title differing somewhat from the above (verso. blank) 11. text pp. 3-127, 8°. These supplements have no separate section devoted to works relating to American lan- guages, but titles of such works, among them a few Algonquian, appear passim. Oopies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. Maisonneuve, in 1889, prices each of the two supplements 3 fr. ] Catalogue | des | livres de fonds | et en nombre | Histoire, Archéologie, | Ethnographie et Linguistique de l’Eu- rope, | de l’Asie, de l’Afrique, | de ’A-— mérique et de l’Océanie. | [Design. ] | . r \ “are y ‘ Mes y » . . ' ES pe Gas Ge cet ey mnshinen Wajok ebin tchiptook éelwigin Our Father in heaven seated may thy name ms Ko ct FO bee meguidedemek Wajok mn'tclidanen tchiptook ignemwiek ula be respected in heaven to us may grant thee “a 2a, 6& BL we tia ei nemulek uledechinen. WNatel wajok deli chkedoollk to see in staying. There in heayen as thou art obeyed ee ee Be = tchiptook deli chkedulek makimiguek eimek may 60 be obeyed on earth where we are rd 2 es . bi~—C Zig A ae kee Delamukubenigua echemiccuel apeh neguech kichkook As thou hast givenittous inthe same manner also now to-day S E bE ~—CS: Fab 23k. See delamooktech penegnunenwin — niltiuen; deli abikchiktakachikk give it our nourishment tous; we forgive those Zz es Wegaiwinametnik elp kel nixkam abikchiktwin elweultick who have offended us so thou O God forzive our faults c Gt GE tC 6) eee eee mcelkeninrech winnchudil mu k'tygalinen keginukamkel hold us strong by the band not to fall keep far from us me cc G24 - aNd a are. ae & 7 Ws Tes Winnchiguel twaktwin. N’delictch. sufferings evils. Amen. FAC-SIMILE OF THE LORD’S PRAYER IN MICMAC HIEROGLYPHS (FROM LE CLERCQ). ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Leclere (C.) — Continued. Paris | Maisonneuve Fréres et Ch. Leclere, éditeurs | 25, quai Voltaire— quai Malaquais, 5| (Ancienne maison Th. Barrois) | 1885 [-1888-1889. ] 3 parts: printed cover as above verso con- ’ tents, title as above verso note 11. advertise- ment verso blank 1 |. table verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-153; printed cover differing slightly from above verso contents, title like printed cover _ verso note 1 |. text pp. 3-161, contents p. [162]; printed cover, title verso notice 1 1. text pp. 3-170, table 1 1. 8°. Contains titles of a number of American lin. guistic works, among them afew Algonquian. Oopies seen: Pilling. There were issues for 1878 and 1887, also. (Eames. ) Le Clercq (Pére Chrestien). Nouvelle | relation | de la | Gaspesie, | qui con- tient | Les Meurs & la Religion des Sau- | vages Gaspesiens Porte-Croix, | adorateurs du Soleil, & d’autres | Peu- ples de l’Amerique Septen- | trionale, dite le Canada. | Dediée a madame la | Princesse d’Epinoy; | Par le Pere Chres- tien le Clercq, | Missionnaire Recollet de la Province de | Saint Antoine de Pade en Artois, & | Gardien du Convent de Lens. | [Design.] | A Paris, | Chez Amable Auroy, rué Saint | Jacques, 4 Image 8S. Jeréme, -attenant | la Fontaine S. Severin. | M. DC. XCI[ 1691]. | Avec privilege du roy. Title verso blank 11.epitre 12 ll. extrait du privilege du Roy 11. text pp. 1-572, 16°. Names of the seasons in Gaspesien, p. 158.— ‘*De la langue des Gaspesiens,’’ being general remarks only, pp. 160-164. Oopies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Lenox. At the end of the Lenox copy is loosely in- serted a ‘‘table des chapitres contenus en ce Livre,” in four unnumbered pages. This table is lacking in most other copies. At the Field sale, no. 1306, a copy brought $5; the Squier copy, no. 653, $11.50. Priced by Le- clere, 1878, no. 746, 140 fr. The Brinley copy, no. 102, sold for $21; the Pinart copy, no. 539, 42 fr.; the Murphy copy, no. 600, $5.75. Priced by Dufossé, 1887, no. 24873, 90 fr. — Language of the Gaspesians. In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 5, pp. 284-285, New York and London, 1861, sm. 4°. About thirty words and phrases in the Gas- pesian language, with synonyms in some cases from other ‘anguages of the Algonquian family. First | Establishment of the Faith | in New France. | By | Father Christian Le Clercq, | recollect missionary. | ALG——20 305 Le Clercq (C.) — Continued. Now first translated, with notes, | by | John Gilmary Shea. | Vol. I [-II]. | [Seal. ] | New York: | John G. Shea. | 1881. 2 vols.: frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. preface verso list of illustrations11. sketch of Father Le Clercq pp. 5-36, fac-simile of title- page of original edition recto blank 1 1. trans- lation of same p. 37, dedication pp. 39-43, pref- ace pp. 4445, contents pp. 46-48, text pp. 49- 410, royal privilege 1 1.; frontispiece 11. title verso copyright 1 1. translation of original title verso blank 1 1. list of illustrations verso blank ' 11. contents pp. 7-8, text pp. 9-335, index pp. 337-354, 11. with woodcut on recto verso blank, map and plates, 8°. Dr. Shea, in his sketch of Father Le Clercq, gives in vol. 1, p.19, the Micmac title of Kau- der’s catechism, and on a plate opposite p. 16 the Lord’s prayer in Micmac hieroglyphics (a fac-simile of which is given herewith), accom- panied by the following remarks: ‘‘Asthesebieroglyphics are still in use among the Micmacs, who write and read them, and a font of type for them has actually been cast at Vienna, in which a prayer-book has been printed in our day, through the exertions of Rev. Charles Kauder [q.v.], a Redemptorist missionary, who spent some years at Tracadie, it will not be out of place to give Le Clercq’s own words: “ris 1757,” etc. the last date thus intercalated being found on p. 346 and reading as follows: ‘*Junii, die vigesi- ma nona, dum apud D. Manach degerem, Anno salutis 1759."” Pére Manach was aco-laborer in the missiuns with Pére Maillard. The manuscript is divided as follows: Les matines du dimanche: Pater, ave, credo p. 1.—Les psaumes et les legons, pp. 2-14.—Te Deum, p. 15.—Laudes, p. 17.—Prime, p. 29.— Tierce, p. 45 —Sexte, p. 90.—Nones, p. 96.—As- perges, p. 52.—Messe, p. 56.—Confiteor, Acte de contrition, etc. p. 60.—Prone pour chaque mois, pp. 62-78.—Prone pour chaque dimanche, p. 78.—Credo, Agnus, etc. p. 85 —Domin - sal- vum, p-89 —Vépres, p. 103.—Complies, p. 114.— Matines du lundi, p.126; du mardi, p. 137; du mercredi, p. 150; de jeudi, p.150; du vendredi, p. 171; du samedi, p. 176.—L’enseignement (partie dogmatique) sur Dieu, p. 48; sur l’in- carnation, p.93; sur la rédemption pp. 157 and 190; des sacrements, p. 99; du baptéme, pp. 127-128; de la confirmation, p.138; de la péni- tence, pp. 139 and 150; de l’eucharistie, pp. 161, 163. 168; du mariage, p. 183; de l’extréme-onc- tion, p. 173.—L’hymne Jam lucis orto sidere, office férial du lundi, p. 196; du mardi, p. 197: du. mercredi, du jeudi, du vendredi, du samedi, p. 201.—Instruction sur les sept jours delasemaine, pp. 202, 204.—Autres instructions, p. 205.—Prié- res de tous les jours, p. 205; du matin, pp. 224— 234; du soir, pp. 251-262. Psaumes quam dilecto, 255.—Féte-Dieu, p. 262.—Dimanches de l’avent, p. 263.—Généalogie de Jésus-Christ, noél, p. 265.—Messe de noél, p. 267; pour le caréme, p. 273.—Dimanche des rameaux, p. 276.—Hymnes. de la passion, p. 285; petit catéchisme, pp. 288- 300 —Abrégé de l’histoire sainte en catéchisme, p. 300.— Traduction du catéchisme historique de VAbbé Fleury, et abrégé du nouveau testa- ment, p. 318.—Catéchisme des sacrements, p. 332.—Catéchisme de la communion, p. 346.—Ac- tions de graces aprés la communion, pp. 353-356. In his notice to missionary readers, in the 304 Maillard (A. 8.) — Continued. preliminary leaves, the Abbé Maillard speaks of a French translation of the Micmac text of his euchology; of a second manuscript in the Micmac language containing the prayers for morning and evening with the sections which wight be sung correctly noted; and finally of a third manuscript, larger than the latter, which contained all the service put into plain chant. ‘The text of all these is contained in the abovemanuscript. Following this manuscript is one of 18 ll. which is, [ think, notthe work of Abbé Maillard. It is without title or date. The recto of the first leaf is blank; on the verso begins the mass for the dead in Micmac, which extends through 3 pp. followed by a French grammar 3 pp. table of contents 3 pp. estimate of the au- thor and of his work by M. Bellenger 1 p. hiero- glyphic signs of the Micmac 11 pp. 7 blank leaves. See Maynard (—). Abbé Maillard, born in France late in the 17th century, died in Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 1768. He was sent to Canada about 1738, and was afterward appointed vicar-general of Aca- dia. After the capture of Louisburg in 1758 he remained in the neighborhood, hiding in the woods during the daytime and at night attend- ing to the religious needs of the fishermen that were allowed to stay in the country. On the conclusion of peace in 1760 he left his retreat, - and labored among the Indian tribes and in the few Acadian villages in Cape Breton and on the coast of Miramichi.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Bog. Maisonneuve. This word following a title or in- cluded within parentheses after a note indi- cates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the bookstore of Maisonneuve et Cie. Paris, France. Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-kiak. See Black Hawk. Maliseet : Bible, John (pt.) Bible history Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages See Rand (S. T.) Rand (8S. T.) American Bible Soc. Bible Society. British and Foreign. Bible passages Gilbert & Rivington. General discussion Rand (S. T.) Geographic names Kain (S. W.) Grammar Rand (S. T.) Hymns Rand (S. T.) Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Alexander (J. E.) Bergholtz (G. F.) Lord’s prayer Gesner (A.) Lord’s prayer Marietti (P.) Lord’s prayer Rand (S. T.) Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Schoolcraft (H. R.) Stephens (J.) Trumbull (J. H.) Lord’s prayer Youth's. Numerals Gordon (A. H.) Numerals Kand (S. T.) Mallery (Capt. Garrick). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Maliseet — Continued. Numerals Schoolcraft (H. R.) Numerals ‘Shea (J. G.) Numerals Stephens (J.) Prayers Abnaki. Primer Stephens (J.) Psalms Rand (S. T.) Relationships Rand (S. T.) Sentences Gordon (A. H.) Song Gabriel (P. J.) Ten commandments Rand (S. T.) Text Rand (S. T.) Tracts Rand (S. T.) Vocabulary Chamberlain (M.) Vocabulary Hind (H. Y.) Vocabulary Rand (S. T.) Words Dawson (J. W.) Words Roberts (G. G.) The sign lan- guage of the North American Indians. In United Service Magazine, vol. 2, no, 2, pp. 226-243, Philadelphia, 1880, 8°. : A few Ojibwa terms, p. 234. — Sign language among North Ameri- can Indians compared with that among other peoples and deaf-mutes. By Gar- rick Mallery. In Bureau of Ethnology, First Ann. Rept. pp. 263-552, Washington, 1881, 8°. Jacker (F.), Nawagijig’s story [in Ojibwa], pp. 518-520. Issued separately, with title-page, as fol- lows: Sign language | among | North Amer- ican Indians | compared with | that among other peoples and deaf-mutes | by | Garrick Mallery | Brevet Lieut. Col. U. S. Army | (Extracted from the first annual report of the Bureau | of Ethnology) | [Vignette] | Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 Printed cover as above, no inside title, half- title verso blank 1 1. list of illustrations pp. 263- 268, text pp. 269-552, plates, 8°. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Pilling, Powell. Malte-Brun (Malthe Konrad Brun, known as). Précis | dela | Géographie Uni- verselle, | ou | Description | de toutes les parties du Monde, | sur un plan nou- veau, | d’apres les grandes divisions naturelles du Globe; | Précédée de VHistoire de la Géographie chez les Peuples anciens | et modernes, et d’une Théorie générale de la Géographie | Mathématique, Physique et Politique ; | Et accompagnée de Cartes, de Ta- bleaux analytiques, synoptiques et | élé- mentaires, et d’une Table alphabétique ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Malte-Brun — Continued. des noms de Lieux.| Par M. Malte-Brun. | Tome Premier [—Huiti@éme ]. | Histoire de la Géographie. | a Paris, | Chez Fr. Buisson, Libraire- éditeur, | Rue Gilles-cceur, N° 10. | 1810 [-1829]. 8 vols. 8°, and atlas 4°. Tableau de l’enchainement géographique des langues américaines et asiatiques, vol. 5, pp. 227-234, contains a number of terms from vari- ous American dialects, among them the Algon- kin, Delaware, Chippewa, Mohecan, Narragan- sett, Acadian, Penobscot, Pawhattan, Pennsyl- vania, and Miami. Copies seen: Astor. Priced by Dufossé, Paris, 1887,12 fr. ° —— Universal | Geography, | or | a de- scription | of | allthe parts of the world, | on a new plan, | according to the great natural divisions of the globe;-| accompanied with | analytical, synop- tical, and elementary tables. | By Malte Brun. | Improved [&c. two lines.] | Vol. I[-IX]. | Containing [&c. two lines. ] | _ Edinburgh: | printed for Adam Black; | and Longman. Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, | London. | 1322[-1833]. 9 vois. and index, 8°. Table of the geographical connection of the Americanand Asiaticlanguages, vol. 5,pp. 35-44. Copies seen: British Museum. —— Universal | geography, | or | a de- scription | of | all the parts of the world, | on a new plan, | according to the great natural divisions of the globe; | accompanied with | Analytical, Synop- tical, and Elementary Tables. | By M. Malte-Brun. | Improved by the addi- tion of the most recent infor- | mation, «terived from various sources. | Vol- ume I[-V]. | Containing the theory, or mathematical, physical, and | political principles, of geography. | Boston: | Wellsand Lilly . . . Court- street. | 1824[-1826]. 5 vols. &°. Table of the geographical connection of the American and Asiaticlanguages, vol. 5, pp. 35-44. Copies seen: Geological Survey. According to Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 44166, this edition consists of 9 vols. published in 1824-1831. Universal | geography, | or | A De- scription | of | all the parts of the world, | on a new plan, | according to the great natura] divisions of the globe; | 3935 Malte-Brun — Continued. accompanied with | analytical, synop- tical, and elementary tables. | By M. Malte-Brun. | Improved by the addi- tion of the most recent information, de- rived | from variou sources. | Vol. I[-III]. | Containing the theory, or mathematical, physical, and | political principles, of geography, &e. | Philadelphia: | published by Anthony Finley, | north east corner of Fourth and Chestnut streets. | William Brown Printer. | 1827. 3 vols. 8°. Table of the geographical connection of the American and Asiatic languages, vol. 3, pp. 148- 154. Oopies seen: Congress. According to Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 44126, this edition consists of 6 vols. published in 1827- 1832. —— Precis | de la | Geographie | Univer- selle, | ou. Description de toutes les parties du Monde | [&c. nine lines. ] | Par Malte Brun. | Nouvelle édition, | revue, corrigée, [ &c. five lines. ]| Tome premier [-XII]. | LOne line.] | [De- sign. | | Paris, | Aimé André, Libraire-Edi- teur, | Quai Malquais, No. 13. | 1831 [-1837]. 12 vols. 8°. Tableau de l’enchainement géographique etc. vol. 11, pp. 41-49. Copies seen: British Museum. —— Universal | geography, | or | A De- scription | of { all the parts of the world, | on a new plan, | according to the great natural divisions of the globe; | accompanied with | analytical, synoptical, and elementary tables. | By M. Malte-Brun. | Improved by the addition of the most recent informa- tion, derived from | various sources. | Vol. I [-V]. | Containing the theory, or mathematical, physical, and | polit- ical principles, of geography. | Philadelphia: | published by John Laval. | 1832. 5 vols. 8°. Table of the geographical connection of the American and Asiatic languages, vol. 3, pp. 148- 154. Copies seen: Congress. —— A | system | of | universal geography, | or | a description | of | all the parts of the world, | on a new plan, | according 336 Malte-Brun — Continued. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Malte-Brun — Continued. to the great natural divisions of the globe; | accompanied with | analytical, synoptical, and elementary tables. | By M. Malte-Brun, | editor of the “ annales des voyages,” &c. | With additions and corrections, | by James G. Percival. | Embellished with | a complete atlas, | and | aseries of beautiful engravings. In three volumes. | Vol. I [-III]. | Boston: | printed and published by Samuel Walker. | Published also in Philadelphia [ &c. four lines. ] | 1834. 3 vols. 4°. Table of the geographical connection of the American and Asiatic languages, vol. 2, pp. . 173-176. Copies seen: Congress. Précis | de la | Géographie | Univer- selle, | ou | description de toutes les parties du monde | sur un plan nou- | veau, @’aprés les grandes divisions naturelles du globe; | précédé de V’his- toire de la géographie chez les peuples anciens et moderns, et d’une théorie | générale de la géographie mathéma- tique, | physique et politique; | accom- pagnée | d’un atlas in-folio de 71 cartes; . | Par Malte-Brun. | Nouvelle edition, | revue, corrigée, mise dans un nouvel ordre, | et enrichie de toutes les nou- velles découvertes, | par M. J.-J.-N. Huot, | augmentée | de renseignements statistiques publiés dans le dernier ouvrage de Balbi. | Tome I[-VI]. | Bruxelles, | Lacrosse et Cie, libraires- éditeurs, | rue Royale neuve, no. 55. | 1839. 6 vols. 8°, and atlas folio. Tableau ete. as under titles above, vol. 6, pp. 296-301. Copies seen: Bancroft. — Géographie | Universelle | ou | De- scription de toutes les parties du monde | sur un plan nouveau | d’aprés les grandes divisions naturelles du globe ; | précédé | De Vhistoire de la Géogra- phie chez les peuples anciens et mo- dernes | et dune théorie générale de la géographie mathématique, | physique et politique; | par | Malte-Brun. | Cin- quiéme édition | revue, corrigée, et augmentée de toutes les nouvelles dé- couvertes | par M. J.-J.-N. Huot. | Tome Premier [-Sixiéme]. | Histoire et Thé- orie Générale de la Géographie. | Paris. | Furne et Cie, Libraires-Kdi- teurs, | 55, rue Saint-André-des-arts. | 1841. 6 vois. 8°. Tableau de l’enchainement géographique des langues américaines et asiatiques, vol. 6, pp. 18-21. Oopies seen: Astor. —— Universal geography: | being | a description of all parts of the world, | with analytical, synoptical, and ele- mentary tables. | By M. Malte-Brun, | editor of the ‘‘annales des voyages,” etc. | With additions and corrections. | By: James G. Percival. | A new edition: | containing recent geographical dis- coveries, changes in political geogra- phy, | and other valuable additions. | Compiled from the late French editions of Malte-Brun, by MM. Huot and La- vallée, | and the most recent American authorities. | Beautifully illustrated with steel engravings und fine colored maps. | In three volumes. | Volume I [-III}. | ‘5 Boston: | published. by Samuel Walk- er & co. | 1865. 3 vols. 4°. Table etc. as under titles above, vol. 2, pp. 173-176. Copies seen: Congress. Sabin’s Dictionary, nos. 44159-44166, enumer- ates other editions as follows: Seconde édition, corrigée, Paris, Buisson, 1812-1829, 8 vols. 8°. Leipzig, 1819, 8°. Edinburgh, Adam Black, 1822, 10 vols. 8°. Leipzig, 1824, 2 vols. 8°. Boston, 1828, 3 vols.4°. _ Boston, Samuel Walker, 1847. Boston, Samuel Walker, 1851. Paris, Garnier Fréres, 1853, 6 vols. 8°, atlas folio. Nouvelle édition par V. A. Malte-Brun fils. Paris, Penaud Fréres, 1852-1856, 8 vols. 8°. Entiérement refondue et mise au courant de la science, par Th. Lavallée; Paris, Furne et Cie., 1855-1857, 6 vols. 8°. The same, Paris, 1850-1862. _ Revue, rectifiéeetc. par E. Cortambert, Paris, Dufour, Mulatet Boulanger, 1856-1861, 8 vols. 8°. Géographie Universelle,-Paris, Barba, 1859, 2 vols. 4°. : I have seen in the British Museum three editions which contain no linguistics: Edin- burgh, Black, 1842, 1 vol.; Ibid. 1849; Paris © [1852], 12 vols. Mamusse wunneetupanatamwe [Massa- chusetts]. See Bliot (J.) ys Manhattan, General discussion. See Donck (A. van der). Manitowompae pomantamoonk [ Mass- achusetts]. See Hliot (J.) Manners, customs, and antiquities. See Goodrich (8S. G.) Marcel (Jean Jacques). Oratio domini- ca | CL, linguis versa, | et propriis cu- jusque lingue | characteribus | plerum- ‘que expressa; | Edente J. J. Marcel, | ty pographeii imperialis administro gen- erali. | [ Design. ] | Parisiis, | typis imperialibus. | Anno repar. sal. 1805, | imperiique Napoleonis primo. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso Lord’s prayer in Hebrew (version no. 1) 1 1. text 86 un- numbered ll. index 4 Il. dedication 1]. large 8°. Lord’s prayer in Canadice, montium dialecto (ex Masseo), no. 133; Illinice (ex manuscrito), no. 134; Virginice (ex bibliis, Virginice [Eliot]), no. 136. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. Some copies are printed on large paper, with the 5 ll. dedication and index immediately fol- lowing the title leaf; the versos of most of the leaves are blank and the whole work is divided by half-titles into four parts: Asia, Europe, Africa, America; 161 11.4°. (Congress.) Mareschit. Sce Maliseet. - Mrarest (Pére Gabriel). [Catechism and collection of prayers in the Illinois lan- guage. ] (*) According to letters of the Jesuit fathers from 1676 to 1702 (Relation des affaires du Ca- nada), Father Marest writes to another father “that priests of the Quebec seminary passing one winter in his mission and not knowing the Illinois language, he gave them a collection of prayers and a catechism translated with the re- marks made on that [Illinois] language.” This letter is dated from the land of Illinois in New France, April 29, 1699. . Father Julien Binneteau, a Jesuit, in a letter to another father of the same order (Illinois, 1699), says that Father Marest has the first tal- ent in the world for these missions, having learned the language in four or five months to such a degree as to give lessons in it, of which he ought to have left manuscripts. Gabriel Marest, or Marét, French missionary, born in France; died near Peoria, Ill., in 1715. He was sent as a missionary to Canada, and labored successfully among the Illinois Indians in 1697, after acquiring a good knowledge of their language. He then established his mis- sion permanently near Fort Peoria, and most ¥ of the tribes in the neighborhood became Chris- bs _. tians. Father Marest is the author of two nar- ratives that have been published in the ‘‘ Let- tres édifiantes.” The first gives an interesting account of a journey that he made to Hudson ALG ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 337 Marest (G.) — Continued. Bay in 1694 in company with Iberville; the second, dated 9 Nov., 1712, from the Illinois country, contains several curious details as to the settlement of the French and the progress of Christianity among the Indians on the Mis- sissippi.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Marietti (Pietro), editor. Oratio Domi- nica | in CCL. lingvas versa | et | CLXXx. charactervm formis | vel nos- tratibvs vel peregrinis expressa | evrante | Petro Marietti | Eqvite Typo- grapho Pontificio | Socio Administro | Typographei | 8. Consilii de Propagan- da Fide | [Printer’s device. ] | Romae | Anno M.DCCC.LXX [1870]. Half-title 1 1. title 1 1. dedication 3 ll. pp. xi- XxXvii, 1-319, indexes 4 Il. 4°. Includes 59 versions of the Lord’s prayer in various American dialects, among them the Virginice (from Eliot’s bible), p. 293; Cana- densi idiomate [Montagnais] (from Massé), p. 294; Shawannice [pseudo Shawano] (from Chamberlayne), p. 295; Illinice (from Bodiani “‘ex mss.’’), p. 297; Mareschetice, Abenacquio- rum dialecto, p. 298; Penobscotice, alia Abenac- quiorura dialecto, p. 299; Passamaquoddice, alia Abenacquiorum dialecto, p.300; Micmac- ensi dialecto, p. 301; Tadusacca dialecto [Mon- tagnais], p.302; Crianz seu Cree tribus dialec- to, p. 304; Pedum-Nigrorum tribus, ita dictz dialecto, p.306; Potawotomice, p. 308. Copies seen: Trumbull. Marston (Major M.) [A short vocabu- lary of the Sauk language. ] In Morse (J.), Report to the Secretary of War on Indian Affairs, appendix, p. 128, New Haven, 1822, 8°. Eight words only and a few remarks on language. Major Marston was in 1820 the commanding officer at Fort Armstrong, Mascoutin, General discussion. See Charlevoix (P. F. X. de). Masinaigan ka patakaikatet [Nipis- sing]. See Cuoq (J.A.) and Déléage (F. R.) Masinaigan ka patakaikatek [Nipis- sing]. See Déléage (F.R.) Masinaiganikiknoamagek8in. | [Pic- ture of the virgin and child. ] | Moniang [Montreal]: | tak8abikic- kote endate L. Perrault. | 1856. Title p.1, text in the Nipissing language pp 2-12, 16°. Primer lessons, pp. 2-7.—Prayers, pp. 8-10.— Numerals 1-1000, pp. 11-12.—Table de multipli- cation, p. 12. Copies seen: Laval. 338 Mason (Urs. Sophia). [One line sylla- bic characters. ] | Watts’s first catechism | for | children, | the lord’s prayer, the apostles’ creed, | and | the ten com- mandments. | esnslsiea by Mrs. Ma- son | into the language of the | Cree In- dians of Rupert’s land, | north-west America. | May 7th, 1859 Strand [London]. Title verso printer 1 1. text (entirely in the Cree language, syllabic characters) pp. 3-8, 8°. Copies seen: Church Missionary Society, Eames, Pilling. | 38, Craven Street, [One line syllabic characters. ] | A | first catechism | of | Christian Knowl- edge, | the lord’s prayer, the apostles’ creed, | and | theten commandments. | For the| Cree Indians of Rupert’s land,| north-west America. | By Mrs. Mason. | London: | printed for the | Society tor promoting christian knowledge, | Great Queen St., Lincoln’s-Inn Fields. | 1875. Title verso printer 1 1. text (entirely in the Cree language, syllabic characters, exceptafew headings in English) pp. 3-14, 18°. Catechism, pp. 3-8.—Grace before meat, pp. 8— 9.—Grace after meat, p. 9.—The lord’s prayer, p. 10.—The creed, pp. 10-11.—The ten command- ments, pp. 12-14. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. “ Mason (Rev. William). [The gospel ac- cording to St. John, in the Cree lan- guage of Hudson’s bay. Translated by the rev. William Mason, Rossvilie, Norway house. Rossville mission press. 1851. ] No title-page; text in syllabic characters 54 unnumbered ll. 8°. A rough print, evidently struck off at the mission press, and probably prepared as ‘‘ copy’”’ for an edition to be printed by the British and Foreign Bible Society, though I know of no edition of this gospel published near the date given on the fly-leaf, which contains a manuscript note signed ‘‘Elijah Hoole”’ and dated at London, 23 Nov. 1852, which says ‘‘this book was executed 1851, by the Rev. W. Mason.” The first page hasseven verses of the gospel and a portion of the eighth. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety. Gospel of St. John in the Cree lan- guage, translated by the Wesleyan Mis- sionaries. York Factory, Hudson’s Bay,1852. (*) 8°. Title from Bullen’s catalogue of the library of the British and Foreign Bible Society, p. 162, London, 1857. Perhaps this refers to the edition titled next above. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Mason (W.) —- Continued. ‘‘In 1854, the British and Foreign Bible So. ciety undertook an edition of the Gospel of St. John in the syllabic character (a specimen of which is given above), prepared by the Rev. J. [sic] Mason, one of the missionaries connected with the Church Missionary Society. Mr. Ma- son has prepared a Cree version of the Psalms, both in thesylabicand the Roman character.” — Bagster’s ‘‘ Bible of Every Land,” 1860, ». 450. —— [The gospel of John, translated into the Cree language by the rev. William Mason. York factory, 1856. } No title-page; text in syllabic characters 53 upumbered ll. 8°. Roughly printed at the mission press as ‘‘copy.” A manuscript note on the first leaf says: ‘‘To be printed in Eng- land. A dot to be placed over the broad charac- ters to denote the iong vowelsound. W. Mason, Hudson’s Bay York Factory, Sept. 11th 1856.” The first page contains ten verses. Oopies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety. [Gospel of Saint John in the Cree language; translated by the rev. Wm. Mason. | Colophon : Rossville mission press. | 1857. No title-page; text in syllabic characters pp. 1-75, 8°. Though printed apparently from the same type as the impression of 1851, noted above, it is an entirely distinct work, the two agreeing in no particular in the page matter. The colophon is printed in Roman letters. _ Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety. [ Epistles in the Cree language, trans- lated by the rev. William Mason.] _ Colophon : Rossville mission press. | 1857. No title-page; text in syllabic characters pp. 1-40, 8°. Roughly printed at the mission press, probably as ‘‘copy”’ for the use of the British and Foreign Bible Society, which society issued the bible in 1861-’62 in these characters. Paul to the Ephesians, pp. 1-14.—General epistle of James, pp. 14-24.—Second epistle gen- eral of Peter, pp. 24-30.—First epistle general of John, pp. 31-40. Copies seen: Britishand Foreign Bible Soniety. — Acollection | of | psalms and hymns. | Translated into the language | of the | York Indians | of the diocese of Ru- pert’s land, | North-west America. | By the | rev. W. Mason. | London: | Society for promoting. christian | knowledge, | 77, Great Queen-street, Lincoln’s inn fields; | 4, Royal exchange; and | 16, Hanover street, Hanover square. | 1859. SL aed ne ee Gia) Pt Le bot: 1 Hie ire. Bee” Wine PNVE"PGra® Fa PALLAVeFrea? A Ok Se ane VEFCdPACFad*s rASV*A+e® Arp, PNR ele 2 al ng ce ee og peantamoe fampoa eee eh he oe ir : Od: And it is ayer ; : Kahne ahche mifli. Matchetooonk wutcne miun- . People in a formed yea wickednefs for - ninuog ayitcheg ut kuhkinneaffue wechiyeutuonganit — ala mcd Society, tonegleorre- —— Mukkoonaumunat afuh chekuoumunat ee Betule to exprefs their dependance on the Blef- uttompatriffinooonnaonganoo wunnabit . | ded God for his Bieflings, eo wutche ummonanitteaongath. ‘ 5 C ee oN . ee es, poke < Eye atta feainininnia a Say nota Family the very Firff Society, ee eee conente ita n te y theDirection and Providence of God wehteaonk ; Kah wurti fae produced among. the Children of Me ukke _. And for fuch a Seczety neyer to unite in — owe Religious Acknowledgments unto any Adis of Piety, is it nor a moft unnatur 'y 2 FAC-SIMILES OF PAGES 1, 1 OF MATHER’S FAMILY RELIGION. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 343 Massé (E.)—Continued. the younger members of his order to follow him to Canada, whither he returned in 1625. He labored among the Algonquins and Mon- tagnais till Quebec was taken in 1629, when he was a second time made prisoner. In 1633 he was again sent to Canada, and remained there till his death.—A ppleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Masta (Henry). See Vassal (H.) Masukkenukeeg matcheseaenvog [Mas- sachusetts]. See Danforth (S.) Mather (Rev. Cotton). Wussukwhonk | En Christianeue asuh peantamwae | Indianog, | Wahteauwaheonaount | Teanteagquassinish, | Nish | English- mansog | Kodtantamwog Indianog | Wahteaunate kah Ussenate, | En mi- chemohtae Wunniyeuonganit. | Wus- sukwhosik nashpe Cotton Mather, | Englishmanne Nohtompeantog, nam- poo- | hamunate kodtantamoonk Ed- ward | Bromfield Englishmanne Nan- awunnuaenuh, | noh ukkodaninnumau yeu womoausue | Magooonk en Indian- sut. | Mushauwomuk, | Printeuun nashpe Bartholomew Green, kah | John Allen. 1700. Second title: An epistle | To the Christian | Indians, | Giving them | A Short Account, of what the | English | Desire them to know and to de, | in order to their Happiness. | Written by an English Minister, at the| Desire of an English Magistrate, | who sends unto them this | Token of Love. | Boston, | Printed by Bartholomew Green, and |John Allen. 1700. Indian title verso first leaf recto blank, Engli-h title recto second leaf, text (beginning on verso of English title) pp. 1-14, 1-14, double numbers alternate Indian and English (verso of second p. 14 blank), 16°. P: 14 Indian ends with the word Wohkukquoshin; p. 14 Eng- lish with the word Finis. See the fac-similes of the title-pages and first two pages of the text, Copies seen: Lenox, New York Historical Society, Trumbull. The Lenox copy was purchased at the Bar- low sale (no. 1598) in 1890 for $300. Wussukwhonk | En Christianeue asuh peantamwae | Indianog, | Wah- teauwaheonaount | Teanteaquassinish, . | Nish | Englishmansog | Kodtantam- wog Indianog | Wahteaunate kah Us- senate, | En michemohtae Wunniyeuon- ganit. | Wussukwhosik nashpe Cotton Mather, | Englishmanne Nohtompean- tog, nampoo- | hamunate kodtanta- moonk Edward | Bromfield English- —— India Christiana. Mather (C.)—Continued. manne Nanawunnuaenuh, | noh ukko- daninnumau yeu womoausue|Magooonk en Indiansut. | Mushauwomuk, | Printeuun nashpe Bartholomew Green. | 1706. Second title: An epistle | To the Christian | Indians, | Giving them | A Short Account, of what the | English | Desire them to know and. to do, | In order to their Happiuess. | Written by an English Minister, at the | Desire of an English Magistrate, | who sends unto them this | Token of Love. | The Second Edition. | Boston, | Printed by Bartholomew Green. | 1706. Indian title verso first leaf recto blank, En- glish title recto ]. 2, text (beginning on the . verso of the English title, double numbers, al- ternate pages Indian and English) pp. 1-14, 1-14, 16°. See the fac-similes of the title-pages. Copies seen; Brinley, British Museum, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society. The Brinley copy, imperfect, no. 802, was sold to the Carter Brown Library for $35. Family Religion | Excited, and As- sisted. | By Doctor Cotton Mather. Colophon: Boston: Printed by B. Green. 1714. Indian heading: Teashshinninneongan > Peantamoocnk |Wogkouunumun kah Anunum- wontamun. | Nashpe Doctor Cotton Mather. Colophon: Bostonut: | Printeunap nashpe B. Green. 1714. Notitle-page ; English caption verso 1. 1 (p. 1) recto blank, Indian caption recto 1.2 (p. 1), text (double numbers, alternate English and Indian) pp. 2-19, 2-19, English colophon verso first p. 19, Indian colophon recto second p. 19, verso of the latter blank, 16°. See the fac-similes of the first two pages. Mather’s sermon, pp. 1-17.—The ten com- mandments, pp. 18-19.—The Lord’s prayer, p. 19. Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Lenox. A Discourse, | De- livered unto the | Commissioners, | for the | Propagation of the gospel among | the American Indians | which is | Accompanied with several instru- | ments relating to the Glorious | design of Propagating our Holy | religion, in the eastern | as well as the western, In- dies. | An Entertainment which they that are | Waiting for the Kingdom of God | will receive as Good News | from a far Country. | By Cotton Mather, D. D. | and F. B.S. | Boston in New-England: | Printed by B. Green, 1721. 344 Mather (C.)— Continued. Title verso blank 11. letter to the honourable Robert Ashhurst, Esqr. pp. i-ii, text pp. 1-51, 52-55, 52-55 (double numbers), 56-61, 62-87, 62-87 (double numbers), appendix pp. 88-94, corri- genda lpage, 16°. Pp. 52-55, 52-55 are alternate Indian (versos) and English (rectos); pp. 62-87, 62-87 are alternate Latinand Engiish. See the fac--imiles of the title-page and the two pages ‘numbered 52. Page 51 ends as follows: II. Verus Chris- tianismus. Or, The Sum of the Christianity, Taught unto theIndians. That Strangers may see the Nature, and Marrow, and Spirit of the Religion, wherein our Indians are instructed ; and that the more Curious may also have a Taste of the Language wherein their Instruct- ors give it unto them; We shall here insert, the Ensuing Instrument. The Indian heading, p. 52, is as follows: Wame wunetooog Wusketompaog pasukqun- nineaout ut yeunnag peantamweseongash. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society, Troambull. —— [A monitor for communicants. Boston, 1716. ] (Gs) ‘‘In Erglishand Indian. Boston. 1716. pp. 20 & 20.” This description is from the Rev. Thomas Prince’s manuscript catalogue in his own handwriting, in the library of the Massa- chusetts Historical Society, as quoted in the bibliography of Cotton Matherin John Langdon Sibley’s Biographical sketches of graduates of Harvard University, vol. 3 (1885), p. 118. The book was first printed anonymously in English at Boston in 1714, with the title: “A Monitor for Communicants. An Essay to Ex- cite and- Assist Religious Approaches to the Table of the Lord. Offered by an Assembly of the New English Pastors, unto their own Flocks, and unto all the Churches in these American Colonies.’’ It was reprinted several times. j The Indian version is mentioned by Dr. Mather in his India Christiana (Boston, 1721), p. 32, at the end of the following extract: “This Great Light [the Indian Bible] had sev- eral Satellits waiting on it; Primers, and Grammars, and Catechisms, and The Practice of Piety, and, our Baxters Call to the Uncon- verted, and some other Composures. Unto which Indian-Library, there have been since ' added, The Confession of Faith; and, An Epis- tle giving the Indians an Account of what the English desire them to Know and to Do, in order to their Happiness: And, A Discourse concern- ing the Institution and the Observation of the Lords-Day; And, Family-Religion HEacited and Assisted; And, A Monitor for Oommuni- cants.” No copy of this edition has been found. Cotton Mather, eldest son of Increase Ma- ther, was born at Boston, Feb. 12, 1663, and died there, Feb. 13, 1728. At twelve years of age he entered Harvard College, where he BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Mather (C.)— Continued. graduated in 1678. In 1680 he began to,preach, and in 1685 he was ordained as his father’s col- league over the North Church in Boston. For a period of nearly forty-three years he officiated as minister of that church. He took a prominent part in many civil and other af- fairs, notably in the Salem witchcraft delusion of 1692, in introducing the practice of inocu- lation for the small-pox in 1721, and in educat- ing and cbristianizing the negroes and Indians. He was also one of the commissioners for In- dian affairs in Massachusetts. In 1710 he was honored with the degree of D. D. by the Uni- versity of Glasgow, and three years later he was chosen a member of the Royal Society of London. Mr. Mather is best known, probably, by his numerous published writings, numbering over four hundred separate books and tracts. His library was the largest of any in America at that time, and his learning was more varied and extensive than that of any of his contem- poraries in New England. His piety, talents, and industry were considered wonderful; but, notwithstanding these attainments, it is evi- dent, as one of his biographers remarks, ‘that his judgment was not equal to his other facul- ties.”” He was weak, credulous, superstitious, vain, and conceited; and his passions, which were naturally strong and violent, were unduly excited by disappointed ambition. According to his own account, Mr. Mather was able to write inseven languages. It seems that he had given some attention to the Massa- chusetts Indian language as early as 1688. In his life of John Eliot (Boston, 1691), pp. 85-86, he writes: ‘‘There is a Letter or two of owr Alphabet which the Indians never had in theirs; tho there were enough of the Dog in their Temper, there can scarce be found an R in their lan- guage; save that the Indians to the North- © ward, who have a peculiar Dialect, pronounce an Rwherean N is pronounced by our Indians; but if their Alphabet be short, I am sure the words composed of it are long enough to tire the patience of any scholar in the world ; they are Sesquipedalia Verba which their Linguo is composed of; one would think, they had been growing ever since Babel, unto the Dimensions to which they are now extended. For in- stance, if my Reader will count how many Letters there are in this one Word, Nummat- chekodtantamooonganunnonash, when he has done, for his reward I‘le tell him, it signifies no more in English than, our Lusts; and if I were to translate, owr Loves, it must be nothing shorter than, Noowomantammooonkanunon- nash. [{Tothese specimens, as reprinted in his Magnalia Christi Americana, are added the words: ‘‘Or, to give my Reader a longer Word than either of these, Kummogkodonattoottum- mooetiteaongannunnonash, is in English, Our Question: But I pray, Sir, count the Letters!”] Nor do we find in all this Language the least FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF MATHER’S INDIA CHRISTIANA. yee f y . . FAC-SIMILES OF PAGES 5 MATHER’S INDIA CHRISTIANA. Weeertukatts papa 1c cera Milk a Gigenatin sD ye ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Mather (C.)—Continued. Affinity to, or Derivation from, any European speech that we are acquainted with. I know not what thoughts it will produce in my Reader, when I inform him, that once finding that the Deemons in a possessed young woman, whereof I have heretofore given the world some ac- count, understood the Latin and Greek and Hebrew Languages, my curiosity led me to make trial of this Indian language, and the Demons did seem asif they did not understand it.” In his Magnalia (book VI, p. 75), this state- ment concerning the bewitched young woman is repeated, under date of November, 1688, as follows: “Perceiving that her Troublers understood Latin, some ‘Trials were thereupon made whether they understood Greek and Hebrew, which it seems, they also did; but the Indian Languages they did seem not so well to under- stand.” : Dr. Trumbull, in the Memorial History of Boston, criticises Mather’s knowledge of the language. ‘The devils,” he says, ‘‘ who found Mather’s Indian too hard for them were not. without excuse. Judging from the specimens he printed, he had not mastered the rudiments of the grammar, and could not construct an In- dian sentence idiomatically. It is not certain how much of these translations was his own work, and how much was obtained from in- competent interpreters.” In the life of Cotton Mather by his son it is stated that ‘‘he learned the French and Span. ish Tongues and in his Forty-fifth Year con- quered Iroquois Indian; in each of which he published Treatises for their Instruction.” This refers, without doubt, to the tract en- titled Another Tongue brought in, printed in 1707. c [Mathevet (Pére Jean Claude).] Aiamie tipadjimo8in | masinaigan | ka ojitogo- banen | kaiat ka niina8isi | mekate8i- konaieSigobanen Kanactageng, | 8ak8i [Mathevet] ena8indibanen. | [Picture of the cross. ] | O ki mag8abikickoton John Lovell, | Moniang [Montreal]: | ate mekate8iko- naie8ikamikong, | Kanactageng [Lake of two mountains ].-| 1859. Title (verso approbation of Joseph, evéque de Cydonia) 11. preface pp. ii-iv, text (history of tho old testament, entirely in the Nipissing language) pp. 5-327, picture with inscription p. 328, index pp. 329-337 and 2 unnumbered pp. 18°. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling, Pow- ell, Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society. Leclerc, 1867, no. 1604, sold a copy, bound with the same author’s Ka tite etc. for 8 fr.; the Field copy, no. 471, brought $3.25; the Brin- ley copy, no. 5657, 80 cts.; the Murphy copy, no, 25, $1.25. ‘\ 345 Mathevet (J. C.) —Continued. [——] Ka tite | tebeniminang Jezos, | ondaje aking. | Oom. masinaigan | ki ojitogoban ka ojitogobanen | aiamie tipadjimo8in masinaigan, | 8ak8i [Ma- thevet] ena8indibanen. | Design. ] | O ki mag8abikickoton John Lovell, | Moniang [Montreal]: | ate mel:ate8iko- naie8ikamikong. | Kanactageng [Lake of two mountains]. | 1861. Title verso ‘‘avec approbation des supéri- eurs’’ 1 1. preface pp. ili-iv, text (history of the new testament, entirely in the Nipissing lan- guage) pp. 5-386, index pp. 387-396, 18°. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling, Pow- ell, Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society. At the Field sale, no. 472, a copy brought $3.25; the Brinley copy, no. 5656, bound with the same author’s Aiamie etc. brought $2. In my Proof-sheets of a Bibliography of the Languages of the North American Indians, nos. 947, 949, these two works are credited to the Abbé Cuoq, who has since informed me that they are not his, but Mathevet’s. [——] Cantique en langue algonquine. In Société Philol. Actes, vol. 1, pp. 73-76. Paris, 1872, 8°. Two Algonquian versions of the hymn Audi, benigne Conditor, one by Mathevet, tho other by N.9O. [Abbé Cuoq], each with French trans- lation and linguistic notes. Issued separately as follows: [_——] C: ntique en langue algonquine. Colophon: Paris, imprimerie Jouaust, rue Saint-Honoré, 338. [1872.] No title-page, heading as above; text pp. 1-4, 8°. Copies seen: Brinton, Eames, Pilling, Pow- ell, Trumbull. —— [Abnaki-French Dictionary. ] Manuscript, 71 ll. of which 8 are folio and 63 4°, and of tlie latter 12 are blank. It is with- out title-page or heading, the pages being ar- ranged in double columns, Abnaki and French, with the headings Ab. Ac. Ba. Bi. etc. The first entry is Ab, the last, Zila8ake8k8e. The manuscript is not clearly written, nor is it in a very good state of preservation. [——] + Elementa doctr. chr. Lengua Abnak8ca. Manuscript, 1211.4°. There is no title-page, the text, which is entirely in Abnaki, following immediately the above heading. [——] Prieres Abbenaques. Manuscript, 411. followed by i blank 1. sm. 4°. It is without heading, the text, French and Abnaki interlinear, following immediately the above heading, which is at the top of the recto of the first 1. 346 Mathevet (J. C.) —Continued. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Mathevet (J. C.)— Continued. General prayer, recto 1. 1.—Le pater, verso 1. 1.—Le credo, recto 1. 2.—A St Michel, aux anges gardiens, & St Joseph, 4 tous les saints, verso 1. 2.—Les commandements de Dieu, recto 1. 3.— Litanies du nom de Jesus, verso 1. 3-verso 1. 4.— Le Bénédicité, versol. 4.—Les graces, verso 1. 4. [——] En 1797. 1805. Du delay du con- version. Manuscript, in the Nipissing dialect, 7 ll. (verso of the last one blank), 4°. There is no title-page. — [Sermons in the Nipissing dialect. ] Manuscript, 11. text pp. 1-72,11.4°. On the first leaf, in a modern handwriting, is ‘‘ ITI Ser- mons,” followed by a table of contents as fol- lows: Bonnes cuvres Mort Vol et restitution Parole de Dieu Impureté Superstition Danse Miscelanea Charité envers les ma- Processionfe la Féte lades Dieu Charité envers le prochain The manuscript is legibly written and well preserved. [Sermons in the Nipissing dialect. ] Manuscript, pp. 1-20 and 56 unnumbered il. 4°, There is no title-page or list of contents ; the sermons are dated in the years in which they were delivered, perhaps by his successors, some bearing several dates, from 1797 to 1822. The six manuscripts titled above are pre- served in the library of the Catholic church at the mission of Lacdes Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. [ Words, phrases, and sentences in the Nipissing language. | Manuscript; a fragment consisting of 2 ll. the verso of the first of which is blank, 4°, in the possession of the compiler of this bibliog- raphy. In poorcondition. French equivalents frequently appear. At the top of the first page are the terms ‘‘ Passion, Resurrection, Sur la perfection,”’ etc. ‘Jean Claude Mathevet, a Sulpitian mission- ary, whose Indian name was Wakwi, was born in the diocese of Viviers, in France, in1717. He came to Canada in 1740, and was missionary at Lac des Deux Montagnes from 1746 to 1781, where he learned the Algonkin and Iroquois languages. He has left in the former several manuscript sermons, a catechism (which has been printed, with corrections, several times since 1830), and a history of the old and new testament, which I had printed in 1859-61, and of which, as the edition is entirely exhausted, Iam at present preparing a new one. In the Iroquois he has composed sermons, prayers, and a grammatical essay. He died in 1781, aged 64 years.’’— Ouoq. It is probable that the catechism referred to by the Abbé Cuogq is that described herein un- der Nihima. I have seen Mathevet referred to by the In- dian name of ‘‘ Taiorhensere ;” perhaps that is his Ircquoian and ‘‘ Wakwi”’ his Algonquian name. ; Maurault (4bbé J. A.) Histoire | des | Abenakis, | depuis 1605 jusqu’& nos jours. | Par | L-Abbé J. A. Maurault. | [Eleven lines quotation. ] | [Quebec:] Imprimé | 4 atelier typo- graphique de la ‘‘ Gazette | de Sorel.” | 1866. Printed cover differing slightly from the above, title as above verso registration 1 1. preface pp. i-iii, introduction pp. i-x, rules of pronunciation p. xi, text pp. 1-631. conclusion 1 1. table 4 unnumbered pp. errata 1 p. 8°. Remarks on the Abenakis, and a list of place- names in Maine and Canada, with significations, introduction, pp. ii-vii.—List of English words introduced by the A benakis into theirlanguage, pp. vii-ix.—Quelques régles pour aider & pro- noncer les mots Abenakis, p. [xi].—Abenaki personal names with meanings, p. 275.—Numer- ous scattered words and phrases in the Abe- naki language, with definitions. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Quebec Historical Society, Trumbull, Verreau. At the Field sale, no,1510, a copy brought $3.50 ; at the Brinley sale, no. 5428, a new tur- key morocco, gilt copy, $i0; at the Murphy sale, no. 3012, a half maroon morocco, marble- edge copy, $3.50. Priced by Gagnon, Quebec, 1888, $2.50. —— See Aubéry (J.) Maurice (Pére Jean Baptiste). Concio P. Joannis Baptista | Maurice qui fuit decimus nonus | Sylvicolarum Monta- nensium | in Deo pater ac Pastor | ad annum mille simum Septengissimuri & quadragessimum. Manuscript; title as above on the recto of the first leaf, the text, consisting of sermons in the Montagnais language, beginning on the verso and continuing through four other un- numbered pages, followed by two blank leaves and 1 leaf, on the recto of which are some re- marks in Latin, verso blank, 4°. This manuscript, preserved in the library of the archbishopric of Quebec, is bound with Sil- vy (A.), Instructions Montagnaises: itis written on paper alittle smaller than that of the remain- der of the volume. Pére Maurice was a native of Passy, France, and came to Canada in 1734 with the Péres Nau and Coquart.. He left Quebec June 14, 174¢, to succeed Pére Laure, who had died two years before, and was a missionary at Chicoutimi and Tadoussac uutil 1745, when he became ill, his death occurring March 20, 1746, at the age of forty-two. i oe V 5 . . 4 FAC-SIMILES OF THE TITLE- MAYHEW’S DISCOURSE. Ae el . é * . nt : . * : : 7 ; ry +S 8 r , e aS, ® ' ~ r : i ) 5 . * J ‘ . , . 5 pet . . * , > \ * : 5 ” ‘ or A c 2 a A * . ¢ ’ { 7 é * : * . ! , ‘ = ear = ALGONQUIAN Mawuni nachgohumewoaganalle [Dela- ware]. See Zeisberger (D.) Maximilian (Alexander Philipp), Prinz von Wied-Neuwied. Reise | in | das in- nere Nord-America | in den Jahren 1832 bis 1834 | von | Maximilian Prinz zu Wied. | Mit 48 Kupfern, 33 Vignetten, vielen Holzschnitten und einer Charte. | Erster[-Zweiter] Band. | Coblenz, 1839[-1841]. | Bei J. Hel- scher. 2 vols.: title verso blank 11. dedication 1 1- half-title verso blank 1 1. vorwort pp. vii-xiv, inhalt pp. xv-xvi, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-630, anhang pp. 631-653, errata p. 654, colo- phon verso blank 11.; title verso blank 1 1. half- title verso blank 11. list of subscribers pp. v-xvi, inhalt pp. xvii-xix, list of plates pp. xx-xxii, errata 1 1. text pp. 1-425, anhang pp. 427-687, coiophon p. [688],4°. Atlas in folio. The first volume of this work, though hay- ing no part specially devoted to linguistics, contains numerous references to and examples of language: Name of the prairie antelope in several languages (Ojibuds, Krihs, Arikkaras, and Blackfeet), p. 403.—Numerals 1-100, and afew words of Blackfoot (the latter compared with the same words from Capt. Franklin), pp. 584-585.—Names of chiefs of the Sacs and Foxes, with significations, pp. 647-648. Anhang ii, vol. 2, pp. 455-653, is entitled: Sprachproben verschiedener Volkerstamme des nord-westlichen Americas, and includes Sprach- proben der Arikkaras (Rikkaras oder Ris der Franzosen), about 240 words, pp. 465-474.— Sprachproben der Blackfoot-Sprache, about 155 words, pp. 480-486.—Ein Paar Worte der Chay- ~ ennes (Shyennes der Anglo-Americaner), about 67 words, pp. 487-489.—Einige Worte der Fall- Indians oder Grosventres des Prairies, 46 words, pp. 499-500.—EKin Paar Worte der Kickapu’s, 37 words, pp. 502-503.—Hinige Worte der Krih- oder Knistenaux-Sprache, about 155 words, pp. 505-511.—Worte der Musquake-(Fox)-Sprache, 48 words, pp. 590-592._Sprachproben der Ojib- uii’s oder Ojibeud’s (Chipew4’s) oder Algonkins, about 160 words, pp. 592-598.—Einige Worte der Saukis oder Sakis (Sacs der Franzosen), 43 words, pp. 633-634. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames. At the Field sale, no. 1512, a copy of this edition. together with one of the London, 1843 edition, brought $40.50. Voyage | dans V’intérieur | de | VAmérique du Nord, | exécuté pendant les années 1832, 1833 et 1834, | par | le prince Maximilien de Wied-Neuwied. | Ouvrage | accompagné d’un Atlas de 80 planches environ, | format demi-colom- bier, | dessinées sur les lieux | Par M. Charles Bodmer, | et | gravées par les | LANGUAGES. 347 Maximilian (A. P.) — Continued. plus habiles artistes de Paris et de Londres. | Tome premier[-troisiéme ]. | Paris, | chez Arthus Bertrand, édi- teur, | libraire de la Société de géo- graphie de Paris | et de la Société royale des antiquaires du nord, | rue Haute- feuille, 25. | 1840[-1843]. 3 vols. 8°. Notice sur les langues de différentes nations au nord-ouest de l Amérique, vol. 3, pp. 373-398, contains a vocabulary of 23 words of the differ- ent languages treated of in the German edition, pp. 379-382. — De la langue des signes en usage chez les Indiens, pp. 389-398. Copies seen: Congress. The English edition London, 1843, 4°, con- tains no Algonquian linguistics. (Astor, Bos- ton Athenzum, Congress, Lenox, Watkinson.) Alexander Philipp Maximilian, Prince of Neuwied, German naturalist, born in Neuwied 23 Sept., 1782; died there, 3 Feb., 1867. In 1815, after attaining the rank of major-general in the Prussian army, he devoted nearly three years to explorations in Brazil. In 1833 he travelled thr.ugh the United States, giving especial at- tention to ethnological investigations concern- ing the Indian tribes.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Mayhew (fev. Experience). Ne Kesukod Jehovah kessehtunkup. | Kekuttooh- kaonk | Papaume | kuhquttummooonk | kah | nanawehtoonk | Ukkesukodum lord. | Mussohhomunnap Monuppean- tamooonk-| anutut Boston. 4 Kesukod 1. Nupauz, 1703. | Nashpe noh quhtian- tamwe Kuhkootumweh- | teaenin assoo- wesit, Cotton Mather. | Kah woh OOne- unnehqunnaout Indiansog, | Ukquish- _kunnumun en wuttunnonttoowa- | on- kannoowout Experience Mayhew.|Chry- sostom ut 1. Kekuttoohkaonk papaume | Lazerus unnoowau. | Sabbath Matta wutche unnunummaatin, woh waske- | tompaog na wuttut kahkonapinnaout, qut onk woh | mahche chippehtamehtit wutchagonttammooonkannoo|mohmoh- tshae Chaguasinish, wuttouwohkonoo ma- | musse ne Anwosonnnooonk ut nah- shauanittoowin- | nunkohkish. | Boston, N. E. Up-Printhamun B. Green. 1707. Second title: The Day which the lord hath made. | A | discourse | Concerning | The insti- tution | and | observation | of the | Lords-Day. | Delivered in a Lecture, at Boston, | 4 d. 1m. 1703. | Chrysostom. Hom. 1.de Lazaro. | The Sabbath was not allowed for Tdleness, | but that men being withdrawn from | the Cares of 348 Mayhew (E.)— Continued. Temporal Things, its | Rest should be spent in Spirituals. | Boston, N. E. Re-printed by B. Green. | 1707. Indian title verso 1. 1 recto blank, English title recto 1. 2, text (beginning on verso of En- glish title, altern :te pages Indian and English, double numbers) pp. 1-36, 1-26, 1-2, 1-2, (verso of the latter blank), 16°. The Indian heading to the supplementary pages reads: Nohwutche nekone Chapter John. The English heading: Some part of the first Chapter of John | (Inserted in these Super- numerary Pages, for the more | special Medita- tion of the Indian Readers.) See the fac-similes of the title-pages. Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society. Priced by Quaritch, no. 30087, a fine copy with uncut leaves, in crimson morocco extra, gilt edges, 501. The original discourse, in English, was first printed in Boston, 1703. There is no earlier edi- tion in Indian. [——] Massachusee psalter: | asuh, | Uk- -kuttoohomaongash | David | Weche | wunnaunchemookaonk | Ne ansukhogup John, | Ut Indiane kah Englishe | Ne- patuhquonkash. | Ne woh sogkompa- gunukhettit | Kakoketahteaekuppan- negk, aketamunnat, | kah wohwohta- munat Wunnetuppantam- | we Wus- sukwhongash. | John v. 39. | Natinnea- kontamook Wussukwhonkanash, ne- wut- | che ut yeush kuttunnantamum- woo kuttahtom- | woo micheme poman- tammooonk; kah nish | nashog wau- waonukquenish. | Boston, N. KE. | Upprinthomunneau B. Green, kah J. Printer, | wutche quh- tiantamwe chapanukkeg | wutche on- chekéhtouunnat wunnaunchum- | moo- kaonk ut New-England. &c. 1709. Second title: The | Massachuset psalter: | or, | psalms of David | With the | gospel | Ac- cording to John, | In Columns of Indian and English. | Being | An Introduction for Train- ing up the | Aboriginal Natives, in Reading and Un- | derstanding the holy scriptures. | John v. 39. | Search the Scriptures, for in them ye think | ye have eternal Life, and they are they | which testifie of Me. | Boston, N. E. | Printed by B. Green, and J. Printer, for the | Honourable company for the Propa- | gation of the Gospel in New-England, &c. | 1709. Indian title verso 1. 1 recto blank, English title rectol.2 ver-o blank, text (doublecolumns Indian and English on same page) 20] unnum- bered Il. 16°. Signatures|A]-Z, Aa-Zz, Aaa— Dad, in fours, and Eee in three. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Mayhew (E.) — Continued. The text of the Psalter begins on' the recto of the third leaf [A 3] and ends on the verso of the 152d leaf [Pp 4], occupying 150 ll. The gos- pel of John begins on Qq 1 and ends on the recto of Eee 3, occupying 51 ll. The verso of Eee 3 contains six lines of errata. See the fac’ similes of the title-pages. Oopies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Boston Athenzum, Brown, Lenox, Trumbull, Yale. At the Brinley sale, no. 798, a remarkably fine copy, in exquisite bindin., brought $135; an- other, no. 799, in the original binding, $50; an- other, no. 800, imperfect, $5. The Murphy copy, no. 1615, brought $27. “The dialect of the- Tineyora had some pecu- liarities, but these were gradually lost after the Indians learned to read Eliot’s version of the Bible and his other translations. In 1722 Mr. Mayhew observed (in a letter to Paul Dudley) that now ‘our Indians speak, but especially write, much as those of Natick do.” The dif- ference, however, was still perceptible, and may be detected in Mr, Mayhew’s translation of the psalter. Josiah Cotton, at the end of his In- dian vocabulary, compiled about 1727, gave a dialogue between himself and one of the Indians of Plymouth Colony, in which the latter says ‘it is very difficult to get the tone’ of their lan- guage, and that when Cotton preached the In- dians could not always understand him, ‘be- cause he did not put the tonein the right place,’ and also, ‘because he had some of his father’s (the Rev. Johu Cotton’s) words, and he learned Indian at Nope [Martha’s Vineyard], and these Indian’s don’t understand every word of them Indians.’ ‘‘Mayhew’s version of the Psalms and Gospel of John is founded upon Eliot’s; but every verse underwent revision, and scarcely one remains without some alteration. The spelling differs considerably from that of Eliot and others, who had learned the language among the Indians of the mainland. In exploring ‘the latitudes and corners’ of Indian Gram- mar, Mr. Mayhew probably went further than Eliot had gone; and the fact that his work passed through the hands of ‘J. Printer’ gives it additional value as a monument of the lan- guage. James, the Indian printer, learned his trade from Samuel Green in Cambridge, and had worked on both editions of the Indian Bible. ‘The Massachusee Psalter, in good condition, is rare. Most of the copies I have seen bear marks of much—and not always gentle—hand- ling, and have lost more or less of their leaves "—Trumbull. Letter of Experience i 1722, on the Indian language. Communicated by John S. H. Fogg, M. D., of South Boston. In New England Hist.and Gen. Register, vol. 39, pp. 10-17, Boston, 1885, 8°. FAC-SIMILES OF THE TITLE=PAG W’S MASSACHUSET PSALTER. ‘Ne woh apkompagnmukherit aketamunnat, eae ok Wulfukw s ut one intent FAC-SIMILES OF THE TITLE-PAGES OF MAYHEWs MASSACHUSET PSALTER. h , e< x é > . ALGONQUIAN Mayhew (E. )— Continued. Mayhew’s letter is dated from Chilmark, March 20th, 1721-1722, and addressed ‘‘ To the Honorable Paul Dudley, Esq.” It occupies pp. 12-17, and, besides a general discussion of the Indian language, containsthe Lord’s prayer in the dialect (Niantic?) of the Indians of - Connecticut Colony. Reprinted as follows: —— Observations | on | the Indian lan- guage, | by | Experience Mayhew, A. M. . | Preacher of the Gospel to the Indians of Martha’s | Vineyard in New England, in 1722. | Now published from the orig- inal ms. by | John S. H. Fogg, A. M., M. D. | Member of [&c. two lines. ] | Boston: | MDCCCLXXXIV [1884]. Printed cover with half-title, title verso print- ers etc. 1 1. text pp. 3-12,sm.4°. One hundred copies printed. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. The manuscript of this letter is in the pos- session of Dr. Fogg who procured it from the late J. Wingate Thornton of Boston. The Lord’s prayer from this manuscript was first printed in Trumbull (J. H.), Notes on Forty versions of the Lord’s prayer in Algon- kin languages. Dr. Trumbull there says it is certainly not in the Pequot dialect, but proba- bly that of the Niantics. —— See Indiane primer. Experience Mayhew, minister to the Indians on Martha’s Vineyard, was born on that island January 27, 1673, and died there November 29, 1758. His grandfather was Thomas Mayhew the younger, a sketch of whose life is given under the next following title. His father, John Mayhew (born 1652, died 1689), was well acquainted from his youth with the Indian lan- guage, and began to preach in it about the year ~ 1673. Mr. Mayhew, in his own account, says: “I learnt the Indian Language by Rote, as I did my mother Tongue, and not by Studying the Rules of it asthe Lattin Tongue is comonly Learned.” In March, 1694, about five years after his father’s death, he began to preach to the Indians. The field of his labors is describ- ed in an account of ‘‘the present condition of the Indians on Martha’s Vineyard,” dated June 2, 1720, which he prepared as an appendix to one of his sermons printed at Boston in that year. The following extracts are taken from this account as reprinted in Cotton Mather’s India Christiana (Boston, 1721): “The Number of Indians on these Islands is very much diminished, since the English first settled on Martha’s- Vineyard, which was in the Year 1642. there being then, as was supposed on that Island about 1500 Souls. there are in the Vineyard six small Villages, containing in all of them, about 155 Families, and the Number of Souls may be about eight _ hundred. At present: LANGUAGES. 349 Mayhew (E.) — Continued. ‘Each of these Villages is provided with an Indian Preacher to dispence the Word to them on the Lord’s Days. when I am not with them. They meet for the Worship of God twicea Day on the Sabbath, and after Prayer, sing a Psalm; then there is a Sermon Preached on some Por- tion of Scripture, which being ended, they sing again, while the Days be of a sufficient length; and then conclude with Prayer. “There has, from time to time, been much care taken that the several Villages might be provided with School Masters to teach the Children to Read and Write; yet some of them have not been so constantly supplied, as is to be desired ; and generally when the Spring of the Year comes on, the Indians take their Chil- dren from School, alleging they want them for Tillage of the Land; and so the Schools fail till the Fall; and this has much hindred their Pro- gress in Learning: Nevertheless, I think the greatest number can Read, either in the En- glish or in the Indian Tongue; and some in both. ‘“There is also care taken to Catechise the Youth: For besides what is done in this kind, by the Indian School-Masters & Preachers, I frequently examine the Young People my self, and have determined to attend this Service once a Fortnight, in some or other of the fore- mentioned Villages; and this Method will, I hope, prove very advantageous: many grown People as well as Children, attending these Ex- ercises.”’ ‘‘Having now Preached to the Indians up- ward of 25 Years, I have never yet had any special charge of any one single Congregation committed to me; but have visited the several fore-mentioned Assemblies alternately, as I have thought most necessary ; Preaching ordi- narily, unto some or other of them every Lord’s Day, and on working days once a Fortnight; constantly also attending their Church-Meet- ings, to assist & direct them.” ‘The Rev. Mr. Josiah Torrey, Pastor of the English Church in Tisbury on the Vineyard, has also for many Years past Preached as a Lecturer unto the Indians on that Island, hav- ing for that End learned their Language. He Preacheth in some or other of their Assemblies once a Fortnight, and goes frequently to their Church-Meetings, to advise & assist them; so that the Indians have a Sermon every Thurs- day Preached to them, either by Mr. Torrey, or my self: And we strengthen the hands of one another, by going together to these Weekly Exercises. ‘The Rev. Mr. Samuel Wiswall Pastor of the Church in Edgartown, has also now almost learned the Indian Tongue, with a design to do what Service he can among that People. ‘‘The Indians on Martha’s-Vineyard & the adjacent Islands, do hitherto understand the Indian Tongue much better than that of the English; and therefore complain much for want of Indian Bibles, having now but very few & 350 Mayhew (E.) — Continued. among them. Nor are there any to be had; the last Edition being now gone. These Indians are therefore very desirous of another Impres- sion of the Bible, if it might be obtained ; and divers of them have told me, as well as some of those on Nantucket, (whom I have divers times visited) that they should be willing according to their capacity, to contribute to it. ‘‘But the disadvantage which the Indians are under thro’ the Scarcity of Bibles is some- -what helped by the Care of the Honourable Com- missioners to supply them with other useful Books in their own Language, viz. The N. England Confession of Faith; Several Cate- chisms; The Practice of Piety; Mr. Shepard’s Sincere Convert; Mr. Baxter’s Call to the Un- converted. And several Sermons of Dr. Ma- ther’s, &c. besides the Psalter, & the Gospel of John, Printed in the Year1709. And the In- dian Primer Printed this Year, in Indian and English. All which Books are now very useful unto them.” Mr. Thomas Prince, writing in 1726, states that Mr. Mayhew had ‘‘the prudential Care and Oversight of five or six Indian Assemblies; to whose Service he has been wholly devoted, and to one or other of which he has constantly preached for above these thirty two Years.” In 1707 his translation of one of Cotton Mather’s sermons was printed at Boston, and about the same time he was employed by the So- ciety for propagating the gospelin New England to make a new version of the psalter, which -was printed in 1709. In 1727 he published his Indian Converts: or, some account of the Lives and Dying Speeches of a considerable Number of the Christianized Indians of Martha’s Vineyard, in New-England. ‘To this work is appended “*“Some Account of those English Ministers who have successively presided over the In- dian Work in ‘that and the adjacent Islands,”’ ‘by the Rev. Thomas Prince. Several other tracts and sermons from his pen were also printed between 1720 and 1744. Mr. Mayhew was accounted one of the ‘* greatest Masters’”’ of the Indian language in his time. His version of the psalms, accord- ing to Dr. Trumbull, ‘‘in literal accuracy and its observance of the requirements of Indian grammar perhaps surpasses even Eliot’s.” He left four sons, one of whom, Zech- ariah Mayhew (born 1717, died 1806), was or- dained a minister on Martha’s Vineyard De- cember 10, 1767, and labored for many years as a missionary among the Indians there. Mayhew (Thomas). [A catechism in the dialect of the Indians of Nope or Mar- tha’s Vineyard. 165-?] Ge) Manuscript; probably not extant. Thomas Mayhew, the younger, first minister to the Indians on Martha’s Vineyard, was born in England about the year 1621, and was lost at seain 1657. His father, Thomas Mayhew, came to Massachusetts before 1636, obtained the grant BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Mayhew (T.) — Continued. of Martha’s Vineyard and the neighboring isl- ands from Lord Stirling in 1641, began a settle- ment at Fdgartown in 1642, and died there in 1681,aged 92. Shortly after the new settlement was begun Mr. Mayhew the younger became minister of the first English church on the island. In 1643 his missionary work among the neighboring Indians was commenced by the conversion of Hiacoomes. In 1646 he had acquired sufficient knowledge of their language to address them in public meetings, which were held at first once a month, and afterwards every fortnight. ‘““The way that I am now in,” he writes in 1650, ‘‘ for the carrying onof this great work, is by a Lecture every fortnight, whereunto both men women and children do come; and first I pray with them,teach them, catechise their children, sing a Psalm, and all in their own lan- guage. Iconferre every last day of the week with Hiacoomes about his subject matter of preaching tothe Indians the next day, where I furnish him with what spiritual food the Lord is pleased to afford me for them.’ In October, 1651, he writes again of the fn: dians: ‘‘ There are one hundred ninetie-nine, men, women, and children, that have professed themselves to be worshippers of the great and everliving God. There are now two meetings kept every Lords day, the one three miles, the other about eight miles off my house: Hiacomes teacheth twice a day at the nearest, and Mum- anequem accordingly at the farthest, the last day of the week they come unto me to be in- formed touching the subject they are to handle. I have also undertaken to keep by the help of God two Lectures amongst them, which will be at each once a fortnight.” In January, 1652, a school for the teaching of the Indian children was opened by Mr. Mayhew. Before October of the same year the number of converts under his care had increased to 283, and he had prepared for them a covenant or confession of faith in the Indian language, of which an English translation is given in the tractentitled Tears of Repentance, London, 1653. It was for the use of these Indians that the above-named catechism was prepared. In a letter written by Experience Mayhew, grand- son of the author, in 1722, which has been printed for Dr. John S. H. Fogg, of Boston, the book is mentioned as follows: ‘“My Grand Father in his time composed a large and Excellent Catechism for the Indians of this Island, agreable unto their own Dialect; but not being printed the Original is, I think, utterly lost, and there only remains of it, about 40 pages in Octavo, transcribed as I suppose, by some Indian after his Death; but this goes not so far as to have the Lord’s Prayer in it.” It is probable that Mr. Eliot’s primer and catechism was also used to some extent by Mr. Mayhew’s Indians. The difference between the dialects of Martha's Vineyard and Natick, according to Experience Mayhew, ‘‘was some- _ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Mayhew (T.) — Continued. thing greater than now [1722] it is, before our Indians had the vse of y® Bible and other Books translated by Mr. Eliot, but since that the most of y® Litle differences that were betwixt y™, have been happily Lost,and our Indians Speak, but especially write much as those of Natick do.” In November, 1657, Mr. Mayhew sailed for England with one of his-Indian preachers, but the ship in which he took passage was never heard of more. After this, the mission work was continued vy Mr. Mayhew the elder, who had also learned the Indian language. In 1670 the first Indian church was formed on Martha’s Vineyard, and Mr. Mayhew was requested to become its pastor, although over eighty years ofage. This office he declined, and the Indian Hiacoomes was thereupon chosen and ordained as its minister. Maynard (Rev. —). Vocabulary of the Micmacs. In Gallatin (A.), Synopsis of Indian tribes in American Ant. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, pp. 305-367, Cambridge, 1836, 8°. Perhaps by Maillard (A.S.) Mayweep (Sarah). See Allen (W.) Me su mantu[ Ottawa]. See Meeker (J.) Mead (Daniel M.) A history | of the town of | Greenwich, | Fairfield county, Conn., | with | Many Important Statis- tics. | By | Daniel M. Mead, | attorney, etc., at law, Greenwich, Conn. | New York: | Baker & Godwin, print- ers. | Corner Nassau and Spruce streets. | 1857. Title verso copyright 11. contents pp. 3-4, in- troduction pp. 5-7, text and appendix pp. 13-318, 12°, Indian names of places, with significations in English, pp. 245-246. Copies seen: Congress. Meeker (Jotham). Ottawa | first boox. | Prepared by | Jotham Meeker, | mis- sionary of Am. bap. bd. for. missions. | Shawanoe mission, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1838. Title verso key to the Ottawa alphabet 11. text (pp. 13-23 of which are entirely in tho Ot- tawa language) pp. 3-24, sq. 24°. Primer lessons, pp. 3-13.—Prayers, pp. 13- 19.—Hymns, pp. 20-23.—Numerals, p. 24. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum. — Ottawa | first book. | Containing | les- sons for the learner; | portions of | the gospel by Luke, | omitted by | Matthew and John; |and|the Ottawa laws. | By | Jotham Meeker, | missionary of | the Amer. bap. mis. union. | Second Edition. | . 351 | Meeker (J.) — Continued. Ottawa Baptist Mission Station. | J. Meeker, Printer, | 1850. Second title: Otawa| musenaikun. | Eue ko | wlki ukenoumatewin; | kuer anint | omin- wahimowin nok, | kapwa olepeumowat | Mrto kuer Han; | kuer Otawak | otepakonikrwini- wan. | Uwi tul| wrltot uhihak, | rnonikohin | kehimokomane prptisun. | Nalif Wrlhikatrk. | Otawa Prptise Kukekwrwikumikof | Uhi- hak, Mrsenaikunikrt, | 1850. : English title on the verso of which isa key to the Ottawa alphabet (p. 2) 1 1. Ottawa title recto 1,2 (p.3), text pp. 4-128, 24°, Primer lessons, pp. 4-12.—Gospel of Luke (in part) in Ottawa, pp. 13-98.—U.S. whiskey laws in Ottawa, pp. 99-101.—Ottawa laws, alternate pages English and Ottawa, pp. 102-125.—Nu- merals, etc. pp. 126-128. Oopies seen: Boston Athenzeum, Lenox. —— The | new testament | of | our lord and saviour Jesus Christ; | translated into the Ottawa language | by | Jotham Meeker, | missionary of the Amer. bap. board of for. missions. | Carefully re- vised, and compared with the Greek, | by | rev. Francis Barker, A. M. | Bap- tist missionary to the Shawanoes. | Shawanoe baptist mission press, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1841. Second title: Me su mantu | katepahimint kuer kailihekrt | kapekrskoninuf Hesus Knrst. | Hihak kuer lafwal me kaanekunotakr olep- eikrhik. | Lawunoaf ketuli olepeikatr. | Kauko tuk- wilif Hesus | mantu minik tso pepon. | 1841. English title verso Ottawa title 1 1. text en- tirely in the Ottawa language pp. 3-125, 16°. Contains only the gospel of Matthew. Oopies seen: Boston Athenzum., —— The | gospel | according t» John, | translated into the Ottawa language | by | Jotham Meeker, | missionary of the Amer. bap. board of for. missions. | Revised, and compared with the Greek, | by | rev. Francis Barker, A. M. | Bap- tist missionary to the Shawanoes. | Press of Amer. baptist board of for missions, | Shawanoe. | 1844. Title verso blank 11. text entirely in the Ot- tawa language pp. 3-98, 16°. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Congress. —— Original | and | select hymns, | in | the Ottawa language. | By | Jotham Meeker, |{ missionary of the Amer. bap- tist board | of foreign missions. | [Two lines quotation in English. ] } Press of Amer. baptist board of for. | missions: Shawanoe, Ind. Ter. | 1845, 352 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Meeker (J.) — Continued. Meeker (J.) — Continued. ¢ 6H Title verso blank 1 1. text (with the excep- tion of the headings, which are in English, en- tirely in the Ottawa language) pp. 3-92, index in Ottawa pp. 93-96, 18°. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum. — Hymns | in | the Ottawa language, | original and select, | by | Jotham Meeker, | missionary of the American baptist mis. union. | Third edition. | [Two lines scripture in Erglish. ] | Ottawa baptist mission station. | J. Meeker, printer. | 1850. Title verso blank 11. text (with the excep- tion of headings in English entirely in the Ot- tawa language) pp. 3-122, index pp. 123-127, 24°. Copies seen: Shea. Two Delaware primers are titled in Sabin’s Dictionary (no. 47377, note), under Mr. Meeker’s name as author, which were in fact only printed by him. The error was caused by twisting the titles, in copying them, successively, from Tribner’s Bibliographical Guide to American Literature (1859), p. 250; Ludewig’s Literature of American Aboriginal Languages (1858), p. 66; and Schooleraft’s Bibliographical Catalogue (1849), nos. 66 and 67, where they were first printed. Mr. Jotham Meeker joined the Baptist mis- sionaries at Carey station, Michigan territory, in November, 1825, when about twenty-one years of age. He was from Cincinnati, Ohio, aud a printer by trade. Fora while he assisted Mr. Johnston Lykins and Mr. Robert Simerwell in teaching the Indian children. In August, 1827, having been duly licensed to preach, he was placed in charge of the mission among the Ottawas at Thomas station on Grand river. On this occasion the Indians conferred on him the name of M4ano/-kéké-toh’, signifying ‘‘ he that speaks good words.”’ He had by this time acquired sufficient knowledge of the Ottawa language to enable him to read religious dis- courses in it to the Indians. In September, 1830, Mr. Meeker was married, and in the following year, on the breaking up of the mission and the removal of Mr. Lykins to the Indian territory, he returned to Cincin- nati, with the intention of going into the print- ing business. The other missionaries, how- ever, soon persuaded him to change his design, and to resume the Indian work. It was at first proposed to put a printing press in operation among the Cherokees of Arkansas, under his management, but the plan failed for want of support. The Chippewa mission next attracted Mr. Meeker’s attention. As he had acquired ‘‘a pretty correct knowledge of the Ottawa lan- guage, which is virtually the same as the Chip- pewa and Putawatomie,” he yielded to a desire to labor among a people with whom he could converse. In the autumn of 1832, having ob- tained the consent and support of the Baptist board of missions, he set off with Mrs. Mecker for the lakes. At Detroit they were joined by Rev. Moses Merrill and his wife, with whom they proceeded to Sault Ste. Marie, between lakes Huron and Superior, where they asso- ciated themselves with the Chippewa mission under the care of Rev. A. Bingham, who had been located there since 1828. They remained in this place, however, only a few months. Early in the spring of 1833, the board directed both Mr. Meeker and Mr. Merrill to abandon the Lake Superior mission, and to proceed at once to the Indian territory. In September or October, 1833, Mr. Meeker arrived at the Shawanoe mission station with his wife. By direction of the board he brought with him a printing press.and types, which he had purchased in Cincinnati. On the 9th of March, 1824, with the assistance of William Ash, ‘‘he commenced printing, first printing 50 copies of the alphabet for several tribes, and on the 21st he completed the first book printed in the ‘Territory—a primer of 24 pages in an Indian language.” See Linapi’e. of May an elementary book in Shawanoe, pre- pared by Mr. Lykins, was also printed. Other works in the Delaware, Shawanoe, Putawato- mie, Otoe, Choctaw, Muscogee or Creek, Wea, and Kansas languages, were printed by Mr. Meeker during the next three years, besides a. number of pamphlets in English. A few Ottawas had, by this time, located in the Indian territory, and as Mr. Meeker still desired to labor for that tribe, the requisite authority was obtained from the Indian depart- ment at Washington to establish a mission among them. This was early in the year 1835. The proposed undertaking was delayed, how- ever, by other affairs, and especially by the work of the printing press, which employed much of Mr. Meeker’s time. His labors were largely increased in 1836 by the long continued. illness of Mr. Lykins, and in September of the same year his own health became so poor that. he was unable to attend tothe press. Arrange- ments were thereupon made to obtain another printer. On the 14th of May, 1837, Mr.J. G. Pratt of Massachusetts arrived at the Shawanoe mission and took charge of the printing office. In June, Mr. and Mrs. Meeker removed to the Ottawa settlements, about thirty miles west of the Missouri state line, near the site of the present city of Ottawa, Kansas. Here a school was opened, and preaching held. In the follow- ing year Mr. Meeker prepared one or two ele- mentary books in the Ottawa language, which were printed at the Shawanoe press. ; The state of the Ottawa mission in 1839 is described by Mr. McCoy as foHows: ‘‘ Mr. Meeker has a small school, in which instruc- tion is imparted in the English language, and ~ he receives pretty good attention to preaching. _ David Green, an Ottawa, who has been baptized within the last two years, takes a part in the By the 10th | ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Meeker (J.) — Continued. performance of public religious exercises, and ~ acquits himself much to the satisfaction of the missionaries.” During the next six years several other books were printed in the Ottawa language. The printing press was afterwards removed from Shawanoe to the Ottawa mission station, where Mr. Meeker again took charge of it, and printed two books in 1850. He died at the mission on the 12th of January, 1854. The ‘‘new system of writing and reading, invented by Mr. Meeker, was adopted in all the Indian books printed at the Shawanoe mission press. This system, according to its advocates, ‘“‘aholly excludes spelling,” and ‘‘enables the learner to paint his thoughts on paper, with precision, as soon as he acquires a knowledge of a number of characters about equal to the English alphabet.” The following account of it is taken from McCoy’s History of Baptist Indian Missions: “To each In@ian language, and to each dia- lect of language, belong peculiar sounds, which cannot be obtained by the use of the English alphabet. To designate syllables which could not be spelt, or sounds which could not be ob- tained by the ordinary use of letters, writers who would write intelligibly have been com- pelled to introduce arbitrary characters, each according to his fancy. It can easily be con- ceived that serious inconvenience attended this course of things. ‘‘Mr. Guess, a Cherokee, had discovered that the language of his tribe could be written with about eighty syllabic characters. Guess’s plan was tried in relation to some other languages, and found to be inapplicable, because charac- ters would be multiplied beyond the bounds of convenience. ‘“To remedy the evils which attended the or- dinary methods of writing Indian, and the com- plexity which would attend the universal ap- plication of Guess’s system, the idea suggested itself to Mr. Meeker, then at Sault de St. Marie, of using characters not to designate syllables, but certain positions of the organs of speech. His first writing was rather a combination of this new principle with the syllabic system and the system of spelling. ‘* When the press was put into operation at the Shawanoe mission house, the missionaries among the Shawanoes and Delawares took up the new principle of Mr. Meeker, and reduced it to a system, excluding entirely the syllabic or hieroglyphic system, and also that of spell- ing. “By spelling, we mean that process by which the learner is required to familiarize the mem- ory with certain names of characters, (letters) and then, after combining these in a certain order, a sound (syllable) must be uttered — not one produced by the combination, but alto- gether arbitrary. This sound, unmeaning in itself, must be born in mind until, by a similar process, a second, third, or fourth, be obtained; ALG 23 ”) 353 Meeker (J.) — Continued. and, lastly, these sounds must be combined, in order to form a word. ‘‘Upon the new system, every uncompounded sound which can be distinguished by the ear is indicated by a character. These sounds, in Indian languages, usually amount to about eight or ten, the greater part of which, but not all, are what in the system of spelling would be denominated vowel sounds; other sounds are such, for instance, as the hissing-sound of the letter s, in which consists its real value, the sound obtained by ch, asin church, &c. The other characters, usually in number about twelve or fourteen, merely indicate the posi- tions of the organs of speech preceding or follow- ing the sounds, by which the beginning or end- ing of sounds is modified; thus, the character p, would require the lips to be pressed together with a slight pressure within; this, 0, would indicate a sound which could be heard by the ear — say the short sound of 0; this, t, would require the end of the tongue to be pressed hard to the roof of the mouth. Now, if the sound of o intervenes between the pressure of the lips and the pressnre of the tongue, as above indicated, the word pot is necessarily pronounc- ed ; transpose the characters, and adhere to the same rule, and the word top is unavoidably pronounced. ‘Hence, as soon as the learner acquires a knowledge of the uses of the characters. more than twenty-three of which have not yet been found necessary in writing any Indian language, he is capable of reading; because, by placing the organs of speech, or uttering a sound, as is indicated by each character as it occurs, he is actually reading.” The new system, however, did not meet with much favor from others. ‘Pretty soon after we had issued a few prints upon the new sys- tem, from the press at the Shawanoe mission house, two influential Presbyterian missiona- ries from among the Choctaws visited us. They had published a few books in the Choctaw language, written upon the principles of or- thography. Peculiar sounds could not be ob- tained by the use of the English, or any other alphabet, and to remedy this evil they had in- vented new characters, and procured new types to print them. The superiority of our cheap, and expeditious, and correct system, over their worse than old-fashioned plan, was so obvious to us, that we hoped for their ready and hearty co-operation in introducing it into common use in the Indian country. In this we were griev- ously disappointed; and, to add to our mortifi- cation, they zealously urged us to reject our system, as futile. No reason, however, was of- fered, only that they had written a little in Choctaw, and all our prints ought to be uniform. They seemed to overlook the fact that the Cher- okees by their side wrote by syllabic hicro- glyphics, and that we could not, even with the use of the new characters introduced by them in order to obtain peculiar sounds in Choctaw, 354 Meeker (J.) — Continued. write in Delaware, Shawanoe, &c., without in- troducing others to represent sounds peculiar to these languages respectively. ‘‘Our Methodist brethren were not disposed to show it any public countenance. This was indeed the more surprising to us, because they had adopted it themselves. This, however, they had not done so much from inclination, as from the necessity of gratifying a popular desire of the Shawanoes. Hymns, and some other prints, prepared by the Baptist missiona- ries, were used advantageously by Shawanoes, Delawares, Peorias, and Weas, in the Metho- dist connection. ‘‘But if we have reason to grieve on account of the little favor which has been shown to the new system by the Presbyterians and Metho- dists, we have still greater cause of grief on ac- count of the indifference of our own (Baptist) denomination to this important matter.” The four principal alphabets according to this system are as follows: . KEY TO THE DELAWARE ALPHABET. [From Blanchard’s Delaware primer (Linapi’e lrkvekun), 1834. ] Vowels. r as a in fate a cf a ot far rs) tb e 6é me c a ) of met -y 5 i i pine i 66 i 66 pin Ct) ot (0) a note Ww a 0 be move u ee u us tub b u s tube Consonants. h - as ch in church j ae sh ss she k = k oh kite 1 fs 1 ue lame m us m ee Mow D 13 n a now P ‘a Pp = pay q 6b q 66 qua 8 a 3 ‘ say t if t se tay x a3 66 * f sf ng Ss linger Vv 6 h 66 he ‘The Vowels always have the same sound in all cases. ‘Tt will be found difficult to give the Conso- nant its proper sound: when by itself; as the sounds that are given (when learning them) are the same as when pronounced in connection with a vowel, in a syllable or word. This diffi. culty will be obviated by connecting the sound with that of a vowel. ‘‘* This letter denotes a gutteral sound pecu- liar to the Delaware, and is quite indescriba- ble.” BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE | Meeker (J.) — Continued. KEY TO THE SHAWANNOE CHARACTERS. [From lLykins’s Shawanoe primer (Siwinowe eawekitake), 1834. | apronouncedas;a in mane a i ue oC gy ne far ah CS) * “oe ee me ee oO ce be oO ce no re) Ww i eyo ut move 00 b “ Se ees thin th c “ oteChs cs cheese ch h ot Sela os hand h-and k a SOO 60 Se eee 1 ut SS eeil: ue lame l-ame m e ee fot ene man - m-an n et ps Cee aap no n-0 p a adi Clk Bh ba part p-art t * at ie take t-ake Ss 66 te Ss oe say s- ay ““The Consonants are not pronounced aloud; but have precisely the same sound as in read- ing English. ‘* Example.—BE, pronounced the, (th hard). —Here the character b has just the position of the organs of speech, and sound, as occur before the voice opens on é, in saying theory. ‘‘CE, pronounced che.—here the character c has the same position of the organs, and sound, as occur before the voice opens on ee, in saying cheese. And so with all the consonants.” EXPLANATION OF THE PUTAWATOMIE CHARACTERS. [From Simerwell’s Putawatomie primer (Wlkr Potrwatome Msina’kin), 1834. ] ‘‘In this system the common types are used for the purpose of avoiding the inconvenience of procuring type of a peculiar form, but read- ingis performed by an application of the letters different from their uses in other languages, ‘‘Some of the characters indicate sounds, others merely show the positions of the organs of speech. They are therefore not (properly speaking) letters, but characters. ‘““Those which are denominated Vowels denote sounds as follows: a as a in far e ce e 66 me i 6 i te pin (0) s (0) bY note u Me u oe tub y 66 i 6e pine Ww ye (0) ae move r denotes a sound like e short, partaking somewhat of a long. ‘ ‘‘ B indicates the position of the lips as they are placed when about to express the name of the letter b; or, as the organs are left on pro- nouncing a word ending in b. ““T), K, M, VN, P, and T, in like manner indicate the position of the organs as they are placed when about to express words in English begin- ning with those letters severally; or, as the organs are left when words ending in those letters severally have been proneunced. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Meeker (J.) — Continued. ‘*G denotes the position of the organs when prepared to express a word beginning with g hard. **H indicates the sound of ch in church. “T, has the sound of sh in she. “‘S signifies a hissing sound, as occurs in the commencement of the pronunciation of the word see. “Example.— Mskwr — Here the lips are closed, and a slight nasal sound is emitted, on s the lips open with hissing, k denotes the posi- tion of the organs as described above without articulation, and the voice opens on was 00, and ends with r as e short, and the word msqueh (blood) is unavoidably pronounced. “The learner is, therefore, not taught the names of these nineteen characters, but their Uses. ‘“‘A gain, let the characters lkinor be used as above directed, in succession as they are placed here, and the word shkin-o-weh (young man) is unavoidably pronounced. “The learner can acquire a knowledge of these 19 characters in as little time as he could learn the names of the same number of letters of thealphabet. He is then capable of reading, because the repeating, or, rather, the using of these characters as they are written, is really reading. ‘“‘Single words are arranged in columns merely for the purpose of bringing them more distinctly to the notice of the learner, and not for the purpose of spelling. The sameremarks apply to the division of words, apparently, into syllables. ‘*Sounds occur in one Indian dialect which do not in others. Hence, some of the charac- ters describe different sounds, and different positions of the organs, in different dialects. ‘“The apostrophe denotes an abrupt inter- ruption, and, sometimes, a sudden termination, of the voice. “When an aspiration precedes a vowel, as h in how, the vowel is marked thus, 4w, waénwr; pronounced how, wau-hone-weh. ‘Points are used as in English. “* Figures are applied as they are in English, but with the Indian names to each. ‘*This system may be applied to the English, or to any other language.” KEY TO THE OTTAWA AI.PHABET. [From Meeker’s Ottawa first book, 1838. ] ) a as a in far 8 ¥ e af me i 2 i ie pin (0) Af (0) mast note u ts u me tub T ce e “ic met h ff ch er church m FS m + maim n “ nD ‘ec nun 3 3 8 He sister 1 sh ue sheepish 355 Meeker (J.) — Continued. f as ng in finger Ww y Ww g we, Now k e k e kick Pp : Pp he pipe t ‘ t i trout ‘*The Ottawa Alphabet may be divided into three classes, viz. vowels, semi-vowels, ard mutes. The six first letters are vowels, which have a full and invariable sound. The semi- vowels are seven in number; they have each an indistinct sound, which is exactly the same that is heard when the words containing those letters are spoken. The three last letters are mutes, and are only known by the position of the organs, without any sound. ‘‘Example.—Post—Here the word begins with a mute, followed by a vowel and semi- vowel, and ends with a mute; so that when the learner endeavors to name the various letters in it, he begins by placing his lips tightly to- gether, pressing upon them with his breath; he then lets his voice open on the vowel o; then looks on the third letter, and makes barely a hissing sound; then to express the last letter he stops all sound by the point of his tongue— therefore by naming the various letters in a word he articulates distinctly the word itself.”’ The following is a summary of the Indian books printed at the Shawanoe mission press by Mr. Meeker and Mr. Pratt, according to the new system : In the Delaware language: Fifty copies of the alphabet in March, 1834; three small books by Mr. Blanchard in the same year (see Lina- pie); and a harmony of the four gospels in 1837 (see Zeisberger (D.) and Blanchard (I. D.); all printed by Mr. Meeker. Also, a second edition of the primer in 1842 (see Blanchard (I. D.), printed by Mr. Pratt. According to Mr. McCoy, four books had been printed in Delaware on this press before 1839, ‘‘threa of which were small, and one large; the latter being a Harmony of the Gospels.” In the Shawanoe language: Fifty copies of the alphabet in March, 1834; two editions or issues of a primer in the same year; a period- ical entitled Shau-waw-nowe Kesauthwau or ‘‘Shawanoe Sun,’”’ from March Ist, 1835, to 1837 or 1838, semi-monthly and monthly; a small hymn book of sixteen pages in 1835 or 1836; and a portion of the gospel of Matthew in 1836; all printed by Mr. Meeker. Also, a second edition of the primerin 1838; the complete gos- pel of Matthew in 1842; and a second edition of the hymn book in the same year; printed by Mr. Pratt. According to Mr. McCoy, three books had been printed in Shawanoe on this press before 1839, ‘‘and part of the Gospel by Matthew. A second edition of one of these books has been printed; also, one book in Shawanoe, for the Methodists.’’ See Lykins (J.) In the Putawatomielanguage: Probably fifty copies of the alphabet in March, 1834; a primer of thirty-two pages in the same year; and a hymn book and catechism of eighty-four pages a 356 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Meeker (J.) — Continued. Meeker (J.) — Continued. in 1835; all printed by Mr. Meeker. According to Mr. McCoy, four books were printed in Putawatomie on this press before 1839. See Simerwell (R.) In the Otoe language: A small primer in 1834; a hymn book of twelve pages in the same year; a second Otoe reading book in April, 1835; and part of the gospel harmony in 18937 ; all printed by Mr. Meeker. They were pre- pared and translated by Rev. Moses Merrill, who died in 1840. Three books, according to Mr. McCoy, were printed in this language, ‘‘all ‘small, one of which has been reprinted for the use of the Presbyterians among the Ioways.” These publications ‘‘consisted of two small school books, some hymns, and a pari of the New Testament, equal to about one-half of the gospel! by John.” In the Choctaw language, one book was printed by Mr. Meeker, in 1835. It was com- piled by Mr. Lykins, with the assistance of the native Choctaw missionary. In the Muscogee or Creek language, two books were printed by Mr. Meeker in 1835. One of these was a small school book; the other was the gospel of John. They were both pre- pared by Rev. John Davis, with the assistance of Mr. Lykins. In the Wea language, one book was printed for the Presbyterians, probably in 1834 or 1835. ’ It is referred to by Mr. McCoy as follows: ‘‘ A Presbyterian missionary among the Weas [ Rev. Joseph Kerr or Rey. Wells Bushnell?] compiled asmall book, which was printed upon our press. He knew it would be rejected by the Indians, as unnecessarily obscure, if he wrote wholly upon the plan of spelling, yet, so tenacious was he of what had appeared right to his brethren from the Choctaw country, that he introduced some of their new formed characters; and as we neither possessed nor desired to possess such types, having no use for them, he furn. ished them himself. He therefore approached so nearly to the new system as to make his book acceptable to the Indians, and yet departed so far that it was not fully the same.”’ In the Kansas (Kauzau) or Kaw language, one book was printed for Rev. William John- son, the Methodist missionary, probably in 1836 or 1837. _ In the Osage language, one elementary book was printed with the following title: ‘‘Wa- fa-fe Wa-gry-sy Laekens Wa-Kaxa Peo. Shaw- anoe Mission: J. G. Pratt, printer. 1837.” It was prepared by Mr. Lykins. The first eleven pages are in alternate lines of Osage and En- glish; the remaining pages being in Osage. “The Indian portion of the book is represented by the use of the phonetic alphabet devised by Rey. Jotham Meeker, with an alphabet of twenty-five letters,representing the eight vowel and seventeen consonant sounds of the Osage language. The letters of the English alphabet are employed to represent these sounds.”’ In the Ottawa language, a primer or “ first book” was printed in 1838; another small book abont the same time; the gospel of Matthew ~ in 1841; the gospel of John in 1844; and a hymn book in 1845. They were all prepared by Mr. Meeker, and printed at the Shawanoe mission by Mr. Pratt. After the removal of the printing press to the Ottawa mission, Mr. Meeker printed, in 1850, a second edition of the Ottawa first book and a third edition of the hymn book. A considerable number of hymns in differert languages, not included in the above list, were also printed at the Shawanoe press. | Melicete. See Maliseet. Memoir of the Moheagan Indians. Ses Holmes (A.) Menomonee: Bible, Gospels See Krake (B.) Bible, Gospels Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) ; Bible, Epistles Krake (B.) Bible, Epistles Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) Bible history Derenthal (0.) Bible histury Krake (B.) Catechism Zephyrin Engelhaidt a (C, A.) Dictionary Krake (B.) General discussion Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) Grammar Krake (B.) : Grammatic treatise Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) Hymns Bonduel (F. L. J.) Hymns Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) Lord’s prayer Bergholtz (G. F.) Lord’s prayer Shea (J. G.) Lord’s prayer Trumbull (J. H.) Lord’s prayer Youth’s. Numerals Haines (EH. M.) Numerals James (E.) Personal names Baird (H.S.) Prayer book Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) Prayers Bonduel (F; L. J.) Prayers Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) Primer Bonduel (F. L. J.) Proper names Catalogue. Proper names Catlin (G.) Proper names Indian. Proper names . Treaties. Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Sentences Gatschet (A.S.) Sermons Derenthal (O.) Sermons Krake (B.) Sermons Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) Vocabulary Baibi (A.) Vocabulary Bruce (W. H.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Derenthal (O.) Vocabulary Domenech (E.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Menomonee — Continued. Vocabulary Doty (J. D.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Haines (E. M.) Vocabulary Investigator. Vocabulary James (E.) Vocabulary Morgan (L. H.) Vocabulary Rogers (J. M.) Vocabulary Schoolcraft (H. R.) Vocabulary Ulrici (E.) Vocabulary Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) Words Chamberlain (A. F.) Words Gatschet (A. 5S.) Words Haines (EH. M.) Words Hovelacque (A.) Words Latham (R. G.) Menwahjemoowin kahezhebeegaid owh [Chippeway]. See Jones (J.) and Jones (P.) Menzies (William). See Sabin (J.) [Merian (Baron Andreas Adolf von).] Synglosse | oder | Grundsadtze der Sprachforschung. | Von | Junius Fa- ber. | [Quotation, three lines. ] | _ Karlsruhe, | bei Gottlieb Braun. | Ostern 1826. Title verso quotation 1 1. text pp. 3-203, ord- nungsverzeichniss pp. 205-206, alphabetisches verzeichniss pp. 207-213, 8°. Junius Faber is a pseudonym of baron de Merian. Dritter theil, pp. 41-160, contains comparative vocabularies in European, Asiatic, African, American, and Oceanic languages, classified according to their roots, and including words in Algonkin, pp. 56, 66, 68, 74, 96, 131, 142; Dela- ware, pp. 102, 147; Neu-England, p. 115; Suri- quois, p. 123; Sankikau, p. 128; Miamis, p. 142; and Mahikander, p. 147. Amerikanische Worter mit denen anderer Sprachen -verglichen, pp. 179-199, contains words in Tschippewai, Delaware, Algonrkin, and Neu England. Copies seen: Eames. — Principes | de | l’étude comparative | des langues, | parle baron de Merian. | Suivis | d’observations | sur les ra- cines des langues sémitiques; | par M. Klaproth. | Paris. | Schubart et Heideloff, édi- teurs, | quai Malaquais, n° I. | Leip- zig. | Ponthieu, Michelsen et Ci. | 1828. Printed cover nearly asabove, advertisements pp. 1-4, 1-4, half-title verso printer 1 1. title verso quotation 11. préface pp. v-viii, text pp. 1- 206, observations sur les racines des langues sémitiques, par M. Klaproth, pp. 207-237, table des matiéres pp. 239-240, errata 1 slip, 8°. Troisiéme partie, pp. 42-167, contains com- parative vocabularies in European, Asiatic, Af.- rican, American, and Oceanic languages, classi- 357 Merian (A. A. von) — Continued. fied according to their roots, and including words in Algonkin, pp. 45, 55, 57, 63, 80, 98, 109, 133, 143; Delaware, pp. 86, 104, 147; Sakewi, p. 86; Nouvelle Angleterre, p.120; Souriquois, p. 127; Sankikau, p.131; Miamis, p.142; and Ma- hikander, p. 147. Comparaison des langues américaines, avec les idiomes de l’ancien continent, pp. 185-206, contains words in Algonkin, Delaware, Nou- velle Angleterre and Tchippewey. Copies seen: Kames. [—— and Klaproth (Heinrich Julius von).] Tripartitvm | sev | deanalogia lingvarvm libellvs [Continvatio I- 11] | 7 Typis Haykulianis divendente Carolo Beck | Viennae MDCCCXX[-MDCCC- XXIIT] [1820-1823] 4vols.: title verso quotation 11. prefatory no- tice verso quotation 11. text pp. 1-193, 1 folded leaf of numerals verso blank; Continvatio I (1821), title verso quotation 1 1. text pp. 197-314, 1 folded leaf of numerals verso blank; Contin- vatio IT (1822), title verso quotation 1 1. text pp. 317-585, 3 unnumbered pages, one of which is on a folded leaf; Continvatio III (1823), title verso quotation 11. text pp. 589-807, 1 unnumbered page of numerals, oblong folio. The work is a comparative vocabulary in various languages of words having a similar sound and meaning. Each one of the four vol- umes is arranged under a separate alphabet, and with five columns toa page. The first col- umn, headed Germ., contains words in German, Dutch, English, Danish, Swedish, etc. ; the sec- ond column, headed Slav., contains words in Slavonic, Russian, Polish, Bohemian, etc. ; the third column, headed Gal., contains words in Latin, Greek, French, Italian, Spanish, Welsh, Irish, Breton, etc. ; the fourth column, headed Mixta, contains words in miscellaneous Euro- pean, Asiatic, African, American, and Oceanic languages; and the fifth column, headed No- tulae, contains explanations. Scattered words of several Algonquian dia- lects are given in the fourth column under the general name of American, under which head- ing are also included many of the Mexican and South American words. The other North American languages represented under their proper names are the Greenlandish, Eskimo, Kinai, Tschuktchi, Canadian, Mohac, Huron, Mexican, Lule, and Galibi, in several of which numerous examples are given, and in others only one or two specimens. Copies seen: Eames. Merlet (Lucien Victor Claude). Histoire | des relations | des Hurons et des Ab- naquis | du Canada | avec notre-dame de Chartres, | suivie de documents inédits | sur la sainte chemise, | Par M. Luc. Merlet, | Ancien Eléve de J’école des 358 Merlet (L. V. C.) — Continued. Chartes et de Vécole d’Administration. | [Design. ] | Chartres. | Petrot-Garnier, libraire, | Place des Halles, 16 et 17. | 1858. Printed cover, half-title verso printers 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. v— vii, introduction pp. ix—xxiii, text pp. 1-78, ta- ble 11. 2 folded plates, 12°. ‘‘Voeu des sauvages Abnaquis de la mission de Saint-Frangois de Sales en la Nouvelle- France,” in Abnaki, pp. 23-24.—In a note on p. 24 the editor says: La traduction de ce veeu des Abnaquis n’existe plus aux Archives d’Eure- et-Loir; nous ne savons méme si elle a jamais existé, quoique l’abbé Brillon dise, dans ses notes, que le veu des Abnaquis avait été tra- duit en latin. Copies seen: Kames, Verreau. At the Murphy sale a copy, no. 1671, brought $2.25. Mesah oowh menwahjemoowin [ Chippe- wa]. See Jones (P.) and Jones (J.) Methodist nikumoowina [Cree]. See German (0O.) Methodist ooyusoowawina [Cree]. See German (0O.) Meyoo-achimoowin [Cree]. See Ger- man (0O.) Mi ket i cacawenindagosiwate [Nipis- sing ].- See Cuog (J. A.) Miami: General discussion See Charlevoix (P.F.X.de). General discussion Schermerhorn (J. F.) Gentes Morgan (L. H.) Grammaticcomments Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Grammatic comments Volney (C. F.C.) Numerals Haines (EK. M.) Numerals James (E.) Proper names Indian. Proper names Jackson (W. H.) Proper names Smithsonian. Proper names Treaties. Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Song Whiting (H.) Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Allen (W.) Vocabulary Balbi (A.) Vocabulary Barton (B.S.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Domenech (E.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Haines (E. M.) “Vocabulary Handy (C. W.) Vocabulary Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Vocabulary Preston (W.) Vocabulary Schooleraft (H. BR.) Vocabulary Thoruton (W.) Vocabulary Thornton (—) Vocabulary Ulrici (E.) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF T'E Miami — Continued. Vocabulary Volney (C. F.C.) Words Chamberlain (A. F.) Words Latham (R. G.) Words McIntosh (J.) Words Malte Brun (M.K. B.) Words Merian (A. A. von). Words Sener (S. M.) Words Smet (P.J.de). Words Vater (J.S.) Words Warden (D. B.) Micmac. [Grammaire de la langue mik- maque. } (2) 16 ll. folio; no indication of date or author. Two fragments of two different works pub- lished in England; the second must be com- posed of proof sheets. Title from the Pinart sale catalogue no. 620. Micmac literature. In the Acadia Atheneum, Wolfville, N.S., April, 1884, 4°. A short account of the writings in the Mic- mac language of the late Rev. S. T. Rand. Micmac. Au nomer De notre | seigneur — Jesus Christ | I H S | Rudiment De La Langue | Mikemak. | Manuscript; 11 unnumbered Il. (one of which is blank). 12°, in the Bibliothéque Nationale, Paris, where it is entered as no. 18 in catalogue 327. No title-page, the heading above, in black and red, being followed immediately by the text: Pour apprendre facillement etc. The headings and initial word of each paragraph are in red. The first leaf contains remarks on the con- jugations.—Premiere conjugaison, ll. 2-3.— Seconde conjugaison, ll. 3-4.—Troisieme conju- gaison, ll. 5-6, followed on the verso with the heading: Quatrieme conjugaison, with no text to follow.—On the recto of the 8th 1. begins Cinquieme conjugaison, the text of which ex- tends to the verso of the 1}th leaf. Micmac. Cahier mikmaque copié le 1° jour de décembre, l’an 1830. (*) Manuscript, 45 ll. folio. Comprises the prin- cipal religious offices in Micmac, with music; copy of a manuscript composed in 1754 by a French missionary. Title from the Pinart sale catalogue, no. 622. Micmac. Cahier qui contiene | 1°. Le petit catechisme pour | étre appris aux jeunes enfans | mikmaques. Manuscript, 11. Il. 1-42, and 83 unnumbered Il. 12°, in the library of Laval University, Quebec. The above title is on the recto of the first leaf, - the textin Micmac beginning ontheverso. The numbered ll. and the succeeding 59 unnum- bered ll. are written on both sides; the 10 next following on the versos only; the next 13 on both sides; and one, the last, on the recto only. On the inside of the front cover is written: ‘Nous avons prété ce livre au missionnaire de ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Micmac — Continued. Micamichi pour l’usage de cette mission. Quebec, 29 Sept. 1810. +J.0O. Ev. de Quebec. The manuscript is bound in skin, is fairly legible and well preserved. See Maillard (A.S.) Micmac. The Catholic prayer book | In the Micmac language, | written in char- acters, invented | chiefly by a Roman priest, | about 200 years ago and | transcribed by an Indian. Manuscript, 68 unnumbered ll. folio, forming part of an old blank book. In the Micmac hieroglyphs invented by Le Clercq (C.) and used in the printing of the Micmac works of Kauder (C.) A few pages have the Micmac interlined in Roman characters. It consists mainly of extracts from Kauder’s works. The manuscript, which is in the possession of Maj. J. W. Powell, to whom it was presented by the Rev. S. T. Rand, is clearly written, or drawn, but some of the pages are badly worn. A note by Mr. Rand says that Father Kauder was aided in his work by Michael Christmas, an educated Indian of Nova Scotia. Micmac. De la langue sauvage Mik- maque. Ce) Manuscript, 103 ll. folio. Comprises a gram- mar, French-Mikmak, and a catechism of pray- ers, French-Mikmak ; composed by a mission- ary at the end of the last century. Title from the Pinart sale catalogue, no. 620. Micmac. [ Fragments d’un livre de priéres catholique en hieroglyphes des Indiens Micmac de Terre Neuve. ] Manuscript, 11. folio (14 by 4 inches), written on both sides; in the Bibliothéque Nationale, Paris, France, where it is entered as above under number 34 of catalogue 327, and ascribed to the 19th century. Micmac. Grammar of the Micmac lan- guage. An essay on the Micmac lan- guage. Prince Edward Island, 1829- 1844. CG) Manuscript, 1241]. 2 parts in 1 vol. 4°. Title from the Pinart sale catalogue, no. 620. Micmac lesson card. See Rand (S. T.) Micmac. Livre de priéresen | langue Mikmaque absoluement | nécessaire a tout Missionnaire | qui voudra faire valoir son mi- | nistére parmi cette Na- tion. | C’est 4 proprement parler leur Eucologe, & c’estcequi doit | réellement faire le Vade mecum de tout Prétre qui tient mission chez eux. | Voyci en genial ce que | contient cet Eucologe. Manuscript, 2 ll. pp. 1-240, 2 blank 1. 2 11. 12°, inthe library of Laval University, Quebec. The heading above is on the recto of the first leaf, followed by a description in French which occu- | Micmac. 359 Micmac — Continued. pies the 2 unnumbered leaves. The text in Mic- mac begins on p. 1 and extends to p. 240. The two last leaves are in French, the last page con- taining a ‘‘ table des 6 jours.” Micmac. A mass and vesper book | in Micmac | written in hieroglyphics by a | chief of | Cape Breton in 1858. Manuscript, 35 unnumbered Il. 16°. In pos- session of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. Micmac. [Priéres en langue mikkimak. ] Manuscript, Il. 1-8, 12°, in the Bibliothégue Nationale, Paris, where it is entered under the above title as no. 23 in catalogue 327. There is no indication of name of author or date of writ- ing. The text begins on the recto of 1. 1, the heading, in red and black, being: Priéresdu ma- tin | Langue Mikkimak | Signe de la croix; after which follows the Micmac text, the initial words being in red, as are also the French and Micmac headings throughout. The manuscript is not very well written, but is in good condi- tion. In the catalogue of the library it is re- ferred to as of the 17th century. The charac- ter 8 is used in the manuscript. Following the opening prayer, which extends to the recto of 1.2, are the following: Oraison Domineale, recto-1. 2.—Salutation Angélique, verso l. 2.—_Symbole des Apdétres. verso 1]. 2.— Les Commandements de Dieu, recto 1.3.—Les Litanies du Saint Jésus, verso 1. 3.—L’ Angelus, verso |. 6.—Elas dimanche, recto 1. 7, the verso ot which is blank.—Priéres du soir, recte l. 8.; the verso of 1.8 is blank. Micmac. Piéces manuscrites [en langue mikmaque]: grammaires, vocabulaires, catéchismes, livres de priéres et docu- ments divers. ) Manuscript. Title from the Pinart sale cata- logue, no. 621. Micmac. Rudiments of the Micmac lan- “ilee es Manuscript, 134 pp. in the National Library at Paris. Title from Report on Canadian Ar- chives by Douglas Brymner, Archivist, 1883, p. 159. Rudiments de la langue mike- mak, en i613. (2) Manuscript; acopy; 251l.4°. Title from the Pinart sale catalogue, no. 620. Micmac. The story of Glooskap [in Mic- mac ?]. ) A curious manuscript in Indian-English, ob- tained for me by Tomah Josephs.—Leland’s Al- gonquin Legends, p. x. Micmac. See Maillard (A. S.) Micmac: Bible, Genesis See Rand (S. T.) Bible, Exodus Rand (S. T.) Bible, Psalms Rand (S. T.) Bible, Gospels Rand (S. T.) Bible, Matthew Rand (S. T.) 360 Micmac — Continued. Bible, Mark Bible, Luke Bible, John Bible, Acts Bible, Romans Bible, Corinthians I, II Bible, Galatians Bible, Ephesians Bible, Philippians Bible, Colossians Bible, Thess. I, Il. Bible, Timothy I, 11 Bible, Titus Bible, Philemon Bible, Hebrews Bible, James Bible, Peter If, 11 Bible, John I-II Bible, Jude Bible, Revelation Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Bible passages Catechism ; Catechism Catechism Catechism Dictionary General discussion . General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammar Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Hieroglyphs Hymn book Hymns Legends Legends Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord's prayer Lord’s prayer Lord's prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s paayer Lord’s prayer BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) _ Rand (8. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) American Bible Soc. Bagster (J.) Bible Society. British and Foreign. Gilbert & Rivington. Demillier (L. E.) Kauder (C.) Micmac. © Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Dawson (J. W.) Faulmann (K.) Le Clereg (C.) Our. Rand (S. T.) Brown (G.S.) Hubbard (L. L.) Kain (S. W.) Demillier (L. E.) Maillard (A. S.) Micmac. Rand (S. T.) Wood (T.) Barratt (J.) Gallatin (A.) Lincoln (E.) Prince (J. D.) Irving (—) Kauder (C.) Shea (J. G.) Kauder (C.) Rand (S. T.) Mitchell (1.) Rand (S. T.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Alexander (J. E.) American Society. Auer (A.) Bartsch (H.)- Bergholtz (G. F.) Faulmann (K.) Gesner (A.) Le Clercq (C.) Lord’s. Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayers Prayers Primer Primer Proper names Psalms Reader Relationships Relationships Sentences Sentences Song Song Song Ten commandments Text Text Text Tracts Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words Words Words Words Words Words _ Words Words Words Words Words Micmac — Continued. Marietti (P.) Naphegyi (G.) Shea (J. G.) Trumbull (J. H.) Vetromile (E.) Youth’s. Brown (G. 8S.) Gordon (A. H.) Haines (E. M.) Prince (J. D.) Shea (J. G.) Bellenger (J. M.) Kauder (C.) Legoyne (—) Micmac. Alphabet. Maillard (A. S§.) Alphabet. Irwin (T.) Catlin (G.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Morgan (L. H.) Rand (S. T.) Maillard (A.S.) Vetromile (E.) Elder (W.) Leland (C.G.) Mitchell (L.) Rand (S. T.) Bellenger (J. M.) Micmac. Rand (S#T.) Rand (S. T.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Balbi (A.) Barratt (J.) Bromley (W.) Brown (G. 8.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Haliburton (T.C.) Hind (H. Y.) Latham (R. G.) Le Clercq (C.) Maynard (—) . Pierronet (T.) Rand (S.T.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Williamson (W. D.) Wilson (E. F.) Dawson (J. W.) Elder (W.) Ganong (W. FE.) Gatschet (A. S.) Gerard (W.R.) - Hale (H.) Hardy (C.) Latham (R. G.) Leland (C.G.) Maillard (A.S.) Vetromile (E.) Wilson (E. F.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Mikana gijigong enamog [Chippewa]. See Verwyst (C. A.) Milicete. See Maliseet. Minseewee loonzwaywaukunnul [ Mun- cie.] See Halfmoon (C.) _ Minseeweh | nuhkoomwawaukunul. [London: printed for the Society for promoting christian knowledge. 1850 ?] Half-title as above rectol. 1(p. 1), text (en- tirely inthe Munsee language and consisting of 38 hymns) pp. 2-34, 16°. Appendced to some copies of Morning and evening prayers [Munsee], 1847. Copies seen: Powell, Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. : Most of these hymns are from the collection by Halfmoon (C.) Minseeweh nuhkoomwawaukunul[Mun- see]. See Halfmoon (C.) Minsi. See Munsee. Minuajimouin au St. Matthiu [Ojibwa]. See Jones (P.) and Jones (J.) Minuajimouin gainajimot [Chippewa]. See Hall (S.) and Copway (G.) Minuajimouin gaizhibiiget au St. John [Ojibwa]. See Jones (J.) and Jones (P.) Miscellanies, by an officer. See De Pey- ster (A.S.) There is a recent edition of this work (1888), the existence of which came to my notice too late for insertion in its proper place; for its title see Addenda. Missions de la Louisiane. In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 22-46, Lyon, 1822, 8°. Reprint of Notice sur 1’état actuel de la mis- sion de la Louisiane, Paris, 1820, containing the Lord’s prayer and a few words in the Illinois language, pp. 37, 38. Mississagua. [Vocabulary of the Mis- sissagua language. French-Indian.] (*) Manuscript, 52 pp. 8°,in the Public Library of Toronto, Canada. Under date of Nov. 15, 1888, Mr. James Bain, jr. chief librarian of that institution, writes me as follows concerning it: ‘“*The manuscript is written on loose sheets, stitched together after being written on, and is interspersed with notes as to quantities aud prices of furs and goods. French is employed throughout. It was presented to the library by Fulton St. George, whose father, a French royalist, formed one of a large party of royal- ists who settled a few miles north of Toronto (then York). After the return to France of most of the settlement, Mr. St. George engaged in business, one branch of which was the pur- chase of furs. His son says that he was in the habit of taking journeys into the interior to trade, and especially noted one place at the out- let of Lake Simcoe where he regularly opened - 361 Mississagua — Continued. out his wares. All evidence fixes the date be- tween 1798 & 1805.” Mr. A. F. Chamberlain, in an article in the Folklore Journal, vol. 1. p. 152, says: ‘‘It con- tains, as nearly as I can estimate, some 560 words, some 400 verb-forms and sentences, some dozen or so of proper names and half a dozen snatches of songs. The dialect of the manuscript is undoubtedly that of the Mississaguas of the region between York and Lake Simcoe.” Mississagua: , Geographic names See Chamberlain (A. F.) Legends Chamberlain (A. F.) Legends Salt (A.) Sentence McLean (J.) Songs Chamberlain (A. F.) Stories Chamberlain (A. F.) Tribal names Chamberlain (A. F.) Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Allen (W.) Vocabulary Barton (B.S.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Chamberlain (A. F.) Vocabulary Edwards (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Mississagua. Vocabulary Salt (A.) Vocabulary Wilson (D.) Words Jones (P.) Words Schomburgk (R. H.) Words Sener (S. M.) Mitchell (Louis). Fairy tales in Indian [Micmac] and English. . Gr) Manuscript in possession of Mr. Charles G. Leland, Brighton, Eng. Title from Leland’s Algonquin legends, p. x. — A history of the Passamaquoddy In- dians. (*) Manuscript, 80 pp. Indian and English, in possession of Mr. Charles G. Leland and men- tioned on p. x of his Algonquin legends. The oriole and the leaf. (*) A manuscript, Passamaquoddy-English, of some 600 lines, in possession of Mr. Charles G. Leland, who tells me it is a poem setting forth the love of the red leaf and the red bird (Scarlet Tanager or Red Oriole). The song of Laffi-Latuan. (*) Manuscript in possession of Mr. Charles G. Leland, who describes it as a very curious and beautiful semi-cosmic poem setting forth the great battle between the birds aud insects and the beasts; 250 lines, Passamaquoddy-English. The story of Niffon. eC) A manuscript poem of 316 lines, in possession of Mr. Charles G. Leland, who describes it for me as follows: A transcript of an Indian-English manuscript, written by Louis Mitchell, and by him trans- latedfrom the Indian. There is a rude metre 362 Mitchell (L.) — Continued. transferred from the original Passamaquoddy very perceptible in this, and I have endeavored to give this form to my version. It is called the Story of Niffon. Niffon was a beautiful girl, the granddaughter of the Rain, who warned her against going to the North. But she dis- obeys, and when there is frozen. The Rain calls on her warriors, such as the South and West winds with their attendants, who make war on the Cold or North, and finally rescue her. The poem is very vigorous and beautiful. The superstitions of the Passama- quoddies. C5) Manuscript, in Indian [Micmac?] and Eng- lish, in possession of CharlesG. Leland. Title from Leland’s Algonquin legends, p. x. [ Songs, folk-lore, traditions, legends, and stories of the Passamaquoddy In- dians. ] C) Manuscripts, in possession of Charles G. Le- land, who describes them for me as follows, in a letter dated Dec. 17, 1889: I. Songs in Passamaquoddy Indian, with Eng- lish translation (literal), both by Louis Mitchell, a Passamaquoddy Indian, formerly member of the legislature. The songs are as follows: M’utch hunt winto wag’n. The Devil’s song. This song consists of only 13 words. It is be- lieved to have been sung by the evil spirit at a dance. . Keewaquay M’node. The song of aman who bewails his lonely, desolate condition, having been changed to a giant of the wilderness by sorcery. . Peematt kee poosin. The snake-dance song. Meta malia. A dancing song. Nolma mea inton aganell. Two songs of barter or exchange sung by the nolmi higan or clowns when articles are exchanged. This is a game, but the goods thus bartered are kept. These are also mentioned'as Nol ma me into waganell. A Mareschite Indian song beginning with the words Tefa Malia clinisyan, etc. (Your name is Maria.) M’ska nen intoo wagan. Song of salutation, sung by the Passamaquoddy Indians when visited by the Penobscots, Micmacs, or other Indians. Whip pow less or Bick chess quess. Song of the Whippoorwill. Wap pee pee. The song of the Wa pee pee, a bird which sings every three hours. Name in English unknown to the transcriber, L. Mitchell. Chee lau chee lee. The robin’s song. Wol ma me winto wag’n. Song of the porcu- pine. Three lullaby songs of about 150 words each. One is sung to a crying babe, one to a babe which is quiet, and the other to make the child sleep. | | | \ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Mitchell (L.) — Continued. The lonesome song. Sung by a captive awaiting torture (death song), invoking the Chee pel anqu’ or spirit of the night to come and bear him away. The song of a disappointed lover. Wiskittapess and Pilsquess. A song of two lovers who became rocks. One of these rocks is the well-known ‘‘ Friar” at Campobello. This forms altogether a manuscript of 71 pages, half Indian, of about 120 to 150 words to a page. II. Answers to a number of questions on the folk-lore of the Passamaquoddy Indians, put by Charles G. Leland to Louis Mitchell; questions suggested by incidents in the Norse Edda. Contains a few Indian words, e.g. Lox, the In- dian devil; K’tchik nangtch, the Great Turtle, etc. 14 pages. III. Traditions of A)lgonkin Indian wars (2). Sketches of life and customs among the In- diahs, with curious rude sketches, by L. Mitch- — ell. Contains a few Indian words. 13 pages. Iv. a Passamaquoddy legends, translated by Louis Mitchell: Story of At wask ni kess. The story of Niffon. The story of Appodumkin. Contain a few Indian words. These were originally songs, or were chanted. 32 pages. Vv. Passamaquoddy Indian dream-book, with the relation of dreams tomagic; by Louis Mitchell. Contains Indian words. This is one of the most singular or curious works of the kind ever written. 14 pages. VI. Passamaquoddy stories, transcribed by Louis Mitchell for Charles G. Leland. The lazy Indian; one of the legends of Mount Katahdin. The Maquajess. Quabeeti squeesis, or the Beaver’s daughter. Alamu’sitt. The Humming Bird. All contain Indian-words. These are stories which were once sung, Or poems. 35 pages. I have packed away and not now at hand three or four times as many manuscripts of the same kind. Mizi anamiawinun anamie-muzinaigun — [Chippewa]. See O’Meara (F. A.) [Mogridge (George). ] History, manners, and customs | of the | North American Indians. | By Old Humphrey. | Revised by Thomas O. Summers, D. D. | ~ ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Mogridge (G.) — Continued. Nashville, Tenn.: | published by A. H. Redford, Agent, | for the M. E. church, south. | 1874. Title verso blank 1 1. prefatory note verso blank 11. preface verso blank 11. text pp. 7- 245, 16°. Blackfoot and Sac proper names, pp. 42, 46.— A few words in Blackfoot and Riccaree, and Riccaree numerals, pp. 60-62. Copies seen: Geological Survey. Mohegan: ‘ Bible, Psalms (pt.) See Edwards (J.) Bible, Psalms (pt.) Morse (J.) Bible, Psalms (pt.) Sergeant (J.) Bible passages Hodgson (A.) Catechism Quinney (J.) 363 Mohegan — Continued. General discussion Allen (W.) General discussion Edwards (J.) General discussion Holmes (A.) General discussion Jéhan (L. F.) General discussion Kasstigatorskee. General discussion Gentes Geographic names Geographic names Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Hymn book Lord's. prayer Lord's prayer Lord’s prayer ~ Lord's prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Prayers Proper names Relationships Text Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vecabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Williamson (W. D.) Morgan (L. H.) Caulkins (F. M.) Street (A. B.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Bastian (P. W. A.) Cass (L.) McCulloh (J. H.) American Museum. Duponceau (P.S.) Edwards (J.) Schmick (J. J.) Pyrleus (J.C.) Adclung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) American Society. Auer (A.) Connelly (J. M.) De Forest (J. W.) Drake (S. G.) Edwards (J.) Jones (A. D.) Saltonstall (G.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Trumbull (J. H.) Edwards (J.) Haines (E. M.) Holmes (A.) Williamson (W. D.) Sergeant (J.) Catlin (G.) Morgan (L. H.) Jenks (W.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Balbi (A.) Barton (B.5S.) Boudinot (E.) Brinton (D.G.) Campbell (J.) . De Forest (J. W.) Vocabulary Edwards (J.) Vocabulary Ettwein (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Haines (E. M.) Vocabulary Heckewelder (J.G. EH.) Vecabulary Henry (M.S.) Vocabulary Holmes (A.) Vocabulary Investigator. Vocabulary Jefferson (T.) Vocabulary Jenks (W.) Vocabulary Jones (KH. F.) Vocabulary Long (J.) Vocabulary Macauley (J.) Vocabulary Prichard (J.C.) Vocabulary Ruttenber (EK. M.) Vocabulary Sanford (E.) Vocabulary Schoolcraft (H. R.) Vocabulary Zeisberger (D.) ; Words Chamberlayne «J.) and Wilkins (D.) Words Latham (R. G.) Words Lesley (J. P.) Words MeIntosh (J.) Words Merian (A. A. von). Words Schomburgk (R. H.) Words Sener (S. M.) Words Smith (P. H.) Words Vater (J.S.) Mombert (Jacob Isidor). An | authen- tic history | of | Lancaster county, | in the | state of Pennsylvania. | By | J. I. Mombert, D. D. | member of the His- torical society of Pennsylvania. | Lancaster, Pa.:| J. E. Barr & co. | 1869. Title verso copyright 1 1. preface verso blank 11. contents pp. v—vii, list of illustrations 1 p. text pp. 1-617, appendix with half-title verso blank 1 1. and pp. 1-175, 8°. - Indian localities in Lancaster County, mostly Algonquian (some from Heckewelder), with definitions and remarks, p. 386. Oopies seen: Congress. Moncrovie (J. B.) Vocabulary of the Satsika, or Blackfeet (upper Missouri). In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 494-505, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. Contains about 350 words. Reprinted in Ulrici (E.), Die Indianer-Nord- Amerikas, Dresden, 1867, 8°. Mongwuhdaus, pseud. See Henry (G.) Monsey. See Munsee. Montagnais. A sample of Montagnais. In the Dominion Illustrated, vol. 1, p. 155, Montreal and Toronto, 1888, 4°. (Pilling, Pow- ell.) An address of thirteen lines to the Governor: General by Montagnais Indians of Pointe Bleue, with English translation. Montagnais. Letter sent to the Hudson Bay Co. Post at Mingan (Gulf of St. 364 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Montagnais — Continued. Montagnais — Continued. Lawrence, Labrador) by a Montagnais Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and from ‘‘the Woods.” H. Y. H. 1861. Vater (ea Vocabulary Allgemeine, Manuscript, consisting of three and a half Vocabulary Allen (W.) lines of penciling (syllabic characters) length- Vocabulary Pierronet (T.) wise of astrip of paper 18 by 34 inches. Pre- Seo also Cree. sented to me by Dr. Henry Youle Hind, of Montauk: Windsor, Nova Scotia, who obtained it of the late Mr, Anderson of the Hudson’s Bay Com- epee ape emants fee leaker (ere General discussion General discussion General discussion Geographic names Laverlochére (J. N.) Le Jeune (P.) Taché (A. A.) Arnaud (C.) Vocabulary Bayles (R. M.) pany: Vocabulary Gardiner (J. L.) Montagnais: Vocabulary Lambert (E. R.) Calendar See Arnaud (C.) Vocabulary Macauley (J.) Calendar La Brosse (J. B. de). Vocabulary _ Wood (S.) - Calendar Tsistekaigan. Words Latham (R. G.) : ‘Words Smithsonian. Catechism Durocher (F.) ; Catechism La Brosse (J. B. de). Moogegeeseg, pseud. See Evans (J.) Catechism Laure (P-) Mookegeezhig, pseud. See Evans (J.) Catechism Vaultier (—) : ane ; Moonsee. See Munsee. Dictionary Favre (B.) : Dictionary Laure (P.) [Moor (Edward).] Oriental fragments. Dictionary Silvy (A.) | By | the author of | the Hindu pan- Etymologies Stuart (A.) theon. | [Quotation four lines. ] | London: | Smith, Elder, and co., Cornhill, | booksellers, by appointment, to their majesties. | 1834. Grammar Laure (P.) Frontispiece 1 1. title verso printer 1 1. dedi- Grammatic comments Végréville (V.T.) cation (signed Edward Moor) pp. iii-iv, preface Hymn book Tshipiatoko. pp. v-vii, list of embellishments p. viii, text Hymn book Vaultier (—) pp. 1-522, index pp. 523-537, plates, 12°. Hymns Durocher (F.) Sanskritnamesin North America, pp. 416-420, Hymns Nikamuina. includes Algonquian and Iroquoian words. Hymns Vaultier (—) Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Letter Montaguais. Eames. pplier Squier (HaGs) Moore (Martin). Memoirs | of | the life Lord’s prayer Lord's prayer Bodoni (J. B.) Champlain (S. de). and character | of | Rev. John Eliot, | apostle of the N. A. Indians. | By Mar- Lord’s prayer Marcel (J. J.) Lord's prayer Marietti (P.) tin Moore, A. M. | pastor of the church Lord’s prayer Massé (E.) in Natick, Mass. | [Two lines quota- Lord's prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Richard (L.) : Trumbull (J. H.) Youth’s. tion. | | Boston: | published by T. Bedling- ton. | Flagg & Gould, printers. | 1822. Prayer book Durocher (F.) j : Riek, Prayer book La Brosse (J. B. de). Title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, Prayers Arnaud (C.) contents pp. V—vii, text pp. 9-174, 18°. Prayers Crespieul (F. X.) A few sentences in the Natick language Prayers Durocher (F.) (irom Eliot) pst. Prayers Laure (P.) Copies seen: Congress, Harvard, Trumbull. Prayers Le Jeune (P.) — Memorr | of Eliot, | apostle to the | Prayers - Massé (E.) North American Indians. | By Martin BEAY OTS Silvy aby Moore, | [One line quotation. ] | Second Primer Arnaud (C.) aS : Primer iy Erosee iden dee Edition, | revised and corrected. | Sermons Coquart (C. G.) Boston : | Seth Goldsmith, | and Sermons Maurice (J. B.) Crocker & Brewster. | 1842. Ten commandments Durocher (F.) Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. in- ‘Ten commandments Massé (E.) troduction pp. v—-vii, contents pp. ix—xi, text pp. Text Durocher (F.) 13-144, 16°. ; Text Laure (P.) Lord’s prayer in the Natick language (from Text Laverlochére (J. N.) Eliot), pp. 95-96. ‘Text Montagnais. Copies seen: Boston Public, Harvard, Truam- Tract Durocher (F.) bull. Vocabulary : Adam (L.) Moose. See Cree. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 365 Moosonee. See Chippewa. Morgan (L. H.) — Continued. Moran (Geerge). Vocabulary of the tionship of the Shiyan, pp. 214-215; of the Shaw- Ojibwa of Saganaw. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. Contains about 350 words. Reprinted in Ulrici (E.), Die Indianer Nord- Amerikas, p. 39, Dresden, 1867, 8°. Morenas (M.) Noticia sobre la lengua de los salvajes de la América del Norte, escrita por M. Morenas. (Revista Enci- clopédica, Ayosto de 1826.) In Repertorio Americano, vol. 3, pp. 38-50, Londres [1827],8°. (Congress.) Contains a few specimens of the Indian lan- guage of Massachusetts (from Eliot), pp. 42-45. A note says: ‘‘Este articulo esta extractado por su autor de una Coleccion de etimolojias indianas, que hazen parte de una Gramatica i de un Diccionario Hindostaénico, compuestos por el mismo.” Reprinted, apparently, as follows: Noticia sobre la lengua de los sal- vajes de la América del Norte por M. Morénas. ED) In Miscelanea Hispano-Américana de cien- cias, literatura i artes, Londres, 1827-’29, 4 vols. 8°. Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 49434, and from a bookseller’s catalogue. Morgan (Col. George). See McKee (A.) in the addenda. Morgan (Lewis Henry). Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. |218 | Sys- tems | of | consanguinity and affinity | of the | human family. | By | Lewis H. Morgan. | Washington city: | published by the Smithsonian institution. | 1871. Colophon: Published by the Smithsonian in- stitution, | Washington city, | June, 1870. Title on cover as above, inside title differing from above in imprint 1 1. advertisement p. iii verso blank, preface pp. v-ix verso blank, con- tents pp. xi-xii, text pp. 1-583, index pp. 585- 590, 14 plates, 4°. Also forms vol.17 of Smithsonian Contribu- tions to knowledge ; such issues have no cover title, but the general title of the series and 6 other prel. ll. preceding the inside title. Vocabulary of the Arickaree, 14 words (from Maximilian), p. 195.—Chapter iv, pp. 200-229, relates to the Algonkin nations, and contains: terms of relationship in Ojibwa, p. 204.—Brief specimen of the three Cree dialects (lowlands, woods, prairie), p. 206.—Comparative vocabu- lary (27 words) of the Cree, Ojibwa, Potawatta- mie, Blood-Blackfoot and Ahahnelin, p. 209.— Terms of relationship in Miami, p. 211.—Com- parative vocabulary (16 words) of the Shawnee, Menominee (from Bruce), Shiyan (from Smith), Arapahoe (from Smith),and Ahahnelin (Gros Ventres of the Prairie), p. 214.—Terms of rela- nee, p. 217; Delaware, p. 220; Piegan Blackfeet, pp. 225-226. System of consanguinity and affinity of the Ganowanian family, pp. 291-382, includes the following : ; Arickaree, lines 36. Cree of the Woods, lines 38. Cree of the Lowlands, lines 39. Ojibwa, Lake Superior, lines 40. Ojibwa, Lake Huron, lines 42. Ojibwa, Kansas, lines 43. Otawa, lines 44. Potawattamie, lines 45. Miami, lines 46. Peoria, lines 47. Piankeshaw, lines 48. Kaskaskia, lines 49. Weaw, lines 50. Sawk and Fox, lines 51. Menomine, lines 52. Shiyan (Arapahoe the same), lines 53. Shawnee, lines 55. Ah-ali-ne-lin (Gros Ventres of the Prairie),. lines 56. Piegan Blackfoot, lines 57. Blood Blackfoot, lines 58. Mohegan, lines 61. Delaware, lines 62. Munsee, lines 63. Also the following: Adams (W.), Relationships of the Delaware, lines 62. Dougherty (P.), Relationships of the Ojibwa. of Lake Michigan, lines 41. Fish (P.), Relationships of the Kikapoo, lines 54. Harvey (S.D.), Relationships of the Shaw- . nee, lines 55.. Jacker (E.), Relationships of the Ojibwa of Lake Superior, lines 40. Rand (S. T.), Relationships of the Micmac, | lines 59. —— Relationships of the Htchemin, or Mali- sete, lines 60. 5 Watkins (E. A.), Relationships of the Cree of the Prairie, lines 37. Copies seen; Astor, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Trum- bull. At the Squier sale a copy, no. 889, sold for $5.50. Quaritch, no, 12425,* priced a copy 41. —— Ancient society | or | researches in the lines of human progress | from sav- agery, through barbarism | to civiliza- tion | by | Lewis H. Morgan, LL. D | Member of the National Academy of Sciences. Author of ‘The League of the Iroquois,” | ‘The American Beaver and his Works,” ‘‘Systems of Consan- guinity and | Affinity of the Human Family,” Ete. | [Two lines quotation. ] | [Design. ] | 366 Morgan (L. H.) — Continued. New York | Henry Holt and company | 1877 Title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso quotations 1 1. preface pp. v-vili, contents pp. ix—xvi, half-titla verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-594, index pp. 555-560, 8°. List of gentes of the Ojibwa, p. 166; Potawat- tamie, p. 167; Miami, p.168; Shawnee, p. 168; Sauk and Fox, p. 170; Blood Blackfeet and Piegan Blackfeet, p. 171; Delaware, pp. 171- 172.—Phratries of the Mohegan, p. 174.—Gentes of the Abenakis, p. 174. Copies seen: British Museum, Bureau of Eth- nology, Congress, Eames, Powell. Priced by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6534, $4. Some copies with title otherwise as above have the imprint, London | Macmillan and Co. | 1877. (British Museum.) There is alsoa New York edition of 1878, with title otherwise as above. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Aboriginal geographic terms, chiefly river names. Manuscript, 7 pp. folio, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Among the languages represented are the Ojibwa, Cree, and Blackfoot. Lewis Henry Morgan, anthropologist, born in Aurora, N. Y., 21 Nov., 1818; died in Roches- ter N. Y., 17 Dec., 1881. He was graduated at Union College in 1840, and then studied law. He acquired reputation by his researches in anthropology, especially in relation to the his- tory of American Indians, in which he was the pioneer investigator. For the purpose of more closely studying their social organization and government Mr. Morgan visited the Indians of New York, and was adopted bya tribe of Senecas.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Morning and evening prayer [Ottawa]. See Johnston (G.) Morning and evening | prayers, | the | administration of the sacraments, | and { other rites and ceremonies of | the church. | According to the use of | The United Church of England and Ire- land. | London: | printed for the | Society for promoting christian knowledge. | 1847, Colophon: London: | printed by William Watts, | Crown Court, Temple Bar. Title verso printer 1 1. half-title recto 1. 2, text (beginning on verso of 1.2, alternate pages English and Munsee) pp. 2-157, colophon verso of p. 157, 16°, Appended to some copies is a small collection of hymns with half-title: Minseeweh nuhkoom- wawaukunul, pp. 1-34. Copies seen: Eames, Powell, Society for Pro- moting Christian Knowledge. The copy of this work belonging to Mr. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Morning and evening — Continued. Eames, whichis not accompanied by the hymns, is in the original black leather binding, gilt edges, and has on the fly leaf the following in- scription: ‘‘The Muncey Indian Version, the giftof the Translator, the Rev. ‘Flood, to the Rev. Joseph Baylee, April 18: 1847. (Rec’d from the Rev.I.D.Glennie in London, April 26: 1847.)” ce, The Church of England mission was estab- lished among the Munsey Indians on the Thames river, Ontario, in 1835. The first con- vert was the leading chief of the tribe, Capt. Snake, who was baptized in 1838. At. the time of the publication of this book, the number of Indians under Mr. Flood’s care at Munsey-town was 230, besides 20 Potawatomies. An account of a visit to this mission is given in James Beaven’s Recreations of a long vacation; or A Visit to Indian Missions in Upper Oanada (London and Toronto, 1846), pp. 68-82. For a later edition containing an exact reprint of the prayers, page for page and line for line, and a large number of hymns, see Wampum (J.B.) and Hogg (H.) A black morocco copy was priced by Quaritch in 1887, 7s. 6d. Morning Prayer [Mohegan]. See Ser- geant (J.) Morris (Alexander). The treaties of Canada | with | the Indians of Mani- toba | and | the north-west territories, | including | the negotiations on which they were based, and | other informa- tion relating thereto. | By | the hon. Alexander Morris, P. C., | Late Lieu- tenant-Governor of Manitoba, the North- West Territories, | and Kee-wa-tin. | Toronto: | Belfords, Clarke & co., publishers. | MDCCCLXXX [1880]. Title as above verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface verso blank 11. contents verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. 9-12, text pp. 13- 297, appendix pp. 299-375, 8°. Pp. 299-375, consisting of an appendix, ‘‘Texts of treaties and supplementary adhe- sions thereto,” contain the names (signatures) of Indians of the foilowing tribes, some with meanings, some without: Cree, Chippewa, Ojib- way of north shores of Lakes Superior and Hu- ron, Ottawa, Ojibway of Manitoulin Island, Swampy Cree, Saulteaux Ojibway, Lake Mani- toba, Plain and Wood Cree, Willow Cree (near Fort Carlton), Fort Pitt, Blackfoot, Blood, and Piegan. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. Morse (Rev. Jedidiah). .A | report | to the | secretary of war | of the United States, | on Indian affairs, | comprising a narrative of a tour | performed | in the summer of 1520, under a commis- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Morse (J.) — Continued. sion from the president of | the United States, for the purpose of ascertaining, for | the use of the government, the actual state of | the [Indian tribes in our country: | illustrated by a map of the United States; ornamented by a | cor- rect portrait of a Pawnee Indian. | By the rev. Jedidiah Morse, D. D. | Late Minister of the First Congregational Church in Charlestown, near Boston, now resident | in New-Haven. | New-Haven: | Published by Davis & Force, Washington, D. C.; Cushing & Jewett, Balti-| more; W.W.Woodward, and E. Littell, Philadelphia; Spalding & Howe, | and R.N. Henry, New-York; E. & E. Hosford, Albany; Howe & | Spalding, New-Haven; G. Goodwin & Sons, Hudson & Co. O. D. Cooke | & Sons, Hartford; Richardson & Lord, S. T. Armstrong, Lincoln & Ed- | munds, Cummings & Hilliard, and G. Clark, Boston. | Printed by S. Converse. | 1822. Frontispiece 1 1, title verso copyright 1 1. index pp. 3-8, introductory letter pp. 9-10, report pp. 11-96, appendix pp. 1-400, errata slip, map. 8°. ' A statistical table of all the Indian tribes within the limits of the United States, appen- dix pp. 361-374.—Table of ten nations of Indians inhabiting the Upper Mississippi, and the bodies of the great lakes, shewing the names by which they are known generally among the Americans and Europeans; and also the names by which they are known by each other, to- gether with the number of warriors belonging to each nation; furnished by Maj. Marsden, appendix, p. 397, including the names in Chip- pe-wa, Sauk, Fox, Kick-ka-poo, Pot-ta-wat-ta- me, and Ot-ta-wa.—Scattered through the vol- ume are a number of terms in the Algonquian languages.—There is in addition the following: Marston (M.), A short vocabulary of the Sauk language, appendix p. 128. Sergeant (J.), Translation of the 19th psalm into the Muh-he-con-nuk language, appendix pp. 359-360. Copiesseen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, British. Museum, Congress, Eames, Powell, Trumbull. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 1946, 6s. 6d. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 1616, a half- morocco copy brought $2.37. Priced by Le- clere, 1878, no. 962,30 fr. The Brinley copy, no. 5430, sold for $1.75; the Murphy copy, no. 1737, $2. Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6536, priced it $2.50; and Stevens, 1888, 12s. 6d. [Motte (Benjamin), editor.] Oratio | dominica | [oAtéyAwrroc, roAduopdoc. | _Nimirum, | Plus Centum Linguis, Ver- 367 Motte (B.) — Continued. sionibus, aut Characteribus | Reddita & Expressa. | Editio novissima, | Specimi- nibus variis quam priores comitatior. | Psal. xix. 4, 5. | [Two lines quotation. ] | [Picture. ] | Londini: | Prostant apud Dan. Brown, ad Insigne Bibliorum, & W. Keblewhite, | sub Cygno in Area Boreali D. Pauli. CIO IO CC [1700]. | Half-title: The Lords Prayer | In Above a hundred | Languages, Versions, and Charac- ters. Half-title 1 1. title as above 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface signed ‘‘B. M. Ty- pogr. Lond.” verso list of authors 1 1. classified list of Janguages pp. 1-2, alphabetical list of languages pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-62, 61-68, addita- mentum pp. 69-70, 4°. Lord’s prayer, Virginiana [Massachusetts, from Eliot], p.64.—Word for father in Virginian | Massachusetts], p. 70. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Wat- kinson. For earlier editions see Miiller (A.); for later editions see Krause (J. U.) and Wagner (J.C.); also Chamberlayne (J.) and Wilkins (D.) — ] Oratio | dominica | moAtyAwrroc, todvuopdoc. | Nimirum, | Plus Centum Linguis, Versionibus, aut Characteri- bus | Reddita & Expressa. | Editio no- vissima, | Speciminibus variis quam priores comitatior. | Psal. xix. 4, 5. | [Two lines quotation. ] | Picture. ] | Londini:| Prostant apud Dan. Brown, ad Cygnum nigrum extra Temple- | Bar, Chr. Bateman, ad Biblia in Pater-nos- ter-row, & W. Innys, | sub Insignibus Principis in area Boreali D. Pauli. CIO 10 CCXIII [1713]. Half-title: The Lord’s Prayer | In Above a hundred | Languages, Versions, and characters. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 ], dedication verso blank 1 1. preface signed ‘ B. M. Typogr. Lond.” verso list of authors 1 1. classified listof languages pp. 1-2, alphabetical list of languages pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-62,61-62, 65- 69 (verso of latter blank), »dditamentum 1 1. numbered 70 on recto and 71 on verso, 4°. Lord’s prayer, Virginiana [ Massachusetts, from Eliot], p. 62 bis.—Word for father in Vir- ginian [Massachusetts], p. 71. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Massga- chusetts Historical Society. ] Oratio | Dominica | IloAtyAwrroe, moAtuopgoc. | Nimirum, | plus Centum Linguis, Versionibus, aut Characteri- bus | reddita & expressa. | Editio No- vissima. | Psal. xix. 4, 5. | (Quotation, two lines. ] | [Vignette, with motto. ] | 368 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Motte (B.) — Continued. Londini: | Prostant apud B. Motte & C. Bathurst, ad Medii Templi | Portam in vico Fleetstreet dicto. |M.DCC. XXXVI [1736]. 3 p. IL pp. 1-71, sm. 4°. Lord’s prayer in Virginian [Massachusetts, from Eliot], p. 62. Copies seen: Trumbull. Mountaineer. See Montagnais. Muberry (Mrs. —). See Murray (W. V.) [Miiller (Andreas).] Orationis domini- cae versiones ferme centum. Second title: Oratio orationum,. §&. 8. Orationis dominicae versiones praeter authenticam fere centum, eique longe emendatius quam antehac, et e proba- tissimisautoribus potius quam’‘prioribus collectionibus, jamque singuld genuinis lingua sud characteribus, adeoque mag- nam partem ex ere ad editionem a Barnimo Hagio traditae editaeque a Thoma Ludekenio, Solq. March. Berolini, ex officina Rungiana, Anno 1680. (*) 4°. Title from Adelung’s Mithridates, vol. 1. p. 656. ' Contains only §3 specimens, including the Virginian [ Massachusetts, from Eliot). Thomas Ludeken and Baruimus Hagius are pseudonyms of Miller. A supplement containing thirteen additional specimens was published with the following title: ‘‘ Versionum orationis dominicae aucta- rium curante Barnimo Hagio. Anno CIODIO CLX [sic for 1690].” 4°. Reprinted with the following title: [——] Orationis dominicae versiones ferme Centum. [London? 1690?] (ey 4°. Title from Adelung’s Mithridates, vol. 1, pp. 659-660. This seems to be the edition which is described in the British Museum cata- logue under the press-mark 473. a. 17.(3.) with the conjectural date of [1680 ?]. A few years later the original edition and supplement were reissued as part of the follow- ing collection: L ] Alphabeta universi, aliaque affinis argumenti, quorum indicem versa ostendit pagina, editore Godofredo Bartschio Chalcographo. Konigsberg. 1694. eee) 6 parts in one volume, 4°. Contents: (1) Andreas Miiller’s collection of alphabets, en- graved by Bartsch; (2) the above described versions of the lord’s prayer, with the half- title ‘‘Orationis dominicae versiones ferme Miiller (A.) — Continued. centum,”’ but omitting the full title and the epistle to Knesebeck, etc.; (3) the above-de- scribed supplement to the versions of the lord’s prayer; (4) Selectiorum numismatum inscriptiones nonnullae; (5) Antiquae Inscrip- tiones nonnullae; (6) Geographia Mosaica. Title and description from Adelung’s Mithri- dates, vol. 1, pp. 658-659. Reissued with the following title : —— Alphabeta ac notae diversarum lin- guarum pepe LXX, tum et versiones Orationis dominicae prope centum, col- lecta olim et illustrata ab Andrea Miil- lero, Greiffenhagio—cum praefatione de vita ejus et praesertim opusculorum - historia. Berolini. [1703. ] (*) 4°, The preface is signed ‘‘Seh. Gottfried Stark,” and dated 1703. Title from Adelung’s Mithridates, vol. 1, p. 659. [——] Orationis dominicae versiones fere C, summa qua fieri potuit cura genu- inis cujuslibet linguae characteribus typis vel aere expressae. In [Hager (Johann Heinrich)}, Die so nothig als niitzliche Buchdruckerkunst und Schriftgiesserey, vol. 2, Leipzig, 1740, 8°. (*) A reprint of the edition of 1680. Title from Adelung’s Mithridates, vol. 1, p. 668. For titles of other editions see Chamberlayne (J.) and Wilkins (D.); Krause (J. U.) and Wag- ner (J.C.); also Motte (B.) Muller (Frederik). Catalogue | of | books relating to America | including | a large number | of | rare works | printed before 1700 | amongst which | a nearly complete collection | of the | Dutch publications on New-Nether- land | from 1612 to 1820. | On sale at the prices affixed | by | Fr. Muller, Heerengragt Amsterdam. | Orders re- ceived [ &c. five lines.] [1850.] Printed cover differing from the above, on the verso of which is an advertisement, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-104, 12°. Gives titles and prices of anumber of books containing Algonquian linguistics. Copies seen: Geological Survey. —— Catalogue | of | books, maps, plates | on | America, | and of a remark- able collection of] Early Voyages, | offered for sale by | Frederik Muller, at Amsterdam, | literary agent of the Smithsonian institution at Washing- ‘ton. | Including a largé number of books in all languages | with Biblio- graphical and Historical Notes | and presenting an essay towards a | Dutch- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Muller (Frederik) — Continued. American Bibliography. | Part I.— Books [-Part III.—Portraits.—Auto- graphs.—Plates.—Atlases and Maps]. | With 3 facsimiles. | [Design.] | Amsterdam, | Frederik Muller, | Heerengracht, KK 130. | 1872[-1875]. 3 parts: printed cover, half-title verso list of publications, frontispiece 1 1. title of part 1 verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, text pp. 1- 288; printed cover, title of part 2 verso blank 11. text pp. 289-420; printed cover, title of part 3 verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-174, 8°. Gives titles of a number of books containing Algonquian linguistics. Oopies seen: Congress, Eames. — Catalogue! of | books and pamphlets, _ | atlases, maps, plates and autographes [sic] | relating to| North and South America, | including the collections of voyages by de Bry, Hulsius, Hartgers, etc. | Offered for sale by | Frederik Muller & Co. at Amsterdam, | literary agents to the Smithsonian institution at Washington, etc. | [Design. ] | Amsterdam, | Frederik Muller & C°, | Heerengracht, KK 329. | 1877. Printed cover, title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-218, list of reprints 2 Il. 4°. Titles of Algonquian works passin. Oopies seen: Eames. Miller (Dr. Friedrich). Der gramma- tische Bau der Algonkin-Sprachen. Ein Beitrag zur amerikanischen Linguistik. Yon Dr. Friedrich Miiller, Professor &u. In Kaiserliche Akad. der Wissensch. Si. tzungsb. vol. 56, pp. 132-154, Wien, 1867, 8°. Issued separately as follows : —Der grammatische Bau | der | Algon- kin-Sprachen | Ein | Beitrag zur ameri- kanischen Linguistik | von | Dr. Fried- rich Miiller | Professor der oriental. Linguistik an der Wiener Universitat | Wien | aus der k. k. Hof- und Staats- druckerei | in commission bei Karl Gerold’s sohn, Buchhandler der kais. Akademie der | Wissenschaften | 1867 | Printed cover, title verso notice 1 1. text pp. 1-23, 8°, Contains a comparative grammatical sketch of five dialects, viz., the Mikmak (from Mail- lard), Lenni Lennape or Delaware (from Zeis- berger), Cree and Ojibway (from Howse), and Algonkin (from Cuogq). Copies seen: Eames. ALG 24 369 Miiller (Friedrich) — Continued. —— Die Sprachen | der | schlichthaari- gen Rassen | von | D'. Friedrich Miiller | Professor [&c. eight lines]. | I. Ab- theilung. | Die Sprachen der. australi- schen, der hyperboreischen | und der amerikanischen Rasse [sic]. | Wien 1882. | Alfred Holder | k. k. Hof- und Universitats-Buchhandler | Rothenthurmstrasse 15. Title of the series verso 1.1 recto blank, title as above verso ‘‘alle Rechte vorbehalten’ 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. vorrede pp. vii-viii, inhalt pp. ix—x, text pp. 1-440, 8°. Forms pt. 1 of vol. 2 of Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft, Wien, 1876-1887, 3 vols. 8°. Die Sprachen der amerikanischen Rasse; Allgemeiner Charakter dieser Sprachen (in- cluding some Algonquian examples), pp. 181- 183.—Die Sprachen der Algonkin-Staémme, pp. 193-205, treats of sounds, roots, nouns, adjec- tives, pronouns, verbs, and numerals, making use of examples from the Algonkin, Kri, Od- Zibwe, Mikmak, and Lenni Lennape. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Watkinson. \ Mungwandus, pseud. See Henry (G.) Mungwuhdaus, pseud. See Henry (G.) Munsee: Catechism See Series. Geographic names Boyd (S. G.) Hymn book Halfmoon (C.) Hymn book Minseeweh. Hymn book Wampum (J. B.) and Hogg (H.C.) Hymns Wampum (J. B.) and Hogg (H.C.) Numerals Edwards (J.) Numerals Haines (EF. M.) Numerals James (E.) Prayer book Morning. Proper names Stanley (J. M.) Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Allen (W.) Vocabulary Barton (B.S.) Vocabulary Brinton (D. G.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Heckewelder(J.G.B.), Vocabulary Henry (M.S.) Vocabulary Investigator. Vocabulary Jones (P.) Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Vocabulary Ruttenber (E. M.) Vocabulary Wilson (E. F.) Words Jones (N. W.) Words Schomburgk (R. H.) Words Sener (S. M.) Words Smith (J. H.) Words Vater (J.S.) 370 Murphy (Henry Cruse). [Description of a ‘‘ Miami-Illinois” manuscript by the rev. J. I. Le Boulanger. | In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 3, pp. 227-228, New York and London, 1859, sm. 4°. See Le Boulanger (J. I.) Murray (William Vans). Vocabulary of the Nanticokes. In Gallatin (A.), Synopsis of the Indian tribes, in American Ant. Soc. Trans. vol. 2, pp. 305-367, Cambridge, 1836, 8°. Collected in 1792 and sent to Mr. Jefferson. It was taken from an old woman called Mrs. Muberry, the widow of their last chief, who lived at Locust Necktown, Goose Creek, Choc. tank River, Dorset County, Md. A copy of the original manuscript as follows: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. | Murray (W. V.) — Continued. —— Vocabulary of the Nanticoke lan- guage. ; Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. A copy, made by Duponceau, and forms no. xii of a collection recorded by him in a folio ac- count book, in which it occupies pp. 48-52. It is arranged in four columns to the page, two of English, two of Nanticoke, and contains about 180 words. Itis followed by a letter of transmittal from Mr. Murray to Thomas Jef- ferson, dated from Cambridge, Dorset, E. S. (Hast Shore], Maryland, 18 Sep., 1792. ‘‘ Taken on or before 1792 on Goose Creek, Choctank River, Dorset County, Md.” Musquaki. See Sac and Fox. Muungouduuz, pseud. See Henry (G.). N. N. O. (pseudonym). Nabowewinan [Cree]. er. P.) Nabwahkaud | Equazans. | [Picture.] | Montreal: | Lovell & Gibson. | 1848. Cover title as above, no inside title, text en- tirely in the Chippewa language pp. 1-34, 16°. Story of the young cottager. Copies seen: American Oriental Society, New Haven, Conn. A Nahkahnoonun’~ kanahnahkahmoowa- udt [Chippewa]. See Jones (P.) Nantel (Abbé Antonin). Le lexique de la langue Algonquine par M. Vabbé See Cuog (J. A.) See Guéguen Naphegyi (G.) — Continued. Lith. & Printed in colors by Edward Herline, | 630 Chestnut St. Philadelphia. | Published | by | J. B. Lippincott | & Co. | Philadelphia. Engraved title verso blank 1 1. printed title verso copyright, ete. 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 l. preface 1 1. text pp. 11-315, index pp. 317- 324, 4°. The Lord’s prayer in Delaware with inter- linear English translation, pp. 296-297; in Mic- mac with interlinear Latin translation, pp. 298- 299. Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum, Congress. Narragansett: General discussion See De Forest (J. W.) Cuog. Etude bibliographique. In La Minerve, Montreal, August 1, 1887, folio. (Pilling, Powell.) An extended notice of Cuog (J. A.), Lexique de la langue Algonquine; it contains a number of Algonquian terms. Nantic. See Narragansett. Wanticoke: Vocabulary See Allen (W.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Edwards (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Heckewelder(J.G.E.) Vocabulary Henry (M.5S.) Vocabulary Murray (W. V.) Words Barton (B. 8.) Words Latham (R. G.) Words Schomburgk (R. H.) Words Sener (S. M.) Naphegyi (Gabor). The | Album of Language. | Illustrated by | 'The Lord’s Prayer | in | One Hundred Languages, | with | historical descriptions of the principal languages, interlinear trans- lation and| pronunciation of each prayer, a dissertation on the languages of | the world, and tables exhibiting all known { languages, dead and living. | By | G. Naphegyi, M. D. A. M. | Mem- ber [&c. two lines.] | [Design.] | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1869. Engraved title: The | Album of | Language | illustrated by the | Lord’s Prayer | in | One hundred Languages. | By G. Naphegyi, M. D., A.M. | Member [&c. two lines.] | Geographic names Grammatic comments Parsons (U.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Numerals Dexter (H. M.) Numerals James (H.) Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Allen (W.) Vocabulary Balbi (A.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary De Forest (J. W.) Vocabulary Edwards (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Gatschet (A.S.) Vocabulary Haines (KE. M.) Vocabulary Macauley (J.) Vocabulary Treat (J.) Vocabulary Williams (R.) Words Barton (B.S.) Words Commuck (T.) Words Dexter (H. M.) Words Featherman (A.) Words Gray (A.) and Traum: bull (J. H.) Words Green (S. A.) Words Hovelacque (A.) Words Latham (R. G.) Words McIntosh (J.) Words MacLean (J. P.) Words Malte-Brun (M. K. B.) Words Sener (S. M.) Words Smet (P. J. de). Words Vater (J.S.) Words Warden (D. B.) Nash (Edward Wesley). Catalogue | of the | library | of the late | E. B. O’Calla- ghan, M. D., LL. D., | historian of New York. | Compiled by E. W. Nash. | 371 372 Nash (E. W.) — Continued. New York: | Douglas Taylor, Printer, eor. Fulton and Nassau Sts. | 1882. Printed coyer, portrait 11. title as above verso conditions of sale 1]. note verso blank 1 1, text pp. 1-223, 8°. Contains titles of a number of works relating to the Algonquian languages. Oopies seen: Eames, Geological Survey. Mr. Nash also prepared the sale catalogue of the library of Rev. J.M. Finotti, described on p. 193 of this bibliography. Natic. See Massachusetts. National Museum: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institu- tion, Washington, D. C. ee Naugatuck: Geographic names See Orcutt (S.) Vocabulary. De Forest (J. W.) N’dakkabin skudewhambt. [Abnaki]. See Vetromile (E.) Ne kesukod Jehovah. See Mayhew (E.) Nehethawa: Grammatic comments See Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.S.) Adeiung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Neal (Daniel). The | history | of | New- - England | Containing an | Impartial Account | of the | Civil and Ecclesiast- ical Affairs | Of the Country | To the Year of our Lord, 1700. | To which is added | The Present State of New-Eng- land. | With a New and Accurate Map of the Country. | And an | appendix | Containing their | Present Charter, their Ecclesiastical Disci- | pline, and their Municipal-Laws. | In Two Vol- umes. | By Daniel Neal. | Vol. I[-IT]. | London: | Printed for J. Clark, at the Bible & Crown in the Poultry, | R. Ford, at the Angel in the Poultry, and R. Crut-| tenden, at the Bible and Three Crowns in Cheapside | M DCC XX [1720]. Vocabulary 2 vols.: title verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. i-vi, preface pp. i-x, contents 1 1. text pp. 1-330; title verso blank 11. contents 11. text pp. 331- 616, appendix pp. 617-712, index pp. i-xv, 8°. A few Massachusetts Indian words and phrases (from Cotton Mather) with English translation, vol. 1, pp. 44-45. Oopies seen: Astor, British MAES TE Con- gress, Trumbull. The | history | of | New-England, | Containing an | Impartial Account | of the | Civil and Ecclesiastical Affairs | Of the Country, | To the year of our lord, 1700. | To which is added, | The BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Neal (D.)— Continued. Present State of New-England. | With a New and Accurate Map of the Coun- try. | And an | appendix | Containing their | Present Charter, their Ecclesias- tical Disci- | pline, and their Municipal- Laws. | In Two Volumes. | The Second Edition. | With many Additions by the author. | By Daniel Neal, A. M. | Vol. I[-IT]. | London: | Printed for A. Ward, in Little-Britain; T. Longman | and T. Shewell, in Paternostem noun ; J. Os- wald, | in the Poultry; A. Millar, in the Strand; and | J. Brackstone, in Corn- hill. M DCC XLVII [1747]. 2 vols.: title verso blank | 1. dedication pp. i-vi, preface pp. i-vi, contents 11. text pp. 1-392, map; title verso blank 11. contents1 |. text pp. 1-255, appendix pp. 256-380, index 8 ll. 8°. Linguistics as under title next above, vol. 1, pp. 47-48. Oopies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzeum, Brit- ish Museum, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society. Stevens's Nuggets, no. 1960, priced a copy 18s. Nehiro-iriniui aiamihe [Montagnais]. See La Brosse (J. B. de). Neill (Rev. Edward Duffield). History of the Ojibways, and their connection with fur traders, based upon official and other records. By Rey. Edward D.: Neill. In Minnesota Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 5, pp. 395 510, Saint Paul, Minn., 1885, 8°. Names of Ojibway chiefs, with meanings, pp. 459, 468. Nemumin (John). See Cotton (J.) Netum ewh oomahzenahegun [Chippe- wa]. See Jones (P.) New Testament [Massachnee Eliot (J.) Newcomb (Harvey). The | North Amer- ican Indians: | being | a series of con- versations | pasion | amother and her children, | illustrating the | character, manners, and customs | of the | natives of North America. | Adapted both tothe general Reader and to the Pupil of the | Sabbath School. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | By Harvey Newcomb. | Pittsburgh: | published by Luke Loomis, | no. 79, Market street. [1835.] 2 vols.: title verso copyright and printer 1 1. contents pp. iii-iv, preface pp. v-vi, charac- ters introduced verso blank 1 1. text pp. 9-169; title verso copyright and printer 1 1. contents pp. iii-iv, text pp. 5-169, advertisement 1 1. 18°, See ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Wewcomb (H.) — Continued. Appendix, vol. 1, pp. 155-169, contains remarks on Indian languages (including the Algon- quian), from Boudinot’s Star in the West, Adair, Colden, and Edwards, andatable, from Edwards, of English, Charibbee, Creek, Mohegan, and Hebrew words. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Wis- consin Historical Society. New England: Lord’s prayer See Fry (E.) Lord’s prayer Lord’s. Proper names Brinton (D. G.) Text Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) - Vocabulary Prichard (J. C.) Vocabulary Wood (W.) Words Sparks (J.) Words Winslow (E.) Newinachke & guttasch [Delaware]. See Luckenbach (A.) Wew Jersey: Geographic names Tribal names See Gordon (T.) Sanford (E.) Vocabulary Barber (J. W.) and Howe (H.) Vocabulary Indian Interpreter. Vocabulary Raum (J. 0.) Vocabulary Smith (S.) New Sweden. See Delaware. New York, Geographic names. SeeJones(N. W.) New York Historical Society. These words fol- lowing a title or inclosed within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that society, New York City. Niantic. See Narragansett. Nichols (Benjamin R.) See Cotton (J.) Nicolas (fr. Louis). Grammaire | de la langue | des Sauvages de l’Amerique | Septentrionalle. | qui est entendues dans les paie de plus | de cents Lieues, ou sont donnés | Tous les preceptes pour scauoir cette langue | parfaitement. | On a mis a la fin de cette grammaire | un petit supplement de l’histoire du pays, ou | La trouvera pesle et mele dans un Traite de la | mesme langue qu’on a nomé lieux communs | ou ona quand a discouvir de tous les afix du trafix | et de la police des Sauuages. Preceded by a modern title, as follows: Grammaire Algonquine | ou des Sauvages de l’Amérique septentrionalle | avec la Descrip- tion du Pays, journaux| de voyages, Mé- moires, Remarques sur l’histoire| naturelle 373 Nicolas (L.)— Continued &c &c | Composé 4 ce qu’il parait en 1672, 1673 1674. | Par Louis Nicolas Prétre Missionnaire {| natif de la ville d’Aubenas en Languedoc | Mss origé. Manuscript in the Bibliothéque Nationaie, Paris, numbered 1 in catalogue 327. There are two blank leaves at the beginning, followed by the modern title as above verso blank 1 1. title as aboveverso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1 1. preface (signed Louis Nicolas p. missionaire) pp. 4-6, avis p. 7, text pp. 8-31,1 1. pp.1-15,1 1. pp. 16-35, 1 1. pp. 36-55, 1 1. pp. 56-61, 1-13, 1-20. Premiére partie de l’ouvrage begins on p. 8, with the Premiére declension, the discussion of the verb continuing to p.3l. This is followed by 1 l.on the recto of which is: Second caier De la grammaire Algonquine, verso blank. Pp. — 4-31 are numbered even on the rectos and odd on the versos. The succéeding leaf is headed: Second par- tie de l’ouvrage, and this extends through pp. 1-15 (the verso of the latter is blank) and treats of the alphabet, the noun, its cases and num- bers, the pronoun, its cases, declensions, per- sons, and significations. This is followed by 1 1, bearing on the recto: Troisiéme Caier de la grammaire Algonquine, verso blank, followed by: Du verbe, pp. 16-35. An unnumbered 1. follows, on the recto of which is: Quatriéme caier, verso blank, the discussion of the verb continuing with no apparent break through pp. 36-47. Pp. 48-55 contain remarks upon nouns, pronouns noble, pronouns ignoble, etc. An unnumbered leaf follows, headed: Cinquieme caier, verso blank; Remarques sur le syllable; Remarques sur les mots, etc. pp. 56-61. Pp. 16- 61 are numbered even on rectos, odd on versos. Troisieme partie de la grammaire Algon- quine, etc. pp. 1-13, is devoted to ‘‘Syntaxes.”’ Quarieme [sic] partie (pp. 1-20) treats of adverbs, prepositions, interrogations, conjunc- tions pp. 1-6; Des particules pp. 7-20; colophon p.20: Fin des particules et de la grammaire. This is followed by a paragraph as follows: ‘Tay mis partout autang aJ’ay peu la signifi- cation francaise sous chaque mot sauvage quand J’ay este trop contraint, J’ay marqué auec des cniffres l’ordre qu'il faut tenir dans l’explication de chaque mot. Jen’ay garder le mesme ordre dans la suite des lieux communs q je vous presente icy en suite. Lieux com- muns,”’ and here the manuscript stops. Father Nicolas was of the province of Tou- louse and entered the Society of Jesus Sept. 16,1654. Hecameto Canada in 1664, landing on the 25th of May. Hereturned to France in 1675. Nihima | Ayamie-Mazinahigan. | Kana- chchatageng [Lake of two moun- vains].9| [The crucifix within a border of printer’s stars. ] | Montreal, | imprimé par Ludger Du- vernay, | a ’imprimerie de la Minerve. | 1830. 374 Nihima — Continued. Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in the Nipissing language pp. 3-100, 18°. Probably by the Rev. J. C. Mathevet. Prayers, pp. 3-17.—Catechism, pp. 18-50.— Prayers for mass, etc. pp. 51-85.—Hymns, pp. 85-91.—Litanies, pp. 91-96. — Primer lessons, pp. 97-99.— Numerals 1-100, p. 100. Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society, EKames. Leclerc, 1878, no. 2580, priced a copy 30 fr. Some copies have title-page differing slightly from above (but otherwise the same), as fol- lows: Nihina | Ayamie-Mazinahigan. | Kanach- chatageng [Lake of two muuntains]. | [The crucifix within a border of print- er’s ornaments. | | Moniang [Montreal]: datch. | 1830. Colophon: Montreal: | imprimé par Ludger Duvernay, | al’imprimerie de la Minerve. | 1830. Title verso colophon 1 1. text entirely in the Nipissing language pp. 3-100, 18°. Copies seen: Archbishopric of Quebec, Pil- ling. Thecopy inthe Archbishopric of Quebec has thefollowing manuscript note opposite the title: “Ce livre est écrit en langue algonquine, de la mission du Lac. I] peut servir aussi aux sanu- ‘vages des Trois-Riviéres, de Michilimakinace, de l Arbre-Croche, aux Sauteux, aux sauvages de la Riviére-Rouge. Chs. de Bellefeuille, Pte.” A later edition, from different plates, and with some additions, as follows: | Fabre-en- Niina | aiamie masinaigan. | Kanacta- geng [Lake of two mountains]. | [Pic- ture of a cross. ] | Moniang [Montreal]: | tak8abikick- ote endate John Lovell. | 1854. Translation: For us| prayer book. | At the Lake of two mountains. | Montreal: | printed at his house John Lovell. Frontispiece (a large cross) verso blank 11. title (verso approbation of + Ignace Evéque de Montréal, le 9 mars 1854) 11. text entirely in the Nipissing language pp. 5-151, picture of the Virgin with prayer underneath verso blank 1 1. index pp. 155-156, 16°. Prayers, pp. 5-15.—Catechism, pp. 16-43.— Prayers for mass, pp. 44-85.—Hymns, pp. 86- 97.—Litanies, pp. 98-103.— Hymns, pp. 104-151.-- Picture of the Virgin followed by a prayer, 1 unnumbered 1. verso blank. Copies seen: Laval, Pilling, Powell, Eames. See Lebret (L. M.) for title of .a later edition. Niina aiamie masinaigan Lercel: See Lebret (L. M.) Niirawe aiamie masinaigan [Cree]. See Guéguen (J. P.) Nikamo masinaigan [Chippewa]. See Prévost (M.) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Nikamuina. | Uabistiguiatsh [Quebec]. | Masinahi- 4 tsheu, | Jan Neilson | 1817. Pp. 1-40, sm. 12°, Gregorian chant, with notes, in the Montagnais language. Copies seen: Laval. Nikimoani[Shawnee]. See Lykins (J.) ; Nikumoowe mussinahikun [Cree]. See Hunter (James). Nikumoowina [Cree]. (Jean). Nipissing : Bible history Calendar Calendar Calendar Calendar Catechism Catechism Catachism Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism General discussion Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Hymns Hymns Hymns Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Numerals Numerals Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayers Prayers Prayers Primer Primer Sermons Sermons Sermons Sermons Sermons Sermons Text Text Tract Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary See Hunter See Mathevet (J. C.) Cuoq (J. A.) Cuoq (J. A.) and Dé- léage (F. R.) Déléage (F. R.) Prévost (M.) Aiamie-nabowewinan. Catechismo. Cuog (J. A.) Dépéret (E.) Nihima. Nihina. Niina. Dépéret (E.) Lebret (L. M.) Nihima Nihina. Niina. Mathevet (J.C. ) Specimen. Terlaye (F. A. M. de). Cuoq (J. A.) Trumbull (J. H.) Cuog (J. A.) Masinaigan. Aiamie-nabowewinan. Cuoq (J. A.) Lebret (L. M.) Mathevet (J. C.) Nihima. Nihina. Niina. Richard (P.) Cuoq (J. A.) Dépéret (E.) Masinaigan. Cuog (J. A.) Masinaiganikiknoama gek8in. Bellefeuille (C. de). Dépéret (E.) Guichart de Kersident (V.F.) Mathevet (J.C. ) ‘Richard (P.) Thavenet (—) Cuoqg (J. A.) Kaondinoketc (F.) Cuog (J. A.) Campbell (J.) Howse (J.) Mathevet (J. C.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Nistum oo mamowe [Cree]. See Hun- ter (Jean). Nowomo wuttinnoowaonk [Massachu- setts]. See Bliot (J.) Norridgewock: Lord’s prayer See Dudley (P.) Numerals Hanson (J. W.) Numerals Rasles (S.) Vocabulary Allen (W.) Vocabulary Hanson (J. W.) Vocabulary Lincoln (E.) Vocabulary Pickering (J.) Norris (Philetus W.) The | calumet of the Coteau, | and other | poetical le- gends of the border. | Also, | a glossary of Indian names, words, and | western provincialisms. | Together with | a guide-book | of the | Yellowstone na- tional park. | By P. W. Norris, | five years superintendent of the Yellowstone national park. | All rights reserved. | Philadelphia:.| J. B. Lippincott & co. | 1883. . Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. poem verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. 9-12, contents pp. 13-14, illustrations verso blank 1 1. text pp. 17-170, notes pp. 171-221, glossary pp. 223-233, guide book pp. 235-275, map, sm. 8°. Glossary of Indian words and provincialisms, pp. 223-233, contains a number of Ojibwa words. Oopies seen: National Museum, Pilling, Pow- ell. Notes pourservir a l’histoire velle France. See Harrisse (H.) Notice | sur | l’état actuel de la mission | de la Louisiane. | [Picture of the vir- gin and child. ] | Paris, | Adrien Le Clere, Imprimeur de N. S. P. le Pape, de S. Em. M&. le | Cardinal Archevéque de Paris, et de la Grande-Auménerie de | France, quai des Augustins, n°. 35. | 1820. Title verso blank 11. text pp. 1-58, 8°. Fourteen words and the Lord’s prayer ‘‘en langue sauvage [Illinois],”’ p. 49. Copies seen: Eames, Powell, Shea. These specimens are extracted from the anonymous manuscript described under Illinois on p. 250 of this bibliography. Reprinted in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, no. 1, 1822 (see Missions de la Louisiane); and again as follows: Notice | sur )’état actuel | de la Mission | de la Louisiane | Derniére édition | 4 laquelle | on a ajouté de nouveaux détails. | [Monogram. ] | Nou- 375 Notice — Continued. Turin, 1822. | Chez Hyacinthe Mari- etti Libraire, rue du P36, | sous les ar- cades de l’Université Royale. Title verso blank 1 1]. preface pp. 3-6, text pp. 7-65, 12°. Fourteen words and the Lord’s prayer ‘‘en langue sauvage [Illinois],”’ p. 51. Copies seen: Congress, Shea. Notice | sur les missions | du | diocese de Quebec, | qui sont secourues par |’As- sociation de la | Propagation de la Foi. | Janvier, 1839. No. 1 [-Mai 1874. No. 21]. | (Design. ] | Québec :| de ’imprimerie de Fréchette & Cie., | imprimeurs et libraires, N°. 8, rue Lamontagne. | Avec approbation des Supérieurs. [N. d.—1874.] Nos. 1-21, each part with title on printed cover, 12°. In the later numbers the title has been changed to read: Rapport sur les missions. Lafléche (L. F.), Missions du Nord-ouest, no. 11, pp. 1-17. —— Les noms de quelques tribus, localités de la langue algonquine, no. 12, pp. 100- 105. Oopies seen: Gagnon, Shea. Nouveau testament en langue crise. See Lacombe (A.) Nouvelle Bretagne. Vicariat Aposto- lique d’Athabaska et Mackenzie. In Annales de la Propagation dela Foi, vol. 43, pp. 457-478, Paris, 1871, 8°. Contains remarks on the Esquimaux and Cris languages. Noyes (ev. Thomas). and Noyes (T.) Nudénans (Jean Baptiste). Index al- phabeticus correspondens Sylva vocum Uanbanakewarum. Et Radicum Uaba- nakearum Sylva ex variis veterum re- centiorumque manuscript. codicibus collecta et alphab. ordini restitua a J. B. Nudénans, anno 1760. C) Manuscript, 216 pp. sm. 4°, preserved at the Roman Catholic Abnaki mission at Pierreville, Canada. Title from Gill (C.), Notes sur de Vieux Manuscrits abenakis, p.16, where it is entered as nos. 3 and 4 and described as follows: This work, which I designate by the name of Radicum Sylva, is a dictionary, Abenakis- Latin, of which 116 pp. are Latin-Abenakis, and 100 Abenakis-Latin. No. 4 is only a copy of the Radicum Sylwa, or A benakis-Latin dictionary, and does notinclude the alphabetic index, or Latin- A benakis diction- ary; mainly, though not always, in the same handwriting as no. 3, the variant being not so legible as the main portion; written in a large and long book ruled for accounts. See Holmes (A.) 376 Nudénans (J. B.) — Continued. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Numerals — Continued. Nudénans, who compiled the work, is evi- Delaware Collin (N.) dently the name of an Indian instructed by Delaware Edwards (J.) the Jesuit fathers. No one of his name is now Delaware Gibbs (G.) living among the Abenakis of Pierreville, the Delaware Haldeman (S. S.) only name resembling it being that of Annans. Delaware James (E.) ° D i We ° Nu-gu-mo-nun O-je-boa. See Henry akecaate ae 5 e ) (G.) and Evans (J.) Delaware Parsons (J.) Nuhguhmoowinun kanuhguhmoowah- Delaware Thomas (G.) jin [Chippewa]. See O'Meara (F. A.) | Delaware Nalloncey a elaware Weiser (C.) and Jacobs (P.) Delaware Zeisberger (D.) Numerals: Etchemin Classical. Abnaki See Bagster (J.) Etchemin Duret (C.) Abnaki Prince (J. D.) Etchemin Laet (J. de). Abnaki Rand (S. T.) Etchemin Lescarbot (M.) Abnaki Sewall (R. K.) Jllinois Illinois. Abnaki Trumbull (J. H.) Maliseet Gordon (A. H.) Abnaki Williamson (W. D.) Maliseet Rand (S. &.) Algonquian Beauregard (0.) Maliseet Schoolcraft (H. R.). Algonquian Classical. Maliseet Shea (J. G.) Algonquian Ellis (R.) Maliseet Stephens (J.) Algonquian Fritz (J. F.) and Schultze Massachusetts Classical. (B.) Massachusetts Haines (E. M.) Algonquian Heriot (G.) Massachusetts James (E.) Algonquian Hervas (L.) Menomonee Haines (E.M.) Algonquian James (E.) Menomonee James (E.) Algonquian Lescarbot (M.) Miami Haines (E. M.) Algonquian Long (J.) Miami James (E.) - Algonquian Pott (A. F.) Micmac Brown (G. 8S.) Algonquian Rudiger (J. C.) Micmac Gordon (A. H.) -Algonquian Schoolcraft (H. R.) Micmac Haines (E. M.) Algonquian Stearns (W. A.) Micmac Prince (J. D.) Algonquian Trumbull (J. H.) Micmac Shea (J. G.) Arapaho Haines (E. M.) Mohegan Edwards (J.) Arapaho Pott (A. F.) Mohegan Haines (E. M.) Atsina Pott (A. F.) ‘Mohegan Holmes (A.) Blackfoot Latham (R. G.) Mohegan Williamson (W. D.) Blackfoot Maximilian (A. P.) Munsee Edwards (J.) Cheyenne Abert (J. W.) Munsee Haines (E. M.) Cheyenne Flachnecker (G.) Munsee James (E.) Cheyenne Haines (E. M.) Narragansett Dexter (H. M.) Cheyenne Pott (A. F.) Narragansett James (E.) Chippewa Belcourt (G. A.) Nipissing Cuog (J. A.) Chippewa Carver (J.) Nipissing Masinaigan. Chippewa Collin (N.) Norridgewock Hanson (J. W.) Chippewa Déléage (F. R.) Norridgewock Rasles (S.) Chippewa Fairbanks (—) Ottawa Dejean (A.) Chippewa Haines (E. M.) Ottawa Haines (EK. M.) Chippewa Haldeman (S. S.) Ottawa James (E.) Chippewa _ James (H.) Ottawa Meeker (J.) Chippewa Long (J.) Pampticough Fritz (J. F.) and Schultze Chippewa Rand (S. T.) (B.) Chippewa Schoolcraft (H. R.) Pampticough Hervas (L.) Chippewa aa Shea (J.G.) Passamaquoddy Haines (E. M.) Chippewa Warren (W. W.) Passamaquoddy Haldeman (S.S.) Cree Classical. Passamaquoddy James (E.) Cree First. Passamaquoddy Prince (J. D.) Crée Haines (H. M.) Penobscot Haines (E. M.) Cree Harmon (D. W.) Penobscot Haldeman (S. S.) Cree James (E.) Penobscot James (E.) Cree Pott (A. F.) Penobscot Rand (S. T.) Delaware Allgemeine. Penobscot Shea (J. G.) Delaware Bozman (J. L.) Pottawotomi Haines (E. M.) Delaware Classical. Pottawotomi Haldeman (S. 8.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 377 Numerais— Continued. Numerals — Continued. Pottawotomi James (E.) Shawnee Vallancey (C.) Powhatan Bozman (J. L.) Shawnee Weiser (C.) Sac and Fox Haines (EH. M.) Souriquois Duret (C.) Sankikani Haines (E. M.) Souriquois Haines (H. M.) Sankikani James (E.) Souriquois James (E.) Shawnee Haines (EK. M.) Souriquois Laet (J. de). Shawnee Haldeman (S.S8.) Souriquois Lescarbot (M.) Shawnee . James (E.) Virginia Williamson (W. D.) Shawnee Jones (D.) ; sa Shawnee Tykins J.) Nvgvmouinvn genvnvgyvmouat [Chip- Shawnee Parsons (J.) pewa]. See Jones (P.) Os O’Callaghan (E. B.) — Continued. 14 vols. 4°, ? O. (N.), pseud. See Cuogq (J. A.) O’Brien (Rev. Michael Charles). Article. XI. grammatical sketch of the ancient Abnaki, outlined in the dictionary of Fr. Sebastian Rale,S.J. Part I.—The Abnakinoun. By Rev. Michael Charles O’Brien. Read at the meeting of the Maine Historical Society, at Portland, December 23, 1882. In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 9, pp. 259-294, Portland, 1887, 8°. Issued separately as follows: — A grammatical sketch | of the | Ab- naki noun, | as outlined in the diction- ary of the | Rev. Sebastian Rale, S. J. | By | Rev. Michael Charles O’Brien, | of Bangor. | Reprinted from Volume 1X. Collections of {| Maine Historical Society. | Portland. | 1887. Cover title: Grammatical sketch of the an- cient | Abnaki | outlined in the dictionary of Fr. | Sebastian RAle, S. J.| Part I.—The Ab- naki noun. | By rev. Michael Charles O’Brien. | Read at the Meeting of the Maine Historical So- ciety, at Portland, December | 23, 1882. Half-title on cover, title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 1-34, sm. 4°. Copies seen: Kames, Pilling. O’Callaghan. This word following a title or in- cluded within parentheses after a note indi- cates that a copy of the work referred to was seen by the compiler at the sale of books be- longing to the late Dr. E. B. O'Callaghan, New York City, in 1882. O’Callaghan (Edmund Bailey). Docu- ments | relative to the | colonial history | of .the | state of New-York; | pro- cured in | Holland, England and France, | by | John Romeyn Brodhead, esq., | agent, | under and by virtue of an act of the legislature, [&c. three lines.] | [Design.] | Published under and by virtue of an act [&c. four lines. ] | Edited by | E. B. O’Callaghan, M. D., LL.D. | With a general intro- duction by the agent. | Vol. I[-XIV]. | Albany: | Weed, Parsons and com- pany, printers. | 1856[-1883]. ; 378 The eleventh volume (1861) is a general index to the preceding ten volumes; under ‘‘ Indian language” there have been brought together (pp. 282-284) the different Algonquian, Chero- kee, and Iroquoian terms occurring in the work, with their English significations. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Eames, Geological Sur- vey, Massachusetts Historical Society, Powell, Trumbull, Watkinson. —— A | list | of editions | of the | holy scriptures | and parts thereof, | printed in America previous to 1860: | with | introduction and bibliographical notes. | By E. B. O’Callaghan. | Albany: | Munsell & Rowland. | 1861. Title as above verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. v-liv, list of some of the errors and variations found in modern Douay bibles 5 unnumbered pp. two fac-simile plates, text pp. 1-392, index. pp. 393- 415, two other fac-simile plates, large 8°. Arranged chronologically. Titles and descriptions, with fac-similes of ' title-pages, of Eliot’s bible, pp. 1-18.—Titles of parts of the bible in various Algonquian lan- guages appear passim. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. At the Menzies sale, catalogue no. 1516, a “half-blue Levant morocco, gilt top, uncut”’ copy brought $9.25. Priced by Quaritch, no. 30233, 27. 168.; by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 5873, $6; by Leclerc, 1887, no. 3403, 75 fr. —— See Nash (E. W.) Edmund Bailey O’Callaghan, historian, born . in Mallow, county Cork, Ireland, February 29, 1797; died in New York City May 27, 1880. After completing his collegiate course he spent two years in Paris. In 1823 he emigrated to Quebec, and in 1827 he was admitted to the practice of medicine. In 1834 he was editor of “The Vindicator,” and in 1836 he was elected a member of the assembly of Lower Canada, but after the insurrect’'on he removed to New York, and he was for many years employed in the office of the secretary of state at Albany in editing the records of the State. Afterward, in 1870, he removed to New York City.—A pple- ton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. See Edwards (J.) Ocki aii masinaiganikikinohamagan. See Cuog (J. A.) Odizhijigeuiniuaigiu gaanoninjig[Chip- pewa]. See Hall (S.) and Copway (G.) Ojebway nuhguhmonun. See Jones (P.) and others. Occom (Samson). Ojibue nvgymouinvn. See Jones (P.) and others. Ojibue spelling book. See James (E.) Ojibwa. See Chippewa. Ojibwa nugumoshiing. See Jones (P.) and others. Ojibway muzzeniegun. | The| catechism | of the | church of England; | written in the | Ojibwa (or Chippewa) lan- | guage. | Toronto: | printed by Robert Stan- ton. | 1834. Title verso blank 11. text (with the excep- tion of a few English headings entirely in the Chippewa language) pp. 3-18, 16°. Catechism, pp. 3-16.—The confession, pp. 17- 18.—Collect for grace, p. 18. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Ojibway spelling book. See Jones (P.) Ojipue. See Chippewa. Ojipue spelling book. See Ayer (F.) Ojipwe. See Chippewa. Okikinoadi-mezinaigan . . Chip- peway. See Baierlein (E. R.) Old Algonkin. See Algonquian. Old Humphrey, pseud. See EuUSTAGEe (G.) Old Records from New Jersey. See In- dian Interpreter. Omajibiigeuinvn au John. | The | epis- tles of John [and general epistle of James]. | In the | Ojibwa language | Boston: | printed for the American board of commissioners | for foreign missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1840. Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in Ojibwa pp. 3-30, 12°. Probably translated by James Evans or Sherman Hall. John I, pp. 3-14.—John I, pp. 15-16.—John Ill, pp. 16-17.—James, pp. 19-30. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Eames, Pil- ling, Powell. Omdanomineu kichkenohamatwon [Me- nomonee]. See Zephyrin-Engelharat (C. A.) 379 [O’Meara (Rev. Frederick A.)] Shah- gunahse Ahnumeahwene Muzzeneegun. Toronto. 1846. (*) 467 and 50 pp. 8°. Title from Karl W. Hiersemann’s Catalogue 16 (May, 1886), no. 1038, where it was priced 6 Marks; repeated in Catalogue 20, no. 66, at the same price. This edition seems to be referred to by Bag- ster’s Bible of Every Land (first edition), p. 372, on the authority of the Heclesiastical Gazette tor September, 1850, as follows: ‘‘Another version [of the new testament] has been undertaken, at the expense of the Society for Promoting Chris- tian Knowledge, by the Rev. Dr. O’Meara, who, in 1846, had translated the Liturgy of the Church of England into Chippeway. He has produced a translation of the Four Gospels, and this work is now passing through the press, if not already completed.”’ {[——] Sbabguhnahshe | ahnuhinedihwine muzzeneégun. | Ojibwag anwawaud azheiihnekenootah- | beégahdag. | Toronto: | printed by Henry Row- sell, | for the venerable society for pro- moting christian knowledge, | London. | MDCCCLIII [1853]. Literal translation: English | prayer book | the-Chippewas as-their-language-is so-trans- lated-and-put- | in-writing. Title verso blank 11. text (entirely in Oj ane. except English and Latin headings) pp. 3-272, i-ccclvi, 12°. Prayer book, pp. 3-272. Be een of the sacraments etc. pp. i-cxx. — Psalms, pp. exxi-cccxxv.—Hymns, pp. ccexxvii-ccclvi. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. [——] Shahguhnahshe | ahnuhmeahwine muzzeueégun. | Ojibwag anwawaud azhetihnekenootah- | beégahdag. | (The Benedicite Omnia Opera and Athana- sian Creed are omitted | for reasons stated herein.) | [Seal of the society ] | London: | Society for promoting christian knowledge; | Nocthumber- land avenue, Charing cross. [1880 ?] ‘Title verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in Ojib- wa except English and Latin headings) pp. 1-643, colophon p. [644], 12°. Book of common prayer, pp. 1-270.—Admin- istration of the sacraments etc. pp. 270-392.— Psalms, pp. 392-601.—Hymuns, pp. 603-643. Copies seen: Kames. For a revised extract from this work see O’Meara (F. A.) and others. [-—] Ewh | Oomenwahjemoowin | owh Tawanemenung | Jesus Christ, | kahe- nahjemoowand egewh newin Manwah- jemoojig | owh St. Matthew owh St. Mark owh St. Luke | kuhya owh St. 380 O’Meara (F. A.)— Continued. John. | Keahnekuhnootuhbeegahdag | Anwawand egewh Ahneshenahbag Ojibwag anindjig. | Keenahkoonege- waud kuhya ketebahahmahgawaud | egewh Mahyahmahwejegajig | Society for promoting Christian Knowledge, | ewede London Anduhzhetahwaud. | Toronto: | Printed by A. F. Plees, No. 7 King Street. | 1850. Ce) Literal translation: That | his-good-tidings | that-one our-lord [very literally, ‘‘ that-one- who-owns-us’’] | Jesus Christ, | as-they-have- told-the-story those four who-relate-good-tid- ings | that-one St. Matthew that-one St. Mark that-one St. Luke | and that-one St. John. | Transiated-and-written-into | as-the-manner-of- their-language-is those Indians Chippewas who-are-called. | As-they-have-determined-that- it-should-be-done and have-paid-for-it | those who-are-associated-together-in-doing | Society for promoting christian knowledge, | there London where-they-work. 338 pp. 8°. The four gospels in Ojibwatrans- lated by Rev. Dr. O’Meara. Title from O’Calla- ghan’s List of editions of the holy scriptures, p. 311. Reprinted, probably from the same plates, with the additionof the remaining books of the new testament, as follows: {——] Ewh | oowahweendahmahgawin | owh tabanemenng | JesusChrist, | ke- ahnekuhnootuhbeegahdag | Anwamand egewh Ahneshenahbag Ojibway [sic] anindjig. | Keenahkoonegawaud kuhya ketebahahmahgawaud | egewh mah- yahmahwejegajig | Society for promot- ing christian knowledge, | ewede Lon- don anduhzhetahwaud. | Toronto: | Henry Rowsell, King street. | 1854. Literal translation : That |his-promise-which- he-makes | that-one-who-owns-us | Jesus Christ, | translated-into-and-written | as-their-language- is those Indians Chippewas who-are-called. | As-they -have-determined -that- it-should-be- done and have-paid-for-it | those who-are-asso- ciated-together-in-work | Society for promoting christian knowledge, | there London where- they-work. Title verso blank 11. errata 1 1. text entirely in the Ojibwa language pp. 3-766, sm. 8°. Con- tains the whole of the new testament. Matthew, pp. 3-100.—Mark, pp. 101-159.— Luke, pp. 160-262.—John, pp. 263-338.—Acts, pp. 339-438.—Romans, pp. 439-480.—Corinth- jans I-II, pp. 481-548.—Galatians, pp. 549-562.— Ephesians, pp. 563-576.—Philippians, pp. 577- 586.—Colossians, pp. 587-596.—Thessalonians I-Il, pp. 597-610.—Timothy 1-11, pp. 611-631.—Ti- tus, pp. 632-636.—Philemon, pp. 637-638.—He- [——] Oodahnuhmedhwine | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE O’Meara (F. A.) — Continued. brews, pp. 639-670.—James, pp. 671-681.—Peter I-II, pp. 682-700.—J ohn I-11], pp. 700-714.—Jude, pp. 714-717. Revelation, pp. 717-766. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, Eames, Gagnon, Pilling, Powell. At the Brinley sale, no. 5666, a copy brought $6.75. A later edition as follows: [——] Oowahweendahmahgawin | owh tabanemenung | Jesus Christ, | keihne- kuhnootuhbeégahdag | Anwamand egewh Ahneshenahbag Ojibwag anind- jig. | Keénahkoonegawaud kuhya ke- tebahahmahgawaud | egewh mahyah- mahwejegajig | Society for promoting christian knowledge, | ewede benncn anduhzhetahwaud. | Toronto: | Beil & co., 13 Adelaide street east. | 1874. Literal translation: His-promise-that-he- makes | that-one our-lord | Jesus Christ, | translated-into-and-written | as-their-language- is those Indians Chippewas who-are-called. | As-they-have - determined - that - it - should - be- done [very literally, ‘‘as-they-have-passed - a- law-that-it-should-be-done ’’] and have-paid-for- it | those who-are-associated-together-in-doing | Society for promoting christian knowledge, | there London where-they-work. Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in the Ojibwa language pp. 3-771, sm. 8°. The whole of the new testament. Matthew, pp. 3-100.—Mark, pp. 101-161.— Luke, pp. 162-264.—John, pp. 265-341.—Acts, pp. 342-441.—Romans, pp. 442-483.—Corinth- ians I-II, pp. 484-552.—Galatians, pp. 553-566.— Ephesians, pp. 567-580.—Philippians, pp. 581- 590.—Colossians, pp. 591-600.—Thessalonians I- Il, pp. 601-614. Timothy I-11, pp. 615-634.—Ti- tus, pp. 635-639.—Philemon, pp. 640-642.—He- brews, pp. 643-674. James, pp. 675-685.—Peter I-II, pp. 686-704. —John I-JI], pp. 704-717.—J ude, pp. 718-720,—Revelation, pp. 721-771. Copies seen: Eames, Powell. .- Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6757, priced a copy $1.50. nuhguh- moowinun owh David | Ojibwag an- wawaud | azheiihnekenootahbeégah- dagin. | Toronto: | printed by H. Rowsell | for the Upper Canada bible society. | 1856. Literal translation: His-religion | songs hat David | the-Chippewas as-their-language-is | so-translated-and-put-in-writing. | Title verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in Ojib- wa except English headings) pp. 1-204, 129. The Psalms of David. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, Eames, Pilling, Powell. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. a8l O’Meara (F.. A.) — Continued. Title verso blank 11. text (entirely in Ojibwa O’Meara (F. A.) — Continued. —— [Review of] Historical and statisti- cal information respecting the history and prospects of the Indian tribes of the United States. Collected and pre- pared under the direction of the Bureau of Indian Affairs. Vols. I and II. In Canadian Journal, new series, vol. 3, pp. 437-451, Tororto, 1858, 8°. A criticism of Mr. Schoolcraft’s knowledge of Indian languages, in which he gives numer ous examples from the Chippewa. —— See Jacobs (P.) and others. [—— and Jacobs (P.)] Ewh | kechetwah -muzzeneégun. | Nahnun muzzeneégun- un | Moses kahoozhebetihmoowahjin | keihnekuhnootuhbeégahdag anwa- waud | egewh Ahnishnahbag Ojibwag | anindjig. | Keénahkoonegawaud kuh- ya ketebahahmahgawaud egewh mah- yahmah- | wejegajig | Society for Pro- moting Christian Knowledge, | ewede London anduzhetahwaud. | Toronto: | printed by Lovell and Gib- son, Yonge street. | 1861. Literal translation: That | sacred-book. | Five books ; Moses which-he-wrote | as-it-has- been-translated-into-and-written as-their-lan- guage-is | those Indians Chippewas | who-are_ called. | They-having-determined-that-it-should- | be-done and have-paid-for-it those who-are-as- sociated-together- | in-work | Society for Pro- moting Christian Knowledge, | there London where-they-work. | Title verso blank 1 ]. text entirely in the Ojibwa language pp. 5-587, sm. 8°. Genesis, pp. 5-140.—Exodus, pp. 141-269.— Leviticus, pp. 270-356.—Numbers, pp. 357-486.— Deuteronomy, pp. 487-587. According to Henry J. Morgan's Bibliotheca Oanadensis (Ottawa, 1867), p. 298, the above translation and the one following were made ~ by Rev. Frederick A. O’Meara, LL. D., ‘‘in con- junction with the late Rev. Peter Jacobs.” Oopies seen: Kames, Gagnon, Pilling, Powell, Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. — — Nuhguhmoowiuun, | kanuhguh- moowahjin | egewh | Ahnishepahbag Ojibwag | anindjig. | Kahahnekuhnoo- tuhbeuhmoowabjin egewh | makuhda- wekoonuhyag, | rev. dr. O’Meara, | ku- hya | rev. Peter Jacobs. | Toronto: | printed by Lovell and Gibson Yonge street. | 1861. Itteral translation: Songs [or hymns], | which-they-will-sing | those | Indians Chippe- was | who-are-called. | Which-they-have-trans- latéd-and-written those | clergymen, | rev. dr. O’Meara, | and | rev. Peter Jacobs. [—— ——]Anamie-muzinaigun | except the headings in English) pp. 3-87, index pp. 89-92, index to particular subjects (in Eng- lish) p. 93, colophon p. [94], 24°. Copies seen: Pilling. : e [—— and others. ] Mizi anamiawinun | an- amie-muzinaigup | Wejibweuissing | Wejibwemodjig | tchi abadjitowad. | Published | by the | Indian commission | of the | Protestant Episcopal Church, , | New York. | 1875. Literal translation: Common prayers | prayer-book | in-the-Chippewa-tongue | those- who-speak-Chippewa | to use. Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text entirely in the Chippewa lan- guage pp. 1-101, sq. 18°. Chippewa mission service used at the Indian Church of St. Columba, White Earth, Minn. Revised from Dr. O’Meara’s Book of common prayer, by Rev.J. A. Gilfillan with the aid of three half-breeds, P. Beaulieu, T. A. Warren, and F. Bellair. Mr. Gilfillan, in a letter to the compiler of this bibliography, says: ‘‘Being only a revi- sion of atranslation by one whose mother tongue was not Chippewa, it is not purely idiomatic.” Prayers etc. pp. 1-72..—_Hymns, pp. 73-101. Copies seen: Kames, Pilling, Powell, Trum- bull. Weji- buewising | Wejibuemodjig | chi abad- jitowad. | Ka-ajauaangag, | 1886. English imprint: Detroit, Minnesota. | The Record Steam Printing Office | 1886. Titeral translation: Prayer-book { in-the Chippewa-language | those-who-speak-Chippe- wa|to use.| Detroit [the crossing on the Sandy Spit (Becker Co. Minn.)], | 1886. English imprint recto blank 1 |. title verso blank 1 |. text entirely in the Chippewa lan- guage pp. 1-148, sq. 18°. Prayers, pp. 1-74. Hymns (with half-title ‘‘Nagumowinun’’), pp. 75-148. I am informed by Mr. Gilfillan that this isa revised edition of the little Chippewa prayer- book published in 1875; that it was revised by him, assisted whenever any doubt arose by vari- ous Indians whom he called to his aid; that it contains perhaps forty hymns which were not in the prayer-book of 1875, and that most of these are from the collections of the Rev. Peter Jones and the Revs. Evans and Henry, though a few, as Nos. 7, 8,and 15, are original transla- tions. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. The Church of England mission to the Chip- pewa Indians at Sault Ste. Marie was begun about the year 1835, under Rev. Mr. McMur- ray, who was obliged to retire a few years later on account of ill health. The mission then 382 O’Meara (F. A.) — Continued. : passed into the hands of Rev. Frederick A. O'Meara, LL.D. For many years he was sta- tioned on Great Manitoulin Island in Lake Hu- ron, where the Canadian government endeav- ored to concentrate the neighboring Indians in 1840 or 1841, after the mission at the south end of Lake Superior had been discontinued. The following extract from a letter of Rev. J. L. Breck, of the Chippewa mission, Canada West, printed in Bagster’s Bibleof Every Land (second edition), p. 452, contains a reference to Dr. O’Meara’s work: ‘‘ Whilst the Indian is making gradual improvement in several re- spects, yet no feature of the mission is so at- tractive as the religious. The daily Ojibway service is attended, with great regularity, by a large number of Indians who are still pagans ; thereby affording us the very best opportunity - for instructing them in Christianity. They conform with the greatest apparent interest to all the usages of the Church as regards pos- ture, and are beginning to respond and sing. We use the Anglican Prayer Book, which has been translated into Ojibway by an English missionary, the Rev. Fred. A. O’Meara, D. D., who ministers to the Chippewas on the Mani- toulin Islands in Lake Huron. This help, in administering religion to a pagan people, is valuable beyond computation.” Dr. O’Meara was afterwards transferred to Port Hope on Lake Ontario. The exact date of his death has not been ascertained, but it. was probably not far from 1870. According to Morgan’s Bibliotheca Canadensis, he was also “‘the author of several tracts in the Ojibwa language,” the titles of which have not been _ found or identified. Only (The) place of safety [Micmac]. See Rand (S. T.) Ontwa. See Whiting (H.) Oo meyo achimoowin St. John [Cree]. See Hunter (James). Oo meyo achimoowin St. Mark [Cree]. See Hunter (James). Oo meyoachimoowin St. Matthew [Cree]. See Hunter (James). Oo meyoo ahchemowin §. Matthew [Cree]. See Hunter (James.) Oo tapwatumoowin [Cree]. See Hunter (James). Oodahnuhmeahwine nuhguhmoowinun [Chippewa]. See O’Meara (F. A.) Oowahweendahmahgawin owh taba- nemenung [Chippewa]. See O’Meara (F. A.) Openango. See Passamaquoddy. Oppert (Gustav). On the classification of languages. A contribution to com- parative philology. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Oppert (G.) — Continued. In Madras Journalof Literature and Science for 1879, pp. 1-137, London, 1879, 8°. Relationships of the Algonquian family (from Morgan), pp. 114-115. See Bodoni (J. B.) Oratio dominica. See Chamberlayne (J.) and Wilkins (D.) Oratio dominica. See Krause (J. U.) and Wagner (J.C.) : See Marcel (J. J.) See Marietti (P.) See Motte (B.) See Mul- Oratio dominica. Oratio dominica. Oratio dominica. Oratio dominica. Orationis dominic versiones. ler (A.) Orbigny (Alcide Desallines d’). Voyage | dans | lAmérique Méridionale | (le Brésil, la république Orientale de ? Uru- guay, la république | Argentine, la Pa- tagonie, la république du Chili, la ré- publique de Bolivia, | larépublique du Pérou), | exécuté pendant les années 1826, 1827, 1828, 1529, 1830, 1831, 1832 et 1833, | par | Alcide d’Orbigny, | Cheva- lier [&c. two lines]. | Ouvrage dédié au Roi, | et publié sous les auspices de M. le Ministre de Instruction publi- que | (commencé sous M. Guizot). | Tome premier[-neuviéme }. | Paris, | Chez Pitois-Levrault et C.°, libraires-editeurs, | rue de la Harpe, N.°81; | Strasbourg, | chez V.¢ Levrault, rue des Juifs, N.° 33. | 1835[-1847]. 9 vols. 4°. Yol. 4, L’Homme Américain (de l’Amérique méridionale), contains a few words of Delaware, Pottawatameh, and Pennsylvanien, p. 79. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, British Museum, Congress. The Pinartsale catalogue, no. 690, gives brief title of an edition Paris, Pitois-Levrault, 1837, 2 vols. 8°. That copy sold for 10 fr. L’homme Américain | (de ) Amérique Méridionale), | considéré | sous ses rap- ports physiologiques et moraux; | par | Alcide d’Orbigny, | chevalier [&c. four lines]. | Tome premier [-second ]. | Paris: | Chez Pitois-Levrault et C.é, Libraires-éditeurs, | Rue de la Harpe, N.° 81; | Strasbourg, Chez F. G. Le- vrault, rue des Juifs, N.° 33. | 1839. 2 vols.: pp. i-xxviii, 1-423; 1-372, 8°, and at- las, 4°. A few words of Delaware, Pottawatameh, and Pennsylvanien, vol. 1, p. 162. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Brinton, British Museum, Harvard, Watkinson. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 383 Oshki nagumowin | nagamotiuik Manito | Jesus | J H S | Maria Joseph [Wikwemikong Lake Huron 1865] No imprint; title verso a prayer 1 1. text in the Chippewa language pp. 1-18,16°. Printed by the Catholic missionaries on their own press. Prayers, pp. 1-14.—Hymns, pp. 15-17. Copies seen: Férard. Osunkherhine (Peter Paul). See Wzo- khilain (P. P.) Otawa anamie-misinaigan. (F.) Otawa musenaikun. See Meeker (J.) Orbigny (A. D.)—Continued. The Field copy, no. 1732, sold for $7.75; the Squier copy, no. 968, $9.75. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2065, 10 fr. Atthe Ramirez sale, no. 290, Quaritch bought a copy for 11. 2s. Priced by Quaritch, no. 29991, 15s.; by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6373, $4.25; by Koehler, catalogue 465, no. 254, 6 M. 50 Pf. Orcutt (Samuel) and Beardsley (A.) The | history | of the | Old Town of Derby, | Connecticut, | 1642-1880. | With | biographies and genealogies. | By | Samnel Orcutt, | Author of the His- tories of Torrington and Wolcott, Conn. See Baraga Otchipwe Anamie-Masinaigan. See Ba- | and | Ambrose Beardsley, M. D. | Press of Springfield printing com- pany, | Springfield, Mass. | 1880. Portrait, title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso poem 11. prefaces pp. iii—viii, testimonial p.ix, contents pp. x-xi, list of illustrations, pp. xii-xiii, errata p. xiv, further corrections 1 slip, preface to the Indian history pp. xv-xvi, In- dian history pp. xvii-xevii, portrait, text pp. 1-490, supplementary list of soldiers 1 1. text continued pp. 491-520, biographies pp. 521-688, genealogies pp. 689-784, appendix pp. 785-824, further sketches verso further index 1]. index pp. 825-844, 19 other portraits and 2 plates, 8°. The ‘Indian history’ was prepared from material furnished by Rey. Joseph Anderson, D. D., of Waterbury. It contains a list of In- dian names (mostly from deeds recorded in Derby), pp. xci-xciii, and Indian names of places (mostly in the Naugatuck valley), pp. xciii-xevii. Copies seen: Congress. Oti ere mnoahemowun .. . raga (F.) Otchipwe kikinoamadi-masinaigans. See Baraga (F.) Puta- watomie. See Lykins (J.) Ottawa. AM DG|JM J | Catechism 8ta8as. Manuscript, 11. and pp. 1-154, 8°,in thelibrary of the Laval University, Quebec. The title is on the recto of the first (unnumbered) leaf, on the verso of which is the French translation of the Ottawa text on the opposite (numbered) page. Throughout the manuscript the versos are in French, the rectos in Ottawa. The catechism is divided intotwo parts: the doctrine, and the explanation of the prayers. The first part contains the chapters: De fine religionis, p. 1.—De signo crucis, pp. 2-4.—De Deo, pp. 4-6.— De Deo uno et trino, pp. 6-7.—De Deo incarnato, pp. 7-8.—De Jesu nomine, pp. 8-9.—De Jesus par entibus, p. 9.—De nativitate Oriental fragments. See Moor (E.) Oro Noque, pseud. See Blakeman (B. C.) Oronhyatekha. The Mohawk language. Jesus et vita, pp. 9-10.—De Jesus morte, p. 11.— De Jesus resurrectione et vulneribus, p. 12.— De Jesus ascensione, pp. 12-13.—De morte, pp. By Oronhyatekha. In Canadian Inst. Proc. new series, vol. 10, pp. 182-194, Toronto, 1865, 8°. (Congress.) Grammatic notices, numerals 1-150, anda few words of the Delaware and a number of Iro- | quoian languages. Reprinted with same title in vol. 15 of the same Proceedings, pp. 1-12, Toronto, 1878, 8°. (Congress.) Osagiitiuin au Jesus, | gibinibotauat | iniu mejiizhinebizinijin. | In the | Ojib- wa language. | Boston: | printed for the American board of commissisdners for foreign mis- sions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1840. Literal translation: His-love the Jesus, | in- that-he-died-for | those who-were-wicked. Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in the | Ojibwa language pp. 3-21, 12°. Translated probably by James Evans. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum. Osawanimiki. See Chamberlain (A. F.) 13-14.—De judicio particulari, de inferno, p. 14.—De paradiso, de purgatario, de resurrec- tione et judicio extremo, pp.15-16.—De peccatis, pp. 16-17.—De sacramentis, pp. 17-18.—De bap- tismo, pp. 18-20.—De confirmatione, p. 20.—De penitentia, pp. 21-26.—De Eucharistia, pp. 27- 52.—De Extrema Unctione, pp. 52-53. — De ordine, pp. 53-54._-De matrimonio, pp. 54-57. Verso of p. 57 blank. The second part has, on the recto of p. 60, the title: De precibus christianis; and contains the following chapters: Enumeration des prin- cipales priéres chrétiennes, pp. 61-62.—De signo crucis, pp. 63-64.—De Oratione Dominica, pp. 65-83.—Salutatio angelica, pp. 83-91. —Symbo- Jum apostolorum, pp. 91-131.— Dei mandata (the 9th and 10th commandments are omitted), pp. 131-153. The verso of p. 153 is blank. Within the same covers is another Ottawa manuscript, as follows: Priéres Outaoises. Manuscript, 1 1. pp. 1-17, 5 Il. 8°, in the library of Laval University, Quebec. The above head ing is on the recto of the first (unnumbered) 1. 384 Ottawa — Continued. the verso of which is blank, The prayers (pp. 1-17) are written on the rectos only, the versos being blank. They begin without heading, with the sign of the cross: In nomine Patris. Then follows the Pater, Ave Maria,and the Credo. The prayers on pp. 3-9 are either without head- ing or are in Ottawa only. The Angelus, p. 10; the Sub-teum, the Benedicite, the Agimus gratias, pp. 11-14; the prayer for the evening, p. 15; the Memorare, p. 17. The 5 unnumbered 1l., written on both sides, in double columns, contain religious songs; they consist of the Veni Creator, the Pange lingua, hymn for Christmas, for New Year’s day, for the Twelfth night, on the Passion of Our Savior, and on His resurrection. This manuscript is bound with the preceding (Catechism 8ta8as), in a black leather volume, with gold ornaments on the sides, now hardly visible. A few leaves are nearly detached. They are anonymous and undated, and, though not models of calligraphy, are very legible. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Ottawa — Continued. Proper names Correspondence. Proper names Jackson (W. H.) Proper names James (E.) Proper names Stanley (J. M.) Proper names | Treaties. Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Song Hoffman (C. F.) Ten commandments Johnston (G.) General discussion General discussion Ottawa: Alphabet See Adams (F. G.) Alphabet Meeker (J.) Bible, Matthew Meeker (J.) Bible, John Meeker (J.) Bibliographic American Board. Catechism Baraga (F.) Catechism Dejean (A.) Catechism Ottawa. Catechism Sifferath (N. 1.) Dictionary Jaunay (P. du). Assikinack (F.) Lausbert (C. F.) Grammatic comments Wilson (EH. F.) Hymn book Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Hymns Letter Letter Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Numerals Numerals Numerals Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayer book Prayers Primer Primer Proper names Proper names Meeker (J.) Baraga (F.) Dejean (A.) Johnston (G.) McKenney (T. L.) Meeker (J.) Johnston (G.) Vimont (B.) Bergholtz (G. F.) Shea (J. G.) Smet (P. J. de). Trumbull (J. H.). Youth's. Haines (KE. M.) Jones (E.) Meeker (J.) Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) and Wei- kamp (J. B.) Dejean (A.) Johnston (G.) Ottawa. Weikamp (J. B.) Meeker (J.) Meeker (J.) Van Tassel (I.) Catalogue. Chamberlain (A. F.) Text Baraga (F.) Text Sifferath (N. L.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Dejean (A.) Vocabulary De Peyster (A.S.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) V ocabulary Gatschet (A.S.) Vocabulary Hamelin (—) Vocabulary Investigator. Vocabulary James (E.) Vocabulary Jones (P.) Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Vocabulary Sdnderl (S.) Vocabulary Wilson (D.) Vocabulary Wilson (E. F.) Words Barton (B.S.) ‘Words Gatschet (A.S8.) Words Haines (EK. M.) Words ' Hovelacque (A.) Words Latham (R.G.) Words Schomburgk (R. H.) Words Schooleraft (H. R.) ‘Words Sener (S. M.) Words Smithsonian. Our Forest Children. Vol. 1, No. 1. Shingwauk Home. February, 1887 [-Vol. lV. No.6. September, 1890]. Edited by Rev. E. F. Wilson, and published monthly at the Shingwauk Home, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; sm.4°. No.10 of vol. 1 is a ‘‘Christmas number.” In 1888 a ‘‘Summer number’’ appeared—no. 4 of vol. 2; also a ‘‘Christmas-number ”’—‘‘no.10”’ of vol. 2, al- though the next issue is numbered 10 also. These special issues are larger than the regular ones, and illustrated. The regular issues con- sisted of 2 ll. or 4 pp. each until no. 3 of vol. 3 (for June, 1889), when the periodical was made a 16-page illustrated monthly. The first seven numbers of vol. 1 were in size about 6 by 9 inches, and were unpaged; with no. 8 the size was increased to about 8 by 10 inches, and the pages numbered, each issue being paged inde- pendently (1-4) until the beginning cf vol. 2, from which a single pagination continues (ex- cepting nos. 4 and 10) to no. 1 of vol. 3 (pp. 1-48), the next no. being paged 5-8. No.8 of vol. 3 (June, 1889) begins a new series and a new and continuous pagination (pp. 1-256), each issue since then having 16 pp. 4°, and being provided with acover. The last issue in hand—that for September, 1890—says: ‘“‘As has already been announced, this is the last issue of ‘Our Forest Children.’ Next month, October, will appear the first number of the ‘Canadian Indian.’”’ . ALGONQUIAN Our Forest Children — Continued. The Algonquian linguistic contents are as follows: Rand (S. T.), The Micmac Indians, vol. 2, no. 4, pp. 10-12. Wilson (E. F.), The Ojibway Indians, vol. 1, no. 12, pp. 1-3. —— Something about Indian languages, vol. 2, no. 9, pp. 31-32. —tThe Blackfeet Indians, vol. 2, no. 10, pp. 144. — The Ottawa Indians, vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 1-6. — The Delaware Indians, vol. 3, no. 7, pp. 65-69. ALG——25 LANGUAGES. 385 Our Forest Children — Continued. Wilson (E. F.), The Cheyenne Indians, vol. 4, no. 6, pp. 243-247. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Outagami. See Sac and Fox. Outline of the paradigma of the Chip- pewa verb. See James (E.) Owase opeaticemowa [Shawnee]. See Lykins (J.) Owen (Mrs. George Washington). See Blackbird (A. J.) ae, Paine (Nathaniel). A| brief notice | ofthe | Pampticough: library | of the | American antiquarian Numerals ae . F.) and Schultze society, | from the boon us the council, Natale Hervde giao | presented April 30, 1873. | By | Na- Vocabulary Adetune aetna thaniel Paine. | [Seal of the society. ] ; Vator) Worcester: | printed by Charles Vocabulary Allen (W.) Hamilton, | Palladium office. | 1873. Vocabulary Balbi (A.) Printed cover as above, half-title verso blank Vocabulary Barton (B. S.) 1]. title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 5-59, 8°. Vocabulary Brickell (J.) Contains titles and notices of a number of Vocabulary Campbell (J.) the early Indian books printed in New Eng: Vocabulary Gatlatin (A.) land, and on pp. 54-55 a list of owners of the Vocabulary Lane (L.) two editions of Eliot’s bible. Vocabulary Lawson (J.) Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Vocabulary Schoolcraft (H. R.) Words Warden (D. 3B.) Eames, Pilling. ; F Pajeken (Friedrich J.) Die Umgangs- sprache der Arapahoe-Indianer. Pamunkey, Vocabulary. See Dalrymple (—) Papers | relative to | the Wesleyan mis- In Das Ausland, no. 5, pp. 89-90, Stuttgart, February 4, 1889, 4°. (Gatschet.) Arapaho sentences and words for conversa- - tional purposes. Pallas(Peter Simon). See Yankiewitch (F.) de Miriewo. Palliser (Capt. John). Exploration.— British North America. | 'The | journals, detailed reports, and observations | rel- ative to | the exploration, | by captain Palliser, | of | that portion of British North America, | which, | in latitude, lies between the British boundary line and the | height of land or watershed of the northern | or frozen ocean re- spectively, | and | in longitude, be- tween the western shore of lake Su- perior and | the Pacific ocean, | During the Years 1857, 1858, 1859, and 1860. | Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Command of Her Majesty, | 19th May, 1863. | [English arms. ] | London: | printed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottiswoode, | -print- ers to the queen’s most excellent maj- esty | For her majesty’s stationery of- ‘fice. | 1863. Printed cover as above, title as above verso ‘blank 11. text pp. 3-325, colophon 1 p. folio. Sullivan (J. W.), Vocabularies of the North- ‘west Indians, pp 207-216. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Geological ‘Survey. ~ Priced by Dufossé, Paris, 1887, no. 24911, 12 fr. 386 sions, | and the | state of heathen countries. | (Published quarterly.) [London: printed by William Nich- ols, 40, Hoxton Square. 1863. ] No. CLXxH, June, 1863, 4 pp. 8°. : The Cree widow’s letter to Mrs. Hoole and the ladies’ committee, in the Cree language (syllabic characters), with translation into Eng- lish by John Sinclair. The letter is dated from Rossville, Wesleyan Mission, Hudson’s Bay, Dec. 20th, 1862. Copies seen: Trumbull. Parsons (James). Remainsof Japhet: | being | historical enquiries | into | the affinity and origin | of | the European languages. | By James Parsons, M. D. Member of the College of Physicians, | , and Fellow of the Royal and Antiquary Societies of London. | [Scripture text, five lines. ] | ' London, | Printed for the Author: | And sold by L. Davis and C. Reymers, in Holbourn; J. Whiston, at | Boyle’s Head, B. White, at Horace’s Head, Fleet Street; | and G. Faulkner, at Dub- lin. MDCCLXVII [1767]. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. iii-vi, preface pp. vii-xxiii (wrongly numbered xiii), contents pp. xxv-xxvii, subscribers’ names pp. Xxix-xxxli, text pp. 1-419, folded table and two plates, 4°. ‘“Observations on the names of the numbers of the American Indians” (pp. 341-345) contains, on p. 345, the numerals 1-100 and 1000, in five BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 387 Parsons (J.) — Continued. ‘Passamaquoddy — Continued. Part of the new testament American languages, among them the Shaw- anese and Delaware (from Conrad Weiser’s table in the Gentleman’s Magazine). Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames, Watkinson. Parsons (Gen. Samuel Holden). Discov- eries in the western country, by General Parsons. In American Acad. Arts and Sci. Mem. vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 119-127, Boston and Cambridge, 1793, 4°, Short comparative vocabulary (6 words) of the Shawanese, Delawares, and Wyandots. — See Edwards (J.) Parsons (Usher). Indian names | of | places in Rhode-Island: | collected by | Usher Parsons, M.D., | for the R.I. historical society. | Providence: | Knowles, Anthony & co., printers. | 1861. Printed cover with brief title, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, remarks pp. 5-7, text alphabetically arranged by Narragan- set words pp. 9-82, 8°. Names (about 335) given by the Narragan- sets to places in Rhode Island, with local de- scriptions and occasional definitions. ‘No attempt is herein made, by the author, to examine Indian names of places‘as a philol- ogist or grammarian, but merely to gather such as were in existence when civilization commenced, within the State of Rhode Island, according to its present boundary, and to indi- cate, as near as practicable, their exact locality ; and, in a few instances, give the meaning or derivation of the word used.’—Preface. Copies seen: Boston Public, Brinley, Eames, Powell, Trumbull. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 1770, a copy brought 25 cents. Usher Parsons, surgeon, born in Alfred, Me., 8 Aug., 1788; died in Providence, R. I., 19 Dec., 1868. He entered the U. S. Navy in 1812 as surgeon’s mate, and after ten years’ duty resigned and settled in the practice of his pro- fession in Providence, R. I.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Part of the discipline of the Wesleyan Methodist church [Chippewa]. See Jones (P.) pewa. See Jones(P.) Passamaquoddy: Geographicnames See Kilby (W.H.) Grammatic comments Prince (J. D.) Hymns Demillier (L. E.) Legends Brown (W. W.) Lord’s prayer Marietti (P.) Lord’s prayer Smet (P.J. de). Lord’s prayer Trumbull (J. H.) Chip- | Lord’s prayer Youth’s. Numerals Haines (E. M.) Numerals Haldeman (S.S.) Numerals James (E.) Numerals Prince (J. D.) Phrases Alger (A. L.) Prayers Demiilier (L. E.) Song Leland (C.G.) Vocabulary Allen (W.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary _ Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Kellogg (E.) Vocabulary Kidder (F.) Vocabulary Lyle (H.) Vocabulary McLeod (R. RB.) Vocabulary Schoolcraft (H. R.) Vocabulary Treat (J.) Words Alger (A. L.) Words Latham (R. G.) Words Leland (C. G.) Pastorius (Franciscus Daniel). Umstan- dige Geogra- | phische | Beschreibung | Der zu Allerletzt erfundenen | Pro- vintz | Pensylva- | nize, | In denen End- Grantzen | Americe | In der West-Welt gelegen, | Durch | Franciscum Danie- lem | Pastorium, | J. V. Lic. und Frie- dens-Richtern | daselbsten. | Worbey angehencket sind eini- | ge notable Be- gebenheiten, und | Bericht-Schreiben an dessen Herrn | Vattern | Melchiorem Adamum Pasto- | rium, | Und andere gute Freunde. | Franckfurth und Leipzig, | Zufinden bey Andreas Otto. 1700. Mpeg Title verso blank 1). an den geneigten leser 1 1. vorrede 4 11. text pp. 1-140, sm. 8°, William Penns eigene Beschreibung Pen- sylvanii an seine Freunde nacher Londen,” pp. 123-137, with specimen of the language, p. 126. Copies seen: Lenox. — Umstandige Geogra- | phische | Be- schreibung | Der zu allerletzt erfun- denen | Provintz | Pensylva- | nie, | In denen End-Grantzen | Americe | In der West-Welt gelegen, | Durch | Francis- cum Danielem | Pastorium, | J. V. Lic. und Friedens-Richtern | daselbsten. | Worbey angehenck: t sind eini- | ge no- table Begebenheiten, und | Bericht- Schreiben an dessen Herrn | Vattern | Melchiorem Adamum Pasto- | rium, | Und andere gute Freunde. | Franckfurt und Leipzig, | Zufinden bey Andreas Otto. 1700. Title verso blank 1 1. an den geneigten leser 1 |. vorrede 4 ll. text pp. 1-140, sm. 8°. 088 Pastorius (F. D.) — Continued. This copy differs from the one described above only in the six preliminary leaves. In the title-page the third line, ‘‘ Beschreibung ”’ is printed in larger type than in the other copy ; the word ‘‘allerletzt”’ in the fourth line begins with a small a; and the word ‘‘ Franckfurt’ in the imprint is without the final h. The other preliminary leaves vary in several places in the lineendings. The first line on the verso of the second leaf ends with ‘‘dasz die-e”’ in- stead of ‘‘dasz diese Pro-” as in the other copy; the first line on the versoof the third leaf ends with ‘‘an allen Or-” instead of ‘‘an allen Orten”’ as in the other; the first line on the verso of the fifth leaf ends with ‘‘weniges von”’ in- stead of ‘‘weniges von der”’ etc. Penn’s letter, as in the other copy, pp. 123- 137. Copies seen: Lenox. In 1702 there was printed a supplement to this work entitled ‘‘ Continuatio Der Beschrei- bung der Landschafft Pensylvaniz,’’ etc., and containing a translation of Gabriel Thomas’s account of Pennsylvania, followed by Daniel Falckner’s ‘‘Curieuse Nachricht.” This was bound with some copies of the edition of 1700 described above; and in 1704, when a new edi- tion of Pastorius was printed, the ‘‘ Continua- tio’’ of 1702 was bound at the end of each copy. For the full title and description of this supplement see Thomas (G.) Umstandige Geographische | Be- schreibung | Der zu allerletzt erfunde- nen | Provintz | Pensylva- | nie, | In denen End-Grantzen | Americ | In der West-Welt gelegen, | Durch | Francis- cum Danielem | Pastorium, | J. V. Lic. und Friedens-Richtern | daselbsten. | Worbey angehencket sind einige no- | table Begebenheiten, und Bericht- | Schreiben an dessen Herrn | Vattern | Melchiorem Adamum | Pastorium, | Und andere gute Freunde. | Franckfurt und Leipzig, | Zufinden bey Andreas Otto. 1704. Folded map, title verso blank 1 1. an den geneigten leser 11. vorrede 4 1]. text pp. 1-140, 2 blank 1l.; Continuatio der Beschreibung der Landschafft Pensylvaniz (by Gabriel 'Thom- as), 1702, title verso blank 1 1. vorrede 1 1. text pp. 1-40; Curieuse Nachricht von Pensylvania (by Daniel Falckner), 1702, title verso blank 1 1. premonitio 2 ll. text pp. 1-58, sm. 8°. Penn's letter, as in edition of 1700, pp. 123-137, Copies seen: Lenox. : Patterson (J.B.), editor. See Black Hawk. Pelletreau (William Smith). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Analysis and meaning of some of the Indian | Geographical Names of | Suffolk Co., New York. | A paper read before the Suffolk County Teachers’ | Institute, at | Riverhead, May 34, 1883 | Printed in the Riverhead Weekly News | May 15%, 1883 | By | W™ S. Pelletreau, A. M., Transcriber of the Southampton Town Records, Historical writer, etc., etc. Manuscript; cover with title as above, text with heading like the beginning of the title pp. 1-19, letter size,in possession of William Wallace Tooker, Sag Harbor, New York, who nas kindly permitted me to inspect it. After remarks on the Indian language of Long Island, Roger Williams’s ‘‘ Key,” and the ~ boundaries of Suffolk County, the author lays down ‘afew points to be borne in mind in at- tempting to analyze the Indian names,” then explains some frequently occurring termina- tions, and finally analyzes and gives the mean- ings of a score or so of the local geographic names, Penn (William). A | letter | from | Will- iam Penn | Poprietary [sic] and Gover- nour of | Pennsylvania | In America, | to the | committee | of the | Free So- ciety of Traders | of that Province, re- siding in London. {j Containing | A Gen- eral Description of the said Province, its Soil, Air, Water, Seasons and Pro- duce, | both Natural and Artificial, and the good Encrease thereof. | Of the Na- tives or Aborigines, their Language, Customs and Manners, Diet, Houses or Wig- | wams, Liberality, easie way of Living, Physick, Burial, Religion, Sac- rifices and Cantico, | Festivals, Govern- ment, and their order in Council upon Treaties for | Land, &c. their Justice upon Evil Doers. | Of the first Planters, the Dutch, &c. and the present Condi- tion and Settlement of the | said Prov- ince, and Courts of Justice, &c. | To which is added, An Account of the city of | Philadelphia | Newly laid out. | Its Scituation between two Navigable Riy- ers, Delaware and Skulkill, | with a | Portraiture or Plat-form thereof, . | Wherein the Purchasers Lots are dis- tinguished by certain Numbers inserted, directing | toa Catalogue of the said Purchasors [sic] Names | And the Pros- Peirson (Abraham). See Pierson (A.). Pela kesagitinoodtimtimkawa [Micmac]. See Rand (S. T.) perous and Advantagious Settle- ments of the Society aforesaid, within | the said City and Country, &c. | ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 389 Penn (W.) — Continued. Printed and Sold by Andrew Sowle, at the Crooked-Billet in Holloway-Lane in | Shoreditch, and at several Station- ers in London, 1683. Title verso blank 1 1. letter pp. 1 [sic for 3]-9, A short Advertisement Upon tke Scituation and Extent of the city of Philadelphia,” etc. p. 10, plan, folio. An account of the language of the Pennsyl- vania Indian with a brief vocabulary, para- graph xii, p. 5. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. A | letter | from | William Penn | Proprietary and Governour of | Penn- sylvania | In America, | to the | com- mittee | of the | Free Society of Trad- ers | of that Province, residing in London. | Containing | A General De- scription of the said Province, its Soil, Air, Water, Seasons and Produce, | both Natural and Artificial, and the good Encrease thereof. | Of the Natives or Aborigines, their Language, Customs and Manners, Diet, Houses or Wig- | wams, Liberality, easie way of Living, Physick, Burial, Religion, Sacrifices and Cantico, | Festivals, Government, and their order in Council upon Treaties for | Land, &c. their Justice upon Evil Doers. | Of the first Planters, the Dutch, &c. and the present Condition and Set- tlement of the | said Province, and Courts of Justice, &c. | To which is added, An Account of the City of | Philadelphia | Newly laid out. | Its Scituation between two Navigable Rivy- ers, Delaware and Skulkill, | with a | Portraiture or Plat-form thereof, | Wherein the Purchasers Lots are dis- tinguished by certain Numbers inserted, directing | to a Catalogue of the said Purchasors [sic] Names prefixed | And the Prosperous and Advantagious Set- tlements of the Society aforesaid, within | the said City and Country, &e. | Printed and Sold by Andrew Sowle, at the Crooked-Billet in Holloway-Lane in | Shoreditch, and at several Station- ers in London, 1683. Title verso blank 11. text pp. 1 [sic for 3]-9, a short advertisement etc. p. 10, plan, folio. Linguistics as under title next above, p. 5. _ Copies seen: Boston Public. — A| letter |! from | William Penn. | Proprietary and Governour of | Penn- sylvania | In America, | to the | Com- Penn (W.) — Continued. mittee | of the | Free Society of Traders | of that Province, residing in Lon- don. | Containing | A General Descrip- tion of the said Province, its Soil, Air, Water, Seasons and Produce, | both Natural and Artificial, and the good Encrease thereof. | Of the Natives or Aborigines, their Language, Customs and Manners, Diet, Houses or Wig- | wams, Liberality, easie way of Living, Physick, Burial, Religion, Sacrifices and Cantico, | Festivals, Government, and their order in Council upon Treaties for | Land, &c. their Justice upon Evil Doers. | Of the first Planters, the Dutch, &c. and the present Condition and Set- tlement of the | said Province, and Courts of Justices, &c. | To which is added, an Account of the City of | Phil- adelphia | Newly laid out. | Its Scitua- tion between two Navigable Rivers, Delaware and Skulkill, | with a | Por- traiture or Plat-form thereof, | Wherein the Purchasers J.ots are Distinguished by certain Numbers inserted. | And the Prosperous and Advantagious Settle- ments of the Society aforesaid, within | the said City and Country, &c. | Printed and Sold by Andrew Sowle, at the Crooked-Billet in Holloway-Lane in | Shoreditch, and at the several Sta- tioners in London, 1683. @) Pp. 1-10, 2 ll. plan, folio. Linguistics as under titles above, p. 5. Title from Mr. Wilberforce Eames from copy belonging formerly to Hon. H. C. Murphy, which copy lacked the two leaves at the end. ——A| letter | from | William Penn | Proprietary and Governour of | Penn- sylvania | In America, | to the | com- mittee | of the | Free Society of Traders | of that Province, residing in London. | Containing | A General De- scription of the said Province, its Soil, Air, Water, Seasons and Produce, | both Natural and Artificial, and the good Encrease thereof. | Of the Natives or Aborigines, their Language, Customs aud Manners, Diet, Houses or Wig- | wams, Liberality, easie way of Living, Physick, Burial, Religion, Sacrifices and Cantico, | Festivals, Government, and their order in Council upon Treaties for | Land, &c. their Justice upon Evil Doers. | Of the first Planters, the Dutch, 390 Penn (W.) — Continued. &c. and the present Condition and Set- tlement of the | said Province, and Courts of Justice, &c. | As also an Account of the city of | Philadelphia | Newly laid out. | Its Scituation between two Navigable Rivers, Delaware and Skulkill, | with a | Portraiture or Plat -form thereof, | Wherein the Purchasers Lots are distinguished by certain Num- bers inserted. | And the Prosperous and Advantagious Settlements of the So- ciety aforesaid, within | the said City and Country, &e. | Printed by Appointment of the said Committee, by Andrew Sowle, at the Crooked- | Billet in Holloway-Lane in Shoreditch, 1683. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-9, a short ad- vertisement, etc. p. 10, plan, folio. At the foot of page 10 is the catch-word ‘* Directions.” Linguistics as under the preceding titles, p. 5. Oopies seen: Lenox. Priced in Stevens's Nuggets, no. 2115, 21. 12s. 6d. At the Menzies sale, catalogue no. 1577, a half-blue-morocco copy brought ($65; at the Brinley sale, no. 3080, $12; at the Murphy sale, no. 1925, $20. —— Missive | van | William Penn, | Eygenaar en Gouverneur van | Penn- sylvania, | In America. | Geschreven aan de Commissarissen van de Vrye Socie- | teyt der Handelaars, op de selve Provintie, | binnen London residee- rende. | Behelsende: | Een generale beschrijvinge van de voornoemde Pro- vintie: te weten, van | hare Grond, Lucht, Water, Saisoenen en’t Product, soo uyt de natuur als | door het bouwen, neffens de groote vermeerderinge of meenighvuldin- | ge, welke het Land aldaar uytgevende is. | Als mede: van de Naturellen of Inboorlingen des | Landts, haer Taal, Gewoontens en Ma- nieren, haar Spijsen, Huysen of Wig- wams, | Mildheyt, gemackelijcke manier van leven, Medicijnen, manieren van | Begraaffenis, Godsdienst, Offerhanden en Gesangen, haar Hooge- | feesten, Regeeringe, en ordre in hare Raden, wanneer sy met yemandt | handelen over het verkoopen van Landeryen, ete. Nevens hare Justi- | tie, of Recht doen over quaatdoenders. | Mitsgaders een Bericht van de eerste Coloniers de Hol-— lanilers, etc. En | van de tegenwoor- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Penn (W.) — Continued. dige toestant en welgesteltheyt van de -voornoemde Pro- | vintie en Recht- banken, etc. aldaar. | Waar by noch gevoeght is een Beschrijving van de Hooft-Stadt | Philadelphia. | Nu on- langs uytgeset, en gelegen tusschen twee Navigable Rivieren, | namentlijk: tusschen Delaware en Schuylkil. | Ende een verhaal van de voorspoedige en voordeelige standt van saken van | de voornoemde Societeyt binnen de voor- noemde Stadt en Provintie, ete. | Amsterdam, | Gedrukt voor Jacob Claus, Boekverkooper in de Prince- straat, 1684. Title verso blank 1 1. Missive pp. 3-18, Een kort Verhaal Wegens de Situatie, en groote van de Stadt Philadelphia pp.18-19, Extract Uyt een Brief uyt Pennsylvania, geschreven by Thomas Paskell, aan J.J. van Chippenham pp. 20-28, plan, sm. 4°. Linguistics as under titles above, p. 8. Copies seen: Congress. — Missive | van | William Penn, | Eygenaar en Gouverneur van | Penn- sylvania, | In America. | Geschreven aan de Commissarissen yan de Vrye Societeyt der | Handelaars op deselve Provintie, binnen London residerende. | Behelsende: | Een generale beschrij- vinge van de voornoemde Provintie: te weten, van | hare Grondt, lLucht, Water, Saisoenen en’t Product, soo uyt de natuur | als door het bouwen, netfens. de groote vermeerderinge of meenigh-. vuldin- | ge, welke het Land aldaar uytgevende is. | Als mede: van de Na- turellen of Inboorlingen des Landts, haer Taal, | Gewoontens en Manieren, haar Spijsen, Huysen of Wigwams, | Mildheyt, gemackelijcke manier van leven, Medicijnen, manieren van | Be- eraaffenis, Godsdienst, Offerhanden en Gesangen, haar Hooge- | feesten, IRe- geeringe, en ordre in hare Raden, wanneer sy met yemandt | handelen over het verkoopen van Landeryen, &c. Nevens hare Justi- | tie of Recht doen over quaatdoenders. | Mitsgaders een Bericht van de eerste Coloniers de Hol- landers, &c. En | van de tegen woordige toestant en weltgesteltheyt van de voornoemde Pro- | vintie en Recht- banken, &c. alda&r. | Waar by noch gevoeght is een Beschrijving van de Hooft-Stadt | Philadelphia. | Nu onlangs. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Penn (W.) — Continued. uytgeset, en gelegen tusschen twee Na- vigable Rivieren, | namentlijk: tus- schen Delaware en Schuylkil. | Ende een verhaal van de voorspoedige en voordeelige standt van saken van | de voornoemde Societeyt binnen ce voornoemde Stadt en Provintie, &c. | Waar by noch komt een Voor-reden, gevende een korte onderrechtinge van de | Conditien, hoe de Gouverneur sijn Landt nu verkoopt, en verhuurt op een | eeuwige Erf-pacht, als mede van eenige van de voornaamste Wetten, &c. | Den tweeden Druk. | tAmsterdam, | By Jacob Claus, Boek- verkooper in de Prince-straat, 1634. Title verso blank 1 1. preliminary notices pp. 3-6, text pp. 7-22, Een kort Verhaal Wegens de Situatie, en groote van de Stadt Philadelphia, pp. 22-23, De Declaratie des Conings, etc. p. 24, Extract Uyt een Brief uyt Pennsylvania, ge- schreven by Thomas Paskell, etc. pp. 25-28, plan, 4°. Linguistics as under titles above, p. 12. Copies seen: British Museum, Lenox. —— Beschreibung | Der in America neu- -erfundenen | Provinz | Pensylvanien. | Derer Inwohner, Gesetz, Arth, Sit- |ten und Gebrauch: | Auch samt- licher Reviren des Landes, | Sonder- lich der Haupt-Stadt | Phila-delphia | Alles glaubwurdigst | Ausz des Gouver- neurs darinnen erstatteten | Nachricht. | In Verlegung bey Henrich Heusz an der Banco, | im Jahr 1684. Second title: Send-Schreiben vom Wil- | liam Penn, Eigenthiimer und Stadthalter zu Pensil- | vania in America; geschrieben an die Com- missarien der freyen | Societat der Kauffleute auf selbiger Provintz, welche | sich in Londen auffhalten. | 1. | Eineallgemeine Beschreibung der obbenandten | Provintz, nemblich ihrer Grund, Lufit, Wasser, Zeitungen des | Jahres, in herfirbringung der Frichte, so wohl ausz der Na-| tur,als durch den Bau, neben der grossen Menge und Uberflusz,| welche das Land daselbst bringet, insonderheit (NB ) wird . man Nach- | richt finden, wegen etlicher Juden, die von denen verlohrnen zehen St&ém- | men fibergeblieben sind. | 2. Wie auch von den Ingebohrnen dieses Landes, ihrer Sprache, Ge- | wohnheit, und Manieren, ihre Speisen, Hausern oder Hiitten, von ihrer | Wildheit, bequamen Art zu leben, Artzreyen: von ihren Begrabniissen, | Gottesdienst, Opffery und Gesangen: von ihren hohen Fest-Tagen, Re- | gierungen, und Ordnung in ihren Rath; wann sie mit jemand handlen, | in Verkauffung der Landereyen, &c. zugleich von ihren rechtlichen Verfahren | wieder die Ubelth&ter. | 3. Endlich | ein Bericht von denen Hollindern als ersten 391 Penn (W.)— Continued. Bewobnern | dieses Landes &c. und von dem jetzigen Zustand und wollbestelten guten Ord- |mungen in dieser Provintz, und Gericht daselbst. |4. Wobey noch eine Beschreibung von ihrer Haupt-Stadt Philadel- | phia ange- fiihret, welche ohnlingst angeleget, und liegt zwischen zwey | Schiffreichd Flissen und Riviren, nemblich Delaware und Schuylkil, und ei-| ne Erzehlung von dem guten und sehr wolfortgehenden Handel, wie auch | vortheil- hafftigen Zustand der Sachen, ansehnlich en Societat dieser Stadt] und Provintz, W&e. | Erstlich in Englischer Sprache beschrieben, nachmahls ausz der Hol- | landischen in der Hochdeutschen Sprache tibergesetzet. | durch J. W. | Hamburg. | Bey Henrich Heusch in Jahr 1684. Title verso blank 1 1. second title p. 1, prelim- inary notices pp. 2-7, text pp. 8-27, Eine kurtze Erzehlung der Situation, und grésse der Stadt Philadelphia pp. 28-29, Extract eines Brieffes ausz Pensylvania, geschrieben von Thomas Paskell, etc. pp. 29-32, plan, 4°. Linguistics as under titles above, p. 14. Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Lenox. —— Lettre de Monsieur Penn, Proprie- taire & Gouverneur de la Pensylvanie. Contenant une description generale de la dite province. In Reciieil de diverses pieces, concernant la Pensylvanie, pp. 50-98, La Haye, 1684, sm. 12°. Linguistics as under titles above, pp. 66-67. —— A| collection | of the | works | of | William Penn. | In Two volumes. | To Which is Prefixed | A Journal of His life. | Withmany | Original letters and papers | Not Before Published. | Vol- ume the first [-second]. | [Two lines quotation. ] | London: | Printed and Sold by the Assigns of J. Sowle, at the | Bible in George-Yard, Lombard-Street. 1726. 2 vols.: title verso blank 11. to the reader 2 ll. contents 1 1. text pp. 1-911; title verso blank 11. contents 1 1. text pp. 1-916, folio. Penn’s letter, containing linguistics as under titles above, vol. 2, pp. 699-706. Copies seen: Boston Public, Congress, Har- vard. Coleman’s re-print | of | William Penn’s | original | proposal and plan | for the | founding & building | of | Philadelphia | in | Pennsylvania, Amer- ica, | In 1683. | Re-printed by James Coleman, | Ge- nealogical Bookseller, | 9, Tottenham terrace, White Hart lane, Tottenham, | Near London, north. | 1881. Cover title as above, title of 1683 edition verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-24, folio. aoe BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE i : Penn (W.)— Continued. Penobscot — Continued. Linguistics as under titles above, p.5. Vocabulary Allen (W.) Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum, |° Vocabulary Barton (B.S.) Congress, Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Penn’s letter is reprinted in the following Vocabulary Delafield (J.) and La- works: ; key (J.) Barber (J. W.), History and antiquities of Vocabulary Edwards (J.) New England, pp. 536-540, Worcester, 1841, 8°. Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Toid., 1847, 1848, 1856; Hartford, 1843, 1847; Vocabulary Gardiner (R.) Portland, 1848; Hartford, 1856, 8°. Vocabulary Hale (H.) Clarkson (T.), Memoirs of . . William Vocabulary Hewitt (J. N.B.) Penn, vol. 1, pp. 375-406, London, 1813, 8°. Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Ibid., vol. 1, pp. 292-315, Philadelphia and Vocabulary Pickering (J.) New York, 1813-1814; Philadelphia, 1814, 8°. Vocabulary Prichard (J. C.) Ibid., vol.1, pp. 142-153, Dover 1827, 8°. Vocabulary Rand (S. T.) Tbid., pp. 137-148, London, 1849, 12°. Vocabulary Treat (J.) Cornell (W. M.), History of Pennsylvania, Words Barton (B. 8.) pp. 111-125, Philadelphia, 1876, 8°, Words Bolton (H. C.) Ibid., pp. 111-125, Philadelphia and Boston, Words Hale (H.) 1876, 8°. Words Leland (C. G.) Ibid., pp. 111-125, New York, 1879, 8°. Words Lesley (J. P.) Harvey (H.), History of the Shawnee In- Words McIntosh (J.) dians, pp. 12-21, Cincinnati, 1855, 16°. Words Malte-Brun. _ Janney (S. M.), Life of William Penn, pp. Words : Sener (S. M.) 227-238, Philadelphia, 8° (two editions). Words Smet (P. J. de). Pastorius (F. D.), Umsténdige geographische, Words Vater (J.S.) etc., pp. 123-137, Franckfurt und Leipzig, Prana : 1700, sm. 8° (two editions). Lord’s prayer See Trumbull (J. H.) Ibid., pp. 123-137, Franckfurt und Leipzig, Proper names Catlin (G.) 1704, sm. 8°. Proper names Correspondence. Proud (R.), History of Pennsylvania, vol. 1, Proper names Indian. Pp. 246-260, Philadelphia, 1797, 8°. Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Pennsylvania: : Pequod: , General discussion See Court de Gebelin (A. General discussion See De Forest (J. W.) de). Lord’s prayer American Society. Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and - Vocabulary Trumbull (J. H.} Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary De Forest (J. W.) aa aoae 2 Ee Perez (José). Mémoire sur les relations Words Orbigny (A. D.d’). des anciens Américains avec les peu- See also Delaware. ples de l’Europe, de l’Asie et de VAfri- Pengbceor! que. [Signed José Perez. ] Catechism See Demillier (L. E.) In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. 8, pp. Catechism Wzokhilain (P. P.) 162-198, Paris, 1863, 8°. Geographic names Greenleaf (M.) Comparison of Algonkin and Irish words, pp. Geographic names Hubbard (L. L.) 180-181. Lord’s prayer Dudley (P.) Periodical : Lord's prayer Marietti (P.) Chippewa See Investigator. Lord’s prayer Smet (P. J. de). Chippewa Our. Lord’s prayer Trumbull (J. H.) Chippewa Petaubun. Lord’s prayer Youth’s. Chippewa Pipe. ma ae (E. M ) Shawnee Shau-wau-nowe. umerals aldeman (S. S. 2 Pee anes (it Me S) Perry (John). See Gibbs (G.) Numerals Rand (S. T.) Personal names: Numerals Shea (J. G.) Abnaki See Abnaki. Prayers Macleod (X. D.) Abnaki Barratt (J.) Prayers Wazokhi'ain (P. P.) Algonquian Blanchard (R.) — Primer Wzokhilain (P. P.) Blackfoot Bill. Reader Wzokhilain (P. P.) Cheyenne Bent (G.) Spelling book Wzokhilain (P. P.) Cheyenne Blackmore (W.) Text Wzokhilain (P. P.) Chippewa Bill. Tract Wzokhilain (P. P.) Chippewa Jameson (A. M.) Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Menomonee Baird (H.S.) Vater (J.S.) Satsika Bill. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. =a 393 Petaubun. | Peep of Day. | Vol.1. Sar- nia C.W., August, 1861. No. 7 [-Vol. 2. August, 1862, No. 8]. Colophon: Printed and published by Rev. Thomas Hurlburt. A monthly periodical of 4 pp.4°, begun, I presume, in January, 1861, though I have seen no number earlier than no. 7—that for’Au gust. Its editor was the Rev. Thomas Hurlburt. -Kach issue contained three pages in the Chip. ' pewa language and one in English. The date of its cessation I do not know. Copies seen: Shea. Petit manuel . . crise. See Lacombe (A.) Petitot (Pére Emile Fortuné Stanislas Joseph). Essai sur une légende améri- caine par le R. P. Petitot, missionnaire du Mackenzie. In Société Philologique, Actes, vol. 12, pp. 1-8, Alengon, 1883, 8°. Cree legend (each Cree word in Roman, fol- lowed by its French equivalent in italics), pp. 4-8. : —-— De la formation du langage; mots formés par le redoublement de racines hétérogénes, quoique de signification “synonyme, c’est-a-dire par réitération copulative. | _ In Association francaise pour l’'avancement des sciences,compte-rendu, 12th session (Rouen, 1883), pp. 679-701, Paris, 1884, 8°. (Geological Survey.) Contains words in a number of North Amer- ican languages, among them the Abenaqui, Chippeway, Cree, and Pied-Noir. — On the Athabasca district of the Canadian North-west Territory. By the Rev. Emile Petitot. In Montreal Nat. Hist.Soc. Record of Nat. Hist. and Geology, pp. 27-53, Montreal, 1884, 8°. Contains numerous names of rivers, lakes, etc. in Chippewa and Cree. Reprinted with the same title in: Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc.Canadian Record of Science, vol. 1, pp. 27-52, Montreal, 1884, 8°. This latter magazine toox the place of the Record of Natural History and Geology above mentioned, only one number of that serial hav- ing been issued. Sur Vhabitat et les fluctuations de la _ population peau rouge, en Canada, par M. E.-F.-S Petitot, officier d’académie. In Société d’anthropologie de Paris, Bull. vol. 7, pp. 216-222, Paris, 1884, 8°. (Geological Survey.) A general discussion of the peoples of the above-namec region, including the branches of the Algonquians, and containing a number of native terms. Petitot (E. F. S. J.) —Continued. — Dela prétendue origine orientale des Algonquins; par M. Emile Petitot. In Société d’arthropologie de Paris, Bull. vol. 7, pp. 248-256, Paris, 1884, 8°. A number of Algonquin terms passim. Mélanges américains. Vocabulaire piéganiw. Deuxiéme dialecte des Nin- nax ou Pieds-Noirs. MRecueilli par Emile F. 8S. Petitot. In Société Philologique, Actes, vol. 14, pp. 170- 198, Alengon, 1885, 8°. Vocabulary, alphabetically arranged, of the Ninnax or Pieds-Noirs and French, pp. 173- 181.—Notes grammaticales, pp. 182-192.—Spéci- men de phraséologie Piéganiw (Décalogue, Pa- ter, Doxologie, De Dieu), pp. 193-194. Traditions indiennes | du | Canada nord-onest | par | Emile Petitot | ancien missionnaire | [Design] | Paris | Maisonneuve fréres et Ch. Leclerc | 25, quai Voltaire, 2[5] | 1886 | Tous droits réservés Colophon: Achevé @imprimer le 19 Aott 1886 | par G. Jacob imprimeur A Orléans | pour Maisonneuve fréres | et Charles Leclerc | li- braires éditeurs | 4 Paris. Half-title of the series verso blank 1 I. title of the series verso blank 1 1. half-title verso blank 11. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedica- tion verso blank 1 1. introduction, pp. i-xvii, re- marque p. [xviii], text pp. 1-507, index et concor- dance pp. 509-514, table des matiéres pp. 515- 521,ouvrages du méme auteur 1 1. colophon verso blank 11. list of the series verso blank 1 1,16°. Forms vol. 23 of ‘‘ Les littératures pop- ulaires de toutes les nations.” Sixiéme partie, Légendes et traditions des Cris, pp.443-488, contains text with interlinear French translation of a legend in Cree (‘‘ Origine des Cris”), pp. 484-487.—Heéros et divinités des Cris, p. 488.—Septiéme partie, Légendes et tra- ditions des Pieds-noirs ou Ninnax, pp. 489-507, contains: spécimen de langue Pied-noir (Deca- logue, with interlinear French translation, from Lacombe), pp. 505-506.—Héros et Divinités des Pieds-noirs, p. 507. = Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Gatschet, Pilling, Powell. The original texts of these traditions, with literal translations, were subsequently pub- lished as follows: : — Traditions indiennes | du | Canada nord-ouest | Textes originaux & traduc- tion littérale | par| Emile Petitot | Ancien Missionnaire, Officier d’Acadé- mie, Membre de la | Société de Philolo- gie, etc. | [Two lines quotation. ] | Alengon | E. Renaut-de Broise, Imp. et Lith. | Place d’Armes, 5. | 1888 394 Petitot (E. F. S. J.) — Continued. In Société Philologique, Actes, vols.16 & 17 (half title 1 1. title as above 1 1.) pp. 169-614, Alencon, 1888, 8°. (Eames, Powell.) Sixiéme partie, Traditions [3] des Cris ou Ayis-iyiniwok, (double columns, Cree and French), pp. 589-606.—Comparison of seven Celtic terms with Cree and Esquimaux, p.607. Issued separately as follows : no.d-ouest | Textes originaux & traduc- tion littérale | par | Emile Petitot, | Ancien Missionnaire, Officier d’Aca- démie, Membre dela | Societé de Philo- logie, ete. | [Two lines quotation. ] | Alengon | E. Renaut-de Broise, Imp. et Lith | Place d’Armes, 5. | 1887 Printed cover: Emile Petitot | Traditions indiennes | du | Canadanord-ouest | (1852-1882) | Textes originaux & traduction littérale | [Two lines quotation] | Alencon | E. Renaut-de Broise, Imp. et Lith. | Place d’ Armes, 5. | 1888 Printed cover as above, half-title verso print- ers 1 ]. title as above verso ‘‘ Extrait du Bulle- tin’’ etc. 1 1. introduction pp. i-vi, 1 blank 1. text pp. 1-439, table des chapitres pp. 441-446, colo- phon verso blank 1 1. 8°. Sixiéme partie, Traditions des Cr‘s ou Ayis- iyiniwok (double colums, Cree and French), pp. 421-438.—Comparison of Celtic and Cree terms, p. 439. Copies seen: Eames, Gatschet, Pilling. The original manuscript of this work as fol- lows: ~ —— 1862-1866 | Textes originaux et | - traductions Litterales | du | Traditions et Legendes | des | habitans du nord- ouest | du Canada | recueillies et tra-. duites ; pour | Emile Fortune Stanislas Joseph | Petitot | Ancien [&c. two lines. ] Mauuscript, pp. 1-321, folio, in the library of the Comte de Charencey, Paris, France, under whose auspices the work was published. —— Chants indiens du Canada | Nord- Ouest | recueillis, classés et notés par | Emile Petitot | prétre missionnaire au Mackenzie | de 1862 4 1882. | Offert a la Smithsonian Institution | avec les hommages respectueux | de V’auteur | Emile Petitot ptre | curé de Mareuil- les-Meaux | (S. & M.) | 1889. Manuscript ,7 by 11 inches in size; title as above verso table 11. songs with musical notes pp. 1-16; in the library of the compiler of this bibliography. Creesongs, p. 1.—Déné Tchippewayan songs, pp. 2-3.—Déné Esclave songs, pp. 3-5.—Duné Traditions indiennes | du | Canada BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Petitot (E. F. §. J.) — Continued. Flancs-de-Chien songs, pp.6-7.—Déné Peaux- de-Liévre, pp. 7-10. — Dindjie or Loucheux songs, pp. 11-15.—Esquimaux Tchiglit songs, pp. 15-16. Pewani. See Feoria. Pewani ipi Potewatemi. See Hoecken (C.) Pharaoh (George). See Gardiner (J. L.) Phrases: : A bnaki See Bagster (J.) Algonquian Beauregard (0.) Cheyenne Bellas (H. H.) Delaware Cass (L.) Passamaquoddy Alger (A. L.) Piankashaw: Propernames See Catlin (G.) Proper names Indian. Proper names Treaties. Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Barton (B.S.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) W ords McIntosh (J.) Words Smet (P. J. de). ‘Pick (Rev. Bernhard). The bible in the languages of America. By Rev. B. Pick, Ph. D., Rochester, N. Y. In The New-York Evangelist, no. 2518, New York, June 27, 1878. (Pilling, Powell.) An article on twenty-four different versions of portions of the Bible extant in the ianguages of America. Mic-Mac, no.4; Maliseet, no. 5; Cree, no. 6; Ojibwa, no. 9; Delaware, no. 10. Revised, enlarged, and reprinted as follows: — The bible in the languages of Amer- ica. By Rev. B. Pick, Ph. D. In Presbyterian Banner, vol. 75, no. 2, p. 2, no. 3, p.2, Pittsburgh, July 11 and 18, 1888, folio. (Eames, Pilling, Powell.) The versions are arranged alphabetically, the Chippewa being numbered 5, Cree 7, Delaware _ 11, Maliseet 16, Micmac 19. Pickering (John). On the adoption of a uniform orthography for the Indian languages of North America. 5 In American Acad. Arts and Sci, vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 319-360, Boston, 1818, 4°. Treats of no particular American language; contains a proposed uniform alphabet for writ- ing American Indian languages; also, a few Massachusetts words, and au account of Father RAle’s manuscript Indian dictionary. Issued separately as follows: — An | essay |on a| uniform orthog- raphy | for the | Indian languages | of | North America, | as published in the memoirs of the American academy | of arts and sciences. | By John Pickering, Axial ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Pickering (J.) — Continued. Cambridge; | Univ. press — Hilliard _and Metealf. | 1820. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-42, 4°, Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Powell. Leclerc, 1867, no.1165, sold a copy for 2 fr. 50 c. At the Fischer sale, no. 2679, a copy brought 8s.; at the Field gale, no. 1810, $2.75; at the Squier sale, no. 1027, $3.25; at the Brin- ley sale, no. 5629, $2.25. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2088, 20fr.; by Quaritch, no. 30048, 10s. ; and in 1887, 6s. ]1. [Review of ] Report of the Cor- responding Secretary (Peter S. Dupon- ceau, Esq.) to the Historical and Liter- ary Committee of the American Philo- sophical Society, of his Progress in the Investigation of the General Character and Forms of the Languages of the American Indians. 2. [Review ‘of ] A Correspondence between the Rev. John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem, and Peter S. Duponceau eae respecting the Languages of the Ameriéan Indians. In North American Review, vol. 9, pp. 179- 187, Boston, 1819, 8°. A short comparative vocabulary (19 words) of the ‘‘Penobscot dialect of the present day, obtained from a friend in the District of Maine,”’ and the “ Norridgwock of about the year 1700, from Rallé’s work,” with English equivalents, p. 185. [——] [Review of] A Discourse on the Religion of the Indian Tribes of North America: delivered before the New York historical society, December 20, 1819. By Samuel Farmar Jarvis. [ In North American Review, vol. 11 (new ser- ies vol. 2), pp. 103-113, Boston, 1820, 8°. Norridgwock or Abenaki words from Ralle’s Ms. Dictionary, pp. 112-113. Introductory observations [on the Massachusetts language]. In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. second se- ries, vol. 9, pp. 223-242, Cambridge, 1822, 8°. Preliminary remarks tu the reprint of Eliot (J.), Grammar, 1822, which see for contents. — Notes [on Edwards’ Observations] by the editor. In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. second se- ries, vol. 10, pp. 95-160, Boston, 1823, 8°. For detailed contents, see Edwards (J.) — Indian languages of America. In Encyclopedia Americana, vol. 6, pp. 581- 600, Philadelphia, 1831, 8°. Contains remarks on the grammatical struct- ure of the Delaware language, with examples (from DuPonceau and Heckewelder); and of 395 Pickering (J.) — Continued. the Massachusetts language (from Eliot).— Partial conjugation of the verb to love in Dela- ware (from Zeisberger), pp. 590-591, 593-596.— Partial conjugation of the verb to pay in the Massachusetts language (from Eliot), p. 591. Issued separately as follows: _ — Remarks] on the | Indian languages | of | North America. | By John Pickering. | From the Encyclopedia Americana,. volume vi. | Published in 1831. | [Philadelphia:] Reprinted, 1836. Printed cover as above 1 1. title as above 1 1. 1 blank leaf, text pp. 581-600, 8°. Linguistics as nnder title next above. Copies seen: Kames, Massachusetts Histor- ical Society, Wisconsin Historical Society. Translated into German as follows: — Ueber | die indianischen Sprachen | Amerikas. | Aus dem Englischen des Nordamerikaners | Herrn Jobn Picker- ing | tibersetzt | und mit Anmerkungen begleitet | von | Talvj. [Mrs. T. A. Robinson. ] | Leipzig 1834 | bei Friedr. Christ. Wilh. Vogel. Half-title on cover, title as above verso blank 11. vorwort pp. ili-viii, text pp. 1-51, anmerkun- gen pp. 52-79, notiz p.[80], colophon on back cover, 8°. Contains a synopsis of the Delaware gram- mar, with some remarks on the Massachusetts. language.—Conjugation of the verb fo love in Delaware, pp. 30-31, 35-36, 37-48.—Conjugation of the verb to pay in Massachusetts, p. 32.— Comparison of two Chippewa sentences with the same in Wyandot and Sioux, pp. 55-56.— Specimens of words in the Delaware language beginning with the syllables wul and ma, pp. 74-75.—Comparison of the word for my friend in Chippewa, Kickapoo, Sac and Fox, Ottow4, Pottawatamie, Wyandot, and Shawiiise, p. 79. Oopies seen: British Museum, Congress,. Eames, Pilling. At the Fischer sale a half-morocco copy sold for ls. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2081, 5 fr. ;: by Quaritch, no. 12560, 2s.; by Tribner, 1882, p. 3, 3s. 6d.; by Hiersemann, Leipsic,1 M. 20 pf.; by Koehler, 80 pf. —— Introductory memoir and notes [on the dictionary of the Abnaki language by Father Sebastian Rasles], by John Pickering, Esq. In American Acad. Arts and Sci. Mem. new series, vol. 1, pp. 370-374, 566-574, Cambridge,. 1833, 4°. For detailed contents, see Rasles (S.) — editor. See Cotton (J.) John Pickering, pbilologist, born in Salem, Mass., 7 Feb., 1777; died in Boston, Mass., 5 May, 1846; was graduated at Harvard in 1796, 396 Pickering (J.) —Continued. and then studied law. He returned to Salem in 1801, and, after being admitted to the bar, practiced in Salem until 1827, and then removed to Boston. Mr. Pickering became celebrated by his philological studies, which gained for him the reputation of being the chief founder of American comparative philology. These he began as a young man, when he accom- panied his father on visits to the Six Nations of central New York, and as he grew older they increased by his study abroad until, according to Charles Sumner, he was familiar with the English, French, Portuguese, Italian, Spanish, German, Romaic, Greek, and Latin languages; less familiar, but acquainted, with Dutch, Swedish, Danish, and Hebrew, and had explored with various degrees of care Arabic, Turkish, Syriac, Persian, Coptic, Sanscrit, Chi- - nese, Cochin-Chinese, Russian, Egyptian hiero- glyphics, Malay in several dialects, and partic- ularly the Indian languages of America and the | Polynesian islands.—A ppleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Piegan. See Biackfoot; also Satsika. [Pierronet (Thomas).] Specimen of the Mountaineer, or Sheshatapooshshoish, Skoffie, and Micmac Languages. In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. first series, vol. 6, pp. 16-33, Boston, 1800, 8°. In four parallel columns, English, Micmac, Mountaineer, and Skoffie; about 300 words and sentences in each language. ‘“The ensuing vocabulary I transcribed viva woce from Gabriel, a young Mountaineer Indian (servant to Louis, a Micmac, in the Bay of St. George, Newfoundland), whom I met with in the Bay of Islands. He spoke both French and English tolerably, and was well acquainted with Skoffie, Micmac, and Moun- taineer dialects.” —IJntroductory remarks. ‘‘Hven the Micmac vocabulary of Gabriel can not be depended upon, and although he was an Indian boy, yet he was not a Micmac native, but a Montaneer, whose dialect differs widely from the Micmac language. I have examined his vocabulary, and compared it with the man- uscripts of Father Menard and with the living Micmaecs, and I found it very erronrous. Whatsoever may be his worth in the Moun- taineer lancuage, his Micmic is certainly not correct.” —Vetromile, manuscript Abnaki dic- tionary, preface. Pierson (Abraham). Some | helps for the | Indians | Shewing them | How to im- prove their natural Rea- | son, To know the True God, and | the true Christian Religion. | 1. By leading them to see the Di- | vine Authority of the Script- ures. | 2. By the Scriptures the Divine | Truths necessary to Eternal Salva- tion. | Undertaken {| At the Motion, and published by | the Order of the BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Pierson (A.) — Continued. commission- | ers of the United Colo- nies.| by Abraham Peirson. | Examined, and approved by Thomas | Stanton In- terpreter-General to the U-|nited Colonies for the Indian Language, | and by some others of the most able | Interpeters [sic] amogst [sic] us. | Cambridg, | Printed by Samuel Green 1658. Title within a border of acorn-shaped orna- ments verso blank 1 1. ‘‘ To the Reader”’ (signed ‘‘A.P.”) p. 3, title in Indian with interlinear English translation (being a repetition of the above as far as the word ‘‘Salvation’’) p.4, text in Indian with interlinear English trans- lation pp. 5-67, verso blank, 2 blank leaves at the end, sm. 8°. Signatures A to D in eights, and E in four. See the fac-similes of the title- pages and of the first page of the text. - Copies seen: Lenox. This copy, with the original title as first issued, is supposed to be unique. It is bound in blue morocco, gilt edges (by F. Bedford), and cost Mr. Lenox 121. 12s. A biographical sketch of Mr. Pierson is given at the end of this article. Onaccount of the curious variation in the title-pages of the two varieties of this edition, the following par- ticulars concerning the interpreter named in the above title are inserted here: Thomas Stanton was born in England about the year 1615. In 1635 he sailed from London to Virginia, and from there to New England, where he was one of the first setclers of the town of Hartford, in Connecticut, founded in 1636. In 1637 he was employed as an interpre- ter of the Indian language, to accompany the English forces in the expeditions against the Pequot Indians. He was also in the service of the Commissioners of the United Colonies as an occasional interpreter as early as 1644, and was often employed by them in treating with the Indians. In 1650 he was regularly ‘‘enter- tained to attend the meetinges of the | Comissioners as an Interpretor to the Indians; to gather vp the Tribvte; and to doe such other services for the Comissioners with Reference to the Indians as might accrew,” for which he was tu receive a yearly salary of 301. out of the tribute paid in. When Mr. Eliot was preparing his Indian catechism for the press in 1653, the Commis- sioners recommended ‘‘ Thomas Stanton to as- sist in the worke; whoe is the most able Inter- pretor wee haue in the countrey for that Lang- wige that the worke may bee the more pfectly carried on.” In 1656, they ‘‘spake with and desired Tho: Stanton to aduise with M* Pear- son about a fitt Season to meet and Translate”’ his catechism into the Indian language of Con- necticut; and in the following year they gave him ‘‘a suitable allowance’’ for having ‘‘Im- proued his skillin healping Mt Person . . . FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF PIERSON’S SOME HELPS OF 1658. (LENOX COPY.) FAC-SIMILES OF PAGES 4- S SOME HELPS OF 1658. 5 4-5 OF PIERSON’s: - 'S SOME P: ay HELPS OF 1658. ¢ FAC-SIMILES OF PAGE: FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF PIERSON’S SOME HELPS OF 1658. (BRITISH MUSEUM COPY.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Pierson (A.)— Continued. in Translateing a Catichisme.” The original title-page of the little book, printed in 1658-59, accordingly contains the words: ‘‘ Examined, and approved by Thomas Stanton Interpreter- General to the United Colonies for the Indian Language, and by some others of the most able Interp[rjeters amo[n]gst us.” In 1657, the Commissioners wrote to the Corporation in England as follows: ‘‘ wee heare that Thomas Stanton is taken notice of and possibly recorded as avery able Interpretor for the Indian lan- guage which is certainly true, and that a sal- larie of 50 1b. per annum is appointed for him in England which hee may take vp heer and charge vpon you this may bee a mistake butif true wee maruill att it; the Comissioners doe Imploy him as Interpretor betwixt themselues and the Indians in ciuili occations of the Colo- nies and doe afford him conuenient recompence for the same.” At their meeting in September, 1660, it wasrecorded that, ‘‘ forasmuch as some of the Tribute is now seased; and the Rest brought in by the Indians themselues asit hath been for some yeares past the Comissioners thought a lesse sallary might bee a sufficient Recompense [to Mr. Stanton] for the yeare past and soe for the time to come; and therefore tendered him the sume of ten pounds for this yeare Intimateing to doe the like heerafter onely for his attending the Comissioners meet- inges; and for other Services to allow him pro- portionable as hee shalbee Imployed which hee not accepting The Comissioners payed him his former sallary of thirty pounds; but declared they were not willing to bee att the like charge for the time to come; and therfore left it to him to doe as hee should see cause.”’ For this reason, probably, his name does not appear in the records of the Commissioners for 1661; but in 1662 and 1663 he was again employed by them on several occasions. About the year 1658 he removed to Stoning- ton, where he resided until his death in 1678. Of this town he was elected representative in 1666. In 1667, and again in 1671, he was at Southampton on Long Island, where he was employed as Indian interpreter. In 1674 he was one of the founders of the first church in stonington, over which the Rev. James Noyes was ordained as minister. Mr. Stanton had nine children, of whom the two eldest, Thomas and John, were educated in early life for the Indian work.. The latter is mentioned as com- mander of the New England Indians in the expedition under Major-General Winthrop towards Canada in 1690, and again as an Indian interpreter at New London in 1699 and 1700. The only other copy of this edition known to be extant has a different title, as follows: Some Helps for the | Indians; | Shewing them how to | Improve their Natural Reason, | to know the true God, and the| Christian Religion. |1 By leading them tu see the Divine | Author- JUt Pierson (A.)— Continued. ity of the Scriptures. | 2. By the Script- ures, the Divine | truths necessary to Eternal sal-| vation. | By | Abraham Peirson | Pastor of the Chureh at Bran- ford. | Examined and approved by that | Experienced Gentleman (in the In- | dian Language) Captain | John Scot. | Cambridge: | Printed for Samuel Green, 1658. Title within a border of fleur-de-lis-shaped ornaments verso blank 11. ‘‘To the Reader” (signed ‘‘A. P.’’) p. 3, title in Indian with inter- linear English translation (being a repetition of the above as far as the word ‘‘ Salvation’’) p. 4, text in Indian with interlinear English trans- lation pp. 5-67, verso blank, sm. 8°. See the fac- simile of the title-page. Copies seen: British Museum. This copy differs from the other only in the title leaf, which has been inserted in place of the original (cancelled) title. In other respects the two copies areof the same edition. The cir- cumstances under which Pierson’s catechism was prepared, ‘‘At the Motion, and published by the Order of the Commissioners of the - United Colonies,’ and the fact that it was translated with the help of their official inter- preter, Thomas Stanton, and was ‘‘examined and approved” by him, as also ‘‘by some others of the most able Inter, reters amongst. us,” are fully and explicitly set forth in the records and on the original title-page. With this certain knowledge the new title is at vari- ance. Not only does it not mention the com- missioners, who promoted and published the work, but it omits the name of Thomas Stan- ton, together with the reference to the other interpreters, and in their stead represents Captain John Scott as the sole examiner and approver of the book. It also characterises - him as “that Experienced Gentleman (in the Indian Language)”—a statement which appears to have no confirmation, or even mention, in the recordsor elsewhere. Indeed, so little is known to the creditof ‘‘that mischievous adventurer,”’ as he is termed by Dr. Trumbull, that it seems ‘‘highly probable that this title page was sub- stituted by himself, or at his motion, and, prob- ably, after the restoration.”’ The alteration of the imprint from ‘‘ Printed by ”’ to ‘‘ Printed for” Samuel Green, was more likely to be made in England than in America. But little is known with certainty of John 2 , Scott’searly career. According to one account, he was born of ‘‘very meane parentage” at a place called Ashford in Kent, probably about the year 1632,and ‘‘whilst a boy was brought over by his mother into New England.” From his own statements it appears that he was “an unlucky boy,” who ‘‘would cutt ye souldiers girts of ther saddles yt were against ye King and such like tricks, soe yt some of them gott him transported to forraign parts, wher he was oe 398 Pierson (A.)— Continued. a servant many years.’’ He also declared that he was ordered to be sent to New England ‘‘under the tuition of one Downing, who dealt most perfidiously”’ with him. Upon his arrival at Boston, with other children under Downing’s care, in September, 1643, he was bound as an apprentice to Lawrence Southwick of Salem, whom he served until 1649 or 1650, part of the time being employed in tending cows. From the records of the general court at Boston in May, 1648, it may be inferred that he was then guilty of some misdemeanor, for his master was obliged to pay certain charges, and Scott was ordered to serve him additional time, ‘‘when his time shall be expired,” or to make satisfaction in some other way. At the end of his apprenticeship, he was ‘‘forced to court any imployment to acquire a livelihood, imploy- ing himselfe in and avout an island called Long Island,’”’ where he ‘‘traded for himselfe and dwelt long with ye natives.” In March, 1654, he was arre.ted on Long Island by the Dutch authorities, and examined with other suspected persons before the council at Fort Amsterdam. In April of the same year, an action of defa- mation was entered against him in the court at New Haven, but th * affair was cettled privately. In 1657 he was made a freeman at Southamp- ton,and on December 9th, 1658, was granted a home lot there of three acres, and five other acres, provided he remain d three years. His name appears in the records of that town as an attorney at a trial held on the 30th of April, 1660; and again on the 2d of May following as the seller of a tract of land for 40J. He also claimed that he had purchased from the Indians a large portion of Long Island; and of this land, Brodhead relates, ‘‘he executed numer- ous conveyances, which, after much litigation, were found to be fraudulent and void.” | One of his contemporaries wrote of him a few years later as follows: ‘‘Hee having a nimble genius, though otherwise illiterate, with the helpe of a little reading, having a good memory to retaine the same and greater conti- dence, hee became somewhat above the common people & being weary of home, upon news of the kings restoration in England, hee found means to be transported over to London.” It has been ascertained that he sailed from New Amsterdam in the ship Eyckenboom, probably in October, 1660. In May of the fol- lowing year it was falsely reported that the whole of Long Island had been conveyed to him by a new patent from the king. It seems that his petition for that grant had met with some favor; but after the arrival in England of | John Winthrop in the autumn of 1661 with a report to the king, decision upon his requests had been postponed, and they were finally de- nied in 1662. At that time he was called “Captain” John Scott. In April, 1663, while employed as agent fur the Atherton company, a body of land speculators from Massachusetts who had laid out a plantation on Narragansett BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Pierson (A.) — Continued. Bay, he wrote that he had used ‘‘a parcel of curiosities” to the value of 601. to interest ‘‘a potent gentleman” in favor of a petition in the company’s behalf. About twomonths later, in June, 1663, he had another petition before the king, in which he claimed that his father had advanced 14,3007. to the cause of Charles -I., besides losing his life in the service; that on account of his own loyalty, he himself had been banished to New England, where he had afterwards purchased ‘‘neayr one third part”’ of Long Island; and that he therefore prayed his Majesty ‘‘to bestow upon him the government of the said island and islands adjacent, or lib- ertie to the inhabitants to chuse a governor and assistants yearly.” On the failure of this petition, and the announcement of the king’s intention to grant Long Island and the neigh- boring Dutch possessions to his brother the Duke of York, Scott determined to sail for America. ; To this period of his career belong some characteristic acts which have been brought to light by the recent researches of Mr. G. D. Scull. While in London, Scott had become ac- quainted with a Major Gotherson, and also with his wife, whose name was originally Dor- othea Scott, of Scott’s-Hall in Kent. Having ingratiated himself into their confidence, by claiming a relationship to Mrs. Gotherson’s family, he sold to Major Gotherson, in 1662 and 1663, several large tracts of land on Long Island. He also made them liable for large sums of money which he pretended he had paid out on ~ their account, and by these transactions finally ‘ruined their entire estate. When he left Eng- land, in the autumn of 1663,he took with him 2007. worth of Mrs. Gotherson’s jewels which he had fraudulently detained. At the same time he persuaded them to send to New Eng- land in his care their only son, a lad about thir- teen years of age, whom he afterwards sold — into service th>re, with other young men he had ‘‘tempted along with him out of England upon promise of preferment.”’ His chief object now ‘‘was to promote his private interest, in securing the ascendency of the English over Long Island.”’ On the 23d of November, not long after his return to Long Island, ‘‘ Colonel’ Scott, as he was then called, was again buying land from the Indians. In December he was appointed by the government of Connecticut one of three commissioners, with magistratical powers, to settle the difficulties with the Dutch on Long Island. On the 4th of : January, 1664, he succeeded in having himself declared ‘‘president”’ of the English towns on the island, to act in that capacity until the Duke of York should take possession. On the 11th and 12th of January, having raised a com- pany of over 150 foot and horse, he invaded Breuckelen and the neighboring Dutch towns ‘‘with sounding trumpet, beaten drum, flying colors, great noise and uproar,” and proclaimed the English ownership of the land, declaring ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Pierson (A.) — Continued. also that he would run his sword through the body of Stuyvesant, the director general. — When he met the Dutch commissioners on the 14th, he exhibited an unsigned writing, ‘wherein his Majesty of England granted to him the whole of Long Island.” A temporary agreement was then made that he should leave the Dutch towns unmolested for a period of | one month, which limit was subsequently (Feb- ruary 24th) extended to one year. of these and other unwarranted proceedings, the government of Connecticut issued a war- | rant for Scott’s arrest, March 10th, 1664. He | was accordingly taken into custody, and on his | trial was convicted, May 24th, of the following | ‘* Hainous crimes and practises seditious: 1, | Speaking words tending to the defamation of the king’s majesty; 2, Seditious practices and tumultuous carriages; 3, Abetting and encour- aging the natives in hostile parties, one against another; 4, Usurping the authority of the king, pretending to pardon treason; 5, Threatening his majesty’s subjects with hanging and banish- ment; 6, Gross and notorious profanation of God's holy word; 7, Forgery and violation of his solemn oath; 8, Acting treacherously to | the colony of Connecticut; 9, Usurping au- | thority upon pretence of a commission; and 10, Calumniating a commissioned officer with the charge of villanous and felonious practices. He was therefore sentenced to pay a fine of 250/., to be imprisoned during the pleasure of | the court, and to give 5001. bonds for future good behavior. Before July, he had escaped from prison and returned to Long Island, where, in the latter part of August, he joined the En- glish forces under Col. Richard Nicolls before New Amsterdam, with his own company of horse and foot. On the 11th of September, wishing to return to his residence at Ashford on the island, but fearing another arrest from Connecticut, he requested and obtained from Nicolls a passport which protected him from interfe rence. On the 18th of January, 1665, his name ap- pears as attorney in a trial at Jamaica; and again on the ist of March in atrial at Hemp- stead. On February Ist the secretary of Con- necticut wrote to Coll. Nicolls, ‘‘ that Mr. John Scott according to his wonted course is agayne making disturbance amongst the people of Setawkett, by laboring to deprive the people of that place of the land expedient for their sub. sistance.”’ This complaint was followed by an order of the General Meeting at Hempstead held in March, 1665, ‘‘ wherein Capt. John Scott was obliged to bring in at the General Court of Assizes following a certain deed or writing called by the said Capt. Scott a Perpetuity with the King’s Picture on it, and a great yellow wax seale affix’t to it, which hee very frequently shew’d to divers persons and deceived many therewith.” Before the court met, however, Scott became alarmed at the prospect of his On account | 309 | Pierson (A.) — Continued. forgeries being exposed, and deserting his wife | and child, he fled to Barbados. On the 4th of October, 1666, Coll. Nicolls issued a special war. rant to the high sheriff to seize and confiscate all ‘‘ Lands, Goods or Chattells the said Capt. John Scott hath any right or pretense unto within this government.” At this period it is related that Scott’s mother ‘lived miserable poore in this GCvernment, a poor bankrupt miller’s wife till very lately, even next unto want and beggary, scarcely ever looked at or acknowledged by her son in his grandeur here, or ever remembered by him, by letter, token or recommendation.”” On the 24th of October, Coll. Nicolls wrote to Secretary Morrice, that ‘‘ formerly the very Originall of Mr. Maverick’s peticon to the King & Councell (concerning the Massachusetts Colony) was stolen out of the Lord Arlington’s Office in Whitehall by one Captaine John Scott and delivered to Governor and Councell at Boston; This I affirme posi- tively to bee true, though when I question’d Scott upon the matter, hee said a Clarke of Mr. Williamsons gave it him. This same Scott by a pretended seale affixed to a writing in which was the King’s picture drawne with a pen or black lead, with his Majesties hand Charles R. and subsign’d Henry Bennet, hath horribly abus’d His Majesties honor in these parts, and fledd out of the Country to Barbadoes. My Lord Willoughby sent me word that hee would send the said Scott prisoner into England upon thisaccount and therefore I thought fitt togive you this information against him, that such fel- lowes may have some marke of Infamy put apon them.” In another letter of Nicolls, written to the Duke of York, he gave an account of ‘‘Capt. Scott who was borne to worke mischiefe as farre as hee is credited or his parts serve him. This Scott (it seems) aim’d at the same patent which Your Royal Highress hath, and hath since given words out that hee had injury done him by Your Royal Highness, whereupon he contriv’d and betrayed my Lord Berkely and Sir G. Carterett into a designe (contrary to their knowledge) of ruining all the hopes of increase in this Your R. Highness territory, which hee hath fully compleated, unless Your Royal Highness take farther order herein.”’ After Scott’s flight to Barbados, he obtained a commission as Captain, and was engaged in. fighting against the Dutch in Tobago. In 1667 he returned to England, and through the influ- ence of his friends, who considered him ‘‘a very useful rogue,” was appointed geographer to the king, August 29th, 1668. This position he did not hold long, for Coll. Nicolls, on his return to London soon after, told the king, the queen, and the duke enough about Scott to make the latter “forsake Whitehall.’’ He next appeared on the continent, and about the year 1672 was detected in taking sketches of the fortifications of Bruges, and ordered to leave the town within twenty-four hours. In 1673 and 1674 he was in the service of the Dutch in Holland as major and afterwards ascolonel. In 1678 he returned 400 Pierson (A.)— Continued. to England from France, and shortly after was arrested while in disguise on suspicion of being a spy. His appearance was then described as follows: ‘‘ Hee has one or both legs crooked, a proper, well-sett man, in a great light cockered Perriwig, rough-visaged, having large haire on his eyebrows, hollow-eyed, a little squinting or a cast with his eye, full-faced about ye cheekes, about 46 years of age, with a Black hatt and in a straight boddy’d coate, cloath colar with silver lace behind.” In 1679 he engaged in a conspiracy against the government, as well as against Samuel Pepys and Sir Amthony Deane, both of whom he charged with treason. In 1682 he brutally killed a coachman in London, upon some slight provocation, and was arrested ana held for trial. He made his escape, however, and fled to Norway, where he remained until 1696, when he obtained a pardon from the king and returned to England. His later history is unknown, but his descendants are still living on Long Island. It is probable that the altered title-page of Pierson’s catechism, with the words ‘‘ Exam- ined and approved by that Experieuced Gen- tleman (in the Indian Language) Captain John Scot,’ was also one of his forgeries—a suppo- sition which is strengthened by the above sketch of his life. Dr. Trumbull was the first to suggest that the substitution of this spurious title ‘‘may have been Scott’s own device, to give himself, in London, a certificate of position and character, and perhaps add weight to his statements in support of the title of the Narra- gansett proprietors and of his own claims to lands for which he had procured deeds from Indians on Long Island.”’ —— Some | helps | for the | Indians | shewing them | How to improve their natural Reason, To know | the True God, and the true Christian Religion. |1. By leading them to see the Divine Authority of the | Scriptures. |2. By the Scriptures the Divine Truths necessary to | Eternall Salva- tion. | Undertaken | At the Motion, and published by the Order of the commis- | sioners of the United Colo- nies. | by Abraham Peirson. | Examined and approved by Thomas Stanton In- terpre- | ter-Generall to the United Colonies for the Indian | Language, and by some others of the most able | Interpreters amongst us. | London, | Printed by M. Simmons, 1659. In A further accompt of the Progresse of the gospel amongst the Indians in New-Eng- land, pp. 22-35, London, 1659, 4°. (Congress, Lenox.) See the fac-similes of the title-page and of the first page of the text. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Pierson (A.)— Continued. For a full description of the volume of which this forms a part, see page 197 of this bibliog- raphy. The portion of Pierson’s catechism here reprinted comprises the whole of the first six- teen pages (signature A) of the original issue of the edition of 1658, which also breaks off in exactly the same place, with the catchword unk. It is referred to as follows in the prefatory epistle to the first part of the tract: ‘‘'Two great. works we find here further undertaken in order to that service. The one some helps and direc- tions to the Indians how to improve their nat- urall reason unto the knowledg of the true God. The reason why there is so short and imperfect a specimen given of it is, because the ships came away from New-England, before any more of the Copy was wrought off from the presse.” —— Some helps for the Indians: | a cate- chism | in the language of the Quiripi Indians | of New Haven colony, | by the rev. Abraham Pierson. | Reprinted from the original edition, Cambridge, 1658. | With an introduction, | by J. Hammond Trumbull. | From the collec- tions of the Connecticut historical society, vol. 111. | Hartford : | printed by M. H. Mallory & co. | 18738. Printed cover with brief title, inside title as above verso ‘‘One Hundred Copies’’, introduc- tory (containing a biographic sketch of the author and a bibliographic account of the cate- chism) pp. 3-11, reprint of the original title (from the Lenox copy) verso blank 1 1. epistle ‘‘To the Reader” p. 3, Indian title with interlinear English translation p. 4, text in Indian and En- elish interlinear (from a transcript of the Brit- ish Museum copy collated with the Lenox copy) pp. 3-67, verso blank; 2 fac-simile plates, one of the title-page and the other of page 4 (both from the British Museum copy), 8°. Copies seen: Brinton, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. ; Quaritch, no. 12587, priced a copy 3i. 3s. The Brinley copy, no. 5692, suld for $4.75; the Mur- phy copy, no. 1984, $5.75. Priced by Quaritch, no. 30088, 22. 2s., and in 1887, 11. 16s. The volume of ‘‘Collections”’ from which one hundred copies of this catechism were sepa- rately printed was entirely destroyed by fire at a bindery in Hartford in 1873. ' Abraham Pierson — the name was so written by himself and by his son — was born, probably, in Yorkshire, England, abont the year 1608. In 1632 he graduated at Trinity College, Cam- bridge, and, after being ordained a minister, preached for a while at Newark, in the county of Nottingham. He came to New England in 1639 or 1640, and on the 5thof September of the latter year joined the church in Boston. At that time a considerable number of the inhab- M, Simmons, FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF PIERSON’S SOME HELPS OF 1659. FAC-SIMILES OF PAGES 25-2¢ ’S SOME HELPS OF 1659. my OE 3 ie. benab Ales patural éjek:. abuine Sea wauhéal Gods Scriptures | aman wrutche God ee: = fe *rurhs oe to eternal mn nvoguol queria re micheme Kcejd ‘ chang:d | flowunnama uy 96 OF Pl FAC-SIMILES OF PAGES 25-26 OF TIERSON'S SOME HELPS oF 1659, "Pierson (A.) — Continued. itants of Lynn, ‘‘finding themselves strait- ened” in their town, had determined to form a new settlement elsewhere. They therefore organized a new church, over which Mr. Pier- son was installed as minister in November of the same year. In the following December they removed to the southeast shore of Long Island, and began a new town at Southampton. Mr. Pierson remained there about four years, until the place was brought under the jurisdic- tion of Connecticut in 1644, when, being dissat- isfied with the consequent change in some of the laws relating to church government, he removed with a portion of his congregation to Branford, in New Haven Colony, where a new settlement had already been made. There he organized another church, over which he offici- ated for more than twenty years. In that neighborhood, and westward along the northern shore of Long Island Sound, were the settlements of the savages whom Mr. Pierson undertook to Christianize some years later. The Quiripi, or ‘‘long water’’ Indians, as the natives of ‘‘these southwest parts’ are called by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, spoke a “dialect having a,place between the dialects of “Massachusetts, Narragansett, and eastern Connecticut, and those of the Middle States; showing nearer affinity than other New Eng- land dialects to the (true) Delawares or Renapi of New Sweden.” The names Quinnipiac and Quillipiac, which also belonged to places near New Haven, and signified ‘‘long-water land’”’ or country, are thus explained by Dr. Trum- bull: ‘‘In the Mohegan and Narraganset dia- lects, the first syllable was pronounced, quin; by the Conn. river Indians, quil; and by the Indians west of the ‘long water,’ quir.”” The earliest reference to Mr. Pierson’s work among them appears to be ina letter from the Com- missioners of the United Colonies to the Corpo- ration in England, dated at New Haven, Sep- tember 10th, 1651, in which they wrote that ‘*Mr. Leweridge, Mr. Blinman, Mr. Person &c. are studying the language that they may the better treat with them conserning the thinges of theire peace.’’ In another letter, dated September 12th of the same year, and addressed to Mr. Eliot, they wrote: ‘‘ Mr. Hig- genson hath spent som time formerly about the Indian language and Mr. Peirson hath done the like and contineweth with much seriusnes therin.” In September, 1653, Mr. Rawson was ordered by the Commissioners ‘‘to pay Mr. Pearson of Braynford within Newhauen Juris- diction the summe of twelue pound towards his Charge and paines in fiting himselfe to teache the Indians;’’ and in September, 1654, it was ‘‘agreed that Mr. Pierson for his paines and Charges and fiting himselfe for the Indian Worke shalbee paied fifteen pounds out of the Corporation stocke.” The Commissioners wrote to the Corporation in London, September 25th, 1654, in reference to Mr. Eliot's work among the Indians, as follows: ALG 26 SR ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 401 Pierson (A.) — Continued. ‘‘one Cattachesme is alreddy printed and Mr Person is preparing another to sute these southwest ptes where the languige differs from theires who liue about the Massacheuesetts.” At their meeting in New Plymouth two years later, in September, 1656, ‘‘A letter from Mr Pearson of Bramford dated the 25th August last was read and some pte of a Cattichisme by him framed and propounded to convince the Indians by the light of Nature & Reason that there is onely one God who hath made and Gou'neth all thinges &c was considered and the Commissioners advised that it bee pfected and turned into the Narragansett or Pequott language that it may bee the better vnderstood by the Indians in all ptes of the Countrey and for that purpose they spake with and desired Tho: Stanton to aduise with Mt Pearson about a fitt Season to meet and Translate the same accordingly without any vnessesary delay that it may bee fitted for and sent to the press and they promised him due Satisfaction for his time and paines; it was agreed that M* Pearson bee allowed fifteen pounds for his paines hee shall take in this worke the yeare Insuing.’”’ The catechism was completed and a copy transcribed for the press before the next meeting of the Commissioners in September, 1657, when they wrote to the Corporation on the 19th of that month, that ‘‘ wee have alsoe Improued his[Mr. Stanton’s] skill in healping Mr Person an able and vsefull Instrument for other Indians sperit- uall good in Translateing 4 Catichisme Mr Person hath made for theire vse and Instruc- tion and as the account will shew haue giuen him a suitable allowance; . . . wee haue alsoe sent you .. . M* Persons Catta- chisme; which wee haue desired M* Ince to Transcribe whome you may please to Improue to overlooke the presse to preuent mistakes especially of the Indian wee desire the worke may bee expedated and that 1500 Coppies bee sent hither to vs by the first oppertunitie.” This catechism, however, never reached Eng- land, as the ship which carried it was lost at sea with all on board. The Corporation replied to the Commissioners, April 30,1658: ‘‘As for Mr. Person wee concure with you concerning his fitnes and Abillitie for the Indians sperituall good; and for the Cattichismes mencioned in youer letter of his Composing for theire vse and Instruction which wee should haue taken care to haue printed according to your Desire and should haue sent ouer the number mencioned in youer letter but wee feare it is miscarryed being sent as wee vnderstand in Mr. Garretts shipp which is yett mising; and therfore wee Intreat youtosend it ouer by the first oppertunitie.”’ Ou the 16th of September, 1658, the Commissioners wrote to the Corporation that ‘‘ Mr Person wee heare is repairing hisCatichisme for the presse and is expected heer euery day; wee hope to send it yoa by the next together with this yeares actes which as yett wee haue not had time to perfect;” and again in a letter dated 402 Pierson (A.) — Continued. from Boston, September 22d, 1658, they added: ‘‘By our last of the 16th Instant wee certifyed you of our purpose to send Mr. Persons Cati- chisme by the first oppertunitie to bee printed in England since which time it is come to our hands but vpon further consideration in regard of the hazard of sending and difficultie of true printing it without a fitt ouerseer of the presse by one skilled in the language wee haue chosen rather to haue it printed heer and accordingly haue taken order for the same and hope it wil- bee finished within three monthes.”’ The printing was not begun, probably, until two or three months later, as only the first sheet (sixteen pages, including the title) had been ‘‘ wrought off from the presse” of Sam- uel Green at Cambridge, when the ship by which a specimen was sent to England sailed from Boston at the end of December of the same year. This specimen sheet was reprinted for the Corporation in their report entitled ‘‘A further Accompt of the Progresse of the Gos- pel amongst the Indians in New-England,” which was published in London before May, 1659. Although the title of the Cambridge edition is dated 1658, the impression of the catechism was not finished until the autumn or winter of the following year. On the 7th of May, 1659, the Corporation wrote to the Com- missioners: ‘‘Conserning youer printing Mr. Peirsons Catichisme in the Indian language in New England wee concurr with youer judg- ments therein Conceiveing you haue ordered it for the best; in regard that such errors as may bee comited in printing the same wilbee the better corrected there then they would heer; wee haue thought good to print youer last letter with two other letters receiued from Mr. Endicot and Mr. Elliott; as also the In- dians exhortations and the sheet of Catichisme composed by Mr. Pierson all which are printed for publicke satisfaction.”” To this letter the Commissioners replied from Hartford, Septem- ber 7tb, 1659: ‘‘ we haue ordered Mr. Vsher to send you forty Copyes of Mr. Peirsons Catti- chisme if finished before the shipes sett sayle; but feare by reason of Mr. Piersons sicknes the worke may haue bin retarded; and we and you suffer a disapointment; but wee shall en- deauvor by the next to satisfy youer expecta- tions therin.’’ In the account of charges sent with this letter, was one item of 401., ‘‘To Mr. Green for printing the Psalmes and Mr. Piersons Catichisme.” At the meeting held in New Haven in September, 1660, it was resolved that ‘‘The Comissioners for the Massachu- setts are desired and Impowered to accoumpt with Mr. Green for the forty pounds payed him the last yeare on account for printing Mr. Peir- sons Cattachisme and the Psalmes.”’ The treas- urer’s account of ‘‘Indian stocke”’ submitted at their next meeting at Plymouth in Septem- ber, 1661, contained an entry of 5l., ‘“Item by discount with Mr. Green ouer paied on account of printing Mr. Peirsons Catechisme.’’ The BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Pierson (A.) — Continued. present knowledge of the fact that this cate- . chism is not in the Narragansett or Pequot dia- lect of eastern and southern Connecticut, as might be inferred from the letters and records of the Commissioners, but in that of the Qui- ripi or southwestern Indians of the same colony, is due entirely to the learned researches of Dr. Trumbull. The salary paid by the Commissioners to Mr. Pierson for his labor in instructing the In- dians was raised from 15l. to 201. in 1657, and again to 30/. in 1661; but at the meeting in September, 1667, his allowance for services during the year was lowered to 151., probably on account of his removal from Branford. In 1665, when New Haven Colony was joined to Connecticut, Mr. Pierson again came under the church laws, which led him to remove from Southampton. A large number of the inhabi- tants of Branford were of the same mind as” their pastor, and accordingly in 1666 they united with others of Milford, Guilford, and neighboring towns in founding a new settle- ment on the banks of the Passaic River, in New Jersey, to which they gave the name of New- ark. To the new town Mr. Pierson and his congregation removed, probably in June, 1667, and there he remained as the first minister of the new church until his death, August 9th, 1678. He was succeeded in the ministry by his son, Abraham Pierson, junior, who had been his assistant since 1669, and who afterwards became the first rector uf Yale College, in Con- necticut, where he died in 1707. After Mr. Pierson’s removal from Branford, Mr. James Fitch, senior, the pastor of the church at Nor- wich, ‘‘ having gained some understanding in the Indian language,’’ preached to the Indians who lived near him. In a letter to Daniel Gookin, dated November 20th, 1674, he wrote of the result of Mr. Pierson’s labors as follows: ‘‘Concerning the Indians in this colony and at Long Island, I cannot understand that they - have any inclination to learn the knowledge of God: but when Mr. Pierson did frequently try, in the several plantations in this colony, they did generally show an averseness, yea a per- verse contempt of the word of God; and at present they will not yield to any settled hear- ing or attendance upon the ministry of the word.” Pierz (Franz). Die Indianer | in Nord- America, | ihre | Lebensweise, Sitten, Gebrauche u. s. w., | nach vieljahrigem Aufenthalte | und gesammelten Erfah- rungen unter den verschiedenen | Staémmen, | bearbeitet von | Franz Pierz, | Katholischem Missionar. | St. Louis, Mo. | Druck und Verlag der Buchhandlung von Franz Taler u. Co. | 1855. Title verso blank 1 1. preface verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-130, inhalt 1 1, 12°. % ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Pierz (F.) — Continued. Die Sprache der Indianer in Nord-America, pp. 11-14, contains a brief discussion of the Otchipwe Indian language, and a vocabulary of 10 words. Oopies seen: Boston Public, Shea. Pike (Gen. Albert). Vocabularies of the Creek or Muscogee, Uchee, Hitchita, Natchez, Co-os-au-da or Co-as-sat-te, Alabama, and Shawnee. [18617] Manuscript, 5611. folio. ‘These vocabularies are arranged in parallel columns for comparison, ard contain from 1,500 to 1,700 words each. The manuscript was submitted to Dr. J. H. Trum buli, of Hartford, Conn , for examination, and was by him copied on slips, each containing one English word and its equivalent in the dialects given above, spaces being reserved for other dialects. They were then sent to Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, then at Tullahassee, Ind. T., who inserted the Chikasaw equivalents. These manuscripts were formerly in posses- sion of the Smithsonian Institution, later trans- _ ferred to the Bureau of Ethnology, and finally returned to the author at his request. Albert Pike, lawyer, born in Boston, Mass., | December 29, 1809, and entered Harvard in 1826. In August, 1831, he accompanied a caravan of ten wagons from St. Louis to Santa Fé, where | he remained until September, 1832, then went down the Pecos River and into the Staked Plain, then to the head-waters of the Brazos. Finally Pike, with four others, left the company, and reached Fort Smith, Ark., in December. In 1833 he became associate editor of the ‘‘ Ar- kansas Advocate.” During the Mexican war he commanded a squadron in the regiment of Arkansas mounted volunteers in 1846-47. At the beginning of the civil war he became Con- federate commissioner, negotiating treaties of amity and alliance with several Indian tribes. While thus engaged he was appointed briga- dier-general, and organized bodies of Indians, with which he took part in the battles of Pea Ridge and Elkhorn. In 1868 he removed to Washington, D. C., where he practiced his pro- fession in the supreme and district courts. He retired in 1880, and has since devoted his atten- tion to literature and Freemasonry.—A ppleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Pilling: This word following a title or within pa- rentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to is in the possession of the compiler of this bibliography. Pilling (James Constantine). Smithson- ian institution—Bureau of ethnology | J. W. Powell director | Proof-sheets | of a | bibliography | of | the languages | of the | North American Indians | by | James Constantine Pilling | (Distrib- uted only to collaborators) | Washington | government printing office | 1885 Pipe. 403 Pilling (J. C.) — Continued. Title verso blank 11. notice signed J. W. Powell p. iii, preface pp. v—viii, introduction pp. ix-x, list of authorities pp. xi-xxxvi, list of li- braries referred to by initials pp. xxxvii- XxxvViii, list of fac-similes pp. xxxix—x], text pp.° 1-839, additions and corrections pp. 841-1090, index of languages and dialects pp. 1091-1135, plates, 4°. Arranged alphabetically by name of author, translator, or first word of title. One hundred and ten copies printed, ten of them on one side the sheet only. The | pipe of peace | An Ojebway newspaper, published monthly at | the Shingwauk Home, Sault Ste. Marie [Ontario]. | Vol. I. October 1st. 1878. No. 1 [-Sept. Ist. 1879. No. 12] Twelve numbers, pp. 1-52; the first issue contained 8 pp. double columns, 8°; the second and subsequent numbers 4 pp. triple columns, sm. 4°. Edited by Rev. E. F. Wilson. In the mechanical work Mr. Wilson was assisted by the pupils of the Shingwauk Home. In the first few numbers some of the Ojebway articles were accompanied by translations in English, the later ones appear entirely in Ojeb- way except one advertisement in English. Throughout all the numbers the headings to the articles appear in English. The contents are of a miscellaneous character—the headings in the first number, for instance, : being: The new governor-general; England aud Turkey; The yellowfever; Editorals; A story from Eng- lish history; About elephants; Shingwauk catechism; The Indian council at Sarnia; Ad- vertisements. Though the last number of the volume gives no indication that such was to be the case, the publication ceased with that number. Copies seen: Powell. Pitezel (Rev. John H.) Lights and shades | of | missionary life: | containing | travels, sketches, incidents, | and | mis- sionary efforts, | during | nine years spent in the region of Lake Superior. | By | Rev. John EH. Pitezel, | alias, Wa- zah-wah-wa-doong, or ‘‘the yellow beard.” | [Quotation three lines. ] | Cincinnati: | printed at the western book concern, | for the author. | R. P. Thompson, printer. | 1857. Title verso copyright notice 1 1. preface pp. 3-7, contents pp. 9-17, half-title verso blank 1 |. text pp. 21-431, 4 plates, 12°. Brief speech in Ojibwa and English, pp. 387- 388, and scattered phrases. — Lights and shades | of | missionary life: | containing | travels, sketches, incidents, | and | missionary efforts, | during | nine years spent in the region 404 Pitezel (J. H.) —Continued. of lake Superior | by | rev. John H. Pitezel, | alias Wa-zah-wah-wa-doong, or ‘‘the yellow beard.” | New edition. | With important supplementary matter | brought down to date. | Cincinnati: | Walden and Stowe. | New York: Phillips & Hunt. | 1883. Portrait, title verso copyright (dated 1857) 1 1. preface (dated June 5, 1857) pp. 3-7, ‘‘ note”’ to the new edition p. 8, contents pp. 9-17, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 21-467, advertisements p. [468], 4 plates (included in the pagination), 129. Linguistics as in the first edition titled next above. Copies seen: EKames. Playter (George F.) The | history of Methodism | in Canada: | with an ac- count of the rise and progress of the work | of God among the Canadian In- dian tribes, | and | Occasional Notices of the Civil Affairs of the Province. | By George F. Playter, | of the Wesleyan conference. | Toronto: | published for the author by Anson Green, | at the Wesleyan printing establishment, | King street east. | 1862. Title verso copyright 1 1. contents pp. iii-viii, text pp. 1-414, 12°. Six lines of a hymn in the language of the Bay of Quinte Indians on Grape Island | Chip- pewa], p. 312, with the following statement: ‘‘A small hymn book of twelve hymns, translated into the Chippewa, was now printed by the Missionary Society of the Methodist Episcopal Society, in New York, and some copies were now [May, 1827] on Grape Island; and the de- sire to read and sing the hymns stimulated the desire to learn.”” On thesame page Peter Jones is mentioned as spending ‘‘twelve days with the natives’’ on Grape Island. It is probable, therefore, that the translation referred to was made by him. Copies seen: Kames. In some copies of this work the numbering stops with p. 4138, the last page being unnum- bered. (*) Plymouth Indians, See Massachusetts. Polk (J. F.), editor. See Investigator. Pooler (Joe). See Gatschet (A. S.) Porter (William S.) See Hliot (W. H.) Portions of the book of common prayer [Cree]. See Hunter (James). Potewateme. A.M. D.G. | Potewateme | missinoni-kan catechisme | ipi | ne- méonin etchitek | wayowat kwiyuk enemadjik | Catholique echinikasidjik. | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Potewateme — Continued. Cincinnati: | Stereotyped by Monfort and Conohans. | [1844?] Literal translation: Potewateme | book catechism | and | prayers all | would-use the- good those-who-pray | Catholics who-are-called. Title verso blank 1 1. preface in Potewateme verso blank 1 1. text entirely in Potewateme pp. 5-67, 18°. Prayers and litany, pp. 5-16.—Hymns, pp. 16- 18.—Catechism, pp. 18-67. Copies seen: Boston Athenzsum, Harvard, Massachusetts Historical Society, National Museum. See also Pottawotomi. ie Potewatemi nemémiseniiikin. See Gail- land (M.) Potewatemi nememissinoikan. Hoecken (C€.) Potewatemi neméwinin. See Gailland (M.) Potrwatome nkumwinin. well (R.) ; Pott (August Friedrich). Die | quinare und vigesimale | Zaihlmethode | bei Volkern aller Welttheile. | Nebst aus- fiihrlicheren Bemerkungen | tiber die Zahl worter Indogermanischen Stammes | und einem Anhange iiber Fingerna- men. | Von | Dr. August Friedrich Pott, | ord. Prof. [&c. four lines. ] | Halle, | C. A. Schwetschke und Sohn. | 1847. Cover title nearly as above, title as above — verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. dedi- catory notice 11, vorwort pp. vii-viii, text pp. 1-304, 8°. Numerals of Neuschweden in Virginien (from Campanius), p. 64; of the Algonkin (from La- Hontan), p. 65; of Canada (from Riidiger), p. 65; of the Paegan (Black-Feet), p. 68. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, British Museum, Eames, Watkinson. —— Die | Sprachverschiedenheit | in Eu- ropa | an den Zahlwortern nachgewie- sen | sowie | die quinare und vigesimale Zatlmethode | von | D'. Friedr. August Pott, | Prof. [&c. three lines. ] | Halle | Verlag der Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses. | 1868. Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 11]. text pp. 1-109, 8°. Inquiries into the origin of numeral systems among various peoples, including the Cree (from Hayden and Howse), pp. 50-52; Algonkin (from Cuogq), p. 52; Blackfeet (from Hayden), p.56; Shyenne (from Amer. Eth. Soc. vol. 2), pp. 56-57 ; Arapoho (from Hayden), pp. 57-58; At- sina, p. 58. Copies see - Boston Public, Eames. See See Simer-_ ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 405 Pottawotomi— Continued. ? : Proper names See Indian. Pott (A. F.) — Continued. —— EKinleitung in die allgemeine Sprach- wissenschaft. In Internationale Zeitschrift fiir allgemeine Proper names Proper names Jackson (W. H.) Stanley (J. M.) Sprachwissenschaft,vol. 1, pp. 1-68, 329-354, vol. Proper names Treaties. 2, pp. 54-115, 209-251, vol. 3, pp. 110-126, 249-275, Relapse ays Morgan (L. H.) Supp. pp. 1-193, vol. 4, pp. 67-96, vol. 5, pp. 3-18, - ext P ZO ISSIORES: Leipzig, 1884-1887, and Heilbronn, 1889, large 8°. Text Simerwell (R.) The literature of American linguistics, vol. 4, Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and pp. 67-96. This portion was published after Mr. Vater (J. 8.) Pott’s death, which occurred July 5, 1887. The Vocabulary Allen (W.) general editor of the Zeitschrift, Mr. Techmer, ee Barton ee 8.) states in a note that Pott’s paper is continued ie carat Latetig he from the manuscripts which he left, and that it ae eens ae FUE tS ) is to close with the languages of Australia. In ieee Pe the section of American linguistics publica- eee Pie nak ) tions in all the more important stocks of North ¥ . fae ones (EF. America are mentioned, with brief characteri- | CEA RAE. Latham (R. G.) ’ gation. Vocabulary Preston (W.) Vocabulary Simerwell (R.) Pottawotomi. English - Pottawotomi Vocabulary Wilson (E. F.) dictionary | copied from a manuscript ae ening a .C.E.) ; ; ords McIntosh (.J.) at | St. John’s College, Fordham [N. Y.] | is Oebieny (A. Dea: Manuscript, 41 Il. 16°, in the library of Dr. J. Words Sener (S. M.) G. Shea, Elizabeth, N.J. Words Smet (P. J. de). The vocabulary is preceded by abrief gram- Words Smithsonian. matic notice of the same language. Words Vater (J.S.) Pottawotomi: Bible, Gen. (pt.) See Simerwell (R.) Potter (Chandler Eastman). The | bis- tory of Manchester, | formerly Derry- Bible, Matthew Lykins (J.) x ‘ ‘ Bible Acts aces a) field, [ame New-Hampshire ; | includ- @atechiam Hoecken (C.) ing that of ancient Amoskeag, | or the Catechism Potawateme. middle Merrimack Valley; | together eae aay (R.) with the address, poem, and other pro- powenary eurassa (8s) ceedings, | of the | centennial celebra- Dictionary Gailland (M.) ; : ee Spnany Pateicatent tion, | of the | incorporation of Derry- Ponies Morgan (L. H.) field ; | at Manchester, October 22, 1851. General discussion General discussion General discussion Charlevoix (P. F. X. de). McCoy (1.) Walcott (A.) | By C. E. Potter, | Corresponding member [&c. three lines. ] | Manchester, | C. E. Potter, publisher. - Grammar Gailland (M.) Hymns Gailland (M.) | 1856. Hymns Hoecken (C.) Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 11. ded- Hymns Potewateme. ication verso blank 11. preface pp. v-vii, list of Hymns Simerwell (R.) illustrations pp. vili-ix, contents pp. xi-xiii, Hymns Smet (P. J. de). text pp. 1-67, 1-763, errata and addenda 1 p. 8°. Lord’s prayer Badin (S. T.) Names of Indian tribes and localities in the Lord’s prayer Bergholtz (G. F.) Merrimac valley and elsewhere in New Eng- Lord’s prayer Marietti (P.) land, with definitions, pp. 5-7, 26-28, 31. Loré’s prayer Shea (J. G.) Copies seen: Congress. Lord’s prayer Smet (P. J. de). — Appendix to the ‘Language of the Bent sprayer erarab aie eS) Abenaquies” [by W. Willis]. By C.E. Numerals Haines (E. M.) Potter Numerals Haldeman (S.S.) . Numerals James (E.) In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll. vol.4, pp. 185-195, Prayer book Gailland (M.) Portland, 1856, 8°. Prayer book Hoecken (C.) Contains Abenaqui names of geographic Prayer book Potewateme. features in Maine, with definitions and etymol- Prayers Simerwell (R.) ogies. Prayers Smet (P.J. de). Powell: This word following a title or within pa- Primer Simerwell (R.) rentheses after a note indicates that a copy of Proper names Catlin (G.) the work referred to has been seen by the com- Proper names Chamberlain (A. F.) piler in the library of Major J. W. Powell, Proper names Washington, D. C. Correspondence. 406 Powhatan: Geographic names Numerals Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary — Words Words BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE See Boyd (S. G.) Bozman (J. L.) Allen (W.) Balbi (A.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) ~ | Macauley (J.) /Strachey (W.) Featherman (A.) Malte-Brun. Prando (Rev. Peter Paulus). A hymn in the Blackfoot language. Manuscript, 3 pp. folio, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. A copy furnished by Col. John Mason Brown, of Louisville, Ky., from a copy made for him by the author, a Jesuit father, by whom ‘‘it was used in the re- ligious instruction of the Piegans.” Prayer before sermon [Mohegan]. See Sergeant (J.) Prayer-book: Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonquian Blackfoot Chippewa _Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Menomonee Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Montagnais Montagnais Munsee Nipissing Nipissing Nipissing Nipissing Nipissing Nipissing Nipissing Nipissing Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa See Aubéry (J.) Romagné (J. B.) Vetromile (E.) Laure (P.) Tims (J. W.) Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) and Wei- kamp (J. B.) O’Meara (F. A.) Oshki nagumowin. Verwyst (C.) Garin (A. M.) Guéguen (J. P.) Horden (J.) Hunter (James). Kirkby (W. W.) Lacombe (A.) Mackay (J. A.) Thibault (J. B.) Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) _Bellenger (J. M.) Kauder (C.) Legoyne (—) Micmac. Durocher (#.) La Brosse (J. B. de). Morning. Aiamie nabowewinan. Cuog (J. A.) Lebret (L. M.) Mathevet (J. C.) Nihima. Nihina. Niina. Richard (P.) Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) and Wei- kamp (J. B.) Dejean (A.) Johnston (G.) Ottawa. Prayer-book — Continued. Ottawa See Weikamp (J. B.) Pottawotomi Gailland (M.) Pottawotomi Hoecken (C.) Pottawotomi Potewateme. Prayers: Abnaki See Abnaki. Abnaki Crespieul (F. X.) Abnaki Demillier (L. E.) Abnaki Lafléche (L. F. R.) Abnaki Mathevet (J.C.) Algonquian Algonquian. — Algonquian Crespieul (F. X.) Algonquian Lafléche (L. F. R.) Blackfoot Lacombe (A.) Chippewa Baierlein (H.) Chippewa Belcourt (G. A.) Chippewa Blackbird (A. J.) Chippewa Lord’s. Chippewa Ojibway muzzeniegun. Cree Bompas (W.C.) Cree Guéguen (J. P.) Cree Hunter (James). Cree Lafléche (L. F. R.) Cree Laverlochére (J. N) and Garin (A. M.) Cree Mackay (J. A.) Cree Mason (S.) Delaware Lenape. Illinois Allouez (C.) Illinois Le Boulanger (J. I.) Tllinois Marest (G.) Maliseet Abnaki. Massachusetts Adams (N.) Massachusetts Brown (G.58.) Massachusetts Dexter (H. M.) Menomonee Bonduel (F. L. J.) Menomonee Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) Micmac Alphabet. Micmac Maillard (A.S.) Mohegan™ Sergeant (J.) Montagnais Arnaud (C.) Montagnais Crespieul (F. X.) Montagnais Durocher (F.) Montagnais Laure (P.) Montagnais Le Jeune (P.) Montagnais Massé (E.) Montagnais Silvy (A.) Nipissing Cuoq (J. A.) Nipissing Dépéret (E.) Nipissing Masinaigan. Ottawa Meeker (J.) Passamaquoddy Demillier (L. E.) Penobscot Macleod (X. D.) Penobscot W zokhilain (P. P.) Pottawotomi Simerwell (R.) j Pottawotomi Smet (P.J. de). Satsika Petitot (KE. F.S. J.) Present. The | present state | of | New- England, | With Respect to the | Indian ~ vvar. | Wherein is an Account of the true Reason thereof, | (as far as can be Judged by Men.) | Together with most osha dhol of tl cRemilble Pallges ened from eae of Fane, el the rorhok WN Novemie ae Compoted - © ft ee in L v FAC-SIMILE (REDUCED) OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF THE PRESENT STATE OF 1675. ‘Faithlally Compofed by a Merchant of Zoflom, and Commanicated vO clsbiesia 2anoee FAC-SIMILE (REDUCED) OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF THE PRESENT STATE OF 1676. e T, i oh n E! 7 2 a a ‘ . ZV ie ‘ ; i i oe ; ', i Zz % 0 ‘ A ade y sis ., t ‘ im “4! . .- ¥ oe Da L ES ff 4 . i a . 3 = y . f ¥ ‘ Lay ‘ . 6 * , f NP ith 1 an F Ina We ' , A hg ' Cees i ‘hes : ; ei . 9 f wy 4 ‘ 4 ‘ a 7 ! » ay wa ; yw i ~ . 4 Wire, ‘ ¥ , s ri : < i ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Present — Continued. of the Remarkable Passages that have hap-| pened from the 20th of June, till the 19th of November, 1675. | Faith- fully Composed by a Merchant of Bos- ton, and Communicated | to his Friend in London. | Licensed Decemb. 13. 1675. Roger L’Estrange. | [Royal arms. ] | London, | Printed for Dorman New- man, at the Kings-Armsin the Poultry, and at the | Ship and Anchor at the Bridg-foot on Southwark side. 1675, Title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-19, folio. See the reduced fac simile of the title-page. Isaiah xxiii, 1-3, in the Massachusetts lan- guage (from Eliot’s bible), p. 11. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Congress, Lenox. The Brinley copy, no. 417, sold for $36. — The | present state | of | New-Eng- land, | With Respect to the | Indian war. | Wherein is an Account of the true Reason thereof, | (as far as can be Judged by Men.) | Together with most of the Remarkable Passages that have hap- | pened from the 20th of June, till the 10th of November, 1675. | Faith- fully Composed by a Merchant of Bos- ton, and Communicated | to his Friend in London. | Licensed Decemb. 13. 1675. Roger L’Estrange. | [Royal arms. ] | London. | Printed for Dorman New- man, at the Kings-Arms in the Poultry, and at the | Ship and Anchor at the Bridg-foot on Southwark side. 1675. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-19, folio. Page 18 is wrongly numbered 19, and p.19 is wrongly numbered 8!. See the reduced fac- simile of the title-page. In the copies seen the date has been changed from 1675 to 1676 with a pen. It is possible the entire edition of thisissue was sochanged. Itis clearly another issue, the matter being entirely reset. Linguistics as under next title above, p. 11. Copies seen: Congress, Harvard, Lenox. — The | present state | of | New-Eng- land | with respect tothe | Indian war. | Wherein is an Account of the true Reason thereof, | (as far as can be Judged by Men.) | Together with most of the Remarkable Passagesthat | have happened from the 20th of June, till | the 10th of November, 1675. | Faith- fully Composed by a Merchant of Bos- ton and Com- | municated to his Friend in London. | Licensed Decemb. 13. 1675. 407 Present — Continued. Roger L’Estrange | [Picture of an In- dian.] | London, | Printed for Dorman Newman, at the King’s Arms in the Poultry, and | at the Ship and Anchor at the Bridgfoot on Southwark side, | 1675. | Boston: Josiah Drake, Antiquarian Bookstore, 56 Cornhill. | MDCCCXXX- IIT [1833]. Title verso printer 1 1. advertisement (signed S.G. Drake, and dated Boston, Feb. 15, 1833) pp. lii-iv, text pp. 5-38, ‘‘A continuation of the state of New-England”’ pp. 39-69, advertise- ment 1 page, 18°. Linguistics as in the original edition, pp. 22- 23. Copies seen: Congress, Eames. Also in Drake (S. G.), The old Indian chron- icle, pp. 1-38, Boston, 1836, 18°. According to Drake there was no demand for his first reprint (1833) of the ‘‘Present state”’ and its accompanying ‘‘Continuation,’’ and it ‘lay some three years on hand, excepting what were gratuitously distributed.”” They ‘‘ were not reprinted (for the first edition [of the Old Indian Chronicle]), asenough of them remained on hand in 1836 to complete the edition of some 250 copies.’’ In order to complete the edition of the Chronicle, of which 500 copies had been printed in all, these two tracts were reprinted shortly afterwards differing in the arrangement of nearly every page from the edition of 1833. The title of this reprint of the ‘Present state”’ is as follows: The | Present State | of | New-Eng- land | with respect to the | Indian War. | Wherein is an | Account of the true reason thereof, | (as far ascan be judged by men.) | Together with most of the remarkable | passages that have hap- pened from | the 20th of June, to the | 10th of November, 1675. | Faithfully composed by a Merchant of Boston and | communicated to his friend in Lon- don. | Licensed Decemb. 13, 1675. Roger L’Estrange. | London, | Printed for Dorman Newman, at the King’s Arms | in the Poultry, and at the Ship and Anchor at | the Bridgefoot [sic] on Southwark side, 1675. In Drake (S.G.), The old Indiar chronicle, pp. 1-37, Boston [18367], 18°. Linguistics as in the original edition, pp. 22-23. —— The | Present State | of | New-Eng- land | with respect to the | Indian War. | Wherein is an Account of the true Reason | thereof, (as far as can be | judged by Men.) | Together | With 408 Present — Continued. most of the Remarkable Passages that have | happened from the 20th of June, till the 10th | of November, 1675. | Faithfully composed by a Merchant of Boston and communicated | to his friend in London. | Licensed Decemb. 13, 1675. Roger L’Estrange. | London: | Printed for Dorman Newman, at the King’s Arms in the Poultry, and | at the Ship and Anchor at the Bridgfoot on Southwark Side, 1675. In Drake (8. G.), The Old Indian Chronicle, _ pp. 119-169, Boston, 1867, sm. 4°. Linguistics as in the original edition, p. 146. Preston (T. R.) Three Years’ | Residence in Canada, | from | 1837 to 1839. | With notes of a winter voyage to New York, and | journey thence to the British Pos- sessions: | to which is added, | a Re- view of the Condition | of the | Cana- dian People. | By | T. R. Preston, | late of the Government service at Toronto. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I [-II}. | London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street, | Publisher in Ordi- nary to Her Majesty. | 1840. 2 vols. pp. i-xii, 1-285 ; i—vi, 1-307, 12°. List of Indian names of places and things, with English significations, vol. 2, pp. 239-241. Copies seen: Astor. Preston (Capt. William). [Vocabulary of the Potawatomy, Miami, Delaware, Shawnee, and Cherokee languages. | Manuscript in possession of the late Col. John Mason Brown, Louisville, Ky. Recorded ina blank book 63 by 8 inches in size, probably the orderly book of the company commanded by Captain Preston. The date, January 29, 1793, appears on the inside of the cover. The Potawatomy vocabulary covers three pages, and consists of 72 words and phrases, in- cluding the numerals 1-9. This is followed by geographical names in the Miami, which cover one page and give the Indian designation of the Ohio, Kentucky, Kanawha, and other riv- ers, sixteen in all. The following page is occu- pied by a similar list in Delaware, and this is followed by a list of words and phrases in the Miami, occupying six pages and containing 139 words and phrases. Following the last mentioned isa vocabulary of the Shawanee language, with certain remarks _on pronunciation of the aspirates and accentu- ation of syllables. The first page bears date February 7, 1796, at Greenville. There are nineteen pages of this vocabulary. The Eng- lish words are arranged alphabetically, or ap- proximately so, followed by the Indian equiva- Jents, amounting to 481 words and phrases. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Preston (W.) — Continued. Following this Shawanee vocabulary is a sin- gle page of Cherokee vocabulary consisting of 20 words. A copy of the manuscript is in ihe library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The sixteen geographic names in Miami and Delaware found in this manuscript were pub- lishedin The Virginias, vol. 6, pp. 166-167, Staun- ton, Va., 1885, 4°. (Pilling.) The editor of that periodical, Col. Jed. Hotchkiss, then submitted a copy to Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, who sup- plied some valuable notes on the signification of the Indian names. The vocabulary with Dr. Trumbull’s notes was then reprinted in The Industrial South, vol. 6, pp. 19-20, Richmond, Va., January 13, 1886, 4°. (Pilling.) William Preston, soldier, born in county Don- egal, Ireland, 25 December, 1729 ; died in Mont- gomery County, Virginia, 28 July, 1783. Hebe- came deputy sheriff of Augusta County in 1750; was elected to the house of burgesses and accompanied General Washington on sev- ~ eral exploring expeditions in the west. He was appointed one of two eommisssoners to make a treaty with the Shawnee and Delaware Indians in 1757. He became surveyor of the new county of Montgomery in 1771, and was early engaged in the organization of troops for the Revolutionary war; became colonel in 1775, and led his regiment at Guilford Court-House, S.C., where he received injuries that caused his death in the following July.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. [Prévost (Pére Médéric).] Ka patakai- katek | masinaigan | ka ako nikigoba- nen | Jesos | 1832 & 1883 | t Manadjita- ganisan | P. Pakitandjikenani8an. | K. Kiigocimonanisan | [Cross] | Moniang [Montreal] | J. Chapleau & fils, endate. [ 1882. ] Cover titleas above, title as above verso blank 11. text 14 unnumbered pp. 16°. A calendar in the Chippewa language. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. [——] Ka patakaikatek | masinaigan | ka ako nikigobanen | Jesos. | 1888 gaie 1889. | t Manadjitagani8an. | P. Paki- tandjikenani8an. j K. Kiigocimonani- 8an. | [Cross.] | Moniang [Montreal]. | E. Senécal & fils, endate. [1888.] Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 11.14 unnumbered pp. 16°. Nipissing cal- . endar, from June 1, 1888, to July 31, 1889. Copies seen: Pilling. [——] Nikamo masinaigan. | O. M. I. | [ Picture. ] | Moniang [Montreal] | J. Chap lead x fils, endate. | 1885. Title reverse approbation of Bishop Lorrain (dated from Pembroke, 6 mars 1885) 1 L. prefa- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. _ Prévost (M.) — Continued. tory 11. text pp. 1-27, 16°. Hymns in Chippewa with musical notes. _ Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Rey. Médéric Prévost, O. M. L, was born February 1, 1847, at St.Jacques de |’ Achigan, county of Montcalm, Province of Quebec, Can- _ada. He was ordained a priest May 11, 1873, and soon after was sent to the residence of Lake Temiskaming, an Indian mission. Since that time he has visited the Indian missions of Fort William, on the Ottawa River, Mattawan, Abitibi, Kipewa, KitchiSaking, Mekiskan, Was- wanipi, Kikendatc, Kakebongang, and Wey- montaching. In 1879 he was sent to Maniwaki, at the head of the Gatineau River. Since the year 1874 he has been charged by his superiors with the preparation of the calendar for every new year. His present residence (1888) is Hull, near Ottawa.—Lorrain. Prichard (James Cowles). Researches | into the | physical history | of | Man- kind. | By | James Cowles Prichard, M. D. | Second edition. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-IT]. | _ London: | printed for John and Ar- thur Arch, | Cornhill. | 1826. 2 vols.: frontispiece 1 1. title verso printer 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, contents of both volumes pp. ix-xxx, explana- tion of plates pp. xxxi-xxxii, text pp. 1-523, notes pp. 525-529, index of nations pp. 531-544, nine other plates; title verso printer11. text pp. 1-613, note pp. 614-623, plate, 8°. Relations between the American languages, vol. 2, pp. 341-349, contains some remarks on the Delaware language, with examples.— Remarks on the American languages, vol. 2, pp. 350-355, contains comparative vocabularies of American and Asiatic languages (pp. 353-354), including words in the Penobscot, Illinois, Delaware, Aca- dian, New England, and Mahican, and a short comparative vocabulary of the Irish and Algon- quin.— Pages 414-424 of the same volume treat ‘of the Algonquin race, and contain general re- marks on the classification and languages of the different branches. ; Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Har- vard. The first edition, London, 1813, 8° (British Museum), contains no linguistics. —— Researches | into the | physical his- tory | of | mankind. | By | James Cowles Prichard, M.D. F. R.S. M. R.I. A. | corresponding member [&c. three lines. ] | Third edition. | Vol. I[-V]. | London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, | Paternoster row; | and J. and A. Arch, | Cornhill. | 1836[-1847]. 5vols. 8°. Thewords ‘‘ Third edition,” which are contained on the titles of vols. 1-4 (dated re- spectively 1836, 1837, 1841, 1844), are not on the title of vol.5. Vol. 3 was originally issued with 409 Prichard (J. C.) — Continued. a title numbered ‘‘Vol. I11.—Part I.” This ti- tle was afterwards canceled, and a new one (numbered ‘‘ Vol. IIT.”’) substituted in its place. Vol. 1 was reissued with a new title containing the words ‘‘Fourth edition,” and bearing the imprint, ‘‘London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, | Paternoster row. | 1841.”" (Astor); and again ‘‘ Fourth edition. | Vol.I. | London: | Houlston and Stoneman, | 65, Paternoster row. | 1851.” (Congress.) According to Sabin’s Dic- tionary (no. 65477, note), vol. 2 also appeared in a ‘Fourth edition,’ with the latter imprint. These several issues differ only in the inser- tion of new titles in the places of the original titles. General remarks on the American languages, vol. 5, pp. 302-308.—Of the characteristics of the American languages, pp. 308-313, including a number of examples in Delaware (from Hecke- welder and Duponceau).—Universality of these characteristics among the American languages, pp. 313-316, with an example in Delaware.—Gen- eral observations on the relations of the Ameri- can languages, pp. 316-320.—Chapter V. Of the Algonquin and Iroquois races, contains some re- marks on the Algonquin dialects under the fol- lowing divisions: General account, pp. 381-383; History of the Algonquin race, Tradition of the Lenni-Lenape, pp. 383-385 ; Northern nations of the Algonquin race: the Knistineanx, the Al- gonquins proper, the Chippewas or O’jibways (O-chepe-wag), the Potowatomi, pp. 385-391; Of the north-eastern or Abenaquian branch of the Algonquin race, pp. 391-393; Of the eastern or Atlantic tribes: the New England tribes, the Lenni-Lenape or Delaware Indians, tribes of Virginia and Maryland, pp. 393-394; The west- ern branch of the Algonquin race, pp. 394-395.— The Black-feet Indians, p. 414.—A few Carai- bean words compared with those of other lan- guages, including the Sankihani, p. 526. Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenzum, Congress, Eames. —— Naturgeschichte | des | Menschen- geschlechts | von | James Cowles Prich- ard, | Med. D. [&c. three lines. ] | Nach der [&c. three lines] | von | Dr. Ru- doiph Wagner, | [&c. one line.] | Erster [-Vierter] Band. | Leipzig, | Verlag von Leopold Bosk. | 1340 [-1848]. | 4 vols., vol. 4 in two parts, 12°. Discussion of American languages, vol. 4, pp. 311-341, 357-363, 458. Copies seen: British Museum. —— The | natural history | of | man; | comprising | inquiries into the modify- ing influence of | physical and moral agencies | on the different tribes of the human family. | By | James Cowles Prichard, M.D. F.R.S. M.R. LA. | Corresponding Member [ &c. five lines. ] 410 Prichard (J. C.) — Continued. | With | Thirty-six Coloured and Four Plain [lustrations | engraved on steel, | and ninety engravings on wood. | London: | H. Bailliere, 219 Regent street; | foreign bookseller [&c. two lines.] | Paris: J. B. Bailliere, libraire, rue de l’Ecole de Medecine. | Leipsic : T. O. Weigel. | 1843. Pp. i-xvi, 1-556, 8°. ‘“‘Instances, not of affinity, but of coinci- dence”’ between the Irish and Algonquian lan- guages (6 words from Vater), p. 304.—Brief reference to languages of American tribes, p. 360. Copies seen : Boston Athenzum, British Mu- seum. The | natural history | of | man; | comprising | inquiries into the modify- ing influence of | physical and moral agencies | on the different tribes of the human family. | By | James Cowles Prichard, M.D., F. R.S., M. R. 1. A. | Corresponding Member [&c. six lines. ] | Second edition, enlarged, | with | Forty-four Coloured and Five Plain II- lustrations | engraved on steel, | and ninety-seven engravings on wood. | London: | Hippolyte Bailliere, pub-— lisher, 219 Regent street; | foreign Bookseller to the Royal college of sur- geons, | and to the Royal medico-chi- rurgical society. | Paris: J. B. Bailliere, libraire de ’)Academie royale de mede- cine. | Leipsic: T.O. Weigel. | 1845. Pp. i-xvii, 11. 1-596, 8°. _ Linguistics as in earlier edition, titled above. | Copies seen: British Museum. — The | natural history | of | man; | comprising | inquiries into the modify- ing influence of | physical and moral agencies | on the different tribes of the human family. | By | James Cowles Prichard, M.D., F. R. S., M. R. I. A. } corresponding member [&c. six lines. ] | Third edition, enlarged, | with | Fifty Coloured and Five Plain Illustrations | engraved on steel, | and ninety-seven engravings on wood. | London: | Hippolyte Bailliere, pub- lisher, 219 Regent street ; | foreign book- seller to the Royal college of surgeons, | and to the Royal medico-chirurgical society. | Paris: J. B. Bailliere, libraire de V’Academie royale de medecine. | Leipsic: T. O. Weigel. | 1848. Frontispiece 11. title verso printers 1 1. dedi- cation pp. y-vi, advertisement pp. vii-viii, ex- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Prichard (J. C.) — Continued. planation of illustrations pp. ix—x, contents pp. xi-xvii, text pp. 1-546, appendix pp. 547-666, index pp. 667-677, 8°. Linguistics as under titles above, pp. 304, 360. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress. —— The | natural history | of | man; | comprising | inquiries into the modify- ing influence of | physical and moral agencies | on the different tribes of the human family. | By | James Cowles Prichard, M.D. F. R.S. M. R. I. A. | president [&c. four lines.] | Fourth Edition, Edited and Enlarged by | Ed- win Norris, | of the royal Asiatic so- ciety of Great Britain and Ireland. | Il- lustrated with sixty-two coloured plates engraved on steel, | and one hundred engravings on wood. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-IT]. | London: | H. Bailliére, publisher, 219, Regent street, | and 290, Broadway, New York, U. 8. | Paris: J. B. Bailliére, libraire, rue Hautefeuille. | Madrid: Bailly Bailliére, calle del principe. | 1855. 2 vols.: half-title verso notice 1 1. plate 11. title verso printers 11. contents pp. v-viii, ex- planation to the engravings on steel p. ix, index to the engravings on wood p. x, editor’s preface pp. xi-xiii, introductory note pp. xv-xx, short biographical notice of the author pp. xxi-xxiv, text pp. 1-343, sixteen other plates; half-title verso notice 11. plate 1 1. title verso printers 11. contents pp. v—vii, text pp. 343-714, index pp. 715-720, forty-four other plates, 8°. Trish and Algonquin words compared, vol. 1, p. 333.—Brief remarks on the Cree language and syllabary, with a few examples of the latter, vol. 2, p. 527, note. Copies seen: Eames, Harvard. Prieres, cantiques . . crise. See Lacombe (A.) Priéres, cantiques . . crise. See Thibault (J. B.) Priest (Josiah). American antiquities, | and | discoveries in the west: | being | an exhibition of the evidence | tht an ancient population of partially civil- ized nations, | differing entirely from those of the present In- | dians, peopled America, many centuries before | its discovery by Columbus. | And | inquiries into their origin, | with a | copious de- scription | Of many of their stupendous Works, now in ruins. | With | conject- uresof what may have | becomeof them. en langue en langue ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Priest (J.) — Continued. | Compiled | from travels, authentic sources, and the researches | of | Anti- quarian Societies. | By Josiah Priest. | Albany: | printed by Hoffman and White, No. 71, State-Street. | 1833. Folded frontispiece, title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents pp. v-viii, text pp. 9- 400, map and plate, 8°. Rafinesque (C. S.), Languages of Oregon— Chopunish and Chinuc, pp. 395-397. Copies seen: Harvard. —— American antiquities, | and { dis- coveries in the west: | being | an exhi- bition of the evidence | that an ancient population of partially civilized na- tions, | differing entirely from those of the present In- | dians, peopled Amer- ica, many centuries before | its discov- ery by Columbus. | And | inquiries into their origin, | with a | copious descrip- tion | Of many of their stupendous Works, now in ruins. | With | conject- ures concerning what may have | be- come of them. | Compiled | from travels, authentic sources, and the researches | of | Antiquarian Societies. | By Josiah Priest. | Third Edition Revised. | Albany: | printed by Hoffman and White, | No. 71, State-Street. | 1233. Folded frontispiece, title verso copyright 11. preface pp. iii-iv, contents pp. v—viil, text pp. 9-400, map and plate, 8°. Rafinesque (C. §8.), Tabular view of the American generic languages, pp. 309-312, Chinue, pp. 395-397. Copies seen: Boston Public, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Massachusetts Historical Society. The Brinley copy, no. 5435, sold for $1.50. Primer in the Montagnais language. See La Brosse (J. B. de). Primer: Abnaki See Romagné (J. B.) Chippewa Baraga (F.) Chippewa Belcourt (G. A.) Chippewa Dougherty (P.) Chippewa York (P.) Cree Bompas (W. C.) Cree Cree. Cree First. Cree Glass (E. B.) Cree Guéguen (J. P.) Cree Lacombe (A.) Delaware Linapie. Delaware Meeker (J.) Maliseet Stephens (J.) Massachusetts Eliot (J.) Massachusetts Indiane. Menomonee Bonduel (F. L. J.) Micmac Alphabet. All Primer — Continued. Micmac See Irwin (T.) Montagnais Arnaud (C.) Montagnais La Brosse (J. B. de). Nipissing Cuog (J. A.) Nipissing Masinaiganikiknoamagek8in, Ottawa Meeker (J.) Ottawa Van Tassel (I.) Penobscot Wzokhilain (P. P.) Pottawotomi Simerwell (R.) Shawnee Lykins (J.) Wea Wea. Prince: This word following a title or within par- entheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the l’rince collection preserved in the Bos- ton Public Library, Boston, Mass. Prince (J. Dyneley). Notes on the lan- guage of the eastern Algonkin tribes. In American Journal of Philology, vol. 9, pp. 310-316, Baltimore, 1888, 8°. Numerals 1-10in Passamaquoddy, Abenaki, and Micmac, p. 310.—Vowels, consonants, ac- centuation, inflection, of the Passamaquoddy and Abenaki dialects, as illustrative of the entire group, pp. 311-314.— Table of Passama- quoddy, Abenaki, and Micmac words showing similarity of inflection, p. 314.—System of word- building, with examples, pp. 314-315. Promissiones Domini Nostri [Algon- quine]. See Cuog (J. A.) in Addenda. Promissiones Domini Nostri[ Blackfoot]. See Legal (E.) Promissiones Domini Nostri [Cree, ro- man]. See Lacombe (A.) | issiones Domini Nostri [ Cree sylla- —— Languages of Oregon—Chopunish and | pene sens [C yile bics]. See Lacombe (A.) in Addenda. Promissiones Domini Nostri Jesu Christi factae B. Marg. M. Alacoque. | Jesu- Krist ka iji achotamawad | kitchitwa Marguerite Marian Alacoquan, | iniw ondji anichinaben ka manadjitonit ote. [Dayton, Ohio: Philip A. Kemper. 1888. ] A small card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as above and containing twelve ‘* Promises of Our Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary,” in the Sau- teux language, on the verso of which is a colored picture of the sacred heart with in- scription, in French, below. Mr. Kemper informs me that he has not yet (October, 1889) ascertained who made the translation. He has published the same promises on similar cards. in many languages, Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Promissiones Domini Nostri Jesu Christi factae B. Marg. M. Alacoque. | Kaje wa- witmowa kpinen Jesos Knist | ketcht- wa wentaksintchin Maknitin | Mani- 412 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Promissiones — Continued. yin Alacoque Waje juwenmat niw wa tpat | min tchin i Ketchtwa wentak tenuk Oteii. [Dayton, Ohio: Philip A. Kemper. 1888. ] A small card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as above and containing twelve ‘‘ Promises of Our Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary,” in the Potto- watomie language, on the verso of which is a colored picture of the sacred heart with in- scription, in English, below. Mr. Kemper in- forms me that the translation was received throngh the Benedictine Fathers at the Sacred Heart Mission, Indian Territory. He has pub- lished the same promises on similar cards in many languages. Copies seen: Kames, Pilling, Powell. Algonquian Arapaho Arapaho Blackfoot Blackfoot ' Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Delaware Delaware See Rockwell (E. F.) Promissiones Domini Nostri [Micmac]. See Rand (S. T.) Promissiones Domini Nostri[ Otchipwe]. See Gafron (J.) in the Addenda. Proper names: Algonquian Toner (J. M.) Blackmore (W.) Jackson (W. H.) Brinton (D. G.) Catlin ((.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Mogridge (G.) Morris (A.) Petitot (EK. F.S. J.) Stanley (J. M.) Catlin (G.) Hayden (F. V.) Indian. Jackson (W. H.) Smet (P.J. de). Treaties. Brinton (D. G.) Catalogue. Chamberlain (A. F.) Foster (J. W.) and Whitney (J. D.) Haines (E. M.) Indian. Jackson (W.H.) Morris (A.) Neill (E. D.) Report. Schooleraft (H. BR.) Stanley (J. M.) Treaties. © Warren (W. W.) Wilson (E. F.) Brinton (D.G.) ~ Catlin (G.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Morris (A.) Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Bollaert (W.) Correspondence. Indian. ’ eee eee ee Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Illinois Kaskaskia Kaskaskia Kikapoo Kikapoo Kikapoo Kikapoo Kikapoo Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Miami Miami Miami Miami Micmac Mohegan Munsee New England Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Peoria Peoria Peoria Piankashaw Piankashaw Piankashaw Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Wea Wea Wea Wea Wea Proper names — Continued. See Jackson (W.H.) Smet (P.J. de). Stanley (J. M.) Thomas (G.) Indian. Correspondence. Indian. Bollaert (W.) Catlin (G.) Correspendence. Indian. Treaties. Catalogue. Catlin (G.) Indian. Treaties. Indian. Jackson (W.H.) Smithsonian. Treaties. Catlin (G.) Catlin (G.) Stanley (J. M.) Brinton (D. G.) Catalogue. Chamberlain (A. F.) Correspondence. Jackson (W. H.) James (#.) Stanley (J. M.) Treaties. Catlin (G.) Correspondence. Indian. Catlin (G.) Indian. Treaties. Catlin (G.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Correspondence. : Indian. Jackson (W. H.) Stanley (J. M.) Treaties. Catalogue. Catlin (G.) Frost (J.) Indian. Jackson (W. H.) Maximilian (A. P.) Mogridge (G.) Stanley (J. M.) Treaties. Bollaert (W.) Catalogue. Catlin (G.) Correspondence. Indian. Jackson (W. H.) Stanley (J. M.) Treaties. ‘Catlin (G.) Correspondence. Indian. Stanley (J.M.) Treatie 2 2 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 413 Proud (Robert). The | History of Penn- sylvania, | in | North America, | from the | Original Institution and Settlement of that Province, under | the first Pro- prietor and Governor William Penn, | in 1681, till after the Year 1742; | with an | introduction, | respecting, | The Life of W. Penn, prior to the grant of the Province, and the religious | Socie- ty of the People called Quakers ;—with the first rise of the neighbouring | Colo- nies, more particularly of West-New- Jersey, and the Settlement | of the Dutch and Swedes on Delaware. | To which is added, | A brief Description of the said Province, | and of the | General State, in which it flourished, principally between the Years 1760 and 1770. | The whole including a Variety of Things, | Useful and interesting to be known, respecting that Country in early Time, &c. | With an appendix. | Written principally between the Years 1776 and 1780, | By Robert Proud. | [Four lines quotations.] | Volume 11 = 0 a (eee ; Philadelphia: | printed and sold by Zachariah Poulson, junior, | number eighty, Chesnut-street. | 1797 [-1798]. 2 vols.: portrait 1 |. tithe verso quotation ete. 11. preface dedicatory pp. 3-16,contents uf the introduction pp. 17-18, introduction pp. 19-166, text pp. 167-487, index and errata and emendata pp. 489-508; folded map, title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-236, A View of the Province of Penn- sylvania pp. 237-359, Descriptio Pennsylvanie, anno 1729, pp. 360-373, appendix pp. 1-132, index pp. 132-146, 8°. The last three lines of the imprint of vol. 2 read: No. 106, Chesnut-street, | Nearly oppo- site to the Bank of North America. | 1798. Penn (W.), Letter etc. vol. 1, pp. 246-264. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Bos- ton Public, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society. Prudens (James), jr. See Tyrrell (J. B.) | Psalm-book: Cree See Horden (J.) Cree Horden (J.) and Kirk- by (W. W.) Cree Hunter (James). Cree Mackay (J. A.) Cree Mason (W.) Psalm C. [Massachusetts.] See Eliot (J.) Psalm xxui[Micmac]. SeeRand(S. T.) Psalms: Chippewa See O’Meara (F. A.) Chippewa Schoolcraft (J.) Maliseet Rand (S. T.) Micmac Rand (S. T.) Pyrlzeus (Rev. John Christopher ). [Hymns in the Mohican language. 1745.] (*) Title from Reichel’s Memorials of the Mora- vian church, vol. 1, pp. 138-140. Mr. John W. Jordan, of the Pennsylvania Historical Society, who has interested himself in the Moravian missionaries and their works, writes me as follows: ‘‘I examined the Bethle- hem diary for the year 1745, and under date of | September 18th it is recorded that the first translation of hymns (two) into Mohican, made by Rev. J. C. Pyrlzus, ‘appeared to-day.’ They were revised by the convert John, a Mohican from Shecomeco. Prior to this date Pyrleus had studied Mohican as wellas Mohawk. From the writing of the record I am led to believe that these translated hymns were printed in slips either by Franklin or Saur. I am not able to verify this by the record, unfortunately. ‘““The Moravian Indians who were sojourning at Bethlehem, Pa., in 1745-’46 caused Pyrleus to begin the translation of hymns fora Mohican hymn book, to which other Moravians contrib- uted—J. Martin Mack, David Bruce, and G. Bittner.” — Probe zu einem Gesangbuch der Na- tionen der Mahikander, Delawares und etliche Verse in der Sprache der 6 Na- tionen. 1746. @) Manuscript, pp. 1-28, sm. 8°. Title from Mr. A. Glitsch, of the Unitats-Bi- bliothek, Herrnhut, Saxony, where the manu- script is preserved. ‘‘Jno. Christopher Pyrleus, the Mohawk scholar, was born at Pausa, Voigtland, in 1713. Studied for the ministry at the University of Leipsic between 1733 and 1738. Here he became attached to the Brethren, visited Herrnhut, and accepted an appointment as missionary. Sailed from London in company with Buttner and Zander, and reached Bethlehem October 19, 1740. Commenced the study of the Mohawk at Tulpehocken, in January, 1743, under Weiser’s direction. The Brethren having failed to pro- cure a Mohawk Indian from Freehold to instruct in that language such of their number as were set apart for the mission, Pyrleus undertook this, and on the 4th of February, 1744, opened his Indian school. In September of 1745 his first translations of hymns into Mohican appeared. This was the beginning of a collection for the use of the mission. In November of 1751 he sailed fur England, where he labored until 1770. He next went to Germany, where he died May 28, 1785.” — Reichel. Q. Quaritch (B.) — Continued. Quaritch (Bernard). A general | catalogue of books, | arranged in classes, | offered for sale by | Bernard Quaritch. | [Three lines quotation. | | London: | 15 Piccadilly. | 1868. Title verso printer 1 1. preface (dated June, 1868) 11. table of contents pp. v—viii, catalogue pp. 1-1056, desiderata pp. 1057-1080, general index pp. 1081-1130, 89. American languages, and books relating to America, pp. 648-653, contains titles of books relating to the Cree, Delaware, Montagnais and Massachusetts languages. Copies seen: Kames. —— A general | catalogue of books, | of- fered to the public at the affixed prices | by | Bernard Quaritch. | [Quotations five lines. ] | London: | 15 Piccadilly. | 1874. Title verso printers 11. preface (dated Octo- ber 1, 1874) pp. iii-iv, table of contents pp. v-x, catalogue pp. 1-1736, desiderata pp. 1737-1779, general index pp. 1781-1889, 8°. Originally issued in paper-covered parts, numbered 279- 291, from August, 1871, to October, 1873. Bibliotheca Occidentalis, pp.796-898, contains scattered titles of books relating to the Algon- quian languages, including the title of Eliot’s Indian bible, first edition, p. 853.—Anglo-Amer- ica, pp. 1520-1522, contains titles of several works in the Massachusetts Indian language, including the Indian bible. Copies seen: Kames, Lenox. —— A general | catalogue of books, | of- fered to the public at the affixed prices | by | Bernard Quaritch. | The mee ment: 1875-77. | London: | 15 Piceadilly. | 1877. Title verso printers 1 1]. preface (dated Octo- ber, 1877) pp. iii-iv, table of cuntents pp. 1-8, cat- alogue pp. 1-1492, desiderata pp. 1493-1540, gen- eral index pp. 1541-1672, 8°. Originally issued in paper-covered parts, numbered 292-308, from November, 1874, to February, 1877. American languages, pp. 1138-1139, contains titles of works in and relating to the Algonquin, Cree, and Ojibwa languages; also title of Eliot’s Indian bible, first edition, p. 583. Copies seen: Eames, Lenox. ——— A general | catalogue of books, | of- fered to the public at the affixed prices | by | Bernard Quaritch. | London: | 15 Piccadilly. | 1880. 414 Title verso printers 11. pretace (dated July, 1880) pp. iii-iv, table of contents pp. v-x, cata- logue pp.1-2166, general index pp. 2167-2395, 8°. Includes the parts issued with the numbers 309- 330, from July, 1877, to November, 1879. American languages, pp. 1261-1269, contains titles of a few Algonquian langrages—Cree, Kiripi, and Mohican. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. — Catalogue | of books on the | history, geography, | and of | the philology | of | America, Australasia, Asia, Africa. | I. Historical geography, voyages, and | travels. | IJ. History, ethnology, and philology | of America. | III. History, topography, and ethnology | of Asia, Polynesia, and Africa. | Offered for Cash at the affixed net prices by | Bernard Quaritch. | London: | 15 Piccadilly, June 1885 to October 1886. | 1856. Title verso contents 11. catalogue pp. 2747- 3162, index pp. i-lxii, 8°. Lettered on the back: QUARITCH’S | GENERAL | CATALOGUE | PART XII. | VOYAGES | AND | TRAVELS | AMERICANA | AND | ORIENTALIA | LONDON 1886. This vol- ume comprises nos. 362-364 (June, July, and August, 1885), of the paper-covered series, with the addition of a special title and a general index. American languages, pp. 3021-3042, contains titles of books in Algonkin, Cree, Ochipwa, Mic- mac, Mohican, aims or Massachusi, and Quir- ipi. The complete ‘‘Gencral Catalogue,” of which the above is a part, comprises 15 volumes bound in red cloth, paged consecutively 1-4066. Each volume hasits own special title and index, with the title of the series and the number of the part lettered on the back. It was originally issued as nos. 332-375 of the paper-covered se- . ries, from Novemb r, 1880, to August, 1887, at which date the publication was discontinued. Part VIII (1884), relating to religions, bibles, etc., contains titles of Eliot’s Indian testament and bible, pp. 1600, 1601; also portions of script- ure in Ojibwa, p. 1628. Part XV (1888), relating - to typographical monuments, contains titles of - Eliot’s Indian testament and bible, pp. 3900- 3901, 4054. Copies seen: Kames. A large paper edition as follows: ex SS AN FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF QUINNEY’S CATECHISM. FAC-SIMILE OF THE FIRST PAGE OF QUINNEY’S CATECHISM. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Quaritch (B.) — Continued. —— A general | catalogue of books | of- fered to the public at the affixed prices | by | Bernard Quaritch | Vol. I[-VI] | London: |j 15 Piccadilly, | 1887. 6 vols. royal 8°. An index volume was an- nounced, but it has not yet (October, 1890) ap- peared. American languages, as under the preceding title, vol. 5, pp. 3021-3042. Copies seen: Lenox. This edition was published at 151. for the set, including the seventh or index volume. —— No. 86. London, December, 1887. | A rough list | of | valuable and rare books, | comprising | the choicest por- tions of Various Libraries, | and many very cheap works of every class of Lit- erature, | at greatly reduced prices, | offered by | Bernard Quaritch, 15, Pic- cadilly, W. Printed cover (with title: ‘‘The miscellane- ous and the musical library of Mr. William Chappell,” etc.), catalogue with heading as above pp. 1-128, 8°. American languages, pp. 1-13, contains titles of books in Algonkin, Monsi, Ochipwe, Cree, Mohican, Natik or Massachusi, New England, aud Quiripi. Copies seen: Kames, Pilling. Quebec Historical Society: These words follow- ing a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that acopy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution. Quéré de Fieguron (Pére Maurice): See Gay (R. M.) . [Quinney (John).] The | Assembly’s | Catechism. | Printed at Stockbridge, Massachu- setts, | by Loring Andrews. | 1795. Title verso blank 1 1. text (with the exception of the headings in English, entirely in the Mohegan or Stockbridge Indian language) pp 3-31, verso of p.31 blank, 8°. Signatures [Aj, B,C,Din fours. Seethe fac-similes of the title- page and of the first page of the text. The Assembly’s Shorter Catechism, pp. 3- 27.—Dr. Watts’s Shorter Catechism for Chil- dren, pp. 27-31. At the bottom of page 31 are the words: ‘‘ The foregoing is Printed in the | Mobeakunnuk, or Stockbridge | Indian Lan- guage.” . Copies seen: Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society. On the blank page opposite the title of the Lenox copy is the following manuscript note, copied from Schoolcraft’s Bibliographical Cata- logue, no. 63, referring to the later edition described below: 415 Quinney (J.)— Continued. “This translatio1 was made by John Quin- ney and Capt. Hendrick, who received their | [sic] commission from General Washington.” Mr. Brinley’s copy (no. 5691), bound with two other tracts, sold for $24, and is now in the Lenox Library. Another copy has since been offered for sale for $50. John Qu nney, to whom this translation is attributed, was an Indian of the Moheakunnuk or Stockbridge tribe who lived about the mid- dle of the eighteenth century. He was prob- ably au assistant or interpreter to Rev. John Sergeant theelder, missionary at Stockbridge from 1735 to 1749,whom he perhaps aided in translating prayers and other works into the Indianlanguage. Nothing has been learned of his personal history; but his descendants were prominent in the later history of the tribe. His son Joseph Quinney, whose name is also spelled Quan-au-kaunt or Quivequaun‘, was town constable in 1765; and in 1777, after the death of the sachem Solomon Un-haun-nau- waun-nutt, he was made chief of the Mohea- kunnuk nation. Another Joseph Quinney, per- haps a son of the former, was chosen deacon of the New Stockbridge church in 1817; and in the following year was one of the leaders in the emigration of his people from the state of New York to a new home in the west. John W. Quinney, born in 1797, and educated at York- town, Westchester County, N. Y., was chief of the tribe in 18£9-52, while residing on Lake Winnebago in Wisconsin. The translation of the Assembly's Catechism was probably made by John Quinney uxder the supervision of the elder Mr. Sergeant. Accord- ing to the Indian tradition, as preserved by Mr. Schooleraft in his Bibliographical Catalogue (1849), no. 63, it ‘‘is understood to have been done prior to the American Revolution, while this tribe dwelt at Stockbridge, Mass., on the Housatonic River.” From this it may be inferred that there was an earlier edition printed, of which no Copy has been found. However that may be, the work must have been thoroughly revised afterwards, and the spelling changed to agree with the lan- guage as written in 1795. This is evident from the fact that Dr. Watts’s Shorter Catechism for Children, as printed on pp. 27-31, is certainly a revision of Mr. Sergeant’s translation made be- fore 1749, although it differs considerably in the or. hography, and occasionally in the wording, from that version as printed on pp. 8-15 of the first part of Mr. Sergeant’s prayers. The edition described above was printed for the use of the Moheakunnuk Indians, after they had removed from Stockbridge, Mass., to New Stockbridge, N. Y. It was published without doubtat the instance of Rev. John Sergeant the younger, who also understood the language, and who had been minister of the Indian church since 1775. See Sergeant (J.) 416 Quinney (J.) —Continued. [ and Aupaumut (Capt. Hendrick). ] The assembly’s | shorter catechism. [Stockbridge? 1818?] No title-page, heading only; text (with the exception of the headings in English, entirely in the Mohegan or Stockbridge Indian lan- guage) pp. 1-34,sq. 18°. Signatures [a], B,C, [D] in fours, and E in two, including a blank leaf atthe end. The lastsix leaves form but a single fold, notwithstanding the signature mark E at the bottom of page 33. See the fac-simile of the first page. Theassembly’s shorter catechism, pp. 1-22.— Dr. Watts’ shorter catechism for children, pp. 22-25. —John Ill (verses 1-21), pp. 26-28.— Matthew Vv (verses 1-20), pp. 28-29.—Matthew VII (verses 1-27), pp. 29-31. -—-Select psalms (Psalm 5, common metre; Psalm 4, long metre; Psalm 51, 1st Part, long metre; Psalm 119, 11th Part, common metre), pp. 32-34. At the bottom of page 34 are the words: ‘‘The foregoing is printed in the Moheakunnuk, or Stockbridge | Indian Language.” Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Massachu- setts Historical Society, Pilling, Wisconsin Historical Society. On one of the preliminary blank leaves of the Boston Atheneum copy, which formerly be- longed to Mr. Henry R. Schoolcraft, is the fol- ' lowing manuscript note: “This translation was made by John Bain ney and Capt. Hendrick who received his com- mission from General Washington. Little else has ever been translated into the Stockbridge language besides this.”’ The first twenty-five pages contain an exact reprint of the edition of 1795; the remainder was probably translated by Capt. Hendrick, at the suggestion of Rev. John Sergeant, who died in 1824. The exact date of its publication has not been ascertained; but from the appear- ance of the paper and the typography, it would seem to belong to the period of the removal of the tribe from New Stockbridge, N. Y., to In- diana in 1818, and to Wisconsin in 1822. Mr. Sergeant wished to have his Indians well sup- plied with books before their departure. ‘‘My people,” he writes, March 30, 1818, ‘‘can read their own -language very flucntly, when they pronounce English very indifferently. This will always be the case, so long as they speak their own language in their families.” In an- other letter, dated December 16, 1821, he says: ‘*T amin hopes to obtain copies of Elliot’s Bible in the Indian language, and am of opinion, that this Bible will be understood by a good part of the natives in the N. W. Territory.” . Captain Hendrick Aupaumnut, an Indian of the Stockbridge tribe, was a man of eminence among his people. In personal appearance, ‘‘his gait,” says one, ‘‘and his demeanor, ap- peared like royalty.” He was often employed as interpreter; and in this capacity his “strong memory, his clear, lucid manner, and his mind BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Quinney (J.) and Aupaumut (H.)—Con. illumined face,’ as he conveyed the thoughts of a preacher to his people, are highly praised. His public speeches are spoken of as “‘ always remarkable for perspicuity and sound sense.” According to a common custom in the tribe, he dropped the Indian name Aupaumut, and was known as Capt. Hendrick. Since then, Hen- drick has been the surname of the family. (Jones's Stockbridge, pp. 119, 120.) He probably received his commission as Cap- tiin from General Washington during the revo- lutionary war. In 1777, when Joseph Quinney became sachem, he made Hendrick one of his counselors. In 1785 the tribe removed from Stockbridge, Mass., to a tract of land six miles square, given to them by the Oneida Indians, situated in what is now Madison County, New York. There they built the village of New Stockbridge. Capt. Hendrick is mentioned by Rev. Mr. Kirkland, in a letter to General Knox, dated April 22, 1791, as ‘‘one of the chiefs of the Stockbridge tribe.” ‘‘As you are in a measure a stranger to Captain Hendrick,” he continues, ‘allow me to say, from long personal acquaint- ance with him, that he is very little inferior to Cornplanter, who himself has a high esteem for the Stockbridge chief.’ In 1792 the Indians of New Stockbridge and their neighbors of the Six Nations were invited to Philadelphia by Presi- dent Washington, ‘‘ that measures might be con- certed to impart such of the blessings of civili- zation as might suit their condition.” On this occasion Capt. Hendrick accompanied them, and while there he was employed by the Sec- retary of War to goon a mission to the western tribes. In 1809 he formed the plan of collecting all the eastern Indians and settling them on lands near the White River in Indiana, which had been given to this tribe by the Miamis more than a century before. About the same time, when the Stockbridges and Delawares were so- licited by Vecumseh and his brother, the Prophet, to join them in a league against the whites, the advice and exertions of Capt. Hen- drick kept them aloof. In the war with Great Britain which soon followed, he joined the American army, was favorably noticed, and promoted to oftice. In 1816 or 1817 Capt. Hendrick resigned the chieftainship, on account of old age and increas- ing infirmities. His youngest son, Solomon Au- paumut, or as he was usually called, Solomon U. Hendrick, was made sachem in his stead, but he died a few years later. In September, 1818, the first removal of a part of the tribe took place, from New Stockbridge to Indiana, but the vent- ure was unfortunate. In 182], under the direc- tion of Chief Solomon Aupaumut,a tract of land was purchased for them on the east side of Fox River, in Wisconsin, about twenty-two miles from its entrance to Green Bay ; and to- that place they began to emigrate in 1822. Capt. h, don stuh ‘pepe nwel ukhkunnubikauwaukun, oneiwauku do ae. | ienegaueh, bch nel i vautosbhens Whonon, don neen kausekhoikeh wehehchuhqun; 0 wéh aunow pauskoo Pohtommuwwaus, p: Ses Eiecuters, wonk neh weekchaunauqsowaukunnowuh, FAC-SIMILE OF THE FIRST PAGE OF QUINNEY AND AUPAUMUT’S CATECHISM. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 417 Quinney (J.)and Aupaumut(H.)—Con. | Quinney (J.) and Aupaumut (H.)—Con. Hendrick, however, remained behind until Sep- tember, 1829, when he too removed to Green Bay with his family. The date of his death has not been ascertained, but it probably happened not long after. During his residence at New Stockbridge, Capt. dendrick compiled and wrote in English the traditional history of the ‘‘ Muh-he.con-nuk -* Nation.” Some fragments of this curious and interesting work have been preserved in Dr. _ Dwight’s Travels (New Haven, 1821-22), and in Jones’s Stockbridge (Springfield, 1854). After the death of Solomon Aupaumut, about the year 1823, John Metoxin was made sachem, which office he held for a dozen or more years. In 1833 and 1834, by treaty with the government, the Stockbridge Indians were obliged to re- move from the Fox River to the east side of Lake Winnebago, where the body of the tribe remained until the present reservation was se- lected for them about seven miles west of Ke- shena, ShawanoCounty, Wisconsin. In 1839,a company of seventy or eighty individuals sep- arated from the tribe and emigrated to lands set apart for the Delaware Indians, five miles below Fort Leavenworth, on the Missouri River. In May, 1851, the tribe numbered 235, including rie 97 the little colony in Missouri, which had become reduced totwenty-fiveorthirty persons. Those who had become citizenized were71. At that time it wasrelated that ‘‘ theirown language has gone very nearly out of use for want of a native literature, and the English only is taught.’ In 1881 their number had decreased to 135. After the removal from New York, the first missionary who visited them at Green Bay was Rev. Jesse Miner, in 1827, but he died about two years later. In 1829 Rev. Cutting Marsh was sent to them as minister, and Mr. Jedediah Stevens and his wife as teachers. In 1834, Rev. Chauncey Hall and Mrs. Hall joined the mis- sion. Mr. Marsh resigned the care of the In- dian church in 1849 to Rev. Jeremiah Slinger- land, who was a native of the tribe and the adopted son of deacon Joseph Quinney. Mr. Slingerland had received a theological educa- tion at Bangor, Maine. He was still minister of the church on the Stockbridge Indian reser- vation in 1881. Quiripi: Catechism See Pierson (A.) Lord’s prayer Trumbull (J. H.) Text Pierson (A.) Quoddy. See Passamaquoddy. R. Rafinesque (C. 8.) — Continued. Rafinesque (Constantine Samuel). An- cient history, | or | annals of Ken- tucky ; | with a survey of the ancient monuments | of North America, | And a Tabular View of the Principal Lan- guages and Primi- | tive Nations of the whole Earth. | By C.S. Rafinesque, A. M, Ph. D, | Prof. [&c. nine lines. ] | (Numquam otiosus.) | Frankfort, in Kentucky. | Printed for the author. | 1824, Title verso dedication 1 1. table of nations and languages pp. lii-iv, half-title verso blank 11. exordium pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-31, appendix pp. 33-39, 8°. Ethnological and philological table of the primitive nations and languages, pp. ili—iv, con- tains the roots of a few words in Lenapian, fol- lowed by full-word examples in the Shawanih language. Oopies seen: Boston Athenzum, Boston Pub- - lic, Congress. The Field copy, no. 1896, sold for $3.12; the Squier copy, no. 1090, $4; the Brinley copy, no. 4068, $2.50. Priced by Clarke & co.1886, no. 2251, $2. — Atlantic journal, | and | friend of knowledge. | In eight numbers. | Con- taining about 160 original articles and tracts on Natural and | Historical Sci- ences, the Description of about 150 New Plants, | and 100 New Animals or Fossils. Many Vocabularies of Langua- | ges, Historical and Geological Facts, &c. &c. &c. | By C. 8. Rafinesque, A. M.. . Ph. D.| Professor of Historical and Natural Sciences, Member of seve: | ral learned societies in Europe and Amer- ica, &c. | [Quotation and list of fig- ures, six lines. ] | Philadelphia: | 1832-1833. | (Two dollars. ) Tabular view recto blank 1 1. title verso in- dex 1 1. iconography and illustrations etc. 11. text pp. 1-202, 205-212, 8°. Originally issued in numbers (1-8, and extra of no. 3), from the “‘spring of 1832” to the ‘‘ winter of 1833.” American history. Tabular View of the American Generic Languages, and Original Nations, pp. 6-8. Languages of Oregon. Chopunish and Chinuc, pp. 133-134, contains on page 134 nu: merals in Musquaki, Shawani, and Mohegan. 418 — Number l. Oopies seen: Boston Athenzun, British Mu- seum, Congress, Eames. These two articles reprinted in : Priest (J.), American antiquities, pp.309-312, 395-397, Albany, 1833, 8°. Spring 1836 [-Number 2. Summer of 1836]. | The | American na- tions; | or, | Outlines of A National History ; | of the | ancient and modern nations | of | North and South Amer- ‘ica. | [Four lines verse.] | First num- ber, or volume: | generalities and an- nals | [-Second number, or volume: | origin and researches]. | By Prof. C. 8. Rafinesque. | Philadelphia, | published by C. S. Rafinesque, | no. 110 north tenth street, | sold by the principal booksell- ers, | and in London by O. Rich, | in Paris by Meilhac & Baillere. | 1836. Second title: The | American nations; | or, | outlines of their | general history, | ancient and modern: | including the whole history of the earth | and mankind in the western hemi- sphere; | the philosophy of American history; | the annals, traditions, civilization, | languages, &c., of all the Ameri- | can nations, tribes, em- pires, | and states. | With Maps, Plates, Views, and Plans of Monuments, | Tables, Notes, and Illustrations. | By C.S. Rafinesque: | Professor [&c. six lines.] | First volume. | [Quotation six lines. | | Philadelphia: | C. S. Rafinesque, 110 north tenth st. | Printed by F. Turner, 367 Market at. | 1836 2 vols.: title verso prospectus 1 1. second title verso copyright 1 1. dedication pp. 1-2, pref- ace pp.3-12, text pp. 13-259, contents p. 260; title verso prospectus 1 1. second title verso copyright 1 1. text pp. 5-291, contents p. 292, 12°. Chapter V, Original Annals and Historical Traditions of the Linapis, from the creation ~ to the flood, passage and settlements in Amer- ica, as far as the Atlantic Ocean &c. till 1820 &c. vol. 1, pp. 121-161, contains many Linapi terms; and on p. 161 a specimen of the original Linapi text.— Comparative Taino vocabulary of Hayti,vol. 1, pp. 230-253, contains some words in Mohigan, Linapi, Ottawa, and Micmac. Oopies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- seum, Congress, Eames, Trumbull. The Squier copy, no. 1089, sold for $4; the Murphy copy, no. 2089, $2.25. Priced by Qua- ritch, no. 30001, 68. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Ramsey (Alexander). Annual report of the Superintendent of Indian Affairs in Minnesota Territory, dated Oct. 17, 1849. In 31st Congress, 1st session, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 1, President’s message, with accompanying documents, pp. 1005-1036. Pronunciation, etymology, and signification ‘of Dacota, Chippewa, and Winnebago names passim. Rand (Rev. Silas Tertius). A | short statement of facts | relating to | the history, manners, customs, language, and | literature | of the | Micmac Tribe of Indians, | in | Nova-Scotia and P. E. Island. | By S. T. Rand. | Being the substance of Two Lectures delivered in Halifax, in November, | 1849, at Public Meetings held for the purpose of insti- tuting a | Mission to that Tribe. | Pub- lished under the direction of the com- mittee for super- | intending the mis- sion. | Halifax, N. S.| printed by James Bowes & son. | 1850. Printed cover nearly as above with two supplemental lines, title as above verso blank 1 1, introduction 11. text pp. 5-40, 8°. The Micmac language, pp. 18-24, contains a short grammatic account of the language, in- cluding a partial conjugation of the verb to witness, and a few lines in Micmac with Eng- lish interlinear. There are also numerous Mic: mac words and phrases, with English transla- tions, scattered through the pamphlet. Oopies seen: Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, Powell. [——] Cisule uceluswocn agenudasic. { Halifax? 1850. ]} TAteral translation : God His-word told-about. No title-page, heading only; text (in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. 1-16, 12°. Contains the ten commandments, a short sketch of bible history; Luke i. 26-38, ii. 4-21, xv., John iii., Luke xxii, xxiii; and-on p. 16 is a Christmas hymn of four stanzas beginning ‘*Sesus, Acjinicscam,”’ which, with the addition of two stanzas, has been reprinted separately in phonetic characters; see fifth title below. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. [——] The history of poor Sarah; | a pious Indian woman. |In Micmac. | [Rules for pronunciation, three lines.] | Agenudemocn ujit eulejit | Sali, sabe- wit Elnui ebit. | Elnuisimca. [ Halifax ? 1850. ] No title page, heading only; text (except the above heading and the rules for pronunciation in English, entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. 1-12, 12° Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. 419 Rand (S. T.) —Continued. —— Hymn. | [Four verses in English. ] | Translation into Micmac by 8. T. Rand. | [Four verses in Micmac. ] [ Halifax? 18502] : No title-page, headings only; text in roman characters 1 page verso blank, 12°. : Four stanzas in broken English, with first heading above, of a hymn beginning ‘‘In de dark wood, no Indian nigh,’ followed by a Micmac translation with the second heading above. Copies seen: Powell. Revised and printed in phonetic characters, as follows: | Hymn. | ‘‘In de Dark Wood, no Indian nigh.” [ Halifax, 185-?] No title-page, heading only; text (in the Mic- mac language, phonetic characters) 1 page, 12°. Six stanzas beginning ‘‘Njbuctuc encurde- -gwobjan,” etc. On the other side of the leaf is the psalm titled next below. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. ] Psalm. XXIII. [ Halifax, 185-?] No title-page, heading only; text (in the Mic- mac language, phonetic characters) 1 page, 12°. Hight stanzas beginning ‘‘Ancweuit Uccjs- acum8,” etc. On the other side of the leaf is the hymn titled next above. Oopies seen: Kames, Pilling, Powell. [——] Hymn. [Halifax, 185-1] No title-page, heading only; text (in the Mic- mac language, phonetic characters) 1 page ver- so blank, 12°. Contains a Christmas hymn of six stanzas beginning ‘‘Sesuis Ucgj-nicscam,” etc. relating to the birth, life, death, etc. of Jesus. Fol- lowed by ‘‘Now I lay me down to sleep,” one stanza. Four stanzas of the first hymn were originally published on p. 16 of the same au- thor’s ‘‘ Cisulc uceluswocn,” fifth title above. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. [——] The gospel | according to saint Matthew, | in the Micmac language. | Printed | for the use of the Micmac mis- sion | by the British and foreign | bible society. | Charlottetown : | printed by G. T. Haszard. | 1853. Title verso blank 1 1. errata verso key 1 1. text (entirely in the Micmac language, phonetic characters) pp. 1-118, 16°. Copies seen: American Bible Society, British and Foreign Bible Society, British Museum, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 44123, gives title of: The book of Matthew translated into the Mali- seet language. By Rev. S. T. Rand, Charlotte- town, 1853, 8°. Mr. Rand informed me that this ig an error. A later edition as follows: [ [ 420 Rand (S. T.) — Continued. [——] Pela | kesaginoodtmimkawa | tan tula | uksaktimamenoo wéstowoolkw’ | Sasoogoole Clistawit | ootenink. | Me- gumoweesimk. | Chebooktook [Halifax]: | megtima- gea’ ledaktn-weekigémkawa moweo- me. | 1871. Verso of title: Printed by the ‘‘ Nova Scotia Printing Company,” | Corner Sackville and Granville Sts., Halifax. Title verso key 1 1. text (the gospel of Matthew, entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. 3-126, 16°. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, British Museum, Dunbar, Eames, Massa- chusetts Historical Society, Quebec Historical Society, Pilling, Powell, Shea, Trumbull. Priced by Koehler, catalogue 465, no. 347, bound with a copy of the ‘‘Short statement,” 4M. [——] The gospel of st. John. Colophon: Printed by W. Cunnabell, Halifax, N. S. [1854.] No title-page, heading only; text (in the Mic- mac language, phonetic characters) pp. 1-95, 12°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Rand. The copy belonging to Mr. Eames contains, in Mr. Rand’s handwriting, numerous correc- tions avd alterations on every page, which were adopted in the following new edition: [——] Wooleagtnoodtimakin | tan tula | Sanéku. | Megumoweesimk. | : Chebooktook [Halifax]: | megtima- gea’ ledaktn-weektgémkawa moweo- me. | 1872. Verso of title: Printed by the ‘‘ Nova Scotia ‘Printing Company,’ | Corner Sackville and Granville Sts., Halifax. Title verso key 11. text (gospel of John, en- tirely in the Micmac language, roman char- acters) pp. 3-103, 16°. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, British Museum, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea, Trumbull. — Ferst reding buk | in | Mikmak. | Kompeild bei the rev. S. T. Rand, | Migonari tu the Mikmak Indianz, Nova Skogia. | Lundon: | Fred Pitman, fonetik de- po, 20, Paternoster ro. | Charlotvil, Prins Edwardz eiland, North Amerika: | Djordj T. Hazard. | 1854. | Preis Sikspens. Colophon: Printed bei Eizak Pitman. Fe- netik Institiwgon, 1, Albion Ples, Bath. Cover title as above, no inside title; text in phonetic characters pp. 1-40, phonetic alphabet on back cover, 16°. The letters which are BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Rand (S. T.) — Continued. [ italicized in the above title are expressed by peculiar phonetic characters in the original title. See the fac-simile. Alphabet, p. 1.—Diphtbongs, and note in English on the alphabet, p. 2.—Spelling and reading lessons in Micmac, pp. 3-20.—Birth of Jesus Christ, in Micmac and English, alternate sentences, the English enclosed in parentheses, pp. 20-23.—Jesus raises a dead man to life, John 11,in English and Micmac, alternate pages, the English beginning on page 24 and breaking off in the middle of a sentence on page 38, the Micmac beginning on page 25 and continued to the end on page 40, at the foot of which is the colophon. Copies seen: Eames, 0’Callaghan, Shea. Five hundred copies of this edition were printed. ] A | first reading book | in the | Micmac language: | comprising | the Micmac numerals, and the names | of the different kinds of | beasts, birds, fishes, trees, &c. | of the | maritime provinces of Canada. | Also, some of the | Indian names of places, | And many Familiar Words and Phrases, | trans- lated literally into English. | Halifax: | Nova Scotia printing com- pany, | 1875. Colo; hon: Oola’ Weegadigtin wéje-le-daktin- weegisik Megimagea’ | Led&ékinwee-kigém- kawa’ Mowweom iktook. Title verso blank 11. preface pp. iii-iv, text in roman characters pp. 5-108, 16°. Lesson 1, alphabetand explanations, pp. 5-6.— Lessons 2-17, vocabularies and short phrases in Micmac and English, and reading lessons in Micmac alone, pp. 7-42.—Lesson 18, the names of the beasts, reptiles, and insects, pp. 42-46.— Lesson 19, names of the birds, pp. 46-51.—Les- son 20, short vocabulary, followed by the names of the fishes, pp. 51-54. — Lesson 21, short vocabulary, followed by the names of trees and plants, pp. 55-61.—Lesson 22, short phrases, pp. 61-65.—Lesson 23, the numerals, etc. pp. 65- 68.—Lesson 24, the names of the berries, &c., pp. 68-70.—Lesson 25, flies and insects, pp. 71— 72.—Lesson 26, short vocabulary and phrases, pp. 73-77.—Lesson 27, John 1. 1-14, etc. with interlinear English translation, pp..77-81.—Les- son 28, names of places, alphabetically arranged by English words, with definitions and etymol- ogies, pp. 81-103.—The names of the months, pp. 103-104.— Matthew 15. 21-39, with inter- linear English translation, pp. 104-108, ending with five lines of errata and the colophon, Oopies seen: British Museum, Dunbar, Eames, Massachusetts Historical Society, Pil- ling, Powell, Trumbull. Some copies also contain a brief ‘‘index” of contents, printed on the recto of a separate leaf verso blank, and inserted between the title and preface. (Eames.) ME KoA i. KOMPEILD BEI dE REV. 8. T. RAND, Migonari tus de Mikmak Indianz, Nova Skegia. LUNDON: FRED PITMAN, FONETIK DEPO, 20, PATERNOSTER RO. GARLOTVEL, PRINS EDWARDZ EILAND, NORE. AMERIKA; DJORDJ T. HAZARD. ————s 1854. Preis Sikspens. FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF RAND’S READING BOOK, “1 Sa TAN TELADAKADIDIJIK APOSTALEWIDIJIK. dE AKTS OV dE APOSELZ. IN MIKMAK. PRINTED FOR dE BRITI€ AND FOREN BEIBEL SOSEIETI, BEI EIZAK PITMAN, BAR (BATH). 1863. FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF RAND’S ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Rand (S. T.) — Continued. Priced by Triibner, 1882, p. 1€8, 5s.; by Koeh- ler, catalogue 465, no. 349, 6M. 50 Pf.; by Francis, 1888, $1.50; by Stevens, 1888, 6s.; by Hierse- mann, of Leipsic, no, 588 of catalogue no. 60 (1890), 5 M. — [Vocabulary of the Micmac lan- guage. ] In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 5, pp. 578-589, Philadelphia, 1855, 4°. Contains about 250 words. Dated from Halifax, December 10, 1853. '— Milicete numerals. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 5, pp. 690-691, Philadelphia, 1855, 4°. Dated from Halitax, Dec. 14, 1853. -— [The Lord’s prayer in the Milicete language. ] In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 5, p. 592, Philadelphia, 1855, 4°. [| —] The gospel akording tu | sent Luk. | In Mikmak. | Printed for the Britic and foren beibel soseieti, bei | Eizak Pitman, Bath (Bath). | 1856. Verso of title: Printed by Eizak Pitman, Fonetik Institiucon, Parsonedj Len, Bath. Title verso printer 1 1. phonetic alphabet verso note 1 1. text (entirely in the Micmac language, phonetic characters) pp. 5-148, 16°. ’ The letters italicized in the above title are rep- resented by peculiar phonetic characters in the original titie. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So. ciety, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull. The copy belonging to Mr. Eames contains at the top of page 5 the inscription, ‘‘July 19, 1870, commenced revision,” and is filled with numerous manuscript corrections and verbal changes for the new edition, all in Mr. Rand’s handwriting. Revised and reprinted as follows: [——] The gospel according to | Luke. [ Halifax: Nova Scotia printing com- pany. 1874.) No title-page, heading only; text (entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) 68 unnumbered 11.16°. Signatures 1-5 in twelves, and 6in eight. Sometimes issued as a part of the same author’s Gospels, etc. for title of which see below. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. ] The | buk ov Djenesis. | In Mik- mak. | Printed for the Britic and foren beibel soseieti, bei | Eizak Pitman, Bath (Bath). | 1857. Verso of title: Printed bei Eizak Pitman, Fonetik Institiucon, Parsonedj Len, Bath. [ 421 Rand (S. T.) — Continued. Title verso printers 1 1. phonetic alphabet verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in the Micmac language, phonetic characters) pp. 5-213, 16°. The letters italicized above are the equivalents of the phonetic characters in the original title. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible Soci- ety, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. Leclerc, 1818, no. 2670, priced a copy 7 fr. 50 c. [——] The | buk ovsamz. | In Mikmak. | Printed for the Britic and foren beibel soseieti, bei | Eizak Pitman, Bath (Bath). | 1859. Verso of title: Printed bei Eizak Pitman, Fonetik Institiucon, Parsonedj len, Bath. Title verso printers 1 1. text (entirely in the Micmac language, phonetic characters) pp. 3- 282,169. The letters italicized above are the equivalents of the phonetic characters in the original title. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible Soci- ety, British Museum, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea, Trumbull. Koehler, catalogue 465, no.348, priced a copy 5 M. [——] Tan teladakadidjik | apostalewid- jik. | The | akts ov the aposelz. | In Mikmak. | Printed for the Britic and foren-beibel soseleti, bei | Eizak Pitman, Bath (Bath). | 1863. Verso of title: Printed bei Eizak Pitman, Fonetik Institiucon, Parsonedj len, Bath (Bath). Title verso printers 1 1. text (entirely in the Micmac language, phonetic characters) pp. 3- 140,16°. ‘The letters italicized above are the equivalents of the phonetic characters in the original title. See the fac-simile of the title- page. Copies seen: American Bible Society, British and Foreign Bible Soviety, British Museum, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. Mr. Rand revised and rewrote this work in Roman characters, but the revision has not been printed. ] The ten commandments, | the lord’s prayer, | etc. | In the Maliseet lan- guage. | Printed for the Micmac missionary society, | Halifax, Nova Scotia. | 1863. Oolophon: Printed by Isaac Pitman, Pho- netic Institution, Bath, England. Title verso phonetic alphabet 1 1. text (in the Maliseet language, phonetic characters, some headings in English) pp. 3-22, hymn verso colophon 1 1. 12°. Exodus, chap. 19, etc. pp. 3-5.—The ten com- mandments etc. pp. 5-7.—The birth of Jesus (Luke i. 26-38, ii. 4-21) etc. pp. 7-9. — The Lord’s prayer (Matth. vi. 5), and Luke xv. pp. 9-]1.—John iii.1-22, pp. 11-13.—Luke xxii. xxiii. [ 422 Rand (S. T.) — Continued. and xxiv. pp. 13-22.—The unnumbered leaf con- tains a Christmas hymn of five stanzas on the incarnation; it begins: Sesus K’tcinikskam. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea, Trumbull, Yale. ] The | book of Exodus | in | Mic- mac. | Halifax, Nova Scotia, | 1570. Verso of title: Printed by the ‘‘ Nova Scotia Printing Company,” Corner Sackville | and Granville Streets, Halifax. Title verso printers 1 1. text (entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. 3- 166, key to the pronunciation verso blank 1 1. 16°. Oopies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ciety, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea, Trumbull. [ [——] The gospel according to | st. John | in the language of the | Malliseet In- dians | of New Brunswick. | London | 1870. © Verso of title: Cambridge: | printed for the British and foreign bible society | by C. J. Clay, M. A., at the university press. Title verso printer 11. text in roman char- acters pp. 1-110, 18°. Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible Soci- ety, British Museum, Hames, Pilling, Powell, Tribner, Trumbull. : —— [Terms of relationship of the Micmac, and Etchemin or Malisete, collected by Rev. S. T. Rand, missionary, Hantsport, Nova Scotia. ] In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguinity and affinity of the human family, pp. 293-382, lines 59-60, Washington, 1871, 4°. Schedules filled in June, 1860, and November, 1861. [——-] Tracts in Micmac No. 1.) | Bread cast upon the Waters.—No. 7. | Taleke- suhstitadtiks? | How are you to be saved ? Colophon: London Gospel Tract De- pot, Warwick Lane, Paternoster Row. [ 1872. ] No title-page, heading only; text (entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. 1-4, 16°. The number following the line ‘‘ Bread cast upon the Waters” is the number of the same tract in English. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea. Reprinted as follows: [——] Talekesuhstitadiiks? | How are you to be saved ? [ Halifax: Nova Scotia printing com- pany. November, 1888. ] No title-page, heading only ; text (entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. l- [ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Rand (S. T.)— Continued. 4,8°. With the signature mark d at the foot of | pages 1, 2, and 3. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. [——] Tracts in Micmac, No. 2.) | Bread cast upon the Waters.—No. 2. | ‘* Wo- ktmayaan.” | ‘‘ Be thon clean.” Colophon: London Gospel Tract De- pot, Warwick Lane, Paternoster Row. [1872.] No title-page, heading only; text (entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. 1-4, 162. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea. Reprinted as follows: [——] “‘Wokitimayaan.” | “Be clean.” [ Halifax: Nova Scotia printing com- pany. November, 1&88. ] No title-page, heading only ; text (entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. 1- 4,8°. With the signature mark b at the foot of pages 1, 2, and 3. Copies seen: Hames, Pilling, Powell. [——] Tracts in Micmac, No. 3.) | Bread cast upon the Waters.—No. 4. | ‘‘Uktt- loowawoodeel | abiksiktasigtl.” | ‘‘ Thy sins are forgiven thee.” Colophon: London Gospel Tract De- pot, Warwick Lane, Paternoster Row. (1872. ] No title-page, heading only; text (entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. 1-4, 16°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea. Reprinted as follows: [——] ‘‘ Uktttloowawoodeel abiksiltasi- gil.” | ‘‘Thy sins are forgiven thee.” (Halifax: Nova Scotia printing com- pany. November, 1888. ] No title-page, heading only; text (entirely in the Micmac language, reman characters) pp. 1-. 4,8°. With the signature mark c at the foot of pages 1, 2, and 3. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. ] Tracts in Micmac, No. 4.) | Bread cast upon the Waters.—No. 8. | Wén téladégét? | Who is to blame? Colophon: London Gospel Tract De- pot, Warwick Lane, Paternoster Row. [ 1872. ] No title-page, heading only; text (entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. 1-4, 16°. zs Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea. thou —— [Micmac lesson-card, no. 3. Halifax, 1872. ] A small card, without title or heading, now 34 by 43 inches in size, but it has been trimmed ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Rand (S. T.) — Continued. or cut from a larger card; the text is entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters, and begins ‘‘Nee-dap, pis-kwa, base,” and in the only copy seen the accents and some of the punctuation marks have been added in Mr. Rand’s handwriting. ‘I think there were four lesson-cards in all. They were struck off after our first reading bock was used up, and before the second edi- tion was published.’”—Rand. Copies seen: Pilling. — Ashortaccount | of | the lord’s work | among | the Micmac Indians. | By S. T. Rand, | Hantsport, Nova Scotia. | ~With some reasons | for | His Seceding from the Baptist Denomination. | Halifax, N. S. | Printed by William Macnab. | 1873. Cover title differing slightly in imprint from above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-32, appendix on back cover, verso list of books, 8°. St. John iii. 16 in the Micmac language, p. 7. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Priced by Hiersemann of Leipsic, no. 587 of catalogue 60 (1890), 3 M. [——] The gospel according to | Mark. [ Halifax, Nova Scotia printing com- pany.. 1874.] No title-page, heading only; text (in the Mic- mac language, roman characters) 39 unnum- bered 11.16°. Signatures 1-3 in twelves, and 4in four (including a blank leaf). — Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trum- bull. Usually issued asa portion of the same au- thor’s gospels, for title of which see below. [——] The epistle of Paul to the | Rom- ans. [ With the other epistles of the new testament and the book of revelation. ] [ Halifax: Nova Scotia printing com- pany. 1874.] No title-page, heading only; text (in the Mic- mac language, roman characters) 216 unnum- bered ll. 16°. Signatures [1], 2-17, and [18], all in twelves. Romans, Jl. 1-29.—1 Corinthians, ll. 29-55,— 2 Corinthians, ll. 56-73.—Galatians, ll. 73-83.— Ephesians, ll. 83-92.—Philippians, ll. 93-99.— Colossians, ll. 99-105.—1 Thessalonians, 11. 105- 111.—2 Thessalonians, 1]. 111-114.—1 Timothy, Il. 114-121.—2 Timothy, ll. 122-127.—Titus, 11. 127-130.—Philemon, 1]. 130-131.—Hebrews, ll. 131-151.—James, ll. 151-158.—1 Peter, ll. 158- 166.—2 Peter, ll. 166-170.—1 John, 11. 171-178.-- 2 John, ll. 178-179.—3 John, 11. 179-180.—Jude ll. 180-182.—Revelation, 1]. 182-214.—Péstvon- _ timugawa [a short sermon], ll. 215-216. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, ling, Powell, Trumbull, Pil- 423 Rand (8S. T.)— Continued. This collection of the epistles, etc. is usually bound up with the gospels of Matthew (1871, pp. 1-126, with title-page), Mark ((1874], 39 ll. no title-page), and Luke ({1874], 68 ll. no title- page), thus comprising the whole of the new testament except John and Acts. Some copies have a general title-page prefixed, as follows: The gospels | of | Matthew, Mark, and Luke, | with the | epistlesand reve- lation: | translated from the Greek | into | Micmac, | the language of the ab- origines | of | Nova Scotia, New Bruns- wick, and P. E. Island, | By Silas Ter- tius Rand. | Halifax: | Nova Scotia printing com- pany, | 1875. A general title, separately printed and in- serted, under which are grouped the following books: Matthew, 1871, pp. 1-126, with title-page.— Mark [1874], 39 ll. no title-page.—Luke [1874], 68 ll. no title-;age.—Romans to Revelation [1874], 216 ll. no title-page. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames. The British Museum copy also contains the gospel of John, 1872, pp. 1-103, with title-page. —— A specimen | of the | Micmac dic- tionary, | being prepared at the expense of the dominion | government of Can- ada. | By Silas T. Rand, | of Hantsport, Nova Scotia, | Missionary to the Micmac Indians of the Maritime Provinces. [ Halifax ? 1885. ] No title-page, heading only ; text (dated from Hantsport, Nova Scotia, November, 1885) pp. 1-8, 8°. Explanation of the alphabet and examples of the different forms in composition (about sixty) of the word Ulumoo'ch, a dog, with English definitions, pp. 1-4.—Remarks, pp. 5-8. For title of the English-Micmac portion of the dictionary, see below; the Micmac-English portion has not yet been printed. Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. —— The Micmac language. In Canadian Science Monthly, nos. 10-11, pp. 142-146, Kentville, N. S. Oct.-Nov. 1885, 12°, (Geological Survey.) A general discussion, including a few poly- synthetic words. The Micmac Indians, In Our Forest Children, vol. 2, no. 4, pp. 10-12, Shingwauk Home, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, 1888, 4°. Grammatic remarks, p. 11. — Vocabulary, about 80 words and sentences, Micmac and English, pp. 11-12. Dictionary | of the | language | of the | Micmac Indians, | whoreside in | 424 Rand (S. T.) —Continued. Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island, | Cape Breton and Newfoundland. | By | rev. Silas Tertius Rand, D.D., L.L.D. | Halifax, N. S.: | Nova Scotia printing company. | 1888. Abridged title on cover, title as above verso key to the pronunciation 11. preface pp. ili-viii, text (English-Micmac only, in double columns) pp. 1-286, 4°. The preface contains the analysis of a word illustrating holophrasis, and ground forms con- nected with the noun ‘‘ mkdt,” a foot. — “The compiler of the following work has been for more than forty years laboring as a missionary among the Micmac Indians. He considered it a matter of prime importance to make himself acquainted with their language, and early set himself to the task, with what few helps he could command; and his success has surprised himself as well as many others. As many as forty thousand of their words have been collected and arranged in alphabetical order. It [this dictionary] is but one portion, and that the smallest and least import- ant portion of the whole work. It is, however, complete by itself, and will give a good idea of the language, and may lead, it is devoutly hoped, to the publication of the larger and more important portion, viz: the Micmac-En- ‘glish, which is ready for the press, or nearly so, and the printing may be begun as soon as the means for defraying the expense is forthcom- ing. The Dominion Government have paid for the manuscripts of both portions of the work. They have declined to undertake the cost of publishing both portions, but have furnished means of printing the smaller portion — the English-Micmac.”’— Preface. Copies seen: Bureau of Fthnology, Eames, Pilling, Powell. The remaining portion of this work, still in manuscript, is as follows: — [Dictionary of the language of the Micmac Indiaus. Micmac-English. } Manuscript, 4 vols. 4°. The following particulars concerning this work were furnished me by Mr. Rand some time ago, and before he had made an arrange- ment to have it printed: ‘‘General plan of the work: 1. To record all the words in the language so far as they can be discovered. 2. To give their equivalents in En- glish as correctly as possible, both their primary and secondary significations. 3. To give the principal parts of the verbs—and most of the words in the language are verbs, while all, al- most without exception, can assume a verbal form—so that the verb can be conjugated through person and number, mood and tense, and voice. 4, To write the word phonetically, so that the true pronunciation—the real word— may be distinctly seen and heard. 5. To give BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Rand (S. T.) — Continued. the compounds to some extent, the most usual ones, and the derivatives, for these are an es- sential part of the language. ‘‘T have, in the course of about thirty-five years, collected and arranged alphabetically about 30,000 words. Iam this winter [1883-4] making it my chief business to complete the correcting and the copying out into a fair hand of the fourth volume of this work. ‘You ask the names of my assistants. The meagre outlines of a Micmac Grammar, pub- lished some years previous in the Royal Gazette of Charlottetown, P. E. Island, by Mr. Irving {g.v.], who had obtained the manuscripts of a deceased French priest, who had resided in Nova Scotia, L’Abbe Legoyne [q. v.], gave me some—I may say a good deal—of help. Irving died before I could see him, and I could not ob- tain any of his manuscripts. ie ‘‘The tirst man I found who could really help me was a Frenchman named Joseph Brooks, who had resided among the Indians many years. One of his sons, Tom Brooks, be- came finally one of my most efficient teachers, though he never learned either to read or write. The greater part of my translations and com- pilations was done with the assistance of Tom Brooks. I had one other clever assistant for several years who could both read and write. His name was Benjamin Christmas, of Cape Breton.” ; Of the above I have seen only vol. 3,which, with many other of his manuscripts titled below, was kindly sent me by the author that I might describe it. [——] Promissiones Domini Nostri Jesu Christi factae B. Marg. M. Alacoque. | Kiilooswoktntl éloowedtimaésoodeaal wéjetélooémkil | Sasoo Goole ootenink, oochit wéjeoolaloot | Malgalet Male Alakok, oochit négoola tanik | élega- sooltijik Négim wasogawa’ ookwomla- moonk, — [ Dayton, O.: Philip A. Kemper. 1888. ] A smali card, 3 by 5.inches in size, headed as above and containing twelve ‘‘ Promises of our Lord to blessed Margaret Mary,” in the Mic- mac language, on the verso of which is a colored picture of the sacred heart, with in- scription in English below. Mr. Kemper has published the same promises on similar cards in many languages. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. [——] The only place of safety. | Tan tét pasuk ahk oohstitogtn. [ Halifax: Nova Scotia printing com- pany. November, 1888. ] No title-page, heading only; text (entirely in the Micmac language, roman characters) pp. 1-4, 8°. No signature mark. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 425 Rand (S. T.) — Continued. Rand (S. T.) —Continued. — Micmac catechism. Manuscript, 38 pp. 16°. Written in a small blank book labeled ‘‘ Translations from [the Roman Catholic] Indian prayer-book—Micmac. S. T. Rand, Charlottetown.’’ Each question and answer is followed by an English transla- tion, written in an easy style of phonography, more or less of which appears throughout most of Mr. Rand’s manuscripts. This manuscript, together with most of those titled below, was kindly loaned me by its au- thor a few years prior to his death. I do not know into whose hands they have since fallen. —— Micmac Ollendorff.. —~ C) Manuscript, in the possession of Mr. Hub- bard, of Boston, Mass., to whom it was sent by its author, who says: ‘‘The Micmac Ollen- dorff comprises, as near as I can remember, about 400 pages, and consists of a series of questions and answers, facing each other, and numbered off into lessons, @ la mode Ollen- dorff. It is intended as a simple aid to the learning of the language.”’ — The decalogue as | read from the [Roman Catholic] Indian | praver book by Peter [Christmas] | at Escisogunic | June 12, 1852. Manuscript, 4 pp. 16°, apparently incomplete. This is written inthe same blank book as the catechism described above, which it immedi- ately follows, and, like the catechism, it is ac- companied by English equivalents in phono- graphic characters. Sentences in | Mic Mace. | Elénu we- gadigin. _ Manuscriptin my possession. No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-63, 16°. Paged reverse of usual—even numbers on rectos, odd on versos. Alternate pages Micmac and English, in some cases the former occupying the rectos, in others the versos. The manuscript includes not only sentences, but short stories and portions of the scriptures, and on pp. 9-10 is a partial conjugation of the verb to see.—Exodus 20, pp. 11-14.—Genesis 1, ‘translated March, 1847, by the aid of Joseph Brooks,” pp. 33-42.—John 4, ‘‘ being the first whole chapter translated by me (us) into Mic Mac,” pp. 42-52.—Gen. 2, pp. 53-58.—Gen. 3, pp. 58-63, and continued on p. 1. — List of Micmac | +e diets SenORTBTRS Greek, Hebrew, La- | tin, &c. Manuscript, 34 ll. 16°. In a blank book, leather cover. Concerning this work the author wrote me as follows: This is a collection of about 300 words, in which I saw, or fancied I saw when I composed it, aresemblance between many Mic- mac words and those of other languages, chiefly the Greek. Iam under the impression that a comparison conducted on proper etymological principles would swell the list to many hun- dreds. Legends of the | Micmac Indians | and | extracts from the | Micmac prayer book | with interlinear translations | into | English by | Silas T. Rand. Manuscript: titlé verso blank 1 1. introduc- tion 2 ll. text 191 1}. 4°. Legends in Micmac and English, 96 llL— Extracts from the Micmac hieroglyphic prayer book (dictated by a daughter of Dennis Michael, chief of the Indians in Cape Breton, September, 1849, and written phonetically by Mr. Rand in Micmac and translated into En- glish), 95 unnumbered ll. Micmac and English interlinear. Notes explanatory | on the Micmac trans- | lation of the Psalms, | Refer- ring principally | to the cases in which the Mic- | mac version differs from | the English. | Written about the | year 1855. | By Silas T. Rand | Hantsport | Nova Scotia. Manuscript; a copy; 94 unnumbered Il. 4°. “In hunting among my papers, I have dis- covered a manuscript that I can not well pass over if you wish a full descriptive catalogue of such unpublished manuscripts as are in my pos- session referring to our Indians and their lan- guage. I send you the copy which I retained. “This was its origin. When we sent the manuscript of the Book of Psalms, translated . into Micmac, to the British and Foreign Bible Society, it occurred to them to inquire whether it had been translated from the Hebrew or from the English. I replied that I had translated directly from the Hebrew, and that while I had made use of the common English version and others, I had not servilely followed it or any of them, but that my version varied from the English in a good many places; I didnot know howmany. Whereupon I was directed to state all the cases in which the Micmac differed from the English, and to state briefly my reasons. I did so. Then we had a committee of our learned divines of Halifax appointed to exam- ~ ine my paper, over which they spent a good many days. Suggestions were made and amend- ments proposed, and the dissertation was gone over again carefully and revised, then copied, and sent to London. The publishing commit- tee of the British and Foreign Bible Society expressed themselves well satisfied, and I was sufficiently complimented for the literary as- pect of the work, and the book was immedi- ately published.”—Rand. — [Manuscripts relating to the Micmac language. | G) Lvolume, 4°, bound, in the possession of Mr. L. L. Hubbard, of Boston, Mass., to whom it was sent by the author, who thus describes it: ‘‘It contains: 1. Materials for a Micmac gram- 426 Rand (S. T.) — Continued. mar.—2. A lecture on the Micmac language, delivered before a literary society in Halifax.— 3. A paper on Micmac grammar, copied from the Royal Gazette of Charlottetown, which was published by a Mr. Irving about fifty years ago.—4. A lot of papers on the same subject. The whole was gathered up and bound together for the use of a Roman Catholic priest, then of Pictou, N.S., now bishop Ronald McDonald, of Newfoundland, who wished to learn the language. He assured me it was of great service to him.” [-—] Extracts fromthe Micmac | Hiero- glyphic Prayerbook, trans- | lated into Roman Letters | with some of the words in English. [187-?] Manuscript, pp. 1-11, 10bis-25, 25bis-38, two unnumbered pages (blank), pp. 39 (blank), 40-44, 46-80, 4°. In possession of Mr. Wilber- force Eames, Brooklyn, N. Y. Contains a transcript of portions of the Mic- mac hieroglyphic books of devotion published by Kauder (C.) in 1866. The hieroglyphs are arranged in a single column on the left-hand margin of each page, and are accompanied in. many places by the Micmac words in roman characters, partly with the equivalents in En- glish. At the end are two unnumbered leaves on smaller paper, apparently a fragment of another manuscript, containing on the recto of each leaf a column of hieroglyphs, without explanation. Pp. 1-25 of the manuscript comprise pp. 5-13 of the printed Gesangbuch.—Pp. 25bis-31 com- prise pp. 5-6 of the printed Katechismus.—Pp. 31-38 comprise pp. 52-54 of the printed Ge- sangbuch.—Pp. 40-80 comprise pp. 6-14, 17-19, of the printed Katechismus, breaking off in the middle of a sentence. Contents: The Holy Mass, pp. 1-2.—Kyrie, p. 3.—Gloria, pp. 4-7.—Graduale, pp. 7-9.—Cre- do (Symbolum Apost.), pp. 9-11, 10b1s-12.— Sanctus, pp. 13-14.—Agnus Dei, p. 15.— Messe an den Festtagen, pp. 15-18.—Asperges, pp. 19- 20.—Kyrie, p. 20.—Gloria, pp. 21-25.—Graduale, pp. 25-25bis.—Von dem Zeichen des hei[li]gen Kreuzes, pp. 25bis-31.—Adjutorium, etc., p. 31.—Confiteor, pp. 32-37.—Miseratur, p.38.— Von der Wesenheit eines katholischen Christen, pp. 40-42.—Von der Unsterblichkeit der Seele, pp. 42-44, 46-47. Von dem Ziele des Menschen, pp. 47-58,— Von Gott, dem Schépfer aller Dinge, pp. 58-68.—Von den drei gottlichen Personen, pp. 69-80. —— [The small catechism in Micmac hieroglyphs, with the corresponding Micmac words in roman characters. 187-? ] Manuscript, 12 unnumbered pages, followed by four leaves (three of which are blank), 4°. In possession of Mr, Wilberforce Eames, Brook- lyn, N. Y.- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Rand (S. T.) — Continued. This is a transcript, probably, of one of the manuscript Roman Catholic prayer books. Some of the hieroglyphs differ considerably in shape from the same figures in the books printed for Father Kauder. The order of the text also varies somewhat from that of ‘‘der kleine Katechismus,’’ printed on pp. 23-27 of Kauder’s Katechismus. Each page contains a single column of hieroglyphs, accompanied by the equivalents in roman characters, and in a few places by the English translation. — [Tracts and hymns in the Micmac [ language. | Manuscript, pp. 1-340, 511.49, bound. Pp. 1- 198 are numbered on the rectos only, the versos of the leaves bearing no numbers, and usually being partialiy filled with hymns and interpo- lations and additions to the facing page; from page 199 on the pagination runs through every page. Thetracts and hymns alternate through- out. The titles are as follows: . The only place of safety. . The Justifier. How can a sinner be justified ? What a centrast. . If thou knewest the gift of God! . Worship, or one in ten. . The handcuffs. . The lunatic and his keeper. . The coalmine explosion. . Are you going to Heaven or Hell? . Just in time to catch the train. . That is your map, sir! . Smashed to pieces. . The little garden. . One there is above all others. Nothing either great or small. God in mercy sent his Son. . When this passing world is done. . The half was never told. ] Psalms in | Miemac & in Mal- | iseet, arranged so as | to be sung. Manuscript, pp. 1-17, sm. 4°; bound ina blank book marked ‘‘ Personal Diary,” which latter occupies the remainder of the book. Of the pagination the even numbers are on the rectos of the leaves, the odd numbers on the versos. peal eal alll cenit sal Pwonwe So O am one On p. 1 is the following note: ‘‘I have tran- scribed in this book a few Micmac and Malli- seet Psalms. They are chiefly literal and prose translations, but arranged so as to suit the tunes. The Indians at present have no idea of poetry as such—as comprised in meas- ureand rhyme. But they are fond of singing.” 100th Psalm, in Maliseet, p. 2.—113th Psalm, in Micmac, p. 3.—113th Psalm, in Maliseet, p. 6.—86th Psalm, in Micmac, p. 8.—23d Psalm, in Maliseet, p. 13.—23d Psalm, paraphrased in Maliseet, p. 15.—Hymn, ‘‘I’m going home to die no more,” in Maliseet, p. 17.—‘‘The good Shepherd,” in Maliseet, loose at the end of the .- book. - ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Rand (S. T.) — Continued. — [Manuscripts in the Maliseet and Micmac languages. } About 400 pp. mostly unnumbered, 4°, bound. This book contains the final copy of the Mal- iseet tract titled *‘The ten commandments; ”’ John 6 and the 50th Psalm, in Maliseet; and the epistles to the Romans and Galatians, in Micmac. Of these, all have been published except the 50th Psalm. ]A lecture de- | livered before sev- eral | literary institutions | in Nova Scotia on the | peculiarities of the Mic- | mac & Maliseet tongues. Manuscript: no title-page, labeled as above; 52 pp. 4°. “This isarough draft. A fair copy is bound up in avolume now in the hands of Mr. Lucius L. Hubbard, of Boston, Mass.”—Rand. —— A vocabulary of | Maliseet words. Manuscript, about 500 unnumbered Il. 4°, bound. This book is, perhaps, notgmore than half filled, but it contains a large number of Maliseet words, arranged to some extent alpha- betically by the Maliseet, the English equiva- lent following. [Hymns in the Maliseet language. ] Manuscripts. Titles as follows: 1. Psalm 50. 2. Psalm 51. 3. Abide with me, fast falls the eventide. 4. I’m going home to die no more. _— [Maliseet Ollendorff and other trans- lations. ] Manuscript, pp. 1-418,4°, bound, It consists of a series of familiar questions and answers in the style of the Ollendorff text- books, the questions in English being on one page and the Indian answers facing them with corresponding numbers. About 50 pages are filled with lists of Maliseet words and gram- matic inflections explained in English. It con- tains, also, the last two chapters of Luke in Maliseet, ‘‘some extracts from the Catholic prayer book in Penobscot,” two hymns in Mali- seet, and the second commandment written by an Indian. — [Manuscripts treating principally of the Maliseet language. ] About 400pp. 4°, bound. The first portion contains the first draft of the tract in Maliseet described above under the title ‘‘ The ten com- mandments,” etc., with an accompanying list, on the pages opposite, of words and grammatic forms collected while translating the tract. The verbs are generally conjugated fully through the present indicative. Besides the tract, vocabulary, and grammar, this book contains a translation of the 34th Psalm,a hymn in Penobscot, and another in - Maliseet, ‘‘both from the Catholic prayer _ book,” and a vocabulary of the Maliseet [ 427 Rand (S. T.) — Continued. language, consisting of 90 pages closely writ- ten. ‘‘The translating was done for me by a very intelligent Maliseet Indian residing at St. Mary’s, opposite Fredericton, N. B., named Gabriel Thomas. The tract was translated from the Micmac, which Gabriel spoke fluently, as he did also the English and his own tongue. Bat he could neither read nor write. It was my first lesson in Maliseet, and I carefully col- lected a vocabulary and made a grammar as I went along.” —Rand. [Manuscripts in the Maliseet and other languages. | 275 pp. 4°, bound. The contents are as fol- lows: Penobscot numerals 1-10, p. ].—Assineboin words, ‘‘obtained from a gentleman iu Shel- burne, N. S., named McIntosh, who had spent many years in the Hudson Bay Territory,” p. 1.—Bible history in the dialect of the Mal- iseet Indians of New Brunswick (the ten commandments, etc., another copy of the Mali- seet tract), pp. 1-141.—Sketches of a grammar of the Maliseet language, pp. 142-224.—The numerals in the dialect of the Penobscot In- dians, p. 225.—‘‘ The numerals of the St. Francis Indians (Abenaqui) or ‘Ojibways,’ as given me by an Indian at Fredericton named Thomas Legosh,” p. 231.—‘‘A hymn in the Seneca, and tune composed by Edward Pierce, leader of the - Seneca brass band at the Alleghany reserva- tion, N. Y.,”’ pp. 239-240.— Names of relation- ship in Maliseet, pp. 241-253.—A translation of the Latin medieval hymn ‘Dies Ire’”’ into Micmac, roman characters, as given in the hieroglyphic prayer book, pp. 254-256.—Penob- scot words, p. 261.—Hymn ‘‘Abide with me,” in Maliseet, pp. 262-263.—Another hymn in Mali- seet, p. 272. ] List of Indian names | of placesin P. E, Island, | obtained Nov., 1880, by the aid | of Peter Jim. Manuscript, pp. 207-210 of a large folio ac- - count book. The Indian names are followed by the English equivalents. [ — See Micmac literature. Rev. Silas Tertius Rand was born in King's County, Nova Scotia, May 18,1810. His study of English grammar was not begun until he had reached the age of 22. In April, 1834, he entered the Baptist seminary at Wolfville, where he made some progress in Latin. His stay here was of short duration, but he pushed forward his study of Latin and Greek while working at his trade—that of astonemason and bricklayer—devoting all his leisure moments to study. Thatsame summer he began to preach. He again attended the Wolfville academy « few weeks during this summer (1834), and still again a few weeks some years subsequently. In the summer of 1836 he commenced the study — of Hebrew, which, together with that of Latin 428 Rand (S. T.) — Continued. and Greek, he continued during the following winter at Halifax. Mr. Rand relates how he was led to the study of the Micmac, as follows: ‘‘My attention was directed to the wandering tribes of our own country, and I resolved to acquire a knowledge of the Micmac language. I began the study in the spring of 1846. I got very little help from books. I had to compose my own grammar and vocabulary, and I would have given up the study as a hopeless case had [ not come in con- tact with a Frenchman who had been brought up among the English and had turned Indian when he was a wild young sailor, and who, when I discovered him at Charlottetown, P. E. Island, spoke English; French, and Micmac with equal ease.’ In the year 1846 Mr. Rand took up his resi- dence with his family at Charlottetown. In the autumn of 1849the Micmac missionary society was formed, being formally organized the fol- lowing year. Mr. Rand engaged to devote his whole time tothe work of the mission. For about _ three years he maintained his residence at Char- lotteto wn, acquiring a more intimate acquaint- ance with the Micmac language, into which he translated portions of the bible. The society, deeming it desirable to found a missionary establishment, recommended Mr. Rand to pro- ceed to the neighborhood of Hantsport, Nova Scotia, and judge of its eligibility for the pur- ‘posecontemplated. It was selected, and thither, in November, 1853, Mr. Rand removed with his family. There he made his residence until his death, Oct. 4, 1889. Until 1865 he was con- nected with and received a salary from the so- ciety, but for over twenty years there has been no organized society, and Mr. Rand continued his missionary and linguistic labors without any regular assistance. t Rasles (Sébastien). Lettre du pere Se- bastien Rasles, missionnaire de la com- pagnie de Jesus dans la nouvelle France. A Monsieurson Frere. A Nan- rantsouak ce 12 Octobre 1723. In Lettres édifiantes, vol.23, pp. 198-307, Paris, 1738,12°, (Astor, British Museum, Lenox.) Comments on Indian languages, pp. 209-217, - contains, pp. 215-216, the hymn O Salutaris Hostia in Abenakise, Algonkine, Huronne, and Illinoise. Foran extract from this letter see under the dictionary title below. Reprinted in the various editions of the Let- tres édifiantes as follows: Vol. 6, p. 165, Paris, 1781, 16°; vol. 4, p. 102, Lyon, 1819, 8°; vol. 1, p. 669, Paris, 1838, 8°; vol. 1, p. 678, Paris, 1838, 8°; Cartas edificantes, vol. 13, pp. 346-347, Madrid, 1756, 4°; Choix des lettres édifiantes, vol. 7, pp. 145-146, Paris, 1809, 8°, Reprinted also in the following works: Allgemeine Historie der Reisen zu Wasser und Lande, vol. 17, p. 22, Leipzig, 1759, 4°. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Rasles (S.)— Continued. Doublet de ‘Boisthibault (J.), Les veeux des Hurons, p. 79, Chartres, 1857, 12°. Hanson (J. W.), History of the old towns, etc., p. 37, Boston, 1849, 8°. f Heriot (G.), Travels through sins Canadas, pp. 578-579, London, 1807, 4°. Hervas (L.), Saggio pratico, p. 253, Cesena, 1787, sm. 4°. Kip (W.1.), Early Jesuit Missions, pp. 29-30, New York, 1846, 12°, and subsequent editions. La Harpe (J. F.), Abrégé de Vhistoire, vol. 14, pp. 398-399, Paris, 1790, 8°, and subsequent editions. Shea (J. G.), History of the Catholic Missions, p. 415, New York, 1855, 12°, and subsequent edi- tions. Sobron (F.C.y), Los idiomas de la América Latina, p. 101, Madrid, [1877], 12°. — Numbers, in the Norridgwog lan- guage, from Ralle’s Ms. dictionary of the Norridgwog language, in the libraryeof Harvard college. In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. first series, vol. 10, pp. 137-138, Boston, 1809, 8°. Numerals 1-1000; an extract from the mann- script of the Abnaki dictionary subsequently published, title of which is given below. —— [Prospectus of] A | Dictionary | of the | Abnaki language | of | North America. | By Father Sebastien Rasles. | Published from the author’s manu- script in the | library of Harvard Uni- versity. | Cambridge: | E. W. Metcalf and company, | Printers to the University. | 1832. 2 11.4°. A prospectus of the dictionary pub- lished the following year, for title of which see next below. The second page (verso of the title) contains two notes—one by the publishers, as follows: ‘‘In this specimen the abbreviations, anti- quated orthography, and other peculiarities of the manuscript are followed as nearly as can be done with our present types. New types will be made in imitation of those characters in the manuscript which differ from common Roman letters.’”’ The second note, by the author, is as follows: ‘‘1691. Il y’aun an que je suis parmi les sauvages, et je commence a mettre en ordre, en forme de dictionnaire, les mots que j’ap- prens.”’ The third page contains the first few words of the dictionary (Abandonner-Acheter) in double columns; and the fourth page vontains the beginning of the ‘‘ Particulz’”’ found on pp. 547-565 of the dictionary, in double columns. ~ Copies seen: Massachusetts Historical So- ciety. A dictionary of the Abnaki lan- guage, in North America. By father ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 429 Rasles (S.) — Continued. Rasles (S.) — Continued. Sebastian Rasles. Published from the original manuscript of the author. With an introductory memoir and notes by John Pickering, A. A. S. In American Acad. Sci.and Arts, Mem. new series, vol. 1, pp. 375-565, Cambridge, 1833, 4°. (Congress, Eames, Pilling.) French-Abnaki dictionary, alphabetically arranged, double columns, pp. 377-544.—Ad- denda (Abnaki-French), pp. 545-546.—Partic- ule (Abnaki-French), alphabetically arranged, double columns, pp. 547-565. Preceded by a memoir, pp. 370-374, and followed by notes, pp. 566-574, both by Mr. Pickering. The pagina- tionof the manuscript is indicated throughout. For a separate edition see the Addenda. In the appendix to his Essay on a uniform orthography for the Indian languages, Mr. Pick- ering gives the following description of the manuscript of the dictionary : ‘‘ The volume consists of two parts, the jirst of which is a general Dictionary of the lan- guage in French and Indian. This part consists of 205 leaves (as they are numbered) about one quarter partof which have writing upon both sides, and the remainder, upon one side only. The pages are divided, though not with regularity throughout, into two columns; the first of French, and the second of Indian, con- taining each about twenty five lines. The second part of the volume consists of twenty five leaves, almost all written upon both sides, and has this Latin title—‘ Particule.’ In this part the Indian words are placed first, and the author gives an account of the particles, mak- ing his explanations sometimes in French and sometimes in Latin. ‘‘From a comparison which I have made of several words of the language now spoken by the Penobscot Indians (as we call them) who, at the present time, occupy a small territory on the river Penobscot, it appears to be, as we should naturally expect, exactly the same with that of Rédle’s Dictionary. A few years ago one page of this Dictionary, containing the Indian numerals, was published in our Massa- chusetts Historical Collections, vol. x, p. 187; but a very natural mistake, either of the printer or of the transcriber, runs through this extract, in constantly printing ai: instead of an. This error probably arose from the un- common use of the dizresis, which is here put over a consonant (N) instead of. a vowel as is the practice in other languages. Rdleseems to have used the dizresis thus in order to point out when the letters an were not to have the nasal sound which they had in the French language.” Mr. Pickering’s ‘‘Supplementary notes and observations” in tke dictionary contain extracts from Father Rasles’ Jetters, a description of the original manuscript, the alphabet used by the author, and comments upon the Abnaki and cognate dialects. From them the following account is taken: ‘Father Rasles, in one of his letters, dated at Nanrantsouak (Norridgewock) the 12th of Oc- tober, 1723, and published in the Lettres Edi- jiantes, makes th; following general remarks upon the Indian languages and his mode of studying them: ““*On the 238d of July,-1689, I embarked at Rochelle; and after a tolerably good voyage of about three months, I arrived at Quebec the 13th of October of the same year. I at once applied myself to the study of the language of our savages. It is very difficult; for it is not sufficient to study the words and their meaning, and to acquire a stock of words and phrases, but we must acquaint ourselves with the turn and arrangement of them as used by the sav- ages; which can only be attained by inter- course and familiarity with these people. ‘“*T then took up my residence in a village of the Abnaki nation, situated in a forest which is only three leagues from Quebec. This village was inhabited by two hundred savages, who were almost all Christians. Their huts were in regular order, much like that of houses in towns; and an enclosure of high and close pickets formed a kind of bulwark which pro- tected them from the incursions of their en- emies. ‘“*Tt was among these people, who pass for the least rude of all our savages, that I went through my apprenticeship as a missionary. My principal occupation was to study their lan- guage. It is very difficult to learn, especially when we have only savages for our teachers. ‘““«They have several letters which are sounded wholly from the throat without any motion of the lips; ow, for example. is one of the number, and in writing, we denote this by the figure 8, in order to distinguish it from other characters. I used to spend a part of a day in their huts to hear them talk. It was necessary to give the closest attention, in order to connect what they said and to conjecture their meaning. Sometimes I succeeded, but more frequently I made mistakes; because, not having been trained to the use of their guttur- als, I only repeated parts of words, and thus furnished them with occasions of laughing at me. At length, after five months’ constant application, I accomplished so much as to un- derstand all their terms; but that was not enough to enable me to express myself so as to satisfy their taste. ‘«*T still had a long progress to make, in or- der to master the turn and genius of their lan- guage, which are altogether different from the turn and genius of our European languages. In order to save time, and to qualify myself to exercise my office, I selected some of the sav- ages, who had the most intelligence and the best style of speaking. I then expressed to them in my rude terms some of the articles in the catechism ; and they rendered them for me with all the delicacy of expression of their idiom ; these I committed to writing immediately, and 430 Rasles (S.) — Continued. é thus in ashort time I made a Dictionary, and also a Catechism containing the principles and mysteries of religion.’ ‘““The Dictionary herementioned was, without doubt, the identical manuscript which is now, for the first time, printed in the present vol- ume. The author has left no other account of it; nor has he, either in the work itself or in his Letters given any other explanation of the char- acters of his alphabet, than the short remark above quoted respecting the sound which he calls a guttural,and which he derotes in his Letter by ow, and the figure 8, but in his Diction- ary by the character 8, borrowed from the Greeks. “The ms. is a small quarto volume, in Father Rasles’ own handwriting; and on the first leaf the author has made the following note, which is placed at the head of the present edition: ‘1691. Il y a un an que je suis parmi les sauvages, je commence & mettre en ordre en forme de dictionaire les mots que j’apprens.’ Immediately below this, on the same page is ' added, in an old handwriting, the following: ‘Taken after the Fight at Norridgewalk among Father Ralle’s Papers,and given by the late Col. Heath to Elisha Cooke Esq.—Dictionary of the Norridgewalk Language.’ It is under- stood to have been presented by Mr. Cooke to the Library of Harvard University, to which - valuable collection it now belongs. ‘“Some years ago I gave a bibliographical account of it, which was published in the Memoirs of the American Academy, as an Ap- pendix to an Essay on a Uniform Orthography for the Indian Languages of North America; to which the reader is referred. ‘‘This Dictionary is now printed from the originalin Father Rasles’ handwriting, and with as much exactness as was practicable. His abbreviations of words are retained, though, in all cases where an unpractised reader of French or Indian would beat a loss, they are explained by printing the abbreviated word or phrase at full length, in brackets, immediately after the abbreviation. ‘‘Lest the numerous errors of orthography and accentuation in the French part of the work should be ascribed to the carelessness or ignorance of the Editor, it is proper to apprize the reader. that such of them as are properly errors, and not the authorized orthography of the age when Rasies compiled his work, have been suffered to remain, from a desire of scrupulously following the manuscript. “Tt should be farther observed, that the lead- ing words of each article, which are printed in capitals and between brackets, have been added by the Editor, in order to lessen, in some degree, the extreme inconvenience which would have been experienced in using the work with- outsuchaid. Inall other instances, also, every addition by the Editor is printed in brackets. ‘The manuscript was evidently begun upon BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Rasles (S.) — Continued. the plan of first filling up the right hand pages of the book, and reserving the opposite ones for subsequent additions. Mostof these blank pages were afterwards either partly or entirely filled with additional matter; many of them, however, still remain blank. This state of the MS. will explain to the reader the reason why the paging in the margin of the present edition is double, as (2, 3), &c. As the additional words on the lefé hand pages belonged to differ- ent places on the right hand pages and required to be inserted under their respective heads, it would have been impracticable, and contrary to the author’s own plan, to have printed the pages consecutively; it was thought best to consider the corresponding right and left pages as constituting a single entire page, and to affix the double numbers as abovementioned. Those readers who may wish to consult the manuscript will now be able to do it with great convenience by means of this marginal paging. ‘‘In general the MSs. is fairly written, and perfectly legible; a few places, however, are quite illegible; and, where this is the case, there is of necessity an hiatus in the printed copy; of which the reader is apprized by a series of periods placed in this manner,..... Where a word was not wholly illegible, but the read- ing doubtful, a note of interrogation is placed immediately after it, in brackets, thus [?]. Many passages which at first defied the keen- est eye-sight were subsequently restored by the application of the tincture of nut-galls. The discovery of numerous obscure readings is due to the critical sagacity of my friend, Mr. Charles Folsom, A. A.S., whose indefatigable care also detected many errors which would otherwise have remained unobserved.”’ Leclere, 1867, no. 1238, sold a copy for 25 fr. The Field copy, no. 1911, sold for $2.50; the Mur- phy copy, no. 2102, for $7. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2095, 60 fr.; by Dufossé, 1887, no. 24581, 40 fr. Sebastian Rasle, French missionary, born in Dole, France, in 1658, died in Norridgewock, Me., 12 Aug., 1724. His name is often improp- erly spelled Raale, Rale, and R4lé. After com- pleting his studies in Dijon, he became a Jesuit, and taught Greek for a time in the college of the society at Nimes. At his request he was attached in 1689 to the missions of Canada, and sailing from La Rochelle, 23 July, he landed at Quebec on 13 Oct. After having charge of var- ious missions [among the Llinois at Missilima- kinak, etc.], he was placed in charge of the station of Norridgewock, on Kennebec River about 1695. Here he made a thorough study of the Abenaki language. In the winter of 1705, Capt. Hilton, with a party of 270 men, including forty-five New Englanders, surprised Norridge- wock and burned the .church, but Rasle escap- ed to the woods with his papers. When peace was restored in 1713 he set about building a new ’ ; ‘ r ee ? r e . . + 5 © FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF RAWSON’S SPIRITUAL MILK. % FAC-SIMILES OF THE TITLE-PAGE fiar fA et BATS FAC-SIMILES OF THE TITLE-PAGES OF RAWSON’S CONFESSION OF FAITH. Ay ' ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Rasles (S.)— Continued. church at Norridgewock. In January, 1723, a band of 300 men, under Col. Thomas Westbrook, ‘ succeeded in reaching the mission, burned the church, and pillaged Rasle’s cabin. There they found an iron box, which contained, besides his correspondence with the authorities of Quebec, a valuable dictionary of the Abena‘i language in three volumes. In 1724 a party of 208 men from Fort Richmond surprised Norridgewock in the night, killed several Indians, and shot Rasle, who was in the act of escaping, at the foot of the mission cross. His body was after- ward mutilated by the incensed soldiery, and left without burial; but when the A benakis re- turned afew days later, they buried his remains. In 1833 the citizens of Norridgewock raised a subscription, bought an acre of land on the spot where Rasle fell, and erected there a monument to his memory.—Appleton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. Raum (John O.) The | History of New Jersey, | from its | earliest settlement to the present time. | Including | a brief historical account of the first discover- | | ies and settlement of the country, | by | | John O. Raum, | Author [&c. three lines.] | In two volumes, | Vol. I[-IJ]. [Design.] | Philadelphia: | John E. Potter and company, | 617 Sansom Street. [1877.] 2 vols.: frontispiece 1 J. title verso copy- right 11. introductory pp. 5-6, preface pp. 7-9, contents pp. 11-16, text pp. 17-450; frontispiece 11. title verso copyright 1 1. contents pp. 3-7, text pp. 9-466, appendix pp. 467-496, 8°. Brief vocabulary of the New Jersey Indians | (from Smith’s New Jersey), vol 1, p. 122. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames, Rawle(William). A vindication of Rev. Mr. Heckewelder’s History of the In- dian nations. By William Rawle. In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Mem. vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 238-275, Philadelphia, 1826, 8°. A reply to an article by Cass (L.) in the North American Review, vol. 22. The above article was replied to by Cass (L.) in the North Ameri- can Review, vol. 26. Reprinted in Rondthaler (E.), Life of John Heckewelder, pp. xi-xxv, Philadelphia, 1847, 12°, Rawson (Rev. Grindal). Nashauanittue Meninnunk | wutch | mukkiesog, | Wussestmumun wutch Sogkodtungan- ash | Naneeswe testamentsash ; | wutch | Ukkesitchippwongavoo Ukketeahog- kounooh. | Negondée wussukhimun ut Englishménne Unnon- | toowaonganit, nashpe ne dnue, wunnegenie | Nohtom- peantog. | Noh ascowésit | John Cotton. | 431 Rawson (G.)— Continued. | Kah yeuyeu qushkinnimun en In- diane Unnontoo- | waonganit wutch conenehikqunaout Indiane | mukkie- sog, | Nashpe | Grindal Rawson. | Wun- naunchemookée Nohtompeantog ut ke- nugke | Indianog. | Onatuh mishketuog kodtantamok pahke meninnunnie | Wuttinnowaonk, onk woh kenashpeé- kineau. 1 Pet. 2. 2. | Cambridge: | Printeucop nashpe Sam- uel Green, kah | Bartholomew Green. 1691, Translation.—Spiritual milk | for | babes, | drawn from the breasts | of both testaments ; | for | the nourishment of their souls. | Formerly written in English lan-| guage, by that most excellent | minister | who is named | John Cot- ton, | and now turned into Indian lan- | guage for the benefit of Indian | children, | by | Grin- dal Rawson, | minister of the gospel among the | Indians. Title verso blank 1]. text (questions and answers, with heading ‘‘Meninnunk wutch | mvkkiesog ’’) entirely in the Massachusetts language pp. 3-13, verso blank, 16°. Signature Ain eight leaves, including a final blank leaf. The translation of the title-page is taken from Trumbull’s Origin and early progress of Indian missions in New England, p.44. See the fac- simile of the title-page. Oopies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Boston Athenzum, Lenox, Trumbull, Yale. At the Brinley sale, no. 783, a ‘‘ brown levant morocco, extra, gilt edge, very large, beautiful copy’ sold for $50; another copy, no. 804, bound with Eliot’s Sampwutteahae, $100; another, ‘*blue crimped morocco, elegant full gilt back, side double paneled, corner ornaments, beauti- ful copy,’’ $70. This translation of the catechism, accom- panied by the original English, is also printed in the Indiane primers of 1720 and [173-?], but with alterations in the wording and orthogra- phy. — A confession | of | faith |Owned and consented unto by the | Elders & Mes- sengers | of the Churches | Assembled at Boston in New England, | May 12. 1680. | Being the Second Session of that | synod. | [Three lines scripture. ] | Boston. | Re-printed by Bartholomew Green, and |. John Allen. 1699. Second title: Wunnamptamoe | sampooaonk | Wussampoowontamun | Nashpe moeuwehko- | munganash ut | New-England. | Qushkenu- mun en Indiane | Unnontowaonganit. | Nashpe | Grindal Rawson, &c. | {Three lines script- ure.] | Mushauwomuk. | Printeuun nashpe Bartho- lomew Green, kah | John Allen. 1699. 432 Rawson (G.)— Continued. English title verso]. 1 recto blank, Indian title recto 1. 2 verso blank, the epistle dedica- tory in English (signed G. Rawson, and dated Nov. 4, 1699) 6 ll. half-title (A Confession of Faith. Wunnamptamoe sampooaonk) p. 1, text (alternate pages English and Massachusetts In- dian) pp. 2-161, table of the chapters (in Eng- lish and Indian) pp. [162]-[165] verso blank, 16°. Signatures A-L in eights, and M in four, including a final blank leaf. See the fac-similes of the title-pages. Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Boston Public, British Museum, Lenox, Yale. At the Brinley sale, no. 784, a ‘‘ dark blue le- vant morocco, filleted and paneled sides, full gilt back” copy was bought by Yale College for $70. Another copy, no. 5688, sold for $85. See Eliot (J.) and Rawson (G.) —— See Indiane primer. . Grindal Rawson, the translator of the two books described above, was born in Boston, Jan- uary 23, 1659, and died in Mendon, February 6, 1715. He was the youngest son of Mr. Edward Rawson (born 1615, died 1693), secretary of the colony of Massachusetts Bay from 1650 to 1686. In 1678 he was graduated at Harvard College. After studying theology for a while, he began to preach at Mendon in 1680. Four years later he was regularly ordained minister of the church in that town, where he remained until ‘his death. He began to study the Indian language about the year 1687, with the purpose of preaching in it to the Indians of his neighborhood. In 1689 he revised and prepared for the press Mr. Eliot’s Indian translation of Cotton’s Sincere Convert (‘‘Sampwutteahae quinnuppekompau- aenin”’); and in 1691 he published his own translation of Cotton’s Spiritual Milk for Babes in Indian. In 1698 Mr. Rawson and Mr. Samuel Danforth were directed by the commissioners for the propagation of the gospel among the Indians in New England to prepare a report on the number and condition of the Indians in the province of Massachusetts Bay. Their visita- tion was begun on the 30th of May and com- pleted on the 24th of June. embodied in a narrative which was printed in the same year, at the end of Noyes’s election sermon, New-Englands Duty and Interest, pp. 90-99, and reprinted in the Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, vol. 10. About the same time, by order of the com- missioners, Mr. Rawson commenced to trans- late the ‘‘Confession of Faith”’ of 1680 into the Indian language, ‘‘a work,’ he remarks, ‘‘never yet attempted by any.” The version was com- pleted in November, 1699, and was printed in the same year. In the epistle dedicatory Mr. Rawson says: ‘‘How I have discharged the Trust you have committed to me, must be left unto the judgment of those who are well skilled in the language; all that I have to say for my self is, that I have endeavoured to the utter- The results were’ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Rawson (G.) — Continued. most of my ability to render the whole as ex- pressively as I could, so that I doubt not but all amongst them though but of an ordinary Cepseny, mer readily understand the Transla- tion.” At this period Mr. Rawson was receiving a salary of 251. a year for preaching to the Indians. Six other ministers were also in the pay of the commissioners for like services; but with the exception perhaps of Mr.Samuel Danforth of Taunton and Mr. Samuel ‘Treat of Eastham, ’ they probably delivered their sermons through interpreters. ‘‘Mr. Grindall Rawson,” the Earl of Bellomont writes,in a letter to the Lords of Trade dated Oct. 17, 1700, ‘‘is the only Minister in the list that speaks the Indian tongue and preaches in it.” After Mr. Rawson’s death, Rev. Cotton Mather delivered a eulogy on his life and labors, which was printed in the tract entitled Just Oommemorations, Boston, 1715. ‘‘We honoured him,” he says, ‘‘for his doing the Work of an Evangelist among our Indians, of whose Language he was a Master that had scarce an Equal, and for whose Welfare, his Projec- tions and Performances, were Such as render. our loss therein hardly to be repaired.” The same book contains some ‘‘memorials” of Mr. Rawson, furnished by his widow, from which the following extract is made: “As for his Labours among the Teche it was Twenty Seven Years since he undertook the Work. It was thought Two Years was Time little Enough to Learn their Language in. But applying himself to the Business, with Gods Blessing on his Extraordinary Pains, it was not above Nine Months before he Preach’d to the Indians, to their good Understanding. Within Two Years, they removed their Habitations, to be so near him, that for a whole Summer his Custome was, when he came from his own English Congregation on the Lords-day, about five a Clock, to take about half an Hours Repose, and then go to the Indians ; and Pray with them, and Preach to them; so that he performed Three Exercises every Lords-day, while he had Strength to attend them.” Mr. Rawson’s other publications consist of two election sermons, printed in 1703 and 1709. He had eleven children, one of whom, also named Grindal Rawson (born 1707, died 1777), was a minister in South Hadley from 1733 to 1741, and in Hadlyme, Connecticut, from 1741 to 1745. For an account of two Indian bibles once owned by Mr. Rawson, see pp. 158-159 BEL 164 of this bibliography. In preparing the qnove translation of the “Confession of Faith’’ Mr. Rawson was per- haps assisted by Rev. Samuel Treat, of East- ham, who was minister of the church in that town from 1675 until his death in 1717. In a- letter to Increase Mather, dated August 23, 1693, Mr. Treat writes: ‘‘ There are five hun- — dred and five adult persons of Indians within ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 433 } Rawson (G.) — Continued. the limits of our township, unto whom, these many years past, I have, from time to time, imparted the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ in their own language, and I truly hope not without success.”. Mr. James Freeman, in his history of Eastham (Mass. Hist. Coll., viii, 174), gives the following account of Mr. Treat’s labors among the Indians: ‘‘ He had made himself so perfectly acquainted with their barbarous dia- lect, that he was able to speak, and to write it with great facility. Once in a month he preached in the several villages. At other times the Indian teachers read to their congre- gations the sermons which he had written for them, they not being permitted to deliver com- positions of their own. Im addition to these weekly tasks, he was at the pains to translate the Confession of Faith into the Nauset lan- guage, for the edification of his converts. The book was printed, and many years ago was in the possession of one of his grand-daughters |Miss Eunice Paine}].” Reade (John). Some Wabanaki songs. By John Reade. (Presented May 25, 1887.) In Royal Soc. of Canada, Proc. and Trans. vol. 5, section 2, pp. 1-8, Montreal, 1888, 4°. On pp. 7-8 are given two songs in the Passa- maquoddy dialect, furnished Mr. Reade by Mrs. W. Wallace Brown, of Calais, Maine, who ob- tained them from Sapial Selmo, the wampum reader of the Abnakis. They are preceded by English translations. —- The Basquesin North America. By John Reade. (Read May 25, 1888.) In Royal Soc. of Canada, Proc. and Trans. vol. 6, section 2, pp. 21-39, Montreal, 1889, 4°. Parable of the prodigal son (St. Luke, xv, 11- 32) in Basque, Iroquois, and Algonquin, pp. 37- 39. Reader: Chippewa See Barnard (A.) Chippewa Baierlein (E.) Chippewa Dougherty (P.) and Rodd (D.) Chippewa Gallaudet’s. Chippewa James (E.) Chippewa Spelling. Cree First. Micmac Rand (S. T.) Penobscot W zokhilain (P. P.) Reaume (Charles). Specimens of the Chippewa dialect. In American Society, First Aun. Rept. pp. 56-57, New Haven, 1824, 8°. Consists of a vocabulary (English-Chippewa) of fifty-six words. Records | of the | colony | of | New Ply- mouth | in | New England. | Printed by order of the legislature of the | com- monwealth of Massachusetts. | Edited by | David Pulsifer, | Clerk in the of- ALG 28 Records — Continued. fice of the secretary of the common- wealth, | [&c. three lines.] | Acts of the Commissioners of the United Colo- nies of New England. | Vol. I[-II]. | 1643-1651 [-1653-1679]. | [Seal.] | Boston: | from the press of William White, | printer to the Commonwealth. | 1859. 2 vols.4°. These form vols. 9 and 10 of ‘‘Re- cords of the Colony of New Plymouth in New England,” Boston, 1855-1861, 12 vols. 4°. Lamentation of David over Saul and Jona- than (2 Samuel i. 17-27, in the Massachusetts Indian language, from a copy of the first edition of Eliot's Indian bible, in the Boston Athenzum), vol. 2, p. viii. Oopies seen: Astor, Congress, Watkinson. Recueil | de | diverses | pieces, | concer- nant | la | Pensylvanie. | [ Device. ] | A la Haye, | Chez Abraham Troyel, | Marchand Libraire, dans la Grand Sale | de la Cour, M.DC.LXXXIV [1684]. Title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-118, sm. 12°, Penn (W.), Lettre etc., pp. 50-98. Copies seen: Congress. Recueil d’observations curieuses. See Lausbert (C. F.) Recueil de prieres [Cree]. See Lebret (L. M.) Reichel (Rev. William Cornelius), editor. See Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Reichelt (fev. G. T.) The literary works of the foreign missionaries of the Mo- ravian church. By the rev. G. Th. Reichelt, of Herrnhut, Saxony. (Trans- lated and annotated by bishop Edmund De Schweinitz. ) In The Moravian, vol. 31, pp. 355-356, 371-372, Bethlehem, Pa., 1886, 4°. (Pilling.) Reprinted as follows: —— The literary worksof the foreign mis- sionaries of the Moravian church. By the rev. G. Th. Reichelt, of Herrnhut, Saxony. Translated and annotated by bishop Edmund de Schweinitz. In Moravian Historical Society, Trans. series 2,part 8, pp. 375-395, Bethlehem, Pa. 1886, 8° (Pilling.) Issued separately as follows: —— The literary works | of the | Foreign Missionaries of the Moravian Church. | By | the rev. G. Th. Reichelt, of Herrn- hut, Saxony. | Translated and Annotated by Bishop Edmund de Schweinitz. | (Reprinted from the Transactions of the Moravian Historical Society.) | 434 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE pp. 1-250, addenda and indexes 13 ll. the lord’s prayer in fourteen languages 2 ll. map and plates, sm, 8°. This work contains thirteen dissertations, the twelfth of which, ‘' Dissertatio de linguis Americanis,’’ part 3, pp. 141-229, includes gram- matical sketches and vocabularies of a num- ‘ber of American languages, among them the following: De lingua Virginica (a vocabulary of about 132 words in the Massachusetts In- dian language, with Latin definitions, from Eliot’s grammar, 1666), pp. 208-211.— Excerpta ex Bibliis Virginicis (Genesis i, 1-12, from Eliot’s bible, 1685), pp. 211-214.—De lingua Al- gonkina (with a Latin-Algonkin vocabulary of about 146 words, the numerals 1-1000, nomina personarum 7 words, and modus conjugandi 7 | words, all from Lahontan), pp. 214-219. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, British Museum, Eames, Harvard. Part I was reprinted alone as follows: Hadriani Relandi | dissertationum | miscel- lanearvm | pars prima. | Editio secunda. | [ Vi- gnette.] | Trajecti ad Rbhenum, | Ex Officina Guliel- mi Broedelet, | Bibliopole. CIOLOCCXIIT {1713]. (*)- Title from Mz. Paul L. Ford, Brooklyn, N.Y., from copy in his possession. Relation historiyue de la Virginie. See Beverley (R.) Relationships: Algonquian See Oppert (G.) Blackfoot Morgan (L. H.) Cheyenne Hayden (F. V.) Cheyenne Morgan (L. H.) Chippewa Dougherty (P.) Chippewa Jacker (E.) Chippewa Morgan (L. H.) Cree Morgan (L. H.) Cree Watkins (E. A.) Reichelt (G. T.) — Continued. Relationships — Continued. Verso of cover: The Comenius press | Beth- Delaware Adams (W.) lehem, Pa. | E.G. Klosé, Manager. [1886.] Delaware Morgan (L. H.) Printed cover as above, half-title nearly as Ktchemin Morgan (L. H.) above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-21, 8°. Ktchemin Rand (S. T.) A general account and a list of Zeisberger’s Kaskaskia. Morgan (L. H.) works, pp. 8-11. Besides translating and an- Kickapoo Fish (P.) and Harvey notating the above, Bishop de Schweinitz added (S. D.) many biographic and bibliographic notes. Kickapoo Morgan (L. H.) Copies seen: Hames, Pilling. Maliseet ; Rand (S. T.) Reland (Hadrian). Hadriani Relandi | aaa eo) dissertationum | miscellanearvm r a a mpgs ke : : : a. | EES Micmac Morgan (L. H.) prima[-tertia, et ultima]. | [ Vignette. ]| Micmac Rand (S. T.) Trajecti ad Rhenum, | Ex Officina Mohegan Morgan (L. H.,) Gulielmi Broedelet, | Bibliopolae. CIO Munsee Morgan (L. H.) IOCCVI[-CIOIOCCVIIT [1706-1708]. Ota storeen : ; ; Peoria Morgan (L. H.) Title verso blank 1 1. dedicatory epistle and : j Z Piankashaw , Morgan (L. H.) contents 311. text pp. 1-232, indexes 12 lL; title ; : Pottawotomi Morgan (L. H.) of ‘‘pars altera’”’ (CIOIOCCVII) verso blank c t Sac and Fox Morgan (L. H.) 11. dedicatory epistle 2 11. contents verso blank : Shawnee Harvey (S. D.) 11. text pp. 1-324, indexes etc. 23 ll. 1 blank 1.; Sh - ‘ ; ¢ awnee Morgan (L. H.) title of ‘‘ pars tertia’’ verso blank 1 1. dedica- Somrinnois Tact (5. dal tory epistle 2 ll. contents verso blank 1 1. text es Morcan (uae Religious Tract Society: These words following a title or included within parentheses after a note indicate that the compiler has seen a copy of the work referred to in the library of that institution, London, England. Remarks on the condition, etc. See Cass (L.) Remarks on the Language of the St. John’s... Indians. See Hale (H.) Remas (P.—). Principes de langue crise. In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, compte- rendu, second session, vol, 2, pp. 244-253, Lux- emburg and Paris, 1878, 8°. Renzi (A.) Mémoires | de la société des antiquaires | de Amérique du nord. | Partie linguistique | par M. Gallatin; | rapport | fait a V’institut historique, | par M, A. Renzi, | membre dela Ie classe. | (Extrait de l’Investigateur, journal de l'Institut Historique, 90° livraison.) | Paris | A René et c®.,, imprimeurs-édi- teurs, | rue de Seine, 32. | 1842. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 11, text pp. 5-15, royal 8°. Review of Gallatin’s work in American An- tiquarian Society, Transactions, vol. 2, pp. 1-422. Contains remarks on the grammar of the Delaware, Algonkin-Lenape, Micmac, Chippe- way, and Massachusetts, with specimens of verbal conjugations, pp. 9-12.—Short vocabu- lary and phrases in Ottawa, Old-Algonkin, Narraganset, Delaware, Ojibway, pp. 12-13.— List of the names of the Algonquian tribes, etc. pp. 14-15. Copies seen: Congress, Eames. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, nu. 2086, 3 fr. ALGONQUIAN } Repertorio. El | repertorio | Americano. | Tomo primero [-cuarto]. | Octubre de 1826 [-Agosto de 1827]. | Londres: | en la libreria de Bossange, Barthés i Lowell, 14, Great Marl- borough street. | 1826 [-1827?]. 4 vols. 8°. Morenas (M.), Noticia sobre la lengua de los salvajes de la América del Norte, vol. 3, pp. 38- 50. Copies seen: Congress. Report. 50th Congress, | 1st Session. | House of representatives. | Report | No. 739. | Red Lake Chippewa Indians of Minnesota. | [Four lines.] | Report: (To accompany bill H. R. 7935.) [ Washington: government printing office. 1888.] No title-page, heading as above; text pp. 1-17, 8°. Contains the names of many Chippewa In- dians, only a few accompanied by English equivalents. Oopies seen: Pilling. Reward of ten thousand dollars.—Mi- -dasing mi ta swak taswabik tiba-ama diwin. No title-page, heading only; text in the Chip- pewa language 2 pp. 12°. Copies seen: Congress. Rhees (William Jones). Visitor’s guide | to the | Smithsonian institution | and | United States | National museum | in | Washington. | By | William J. Rhees, | Chief Clerk of the Institution. | Washington: | Judd & Detweiler, printers. | 1887. Printed coyers, advertisements 1 1. portrait of Smithson 1 1. title verso ground-plan 11. text pp. 1-94, 2 other plates, 8°. Catlin (G.), The Catlin Indian collection, pp. 70-89. Copies seen: Pillin g, Powell. Rhode Island, Geographic names. bull (J. H:) Rhode Island | state census, | 1885. | [Coat of arms of the state.] | Amos Perry, | superintendent of the census. | Providence: | E. L. Freeman & son, printers to the state. | 1887. Title verso blank 1 1. list of members of the census board verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-vili, introduction pp. ix-xiii, text pp. 1-609, appendix pp. 611-632, index pp. 633-649, 8°, Indian names [occurring in the work], index, p. 637. Trumbull (J.H.), Indian names in Rhode Isl- and, pp. 21, 52, 53, 65. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling, Smithsonian Institution. See Trum- LANGUAGES. 435 Richard (Léonard). Manuel des Lan- gues, | Mortes et vivantes. Contenant les | Alphabets, la numération, et | YOraison Dominicale, en 190 langues. | Par L. Richard. | Premiére Edition 1839. | | Se trouve a Paris, | chez M*. Mansut fils, Libraire, | Rue des Mathurins S*. Jacques 17, | et chez lauteur, Place Maubert 19. | Imprimerie Lithographe de Petit, rue de Bourgogne n°. 25. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-112, 8°. Oratio Dominica: Illinice, p. 50 ; Canadice, p. 53; Savanahice, p. 53; Virginice [7.e. Massachu- setts Indian], p. 63. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. Triibner’s catalogue, 1856, no. 560, prices a copy 10s. 6d. [Richard (Pére Pierre).] Tchipayatik- -o-mikan. | Kanachtageng [ Lake of two mountains]. | [Picture of the cross. ] | Moniang [Montreal], | takkwabi- kichkote L. Perrault | endatch. | 1843. Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in the Nipissing language pp. 3-26, narrow 12°. The way of the cross, for the use of the Ro- man Catholic Indians of the mission of the Lake of two mountains. Copies seen: Laval, Pilling, Powell, Trum- ball, Verreau, Yale. [Sermons in the Nipissing language. ] Manuscript, 2vols. 103 ll. 4°, and 104 ll. ob- lorg folio, in the library of the Roman Catholic church at the mission of Lac des deux Monta- gnes (Oka), Canada. They are without title or date; originally in parts lettered, so far as I can judge, from A to N, they have been bound without regard to order. Their titles are as follows: Blasphéme. Distinction du bien & du mal. Quelques questions historiques de catechisme. Combats du Chretien dans ce monde. Prophetie concernant le Messie. Culte des Saints. Féte patronale (annonciation). Commemoration des trépassés. Priére. Jugement dernier. Eglise. Péché. Ciel. 4me Art, du Symbole. St. Paul. Scandale. Des Anges. Des livres Saints. Motif de notre foi. Ximmac, conception. Mystére de la redemption. Noél. Dernier jour de ]’annee. Epiphanie. 436 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Richard (P.) — Continued. Richardson (J.) — Continued. St. nom de Jesus. physical geography | of north America. Sur la detraction. | By sir John Richardson, C. D., F. R. Devoirs des Pasteurs. Importance du Salut. Disposition 4 la Ste Communion. S. | inspector of naval hospitals and fleets, | etc. etc. etc. | In two volumes. | Necessite de la penitence. Vol. I[-I1]. | Published by authority. | Priére. London: | Longman, Brown, Green, St. Jean Baptiste. and Longmans. | 1851. St. Pierre et St. Paul. Divers avis. Instruction. Examen. Pensees impures. Mercredi des Cendres. Ceremonies du baptéme. Force chretienne. Toussaint. Pour le caréme 1844. Bienfait du christianisme. Dimanche des rameaux. Ste Famille. Dieu Auteur de la Religion. Bien declarer tous ses péchés. Pensées sur ]’Enfer. 2 vols.: frontispiece 1 1. title verso notice and printers 1 1. contents pp. iii—viii, text pp. 1-413 verso printers, eight other plates; frontispiece 1 1. title verso printers 1 1. contents pp. iii-vii, textpp. 1-157, appendix pp. 159-402, explanation of plates I & II pp. 403-416, postscript pp. 417— 426, 8°. Chap. XIV, Eythinyuwuk, or Crees and Chippeways, vol. 2, pp. 33-60, contains scattered words in, and remarks on, the Cree language, with a list of tribal names and places in a note on pp. 37-39.—List of trees and shrubs, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 284-319, includes many Chippe- way and Cree names.— Vocabulary of the Chepewyan Tongue, with Cree and English translations, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 387-395, con- Assomption. tains in a separate column about 320 words in Grandeur dé Dieu. the Cree language, collected by Mr. Richardson Trinite. at Carleton House, Hudson’s Bay territory, in Presence reelle. 1820. Communion. : Oopies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athen- Respect humain. zum, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Geo- Mort. logical Survey, Trumbull. Jugement dernier. Respect humain 2™°, Arctic | searching expedition: | a | Enfer. journal of a boat-voyage through Ru- Insensibilité spirituelle. pert’s | land and the Arctic sea, | in Art. Idu symbole. search of the discovery ships under Soe Endemol command of | sir John Franklin. | With Art. III du symbole. : F Necessité de la priare. an appendix on the physical geogra- | Qualites de la priére. phy of North America. | By sir John Chemin du ciel. Richardson, C. B., F. R. S., | inspector Péchés retenus en confession. of naval hospitals and fleets, | etc., etc., Pensée du ciel. ete. | See He Dieu: New York: | Harper and brothers, Mariage. publishers, | 82 Cliff street. | 1852. is dimanche de l’avent. Title verso blank 11. contents pp. v-xi, text Difference entre l’esprit de Seigneur & celui pp. 13-336, appendix pp. 337-516, advertisements. du Demon. pp. 1-6, 1-3, 3 unnumbered pp. 8°. Epiphanie. ~ Linguistics as in the original edition titled Cendres. next above, pp. 262-277, 422-443, 501-509. 2e dim. de caréme. Copies seen: Greely, Harvard. Confession. General A. W. Greely, Chief Signal Officer, Eglise. U.S. A., informs me that he saw recently, in Fins dernieres. ualpa New York City,a copy of an edition of this Avis. work with title same as above except the im- Resurrection. print, which reads: New York: | Harper & brothers, | publishers, | 329 & 331 Pearl street, Richardson (Sir John). Arctic | search- Frantin aanenenl asst: ing expedition : | a | journal of a boat- The Field sale catalogue, no. 1971, mentions an voyage | through Rupert’s land to the edition, New York, Harper & Brothers, 1856, 516: arctic sea, | in search of | the discovery pp. 12°. ships under command of|sir John | Ricketson (Daniel). The | history of Franklin. | With an appendix on the New Bedford, | Bristol county, Massa- ALGONQUIAN Ricketson (D.) — Continued. chusetts: | including | a history of the old township of Dartmouth | and the ' present townships of Westport, | Dart- mouth, and Fairhaven, | from their set- tlement to the present time. | By Dan- iel Ricketson. | . New Bedford: | published by the author. | 1858. Title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-viii, contents pp. ix-xii, text pp. 13-408, index pp. 409-412, 12°. Explanation of Indian names [of places], pp. 134-136. Copies seen: Congress. Ridout (Thomas). [Vocabulary of the Shawanese language. | Manuscript, 8 ll. 12°, in possession of the grand-daughter of its author, Mrs. M. Edgar, Toronto, Canada, who kindly sent it to me for examination. The recto of the first leaf is blank; the vocabulary, with no apparent arrangement, and without introduction of any kind, begins on the verso of the Ist leaf and extends to the verso of the 6th leaf, and con- sists of about 225 words and phrases. On the recto of the 7th leaf at the top (verso blank) is the following note: ‘‘This little book of Shawanese words was written by me when I was a prisoner amongst that nation in the year 1788.—Th: Ridout.’’ The recto of the 8th leaf is | scribbled upon in English and Shawanese, and the verso is blank. The following is an extract from Mrs. Ed- gar’s letter transmitting the vocabulary : “IT have two vocabularies, one containing about 200 words, the other about 400, of which some are the same as in the smaller book. The story of the way in which the dictionary was written is contained in a manuscript narrative written by my grandfather, Thomas Ridout, and containing an account of his capture by the Shawanese Indians and his life among them during the spring and summer of 1788. I quote his own words: “*T had by this time acquired a tolerable knowledge of their language, and began to understand them, as well as to make myself intelligible. ‘** My mistress loved herdish of Tea, and with the tea paper I made a book stitched with the bark of a tree, and with yellow ink of hickory ashes mixed with a little water, and a pen made with a Turkey quill, I wrote down the Indian name of visible objects. In this manner I wrote two little books, which I carried in a pocket torn from my breeches and worn around my waist tied by a piece of Elm Bark.’ ‘*One of these little books I enclose to you by registered letter, hoping it may not be lost on the way. ‘The other and larger vocabulary is written in Mr. Ridout’s diary, which book was re- restored to him by the Indians. Iamnow com- LANGUAGES. 437 Ridout (T.) — Continued. piling my grandfather’s and father’s letters, and thought of putting the narrative of his capture as an appendix to the book, meaning to include also thedictionary of Shawanese words. Iam therefore sending you the book for your private perusal.” Mr. Ridout died at Toronto ReBrigy 8, ek in the 75th year of his age. Rivington (—). See Gilbert (—) and Rivington (—). Rlathemwakunek wtclawswakun [ Del- aware]. See Zeisberger (D.) and Blanchard (I. D.) Roberts (Rev. George Goodridge). Mali- seet names for common objects. C2) Manuscript. Information from Mr. W. F. Ganong, Cambridge, Mass., who says: ‘‘Rev. G.G. Roberts, Fredericton, N. B., has a small scribbling book in which he has recorded rough- ly anumber of Milicete names for common ob- jects. I have not seen it, but he has promised to give it to me.” Robertson (Robert 8.) Long Island Indians. In Magazine of Am. Hist. vol. 2, pp. 370-371, 501, New York, 1878, 8°. Contains geographic terms with English sig- _ nifications. Rockwell (E. F.) Analogy between the proper names in Japan and the Indian proper names in the United States. By Professor E. F. Rockwell, of Davidson College, N. C. In Historical Magazine, second series, vol. 3, pp. 141-142, Morrisania, N. Y., 1868, sm. 4°. The proper names of the United States are from a number of families, among them some of the Algonquian languages. Rodd (David). See Dougherty (P. ) and Rodd (D.) Rogers (Graham). See Gibbs (G.) Rogers (Joseph M.) Words, phrases, and sentences in the language of the Menomonee Indians of Shawano Co. Wisconsin. Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 1 1. 4°, in the li- brary of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in a copy of Powell’s Introduction to the study of Indian languages, second edition. The schedules are but partially filled. [Romagné (Rev. James B.)] The | Indian prayer book: | compiled and arranged for the benefit of the | Penobscot | and | Passamaquoddy Tribes. | Printed by or- der of the | Right Rev. B. Fenwick, | Bishop of Boston. | Boston: | printed by H. L. Devereux. | 1834. 438 Romagné (J. B.) — Continued. Indian title: Alnambay-ouli | Awikhigan. ] Kisi tounaisa Romagne Alnambay patriarch | yo paimikaten necoutam kouakai | nsansuc kessactekoy taiba | yaou. Taidebiwi, | 1804. | Tchibaique Alnambay | retainec. Translation: Indian-good | Book. | Made by Romagné Indian patriarch | this year one thou- sand | eight hundred and | four. Otherwise (lit. equally), ; 1804. | Tchibaique Indian | vil- lage at. English title verso blank 1 1. Indian title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-70, 18°. Primer lessons, pp. 5-13. — Prayers, pp. 15- 54.—Hymns, pp. 55-68.—Formulas, pp. 69-70. ‘“The last word of the Indian title ‘retainec * is an error of the copyist or printer for outainec, ‘at the village.’ ‘Tchibaique’ is the Indian name of Pleasant Point on Passamaquoddy Bay in the township of Perry, Maine.” —Trum- bull. Copies seen: Trumbull. Rondthaler (Rev. Edward). Life | of | John Heckewelder. | By the | rev. Ed- ward Rondthaler, | of Nazareth, Pa. | Edited by B. H. Coates, M. D. | [De- sign. | | Philadelphia: | Townsend Ward, 45 south Fourth street. | 1847. Portrait of Heckewelder 1 1. title verso printers 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. editor’s © preface pp. v-x, a vindication etc. pp. xi-xxv, author’s preface p. xxvii, text pp. 29-149, list of publications pp. 1-2, 12°. Rawle (W.), Vindication of the Rev. Mr. Heckewelder’s History of the Indian nations, pp. xi-xxv. | Copies seen: Congress, Eames. Rosier (James). Extracts of a Virginian Voyage made An. 1605. by Captaine George Waymovth, in the Arch-angell. Set forth by the Right Honorable Henry Earle of South-hampton, and the Lord Thomas Arvndel, written by Iames Rosier. In Purchas’s Pilgrimes, vol. 4, pp. 1659-1667, London, 1625, folio. ‘‘ Words which I learned of the Sauages, in their Language”’ (about 75 and a few proper names), p. 1667. ‘*These words, some of which are clearly in the Abnaki dialect, probably were obtained from the natives whom Waymouth kidnapped on the coast of Maine and carried back with him to England.”—Trumbull. The original edition of Rosier’s work, A trve relation, &c. London, 1605 (Brinley, Lenox, New York Historical Society), does not contain the vocabulary, nor do the reprints in the Massa- chusetts Historical Soc. collections, third series vol. 8, pp. 125-157, and one edited by George Prince, published at Bath in 1860. (British Museum, Eames.) Roth (Fev. Johannes). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Rosier (J.) — Continued. “Ag it [the abridgement in Purchas’s Pil- grims] contains additional particulars, it is be- lieved that Purchas obtained them direct from the navigators on their return to England.”— Bartlett. Ein Versuch! | der Geschichte unsers Herrn u. Hey- landes | Jesu Christi | in dass Delawa- — rische tibersetzt der Unami| von der Marter Woche an | bis zur | Himmel- fahrt unsers Herrn | im | Yahr 1770 u. 72 zu Tschechschequaniing | an | der Susquehanna. | Wuntschi mesettschawi tipatta lammowewoagan sekauchsian- up. | Wulapensuhalinén, Woehowaolan Nihillalijeng mPatamauwoss [sic]. (*) Manuscript; title, 9 pp. of contents in Ger- man and English, text 268 pp. in the Unami dialect of the Lenape, 4°. A fragment, for- merly in possession of the American Philo- sophical Society, Philadelphia. Title from Brinton’s Lendpé and their legends, p. 79, whence I take the following remarks concern- ing the work and its author: ‘Roth has left us a most important work, and one hitherto entirely unknown to bibliog- raphers. He made an especial study of the Unami dialect of the Lenape, and composed in it an extensive religious work, of which only the fifth part remains.” On pp. 80-83 of the work quoted, Dr. Brinton gives an extract. from this manuscript consisting of Matthew xxii, 1-14, with English translation interlined; and from pp. 78-79 of the same work I extract. the following paragraph: ‘Another competent Lenapist was the Rev. Johannes Roth. He was born in Prussia in 1726 and educated a Catholic. Joining the Moravians in 1748, he emigrated to America in 1756, and in 1759 took charge of the missionary station called Schechschiquanuk, on the west — bank of the Susquehanna, opposite and a little - below Shesequin, in Bradford County, Penn, sylvania. There he remained until 1772, when- with his flock, fifty-three in number, he pro- ceeded to the new Gnaddenhiitten, in Ohio, In 1774 he returned to Pennsylvania, and after occupying various pastorates, he died at York, July 22, 1791.” I presume this manuscript has been returned tothe Moravian authorities at Bethlehem, from whom it was borrowed by the American Phi- losophical Society; at any rate I was unable to find it during a visit to the library of the society in March, 1889. See Brinton (D.G.) Riidiger (Johann Christoph). Numerals. (1-10) of the Indians of Canada. In Grundriss einer Geschichte der mensch- lichen Sprache, Thl. 1, p. 123, Leipzig, 1782. (*) Title from Turner, in Ludewig, p. 215. Reprinted in Pott (A. F.), Die quinare und vigesimalo Zihlmethode, p. 65, Halle, 1847, 8°.. Ruttan (Duncan). ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Rupp (Isaac Daniel). History | of the | counties | of | Berks and Lebanon: | con- taining a brief account of the Indians | Who inhabited this region of country, and the numerous Murders by | them; notices of the first Swedish, Welsh, French, German, Irish, | and English settlers, giving the names of nearly five thousand | of them, Biographical Sketches, topographical descriptions | of every Township, and of the Principal Towns | and Villages; the Religious History, with | much useful statistical information; | notices of the Press & Education. | Embellished by several ap- propriate engravings. | Compiled from authentic sources | by I. Daniel Rupp, | Author of He Pasa Ekklesia, etc., ete. | Published and sold | by G. Hills, pro- prietor; | Lancaster, Pa. | 1844. Title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, advertisement pp. v-vi, contents 2 ll. errata 11. text pp. 13-494, index pp. 495-504, list of sub- scribers pp. 505-512, 8°. Specimen of the Indian language of Pennsyl- vania (from Penn), pp. 18-19.—Specimen of the Delaware language (trom Dencke), p. 19. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Watkinson. [Letter in the Cree language. } In Missionary Outlook, vol. 2, p. 162, Toronto, [1882], 4°. (Pilling.) Written from Nelson River about the 15th of August, 1882. The original was in syllabic characters. It is accompanied by an English translation by the Rev. O. German, to whom it was written,and who doubtless transliterated it. Ruttenber (Edward Manning). History of the | Indian Tribes of Hudson’s River; | their | origin, manners and customs; | 439 Ruttenber (E. M.) — Continued. tribal | and sub-tribal organizations; | wars, treaties, etc., etc. | By | E. M. Ruttenber, | Author of the History of Newburgh. | [Five lines quotation. ] | [ Monogram. ] | Albany, N. Y.: street. | 1872. Portrait 1]. title verso copyright 11. preface pp. iii-v, woodcut p. [vi], text pp. 7-295, appen- dix pp. 297-399, errata p. [400], index pp. 401-415, four other portraits, 8°. Chapter IV, Analysis of Tribes and Chief- taincies, pp. 71-98, contains a list of the Algon- quian tribes in the neighborhood of Hudson’s river.—Appendix II, Language, pp. 333-360, contains a general account, with specimens, of the several Algonquin dialects; a grammarofthe Algonquin language (from Schoolcraft); and, on page 360, a comparative vocabulary of 24 words (from Schoolcraft and Gallatin) of the Old Al- gonquin, Long Island, Massachusetts, Mahican, Delaware, Minsi, Shawanoes, Chippeway, and Mohawk.—Appendix III, Geographical nomen- clature and traditions, pp. 361-399, contains ex- planations of the Indian namesof places in the vicinity of the Hudson River and includes a number of Algonquian names.—The index con- tains, under the heading of Geographical no- menclature, an alphabetical list of about 167 Indian names of places, many of them Algon- quian, pp. 405-406. | J. Munsell, §2 State This work was published in two styles, one on tinted paper, with plates, and a cheaper edition on ordinary paper, without plates. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Eames, Geological Sur- vey, Trumbull. : The Field copy, no. 2030, sold for $3.75; the Murphy copy, no. 2182, for $2.25. Clarke and co. 1886, no. 6602, price it $3.50. Ryerson (Rev. Egerton), editor. See Journal. Sabin (Joseph). A | dictionary | of | Books relating to America, | from its discovery to the present time. | By Joseph Sabin. | Volume I[-XIX]. | [Three lines quotation. ] | New-York: | Joseph Sabin, 84 Nassau street. | 1868[-1890]. 19 vols. 8°. Still in course of publication. Part CXIV, now in the press (November, 1890), has reached the entry ‘‘Sierra,” and when fin- ished will complete vol. 19. Now edited by Mr. Wilberforce Eames. Contains titles of many books in and relating to the Algonquian languages. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Geological Survey, Lenox. Catalogue | of the | Books Manu- scripts and Engravings | belonging to | William Menzies | of | New York | Pre- pared by Joseph Sabin | Monogram] | New York | 1875 Cover title: Catalogue | of the | Books, Man- uscripts, Engravings, | and | library furniture | belonging to | Mr. William Menzies, of New York. | Including | an extraordinary and most valuable collection of | books relating to _ America, | An unapproachable series of Biblio- graphical Works [&c. 10 lines.] The| whole of which will be disposed of by auction | at the sale rooms of | Messrs. Geo. A. Leavitt & co., | Clinton Hall, Astor Place and Eighth Street, New York, | on| Monday, Nov. 13, [1876] and following days, | [&c. nine lines. } Cover title, title verso printer 1 |. notice pp. lii-vii, list of rare books pp. ix-xviii, cor- rections verso blank 1 1. catalogue pp. 1-471, library furniture p. [472], addenda verso blank 1 1. list of prices (dated 1876) pp. 1-6, notice ‘‘from the New York Times ”’ pp. 7-8, 8°. Contains titles of works in various Algon- quian languages. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames. —— Catalogue | of the | Library of E. G. Squier. | Edited by Joseph Sabin. | [ Device.] | To be Sold by Auction, | On Monday, April 24th, 1876, and fol- lowing days, | By Bangs, Merwin & co. | No. 656 Broadway, New York. | New York: | Charles C. Shelley, Prin- ter, 68 Barclay and 227 Greenwich Streets | 1876. 440 S. Sabin (J.) — Continued. Sac and Fox. Cover title: Catalogue | of the | Books, Man- uscripts, | maps, drawings and engravings, | Principally relating to Central America, and Peru, | American Antiquities, &c. | Belonging to Mr. E. G. Squier. | [Design.] | To be Sold by Auction [&c. 10 lines. ] Cover title, title as above verso blank 1 1. notice 1 1. catalogue pp. 1-277, (list of books ete. by Hon. E. George Squier) title verso blank 11. list pp. 3-8, 8°. Titles of works in and relating to the Algon- quian languages passim. Copies seen: Kames, Pilling. Joseph Sabin, bibliophile, born in Braunston, Northamptonshire, England, December 9, 1821; died in Brooklyn, N. Y., June 5,1881. In 1848 he came to this country. In 1850 he settled in New York City, and in 1856 he went to Phila- delphia and sold oll and rare books, but at the beginning of the civil war he returned to New York and opened book shops, where he madea specialty of collecting rare books and prints. He prepared catalogues of many valuable libra- ries that were sold by auction in New York after 1850.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. [Sabine (Lorenzo).] Indian tribes of New England. In Christian Examiner, vol. 62, pp. 27-54, | 210-237, Boston, 1857, 8°. (Kames.) Two articles signed L.S. : Brief prayer in the language of the Penob- scot Indians of Maine, with English transla- tion, p. 215. Saki vocabulary taken down from Nasawakwat. (*) Manuscript, 4 pp. in the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey. Sac and Fox: General discussion See Charlevoix (P. F. X.) Gentes Morgan (L. H.) Geographic names Hamilton (W.) Letter Black Hawk. Numerals Haines (EK. M.) Proper names Catalogue. Proper names Catlin (G.) Proper names Frost (J.) Proper names Indian. Jackson (W. H.) Maximilian (A. P.) Mogridge (G.) Stanley (J.M.) Treaties. Morgan (L. H.) Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Relationships BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Sac and Fox— Continued. Vocabulary Balbi (A.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Investigator. Vocabulary Keating (W.H.) Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Vocabulary Marston (M.) Vocabulary Maximilian (A. P.) Vocabulary Morse (J.) Vocabulary. Sac. . Words Latham (R. G.) Weords Schomburgk (R. H.) Words Smithsonian. Sahkey. See Sac and Fox. St. Francis Indians. See Abnaki. St. John (John R.) A | true description | of the | lake Superior country ; | its riv- ers, coasts, bays, harbours, islands, and | commerce. | With | Bayfield’s chart; | (Showing the Boundary Line as Es- tablished by Joint Commission.) | Also a minute account of the | copper mines | and | working companies. | Accom- panied by | a map of the mineral re- gions; | showing, by their no. and place, all the different | locations: | and containing | a concise mode of assaying, treating, smelting, | and refining cop- per ores. | By | John R. St. John. | New York: | William H. Graham, Tribune buildings. | 1846. Title verso advertisement and copyright 11. contents verso blank 1 |. text pp. 3-118, two maps, 12°. A vocabulary of 75 words of Indian [Chip- pewa], with French spelling, French pronunci- ation, and English definitions, pp. 105-107. ‘“They are spelled as pronounced by Messrs. Graveret and Rousseau, of Mackinaw and Sault St. Mary’s, United States Interpreters, and Mr. Warren, of La Point.”’ Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, British Mu- seum, Congress, Eames. St. John Indians. See Abnaki. St. Mark [Abnaki]. See Wzokhilain. CPOE.) Saint rosaire etc. [Nipissing]. See Cuoqg (54 A.) Salt (fev. Allen). Audesokon netume- sing tushemind Nanebozho. gy) Manuscript, 10 pp. of ordinary note paper. A legend concerning Nanebozho, in the Missis- sagua language. — Vocabulary of the Mississagua lan- guage. ey Manuscript, 8 pp. note paper, closely written on both sides. Contains the names of parts of the body, etc. / a3 now spoken. { 441 Salt (A.) — Continued. These two manuscripts are in possession of Prof. A. F. Chamberlain, Clark University, Worcester, Mass., who has furnished me the titles. Saltonstall (Gov. Gurdon). The lord’s prayer in the language of the Mohee- gan and Pequot Indians living in the colony of Connecticut in New-England procured by the Hon. Gov. Saltonstall, at New London, February 1721. In American Society, First Ann. Rept. p. 54, New Haven, 1824, 8°. Accompanied by an interlinear English trans- lation. Gurdon Saltonstall, governor of Connecticut, born in Haverhill, Mass., 27 March, 1666; died in New London, Conn., 20 Sept., 1724, was grad- uated at Harvard in 1684, studied theology and was ordained minister of New London, Conn., on 19 Nov., 1691. While Gov. Fitz John Win- throp was ill, Saltonstall, who was his pastor, acted as his chief adviser and representative, and on the death of the governor was chosen by the assembly to be his successor, entering on his functions on 1 Jan., 1708. In the fol- lowing May he was confirmed in the office at the regular election. He set up in his house the first printing-press in the colony in 1709, and was active in the arrangements for estab- lishing Yale College. He was continued in the office of governor by an annual election till his death.—Appleton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. Sande awikhigan [Abnaki]. See Vetro- mile (E.) : Sanderl (Rev. Simon). Vocabulary Fran- cais, Anglais, Ottawa, Chippewa. (*) Manuscript made by Father Sander] in 1833, and now in possession of the Redemptorist fathers at Ilchester Mills, Md. It is inter- leaved with a copy of Nugent’s pocket French and English dictionary, Paris, 1823, 4°. Father Sander! was superior of the first body of Redemptorists who came to this country. He arrived in New York from Vienna in 1832, and was soon after among the Indians at Arbre Croche. Title and note from Dr. J. G. Shea. [Sanders (Rev. Daniel Clarke).] A | History | of the | Indian Wars | with the | First Settlers of the Uni- | ted States, | particularly | in New-England. | Written in Vermont. | [Quotation three lines. ] | Montpelier, Vt. | Published by Wright and Sibley. | 1812. | Wright & Sibley Printers. Pp. 1-319, 249°. Comparison of several Asiatic and American words, Poconchi, Delaware, Chippewa, etc. pp. 191-192. Copies seen: Wisconsin Historical Society. The Field copy, no. 2055, sold for $102.50. 442 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Sanders (D. C.) — Continued. Sanford (E.)—Continued. [——]A | history | of the | Indian wars | showing difference in English and French spell- with the | first settlers of the United States | to the commencement of | the late war; | together | with an appen- dix, | not before added to this history, | containing interesting accounts of | the battles fought by | gen. Andrew Jackson. | With two plates. | Rochester, N. Y. | Printed by Edwin Scrantom [sic]. | 1828. (*)) Second title: A |.brief account | of the | In- dian Battles, | fought by | general Andrew Jackson, | and others; | during the late war. | Rochester: | 1828. Frontispiece 1 ]. title as above 1 1. text pp. 5-42, plate of ‘‘ Death of King Philip” 11. text continued pp. 45-180, second title 1 1. text pp. 187-196, 12°. Notwithstanding the seeming de- ficiency between pp. 180 and 187, the work is complete, and the signatures run in regular order (A to P in sixes). Linguistics. as under title next above, pp. 116-117. Title and note from Mr. Wilberforce Eames. Sanders (Rev. John). [One line syllabic characters. ] | The peep of day. | Trans- lated into the language | of | The Ojib- - beway Indians | in the | diocese of Moos- onee. | By the | rev. J. Sanders, | Mata- wakumma. | (Approved after thorough examination by the Bishop of Mooso- nee.) | ‘London: | printed by the Religious tract society, | 56, Paternoster row. | 1884. Frontispiece 1 |. title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 11. text (entirely in Ojibbeway, syllabic characters) pp. 1-166, 12°. Copies seen: Gilbert & Rivington, Pilling, Powell, Religious Tract Society, Eames. —— See Horden (J.) and Sanders (J.) Sanford (Kzekiel). A | history ! of | the United States | before the revolution: | with | some account | of | The Abo- rigines. | By Ezekiel Sanford. | Philadelphia: | published by Anthony Finley. | William Brown, Printer. | 1819. Title verso copyright 11. advertisement pp. lii-v, contents pp. vii—viii, text pp. ix-cxcii, 1- 256, notes pp. 257-319, index pp. 321-341, errata 1 p. 8°. Comparative vocabulary of the Charibbee, Creek, and Mohegan and northern languages, with the Hebrew (from Boudinot), pp. xxviii- xxx.—Comparative vocabulary of American {some Algonquian] and Tartar (from Barton), pp. xxxi-xxxiii.—List of [Algonquian] tribes, | ing (from Bonudinot), p.xxxvi.—List of tribes in Massachusetts (from Hutchinson), p. exl.— List of tribes in New Jersey (from Smith’s New Jersey), p. cxlvi.—List of tribes in Virginia, pp. clvii-clviii.—List of tribes in North Carolina, p. clx.—List of tribes in Louisiana (from Brack- enridge), pp. elxvi-clxvii. Copies seen : Boston Athenxum, British Mu- seum, Congress, Priced by Quaritch, no. 29701, 5s. 6d. ; another copy, 7s. 6d. Sankikani: Numerals See Haines (E. M.) Numerals James (E.) Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Balbi (A.) Vocabulary Barton (B.S.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) _ Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Laet (J. de). Words Lesley (J. P.) Words Merian (A. A. von). Words Warden (D.B.) © Saskatchewan and the Rocky mount- ains. See Carnegie (J.) Sasseville (dbbé J.) and Shea (J. G.) Notes| on the two | Jesuit manuscripts | Belonging to the estate of the late Hon. John Neilson, of | Quebec, Canada, | by | Vabbé Sasseville, F.R. 8. C., | and | dr. John Gilmary Shea. | Edited by | Geo. M. Fairchild, Jr., | Vice President Can- adian Club, and Member Antiquarian Society | of Montreal. | Privately Printed. | New York, 1837. Verso of title: Printed by | Léon Bossue dit Lyonnais, | Editor and Proprietor The Maple Leaf, | 357 E. 78th St., New York City. | June, 1887. Printed cover as above, title as above verso note and printers 1 1. introduction by Geo. M. Fairchild jr. p. 3, letter from Abbé Sasseville to Surgeon-Major Neilson p. 4, text pp. 5-15, letter from Dr. Shea p.16, 8°. 100 copies printed. For a description of the manuscripts men- tioned in this work see Allouez (C.); also Silvy (A.) Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. There is also a notice with brief description of these two maxuscripts in the U.S. Catholic Magazine, vol. 1, p. 534, New York, 1887, 8°. (Hames; Pilling.) Satsika: Gentes See Legal (E.) Lord’s prayer Trambull (J. H.) Personal names Bill. Prayers Petitot (E. F.8. J.) Ten commandments Petitot (E. F.S.J.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Satsika — Continued. Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary Schoolcraft (H. R.) Vocabulary Ulrici (E.) See also Blackfoot. Sauk. See Sac and Fox. Saulteux. See Chippewa. Savage (James). A list of the ancient In- dian names of our modern towns, &c. In Winthrop (J.), History of New England, yol. 2, appendix, pp. 392-395, Boston, 1825-26, 8°. Reprinted in the later edition of the same work, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 476-480, Boston, 1853, 8°. Savanna: General discussion See Donck (A. van der). Lord’s prayer Bodoni (J. B.) Lord’s prayer Chamberlayne (J.)and Wilkins (D.) Lord’s prayer Fritz (@J. F.) and Schultze (B.) Lord’s prayer Fry (E.) Lord’s prayer Hervas (L.) Lord’s prayer Le Jau (—). Lord’s prayer — Marietti (P.) Lord’s prayer Richard (L.) Words Pritz (J. EF.) and Schultze (B.) Words -Yankiewitch (F.) See also Shawnee. Say (Thomas). Vocabulary of the Kil- listeno, or Cree. In Keating (W.H.), Narrative of an expedi- tion, vol. 2, pp. 450-459, Philadelphia, 1824, 8°. Reprinted in the English edition of the same work, vol. 2, pp. 147-156, London, 1825, 8°. Thomas Say, naturalist, was born in Philadel- phia, Pa., 27 July, 1787, and died in New Har- mony, Ind., 10 Oct., 1834. Sayce (Archibald Henry). The | princi- ples of comparative | philology. | By | A. H. Sayce, | fellow and tutor of Queen’s college, Oxford. | London: | Triibner & co., 57 & 59 Ludgate hill. | 1874, | (All rights re- served. ) Half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii- xiv, contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-368, index pp. 369-381, 12°. Delaware terms, pp. 139-140. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Eames, — The | principles of comparative | philology. | By | A. H. Sayce, | fellow and tutor of Queen’s college, Oxford; | [&c. four more lines.] | Second Edi- tion, Revised and Enlarged. | London: | Triibner & co., Ludgate hill. | 1875. | (All rights reserved. ) Title verso printers 11. dedication verso blank 11. preface to second edition pp. v-xiv, preface to first edition pp. xv-xxii, contents verso 4438 Sayce (A. H.) — Continued. blank 1 1]. analysis of the chapters pp. xxv- Xxxii, text pp. 1-385, appendix half-title verso blank 11. and pp. 389-401, index half-title verso blank 1 1. and pp. 405-416, 8°. Delaware terms, p. 146. Copies seen: Congress. — A.-H. Sayce | professeur a Vuni- — versité d’Oxford | Principes | de | phi- lologie comparée | Traduits en frangais pour la premiere fois | par | Ernest Jovy | Professeur au Collége de Loudun | Et précédés d’un avant-propos | par | Michel Bréal | Membre de l'Institut. | [Design. ] | Paris | librairie Ch. Delagrave | 15, rue Soufflot, 15 | 1884 Printed cover as above (omitting the date), half-title verso printers 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. avant- propos pp. vii-xii, préface de l’auteur a 1’édi- tion frangaise (dated 1 juin 1883) pp. xiii-xxii, préface de la seconde édition pp. 1-8, préface de la premiére édition pp. 9-14, text pp. 15-295, index pp. 297-310, table verso blank 11.129, — Delaware terms, p. 113. Copies seen: Eames. — The | principles of comparative | philology. | By | A. H. Sayce, | fellow [etc. five lines.] | Third Edition, Re- vised and Enlarged. | London: | Triibner & co., Ludgate _ hill. | 1885. | (All rights reserved.) Half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 |. preface to the third edition pp. vii-xix, preface to the second edition pp. xxi-xxx, preface to the first edition pp. XxXi-xxxvili, contents verso blank 1 1. analysis of the chapters pp. xli-xlviii, text pp. 1-385, appendix pp. 387-408, index pp, 409-422, fo) ethene terms, p. 146. Copies seen: Eames. Scherer (Johann Benedict). Recherches | historiques | et géographiques | sur | le nouveau-monde. | Par Jean-Benoit Scherer, Pensionnaire du Roi, | Em- ployé aux affaires étrangeres; Membre de plusieurs | Académies & Sociétés littéraires; ci-devant Juriscon- | sulte du College Impérial de Justice 4 Saint- Pétersbourg, | pour les affaires de la Livonie, d’Esthonie & de Finlande. | [ Design. ] | A Paris, | Chez Brunet, Libraire, rue des Ecrivains. | M.DCC.LXXVII [1777]. Half-title verso quotation 1 1. title verso blank 11. dedication 1 1. preface pp. vii-xii, ap- probation and privilege 2 ll. text pp. 1-350, ta- ble pp. 351-352, map and eight plates, 8°. a42 Scherer (J. B.) — Continued. Bssai sur les rapports des mots entre les Lan- gues du Nouveau-Monde & celles de l’Ancien, par [Court de Gebelin (A. de)] Auteur du Monde Primitif (pp. 302-345), contains words of the following: Langues du Canada (from La Hontan), pp. 313-319; Langue des Abenaquis, pp. 327-328; Langue des Virginiens [t. ¢. Mas- sachusetts, from Eliot’s grammar, and Reland], pp. 328-331; Langue de Pensylvanie (from Jour- nal des Savans, 1710, p. 49, etc.), p. dal. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Con- gress, Hames. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2087, 20 fr. Quaritch bought a copy at the Ramirez sale, no. 772, for 38. 6d. Schermerhorn (John F.) Report re- specting the Indians, inhabiting the western parts of the United States. Communicated by Mr. John F. Scher- merhorn to the Secretary of the Society for propagating the Gospel among the Indians and Others in North America. In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. second series, vol. 2, pp. 1-45, Boston, 1814, 8°. Comments on the language of the Shaw- noes, Putawatamies, Delawarcs, Miamies, Kickapoos, Sauks or Sacs, Menomene or Fols- avoise, Algonquin or Chippeway, and various tribes west of the Mississippi. _ This volume of the Collections was reprinted at Boston in 1846. (*) Schmick (Johannes Jac.) Miscellanea linguz nationis Indice Mahikan dicte, curea suscepté 4.Joh. Jac. Schmick. (*) Manuscript, 2 vols. sm. 8°, formerly in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa., from the catalogue of which, p. 1005, I have taken the above title. Dr. Brinton, in The Lendpe and their legends, p. 22, foot-note, says: ‘‘Schmick was a Mora- vian missionary, born in 1714, died 1778. He acquired the Mohegan dialect among the con- verts at Gnadenhitten. His work is without date, but may be placed at about 1765. It is grammatical rather than lexicographical, and offers numerous verbal forms and familiar phrases. During a visit to the library of the Ameri- can Philosophical Society i in March, 1889, I was unable to findthis manuscript. It has probably been returned tothe Moravian authorities at Bethlehem, from whom it was borrowed. Schomburgk (Sir Robert H.) Contri- butions to the Philological Ethnogra- phy of South America. By Sir R. H. Schomburgk. In Philological Soc. {of London] Proc. vol. 3, pp. 228-237, London, 1848, 8°. Afiinity of words in the Guinau with other languages and dialects in America, pp. 236-237, contains, among others, examples in Delaware, Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Schomburgk (R. H.) — Continued. Chippeway, Massachusetts, Nanticokes, Sau- kis, Algonkins, Ottawas, Old Algonkins, Ilin- ois, and Nottoways. — A vocabulary of the Maiangkong language [South America].. In Philological Soc. [of London] Proce. vol. 4, pp. 217-222, London, 1850, 8°. Contains the word for sun in Shawano, Kik- kapoo, Minsi, New Sweden, Algonkin, Mohi- can, Chippeway, and Mississaugi. Travels | in the | central portions | of the | Mis- sissippi valley: | comprising observa- tions on its | mineral geography, inter- nal resources, | and aboriginal popula- tion. | (Performed under the Sanction of Government, in the Year 1821.) | By Henry R. Schoolcraft, U. 8. I. A. | hon. memb. [&c. six lines. ] | New-York: | published by Collins and Hannay, | 230 Pearl-street. | J. & J. Harper, Printers. | 1825. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. dedication to Gov. Cass pp. iii-iv, contents pp. 1-4, introduction pp. 5-13, folded map, text pp. 15-434, appendix pp. 435-459, three plates, 8°. Algonquin dialects, with synonyms, giving the Anglicised Indian, French, and Chippewa names, toot-note, p. 299.—Pronominal affixes in Chippewa, foot-note, p. 340.—Songs in Chippewa with English translations, pp. 427-432. — Ad- dress in Chippewa (with translation by Mrs. Jane Schoolcraft), pp. 433-434.—Also Chippewa words explained in the notes on pp. 48, 60, 183, 308. Wolcott (A.), History and language of the Pottowattomies, pp. 380-386, note. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Boston Pub- lic, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Har- vard, Massachusetts Historical Society. Leclerc, 1867, no. 1888, soldacopy for 5fr. The Field copy, no. 2084, sold for $3.25; the Brinley copy, no. 4517, $2; the Pinart copy, no. 835, 12 fr.; the Murphy copy, no. 2227, $4. Priced by Quaritch, no, 12410, 1. 5s.; no. 30115, IU, 58. Reviewed by Cass (L.) in North American Review, vol. 26, pp. 357-403, Boston, 1828, 8°. — [Review of ] La Découverte des Sources du Mississippi, [etce.] par J. C. Beltrami. In North American Review, vol. 27, pp. 89- 114, Boston, 1828, 8°. An outline or sketch of the Chipeens lan- guage, pp. 106-114, containing examples of de- clension and conjugation, and (pp. 109-110) the first three verses of Genesis translated imto Chippewa. —— Discourse delivered before the His- torical Society of Michigan. By Heney * R. Schoolcraft. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. In Historical and scientific Ee istiis of Mich- igan, pp. 51-109, Detroit, 1834, 8°. (Boston Ath- enzum.) List of names of Chippewa warriors, with English significations, p. 99. — Narrative | of an | expedition | througk the upper Mississippi | to - Itasea lage, | the actual source of this river; | embracing | an exploratory trip through the St. Croix | and Burntwood (or Broule) rivers; | in 1832. | Underthe direction of | Henry R. Schoolcraft. | New-York: | published by Harper & brothers, | no. 82 Cliff-street. | 1834. Folded map, title verso copyright and printer (‘‘Geo. L. Whitney, Printer, Detroit’’) 1 1. dedi- cation verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-vi, narra- tive of an expedition to Itasca lake pp. 7-118, half-title verso blank 1 |. folded map, introduc- tory memoranda pp. 121-122, exploration of the St. Croix and Burntwood rivers pp. 123-149, appendix pp. 151-307, errata p. [308], three other maps, 8°. Remarks on the derivation of the Chippewa word ‘‘Monedo,” with examples of the verb to take, p. 69.—Appendix Il. Indian language, pp. 167-210, is preceded by the following note: “The following observations are part of a course of lectures on the grammatical struct- ure of the Indian languages, delivered before _the St. Mary’s Committee of the Algic Society. —H. R. S.” 1. Lectures (I and II) on the Chippewa substantive, pp. 169-202.—2. A vo- cabulary of words and phrases in the Chippe- wa language (letters A and B, English and Chippewa, about 650 words), pp. 203-210, end- ing with the words: ‘‘Circamstances prevent the insertion of the remainder of this vocabu- lary.” Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Trum- bull. Sold by Leclerc, 1867, no. 1389, for 8 fr. The Field copy, no. 2078, brought $2; the Brinley copy, no. 4516, $2 ; the Pinart copy, no. 829, 12 fr.; the Murphy copy, no. 2227, $4. Priced by Qua- ritch, no. 12411, 16s., and under no. 30016, 11. 5s. Partly reprinted in the same author’s ‘‘ Sum- mary narrative,” for title of which see p. 453. Lectures III and Iv of this series are printed in the same author’s Onedta, or Red race in America, New York, 1844; also New York, 1845; Red race of America, New York, 1847; also 1848 , Indian in his wigwam, New York, 1848; American Indians, Buffalo, 1851; also Roches. ter, 1851; Western scenes, Auburn, 1853; for titles of which see pp. 446-449. — Mythology, Superstitions and Lan- guages of the North American Indians. By Henry R. Schoolcraft, Esqg., Michi- limaciknac, Michigan. 445 Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. In New York Theological Review, vol. 2, pp. 96-121, New York, 1835, 8°. (Eames.) Contains criticisms on Jones (P.), Translation of the gospel of John into the Chippewa lan- guage, with an analysis of the first verse of Genesis in Chippewa, p. 112. The partial reprint of this article in the same | author’s ‘‘Oneéta,” part 8, pp. 449-460, does not contain the linguistic portion. —— [Review of] 1. Archezologia Ameri- cana: Transactions and Collections of the American Antiquarian Society. Vol. 2. [Etc.] 2. Inquiries respecting the History, Traditions, Languages, Manners, Customs, Religion, &c., of the Indians living within the United States. [Etc.] In North American Review, vol. 45, pp. 34- 59, Boston, 1837, 8°. Taken up almost entirely with a criticism of Mr. Gallatin’s remarks on the Algonkin lan- ' guage, with vocabularies and grammatic mate- rial. The second work, to which but slight ref- erence is made, the reviewer thinks was written by Cass (L.) and issued as a means of collecting information. Algic researches, | comprising | in- quiries respecting the mental |character- istics | of the | North American Indians. | First series. | Indian tales and legends. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | By Henry Rowe Schoolcraft. | Author of [ &c. three lines. ] | New-York: | Harper & brothers, 82 Cliff-street. | 1839. 2 vols.: title verso copyright 1 ]. dedication pp. v-vi, contents verso blank | 1. general con- siderations pp. 9-28, text pp. 29-248; title verso. copyright 11. contents verso blank 11. text pp. 9-244, 12°. Chippewa songs with translations, vol. 1, pp. 168, 169, 197; vol. 2, pp. 35, 37, 115, 209. “The term Algic was invented by Mr. Schoolcraft to indicate the Algonquinrace. He composed it from the first and final syllables of Alleghany and Atlantic.” — Field. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Harvard, Wisconsin Historical Society. At the Field sale, no. 2069,a copy brought. $4.50; at the Squier sale, no. 1212, $4.75; at the Brinley sale, no. 5442, $5.50. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 1104, 40 fr. Repriated with some additions as follows: — The myth | of | Hiawatha, | and | other oral legends, | mythologic and al- legoric, | of the | North American In- dians. | By | Henry R. Schoolcraft, LL. 1B Fe | ‘ — The Ante-Columbian 446 Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. Phiiadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & co. | London: | Triibner & co. | 1856. Half-title (The Hiawatha legends) verso blank 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. vii-xi, contents pp. xili-xiv, introduction pp. xv-xxiv, text pp. 13- 301, half-title (Wild notes of the Pibbigwun) verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1 1. notes (in verse) pp. 307-343, 12°. Songs of the Chippewas, pp. 40, 41, 114, 140, 276—Algonquian terms passim. Oopies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Trumbull, Wisconsin Histor- ical Society. The Field copy, no. 2076, sold for $3.25; priced by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6607, $1.25. history of America. In American Biblical Repository, second series, vol. 1, pp. 430-449, New York, 1839, 8°. (Congress, Eames. ) A review of Antiquitates Americans, etc. and contains remarks on the Indian language of New England. Cyclopedia Indianensis: | ora | Gen- eral Description | ofthe | Indian Tribes of North and South America. | Com- prising | their origin, history, biog- raphy, manners and customs, language and religion;|their numbers and divisions into tribes, their ethnograph- ical affinities, | territorial possessions and geographical and proper names; their an- | tiquities and monumental remains, their mythology, hierogly- | phics and picture-writing, their alle- gories, oral tales and | traditions; their civil polity, arts, employments and | amusements, and other traits of their character | and condition, past and present; together | with a comprehen- sive lexicon of In- | dian words and phrases. | The whole alphabetically arranged. | By| Henry R. Schoolcraft, | assisted | by a number of literary and scientific gentlemen in America and Europe. | In 8 Nos., to make 2 Vols. Royal 8vo., 700 pages each. | With por- traits of distinguished Chiefs, En- gravings of Ancient Ruins, Hiero- | glyphics, etc., | At $1.50 per No., $6 per volume. | New-York: | Published by Platt & Peters, | at the office of the American Biblical Repository and the American Kcelectic, | 36 Park Row, opposite the City Hall. | 1842. | University Press, John F. Trow, Printer. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Schoolcraft (H. R.)— Continued. 1 p.1. 16 pp. royal 8°. Prospectus of a work to be issued, as stated therein, in 8 numbers, to make 2 vols. royal octavo, 700 pages each. The work has not been published. Copies seen: Astor, Powell. The Field copy, no. 2072, sold for $1.25. —— Price Twenty-five Cents. | One6ta, | or | the red race of America: | their history, traditions, customs, | poetry, picture-writing, &c. | In extracts from | notes, journals, and other unpub- lished writings. | By Henry R. School- craft, | author of ‘‘ Travels to the sources of the Mississippi;” ‘* Algic researches;” | ‘‘ Expedition to Itasca lake,” ete. | [No. I-VIII. ] New York: | published by Wiley & Putnam, | No. 161 Broadway. [1844— 1845. ] : 8 parts: No. I, cover title and imprint as above, half-title and contents verso blank 1 1. to the reader (dated July, 1844) etc.1 1. text pp. 5-64, contents on back cover ; No. II, cover title, text pp. 65-128, contents on back cover; No. III, cover title, text pp. 129-192, contents on back cover; No.IV, cover title, text pp. 193- 256, contents on back cover; No. V, cover title verso notices of the press, text pp. 257-320, notices verso contents on back cover; No. VI, cover title verso notices, text pp. 321-384, notices verso contents on back cover ; No. VII, cover title verso notices, text pp. 385-448, notices verso contents on back cover; No. VIII, cover title verso notices, text pp. 449-512, notices verso contents on back cover, 8°. Nos. I and II are not dated; nos. III and IV — are dated 1844; nos. V-VIII are dated 1845. No. II has the imprint ‘‘ New York: | published by Burgess, Stringer & co., | No. 222 Broadway,’ corner of Ann street | American museum buildings.’”’ No. III has the imprint “‘ New York: | published by Burgess, Stringer & co. | 222 Broadway, Corner of Ann street. | 1844.” Nos. IV-VIII have imprints ‘‘New York: | published by Burgess & Stringer. | No. 222 Broadway. | 1844 [-1845].”” The tirst two parts are not numbered on the cover titles; the others are lettered ‘‘ No. III”’ to ‘‘ No. VIII.” For linguistic contents see under next title. Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Atheneum, Eames, Massachusetts Historical Society. Reissued in one volume as follows: —— Oneota, | or | characteristics |-of the | red race of America. | From original - notes and manuscripts. | By Henry R. Schoolcraft, | Memb. Royal Geograph- ical Society of London, [&c. twelve lines. ] | New York & London: | Wiley & Putnam. | 1845. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Schoolcraft (H. R.)— Continued. _ Title verso copyright and printers 1 1]. index Pp. ili-iv, preface (dated June Ist, 1845) pp. v- vi, half-title and contents of part first verso _ blank 11. to the reader etc. 11. textof part first pp. 5-64, part second pp. 65-128, part third pp. 129-192, part fourth pp. 193-256, part fifth pp- 257-320, part sixth pp. 321-384, part seventh pp. 385-448, part eighth pp. 449-512, 8°. Shingebiss, from the Odjibwa-Algonquin (song in Odjibwa, with translation), pp. 11-12.— Odjibwa song, pp. 15-16. — Geographical ter- minology of the U. States, derived from the Indian language (an extract from ‘‘Cyclopzedia Jndiaensis,’’ a ms. work), pp. 36-40.—Indian music, songs, and poetry (pp. 41-49) containing specimens of metre and rhyme in Chippewa songs, p. 46, and the twenty-third psalm, in Massachusetis Indian, from Eliot’s bible, pp. 46-47.—Chant to the fire-fly,in Chippewa-Al- gonquin, with translation, p.61.—Lectures on the grammatical structure of the Indian lan- guage (‘‘ being lecture II, delivered before the St. Mary’s committee of the Algic Society; the Algonquin is selected as the topic of inquiry; the examples are taken from the Chippewa”), pp. 93-104.—Schooleraft’s American cyclope- dia, or ethnological gazetteer of the Indian tribes of the American continent (comprising the letter A only), pp. 119-125, 154-172, 286-294, — Examples of the active and passive voice of the verb to love, in the Odjibwa language, p. 127.— Names of the seasons and cardinal points in Odjibwa, p. 128.— Nursery and cradle songs of the forest in Chippewa, with translations, pp. 212-220.—Grammatical structure of the Indian languages, Lecture Iv, pp. 221-232. — Corn planting and its incidents (song in Odjibwa, with translation), pp. 254-256. — Traditionary war songs of the Odjibwa Algonquins (Chip- pewa and English), pp. 346-351.—The loon upon the lake (English and Chippewa), p. 405. Schoolcraft (Mrs. J.), A psalm .. . in the Odjibwa-Algonquin, pp. 126-127. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, British Museum, Congress, Eames,: Harvard, Wiscon- sin Historical Society. Reviewed in the American Review, a Whig Journal, ete. vol.1, pp. 90-94, New York, 1845, 8°, in which are given love-songs in the Chip- pewa language. . At the Field sale, no. 2080, a copy brought $2; at the Pinart sale, 14 fr.; at the Murpby sale, $3.25. Later editions, differently titled, as follows: — The|red race of America. | By | Henry R. Schoolcraft. | [Large wood- eut, including the second, third, and fourth lines of the title. ] | New York: | Wm. H. Graham, Tribune buildings, | 161 Nassau street. | 1847. Cover title: The Indian | in his wigwam, | or characteristics of the | red race of America. | By | Henry R. Schoolcraft. | [Large woodcut, 447 Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. including the fourth, fifth, and sixth lines of the title. ] | New-York: | W. H. Graham, Tribune build- ings, | 1847. Printed cover as above, woodcut of two In- dians recto blank 1 1. woodcut of an Indian girl saving a captive’s life verso blank 1 ]. title as above verso printer 1 }. text pp. 5-416, 8°. Shingebiss, from the Odjibwa-Algonquin (song in Odjibwa, with translation), pp. 85-86.— Corn-planting and its incidents (song in Odjib- wa, with translation), pp. 181-183. — Indian music, songs, and poetry (pp. 221-229), contain- ing specimens of metre and rhyme in Chip- pewa songs, p. 226, and the twenty-third psalm in Massachusetts Indian, from Eliot’s bible, pp. 226-227.—Chant to the fire-fly, in Chippewa- Algonquin, with translation, p. 230.—School- craft’s American cyclopedia, or ethnological gazetteer, etc. (letter A), pp. 231-265.—Lectures {3 and 4] on the grammatical structure of the Indian language, pp. 266-288. (‘‘The family of languages selected as the topicof inquiry is the Algonquin; all the examples are drawn . from the Chippewa.’’)—Geographical terminol- ogy of the U. States, derived trom the Indian language (extracts from ‘‘Cyclopedia India- ensis,’’ a manuscript work in preparation), pp. 304-308.—Names of the seasons in Odjibwa, p. 308.—Names of the cardinal points in Odjibwa, p. 308.—Nursery and cradle songs of the forest, in Chippewa, with translations, pp. 390-398.— The loon upon the lake (English and Chippe- wa), p. 404.—Odjibwa song, pp. 405-406.—Exam- ples of the active and passive voice of the verb to love, in the Odjibwa language, p. 409.— Traditionary war songs of the Odjibwa-Algon- quins (Chippewa and English), pp. 410-415. Schoolcraft (Mrs. J.), A psalm, or suppli- cation for mercy . . . in the Odjibwa-Algon- quin tongue, pp. 408-409. This work is entirely made up from the stere- otype plates of the same author’s Onedta. No part of the text was reset. By cutting some of the plates and fitting them together, the sev- eral articles of each series were made contin- uous. The selection and arrangement, however, were very carelessly done. Some articles were _ cut off in the middle of a sentence, or divided and inserted in different places. In one of the linguistic articles (pp. 266-288), one entire page belonging before 288 was omitted, and two other pages (286 and 287) were transposed. None of these errors and omissions are corrected in the later editions of 1848, 1851, and 1853, de- scribed below. The following list of pages in this edition gives the corresponding pages of Onedéta in parentheses: 5-9 (22-26 upper part), 10-16 (66- 72 upper part), 17-22 (148-153 upper part), 23-29 (267-273), 30-40 (364-374 upper part), 41-50 (109- 118 upper part), 51-56 (173-178 upper part), 57- 63 (200-206), 64-70 (lower part of 129-135 upper part), 71-77 (lower part of 193-199 upper part), 78 (191 upper part), 79-86 (5-12), 87-94 (50-57), 448 Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. 95-103 (73-81), 104-105 (lower part of 105-106), 106-117 (136-147), 118-121 upper part (187-190 upper part), lower part of 121-126 (lower part of 248-253), 127 upper part (84 upper part), lower part of 127-133 (lower part of 260-266), 184-145 (306-817), 146-157 (352-363), 158-167 (375-384), 168 upper part (403 lower part), 168 lower part (404 upper part), 169-174 (430-435), 175-178 (483-486), 179-180 (82-83), 181-183 (254-256), 184-187 (426— 429), 188-195 (85-92), 196-200 (207-211), 201-203 upper part (318-320 upper part), lower part of 203-206 upper part (lower part of 342-345 upper part), lower part of 206-217 (lower part of 449-460), 218-220 (62-64), 221-229 (41-49), 230 (61), 231-237 (119-125 upper part), 238-256 upper part (154-172 upper part), lower part of 256-264 (lower part of 286-294 upper part), 265 (448), 266-277 (93-104), 278-288 (221-228, 230, 229, 232, omitting 231), 289-290 (107-108), 291-293 upper part (17-19 upper part), lower part of 293-301 (lower part of 27-35, omitting the upper part of the last), 302-303 (13-14), 304-308 upper part (36-40 upper part), 308 lower part (128 upper part), 309-327 (lower part of 385-403 upper part), 328-330 (406-408), 331-338 upper part (179-186 upper part), lower part of 338-349 upper part (lower part of 274-285 upper part), lower part of 349-365 (lower part of 409-425), 366-389 (487-510), 390-398 (212-220), 399-401 (58-60), 402- 403 (20-21), 404 upper part (405 upper part), 404 lower, part (345 middle part), 405-406 (15-16), 407 (192), 408-409 (126-127), 410-415 (346-351 upper part), 416 (320 middle part). The following pages of Oneéta are omitted in this edition: 3-4, 65, 231, 233-248 upper part, 257-260 upper part, 295-305, 321-341, 436-447, 461- 482, 511-512. Also portions of the following pages, which have been cut off: 19, 26, 27, 35, 40, 72, 84, 105, 118, 125, 128, 129, 135, 153, 172, 178, 186, 190, 191, 193, 199, 274, 285, 286, 294, 320, 342, 345, 351, 374, 385, 404, 405, 409, 449. Copies seen: Congress, Eames. Another edition as follows: —— The |red race of America. | By | Henry R. Schoolcraft. | [Large wood- cut, including the second, third, and fourth lines of the title. ] | New York: buildings, | 161 Nassau street. | 1848. Oover title: Price fifty cents. | The Indian | in his wigwam, | or characteristics of the | red race of America. | By | Henry R. Schoolcraft. | [Large woodcut, including the fifth, sixth, and seventh lines of the title. | | New-York: | W. H. Graham, Tribune build- ings. | 1848. Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-416, 8°. Linguistics as in the edition of 1847, de- scribed next above. Copies seen: Kames. Issued also with the following title: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIE Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. —— The Indian in his wigwam, | or | characteristics | of the | red race of America. | From original notes and manuscripts. | By Henry R. School- craft, | Memb. [&c. twelve lines. ] | New York: | Dewitt & Davenport, | _ Tribune buildings. | 1848. Frontispiece title: The | red race of Amer- ica. | By | Henry R. Schoolcraft. | [Large wood- cut, including the second, third, and fourth lines of the title. ] Two plates (each of a single Tiga stand- ing), frontispiece title (no imprint) recto blank 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 |. text pp. 5-416, 8°. Linguistics as in the edition of 1847 (The red race of America), described above. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Eames, Harvard. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2089, 40 fr. . According tothe Field sale catalogue, no. 2074, and Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 77852, this work was issued also with the imprint: Buffalo, Derby & Hewson, 1848. At the Fiéld sale, no. 2074, a copy brought $2. Priced by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6606, $2.50. Reissued with a new title and an appendix, as follows: The | American Indians, | their his- tory, | condition and prospects, | from | original notes and manuscripts. | By Henry R. Schoolcraft. | Together with an appendix, containing thrilling | narratives, daring exploits, etc. etc. | New revised edition. | Buffalo: | George H. Derby and co. | 1851. Portrait 11, title verso copyrightand printers 1 1. text pp. 5-416, appendix pp. 417-495, three other plates, 8°. The copyright notice is dated 1851, in the name of Geo. H.Derby & co. On the lower part of the same page are the words: ‘‘ Jewett, Thomas & co., printers, Buffalo.” The four plates are as follows: portrait of King Hen- drick, facing the title; Indian Maiden, facing p. 96; portrait of Po-ca-hon-tas, facing p. 224; Women oft the Mandan Tribe, facing p. 352. Pages 5-416 are printed from the stereotype plates of ‘‘The red race of America,” 1847 and 1848, which see for a description of the linguis- tic contents. The appendix added to this edi- tion contains only narratives of several CoE ities among the Indians. Copies seen: Hames. According to Sabin’s Dictionary, no. 77837, there was an issue with the imprint, Auburn, 1850. Also issued with the following title : —— The | American Indians. | Their his- tory, | condition and prospects, | from ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. | original notes and manuscripts. | By Henry R. Schoolcraft. | Together with an appendix, containing thrilling | _ narratives, daring exploits, etc. ete. | New revised edition. | Rochester: | Wanzer, Foot and co. | 1851. Portrait 11. title verso copyright and printers 1 l.text pp.5-416, appendix pp. 417-495, three other plates, 8°. On the verso of the title is the copyright notice, 1851, in the name of Geo. H. Derby & co.,and below it the words, ‘‘ Jewett, Thomas & co., printers, Buffalo.” The four plates are the same as in the edition with the Buffalo im- print of 1851, and they are in the same posi- tions. For a list of the linguistic contents, see under ‘‘ The red race of America,” 1847, p. 447. Oopies seen: Bancroft, Congress, Eames, Wisconsin Historical Society. " At the Fischer sale, no. 1582, a copy brought s. Issued also with the following title: [——] Western scenes | and | reminis- cences: | together with | thrilling leg- ends and traditions | of the | red men of the forest. | To which is added | sev- eral narratives of adventures among the Indians. | _ Auburn: Derby & Miller. | Buffalo: Derby, Orton & Mulligan. | 1853. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright (dated 1851, in the name of Geo. H. Derby & co.) 1 1. contents pp. lii-v, text pp. 5-416, appendix pp. 417-495, four other plates, 8°. The plates are as follows: Torturing a cap- tive, facing the title; the lodge of an Indian chief, facing p.64; the Indian maiden, facing p.95; Saukie and Fox Indians, facing p. 366; Women of the Mandan Tribe, facing p. 399. Linguistics asin ‘‘ The red race of America,” 1847, titled on p. 447. Copies seen: Eames. [——] Comments, Philological and His- torical, on the Aboriginal Names and Geographical Terminology, of the State of New York. Part First: Valley of the Hudson. In a Report from the Com- mittee on Indian names, &c. [Signed: Henry R. Schoolcraft, Chairman. } {In New York Hist. Soc. Proc. for 1844, pp. 77- 115, New York, 1845, 8°. (Congress, Lenox, Powell.) Algonquian and Iroquoian names of geo- graphic features passim. Issued separately as follows: — Report | of | the aboriginal names | and | geographical terminology | of the ALG 29 449 Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. | state of New York. | Part I.—Valley of the Hndson. | Made tothe New York. historical society—by the committee: appointed to | prepare a map, etc., and read at the stated meeting of the | so- ciety, February, 1844.| By Henry R. Schoolcraft. | Published from the so- ciety’s proceedings for 1844. | New York: | printed for the society. | 1845. Oover title: Mr. Schooleraft’s report | on | the aboriginal names| and | geographical terminology | of the | state of New York. | Part I.—Valley of the Hudson. Printed cover with half-title as above, title as above verso printer 1 1. circular verso blank 11. text pp. 5-43, 8°. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Eames, Massachusetts Historical Society, Powell. The Field copy, no. 2083, brought $1.25. Some copies have the original imprint: New York: printed for the author. 1845. (*) In most copies the word ‘‘author”’ was erased and the word ‘‘society’’ stamped in its place. Indian names of the islands and bay of New York. In Denton (D.), A brief description of New York, notes, pp. 23-27, New York, 1845, 8°. A few names with meanings in Manatan or Manhattanese. Anglo-Indian words.— No. I. Henry R. Schoolcraft. In The Alleghanian, vol. 1, p.27, New York, 1845,4°. (Lenox.) An article on words derived from Indian lan- guages. Continued under the following title: A Glossary of Anglo-Indian words and phrases.—No. II [-IV]. By Henry R. Schoolcraft. In The Alleghanian, vol. 1, pp. 44-45, 60-61, 74- 75, New York, 1845,4°. (Lenox.) — The Alleghanic Hand-Book. (A Gazetteer of the Nomenclature, and Remembrancer of the Red Race of North America: comprising notices of their History, Philology, Biography, Geography, Mythology, Ethnography, and Antiquities.) By Henry R. School- erait., No.l. In The Alleghanian, vol. 1, p. 93, New York, 1845,4°. (Lenox.) —— Indo-American raiauatel Com- parative vocabulary of the Indian lan- guages of the United States. (Washington, D. C. about 1849. ] Pp. 1-21,4°. Consists of lists of words and phrases in English, with blanks for the cor- responding Indian. By 450 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. Schoolcraft (H. R.) —Continued. A preliminary note, pp. 3-7, embraces ‘‘ terms which exhibit the elementary and some of the less concrete words in the Chippewa family of the Algonquin.’’ They consist of ‘‘ Parts of the human frame,” ‘‘ Terms of consanguinity, ”’ and ‘‘ Verbs in their simplest oral state.”’ Oopies seen: Bureau of Ethnology. [——]A | bibliographical catalogue | of | books, translations of the script- ures, | and other publications in the | Indian tongues | of the| United States, | with | brief critical notices. | Washington: | C. Alexander, prin- ter. | 1849. Half-title (Literature of the Indian lan- guages) reverse prefatory note (signed H.R. S.) 1 1. title as above reverse synopsis 1 1. text pp. 5-28, 8°. A list of 139 books and translations into va- rious North American languages, those of the Algonquian being as follows: Chippewa, or Odjibwa, nos. 17-44, pp. 9-14; Ottawa, nos. 44-55, pp. 14-15; Pottawattomie, nos. 56-62, pp. 15-16; Mohegan, no. 63, p. 16; Montagnais, no. 64, p. 16; Delaware, nos. 65-67, p.17; Shawanoe, nos. 68- 70, p 17; Abanakis, no. 71, p. 17. sess seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling, Pow- ell. Priced by Triibner, 1856, 3s.6d. At the Field sale a copy, no. 2071, brought $1.68; at the Brinley sale, no. 5630, a half-morocco, autograph copy brought $5. Reprinted, with additions, as follows: -—— Literature of the Indian languages. A bibliographical catalogue of books, translations of the scriptures, and other publications in the Indian tongues of the United States, with brief critical notices. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 4, pp. 523-551, Philadelphia, 1854, 4°. Titles of 150 works in the Indian languages, the Algonquian occupying pp. 529-542, and in- cluding the Natic or Massachusetts language, no.18; Chippewa or Odjibwa, nos. 19-49; Otto- wa, nos..50-60; Pottawattomie, nos.61-67; Mo- hegan, no. 68; Montagnais or Mountaineers, no. 69; Delawares, nos. 70-74; Shawnee, nos. 75-77 ; Abenakis, nos. 78-80. — Personal memoirs | of a | residence of thirty years | with the | Indian tribes | on the | American frontiers: | with brief | notices of passing events, facts, and opinions, | A. D. 1812 to A. D. 1842. | By Henry R. Schoolcraft. | Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo and co., | successors to Grigg, Elliot and co. | 1851. Portrait 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. dedica- tion verso blank 11. preface pp. v-viii, contents pp. ix-xxv, sketches of the life of Henry R. Schoolcraft, pp. xxvii-xlviii, text pp. 17-703, 8°. Etymology of the word Gitchegomee, pp. 114— 115.—Remarks on the Chippewa language, pp. 125-126. — Etymology of the word Chippewa, p. 129.—Names of the seasons in Chippewa, pp. 132-133. — Genesis i.3, in Chippewa, p. 141.— Numerals 1-10, in Chippewa, p. 144.—A few examples in Chippewa, pp. 151, 158-159.—Re- marks on the structure of the Chippewa, with examples, pp. 171-174, 178, 190, 435, 443, 444, 453.— Etymology of the word Chicago, p. 478.— Synopsis of Mr. Gallatin’s remarks on Indian languages, etc. pp. 621-624.—Remarks on Al- gonquin compound words, p. 635.—Remarks on Indian local names, p. 640.—A few words of the New England tribes (from Wood, 1634) com- pared with the Chippewa of Lake Superior (1839), p. 644.—Etymology of geographic names on the Hudson, pp. 646-647.—A few words (twenty) of Chippewa and Ottawa compared, p. 670. — Rev. Thomas Hurlbut’s remarks on Indian orthography, with some examples in Chippewa, pp. 672-673.— English, German, Welsh, and Algonquin compared, p. 692.— Numerals 1-10 of Polynesian and Algonquin compared, pp. 695-696. Schoolcraft (Mrs. J.),- Verses in Chippewa, pp. 632-633, Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Wisconsin Historical Society. The Field copy, no. 2081, sold for $2.12; the Brinley copy, no. 5444, $5.25; the Pinart copy, no. 823,13 fr. Priced by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6610, $3. —— Inquiries, | respecting the | history, present condition, | and | future pros- pects, | of the | Indian Tribes of the United States. | By Henry R. School- craft, | office Indian Affairs, | Washing- ton, D.C. | Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & Co., publishers. | 1851. Printed cover as above 1 1. title as above 1 1. text pp. 523-568, 4°. Extract from vol.1 of the work titled next below. Contains 348 groups of questions, of which nos. 315-346 relate to language. No. 347 is a list of 350 English words of which the Indian equivalents are desired. Copies seen: Bancroft, Powell. —— Historical | and | statistical informa- | tion, | respecting the | history, condi- tion and prospects |of the | Indian tribes of the United States: | collected and prepared under the direction | of the | bureau of Indian affairs, | per act of Congress of March 3d, 1847, | by Henry R. Schoolcraft, LL.D. | Ilus- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. trated by S. Eastman, capt. U.S. A. | Published by Authority of Congress. | ‘Part I [-VI}. | ' Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & coripany, | (successors to Grigg, Elliot & co.) | 1851 [-1857]. Engraved title: [Engraving.] | Historical | and | statistical information | respecting the | history, condition and prospects | of the | In- dian tribes of the United States: | Collected and prepared under the | direction of the bureau of Indian affairs per act of Congress | of March 3" 1847, | by Henry R. Schoolcraft L. L. D. | Illustrated by | S. Eastman, capt. U.S. army. | [Coat of arms.] | Published by author- ity of Congress. | Part 1 [-VI]. | Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & co. 6 vols. 4°. Beginning with vol.2 the words “Historical and statistical’’ are left off the title-pages, both engraved and printed. Subse- quently (1853) vol. 1 was also issued with the abridged title beginning ‘‘ Information respect- ing the history, condition, and prospects of the Indian tribes,’ making it uniform with the other parts. Two editions with these title-pages were pub- lished by the same house, one on thinner and somewhat smaller paper, of which but vols. 1-5 were issued. Part 1, 1851. Half-title (Ethnological re- searches, | respecting | the red man of Amer- - iea) verso blank 1 1. engraved title as above verso blank 1 1. printed title as above verso blank 1 |. introductory documents pp. iii-vi, preface pp. vii-x, list of plates pp. xi-xii, con- tents pp. xiii-xviii, text pp. 13-524, appendix pp. 525-568, plates, colored lithographs and maps numbered 1-76. Part u, 1852. Half-title (as in part 1) verso blank 11. engraved title (Information respecting the history condition and prospects, etc.) verso blank 11. printed title (Information respecting the history, condition and prospects, etc.) verso printers 1 1: dedication verso blank 11. introduc. tory document pp. vii-xiv, contents pp. xv- xxii, list of plates pp. xxiii-xxiv, text pp. 17- 608, plates and maps numbered 1-29, 31-78, and 2 plates exhibiting the Cherokee alphabet and its application. Part Ul, 1853. Half-title (as in part I) verso blank 11. engraved title (as in part 11) verso blank 1 1. printed title (as in part I) verso printers 1 |. third report pp. v-viii, st of divis- ions p.ix, contents pp. xi-xv, list of plates pp. XVii-xviii, text pp. 19—635, plates and maps numbered 1-21, 25-4. Part Iv, 1854. Half-title (as in part 1) verso blank 1 1. engraved title (as in part I) verso blank 1 1. printed title (as in part 11) verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. v-vi, fourth report pp. vii-x, list of divisions p. xi, contents pp. xiii- xxiii, list of piates pp. xxv-xxvi, text pp. 19- 668, plates and maps numbered 1-42. 451 Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. Part Vv, 1855. Half-title (as in part I) verso blank 11]. engraved title (as in part II) verso blank 1 1. printed title (as in part II) verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. vii-viii, fifth report pp. ix-xii, list of divisions p. xiii, synopsis of general contents of vols. I-V pp. xv-xvi, con- tents pp. xvii-xxii, list of plates pp. xxiii-xxiv, text pp. 25-625, appendix pp. 627-712, plates and maps numbered 1-8, 10-36. Part Vi, 1857. Half-title (General history | of the | North American Indians) verso biank 1 1. portrait11. printed title (History | of the | Indian tribes of the United States: | their | present condition and prospects, | and a sketch of their | ancient status. | Published by orderof con- gress, | under the direction of the department of the interior—Indian bureau. | By | Henry Rowe Schoolcratt, LL. D. | Member [&e. six lines.] | With Illustrations by Eminent Ar- tists. | In one volume. | Part VI. of the series. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & co. | 1857.) verso blank 1 1. inscription verso blank 1 1. let- ter to the president pp. vii-viii, report pp. ix-x, preface pp. xi-xvi, contents pp. xvii-xxvi, list of plates pp. xxvii-xxviii, text pp. 25-744, index pp. 745-756, fifty-seven plates, partly selected from the other volumes, and taree tables. Massachusetts Indians (vol. 1, pp. 284-299) in- cludes a classified vocabulary (English and Massachusetts) of nearly 350 words from Eliot’s Indian bible, pp. 288-299. Remarks on the etymology of the word Al- gonquin, vol. 1, p. 306. Kekeenowin, or hieratic signs of the Meda- winand Jeesukawin (vol. 1, pp. 358-366) includes medicine songs of the Chippewas with transla- tions, pp. 362-366. Rites and symbolic notations of the songs of the Wabeno (vol. 1, pp. 366-381), includes Chip- pewa songs with translations, pp. 368-380. Symbols of hunting and feats of the chase (vol. 1, pp. 382-388), includes Chippewa songs with translations, pp. 383-384. The higher Jeesukawin, or sacred prophetic art (vol. 1, pp. 388-401), includes Chippewasongs with translations, pp. 398-401. Symbols of war, love, and history (vol. 1, pp. 401-411), includes Chippewa war songs with translation, p. 402, and proverbs xxx, 25-32, in the Massachusetts (from Eliot), p. 404. Universality and antiquity of the picto- graphic method among the northern tribes, (vol. 1, pp. 411-421), includes a list of Chippewa totems, with English significations, pp. 417-419. Inquiries, respecting the history, present condition and future prospects, of the Indian tribes of the United States, vol. 1, pp. 525-568, contains 348 groups of questions, of which nos. 315-347 relate to language. War, and its incidents (vol. 2, pp. 56-62), in- cludes Chippewa songs, with English transla- tions, pp. 61-62. The wolf-brother (vol. 2, pp. 232-234), con- tains a song in Ojibwa and English, p. 234. 452 Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. Indian languages of the United States (vol. 2, pp. 340-345), includes a list of the chief dia- lects of the Algonquin, p. 341. An essay on the grammatical structure of the [Ojibwa or] Algonquin language, vol. 2, pp. 351-442. Intellectual capacity and character (vol. 3, pp. 313-330), includes Chippewa songs with translations, pp. 325, 328. Replies in the Ojibwa language [to an analy- sis of pronominal and verbal forms of the In- dian languages], being a vocabulary of 180 . words and phrases, vol. 3, pp. 412-416. Grammatical comments on the preceding [Ojibwa] analytical forms, vol. 3, pp. 417-419. Plan of a system of geographical names for the United States, founded on the aboriginal languages (vol. 3, pp. 501-509), includes numer- ous terms from the Algonquin, pp. 505-506, 509. A description of the aboriginal American no- menclature, with its etymology (letter A), vol. 3, pp. 510-549, is a iist of names and terms largely Algonquian. For letters B and C, see below. Observations on the manner of compounding words in the Indian languages (vol. 4, pp. 371- 345), contains numerous examples in the Ojibwa language, and a list of geographical names de- rived from the Algonquin, pp. 379-380. A bibliographical catalogue of books, trans- lations of the scriptures, and other publications in the Indian tongues of the United States, with brief critical notices (vol. 4, pp. 523-551), in- cludes ‘‘ books and translations in the various dialects of the Algonquin,” pp. 529-542. For title of an earlier article on this subject, see on p. 450. American nomenclature; being a critical dic- tionary of Indian names in the history, geogra- phy, and mythology of the United States, al- phabetically arranced (letter B), vol. 4, pp. 554— 564,is made up largely of terms from the Al- gonquian. For letter A, see above; for letter C, see be- low. Origin of the Indian race, ete. (vol. 5, pp. 27- 46), includes a short vocabulary (9 words) of the Algonquin and of the Pamtico (from Law- son), p.38; of the Natic (13 words from Eliot), and of the Odjibwa (13 words), p.39; Algonquin tribal names with svnonyms, p. 41. Tribal organization, history, and government (vol. 5, pp. 129-237), inciudes a short vocabulary (14 words) of the Algonquin, compared with Apache, p. 202, and explanation of tribal names in New England, pp. 221-223, Chippewa language, vol. 5, pp. 297-388, is a grammatic essay, composed mainly of the con- jugation of the verb waub, to see. Demonology, magic, and witchcraft (vol. 5, pp. 415-441), includes the declension of the word God in the Chippewa language, p. 416; Chip- pewa songs with translations, pp. 429-431, 439; also scattered phrases in Chippewa, with trans- lations. A list of Anglo-Indian words incorporated into thé English language or employed by ap- proved writers, vol. 5, pp. 535-542, includes words derived from the Algonquian and Iro- quoian. Philosophy of utterance, vol. 5, pp. 543-551, includes Chippewa words, phrases, and sen- tences with translations. Comparisons of the languages of the ancient Pampticos of N. Carolina with the Algonquin language [etc.] (vol. 5, pp. 552-558), includes a vocabulary of the Pampticeugh (75 words from Lawson), of the Natic (25 words from Eliot), and of the Chippewa of Michigan (35 words), pp. 555-557. Original words of [Chippewa] Indian songs literally translated, vol. 5, pp. 559-564. A lexicon of the Algonquin language, part I; Chippewa (letter A, English-Chippewa, about 230 words), vol. 5, pp. 565-569. Indian geographical nomenclature of the United States (letter C), vol. 5, pp. 570-577, in- cludes a number of Algonquian terms. For the letters A and B, sec above. The Lord’s prayer in Indian (vol. 5, pp. 590- 592), includes a version in Massachusetts (from Eliot, 1685),and in Mohegan (from Edwards), with interlinear literal translation, p. 591; in Chippewa, and in Milicete (from Rand), p. 592. Etymology (vol 5, pp. 593-600) includes a Chippewa vocabulary of 200 words of from one to six syllables, pp. 595-600. Some data respecting the principles of the Chippewa and Mahican languages, in a series of letters written during the period from 1822: to 1827 (vol. 5, pp. 601-620), includes a letter in the Ojibwa language, with translation, pp. 601— 603; address of a dying young Chippewa, with . translation, p. 603; the first chapter of Genesis, in Chippewa, with interlinear literal transla- tion in English, pp. 604-605; Matthew, chapter v, with retranslation, pp. 605-606; first epistle of Paul to the Corinthians, chapter xiii, with in- terlinear literal translation in English, pp. 606- 607; Chippewa songs (by Miss Jane Johnston), with translations, pp. 608-612; grammatic com- ments with examples of the Chippewa lan- guage, pp. 613-618; Mahican language, pp. 618-620, includes brief grammatic comments. and a comparative vocabulary of 25 words of the Chippewa and Mohegan. Names based on the Indian vocabularies, which are suggested as appropriate for new subdivisions of the public domain [mostly Al- gonquian], vol. 5, pp. 621-625. Principles of the structure of the Indian lan- guage, vol. 6, pp. 671-684, is based upon the Algonquin and contains a brief grammatic treatise upon the Chippewa. Bruce (W. H.), Vocabulary of the Menom- onee, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Cummings (R. W.), Vocabulary of the Shaw- nee and of the Delaware, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Dougherty (P.), Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Grand Traverse Bay, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. ALGONQUIAN Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. Fairbanks (—), Numeration of the Chippewa of the upper Mississippi, vol. 2, pp. 216-218. Fletcher (J. C.), Magic song of the Chippewa, vol. 2, p. 223. Gallatin (A.), A table of generic Indian fam- ilies of languages, vol. 3, pp. 397-402. Handy (C. W.), Vocabulary of the Miami, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Hurlburt (T.), Memoir upon the inflections of the Chippewa tongue, vol. 4, pp. 385-396. Johnston (G.), Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of St. Mary’s, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Johnston (J.), Songs in the Chippewa lan- guage, vol. 5, pp. 608-612. Johnston (W.), Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Michilimackinac, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Kidder (F.), Vocabulary of the Passama- quoddy, vol. 5, pp. 689-690. Lawson (J.), Vocabulary of the Pampti- cough, vol. 5, pp. 555-557. Madison (J.), Vocabulary of the Delawares, vol. 3, pp. 424-427. Moncrovie (J. B.), Vocabulary of the Satsika or Blackfeet, vol. 2, pp. 494-505. Moran (G.), Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Saganaw, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Rand (S. T.), Vocabulary of the Micmac, vol. 5, pp. 578-589. —— Milicite numerals, vol. 5, pp. 690-691. Smith (J. S.), Vocabulary of the Arapahoe and of the Cheyenne, vol. 3, pp. 446-459. Warren (W. W.), Oral traditions of the Ojibwa nation, vol. 2, pp. 135-167. _ ——Numeration of the Ojibwa of Chegoi- megon, and of the Pillagers and northern Ojibwas, vol. 2, pp. 211-213. Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- neum, British Museum, Congress, Eames, National Museum, Powell, Shea, Trumbull. At the Fischer sale, no. 1581, Quaritch bought a copy for 41.10s. The Field copy, no. 2075, sold for$72; the Menzies copy, no. 1765, for $132; the Squier copy, no. 1214, $120; no. 2032, $60; the Ramirez copy, no. 773 (5 vols.), 51. 5s.; the Pinart copy, no. 828 (5 vols. in 4), 208 fr.; the Murphy copy, no. 2228, $69. Priced by Quaritch, no. 30017, 107. 10s.; by Clarke & co. 1886, $65; by Quaritch, in 1888, 151. Reissued with title-pages as follows: — Archives |of| Aboriginal Knowledge. | Containing all the | Original Papers laid before Congress | respecting the | History, Antiquities, Language, Eth- nology, Pictography, | Rites, Supersti- tions, and Mythology, | of the | Indian ‘Tribes of the United States | by | Henry R. Schoolcraft, LL. D. | With Ilustra- tions. | Onzendun ih ieu muzzinyegun un.— Algonquin. | In six volumes. | Volume I [-VI]. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1860. LANGUAGES. 453 Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. Engraved title: Information | respecting the | History, Condition and Prospects | of the | Indian Tribes of the United States: | Collected and prepared under the | Bureau of Indian Affairs | By Henry R. Schoolcraft L.L. D. | Mem: Royal Geo. Society, London. Royal An- tiquarian Society. Copenhagen. Ethnological. Society, Paris, &c. &c. | Illustrated by | Cap.t S.Eastman, U.S. A. and other eminent artists. | [Vignette.] | Published by authority of Con- gress. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. 6 vols. maps and plates, 4°. This edition agrees in the text page for page with the original titled above, and contains in addition an index to each volume. Copies seen: Congress. Partially reprinted, with title as follows: [——] The | Indian tribes | of the | United States: | their | history, antiq- uities, customs, religion, arts, language, | traditions, oral legends, and myths. | Edited by | Francis 8. Drake. | Illus- trated with one hundred fine engravings on steel. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-IT}. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & co. | London: 16 Southampton street, Covent Garden. | 1884. 2 vols.: portrait 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. 3-5, contents pp. 7-8, list of plates pp. 9-10, introduction pp. 11-24, text pp. 25-458 ; frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. con- tents pp. 3-6, list of plates p.7, text pp. 9-445, index pp. 447-455, plates, 4°. “In the following pages the attempt has been made to place before the public in a con- venient and accessible form the results of the life-long laborsin the field of aboriginal research of the late Henry R. Schoolcraft.” Chapter II, Language, literature, and picto- graphy, vol. 1, pp. 47-63, contains general remarks on the Indian languages, and a speci- men of an Ojibwa song on p. 52. Copies seen: Congress. Priced by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6376, $25, — Summary narrative | of an | explora- tory expedition | to the | sources of the Mississippi river, | in 1820: | resumed and completed, | by the | discovery of its origin in Itasca lake, in 1832. | By Authority of the United States. | With appendixes, | comprising the | original report on the copper mines of lake Su- perior, and observations | on the ge- ology of the lake basins, and the sum- mit of the Mississippi; | together witb | all the official reports and scientific papers of both expeditions. | By Henry R. Schoolcraft. | . 454 Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo, and co. | 1855. Half-title verso blank 1 1. map, title verso copyright (dated 1854) 1 1. original dedication (to John C. Calhoun, dated Albany, 1821) verso blank 11. preface pp. vii-xiv, contents of both expeditions pp. xv-xx, introduction pp. 17-23, preliminary documents pp. 25-36, text of ex- pedition of 1820 pp. 37-220, text of expedition of 1832 pp. 221-274, appendixes pp. 275-588, index pp. 589-596, two other maps, 8°. Etymology of the word Mississippi, p. 140; of the Indian word for Wisconsin, p. 179.—List of quadrupeds, birds, &c. in Algonquin, pp. 413-415.—Examination of the elementary struct- ure of the Algonquin language as it appears in the Chippewa tongue, pp. 442-447.—Observa- tions on the grammatical structure and flexi- bility of the Odjibwa substantive (Inquiries 1 and 2), pp. 453-489.—Principles governing the use of the Odjibwa noun-adjective (Inquiry 3), ’ pp. 489-502.—Some remarks respecting the ag- glutinative position and properties of the pro- noun (Inquiry 4), pp. 502-515.—Also explana- tions of many local names of Indian origin scattered through the volume and in the foot- notes. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames, Geological Survey, National Museum, ~ Trumbull. — Utterances of Alalcol. Schoolcraft. In The Knickerbocker, or New-York Month- ly Magazine, vol. 57, pp. 539-542, vol. 58, pp. 109-114, New York, 1861, 8°. (Eames.) Aboriginal nomenclature, vol. 58, pp. 109-112, contains names of places in the State of New By Henry R. York derived from the Mohegan and other Al. | gonquian languages. Chippewa language. Manuscript, pp. 1-37, 4°, belonging to Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey. A reply to Gov. Cass’s second set of inquiries; contains a vocabulary and grammatic notices. See Wheeler (C. H.) Henry Rowe Schoolcraft, ethnologist, born in [Watervliet] Albany county, N. Y., 28 March, 1793; died in Washington, D. C., 10 December, 1864. Was educated at Middlebury c llege, Vermont, and at Union, where he pursued the studies of chemistry and mineralogy. In 1817-’18 he traveled in Missouri and Arkansas, and returned with a large collection of geolog- ical and mineralogical specimens. In 1820 he was appointed geologist to Gen. Lewis Cass’s exploring expedition to Lake Superior and the headwaters of Mississippi river. He was secretary of a commission to treat with the In- dians at Chicago, and, after a journey through Illinois and along Wabash and Miami riv- ers, was in 1822 appointed Indian agent for the tribes of the lake region, establishing him- self at Sault Sainte Marie, and afterward at Schoolcraft (Mrs. Jane). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Y Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. Mackinaw, where, in 1823, he married Jane Johnston, granddaughter of Waboojeeg, a noted Ojibway chief, who had received her edu- cation in Europe. In 1828 he founded the Michigan historical society, and in 1831 the Algic society. From 1828 till 1832 he was a member of the territorial legislature of Mich- igan. In 1832 he led a government expedition, which followed the Mississippi river up to its source in Itasca lake. In 1836 he negotiated a treaty wilh the Indians on the upper lakes for the cession to the United States of 16,000,000 acres of their lands. He was then appointed acting superintendent of Indian affairs, and in 1839 chief disbursing agent for the northern department. On his return from Europe in 1842 he made a tour through western Virginia, Ohio, and Canada. He was appointed by the New York legislature in 1845 a commissioner to take the census of the Indians in the state, and collect information concerning the Six Nations. After the performance of this task, congress authorized him, on 3 March, 1847, to obtain through the Indian bureau reports relating to all the Indian tribes of the country, and to col- late and edit the information. In this work he spent the remaining years of his life. Through his influence many laws were enacted for the protection and benefit of the Indians. Numer- ous scientific societies in the United States and. Europe elected him to membership, and the University of Geneva gave him the degree of LL.D. in 1846. He was the author of numerous poems, lectures, and reports on Indian subjects, besides thirty-one larger works. Two of his lectures before the Algic society at Detroit on the ‘‘Grammatical Construction of the Indian Languages” were translated into French by Peter S. Duponceau, and gained for their author a gold medal from the French institute. Lo the five volumes of Indian researches compiled under the direction of the war depart- ment he added a sixth, containing the post- Columbian history of the Indians and of their relations with Europeans (Philadelphia, 1857). He .had collected materia] for two additional volumes, but the government suddenly sus- pended the publication of the work.—Appleton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. [ Translation of an address in Chippewa. ] In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Travels in the central portions ot the Mississippi valley, pp. 433-434, New York, 1825, 8°. —— A psalm, or supplication for mercy, and a confession of sin, addressed to the author of life, in the Odjibwa- Algonquin tongue. By the late Mrs. Henry R. Schoolcraft. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Oneédta, or character- istics of the red race of America, pp. 126-127, New York and London, 1845, 8°. Odjibwa and English on opposite pages. b> wh ek. > Py - 7 f * i ee Lote . ‘FAC-SIMILE OF THE FIRST PAGE OF SERGEANT’S MORNING PRAYER. eo uenen os Reeaeny ee Ss Berne % 4 : oe ogee yE Taupennaense poke 2 25, | naukhkenun, i . ua i¢htouwaunoop wauwe « e R ail bbe et gua uv ty) ok pthoog tc bs eee : FAC-SIMILE OF THE FIRST PAGE OF SERGEANT’S PRAYER BEFORE SERMON. 2/5 e create Phy A ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 455 Schoolcraft (J.) — Continued. Printed also on pp. 408-409 of the various reissues of the same work entitled ‘‘ The red race of America,” 1847 and 1848; ‘‘ The Indian in his wigwam,” 1848; ‘‘The American In- dians,” 1851; and ‘“‘ Western scenes and remin- iscences,”’ 1853. [Poem in the Ojilvwa language. ] In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Personal memoirs, pp. 632-633, Philadelphia, 1851, 8°. The English translation accompanying the poem is by H.R. Schoolcraft. Schultze (Benjamin). See Fritz (J. F.) and Schultze (B.) Schweinitz (E. A.de). See De Sch nitz (E, A.) Scott (John). See Pierson (A.) Selmo (Sapial). See Reade (J.) Sener (Samuel Miller). Some Indian names. In the Harrisburg Telegraph, Notes and Queries, no ccxxxv, Harrisburg, Pa. June 29, 1889. (Pilling.) The name for elk, dog, etc. ina number of American Janguages (compiled from Barton's Philadelphia Medical and Physical Journal), among them the Delaware, Nanticoke, Mohe- gan, Moonsee, Chippewa, Mississagua, Ottawa, Penobscot, Nantic, Narragansett, Miami, Potta- watomah, Shawnee, and Kaskasia. Sentences: _ Cheyenne See Bellas (H. H.) Cheyenne Wilson (E. F.) Delaware * Featherman (A.) Maliseet Gordon (A. H.) Massachusetts Moore (M.) Massachusetts Shepard (T.) Menomonee Gatschet (A.S. Micmac Maillard (A.S.) Micmac Vetromile (E.) [Sergeant (Rev. John), the elder.] A Morning Prayer. [Boston? 174-?] No title-page, heading only; text (with the exception of the headings in English, entirely in the Mohegan or Stockbridge Indian lan- guage) pp. 1-15, verso of p. 15 blank, sm. 12°. Signature a in six and Bin two. See the fac. simile of the first page. A Morning Prayer, pp. 1-6.—An Evening Prayer, pp. 6-7.—Catechism |7. e. Dr. Watts’s Shorter catechism for childreu], pp. 8-15 Oopies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Dunbar. Followed by: [——] A Prayer before Sermon. [Boston? 174-7] No title-page, heading only; text (with the exception of the headings in English, entirely in the Mohegan or Stockbridge Indian language) pp. 1-23, verso of p.23 blank, sm. 12°. Signa- tures A and B in sixes. Appended to the pre- Sergeant (J.), the elder — Continued. ceding tract containing ‘‘A Morning Prayer,” etc. See the fac-simile of the first page. A Prayer before Sermon, pp. 1-8.—A Prayer after Sermon and Baptism, pp. 8-10.—A Prayer to be used at the Sacrament, &c. pp. 10-14.—A Prayer for the Sick, pp. 15-16.—For the A fflict- ed, pp. 16-17.—Thanks returned for Recovery; &c. pp. 17-18.—A Prayer after Sermon, pp. 18 21.—A General Prayer, pp. 22-23. Oopies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Dunbar. A copy bound in mottled calf was sold with the library of Royal Woodward, Esq., of Al- bany,at New York, December 8, 1884 (no. 1239), for $21, Mr. Charles L. Woodward being the purchaser. It now belongs te Mr. John B. Dun- bar. Inthe Memorial History of Boston, vol. 1 (1880), Dr. Trumbull says: ‘‘I know of only two copies: one in the library of the Essex Insti- tute, Salem, the other belonging to Hon. Henry C. Murphy, of Brooklyn, N. Y.”” The copy here referred to as in Mr. Murphy’s possession does not appear in the sale catalogue of that gentle- man’s library, which was sold by auction at New York, in March, 1884. These two tracts in the Mohegan or Mohea- kunnuk language (15 and 23 pp.) were issued together, stitched in paper covers, without title or colophon. They were first identified as the work of Rev. John Sergeant by Dr. J. H. Trum- bull, in volume I of the Memorial History of Boston, Boston, 1880. When Dr. Trumbull’s essay on the ‘‘ Origin and Early Progress of In- dian Missions in New England” was read be- fore the American Antiquarian Society at Wor- cester, in October, 1873, their existence appears to have been unknown. In the sketch of Mr. Sergeant’s life given be- low itis stated that he translated these pray- ers, etc., ‘‘by the Help of Interpreters.’’ One of these assistants was probably John Quinney, or Quan-au-kaunt, whose translation of the As- sembly’s Shorter Catechism into the same lan- guage was printed in 1795. That publication also contains, on pp. 27-31, a revision in slightly different orthography of Mr. Sergeant’s version of Dr. Watts’s Shorter Catechism for Children, first printed with the aboveprayers. Although the Assembly’s Shorter Catechism is not includ- ed in the list of Mr. Sergeant’s translations, it is probable that this version of it was originally prepared under his supervision. For an ac- count of it see Quinney (J.) John Sergeant, whose grandfather was one of the first settlers of Newark, New Jersey, in 1666, was born in that town in 1710. A few years later his father died, and his mother was married again to aCol. John Cooper. By anacci- dent the lad was deprived of the use of one of his hands, which rendered him unfit for man- ual labor. On this account his stepfather re- solved to give him a liberal education. In Sep- tember, 1725, John was sent to Yale College in New Haven, where he graduated in 1729 with the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Three years 456 Sergeant (J.), the elder — Continued. later the degree of Master of Arts was also con- ferred upon him. In 1731 he was made a tutor in the college, which position he held for about four years. At this time the Muhhekaneok or Mohe- gan Indians, commonly called the River In- dians, were the largest tribe of any near the English settlements in New England. They dwelt mostly along the eastern border of New York, partly in the northwest corner of Con- necticut, and in the southwest part of Massa- chusetts, on Housatununuk river. In July, 1734, proposals were made to send a missionary to the Indians of the last-named place, under the direction of the Honorable Commissioners for Indian Affairs at Boston, and at the expense of the Society for the propaga- tion of the gospel in foreign parts. Mr. Ser- geant was also recommended as a fit person to undertake the work. The conditions having been arranged, he was appointed to go to them in the following September, at a salary of 1001. a year. In October and November, 1734, and again in May, 1735, he made two preliminary visits to Housatunnuk, and preached to the na- tives throuyvh an interpreter. Their number, great and small, was then short of fifty. In July, 1735, on the termination of his official la- bors at the college, Mr. Sergeant determined ‘to spend the Rest of the Summer, and indeed - of his Life, with the Indians.” On the 31st of August, he was regularly ordained to the min- istry, and his salary as missionary was raised to 1507. An assistant, Mr. Timothy Wood- bridge, had already been engaged to aid him in the work of teaching and catechizing. Mr. Sergeant now commenced his missionary labors at Housatunnuk in earnest, and before the close of the year had baptized nearly forty persons. He ‘‘soon became sensible,”’ Mr. Hop- kins relates, ‘‘that the Method he was at first oblig’d to use of instructing the Indians by an Interpreter, would not answer his End.” He therefore entered upon ‘‘the new and diffi- cult Study of their Tongue, and prosecuted it with utmost Application. He found it, upon Tria], extreamly difficult to learn, being entirely different from any Language he was acquaiuted with; and often express’d his Fears, that he should never be able to make himself Master of it.’ Perseverance, however, soon brought its reward. By the middle of February, 1736, he was able to pray with the Indians in their own language. In March, 1736, when the Indians went on their annual trip into the woods to make maple sugar, Mr. Sergeant accompanied them and stayed in their camp six weeks. ‘‘I was treated very well,” he writes, ‘‘ while I was with them; and learn’d more of their Manners, and Language, than ever I had before.” Dur- ing this period he was ‘‘employ’d,in the Day Time, in teaching the Children to read; and in the Evening he taught the Indians to sing, in which they took great Delight. He pray’d with them Morning and Evening. in their own Lan- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Sergeant (J.), the elder — Continued. guage, and said Grace before, and after Meat, in the same. He also preach’d to them on the Sabbath by an Interpreter, and pray’d in their own Language; which he began to do on Feb- © ruary 18th, and continu’d it ever after. For they being desirous, that Prayers might be made in their own Language, Mr. Sergeant (by the Assistance of Interpreters) had compos’d Prayers for such Occasions, in the Indian Lan- — guage.” In April, 1736, ‘‘the General Court granted to the Indians a Township, six Miles square, above the Mountain; comprizing in it Wnahk- tukook, or the Great-Meadow.” Here a new town was laid out, which was named Stock- bridge, and to this place the Indians removed in May. At the suggestion of Mr. Sergeant, accommodation was made for several English families, partly that he ‘‘might have the Com- fort of their Neighbourhood, and Society; but especially to civilize and anglicize the Indians, and to bea Help to them in their secular Af- fairs.” The number of Indian inhabitants in June was upwards of ninety, of whom fifty- two had been baptized. Mr. Sergeant had hith- erto lived in English families, below the mount- ain, but in January, 1737, he also moved up into the Indian town, and lived with Mr. Wood- bridge. Under the date of August, 1737, it is related that as he ‘‘had, by the Help of Inter- preters, before this, translated some Prayers into the Indian Language, for their daily use; so now he had translated Dr. Watt's first Cate- chism into the Indian Tongue, that the Chil- dren might understandingly read and learn it.” About the same time he also translated the form for marriage into Indian. On the 7th of August, 1737, according to Mr. Hopkins, Mr. Sergeant began to preach to the © Indians in their own language, ‘‘ by the Assist- ance of an Interpreter; who aided him in the Translation of his Sermons. And, in about two Years more, by constant Use, he obptain’d an exact Pronunciation of their Tongue, tho’ very hard to gain: so that the Indians were wont to say, Our Minister speaks our Language better than we ourselves can do.” In August, 1739, he was married. Ninety Indians attended the wedding, and conducted themselves with great gravity and propriety. : Besides attending to his own charge at Stock- bridge, Mr. Sergeant visited the Indians in many otber places, both in Connecticut and Massachusetts. In May and June, 1741, he un-: dertook a missionary journey to the Shawanoes ou Susquehanna river,and also to the Dela- wares on Delaware river, in the province of Pennsylvania, the villages of the former being about 220 miles distant from Stockbridge. On the 6th of May, 1743, he wrote concerning the progress of the Indian boys in their studies, that one of them in particular had made extra- ordinary progress in his learning, and appeared truly pious, and had been singularly service- able to him, ‘‘ assisting him in his Translations, ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Sergeant (J.), the elder — Continued. Expositions and Applications of the Scrip- ture.”” In 1743 and 1744, Mr. David Brainerd, the young missionary, visited Stockbridge sev- eral times, for the purpose of studying the Indian language with Mr. Sergeant. In a letter dated January 22, 1747, Mr. Ser- geant wrote: ‘‘It is now a little more than eleven Years since I was first settled in this Part of the Country, with a Design to proselite the Indians to the Christian Faith. Having spent Part of the foregoing Year with them, in two Visits I made them, I found such Encour- agement as induced me to devote myself to this Service: And have now, with a great deal of Pains, gain’d such an Acquaintance with their barbarous Language as to converse with them in it; and with a little Assistance, in my Study, from an Interpreter, to preach to them, and to read Prayers, which I have composed for the publick Worship, which they attend as constantly as People generally do in English Assemblies. Their Language is extreamly hard to learn, and perhaps I shall never be a thoro’ Master of it; there never having been any European that ever was, except one or two, and they learn’d it when they were Child- ren. But the young People among them learn English well; most of them in this Place un- derstand a great deal of it, and some speak it freely & correctly. There are many that can read English well, and some are able to write. When I came into these Parts first they were much dispersed, four or tive Families in a Place, and often moving from Place to Place. They are now gathered together at this Place, and are much more fixed than they used to be. Instead of their Bark Hutts, they own seven- teen English Houses, fifteen of which they have built themselves at their own Cost, and some of them are comfortably furnished with Household Stuff. There were in this Place but eight or ten Families when I first came, we now reckon near Fifty besidesold People& transient young Persons.”’ As Mr. Sergeant had a mixed auditory, ‘‘he was obliged,’’as Mr. Hopkins relates, ‘‘on each Part of every Lord’s-Day, both to pray and preach in the English and Indian Language, that all might profit by his Ministry.”’ ‘‘ He was oblig’d to compose four Sermons every Week, two for the English, and two for the In- dians; his Congregation consisting of both. Those he prepar’d for the Indians, he first wrote at large in English, and then translated them into the Indian Tongue, as he also did a Portion of Scripture to be read to the Indians on the Sabbath,’’ and that he might ‘‘ be very exact, he did, for a considerable Time, keep an Inter- preter by him two Days in a Week, at his own Cost, to assist him in the Translation of his Sermons into the Indian Tongue. ‘His Manner was to begin the publick Ex- | ereise in the Morning, with a short pathetic | Prayer for a Blessing on the Word, in both | Then he read a Portion of Scrip- | Languages. ture, with explanatory Notes and Observations, 457 Sergeant (J.), the elder — Continued. on such Passages as seem’d most toneed them, in both. AJIl his publick Prayers & the Com- munion Service were in both Languages; and it was his steady Practice to preach four Ser- mons every Lord’s-Day, two tothe English and two to the Indians; except in the short Days and cold Season of the Winter he preach’d but three, one to the English and two to the In- dians. And besides all this, it was his constant Custom, in the Summer Season, to spend about an Hour with the Indians, after divine Service was over in the Afternoon; instructing, exhort- ing, warning and cautioning of them in a free, familiar and pathetic Manner, in their own Tongue. The Indian Language abounding in Gutturals renders the Pronunciation of it a most laborious Exercise to the Lungs: that therefore, with his other Exercises, so ex- hausted Mr. Sergeant's Spirits and Strength, that he was scarcely able to speak when they were over.” “The Translation, which, with much Care and Exactness, Mr. Sergeant made in his Course of Reading the Scriptures to the Indians, sin- gly consider’d, cost him a vast Deal of Labour: for, endeavouring tolead them into the Knowl. edge of the Way of Salvation by Christ, to which they were utter Strangers, He, in his Course of reading the Scriptures to them, translated those Parts of the old Testament, which appear’d most needful for that End, viz. The Account of the Creation, of the Fall of our first Parents, of God’s calling Abraham, of his Dealings with the Patriarchs and the Chil- dren of Israel, of the Prophesies concerning the Coming of Christ, &c. the four Evangelists, the Acts of the Apostles and all the fpistles, he also translated. A Performance which must of Necessity cost him much Time and Pains.” Besides the Indian Prayers described above, Mr. Sergeant was the author of a sermon preached at Springfield before the associated ministers of the county of Hampshire, and of a letter containing a ‘‘ Proposal of a more effectual Method for the Education of Indian Children,’’ both of which were printed at Bos- ton in1743. Inthe latter partof June, 1749, he was taken ill with ‘‘a Nervous Fever, attended with a Canker and an Inflamation in his Throat,” which terminated fatally. He died on the 27th of July, at the age of thirty-nine years. At that time the number of Indians in Stock- bridge had increased to two hundred and eighteen, one hundred and eighty-two persons had been baptized, aud the church contained forty-two native communicants. The school under Mr. Woodbridge’s care had belonging to it fifty-five Indian scholars. Mr. Sergeant left three children, Electa (born 1740, died 1798), Erastus (born 1742, died 1814), and John (born 1747, died 1824). His widow died in 1791, aged sixty-nine. An account of this mission, written by Rev. Samuel Hopkins, was printed at Boston in 1753, with the following title: ‘‘ Historical Memoirs, Relating to the Housatunnuk In- 458 Sergeant (J.), the elder — Continued. dians: or, An Account of the Methods used, and Pains taken, for the Propagation of the Gospel among that Heathenish-Tribe, and the Success thereof, under the Ministry of the late Reverend Mr. John Sergeant.”’ Sergeant (fev. John), the younger. Trans- lation of the 19th Psalm [14 verses, com- plete] into the Muh-he-con-nuk lan- guage, dene at the Cornwall School, under the superintendence of Rev. John Sergeant, Missionary. In Morse (J.), Report to the Secretary of War . . . on Indian Affairs, appendix, pp. 359-360, New Haven, 1822, 8°. Mohegan and English, in parallel columns. On page 278 of Morse’s Report it is stated that this ‘‘ translation of the 119th [i. e. 19th] psalm, into the Mah-he-con-nuk language,” was made by ‘‘Jobn Hicks, of that tribe,” a pupil at the Foreign Mission School, Cornwall, Conn. Reprinted in: Hodgson (A.), Letters from North America, vol. 2, p. 413, London and Edinburgh, 1824, 8°. Pickering (J.), Notes [on Edwards’ Observa- tions], pp. 152-154, Boston, 1823, 8°. See Quinney (J.) John Sergeant, son of the missionary of the same name, was born at Stockbridge, Mass., in 1747, and died near New Stockbridge, N. Y., Sept. 8, 1824, aged seventy-seven years. When he was about two years of age his father died, and in 1752 his mother was married again, to Gen. Joseph Dwight, who died in 1765. The first ten or dozen years of his lite were spentin Stockbridge among the Indians, from whom he acquired that knowledgeof the Mohegan or Mo- heakunnuk language which was so useful to him in later years. He attended school for a while at Newark, N. J., and then returned to his native town, where he studied theology under Rev. Mr. West, minister of the church there. In1775, although without college honors, he was judged to be fully qualified to preach the gospel. After the death of the elder Mr. Sergeant, in July, 1749, the Stockbridge Indians were with- - out a minister for two years, In August, 1751, Rev. Jonathan Edwards was installed as pastor. He did not attempt to learn the Indian lan- guage, believing it better for the Indians to learn English. His sermons to them were there- fore delivered through an interpreter. In Jan- uary, 1758, he left Stockbridge to accept the presidency of the College of New Jersey at Princeton, bu’ in the following March he died. For about a year Rev. Mr. Stoddard ministered to the church, and in 1759 Rev. Stephen West became its pastor. In 1775 Mr. West resigned the care of the Indian portion of his congrega- tion to young Mr. Sergeant, whose knowledge of the language peculiarly fitted him for that work. From that time Mr. Sergeant received the salary of the missionary, aud Mr. West was supported by the whites as pastor only. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Sergeant (J.), the younger — Cont'd. For the next ten years Mr. Sergeant minis- tered to the Indian congregation, and taught in the Indian school, which had been kept sepa- rate from the school for white children since 1760. In1785 the Stockbridge Indians removed from Massachusetts to land given to them by the Oneidas in New York state, where they built the village of New Stockbridge. Mr. Ser- geant did not accompany them, but remained behind. In the following year, however, he visited the new town with the intention of staying there to preach, and leaving his family in Massachusetts. With a view to his mission among them, he was duly ordained as an evan- gelist in 1788, at a salary of four hundred dol- lars a year. In the meantime the Kev. Samson Occom, a Mohegan Indian, had visited the peo- ple of New Stockbridge, and made known his desire to be their minister. This resulted in a division, and the formation of two Indian churches, one party, with the Brotherton In- dians, choosing Mr. Occom for their pastor, and the other party remaining under Mr. Sergeant’s care. Mr.Occom died in 1792, and then the two churches were united. Mr. Sergeant’s ministry at New Stockbridge lasted nearly thirty-eight years. A few rears after he first commenced his work there he built a frame house and removed his family to it. The farm on which the mission house stood, about fifty acres, was set off for his use by the In- dians. The church was built by the Mission- ary Society, and would accommodate five hun- dred persons. The mission was supported, in part, by the Scotch Society for the propagation of tke gospel, in part by the Corporation of Harvard College, and in part by the American Society for propagating the gospel among the Indians and others in North America. For a while Mr. Sergeant employed white men to teach, for the benefitof hisown children; but, with this exception, the Indians taught and sustained their own schools. Some of the In- dian girls, however, were afterwards educated at Clinton, and some of the boys at the Corn- wall school in Connecticut. In 1795 there was printed at Stockbridge an edition of the Assembly's Shorter Catechism in the Mohegan language, with Dr. Watts’s Shorter catechism for children at the end. It was pub- lished without doubt under the direction of Mr. Sergeant, and was intended for the use of the Indians under his care. For an account of the book see Quinney (J.). During the residence of the Stockbridge In- dians in the State of New York, Mr. Sergeant prepared for their use a code of laws. Two of his daughters were also active in the mission work, and one of them started an Indian tem- perance society. The neighboring Oneidas and Tuscaroras aiso attended the New Stockbridge church, and were addressed by Mr. Sergeant through their interpreter, Capt. Nicholas Cusick, father of David Cusick, the Indian his- torian. In 1822 Dr. Morse wrote of the Stock- 5 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. ergeant (J.), the younger — Cont'd. bridge Indians (Report, appendix, p. 86), as fol- lows: ‘‘Mr. Sergeant preaches to them regu- larly on the Sabbath, usually in their own, the Moheakunuck language. Most of them under- stand English; numbers can read and write it, and several are able to instruct others. They are more advanced in the knowledge of our language, and in civilization, than any Indians in our country; and many of them are capable of rendering essential service in accomplishing the plan of the government in respect to other tribes.” In 1818, so great had become the evil of vicin- ity to the whites, that preparations were made fora general removal. Before theend of the year a company of seventy or eighty persons, includ- ing about one-third of the New Stockbridge church, emigrated to Indiana. Another large party removed to the Fox river, near Green Bay, Wisconsin, in 1822. A new edition of the Assembly’s shorter catechism, in the ‘‘ Moheak- unnuk or Stockbridge Indian language,” was printed about this time, probably before the second removal in 1822. Mr. Sergeant wished to have his people supplied with useful books before their departure, and endeavored to pro- cure a quantity of Eliot’s Indian bibles for them to distribute. He himself was not able to go with them, on account of failing health, but his son accompanied them to their final destina- tion, and saw them settled in their new homes. eries. A series | of | catechisms; | oth- erwise, | q’jeamooltoowhwee uhkagh- keendwaukunul | wauk | nurhkootau- seakeal, | &c., &c., &e. | Tvronto: | printed by Thomas Hugh Bentley, | No. 9, Wellington buildings, King street. | 1852. Printed cover as above, title as above verso blank 11. text entirely in the Muncie language pp. 3-16, 16°. On p. 16 is a missionary hymn. Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. ermones de Monseigneur Baraga. See Garin (A. M.) Sermons: Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Massachnsetts Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee See Lesueur (F. E.) Mathevet (J. C.) Virot (C. F.) Baraga (F.) Garin (A. M.) German (O.) Végréville (V. T.) Luckenbach (A.) Zeisberger (D.) Cotton (J.) Howwoswe (Z.) Derenthal (0.) Krake (B.) Zephyrin Engelhardt (C. A.) Coquart (C. G.) Maurice (J. B.) Montagnais Montagnais Sewall (R. K.) . 459 Sermons — Continued. Nipissing Bellefeuille (C. de). Nipissing Dépéret (E.) Nipissing Guichart de Kersident. GYo) Nipissing Mathevet (J. C.) Nipissing Richard (P.) Nipissing Thavenet (—). Wawenoc Numerals, Maine. In Historical Magazine, second series, vol.. 3, pp. 179-180, Morrisania, 1868, sm. 4°. Contains the numerals 1-20, copied from ‘‘a communication made to the Maine Historical Society, last winter, by R. K. Sewall, Esq. of Wiscasset, relative to the lost tribe of the Wa- wenoc Indians, in Maine.” The article is signed ‘‘Brunovicus” (Rev. E. Ballard]. See Trumbull (J. H) for a paper on the same subject. Shahguhnahshe ahnuhmedhwine [Chip- pewa]. See O’Meara (F. A.) Shau-wau-nowe Kesauthwau. [Shaw- anoe Sun. } [Shawanoe baptist mission press. 1835-1839. ] (*) Printed by Jotham Meeker until 1837, and by Mr.J.G. Pratt from 1837 to 1839, when it was discontinued on account of the illness of the printer and his family. The following ac- countis given of it in McCoy’s History of Bap- tist Indian Missions : ‘* March Ist, 1835, the first number of a semi- monthly newspaper, printed at the Shawanoe mission house, in the Shawanoe language, was issued. This was the first newspaper ever published exclusively in an Indian language. It was entitled Shau-wau-nowe Kesauthwau, (Shawanoe Sun.) It was small, only a quarter sheet, was written upon the new system, and edited by Mr. Lykins. The disadvantages un- der which it was prepared for the press were great, and the labour considerable; which ac- counts for its diminutive size. ‘*Many of the Shawanoes had, by this time, become readers of their own language, and in this periodical they soon took a deep interest, and sometimes contributed matter for it from their own pens. These writers were adults, who lately had been wholly ignorant of letters. in any language, and who had recently learned to read and write their own. This they had done without regular attendance or instruc- tion, which, in their circumstances, could only be imparted by occasional visits. The facility with which they acquired a knowedge of read- ing, and some of them of writing, was alone at- tributable to the simplicity of the new system.” In another part of the same book, under the year 1839, Mr. McCoy adds: ‘‘ There was issued, until late difficulties occasioned a suspension, a small monthly paper, of only a quarter sheet, edited by Mr. Lykins, entitled ‘Shawanowe Kesauthwawu —Shawanoe Sun.”’ 460 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Proper names Proper names Proper names Relationships Relationships Song Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary * Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Jackson (W. H.) Stanley (J. M.) Treaties. Harvey (S. D.) Morgan (L. H.) Biedermann (W. von). Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Assall (F. W.) Balbi (A.) Barton (B. S.) Butler (R.) Campbell (J.) Cummings (R. W.) Denny (E.) Dodge (J. R.) Domenech (E.) Edwards (J.) Gallatin (A.) Gatschet (A. S.) Gibbs (G.) Gibson (—). Hadley cL. F.) Haines (E, M.) Heckewelder (J.G.E.) Howe (H.) Howse (J.) Jefferson (T.) Johnston (John), Shawnee: Shawnee — Continued. Bible, Matthew See Lykins (J.) Vocabulary Jones (E. F.) General discussion Featherman (A.) Vocabulary Long (J.) General discussion Schermerhorn (J. F.) Vocabulary Morgan (L. H.) Gentes Morgan (L. H.) Vocabulary © Parsons (S. H.) Geographic names Boyd (S. G.) Vocabulary Pike (A.) Geographic names Johnston (John). Vocabulary Preston (W.) Geographic names Kelton (D. H.) Vocabulary Ridout (T.) Geographic terms Howe (H.) Vocabulary Ruttenber (E. M.) Grammatic comments Adelung (J. C.) and Vocabulary Schoolcratt (H. R.) Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Ulrici (E.) Grammatic treatise Gatschet (A. S.). Vocabulary Whipple (A. W.) Hymn book Lykins (J.) Words Buschmann (J. C. E.) Hymns Lykins (J.) Words Gatschet (A. S.) Lord’s prayer Adelung (J. C.) and Words Gerard (W. R.) Vater (J.S.) Words Latham (R. G.) Lord’s prayer American Museum. Words McIntosh (J.) Lord’s prayer Auer (A.) Words Rafinesque (C. 8.) Lord’s prayer Drake (S. G.) Words Schomburgk (R. H.) Lord’s prayer Lord’s. Words Sener (S. M.) Lord’s prayer Morgan (G.) Words Smet (P. J. de): Lord’s prayer Trumbull (J. H.) Words Smithsonian. Numerals Haines (KE. M.) Words Vater (J. S.) Numerals Haldeman (8. 8.) Words Yankiewitch (F.) Numerals James (E.) Words Yeates (J.) Numerals Jones (D.) See also Savanna. Numerals Lykins (J.) Shea: This word following a title or within paren- Nuwerals Parsons (J.) theses after a note indicates that a copy of the Numerals Vallancey (C.) work referred to has been seen by the compiler Numerals Weiser (C.) in the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N.J. eee. Be a Shea (John Gilmary), History | of the Proper names Bollaert (W.) | Catholic missions | among the | In. Proper names Catalogue. dian tribes of the United States, | 1529- Proper names Catlin (G.) 1854. | By Johu Gilmary Shea, | author Proper names Correspendence. [&c. three lines. ] | [Design.] | Proper names Indian. New York: | Edward Dunigan & brother, | 151 Fulton-street, near Broad- way. | 1855. Engraved title: Catholic missions | among the Indian tribes | of the United States, | fen- graving with the words ‘‘Catharine Tehgak- wita] | by John G. Shea. | New York: | E.Dunigan & brother, 151 Ful- ton st. Portrait of John Bapst11. engraved title as above verso blank 1 1. printed title as above verso copyright (dated 1854) 11. dedication ver- so blank 11. contents pp. 5-13, preface pp. 15-17, text pp. 19-495, appendix pp. 497-506, index pp. 507-514, fac-similes pp. i-iv, four other portraits (Peyri, Brebeuf, Jogues, De Smet), 12°. The Lord's prayer in Abuaki (from Demil- ier), p.137; in Ottawa (from Baraga), pp. 359- ’ 360; in Chippewa (from Baraga), p. 360; in Pot- tawotamie (from De Smet), p. 363; in Menomo- nee (from Bonduel), p. 363.—O Salutaris Hostia in Illinois (from Rale), p. 415.—Lord’s prayer in Blackfoot, p. 478. ; Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Trumbull. At the Field sale a copy, no 2112*, sold for $2.25; at the Murphy sale, no. 2264, for $3.25. — History | ef the | Catholic missions | among the | Indian tribes of the United aes eee ee ee ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES, Shea (J. G.) — Continued. States, | 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary Shea, | author [&c. three lines.] | [De- sign.] |. New York: | Edward Dunigan and brother, | (James B. Kirker.) | 151 Ful- ton street, near Broadway. j 1857. Engraved title: Catholic missions | among the Indian tribes | of the United States, | [engrav- ing with the words ‘‘ Catharine Tehgakwita] | by John G. Shea. | New York»| E. Dunigan & brother, 151 Ful- ton st. Portrait of Anthony Peyri 1 1. engraved title as above verso blank 1 1. printed title as above verso copyright (dated 1854) 1 1. dedica- tion verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 5-13, preface pp. 15-17, text pp. 19-495, fac-similes pp. i-iv, appendix pp. 497-506, index pp. 507-514, two other portraits (Brebeuf, Jogues), 12°. Linguistics as in the edition of 1855. Copies seen: Eames. — Geschichte | der | katolischen Mis- sionen | unter den | Indianer-Stammen -der Vereinigten Staaten. | 1529-1860. | von | John Gilmary Shea, | Verfasser [&c. two lines.] | Aus dem Englischen tibersetzt | von | J. Roth. | Sr. Heilig- keit Papst Pius IX gewidmet. | Mit 6 Stahlstichen. | Wiirzburg. | Verlag von C. Etlinger. [1858. ] (*) Pp. 1-668, 12°. Title from the author. —— History | of the | Catholic missions | among the | Indian tribes of the United States, | 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary Shea, | author of [&c. three lines. ] | [ Design. ] | New York: | T. W. Strong, | Late Ed- ward Dunigan & brother, | Catholic publishing house, | 599 Broadway. [ 1870. } Frontispiece, engraved title verso blank 11. printed title as above verso copyright 1 1. dedi- cation verso blank 11. contents pp. 5-13, preface pp. 15-17, text pp. 19-495, appendix pp. 497-506, index pp. 507-514, 8°. : Linguistic contents as in edition of 1855, titled above. Copies seen: Congress, Powell. Priced by Ciarke and co. 1886, no. 6620, $2. — The Indian tribes of Wisconsin. By John Gilmary Shea. In Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 3, pp. 125- 138, Madison, 1856, 12°, Names of tribes in Wisconsin, including those of the Algonquian family, some of them with English significations. [——] Micmac or Recollect hieroglyphics. Sheafer (Peter Wenrick). 461 Shea (J. G.) — Continued. In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 5, pp. 289-292, New York and London, 1861, sm. 4°. A general account of the invention and use of these symbols, including the Lord’s prayer in hieroglyphs. For fac-simile thereof see Le- Clercq (C.) — Geroglifici inventati dal missionario Francescano Recolletto Padre Cristiano le Clerque, a fine di esprimere la lingua della tribu Indiana deci Micmacs. In Cronica delle missioni Francescane, com- pilata dal Padre Marcellino di Civezza M. O., anno Ill, pp. 40-45, Rome, 1862, 8°. (*) The Lord’s prayer in Micmac and in hiero- glyphs. — Of what nation were the inhabitants. of Stadacona and Hochelaga at the time of Cartier’s voyage? In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 9, pp. 144-145, New York, 1865, sm. 4°. Numerals 1-10 from Cartier compared with the Huron (from Sagard), Onondaga, Caughna- waga, Chippeway, Micmac, Malechite, and Pe- nobscot; also, a few words from Cartier and Sagard. Languages of the American Indians. In American Cyclopedia, vol. 1, pp. 407-414, New York, 1873, 8°. Contains grammatical examples of a number of American languages, among them the Dela- ware and Algonquin. See Sasseville (J.) and Shea (J. G.) » John Dawson Gilmary Shea, author, born in New York City July 22, 1824. He was educated at the grammar-school of Columbia College, of which his father was principal, studied law, and was admitted to the bar, but has devoted himself chiefly to literature. He edited the ‘Historical Magazine” from 1859 till 1865, was one of the founders and first president of the United States Catholic Historical Society, is a member or corresponding member of the prin- cipal historical societies in this country and Canada, and corresponding member of the Royal Academy of History, Madrid. He has received the degree of LL.D. from St. Francis Xavier College, New York, and St. John’s College, Fordham.—Appleton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. -Historical map | of | Pennsylvania. | Showing the | Indian names of streams, and vil- lages, and | paths of travel; | the sites of old forts and battle-fields; | the suc- cessive purchases from the Indians; and the | names and dates of counties and county towns; | with | tables of forts and proprietary manors. | Edited by | P. W. Sheafer | and others. | 462 Sheafer (P. W.) — Continued. Publication fund | of the | Historical society of Pennsylvania, | 820 Spruce Street, Philadelphia. | 1875. Title verso copyright and printer 1 1. text pp. 3-26, list of publications verso blank 1 1. large map, 8°. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Eames. [Shepard (Rev. Thomas).] The | day- breaking, | if not | The Sun-Rising | of the | gospell | With the | Indians in New-England. | [Three lines of script- ure texts. ] | London, | Printed by Rich. Cotes, for Fulk Clifton, and are to bee | sold at his shop under Saint Margarets Church on | New-fish-street Hill, 1647. Title verso ‘‘To the Reader'’’1 |. text pp. 1- 25, 4°. Two-line sentence in Massachusetts Indian, with interlinear English translation, p. 23. Copies seen: Lenox. [——] The day-breaking, if not The Sun- Rising of the gospell With the Indians in New-England. [Six lines of script- ure texts.] London, Printed by Rich. Cotes, for Fulk Clifton, and are to bee sold at his shop under Saint Margarets Church on New-fish-street Hill, 1647. In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. third series, vol. 4, pp. 1-23, Cambridge, 1834, 8°. Linguistics as under title next above, p. 21. {[——] The | day breaking | if not the | Sun Rising of the Gospel ! with the | Indians in New England.| [ Vignette. ] | New York:]| reprinted for Joseph Sabin, | 1865. Printed cover with brief title, half-title verso blank 1 1. title as above verso number and printer 1 1.title of the original edition verso “To the Reader 1 1. text pp.1-32,4°. ‘* Sabin’s Reprints, Quarto series. No. IX.”’ 200 copies printed on small paper and 50 on large paper. — Linguistics as under previous titles, p. 29. Copies seen: Eames, Lenox. Sheshtapoosh: Vocabulary See Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Words Latham (R. G.) See also Skoffie. Sheyenne. See Cheyenne. Shingwauk. See Chippewa. Shingwauk hymn book. See Wilson (E. F.) ; Sifferath (Rev. N. L.) A short compen- dium | of the | catechism | for the | Indians, | with the approbation of the BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Sifferath (N. L.) — Continued. | Rt. Rev. Frederic Baraga, | Bishop of Saut Sainte Marie, | 1864. | Rev. N. L. Sifferath, | Missionary of the Ottawa and Otchipwe Indians. | Buffalo, N. Y. | C. Wieckmann, (Au- rora Printing House.) | 1869. Title verso note in Ottawa 1 1. text entirely in the Ottawa language pp. 3-62, 1-2, 12°. Prayers, pp. 3-7.—Catechism, pp. 7-53.—Lita- ny and prayers, pp. 53-61.—The ten command- ments, pp. 61-62.—Letters, easy words, and car- dinal numbers 1-100, pp. 1-2. 5 Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Trumbull. [——] Promissiones Domini Nostri Jesu Christi factae B. Marg. M. Alacoque. | Anonda owawindamagewinan Avi Jesus Christ | Debeniminang ogi-win- damawan aniwi Kitchitwa | Marguerite Mariean Alacoque, tchi-iji-gashkita- maso- | wad agiwi neta-gwanwatchi- todjig Kitchitwa Odeini | aniwi Jesu- san. [Dayton, Ohio: Philip A. Kemper, 1888. ] A small card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as above, and containing twelve ‘‘ Promises of Our Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary,” in the Ottawa language, on the verso of which is a colored picture of the sacred heart with inscription below in English. Mr. Kemper has published the same promises on similar cards in many languages. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. I have seen the same card minus the first line of the above title, also. (Kames, Pilling.) Silvy (Pére Antonio). [Dictionary of the Montagnais language. 1678-16887] (*) Manuscript, 104 11.12°, of the 17th century. Alphabetically arranged; irregularly paged, some leaves numbered, others not. The hand- writing is extremely fine and small, but fairly legible. The margins are covered with signs and points, such as crosses, bars, angles, etc., but there is no key to these to determine their meaning. Bound in caribou leather. In 1885 I was furnished by the Abbé Sasse- ville of St. Foy, Quebec, with a minutely de- tailed description of the above manuscript and of one by Pére Allouez (q. v.), both belonging to Surgeon-Major Neilson, of Kingston, Canada, Since then these descriptions have been pub- lished (see Sasseville (J.) and Shea (J. G.), and from that publication I have condensed the above, and made the following extracts: ‘‘This manuscript is of particular interest to those philologists who devote themselves to the study of the primitive languages spoken by the savages of North America. ‘It belonged formerly to the library of the Jesuits in their ancient college at Quebeo. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. . 463 Silvy (A.) — Continued. When in 1800 the British government took possession of their property after the death of the last survivor of the Jesuit order in Canada, Father Cazot, their library was sold at auction, and the Honorable John Neilson became the possessorof a number of volumes, among which was found, by a happy accident, the manuscript [by Allouez] which we have analyzed in the preceding pages and the Montagnais diction- ary, not less precious, the description of which is found on the opposite page. “There is no dite or hint as to the date when the manuscript wascomposed. Butin following the careor of Father Silvy, it may be assumed that this work was done during his stay in the Montagnais missions of Tadoussac and Hudson Bay, since this dictionary reproduces the lan. guage of his neophytes. ‘““The date of the manuscript may therefore with some reason be placed between the years 1678 and 1688.” {——] Instructions Montaignaises. Manuscript, ll. 1-11, and 43 unnumbered Il. sm. 4° in the library of the archbishopric of Quebec. The title above is on the recto of the first leaf, verso blank, the text beginning on the recto of 1.2. The headings are as follows: De fine nominis, 11 pp. followed by a French translation, 9 pp.—Then follows, De Deo uno, 6 pp.— De Deouttrino, 8pp.—Decreatione rerum, 7 pp.—De creatione angelorum, 8 pp.—De cus- todibus angelis, 4 pp.—De creatione nominis, 4 pp.—De creatione mulieris, 4 pp.—De peccato primo parentum, 4 pp.—De pcenis a Deo primis parentibus inflictis, 5 pp.—In these dis- courses the Montagnais and French renderings are in double columns on the same page. The following are in Montagnais only: De promis- sione redemptoris in ipsomet paradiso facta, 9 pp.—De peccati originalis omnium peccatorum fontis prima prole; invidia ex qua fratricidium ac homicidium ortum est,5 pp.—De diluvio universi, 5 pp.—De divisione linguarum, 4 pp. Father Antonio Silvy, a Jesuit missionary, arrived at Quebec June 7, 1671, and returned to France in1707. He labored in the regions of the West for 7 or 8 years; afterward at Tadoussac and on Hudson Bay, for about 10 years. He resided for some years at Montreal and Quebec, prior to his departure for France. Simerwell (Robert). Wlkr| Potrwat- ome | msina’kin ; | kewrnpinukattr. | Si- seminwrn, | okena’ton. | Tr’min kesis -1834 tso Pponkit pe kanekit | Hesus. | Shawannoe Mission, | J. Meeker, printer, | 1834. Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in Pota- watomi pp. 3-32, 18°. Primer lessons, pp. 3-13.—A dialogue, pp. 14- 17.—Prayers, pp.17-21.—Extracts from Genesis, pp. 21-28.—Hymns, pp. 28-30.—Explanation of the ‘‘ Putawatomie characters,” pp. 30-32. Copies seen Boston Athenzum. Simerwell (R.) — Continued. —— [Catechism and hymns in the Pote- watemi language. 1832.] Manuscript, 32 unnumbered 1. 4°, in the pos- session of the compiler of this bibliography. Pasteboard covers. The recto of the first leaf has the heading ‘‘Indian Catechism”; the verso has had a more detailed heading, fol- lowed by the Alphabet, but the leaf has been partly torn off and but little of the heading is left. The date, 1832, is preserved. The verso of the second leaf has the numerals 1-13.—Cat- echism (English interlinear), ll. 4-12.—Hymns (English accompanying), ll. 13-32. This manuscript was received from Wm. H. R. Lykins, Kansas City, Mo., in June, 1889, who stated that he found it among papers of his father, Johnston Lykins, and that it is in the handwriting of Mr. Simerwell. Fron [ Dialogues, etc. in English and Pot- ewatemi. | Manuscript, 14 leaves, 16°. In possession of Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. Towards the end are three pages and a half of conversa- tion in Potewatemi, with interlinear English translation. Apparently written in Michigan before 1834, except five pages which are in the Meekerian orthography. 'Thenameof Mr. Cass, who resigned the governorship of Michigan in 1831, is mentioned in one of the dialognes. —— [Discourses, translations, and frag- ments of Indian grammar. ] (*) Five manuscripts in the Potewatemi lan- guage, in the library of the Kansas Historical Society, to which they were presented by Mrs. Sarah Baxter and Mrs. Elizabeth Carter in 1879. Title from Transactions of the Kansas State Historical Society, vol. 1 and 2, p. 98. — [Grammar of the Potewatemi lan- guage. ] (*) Manuscript, 25 pp. closely written, in the possession of Mr. R. S. Baxter, Auburn, Shaw- nee County, Kansas. [Part of the gospel of Matthew, chap. i tochap. iii, verse 6, in Potewat- emi; also short sentences etc. in Pote- watemi and English. ] Manuscript, 19 leaves, 16°. In possession of Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. The gospel and a few other pages are in the orthog- raphy invented by Mr. Meeker in 1834; the rest of the manuscript is apparently of older date. —— [A partial vocabulary of the Pote- watemi language, and a hymn in the same. | ¢*} Manuscript, in the library of the Kansas Historical Society, Topeka. Presented by Mr. R. S. Baxter in 1878. Title from Transactions of the Kansas State Historical Society, vol. 1 and 2, D. 34. 464 Simerwell (R.) — Continued. —— [Vocabularies, verbal conjugations, and short sentences, in English and Potewatemi. | Manuscript, 20 leaves, 10 of. which are blank, 4°, In possession of Mr. John B, Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. The text commences at one end of the vol- ume with the word: Man +a nineh, etc. At the other end (reversing the volume), it begins : Food or Meat = mechim, etc.’ The orthogra- phy is apparently earlier than 1834, in which year Mr. Meeker’s system was adopted. —— [Vocabulary, English and Potewat- emi. | Manuscript, 36 leaves, of which 10 are blank, . sq.18°. In possession of Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. Contains about 650 words, alphabetically arranged, and written apparent- ly before the adoption of the new system of orthography in 1834. : — and Noaquett. Potrwatome nkum- winin, | epe | natotatewinin. | Sise- minwrn epe Norgqit, | okena’tonawa | Pukon Kesis, 1835. | [Three lires Po- tewatemi. | | . Shawanoe Baptist Mission: | J. Mee- ker printer: | 1835. Title verso explanation! 1. text entirely in the Potewatemi language pp. 3-83, index p. 84,18°. Primer lessons, pp. 3-6.—Katekism, pp. 7- 46.—Hymns, pp. 47-83. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum. Robert Simerwell was born in Ireland, May 1,1786. At the age of nine he was sent to school, which he attended regularly for two years, and afterwards occasionally until he was fifteen. In the spring of 1803, his parents em- barked for America with their family, which consisted of five boys and one girl, and in May they arrived at Philadelphia. Soon after land- ing, sickness came into the family, and in three months Robert was a homeless orphan. He found employment soon after as an appren- tice to the blacksmith trade. At the age of twenty-two years he united with the Baptist church, and in the summer of 1824 he joined the Baptist mission among the Putawatomie Indians, at Carey station in Michigan territory. He was persuaded to devote himself to this work by Rev. Isaac McCoy, who had estab- lished the mission there in 1822. On the17th of March, 1825, he was married to Miss F. Good- ridge. During tue next five years he and his wife resided at Carey station, where they as- sisted Mr. and Mrs. McCoy in teaching and taking care of the Putawatomie children. In these labors they had the help of Mr. John- ston Lykins and Mr. Jotham Meeker, the lat- ter of whom had been induced by Mr. Simer- well to join the mission. Through the influ- | ence of Mr. McCoy, Mr. Simerwell received the appointment of government blacksmith to the | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Simerwell (R.)— Continued. Indians, at a salary of 365 dollars a year, ‘‘all of which he, like those of the other mission- aries who received salaries from the Govern- ment, threw into the common missionary ac- count, as money belonging to the board, and to be accounted for by a report.” In 1830 it was decided to discontinue the Baptist mission in Michigan, and to remove to the new Indian territory with as many of the Indians as would accompany them. In the following year Mr. McCoy and Mr. Lykins started for the west to select a site for the new mission. Mr.and Mrs. Simerwell remained be- hind to look after the Putawatomies. The school at Carey having been discontinued, with the exception of seven or eight Indian children whom the missionaries kept with them, ‘‘ Mr. Simerwell employed his time in the study of the Putawatomie language,’’ of which he soon became a master. In the latter part of 1833, he and his wife started from Michigan, and on the 13th of November they arrived at the Shaw- anoe mission house, in what is now Johnson county, Kansas, where Mr.Lykins and the other missionaries had preceded them. In 1834, the emigrant Putawatomies who had reached the Missouri river and were waiting for the selection of a reservation numbered be- tween four and five hundred individuals. This company was being continually increased by the arrival of others from Michigan and In- diana. While Mr. Simerwell kept his family at the Shawanoe station and in the vicinity, he frequently visited these Putawatomies, whose encampment was about forty miles distant. He usually remained among them several days_ at « time, ‘‘for the purpose of imparting re- ligious instruction, and of teaching a few to read in their own language.” For their use ‘he compiled, and had printed,” Mr. McCoy relates, ‘‘a small book in Putawatomie.” This was probably the primer of thirty-two pages described above. The new printing press had only recently been set up at the mission, under the care of Mr. Jotham Meeker. Among the first things printed on it (March, 1834), were ‘*50 copies of the alphabet for several tribes,” in the new system of orthography: One of these alphabets was probably in the Putawato- mie language, prepared by Mr.Simerweil. In 1835, with the help of his Putawatomie inter- preter, Noaquett, whose English name was Lu- ther Rice, he compiled another book in the same language, containing a catechism and some hymns. Two other books in Putawato- mie, the titles of which have not been ascer- tained, were printed before 1840, according to Mr. McCoy. These were all printed according to the new system, an account of which, with a specimen of Mr. Simerwell’s alphabet, is giv- en under Meeker (J.) In 1836 application was made to the depart- ment of Indian affairs at Washington for the requisite authority for Mr. Simerwell to prose- cute his missionary labors among the Putawat- qe ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Simerwell (R.) — Continued. omies. In February of the following year a treaty was made by the government with the delegations of the Indians living in Michigan _and on the Missouri river, in which it was stip- ulated that a country on the Osage river, with- in the Indian territory, should be conveyed to them. ‘‘This measure,” Mr. McCoy remarks, ‘(we rightly judged, would place that tribe in a suitable place, where Mr. Simerwell might make a permanent location among them, and render himself more useful than he had been for a few years previously.” Many difficulties, however, were met with in the attempt to carry out this plan. About one thousand Putawato- mies, including women and children, had been encamped near Fort Leavenworth for nearly a year. At length, in the latter part of July, 1837, they became divided. Many were taken to a place up the Missouri river, against the advice and wishes of the missionaries ; while the others who remained were brought together and assigned to a reservation in the new terri- tory, near the present town of Osawatomic, Kansas. It was among the latter that Mr. and Mrs, Simerwell settled in December, 1837. ‘‘ This was an event,’’ Mr. McCoy writes, ‘‘ to which we had long looked with deep solicitude. We considered this station to be a continuation of the Carey mission, transplanted from Michigan to this place.’’ The greater part of the Puta- watomies were still in their original homes in Indiana, Michigan, and Illinois. Efforts were made to induce them to emigrate also, but with- out much success. Mr. Simerwell was located among those who were considered perma- nently settled within the Indian territory. The missionaries were very desirous that as many as possible of this tribe, among whom they had commenced their labors nearly twen- ty years before, should be brought within reach of the institution continued for their benefit. ‘In January, 1838," as Mr. McCoy relates, ‘‘Mr. Simerwell’s prospects among the Puta- watomies appeared to be brightening, and many, chiefly adults, appeared willing to learn to read in their own language; but he was alone, and having the affairs of his family to attend—and this, too, under the disadvantages consequent on a new settlement—he was al- lowed too little time to bestow on missionary labours. He had an opportunity of hiring a half-Indian, to aid him in teaching upon the new system, but he was without the means.” In this emergency Mr. McCoy advanced him funds to enable him to hire the man a month or two,in which time the case could be made known to the board and an answer obtained but the board did not authorize his employ. ment, and so that matter ended. The reservation of the Putawatomies ad- joined that of the Weas and Piankashas. An account of their condition, and of the mission among them, at the close of the year 1839, is given by Mr. McCoy in the following words: ALG 30 465 Simerwell (R.) —Continued. “Only about .650 have yet emigrated to this place. They have but recently arrived, and have not had time to make themselves as comfortable as the Ottawas, and others of their neighbours. . Assistance to a considera- ble extent, in the common improvements of civilization and education, has been secured to— them by treaty, from the Government of the United States. The Methodists have a mission among them, on a small scale, and the Catho- lics have a mission in which two priests are employed. “The Baptist station, transplanted from Michigan, is going into operation here, under auspicious circumstances. A small schoo: in English is taught a portion of the time, and some instruction is imparted in the Indian lan- guage. The missionaries from the nearest sta- tions assist Mr. Simerwell, and attention to re- ligious instruction is very encouraging. A temperance society has been formed, the In- dian members of which have increased to about sixty, a few of whom are Ottawas. Permanent and comfortable mission buildings are now go- ing up, under the superintendence of Mr. Ly- kins. Missionary associates are very much needed by Mr.and Mrs. Simerwell in their ar- duous labours. They have suffered considera- bly by sickness.” About the year 1840 a Baptist church was es- tablished among the Putawatomies under Mr. Simerwell’s care. The record book of this church, from March 29, 1840, to January 12, 1844, is now preserved in the library of the Kansas Historical Society at Topeka. In 1848 a log mission building was erected in what is now Shawnee county, and Mr. Simerwell opened a school there. He was also engaged during this period in teaching and preaching oceasiona ly among the neighboring Miami In- dians. A few years later, in 1854, the Puta- watomie mission was interrupted, and event- ually discontinued, on account of the civil war in the state. After that date Mr. Simerwell was employed by the Baptist missionary society as a colporteur and in other missionary work. He died at his residence on Six-mile Creek, Shawnee county, Kansas, December 11, 1868. His papers, manuscripts and books were pre- sented to the Kansas Historical Society. Of these, a partial vocabulary in manuscript of the Putawatomie language, and a hymn in the same, were given by Mr. Baxter in 1878. In 1879, Mrs Sarah Baxter and Mrs. Elizabeth Carter, of Auburn, Shawnee county, presented the following: ‘547 letters, reports and other papers, being copiesof letters written by, or of letters written to Mr. Simerwell, of dates ex- tending from the year 1822 to the year 1866; 5 manuscripts embracing discourses, translations and fragments of Indian grammar; rules for regulation of Carey Indian Mission family, 1822; parchment certificate of naturalizaticn of Robert Simerwell, Philadelphia, 1824; 7 books of journals, being Mr. Simerwell’s diary from 466 Simerwell (R.) — Continued. April 9, 1824, to December 10, 1837; 5 books of accounts from 1829 to 1856; book of mathemat- ical examples; do. traveling expenses; list of letters received and sent, from 1824 to 1833; and church, book of branch of Pottawatomie Baptist church, from March 29, 1840,to Jan- uary 12, 1814; 3 books of minutes of proceed- ings of the same church.”’ The preceding sketch is compiled mainly from Rev. Isaac McCoy’s History of Baptist Indian Missions, Washington, 1840. Some addi- tional particulars concerning the earlier and later periods of his life have been furnished by Mr. Robert Simerwell Baxter, a grandson of Mr. Simerwell. Noaquett, wh» was also named Luther Rice, after a prominent officer of the Baptist board of missions, was one of the Putawatomie In- dian boys who were taken into Rev. Isaac McCoy’s family and school soon after the estab- lishment of the Baptist mission at Carey sta- tion, Michigan territory, in 1822. In 1824, when ‘‘about fifteen years of age,” he had already acquired considerable knowledge of English. The reportof Commissioner John L. Leib to Governor Cass, made in November 1824, contains the following account of him: ‘‘Noaquett, or Luther Rice, and Anthony Rollo, have made such proficiency in the English lan- guage as to enable them to interpret between the missionaries and the Indians; and even religions discourses have been explained to their red brethren, in a manner highly credit- able to the boys, and satisfactory to the mis- sionaries. Luther Rice, who is not yet fifteen years of age, when he first entered this institu- tion, was wild from the woods, acquainted with no language but his native Indian. He is a very promising lad, making rapid improve- ments in reading, writing, and arithmetic, and exhibiting an inquisitive mind, and a strong desire for the acquisition of knowledge.” In 1826 he was sent with half a dozen other Indian lads to complete his education in one of the east- ern schools, probably at the Baptist Theological Institute, Hamilton, N. Y., under the care of Rev. D. Hascall. On or after the removal of the Putawatomie mission from Michigan to the Indian territory in 1833, Noaquett rejoined Mr. Simerwell and his people. His name appears as joint translator with Mr. Simerwell on the title-page of the Putawatomie hymn book and catechism printed in 1835. A few years later, Mr. McCoy mentions, with words of approba- tion, a speech ‘‘delivered by Luther Rice, alias Noaquett, a full-blooded Indian,” at a temper- ance meeting among the Putawatomies, on July 4th, 1839. Simon (Barbara Anne). The hope of Israel; | presumptive evidence:| that the | aborigines of the western hemi- sphere | are descended from the | ten missing tribes of Israel. | [Five lines Sinclair (John). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Simon (B. A.) —Continued. Hebrew.] | Isaiah xl. | By Barbara Anne Simon. | | London: | published by R. B. Seeley, and W. Burnside: | and sold by L. B. Seeley and sons, Fleet street, | J. Hatch- ard and son, Piccadilly, and | J. Nisbet, Berners street. | MDCCCXXIX [1829]. Title verso printers 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. poem entitled ‘‘ Restoration of Isra- el’’ pp y-vi, errata verso advertisement 11. in- - troduction pp. 1-32, text pp. 33-318, appendix pp. 319-328, 8°. Scattered through this work are general re- marks on Indian languages, principally the Al- gonquian. Copies seen: British Museum, Powell, Wat- kinson. The Field copy, no. 2138, sold for $1.38; the Murphy copy, no. 2286, $3.25. The ten tribes of Israel | historically identified | with the | aborigines | of | the western hemisphere. | By Mrs. Simon | [Quotation four lines. ] | Published by R. B. Seeley and W. Burnside; | and sold by L. and G. Seeley, | Fleet street, London. | MD CCCXXXVI [1836]. Half-title verso printer 1 1. title verso blank 1 l.contents pp. v-vi, preface pp. vil—vili, pre- liminary observations pp. ix-xl, text pp. 1-370, 8°. Linguistics as given under title next above. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum. The Field copy, no. 2139, sold for $1.50; the Squier copy, no. 1241, $2.25. [Translations into the Cree language. } €*) In a biography of the Rev. Henry Stein- hauer, published in the Missionary Outlook for January, 1881, if is stated that ‘‘ Mr. Sinclair translated the Old Testament as far as the end _ of Job; also the Gospels and Acts; while Mr. Steinhauer translated from the beginning of the Psalms to the end of the Old Testament and from the beginning of Romans to the end of the New.”’ In the Canadian Methodist Magazine for May, 1885, the Rev. John McLean says: ‘‘ He |Steinhauer] and John Sinclair, a half-breed, translated the Bible into Cree. Sinclair trans- lated the Old Testament to the end of Job, and the New Testament to the end of the Acts of the Apostles. Mr. Steinhauer translated the remaining parts of the Old and New Testament. I have in my library a manuscript copy of Genesis written in the Cree syllabic characters by John Sinclair. Itis a beautiful specimen of penmanship.” See Mason (W.) for a fuller discussion of the translation of the bible into the Cree language. ALGONQUIAN Sinclar (J.) — Continued. —— [Genesis in the Cree language.] (*) Manuscript in possession of Rev. John Mc- Lean, Moose Jaw, N. W. T. — See Mason (W.) _— See Papers. Siwinowe eawekitake [Shawnee]. See “Lykins (J.) Skoffie : ‘ Vocabulary See Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Allen (W.) Vocabulary Balbi (A.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Vocabulary 7 Latham (R. G.) Vocabulary Pierronet (T.) See also Sheshtapoosh. Slight (Benjamin). Indian’ researches; | or, | facts concerning | the north Amer- ican Indians; | including | notices of their present state of | improvement, | in their social, civil, and religious con- dition; | with | hints for their future advancement. | By Benjamin Slight. | Montreal; | printed for the author, by J. E. L. Miller. | 1844. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. v-vi, introduction pp. vii-ix, contents verso blank 1 |. text pp. 13-176, appen- dix pp. 177-179, 12°. Chapter iv, Language (pp. 28-35), contains general remarks on the Ochipwa dialect, with a specimen of the variations of the verb nemb- aubenandumooenenaunen, ‘‘our laughters of mind”’ (from Evans), p. 32,and a criticism of Evans's Ochipwa alphabet.—A few Ochipwa words and two verses of a hymn in the same | language, pp. 171-173. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, | Eames, Shea, Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society. . At the Field sale, no. 2155, a copy brought $2.25. Smet (Rev. Peter John de). P. J. De Smet. In Annales de Ja propagation de la foi, vol. 11, pp. 479-498, Paris, 1838, 8°. Headed: Nation des Pottowatomies, aux Council Bluffs. Contains a few Pottowatomie words and | phrases. Lettre du — Oregon missions | and | Travels | over the Rocky mountains, | in 1845-46. | By | father P. J. de Smet, | Of the | Society of Jesus. | New-York: | published by Edward Dunigan, | 151, Fulton-street. | M DCCC XLVII [1847]. Engraved title: Oregon missions | and Travels over the | Rocky mountains, | in 1845 LANGUAGES. 467 Smet (P. J. de) — Continued. 46. | [Vignette of ‘‘ Mary Quille in the battle against the Crows.’’] | by Father P. J. De Smet. | of the Society of Jesus. | New York, | Published by Edward Dunigan | 1847. Half-title verso blank 1 1. portrait 1 1. en- graved title as above verso blank 11. title as above verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. xi-xii, map, text pp. 13-408, Our father, etc. in several Indian languages 2 ll. twelve other plates, 16°. Short ecanticle in the Black-Feet language, p. 325.—Names of Pegan chiefs, with translations, p. 333.—Legend of the Potawotomie Indians, pp. 343-354, containing a number of Potawoto- mie proper names, with translations.—The two unnumbered leaves at the end contain the sign of the cross and the lord's prayer in the Cree language [by J. B. Thibault], in the Black-foot language,and in the Potawotomie language {by C. Hoecken], each with an interlinear Eng- lish translation ; also a vocabulary of 23 words in Blaek-foot, a vocabulary of 17 words in Cree, and the Cree numerals 1-10. i Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu- seum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Shea. At the Field sale, a copy, no. 2159, brought $3; at the Brinley sale, no. 5612, $3.75 ; at the Mur- phy sale, no. 785, $5.50. —— Missions de ]’Orégon | et Voyages | aux Montagnes rocheuses | aux sources | de la Colombie, de Athabasca et du Sascatshawin, | en 1845-46, | [Picture of ‘‘Marie Quillax dans la bataille con- tre les Corbeaux,” etc.] | Par le pére P. J. de Smet, | de la Société de Jésus. | Gand, | impr. & lith. de V*. Vander Schelden, | éditeur. [1848. ] Portrait 1 L engraved title as above verso blank 1 1. license to print (dated 20 feb. 1848) verso 2 lines of text 1 1. dedication (dated Gand, 2C février 1848) pp. i-ii, préface de l’éditeur pp. iii-ix, map, notice sur le territoire de l’Orégon pp. 9-39, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 41- 350, notre pére, etc. in several Indian languages pp. 351-359, origine des Américains pp. 360-378, table pp. 379-389, two other maps and fourteen other plates, 16°. Strophe of a hymn in the language of the Pieds-Noirs, with French translation, p. 287.— Names of Pégan chiefs, with translations, p. 242.—Légendes, croyances religieuses et cou- tumes des Potowotomies, pp. 279-303, contain- ing a number of proper names, with transla- tions.—Notre pére (and the sign of the cross) en langue Pied-Noir, with French interlinear, p. 354; en langue des Cries (traduit par Mr Thibault), with French interlinear, p. 355; en langue Potowotomie (traduit par le Pére Hoeken), with French interlinear, p. 356. —Vo- cabulary ot Pied-Noir and Crie, p. 358.—Nu- merals 1-10 in Pied-Noir and Crie, p. 359.— Table comparative de langues Indiennes et 468 Smet (P. J. de) — Continued. Asiatiques, tirée particuliérement du Pére Santini, de Barton et d’Abernethy, pp. 373-377, comprises a few words taken from a number of American languages, among them the Lenni- Lenape, Algonquins, Chippewas, Kikkapoes, . Potowotomies, Cries, Narrangasets, Miamis, Naudowessis, Indiens de la Pensylvanie selon W. Penn, Indiens de Penobscot, St. Jean, et Narrangasets, Piankashaws, Acadians, Shaw- nees, Macicanni, Indiens de la Nouvelle Angle- terre. Copies seen: Shea. This translation was probably made under the supervision of the author. It contains some additional matter and notes, three important maps, and new plates, which differ in style from those. in the New York edition of 1847. The following is a different version : Bancroft, Congress, Eames, —— Missions | de l’Orégon | et voyages - |dans les Montagnes rocheuses | en 1845 et 1846, | parle pére P. J. de Smet, | de la Société de Jésus. | Ouvrage tra- duit de Vanglais, | Par M. Bourlez. | [Ornament. ] | Paris, | librairie de Poussielgue-Rus- and, : rue du. Petit-Bourbon Saint-Sul- C) . | ALyon, chez J, B. ESET SU et. eee eae title : voyage; aux | Montagnes rocheuses jen 1845 & 46. | [Vignette of ‘‘Marie Plume dans ia ba- taille contre les Corbeaux’’) | Par | le pére P.J. de Smet. | de la Société de | Jesus. Half-title verso printer 1 1. portrait 1 1.en- graved title as above verso blank 11. title as above verso blank 1 1. préface pp. i-ii, text pp. 7-366, notre pére etc. in several Indian languages pp. 367-375, origine des Americains pp. 376-398, postface pp. 399-406, table BP, 407-408, twelve other plates, 12°. Linguistics as in the preceding French edi- tion, pp. 272, 278-279, 293-304, 370, 371, 372, 374, 375, 392-396. The greater part of this translation was made from the New York edition. The latter part of the volume, however, follows the other version published at Ghent in the same year, from which the supplementary matter is evi. dently taken. The illustrations are identical with those in the original American edition, the only change being in the inscriptions. Copies seen: Kames. At the Field sale, no. 2158, a copy brought $3.25. —— Missien van den Orégon | en Reizen | naer de rotsbergen | en de bronnen | der Colombia, der Athabasca en Sas- catshawin, | in 1845-46. | [Picture of ‘‘Maria Quillac inden stryd tegen de ' Corbeaux,” etc.] | Door den pater P. J. Missions de l’Orégon. | Ht | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Smet (P. J. de) — Continued. de Smet, | Van de Societeit van Jesus, | uit het fransch | door een klooster- ling van Latrappe. | Gent, | Boek-en Steendrukkery van Wve, Vander Schelden, | Onderstraet, N°. 37. | 1849. Cover title: Missién | van den | Orégon | en j Reizen naar de Rotsbergen, | door | pater P.-J. de Smet, | van desocieteit van Jesus. | Versierd met 16 platen en 3 kaarten. | [Ornament.]} | Gent, | huis heiligen Joseph, | boekdruk- kerij van H. Vander Schelden, | Onderstraat, 26. Cover title as above, portrait 1]. engraved title as above verso blank 1 i. license to print (dated 11 Oct. 1848) verso 2 lines of text 1 1. dedication (dated Gent, den 20 february 1848) pp. vii-viii, vorrede van den uitgever pp. 1x-xv, map, verslag over het grondgebied van den Orégon pp. 17-49, text pp. 51-382, het onze vader etc. in several Indian languages pp. 383-391, oorsprong der Amerikanen pp. 392-411, inhoud pp. 413-423, list of publications on back cover, two other maps and fourteen other plates, 16°. Linguistics as in the first French edition de- scribed above, with Dutch translations, pp. 261, 267, 305-331, 386, 387, 388, 390, 391, 406-410. Copies seen: Eames. —— Voyages | dans | Amérique septen- trionale | Orégon | Par le R. Pere P. J. de Smet | de la compagnie de Jésus | Troisiéme édition | soigneusement cor- rigée et angmentée de notes | d’un por- trait et d’une carte | Bruxelles | Mathieu Closson et Cie | 26, rue Saint-Jean, 26 | Paris | H. Repos et Cie, éditeurs | 70, rue Bonaparte, 70 | 1874 Printed cover as above, half-title verso appro- pation 1 1. portrait 1 1. title as above verso blank | 1 1. preface pp. v-vii, text pp. 1-404, table pp. 405-406, map, 12°. One verse of a song in Pieds Noir, with French translation, p. 298.—Names of the Pé- gan chiefs, with translations, p. 306.—Légende des Indiens Potowatomies, pp. 325-336, contain- ing a number of Potowatomie proper names, with definitions. The other specimens of In- dian languages are omitted in this edition, which is a reprint, with some new notes, of the translation by Bouriez, published at Paris in 1848. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames. Cinquante | Nouvelles Lettres | du | R. P. De Smet, | de la Compagnie de Jésus et Missionnaire en Amérique, | publiées par | Ed. Terwecoren, | de la méme Compagnie. | [Two lines quota- tion. ] |. Paris | Rue de Tournon, 20. | TournaL SS eS ee ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Smet (P. J. de) —Continued. | Rue aux Rats, 11, | H. Castelman | Editeur. | 1858. Pp. i-ix, 1-503, 12°. _ Names of Shyenne delegates with English synonyms, p. 99. Copies seen: British Museum. — The | Linton | Albvm. | By |P. S. [sie] De Smet |S. J. Manuscript belonging in 1887 to the late Col. John Mason Brown, Louisville. Ky.; embel- lished cover with title as above, no inside title, pp. 1-84,4°. Pen and water-color sketches on pp. 1, 3, 15, 33, 55, $1, and 65. A Delaware gainoh or hymn (four stanzas, | four lines each, signed ‘‘ Watomika Sachem ne Delaware’’), p.3.—Alphabet (Cree syllabary) in use among the Northwest Indians, p. 4.—Biog- raphy of Father Watomika, S. J., of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware nation (pp. 5-32), contains Delaware proper names with English transla- tions passim, anda mourning chant of four lines in Delaware, p. 29.—Delaware old legend, pp. 32-40. The Lord’s prayer in eighteen languages, _ in most cases accompanied by the sign of the cross, among them the Cree (syllabic charac- ters), p.67; Potewatemi, p.68; Blackfoot (from Giorda), pp. 69-70; Lenni Lenape or Delaware with English interlinear, p. 79; Algonkin, p. 80; Ottawa and Penobscot (ho latter from Ve- tromile), p. 81; Passamaquoddy, p. 82.—Para- phrase of the Lord's prayer in the Cree lan- guage (syllabic characters) with English oppo- site (five stanzas), pp. 82-83.—Christmas hymn in Potewatemi, pp. 83-84.—Hymn to the Virgin in Potewatemi (from Gailland), p. 84. Peter John De Smet, missionary, bornin Ter- monde, Belgium, December 31, 1801; died in St. Louis, Mo., in May, 1872. He studied in the Episcopal Seminary of Mechlin, and while there he felt called to devote himself to the conver- sion of the Indians. When Bishop Nerinx vis- ited Belgium in search of missionaries, De Smet, with fiye other students, volunteered to accom- pany him, and sail from Amsterdam in 1821. After a short stay in Philadelphia, De Smet en- tered the Jesuit novitiate at Whitemarsh, Md. Here he took the Jesuit habit. In 1828 he went to St. Louis and took part in establishing the Uni- versity of St. Louis, in which he was afterwards professor. In 1838 he was sent to establish a mission among the Potitawattamies on Sugar Creek. He built a chapel, erected a school, which was soon crowded with pupils, and in a short time converted most of the tribe. In 1840 he begged the bishop of St. Lonis to permit him to labor among the Flatheads of the Rocky Mountains, and set out on April 30, 1840. He arrived on July 14 in the camp of Peter Valley, where about 1,600 Indians had assembled to meet him. With the aid of an interpreter he translated the Lord's prayer, the Creed, and the Commandments into their language, and ina fortnight all the Flatheads knew these prayers 469 Smet (P. J. de)— Continued. and commandments, which were afterward ex- plained to them. In the spring of 1841 he set out again, and after passing through several tribes, crossed the Platte and met at Fort Hall a body of Flatheads, who had come 800 miles to escort the missionaries. On September 24 the party reached Bitterroot River, where it was decided to forma permanent settlement. The lay brothers built a church and residence, while De Smet went to Colville to obtain pro- visions. On his return he remained in the village familiarizing himself with the language, into which he translated the cate- chism. He then resolved to visit Fort Van- couver ; on his return to St. Mary’s he resolved to cross the wilderness again to St. Louis. There he laid the condition of his mis- sion before his superiors, who directed him to go to Europe and appeal for aid to the people of Belgium and France. He sailed from Ant- werp in December, 1843, with five Jesuits and six sisters, and reached Fort Vancouver in Au- gust, 1844. In 1845 he began a series of inissions among the Zingomenes, Sinpoils, Okenaganes, Flatbows, and Koetenays, which extended to the watershed of the Saskatchewan and Colum- bia, the camps of the wondering Assiniboins and Creeks, and the stations of Fort St. Anne and Bourassa. He visited Europe several times in search of aid for his missions. During his last visit to Europe he met with a severe acci- dent, in which several of his ribs were broken, and on his return to St. Louis he wasted slowly away.—Appleton’s Cyclop.of Am. Biog. Smith (Ethan). View | ofthe | Hebrews; | exhibiting | the destruction of Jerusa- lem; | the certain restoration of Judah and | Israel; | and | an address of the prophet Isaiah re- | lative to their res- toration. .| By Ethan Smith, | pastor of a church in Poultney,(Vt.) | [Twolines scripture. | | Poultney, (Vt.) | Printed and pub- lished by Smith & Shute. | 1823. Title verso copyright 11. introduction pp. iii- iv, text pp. 15-183, contents pp. 185-187, 12°. A short comparative vocabulary (28 words and phrases) of Indian and Hebrew (from Bou- dinot and Adair), showing analogies between the two. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum. —— View of the Hebrews; | or the | tribes of Israel in America. | Exhibiting | Chap. I. The destruction of Jerusalem. Chap. II. The cer- | tain restoration of Judah and Israel. Chap. III. The | present state of Judah and Israel. Chap. 1V. An | address of the Prophet Isaiah to the United | States relative to their restoration }| By Ethan Smith, | pastor of a Church in Poultney (Vt.) | 470 Smith (E.) — Continued. [Four lines quotation.] | Second edi- tion, Improved and enlarged. | Published and printed by Smith & Shute, | Poultney, (Vt.) | 1825. Title verso copyright 1 ). preface verso blank 1]. recommendations pp. iii-viii, contents pp. ix-xi, text pp. 13-269, appendix pp. 271-285, 12°, Linguistics as under previous title, pp. 90-91. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Wat- kinson. Some copies vary in title-page from the above, ‘‘Second edition, improved and enlarged” appearing immediately before the werds ‘“‘ By Ethan Smith.” (Boston Athenzum, Shea.) At the Squier sale, no. 1249, a copy brought 55 cents. Smith (Rev. Frederic S.) See Gilfillan (Js, Avs) Smith (Capt. John). A map of Virginia. | VVith a descripti- | on of the covn- trey, the | Commodities, People, Gov- . ern- | ment and Religion. | VVritten by Captaine Smith, sometimes Go- | vern- our of the Countrey. | Wherevnto is annexed the | proceedings of those Colonies, since their first | departure from England, with the discourses, | Orations, and relations of the Salvages, | and the accidents that befell | them in all their Iournies | and discoveries. | Taken faithfvlly as they | were written out of the writings of | Doctor Rvssell. Richard Wiefin. | Tho. Stvdley. Will. Phettiplace. | Anas Todkill. Nathaniel Povvell. | leffra Abot. Richard Pots. |° And the relations of divers other dili- gent observers there | present then, and now many of them in England. | By VV. S [trachey ]. | [Design.] | At Oxford, | Printed by Joseph Barnes. 1612. Title verso blank 11. to the hand (*2) verso blank I 1. vocabulary 2 ll. (verso of second blank), map, text pp. 1-39, title of ‘‘ The pro- ceedings of the English colonie in Virginia "’ (with the same imprint as in the first title) verso blank 1 ].to the reader 1 1. text pp. 1- 110,4°. See the fac-simile of the title-page. On the two leaves preceding the textis a vocabulary of 65 words and 11 sentences in the Indian language of Virginia, beginning with the words: ‘Because many doe desire to knowe the maner of their language, I haue inserted these few words.”’ Copies seen: British Museum, Lenox, Har- vard. One of the two copies in the Lenox Library contains a leaf of dedication, verso blank, in- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Smith (J.)— Continued. serted after the title. This dedication is signed “Tohn Smith” and addressed ‘‘To the Right Honourable S'. Edward Semer Knight, Baron Beauchamp, and LEarle of Hartford,” etc. whose arms are stamped in gold on the vellam covers. In this respect the copy is probably unique. At the Murphy sale, no. 2315, a fine copy sold for $180. Priced by Quaritch, no. 29715, 30. ; ; by Dodd, Mead & co. Nov. 1889, $50. Reprinted in Arber’s edition of Smith’s Works, 1884, described on pp. 472-473. —— The | generall historie | of | Virginia, New-England, and the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters, and Governours from their | first beginning An°: 1584. to this | present 1624. | With the Procedings of those Severall Colonies | and the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Discoveries. | Also the Maps and. Descriptions of all those | Countryes, their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and Religion | yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine Iohn Smith sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Ad- mirall | of New England. | London. | Printed by I. D. and eee for Michael | Sparkes. | 1624. Title in center of engraved page verso blank 11.dedication to the Duchesse of Richmond and Lenox 11. preface verso poem 1 1. other poems 2 1]. contents 2 ll. text pp. 1-96, 105-248, errata of seven lines on a slip, 4 maps, folio. See the reduced fac-simile of the title-page. Vocabulary of the Indian language of Vir- ginia, as under title next above, p. 40. Copies seen: Brown, Congress, Lenox. Of the five copies of this edition in the Lenox Library, one is on large paper, in the original binding of dark blue morocco, gilt edges, with the arms of the Duchess of Richmond and Lenox, to whom the work is dedicated, stamped on one side, and the arms of King James I on the other. It was purchased at the Brinley sale in New York, in 1878, for $1,800. Another copy, also in the original binding, has John Smith’s initials ‘‘I.S.” stamped on both coy- ers, and contains the slip of errata pasted at the bottom of the last page. A third copy is very tall, and is uncut. A fourth copy has inserted four portraits of Smith in different states, and a portrait of the Duchess of Richmond. A fifth copy contains the autograph of Thomas Penn, and was used in the suit of Penn against Baltimore. The portraits of the Duchess of Richmond and Lenox and of Matoaka or Poca- hontas, which are usually found in the later editions, do not belong to the first edition as originally issued. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 2511, 107. 10s. FAC-S!IMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF SMITH’S MAP OF VIRGINIA, P i Ifés-with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters,and Governours from their _ firflbeginning An:13 8 4.10 this Oo prefent 3 SS SSSI SOO AARVANW FAC-SIMILE (REDUCED) OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF SMITH’S HISTORY OF VIRGINIA OF 1624. yf oo uees ours from their nr ee es at befe ef a ar eee ee eee ovemment,Cuftomes,and eee t knowne . : Diviwed INTO SEE Bo OKES . gNew England . 5 LONDON . g Printed or pee and LH.f or) chacl” FAC-SIMILE (REDUCED) OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF SMITH’S HISTORY OF VIRGINIA OF 1626. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Smith (J.) — Continued. At the Field sale, no. 2169, a copy brought $147.50. Priced by Stevens, 1888, 71. 10s. —— The | general] historic | of | Virginia, Sete land, and the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters, and Governours from their | first beginning An°: 1584. to this | present 1626. | With the Procedings of those Severall Colonies | and the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Discoveries. | Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Couniryes, their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and Religion | yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine Iohn Smith sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Ad- mirall | of New England. | London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Michael | Sparkes. | 1626. Title in center of engraved page; collation and contents as in edition of 1624, titled next above. On thetitle-page the inscription over the portrait of Charles is altered from ‘‘Carolvs Princeps,”’ as in the 1624 edition, to ‘‘Carolvs Rex.” See the reduced fac-simile of the title- page. Copées seen: Brown, Harvard, Lenox, Massa- chusetts Historical Society. — The | generall historie| of | Virginia, New-England, and the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters, and Governours from their | first beginning An®: 1584. to this | present 1626. | With the Procedings of those Severall Colonies | and the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Discoveries. | Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Countryes, their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and Religion | yet knowne. | Divided intosixe Bookes, | By Captaine Iohn Smith sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Ad- mirall | of New England. | London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Michael | Sparkes. | 1627. Title in center of engraved page verso blank; collation and contents as in edition of 1624 titled above. The portrait of King Charles has the inscription ‘‘ Carolvs Rex.” Copies seen: Congress, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society. The Menzies copy, no. 1848, sold for $140; at the Murpby sale, no. 2310, a copy brought $210. Priced by Quaritch, no. 29718, 121.; no. 29719, 471 Smith (J.)— Continued. 10l.; by Dodd, Mead and co. Nov. 1889, $120; another copy, $180. The | generall historie | of | Virginia, New-England, and the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters, and Governours from their } first beginning An°®: 1584. to this | present 1626.| With the Procedings of those Severall Colonies | and the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Discoveries. | Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Countryes, their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and Religion | yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine Iohn Smith sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Ad- mirall | of New England. | London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Michael | Sparkes. | 1631. Cy Title in center of engraved page verso blank; collation and contents as in edition of 1624 titled above. I have seen mention of but one copy of this edition—that in the library of Mr. Alfred H. Huth, London, England. Thinking there was possibly a mistake in the date, I wrote Mr. Huth concerning it, sending him photographic fac-similes of the title-pages of the editions of 1624, 1626, 1627, and 1632 for comparison, and asking that he note the differences not only in the titles buf in the books themselves. . He responds as follows: I regret that the only other edition of John Smith’s History of Virginia besides that of 1631 that I have in my library is the edition of 1624. Apparently there is no difference in the text between these two editions; indeed I am pretty well convinced that it is the same edition with a new title-page. The ornaments, catch-words, broken type, &c. all correspond; and therefore it is highly probable that all the editions up to that of 1631 at least, are the 1624 edition merely with new titles and altered maps. In the title the 1631 edition differs from that of 1627 only in the date. The Map of Virginia has 1695” in ther. t. corner. The Map ofthe Summer Isles has in addition ‘‘ Peniston’s Re- doute,”’ and ‘‘ Printed by James Reeve.” The Map of New England has in place of ‘‘Charles Prince,” ‘‘Charles nowe King’’; and in place of ‘‘Printed by Geor. Low,” has ‘‘ Printed by James Reeve;”’ there are also more islands at the mouth of the river Charles. The | generall historie | of | Virginia, New-England, and the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters, and Governours from their | . first beginning An®: 1584. to this | present 1626. | With the Procedings A472 Smith (J.)— Continued. of those Severall Colonies | and the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Discoveries. | Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Countryes, their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and Religion | yet knowne. | Divided intosixe Bookes. | By Captaine Iohn Smith sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Ad- mirall | of New England. | London. | Printed by I D. and | I. H. for Edward | Blackmore | Anno 1632 Collation and contents as in edition of 1624. In this edition the portrait of Charles Rex is altered to represent a man of more mature years, and the map includes the names of places in New England not given in the former issues. Copies seen: Boston Athenzeum, British Mu- seum, Brown, Congress, Harvard, Lenox. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 2515, 101. 10s.; by Quaritch, no. 29723, bound with True Travels, 1630, 30l.; by Ellis & Scrutton, 1886, bound with the True Travels, 361. The Brinley copy, no. 365, sold for $230. ‘ The printed portion of these issues—1624, 1626, 1627, and 1632—is identical in all, and all want the. sheet O, pp. 97-104. The variations are in the engraved title and maps. An edition: Reisen Entdeckungen, Berlin, 1782, contains no linguistics. (British Mu- seum.) —— The General History of Virginia, New England, and the Summer Isles: with the Names of the Adventurers, Planters, and Governors, from their first begin- ning, Anno 1584, to this present 1624; with the Proceedings of those several Colonies, and the Accidents that befell them in all their Journies and Discoy- eries. Also, the maps and descriptions of all those countries, their commodi- ties, people, government, customs, and religion, yet known. Divided into Six Books. By Captain John Smith, Some- time Guvernor in those Countries, and Admiral of New England. In Pinkerton (John). A general collection of voyages and travels, vol. 13, pp. 1-253, London, 1812, 4°. Virginia Indian vocabulary, ‘‘ Because many do desire to know,’’ etc. p. 45. The | trve travels, | adventvres | and | observations | of | captaine Iohn Smith, | in | Europe, Asia, Africke, and America: | beginning | about the yeere 1593, and continued | to this pres- ent 1629] Vol. I.| From the London edition of 1629 [sic]. | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Smith (J.)— Continued. Richmond: | Republished at the Franklin Press. | William W. Gray, Printer. | 1819. Title to vol. 2: The | generall historie | of | Virginia, New-England, and the Summer Iles, | with | the names of the adventurers, planters, and | governours from their first beginning, | an. 1584. to this present 1626. | With | the proceedings | of those severall colonies and the accidents | that befell them in all their iournyes { and discoveries. | Also | the maps and descrip- tions | of those countryes, their commodities, people, government, customes, | and religion yet knowne. | Divided into sixe bookes. | By cap- taine Iohn Smith, | sometymes governonr of those countryesand admirall of New England. | Vol. II. | From the London edition of 1629 [sic]. | Richmond: | Republished at the Franklin Press. | William W. Gray, Printer. | 1819. 2vols.: portrait of Smith 11. title verso blank 11. dedication of the publisher verso blank 1 1. epistle dedicatory 1 1. contents 11. poems ete. 3 ll. text pp. 1-243, commendatory addresses pp. ~ 245-247; frontispiece 11. title verso blank 1 ]. contents pp. iii-xi, text pp. 1-282, three maps and plates, 8°. The Generall Historie (‘‘From the London Edition of 1627”’) comprises a part of the first and nearly the whole of the second volume, and includes the Virginian vocabulary, vol. 1, pp. 147-148. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Geological Survey, Lenox, Pilling, Shea. Leclerc, 1867, no. 1406, solda copy for 21 fr. ; the Field copy, no, 2171, brought $13.50; the Menzies copy, no. 1852, $10; the Squier copy, no. 1253, $6.25; no. 1947, $5.50; the Murphy copy, no. 2311, $4.50. Priced by Leclere, 1878, no. 1008, 30 fr. ; by Quaritch, no. 29728, 21. 10s. — The English Scholar’s Library. | Capt. John Smith, | of Willoughby by Alford, Lincolnshire; President | of Vir- ginia, and Admiral of New England. | Works. | 1608-1631. | [Ten lines quota- tions.] | Edited by Edward Arber, | fellow [&c. three lines. ] | 1, Montague road, Birmingham. | 10 June, 1884. | No. 16. | (Allrights re- served. ) Cover title: The English Scholar’s Library. | Edited by Edward Arber, | fellow [&c. three lines.] | Capt. John Smith, | President of Vir- ginia, and Admiral of New | England. | Works. | 1608-1631. | 1, Montague road, Birmingham. | 10 June, 1884. | No. 16. | Unwin bros., imp.) Twelve Shillings and Sixpence. (Chilworth & London. Printed cover verso dedication 1 1. half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. V-viii, preface pp. ix-xviii, introduction pp. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Smith (J.)—Continued. - xix-xxxii, illustrative documents pp. xxxiii- exxix, bibliography pp. cxxx-cxxxvi, text pp. 1-972, index pp. 973-983, tail piece and printers p. 984, six maps and plates, sq. 8°. A map of Virginia (with title-page arranged as in the original edition of 1612), pp. 41-174, including tae vocabulary, pp. 44-46. The generall historie of Virginia &c. (with fac-simile of the title-page of the 1624 edition), pp. 273-784, inclndes the vocabulary, pp. 381-382. Copies seen: Eames, Geological Survey. The vocabulary from this work is reprinted in part in many places; in full in Howison (R. R.), A history of Virginia, Philadelphia, 1846; also in Macauley (J.), The natural history of the state of New-York, New York, 1829. John Smith, adventurer, bornin Willoughby, Lincolnshire, England, in January, 1579; died in London, 21 June, 1632. Biographies of Smith are generally based on Smith’s own accounts of hislife and services, whicharenot trustworthy. He was the eldest son of George and Alice Smith, poor tenants of Peregrine Bertie, Lord Willoughby, and was baptized in the parish ehurch at Willoughby, 6 Jan., 1579, O.S.—Ap- pleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Smith (John Jay) and Watson (J. F.) American | historical and literary curi- osities; | consisting of | fac-similes of original documents relating to the events | of the revolution, | &c. &c. | with a variety of | reliques, antiquities, | and | modern autographs. | Collected and edited | by | J. Jay Smith, | libra- rian of the Philadelphia and Loganian libraries, | and | John F. Watson, | annalist of Philadelphia and New York; | assisted by | an association of American antiquaries.| No. 2, com- pleting the work. | Philadelphia: | published by Lloyd P. Smith. | 1847. Title verso printers 1 1. contents 11. text 35 unnumbered Il. folio. Fac-simile of the Indian title-page of Eliot’s bible of 1663, aud of one page of the psalms, from the same work, plate 17. Copies seen ; Congress. Priced by Clarke & co. 1881, no. 626, $4. Second edition, Philadelphia, 1847, 2 parts, folio. (British Museum.) Third edition, Philadelphia, 1847, folio. (*) —— — American | historical and liter- ary curiosities ; | consisting of | fac-sim- iles of original documents relating to the events | of the revolution, | &c. &c. | With a variety of | reliques, an- tiquities, | and | modern autographs, | Smith (John S.) 473 Smith (J. J.)and Watson (J. F.)—Con’d. Collected and edited | by | J. Jay Smith, | librarian of the Philadelphia and Loganian libraries | and | John F. Watson, | annalist of Philadelphia and New York. | Fourth edition, with addi- tions and alterations. | New York: | G. P. Putnam. | 1850. Title verso copyright (1846) and printers 1 1. preface verso blank 1 1. contents 2 Il. plates I- LXVI, and 10 ll. of text, 4°. Linguistics as in the first edition, described above, plate 48. Copies seen: Lenox. —— —— American | historical and liter- ary curiosities; | consisting of | fac- suniles of original documents relating to the | events of the revolution, | &c. &c. | with a variety of | reliques, an- tiquities and modern autographs. | Collected and edited | by| J. Jay Smith, | librarian of the Philadelphia and Loganian libraries, | and | John F. Watson, | annalist of Philadelphia and New York, | Fifth edition, with additions. | New York: | G. P. Putnam. | 1352. Title verso blank 1 1. preface verso blank 1 |. contents 2 ll. text 68 11. folio. Linguistics as | in the edition of 1847, titled above, plate 48. Copies seen: Astor, estan Public. — — American | historical and liter- ary curiosities; | consisting of | fac- similes of original documents relating to the events {| of the revolution, | &c., &c. | with a variety of | reliques, an- tiquities, | and | modern autographs. | Collected and edited | by | John Jay Smith, | member [&c. one line], | and | John F. Watson, | annalist [&c. one line.] | Assisted by an association of American antiquarians. | Sixth edition; with improvements and additions. | Philadelphia: | W. Brotherhead. | 1861. Title verso blank 1 1. preface to fifth edition etc. verso blank 1 1. contents 2 11. plates I-Lxx, 1 unnumbered plate, folio. Linguistics as in first edition, titled above, plate LI. Copies seen: Boston Public. Vocabulary of the Arapahoes and of the Cheyennes. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 446-459, Philadelphia, 1853, 4°. Contains about 400 words each, maehiding the numerals 1-300,000. 474 Smith (Philip H.) General history | of | Duchess county, | from | 1609 to 1876, inclusive. | Illustrated with | numerous wood-cuts, map and full- | page en- gravings. | By Philip H. Smith. | Pawling, N. Y.; | published by the author. | 1877. Frontispiece 1 1. title 1 1. text pp. 7-507, map and four other plates, 8°. A few Mohegan or Mincee terms, pp. 21-22. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Shea. Smith (Samuel). The | history | of | the colony | of | Nova-Cesaria, or New-Jer- sey : | containing, | an account of its first settlement, | progressive improvements, | the original and present constitution, | and other events, | to the year 1721. | With | some particulars since; | and | a short view of its present state, | By Samuel Smith. | Burlington, in New-Jersey : | Printed and Sold by James Parker: Sold also by | David Hall, in Philadelphia. M- DCCLXV[1765]. Title verso blank 11. contents pp. iii-vi, pre- face pp. vii-x, text pp. 1-511, appendix pp. 512- 578, errata verso blank 1 1. 8°. Pe Brief vocabulary (names of animals) in the language of the New Jersey Indians, p. 137. Oopies seen: Harvard, Lenox. At the Menzies sale, no. 1859, a copy brought $125. Dodd, Mead & co. catalogue 16, priced a eopy $70. The | history | of | the colony | of | Nova-Cesaria, or New-Jersey: | con- taining, | an account of its first settle- ment, | progressive improvements, | the original and present constitution, | and other events, | to the year 1721. | With | some particulars since; | and | a short view of its present state. | By Samuel Smith. | Burlington, in New-Jersey : | Printed and sold by James Parker: Sold also by | David Hall, in Philadelphia. M,DCC,- LXV [1765]. Verso of title: Trenton, N.J.: Wm.S. Sharp, Stereotyper and Publisher. 1877. Title verso copyright (dated 1877) and print- er 1 1. preface to second edition pp. iii-iv, sketch of the author pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii- x, preface pp. xi-xiv, 1 blank 1. text pp. 1-311, appendix pp. 512-573, errata verso blank 1 1. index pp. 575-602, map, 8°. Vocabulary as under title above, p. 137. Copies seen: Eames, Harvard. The vocabulary is reprinted in Raum (J.0.), History of New Jersey, vol. 1, p. 122, Philadel- phia, 1877, 8°. Song book, Abnaki. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Smithsonian Institution. These words following a title or included within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution, Washington, D. C. Smithsonian Institution. Smithsonian miscellaneous collections. | 216. | Photo- graphic portraits | of | North American Indians | in the gallery of the | Smith- sonian institution. | [Seal.] | Washington: | Smithsonian institu- tion. | 1867. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-42, 8°, Names of persons of a number of tribes of American Indians, with definitions, among them the Miamis, Pottawatomis, Sacs, Foxcs, Shawnees, Ottawas, Cheyennes, Arapahos, Del- awares, Montauks, and Chippewas. . Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling, Smithsonian Institution. Some copies are printed on one side of the leaf only. (Bureau of Ethnology, Smithsonian _ Institution.) Snake (Noah). See Bigcanoe (C.) Sobron (Félix C.y) Los idiomas | de la | América Latina | Estudios biografico- bibliograficos | por | D. Félix C. y So- bron | Médico-cirujano é€ individuo de varias Sociedades cientificas | Madrid | imprenta 4 cargo de Victor Saiz | Calle de la Colegiata, nim. 6 [1877] Cover title: Félix C. y Sobron | Los idiomas | de la | América Latina | [Ornament] | Madrid | Eduardo de Medina, editor | Calle de la Colegiata, nim. 6 Printed cover, half-title verso blank 11. title as above verso blank 1 1. preface pp. 5-6, text pp. 7-137, otras producciones del autor verso blank 11.12°. O salutaris Hostia ‘‘ en abnakisa,’’ and ‘‘en illinesa”’ (from Rasles), p. 101. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames. Society for Promoting ‘Christian Knowledge: These words following a title or included within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution, Lon- don, England. See Vetromile (H.) Songs: A bnaki See Abnaki. Abnaki Reade (J.) Algonquian Algonquian. Algonquian Dunne (J.) Algonquian Haines (E. M.) Blackfoot Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Blackfoot - Smet (P.J.de). Brotherton Baker (T.) Cheyenne Baker (T.) Cheyenne Dodge (R. 1.) Chippewa Baker (T.) / ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. AT5 Merian (A. A. von). See also Micmac. ; [Sparks (Jared).] [Review of ] Journal of a Tour around Hawaii, the largest of the Sandwich Islands. By a Deputation from the Mission on those Islands. In North American FEOVIOW, vol, 22, pp. 334— 364, Boston, 1826, 8°. Contains, in a note on pp. 359-360, a few specimens of New England Indian words (from Cotton Mather). Specimen | characterum | typographei | 8. Concilii Christiano nomini Propa- gando | sanctissimo Domini Nostro | Gregorio XVI. Pont-Max. | idem typo- grapheum invisenti | Oblatum. | [De- sign. | | Rome | MDCCCXLIII [1843]. 79 unnumbered ll. ee on one side only, sm. folio. Songs — peainved. Specimen — Continued. _ Chippewa See Belden (G. P.) Contains the angelical salutation in the Nip- Chippewa Brisbin (J.S.) issing language. Chippewa Copway (G.) Copies seen: British Museum, Watkinson. Chippewa Faulmann (K. : - : ons Fletcher = ee Spelling | and | reading book, | in | Chippewa Goodrich (S. G.) Ojibwa and English. | Kekenooihmah- Chippewa Hoffman (C. F.) gawinun | chedonje | aginduhming Chippewa Hoffman (W.J.) kuhya_ spellewing | Oojibwamoong Cinppewa Le kuhya shahguhnaushemoong. | Chippewa Johnston (Jane). T 5 adie EL R 1 Sinupena Lanauan (Cy oronto: | printe y Henry Owice Chippewa McKenney (T. L.) | for the church society of the diocese Chippewa Schooleraft (H. R.) of Toronto. | 1856. Chippewa Schoolcraft (J.) Printed cover, title as above verso blank 11. Chippewa Strickland (W. P.) Ojibwa letters p. 3, text (alternate pages Ojibwa Cree Petitot (E. F.S.J.) and English) pp. 4-35, 16°. Probably by Rev. Maliseet Gabriel (P. J.) Frederick A. O’Meara. Miami Whitney (H.) Copies seen: Powell. Micmac Elder (W.) ; Micmac Leland (C.G.) Buono beck: Micmac Mitchell (L.) Chippewa See Ayer (F.) Mississagua Chamberlain (A. F.) Chippewa Baierlein (E.) Ottawa Hoffman (C. F.) Chippewa Bingham (A.) Passamaquoddy Leland (C. G.) Chippewa Dencke {C. F.) Powhatan Strachey (W.) Chipp owe Evans (J.) Shawnee Beidermann (W. von). Chippewa James (E.) Chippewa Jones (P.) Soto. See Chippewa. Chippewa Spelling. Souriquois: Delaware Linapie. Numerals See Duret (C.) Delaware Zeisberger (D.) Numerals Haines (E. M.) Penobscot Wzokhilain (P. P.) Numerals James (E.) ‘ ; 2 ; Manierals Laet (J. de). [Squier (Ephraim George).] Historical Numerals Lescarbot (M.) and mythological traditions of the Al- Relationships Laet (J. de). gonquins; with a translation of the Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and ‘“Walum-Olum,” or bark record of the ee oS) Linni-Lenape. Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) In the American Review, new series, vol. 3, Vocabulary Laet (J. de). pp. 273-293, New York, 1849, 8°. (Astor, Con- Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) gress, Eames.) Vocabulary Lescarbot (M.) The paper was read before the New York Words Lesley (J. P.) ‘Historical Society in June, 1848. Words Song 1. The creation (in the Delaware lan- guage, with interlinear English translation), pp. 277-280.—Song 2. The deluge (in Delaware, with interlinear translation), pp. 282-283.— Songs 3-6, pp. 285-290, contain a number of Dela- ware words with English significations. Songs land 2 are pavmuaot by the hieroglyphic symbols. Issued separately ey pp. 1-23, 8°. (Astor.) “Among the various original manuscripts which, in the course of these investigations, fell into my possession, I have received through the hands of the executors of the lamented Nicollet, a series by the late Prof. C.S. Rafin- esque. . . Among these mss. was one entitled the ‘Walum Olum’ (literally ‘painted sticks’)— or painted and engraved traditions of the Linni-Lenape,—comprising five divisions, the first two embodying the traditions referring to the creation and a general flood, and the rest comprising arecord of various migrations, with a list of ninety-seven chiefs, in the order of their succession, coming down to the period of AT6 pone (E. G.) — Continued. the discovery. This ms. also embraces one hundred and eighty-four compound mnemonic symbols, each accompanied by a sentence or verse in the original language, of which aliteral translation is givenin English. The only ex- planation which we have concerning it is con- tained ina foot-note, inthe handof Rafinesque, in which he states that the ms. and wooden originals were obtained in Indiana in 1822, and that they were for a long time inexplicable.’— Squier. Reprinted in: Beach (W. W.), The Indian miscellany, pp. 9-42, Albany, 1877, 8°. Drake (S. G.), Aboriginal races of North America, pp. 718-736, New York, 1880, 8°. The complete text of the original, with trans- lation, is printed in Brinton (D.G.), The Le- napé and their legends, pp. 169-181, Philadel- phia, 1885, 8°. —— Specimen of the Montagnais lan- guage of Lower Canada. From the British Museum. In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 7, pp. 268-269, New, York and London, 1863, sm. 4°. Two letters in Montagnais, transmitted by Hon. E. G. Squier, with English translation; the one signed ‘‘nir Rné,” the other ‘‘Nir Rui Mastshimut’’, both written from Quebec, and the second dated Aug. 8, 1795. Found by Mr. Squier ‘‘in the British Museum amongst the documents entitled ‘Miscellane- ous Philological Reports, No. 11,038, Plut. cxlvii. G.’; endorsed and there entitled ‘ Writ- ings in European characters by Taddesee or Saganee Indians, fifty leagues below Quebec on the north side of the river. The Indians have been instructed by missionaries.’ ”’ See Sabin (J.) Ephraim George Squier, author, born in Beth- lehem, N. Y., 17 June, 1821; died in Brooklyn, N. Y.,17 April, 1888. He was associated in the publication of the ‘‘ New York State Mechanice,”’ at Albany, in 1841-’2, and engaged in journalism in Hartford, Conn., and Chillicothe, Ohio, in 1843-'8. He also made an examination of the ancient remains of New York State in 1848. He was appointed special chargé d'affaires to all the Central American States in 1849. In 1853 he made a second visit to Central America. In 1863 Mr. Squier was appointed U. S. Com- missioner to Peru, in 1868 was appointed consul- general of Honduras at New York, and in 1871 he was elected the first president of the An- thropological institute of New York.—Apple- ton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Stanley (J. M.) Catalogue | of | pic- tures, | in | Stanley & Dickerman’s | North American | Indian portrait gal- lery ; | J. M. Stanley, | artist. | Cincinnati: | printed at the “Daily Enquirer office.” | 1846. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Stanley (J. M.) — Continued. Printed cover, title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 3-34, 8°. In one copy seen (Powell): there is a folioleaf printed on one side, pasted in, which is headed ‘‘Saux and Fox.” Names of persons of various Indian tribes, with English definitions, among them the Pot- tawatomies, Stockbridges, Munsees, Ottawas, Chippewas, Weeahs, Shawnees, Delawares, and Sacs and Foxes. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling, Powell. Portraits | of | North American In- dians, | with sketches of scenery, etc., | painted by | J. M. Stanley. | Deposited with | the Smithsonian institution. | [Seal of the institution.] | Washington: | Smithsonian institu- tion. | December, 1852. Printed cover as above, title as above verso printers 11. preface verso contents 1 1. text pp. pp. 5-72, index pp. 73-76, 8°. Forms Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous Collections, 53; also part of vol. 2 of the same series, Washington, 1862. Contains the names of personages of many Indian tribes of the United States, to anumber of which is added the English signification. Among the peoples represented are the Poto- watomies, Stockbridges, Munsees, Ottawas, Chippewas, Delawares, Weeahs, Shawnees, Sacs and Foxes, and Blackfoot, Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Geological Survey, Pilling, Powell, Smithsonian Institution. Stanton (Thomas). See Pierson (A.) Stargardt (J. A.) No. 135. | Amerika und Orient. | Enthalt auch | Original- Manuscripte und Werke | von | Profes- sor J. C. E. Buschmann, | (K6nigl. Bib- liothekar, Mitglied der Akademie) | Wilh. v. Humboldt u. Alex. v. Hum- boldt. | Zu verkaufen | durch | J. A. Stargardt | in Berlin W., Jigerstrasse 53. | Berlin 1881. Title verso quotations 1 1. catalogue pp.1-38, 8°. Contains brief titles of a number of works relating to American languages, among them some in the Mohegan and Massachusetts. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Pilling. Stearns (R. E. C.) (From the Overland Monthly.) | Aboriginal Shell-money, | By R. E. C. Stearns. | San Francisco, California, September 1, 1873. [San Francisco. 1873.] Colophon: John H. Carmany & Co., News- paper, Book and Job Printers, 409 Washington St. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Stearns (R. E. C.) — Continued. No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-10, 8°. Reprinted from the Overland Monthly for Octo- ber, 1873. Names of shell money in the Indian language ’ of New England, p. 4. Copies seen: Eames. Stearns (Winfrid Alden). Labrador | a sketch of | its peoples, its industries and its | natural history. | By | Win- frid Alden Stearns. | Boston: | Lee and Shepard, 47 Frank- lin street. | New York: Charles T. Dil- lingham. | 1884. Title verso copyright (dated 1883) 1 1. preface (dated July 14, 1884) pp. iii-iv, contents pp. v- ‘viii, introduction pp. 1-7, text pp. 9-295, 8°. Numerals 1-10, 20, 30, of the Labrador In- dians, and a vocabulary of 35 ‘‘other words” which are Algonquian, probably Nascogee, p. 294. . Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. Steiger (E.) Steiger’s | bibliotheca glot- tica, | part first. | A catalogue of | Dictionaries, Grammars, Readers, Ex- positors, etc. | of mostly | modern lan- guages | spoken in all parts of the earth, | except of | English, French, German, and Spanish. | First division: | Abenaki to Hebrew. | E. Steiger, | 22 & 24 Frankfort Street, | New York. [1874.] Half-title on cover, title as above verso printer 11. notice dated Sept. 1874 verso blank 11. text pp. 1-40, advertisements 2 11. colophon on back cover, 12°. Titles of works in Abenaki, p.1; Algonkin, p. 3; American aboriginal languages in gen- eral, pp. 3-4; in Cree, p. 25; in Delaware, p. 29. The second division of the first part was not published. Part second is on the English lan- guage, and part third on the German language. In his notice the compiler states: ‘‘ This com- pilation must not be regarded as an attempt at a complete linguistic bibliography, but solely as a bookseller’s catalogue for business pur- poses, with special regard to the study of phi- lology in America.” Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. Steinhauer (Rev. Henry). [Translations in the Cree language. ] ey) In a biography of Mr. Steinhauer published in the Missionary Outlook for January, 1881, it is stated that ‘‘Mr. Steinhauer translated from the beginning of the Psalms to the end of the old testament and from the beginning of Romans to the end of the new [into the Cree language]. In the Canadian Methodist Magazine for May, 1885, the Rev. John McLean says: ‘‘ He [Steinhauer] and John Sinclair, a half-breed, | 477 Steinhauer (H.) — Continued. translated the bible into Cree. Sinclair trans- lated the old testament to the end of Job and the new testament to the end of the acts of the apostles. Mr. Steinhauer translated the re- maining parts of the old and new testament. I have in my library a manuscript copy of Genesis written in the Cree syllabic characters by John Sinclair. It is a beautiful specimen of penmanship.” See Mason (W.) for a fuller discussion on the translation of the bible into the Cree language. The Rev. H. B. Steinhauer, an Ojebway In- dian, was born near Ramaabout 1820. In1828a great awakening took place among the Indians, and in the same year 133 were baptized at Hol- land Landing, among whom was the subject of this sketch, who received the name of Henry Steinhauer. After remaining a year or two at school at Grape Island, young Steinhauer was sent to Cazenovia Seminary, where he remained three years, making commendable progress in his studies. He then returned to Canada and taught school for two years at the Credit Mis- sion. In 1835 he went to the Upper Canada Academy, which he left the following year to teach school at the Alderville Mission. In the spring of 1840 he left Alderville to accompany the Rev. James Evans to the north-west, but was left by the devoted missionary at Lac la Pluie, as interpreter to the Rev. W. Mason, who had been sent to that point by the English So- ciety. Bro. Steinhauer continued in this capac- ity for several years, and then, by Mr. Evans’ instructions, he went on to Norway House, where he served as teacher and interpreter till the year 1850. He was next sent to Oxford House to begin a mission, where he spent four years. During 1854 he went to York Factory, from which point he sailed in a company’s ship to England, reaching that country in October. Leaving again in December, he reached Canada before Christmas. At the London conference of 1855 Bro. Steinhauer was ordained and sent. to Lac la Biche, where he remained till June, 1857, when he went to Whitefish Lake. After twenty-three years of continuous service Bro. Steinhauer, by consent of the Missionary Com- mittee, is now spending the season in Onta- rio.— Missionary Outlook for Jan., 1881. From the Rey. Egerton Ryerson Young’s By Canoe and Dog-Train among the Cree and Salteaux Indians, New York and Cincinnati, 1890, pp. 21-23, I take the following additional notes: ‘‘One of the most devoted and successful of our native Indian missionaries was the Rev. Henry Steinheur. When a poor little pagan child, wretched and neglected, he was picked up by the Rev. William Case, who patiently eared for the lad, and not only taught him the simple truths of Christianity, but also laid the foundation of an English education, which afterwards became so extensive that many a white man might honestly have envied him, 478 Steinhauer (H.)— Continued. As the boy was observed to be the possessor of a very musical voice, Mr. Case selected him to be one of a little company of native children with whom he traveled extensively through various parts of the northern States, where, before large audiences, they sang their sweet Indian hymns and gave addresses, and thus showed to the people what could be done by the Indians, who, by too many, were only con- sidered as unmitigated evils, as quickly as pos- sible to be legislated out of existence. In one of the cities visited by Mr. Case and his Indian boys, a gentleman named Henry Steinheur be- came so interested in ove of the bright, clever little Indian lads that he made an offer to Mr. Case that if the little fellow, who was as yet only known by his native name, would také his name, he would pay all the expense incurred in his securing a first-class education. Such an offer was not to be despised, and so, from that time forward, our Indian lad was known as Henry Steinheur. When the lecturing tour was ended, after some preparatory work in the mission school, Henry was sent to Victoria College in the town of Cobourg, Canada. Here he remained for some years. After his college life was ended,he devoted himself most thorougly to missionary work among his own people, and for over forty years was the same modest, unassuming, useful, godly missionary. He spent the last years of his useful life among the Cree and Stoney Indians at White Fish Lake and other missions in the great Saskat- chewan country of the Canadian North-West.” Steinthal (Heymann). Charakteristik | der hauptsdchlichsten | Typen des Sprachbaues. | Von | Dr. H. Steinthal, | Privatdocenten fiir allgemeine Sprach- wissenschaft | an der Universitat zu Berlin. | Zweite Bearbeitung | seiner | Classification der Sprachen. | Berlin, | Ferd. Diimmler’s Verlags- buchhandlung | 1860. Half-title verso list of books 11. title verso plank 11. vorrede pp. v-vi, inhalts-verzeichniss pp. vii-ix verso blank, half-title (like the first) verso blank 11. text pp. 1-331, Das allgemeine linguistische Alphabet pp. Seat Druckfehler p- [336], 8°. Examples of noun endings in the Odzibbwe language, p. 221, note. Copies seen: Hames. Stephens (John). A | primer | for | young children | applicable to the | Indian language, | as spoken by | the Mee-lee-ceet tribe | in-| New Bruns- wick. | Published under the patronage of the honorable | Mrs. Manners Sut- ton. | Collected and arranged by John Stephens. | Fredericton: | printed at the Royal Stevens (Henry). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Ste phere (J.) — Continued. Gazette office, by J. Simpson. | 1855. | (Price 73d.) Cover bearing the half-title ‘Indian primer,” title verso blank 1 1. alphabet p. 3 verso blank, text pp. 5-14, 12°. Pp. 5-10 contain a vocabulary, double col- umns, English and Indian, alphabetically arranged according to English words.—Numer- als 1-10, p. 11.—Sentences, double columns, English and Indian, pp. 12-13.—Lord’s prayer in English and Indian, p. 14. Copies seen: Powell. Proof | American nuggets | [Design ]| Bibliotheca Ameri- . cana or a | descriptive account of my | collection of rare | books relating | to America | [Ornament] | Henry Stevens GMB FSA |I will buy with you, sell with you. | Shakespeare. | London | printed by Charles Whit- tingham | Tooks court Chancery lane | MDCCCLVII [1857] | Colophon : Chiswick press : C. Whittingham, Tooks court, ; Chancery lane. 2 vols.: half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. catalogue pp. 1-436: catalogue con- tinued pp. 437-805, colophon p. [806], 16°. Titles of works containing Algonquian lin- guistic material passim. Copies seen: Lenox. In this copy the following extra titles for each volume are inserteé loosely: Bibliotheca Americana, | American nuggets, | or | a catalogue | of | rare and valuable books. | In various lan- guages; | relating to the history of | America.| The titles alphabetically arranged | and carefully collated. | By | Henry Steveus. | Vol. I [-II]. | London: | printed by C. Whitting- ham, | for | H. Stephani et amicorum. | MDCCCLVIII [1858]. For collation see under title next above. Copies seen: Lenox. The following is a reissue: —— Historical nuggets | [Design] | Bib- liotheca Americana or a | descriptive account of my | collection of rare | books relating | to America | [Orna- ment] | Henry Stevens GMB FSA |I will buy with you, sell with you. | Shakespeare. | London | printed by Whittingham and Wilkins | Tooks court Chancery lane | MDCCCLXII [1862] Colophon: Chiswick press: printed by Whittingham and| Wilkins, Tooks court, ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Stevens (H.) — Continued. Chancery lane, for Henry Stevens, 4, Trafalgar square, Charing cross, | London, July 4, 1862. 2 vols.: half-title verso blank 11. title verso - plank 11. “To the diligent biblioscoper ” (dated July 4, 1862) pp. v-xii, catalogue pp. 1-436; half- title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. cata- logue pp. 437-805, verso colophon, 16°. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. The following is a continuation: —— Historical nuggets | [Design] | Bib- liotheca Americana or a | descriptive account of our | collection of rare | books relating | to America | [Design ] | By Henry Stevens GMB FSA | and | Henry Newton Stevens|I will buy with you, sell with yow’ Shakspeare | [Engraving with the inscription “ Bib- liography”] | Second series volume I | volume III of the whole work | London: Henry Stevens & son | 115 St Martin’s Lane, Charing Cross | & 4 Trafalgar Square | 1885 Cover title: Vol III Part I [-I1] Price 2s 6d | {Design] | Stevens’s | historical nuggets | or a descriptive account| of our collection of | , books relating to | America | [Ornament] | For Sale at Prices Marked | [Engraving with in- scription ‘‘ Bibliography’’] | Henry Stevens & son| American and anti- quarian booksellers| 115 St. Martin’s Lane, Charing Cross | London, May (-August] 1885 | (and at 4 Trafalgar Square) 2 parts: cover title as above verso notice, prospectus 2 ll. half-title verso quotation : 1. title as above verso quotation 1 1. introduction pp. v-viii, catalogue pp. 1-80, notice on back cover; cover title verso notice, prospectus 2 ll. catalogue pp. 81-160, notices on back cover, 16°. Oopies seen: Eames, Geological Survey. The plan of this second series was to fill about eight volumes. Only two numbers, how- ever, have been printed, containing the titles A to Backus. Stockbridge. See Mohegan. Stories: Chippewa See Barnard (A.) Chippewa Jacker (F.) Mississagua Chamberlain (A. F.) Strachey (William). The | historie of travaile | into | Virginia Britannia; | expressing the | cosmographie and comodities of the country, | togither with the manners and | customes of the people. | Gathered and observed as well by those who went | first thither as collected by | William Strachey, gent., | the first secretary of the colony. | Now first edited from the original man- uscript, in the j British museum, by | Street (Alfred Billings). 479 Strachey (W.) — Continued. R. H. Major, esq., | of the British mu- seum. | London: | printed for the Hakluyt society. | M. DCCC. XLIX [1849] Hakluyt title verso blank 1 1]. title as above verso printer 1 1. officers of the society verso blank 1 1. editor’s preface pp. vii-viii. introduc- tion pp. i-xxxvi, fac-similes of signatures verso blank 1 1. title of the manuscript verso blank 1 1, dedication verso quotation 1 ]. premonition pp. 1-22, text pp. 23-180, half-title of dictionarie verso blank 1]. text pp. 181-196, index pp. 197- 208, map, five other plates, 8°. Song in the language of the Indians of Vir- ginia, pp. 79-80.—A dictionarie of the [Pow- hatan] Indian language, for the better enabling of such who shalbe thither ymployed (about 850 words, English and Virginian), pp. 183-196. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames, Shea, Watkinson. At the Field sale, no. 2295, a copy brought $4.50; at the Menzies sale, no. 1928, $6; at the Murphy sale, no. 2427, $2.75. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 1016, 35 fr. The original manuscript of this work is in the British Museum, ‘“‘Ayscough 1622,” anda transcript is in the Lenox IJ.ibrary. The de- scription of the latter copy is as follows: The first Booke of the Historie of | Trauails into Virginia Britania | expressing the Cosmo- graphie & | comodities of the country together | with the manners and custumes | of the peo- ple; gathered & observed | as well by those who went first thither | as collected by William Strachey | Gent. 3. yeares thither imployed | Secretarie of State, and of Counsaile | with the right honorable the Lord | La-warre his Majties Lord Governot | and Capt. Generall of the Co- lony. | (Quotation from Psal. 102, ver. 18, three lines. ] Title of the first book as above verso blank 1 1. dedication verso quotation 1 1. a Przmoni- tion to the Reader 17 ll. text of the.first book 173 unnumbered ll. 1 blank 1. title of the second book verso blank 1 L text 27 unnumbered ll. a Dictionarie 12 ll. folio. The Indian song is on the 37th and 38th leaves of the first book. The dictionary contains be- tween 800 and 900 words. William Strachey, colonist, left England in 1609 on the ‘‘Sea Venture” with Sir Thomas Gates, and was shipwrecked on the Bermudas, but in 1610 reached Virginia on a boat that had been constructed from the wreck, and was sec- retary of the colony for three years.—Apple- ton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. The | Indian pass. | By | Alfred B. Street, | author of ‘‘ Fugitive poems;” [&c. five lines. ] | [Design.] | New York | Hurd and Houghton, publishers. | Cambridge: Riverside Press, | 1869. 480 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Street (A. B.) — Continued. Stuart (Andrew). Canadian etymolo- Title verso copyright and printers 1 1. dedi- cation verso blank 11. contents pp. v-vi, intro- duction pp. vii-lviii, text pp. 1-201, 12°. Names of places in and about the Adiron- dack Mountains in the Mohegan and other lan- guages, with English significations, pp. xiv- xviii. : Copies seen: British Museum, Bureau of Ethuology, Congress. Strickland (Agnes), editor. See Strick- land (S.) Strickland (Maj. Samuel). Twenty- seven years | in | Canada West; | or, | the experience of .an early settler. | By Major [Samuel] Strickland,,C. M. | Edited by Agnes Strickland, | author of ‘‘The queens of England,” etc. | [Five lines quotation.] | In two vol- umes. | Vol. I [-IT]. | London: | Richard Bentley, New Bur- lington street. | Publisher in Ordinary to her Majesty. | 1853. 2 vols.: title verso printers 1 1. preface pp. ix-xiii, contents pp. xv—xix, text pp. 1-311; title verso printers 1]. contents pp. ili—viii, text pp. 1-344, 12°. _ Hymn in Chippeway and English, vol. 2, pp. 771-78. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Harvard. Strickland (W. P.) Old Mackinaw; | or, | the fortress of the lakes | and | its surroundings. | By | W. P. Strickland. | Philadelphia: | James Challen & Son, | New York: Carlton & Porter.— Cincinnati: Poe & Hitchcock. | Chi- cago: W.H. Doughty.— Detroit: Put- nam, Smith & co. | Nashville: J. B. McFerrin. | 1860. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright and printer 11. preface pp. 3-4, contents pp. 5-8, map, text pp. 9-404, three other plates, 12°. Ojibwa love song, with English translation, pp. 90-91. Oopies seen: Congress, Eames, Shea. gies. By Andrew Stuart, Esq. Read 2d March, 1833. In Quebec Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans. vol. 3, pp. 261-270, Quebec, 1837, 8°. ‘List of Indian names in the Cree tongue, from Tadoussac to Lake St.John,” etc. with English definitions, pp. 268-269.—A few ‘‘ ety- mologies of the names of places in the South- ern Peninsula of the St. Lawrence and of Que- bec,” p. 270.—Etymologies of Montagnais and Huron words passim. Sullivan (John W.) Indian tribes and vocabularies. In Pallisser (J.), Journal, detailed reports ; British North America, pp. 199-216, London, 1863, folio. Vocabulary (about 500 words and phrases) and numerals 1-300 of the Blackfoot of the Plains, pp. 212-215.—Ten commandments in the same language, pp. 215-216. Summerfield (John). Sketch | of | — grammar | of the | Chippeway language, | to which is added | a vocabulary | Of some of the most common Words. | By John Summerfield, | alias, | Sahgah- jewagahbahweh. | Cazenovia: | press of J. F. Fairchild & son. | 1834. Title verso advertisement 1 1. text pp. 3-35, 16°. ‘The first attempt to reduce the Chippe- way language to any [grammatic] system.” Sketch of grammar, pp. 3-21.— Vocabulary (double columns, alphabetically arranged by Chippeway words), pp. 23-35. Copies seen: Powell, Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society, Yale. eo the Brinley sale, no. 5667, a copy brought Syllabary:— Cree See Carnegie (J.) Cree . Evans (J.) Cree Horden (J.) Cree Lacombe (A.) Cree McLean (J.) Cree Smet (P. J. de). Cree Thibault (J. B.) * Cree Tuttle (C. R.) Cree Young (E. R.) -Taché (Mgr. Alexander Antonio). T Ex- trait d’une lettre de Mer. Taché, vicaire apostolique de la Baie d’Hudson, a sa mére. In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 24, pp. 329-354, Paris, 1852, 8°. Dated 4 Janvier 1851. Contains a few remarks on the Montagnais language, pp. 340-341. Esquisse | sur le|nord-ouest de VAmérique | par | Mgr. Taché, Evéque de St. Boniface, 1868. | Montreal | typographie du Nouveau monde | 23, rue st. Vincent. | 1869 Cover title with imprint differing from above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3- 146, 8°. A few remarks on the Cris language, and the pronouns m0, tot, lui, in Saulteux, Maské- gon, Cris, Athabaska Cris, Ile 4 la Crosse Cris, and Forest Cris, p. 82. Copies seen: British Museum, Gagnon, Pill- ing, Shea. Sketch | of the | North-west of America. | By Mgr. Taché | Bishop of St. Boniface, | 1868. | Translated from the French, by Captain D. R. Cameron, | Royal Artillery. | Montreal: | Printed by John Lovell St. Nicholas Street. | 1870. Pp. 1-216, 8°. Linguistics as in the French edition titled next above, p. 123. Copies seen: Quebec Historical Society. Alexander Antonine Taché, Canadian R.C. archbishop, born in Riviére-du-Loup, Canada, 23 July, 1823, was graduated at the college of St. Hyacinth, and studied theology in the Sem- inary of Montreal. He returned to St. Hya- cinth as professor of mathematics, but, after teaching a few months, went to Montreal and became a monk of the Oblate order. He vol- unteered at once for missionary service among the Indians of the Red river, and reached St. Boniface on 25th Ang., 1845. He was raised to the priesthood on 12 Oct. following. In July, 1846, he set out for fle-a-la-Crosse, and, after spending a few months at this mission, he went to labor among the Indians that lived around the lakes, several hundred miles to the north- west. Although only twenty-six years old, he was recommended for the post of coadjutor ALG——31 Taché (A. A.) —Continued. bishop of St. Boniface in 1850. He was sum- moned to France by the superior of the Oblate Fathers and consecrated bishop on 23 Noyv., 1851. After a visit to Rome he returned to Canada in February, 1852, and on 10 Sept. reached fle-a-la-Crosse, which he had deter- mined to make the centre of his labors in the northwest. Ht became bishop of St. Boniface 7 June, 1853. St. Boniface was erected into a metropolitan see on 22 Sept., 1871, and Bishop Taché was appointed archbishop.—A ppleion’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Tacker (Charles). See Gibbs (G.) Tahpwa‘tumoowin [Cree]. See Hunter (James). Talekesuhstitadtks? [Micmac.] See Rand (S. T.) Tamarois. See Illinois. Tan teladakadidjik . . in Mikmak, See Rand (S. T.) | Tanner (John). See James (E.) Tapowewina[Cree]. See Guéguen (J. ee) Tarratine. See Abnaki. Tassin (Lieut. A.G.) Vocabulary of the Arrapaho. Mauuscript, 1 1. folio, in the library of the Bu- reau of Ethnology. Contains about 60 words. Tchipayatik o-mikan [Nipissing]. See Richard (P.) Teashshinninneongane Peantamooonk [ Massachusetts]. See Mather (C.) Ten commandments: Blackfoot See Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Chippewa Baraga (F.) Chippewa Blackbird (A. J.) Chippewa Enew. Chippewa Lord’s. Cree McLean (J.) Cree Mason (S.) Delaware Zeisberger (D.) Tllinois LeBoulanger (J. I.) Maliseet Rand (S. T.) Massachusetts Cotton (J.) Micmac Rand (S. T.) Montagnais Durocher (F.) Montagnais Massé (E.) Ottawa Johnston (G.) Satsika Petitot (E. F.S. J.) 481 482 Ten commandments .. . in the Mali- seet language. See Rand (S.T.) Terlaye (Pére Francois Auguste Magnon de). [Hymns in the Nipissing lan- guage. | © Manuscript in the library of the Catholic® church at the mission of Lac des Deux Mon- tagnes (Oka), Canada. Title furnished by the late Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith. PéreF. A.M. de Terlaye, priest of St. Sulpice, was born at St. Malo, in France, July 24, 1724; came to Canada September 15, 1754, and was ordained priest May 24, 1755. From 1754 to 1760 he was a missionary at La Galette,and from the latter date until his death, May 17,1777, at Lac des Deux Montagnes, where he is buried. For an account of his writings in the Mo- hawk language, see Pilling’s Bibliography of the Iroquoian languages. Text: Abnaki See Abnaki. Abnaki Bigot (P. V.) Abnaki Merlet (L.) Abnaki Vetromile (E.) Algonquian Algonquian. Algonquian Trumbull (J. H.) Blackfoot Legal (E.) Blackfoot M'‘Lean (J.) Chippewa Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Chippewa Baraga (F.) Chippewa Blatchford (H.) Chippewa Gilfillan (J. A.) Chippewa Hoffman (W.J.) Chippewa Hovelacque (A.) Chippewa Indian. Chippewa Jones (P.) Chippewa Jones (P. E.) Chippewa Osagiitiuin. i Chippewa Pitezel (J. H.)- Chippewa Promissiones. Chippewa Schoolcraft (H. R.) Chippewa Schoolcraft (J.) Chippewa Wright (S. T.) Cree Fleming (A. B.) Cree German (0O.) Cree Lacombe (A.) Cree Sinclair (J.) Cree Steinhauer (H.) Cree Vincent (—). Delaware Brinton (D. G.) Delaware Cornell (W. M.) Delaware Luckenbach (A.) Delaware Zeisberger (D.) Tilinois Allouez (C.) Maliseet Rand (S. T.) Massachusetts Danforth (S.) Massachusetts Eliot (J.) Massachusetts Massachusetts. Massachusetts Mather (C.) Massachusetts Mayhew (E.) Massachusetts Rawson (G.) Micmac Bellenger (J. M.) Micmac Micmac. Micmac Rand (S. T.) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Text — Continued. Mohegan Jenks (W.) Montagnais Durocher (F.) Montagnais Laure (P.) Montagnais Laverlochére (J. N.) Montagnais Montagnais. New England Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Nipissing Cuog (J. A.) Nipissing Kaondinoketce (¥.) Ottawa Baraga (F.) Ottawa Sifferath (N. L.) Penobscot W zokhilain (P. P.) Pottawotomi Promissiones. Pottawotomi Simerwell (R.) Quiripi Pierson (A.) Teza (Emilio). Saggi inediti di lingue americane appunti bibliografici di E. Teza. In Universita Toscane, Annali, vol. 10, part 1, pp. 117-143, Pisa, 1868, 4°, From a manuscript of the Cardinal Mezzofanti, mainly devoted to South American languages. Linguistics as un- der title next below. Issued separately, with an appendix, as fol- lows: ; Saggi inediti | di | lingue americane | appunti bibliografici | di | E. Teza | In Pisa | dalla tipografia Nistri | Pre- miata all’ Esposiz. Univ. di Parigi del 1867 | MDCCCLXVIII [1868] Colophon: Pisa. Fratelli Nistri, premiati con medagliaa| Parigi. Lastampa fu compiuta il xx di giugno | MDCCCLXVIII. Half-title on cover, same half-title verso blank 11. title as above verso blank 1 1. text (without heading) pp. 5-76, half-title Appendice verso blank 11. text pp. 79-91 verso blank, note and colophon verso blank 1 1. brief imprint on back cover, 8°. Only 70 copies printed. A description of manuscripts in and relating tothe Algonquine language preserved in the li- brary of the University of Bologna, pp. 12-22. This contains a brief vocabulary of 15 wordsand three lines of textin Algonquine, p. 12.—Ex- tracts from a catechism in Algonquine and French, p. 13.—The Algonquine alphabet, pp. 16-18.—Extracts from a catechism in Algon- quine with interlinear Latin translation, p. 19.—Five lines of aletter, inthe Algonquine lan- guage, to Pope Gregory XVI, from the Indians of the Lake of the Two Mountains, pp. 20-21. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Pow- ell, Trumbull. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2091, 25 fr. For the title of a review of this work see Maggi (P.G.) in the Addenda. —— Intorno agli studi | del Thavenet | sulla lingua algonchina | osservazioni | di | E. Teza | Pisa | tipografia T. Nistri e ©. | 1880 Printed cover with title as above, half-title verso blank 11. title as above verso blank 11. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Teza (E.) — Continued. text pp. 1-22, notice verso blank 1 1. 4°. Ex- tract from vol. 18 of the Annali delle Universita toscane. Algonquin (Nipissing) words and phrases, pp. 2, 4, 5,13.—Comparison of phrases in Outa- yais and Nipissing, pp. 7-8.—Description of and extracts from Thavenet’s manuscript Diction- naire algonquin-frangais, pp.14-18.—Etymology of the word Odjibwe, pp. 18-19.—Names given to different nations by the Algonquins, p. 18.— Description of Thavenet’s fragment of Algon- qguin grammar, pp. 20-21.—In a note on page 14 are five lines of errata in the vocabulary of Al- gonquin words by Thavenet, printed at the end of the Oatechismo dei missionari cattolici, Pisa, 1872. Copies seen: Eames, Pinart. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2966, 5 fr. Thavenet ( 483 ) — Continued. non miriusci di trovarlo. Altri sara forse pit fortunato: non si pud errare supponendo che, comparate le due opere, l’una sara all altra di _ sussidio, e di illustrazione.” —— Dictionnaire | Algonquin-frangais. Manuscript, 2 p. ll. pp. 1-917, 1 1. folio, in the library of the Catholic church at the mission of Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. On the recto of the first leaf (the verso of which is blank) is written: ‘‘Ce dictionnaire fait par M. Thavenet (Nikik), retourné en france en 1815, a été mis au nat en 1819 par M. Charles De Bellefeuille Pretre du Seminaire de Montreal. L’original sur de petits papieres a été envoyé en france sur lademande de l’auteur.” The title above occurs on the recto of the second leaf, the verso of which is headed ‘‘Aver- tissement,’”’ and contains the rules observed _— See Catechismo dei missionari. in the dictionary. The text begins on p.1: “A. a, considéré comme caractere”’ etc. and isarranged alphabetically by Algonquin words. M. De Bellefeuillein copying this material used — See Thavenet (4bbé ——). Thavenet (4bbé —_). Ebauche d’un dic- tionnaire algonquin-frangais. (es) Manuscript; about 10000 slips; preserved in the Biblioteca Vittorio Emmanuele at Rome. Title from Teza (E.), Intorno agli studi del Tha- venet, where some extracts from it are given, pp. 14-18. This is the most important of Thavenet’s works. In many places two or more slips are taken up with the illustration of a single word, and numerous examples are also given. At the commencement is the following caution: ‘‘Ce dictionnaire est pour les missions. On ne doit pas le livrer au public, de peur que les protes- tants ne s’en servent pour répandre leurs er- reurs.’’ The author states that the work ‘‘ne contient que les mots que j’ai recueillis dela - bouche des sauvages: les missionaires y ajoute- ront ceux qu’ils recueilleront aussi.”’ Concerning this dictionary Prof. Teza re- marks: ‘‘ Non rammento di avere visto citato il lessico del Thavenet che una sola volta, nell’ opera di un anonimo francese [Rev. J. A. Cuoq] Etudes philologiques sur quelques langues sauvages de l Amérique par N. O. Montréal, 1866: ora il missionario, parlando della voce Odjibwe, nota (pag. 20): ‘le savant algon- quiniste, M. Thavenet donne dans son dictionnaire manuscrit,un interprétation . plausible. . .’ C’é forse o al Canada o tra isulpiziani di Francia copia di questo dizionario, 0 un compendio? o non potevano i missionari consultarlo che a Roma, quando era nel con- vento dei Santi Apostoli? Il libro é una rac- colta preziosa: e per l’abbondanza delle parole, € per quella degli esempi; bensi nessuno giudi- chera dirittamente quanto possa aggiungere _ alle cose che i dotti conoscono, se non paragoni con cura questo lessico a quello del Baraga; ma pur troppoil Dictionary of the Otchipwe language (Cincinnati, 1853), gia stampato, somiglia a’ li- bri inediti, e benché da anni io lo vada cercando only the inside halves of the sheets, 7. e. the right hand one-half of the versos and the left hand one-half of the rectos, leaving the re- spective outer halves for additions, notes, &c. many of which have been inserted by other hands. The dictionary proper ends on p. 911 with the word: ‘Zan, apres un voy.; zan, apres un consonne.” The verso of 911 is blank, the recto of the next leaf being numbered 912, upon which begins a second list of words from a to w which extends to p. 917. The unnumbered ‘leaf at the end contains a “ Liste alphabetique de oiseaux aquatiques, etc. the verso of which is blank. This manuscript is quite legible and splen- didly preserved. —— [Algonquin-French dictionary.] (*) Manuscript; in the Biblioteca Vittorio Em- manuele at Rome. Thisis merely the beginning of Thavenet’s revision of the dictionary de. scribed above. It goes only as far as the word dbittawing, not counting other smaller slips, which number at least four thousand. Among the latter are the first collections of words and examples made by the author for use in the dictionary. Description from Teza (E.), Intor- no agli studi del Thavenet, p. 20. —— [Algonquin-French dictionary.] (*) Manuscript; in the Biblioteca Comunale at Bologna. A fragment only of a transcript, probably by Cardinal Mezzofanti, of Thavenet’s revision of the dictionary. Itcontains from A, se transporter, aller, to abwezowin, sueur, and is accompanied by examples and useful observa- tions. Description from Teza (E.), Saggi inediti di lingue americane, p. 12. -—— [Algonquin-French vocabulary. | (*) Manuscript; about 300 slips; preserved among the papers of Cardinal Mezzofanti in the Biblioteca Comunale at Bologna. It is in the Thavenet ( 484 ) — Continued. handwriting of Thavenet. Description from Teza (E.), Saggi inediti di lingue americane, p. 12, where the words under the letter P are printed in a foot-note. The vocabulary has been printed in full, with notes by Prof. Teza, on pp. 65-81 of the Catechismo det missionart cattolici, Pisa, 1872. A list of errata in this printed vocabulary is given in Teza (E.), In-- torno agli studi del Thavenet, p. 14, note. [ Algonquin and French phrases. ] (*) Manuscript; preserved among the papers of |; Cardinal Mezzofanti inthe Biblioteca Comunale at Bologna. Itis described as follows by Prof. Teza: ‘‘parecchi foglietti di frasi algonchine e francese, ricopiate in gran parte, e ordinate spesso per modo che al francese scritto dal Mezzofanti il missionario [i. e. Thavenet], che forse gli era maestro, appone di sua mano la traduzione.”’ A short extract from it is given in Teza (E.), Saggi inediti di lingue americane, p. 13. —— Grammaire Alon gine. C) Manuscript; preserved in the Biblioteca Vittorio Emmanuele at Reme. This is merely the commencement of a work which was never finished. It begins with the following notice: ‘Cette. grammaire, quia été faite au milieu de la nation algonquine, parait dans son cos- tume sauvage, n’ayant emprunté des gram- maires européennes que les mots techniques que n’a pu lui fournir un peuple qui n’a jamais cultivé les sciences. Lorsque j’eus fini mon travail sur la grammaire de la langue algon- quine, ceux des sauvages qui m’avaient aidé me dirent que j’avais fait un Jivre sur la parole, sur lécriture, et sur le discours. J’ai adopté cette définition, et je l’ai prise pour division de la grammaire.” The above description is taken from Prof. Teza (E.), Saggt inediti di lingue ainericane, p. 14, and Intorno agli studi del Thavenet, pp. 20, 21. In the latter work he writes concerning the grammar as follows: ‘‘Andava il Thavenet raccogliendo i fatti e ordinandoli: certo aiutato da’ lavori pit antichi che erano guida a’ nuovi missionari; discuteva, rifaceva, copiava, faceva ricopiare. Peralcune parti del suo trattato pareva fosse pit contento; e sotto il n.° I abbiamo la redazione ultima de’ capitoli sull’ alfabeto, sui suoni, sui sostantivi (genere, numero, forma diminutiva, peggiora- tiva, possessiva, proterica, dubitativa, inter- rogativa, passiva, positiva: e casi), sui pro- nomi. Ma non si procede oltre ‘‘E naturale intendere gli algonchini educati dai missionari; e quelle sono le definizioni portate d’ Europa. Disgraziatamente qnando | toccava al verbo, il Thavenet non arrivé a tempo di illustrare i fatti con regole sicure: ed ora il ricomporre in unita tutte quelle note sparse sarebbe un’ aspra fatica. Aggiungo poi che, paragonando l’opera del francese con l’ec- cellente grammatica ogibua del Baraga, veggo che poco c’ 6 da aggiungere dove il lavoro é BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Thavenet ( ) — Continued. quasi compiuto: poco da sperare dove s’avrebbe ad andare incertamente pescando.”’ The library press-marks are given by Teza as follows: ‘‘L’autografo di questa parte é nel n.°11.—In questo trattato si usarono gia gli appunti che abbiamo nel n.° 111.— Altre schede di primi abbozzi sull’ alfabeto e sul nome tro- vansi nei 0.° XI e XII.” —— Grammaire algonquine. (*) Manuscript; 120 pagesin columns; preserved among the papers of Cardinal Mezzofanti in the Biblioteca Comunale at Bologna. It is a trans- cript, probably by Mezzofanti himself, of Tha- venet's incomplete work. The description is from Teza (E.), Sagat inediti di lingue ameri- cane, pp. 13-18, where the proemium given under the next title above is printed, together with the portion relating to the alphabet. —— [Miscellaneous chapters and essays relating to the Algonquin language. ](*) Manuscripts; in the Biblioteca Vittorio Em- manuele at Rome. They are mentioned by Prof. Teza, in his essay Intorno agli studi del Thavenet, p. 21, as follows: ‘‘Bensi vi sono, in certi fascetti di carte, utili capitoli che mostrano la diligenza e la lunga pratica del Thavenet . . . Tra queste parti che potranno essere utili anche a’ tempi nostri sono le schede sulla Réunion de deux mots enun e quelle Sur le nom changé enverbe, tratta- telli che stamperod altrove: come pure pubbli- cherd, perché breve, un Hssai decomparaison de Valgonquin avec le montagnais, nel quale abbi- amo il Credo nelle due parlate, tanto affini, con noterelle che fanno osservare diversita e somig- lianze.” — [Names of relationship, of parts of the body, of animals and birds, in the Algonquin language. | Cs) Manuscript; in the Biblioteca Vittorio Em- manuele at Rome, press-mark no. XXII. De- scription from Teza (E.}, Intorno agli studi del Thavenet, p. 20. —— [Sermons in the Nipissing language. ] Manuscript, 5 books, 16°, in the library of the Catholic church at the mission of Lac des Deux Montagnes, Oka, Canada; bound in parchment, fairly legible and well preserved. ‘There are no original titles to the books, those given below being in a later handwriting (that of M. Charles De Bellefeuille) which appears on the recto of the first leaf of each, followed by a list of ae contents and the word ‘‘ Thavenet.” The titles to the sermons in the first volume, which is entitled ‘‘I. Exhortations” and which contains 53 ll. are as follows: 1807, 21 juin N°1| sur le catechisme. Title as above verso blank 11. text 5 ll. headed ‘‘Erudi filium.”’ Ni ivrognerie, | ni danse (dans les mariages) | 31 juillet, 1808, ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. A85 Thavenet ( ) — Continued. Title verso blank 1 1. text51ll. with the heading Thavenet (——) — Continued. —— [Sermons, prayers, etc. in the Algon- Ekko qi mijakuijeg. Obeir au pretre, comme pere. N° 3. | 23 aout, 1807. Title verso blank 1 |. text headed Obediemus tibi | jasue 1° 17, 6 ll. followed by one blank 1. Sur la passion. No title-page: text headed as above 311.1 | blank |. Divorce N° 5. | 1807, 12 jeuillet. Title verso blank 11. text without heading a cae 14 juin N°6| Punition d'un grand scan- dale. No title, text headed as above 3 ll. the first of which is in French, the others in Nipissing. 1807, 19 jeuill. N° 7 | impureté punie. Title verso blank 11. text without heading 311. Renyoyer a son mari une | femme qui l’a . quité. j 1807. | 4 aout. Title verso blank 1 1. text 4 11.1 blank 1. Point de procession de l’assomption. | 9 aout, 1807. No title, text with above heading 1 |. Procession. | 16 aout. 1807 No title, text with the above heading 7 1l. verso of ll. 2 and 7 blank. Peccastis peccatum ma-| ximum. Exode 32. em title, text headed as above 4 ll. The sermons in the second volume, which is entitled ‘‘II. Exhortations’’ and consists of 31 ll. are as follows: Confirmation. N°1| 26 juin 1808. Title verso blank 1 1. text 4 1l. Entrée de Mgr. No.2| prem. communion. Title verso blank 1 1. text, including prayers, 4 ll. 1 blank 1. Ouverture de la mission N° 3 | 1808 | 26 Mai. Title verso blank 11. text 3 ll. 2 blank 11. 1807, 31 Mai. N° 4| [Seven lines in French. | Title verso blank 11. text 5 11. Ouverture de la mission. | 1807. | 24 Mai. Title verso blank 11. text 41]. 1 blank 1. Etrangers pt de scandale. 7 aout 1808. No title, text headed as above 2 ll. The titles to the sermons in the third volume, | which is entitled ‘‘III. Fétes’’ and consists of 54 ll. of text and some blank leaves, are: Ascension. Fete Dieu. Pentecote. Dedicace. Trinité. Assomption. The fourth volume is entitled ‘‘IV. Pane- geriques’’ and consists of 20 Jl. of text and sev- eral blank leaves. The addresses are titled as follows: St Jean Bte S Pierre et St Paui St Pierre Ste Anne The fifth volume is entitled ‘‘IV [sic for V]. Sermons ’ and consists of 2411. of text with some blank leaves. The sermons are headed: Relig de St Jean nep Aux Vieillards en conseil Danse nocturne Apres une debauche générale Veiller et prier quin language. ] eC) Manuscripts; preserved in the Biblioteca Vittorio Emmanuele at Rome. They are de- scribed in Teza (E.), Intorno agli studi del Thavenet, p. 21, as follows : “Si notod gia che in questa raccolta, oltre al lessico e alla grammatica, abbiamoalcuni testi: e perché questo magro indice sia meno incom- piuto aggiungero che in lingua algonchina ci sono ancora prediche (XxIlJ, J), preghiere (Xx11I, I e XxIIt, C), il rituale per il battesimoe per la confessione tradotto alla lettera in latino (xx, P.Q) un motet pour lassomption, et un duo pour la féte-Diew con le parole e le note | (XXII, H), ein fine un cantico irochese con la versione francese (XXIII, M).” The abbé Thavenet was a French Sulpitian who passed many years of his life in preaching the Catholic faith to the Indians of the Lac des Deux Montagnes, of Temiscaming, and of Way- montaching, in Canada. His instructor in the Algonquin (Nipissing) language was an Indian named Ignace Pepamipattotch, who died in 1834. In 1815 Thavenet returned to France, and in 1845 he died in Rome at an advanced age. Among his manuscript papers, now preserved in the Biblioteca Vittorio Emmanuele at Rome, are letters relating to the Algonquin language from the missionaries Durocher, Richard, and Quiblier; and from P. 8S. DuPonceau, John Pickering, and W. von Humboldt. Thavenet was the author of the Latin and French versions which accompany the anony- mous Algonquin catechism printed at Pisa under the care of Prof. Teza in 1872. Thenotes to the catechism and the Algonquin-French vocabulary at the end are by him also. When the catechism was printed the authorship of these portions was uuknown to the editor. The original manuscript (64 pp. oblong quarto) is preserved among the papers of Cardinal Mezzofanti in the library of the University at Bologna. There is a transcript of it in the Biblioteca Vittorio Emmanuele at Rome (no. XXV), which gives the text only, without the versions, and stops at page 49 of the Bologna manuscript (page 40 of the printed edition), closing with the words: ‘‘ kaye anicininiwak ka nicqiate.’’ In this transcript there are varia- tions in the text, changes in the orthography, and some omissions, but it contains the Conji- teor (‘“‘ Ni wihdamawa4k kije-Manito mizi ka nit- tawitote ”) and the act of contrition (‘‘Kije-Manito, n’ése, ohdjita kit énicic .. .”), which arelacking in the manuscript at Bologna. Then there are other fragments of this same catechism in the Biblioteca Vittorio Emma- nuele: one (with the press-mark xx111 A) which contains as far as page 13 of the Bologna man- uscript (to the end of page 17 of the printed edition); and another (press-mark XxiII B) on the communion, which follows more or less the Bologna text page 49 (printed edition, p. 40) 486 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Thavenet ( ) — Continued. There is also a fragment of this catechism, ac- companiel by the interlinear Latin version, both probably in the hand-writing of Cardina Mezzofanti, in the Biblioteca Comunale at Bo- _ logna. See Catechismo dei missionari cattolici. — See Teza (E.) Thayendanegen. See Jones (J.) [Thibault (Rev. Jean Baptiste).] Kato- lik | avamihew-masinahigan. | Avec approbation de Monseigneur Alexandre | Taché, Evéque de Saint-Boniface. | [ Vignette. ] | Kebekok [Quebec]: | Aug. Kote Omasinahiganikew. | 1855. | Tatto pipun aspin ka nittawikit Jesus. Title verso blank 1 1. approbation of Alex. Evéque de St. Boniface verso preface signed by J. Bte. Thibault 11. text entirely in the Cree language pp. 1-142, 16°. Catechism, pp. 3-60.—Prayers, pp. 61-84.— Hymns, pp. 85-129.— Prayers, pp. 131-142. Copies seen: Shea. [—] L. J. C. & M. I. | Priéres, | can- tiques, | catéchisme, etc., | en langue crise. | [One line syllabic characters. ] | [Oblate seal. ] | Montréal: | imprimerie de Louis Per- |. rault. | 1857. Title verso approbation of )& Alexandre Evéque de St. Boniface 11. preface signed J. Bte. Thibault verso the alphabet 1 1. text (in the Cree language, syllabic characters, with French headings in Roman) pp. 5-288, 16°. _ The line in syllabic characters on the title- page, transliterated, reads: Aiamie masinahi- gan, i. e. Prayer book. Prayers, pp. 5-41.—Way of the cross, pp. 42- 72._Hymns, pp. 73-162.—Catechism, Pp. 163- 249.—Prayers, etc. pp. 250-288. Copies seen: Brinley, Verreau. [——] L. J. C. & M. I. | Priéres | can- tiques | catéchisme, etc. | en langue crise. | [One line syllabic characters. ] | [Oblate seal. ] | Montréal: | imprimerie de Louis Per- rault et compagnie. | 1866 Title verso approbation of + Alexandre Evéque de St. Boniface 11. preface signed J. Bte. Thibault verso alphabet 1 1. text (in the Cree language, syllabic characters, headings in French, roman characters) pp. 5-324, 18°. See the fac-similes of pp. 4 and 5. Prayers, pp. 5-72.—Hymns, pp. 73-180.—Cate- chism, pp. 181-267.—Way of the cross, pp. 268- 309.—Hymns, pp. 310-324. Copies scen: Eames, Maisonneuve, Pilling, Yale. Priced by Dufossé in 1889, 6 fr. Thomas (Gabriel), An Historical and Geographical Account | of the | prov- ince and country | of | Pensilvania; | and of | West-New-Jersey | in | America. | The Richness of the Soil, the Sweet- ness of the Situation, | the Wholesom- ness of the Air, the Navigable Rivers, and | others, the prodigious Encrease of Corn, the flourishing | Condition of the City of Philadelphia, with the stately | Buildings, and other Improve- ments there. The strange | Creatures, as Birds, Beasts, Fishes, and Fowls, with the | several sorts of Minerals, Purging Waters, and Stones, | lately discovered. The Natives, Aborogmes [sic], their Lan- | guage, Religion, Laws, and Customs; The first Planters, | the Dutch, Sweeds, and English, with the number of | its Inhabitants; As also a Touch upon George Keith’s | New Religion, in his second Change since he left the | Quakers. | With a Map of both Countries. | By Gabriel Thomas, | who resided there about Fifteen Years. | London, Printed for, and Sold by A. Baldwin, at | the Oxon Arms in War- wick-Lane, 1698. Title of second part: An Historical Descrip- tion | of the | province and country | of | West- New-Jersey | in| America. | A short View of their Laws, Customs and Religion: As | also the Temperament of the Air and Climate; The | fatness of the Soil, with the vast Produce of Rice, &c. | The Improvement of their Lands (as in England) to | Pasture, Meadows, &c. Their making great quanti- | ties of Pitch and Tar, as also Turpentine, which pro- | ceeds from the Pine Trees, with Rozen as clear as | Gum- Arabick, with particular Remarks upon their | Towns, Fairs and Markets; with the great Plenty of | Oyl and Whale-Bone made from the great number of | Whales they yearly take: As alsomany other Profita- | bleand New Improve- ments. | Never made Publick till now. | By Ga- briel Thomas. | London: | Printed in the Year 1698. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication to Friend William Penn 11. preface 2 Jl. map, text pp. 1- 55; title of second part verso blank 1 1. dedica- tion to the Right Honourable Sir John Moor and others 211. preface 3 ll. (verso of the last blank), text pp. 1-34, 12°. A specimen of the language of the [Dela- ware] Indians of Pensylvania (six lines with English translation), p.47.—Questions and an- swers in Delaware Indian and English, double columns, ‘beginning with the words: ‘‘I shall put the Indian tongue on one side of the leaf, and the English just opposite. Their Discourse Ay asia) a0 a) ULL = b>0 SUV. Sed UP Salsa Pee Oye a red ova =ICU 7V4 fF eVbISAUd w>J =J90 QOV §¢eVeVd Mv A QOV ‘646A .Ped Sid “UD “dV HPA OV VV COT aL TL UPPA TH DSA 4 DL > oes rc'iPA SG O> So .PXA ‘SAUNA ‘ONSUOT aiqeTpAs , foaid « om [>] ta -Vjom «A | ak & as by ar KY au ( au [_ at. (‘Teuyg) u ¢ fous; (~* (‘Teuy) s} - (‘Teuy) ¥ (Teuy) 3 (‘qeuy) ds eb rad -> ta [> eh G es by va (Y eu U em | 1] rd eqs“ ] ey 31 () jep &} D ed A jed eq > aA LAGVAd TV eb FAC-SIMILE OF THE CREE SYLLABARY, FROM THIBAULT’S PRAYER BOOK OF 1866. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 487 Thomas (G.) — Continued. is as followeth,” pp. 8-12 of second part. This is followed by numerals 1-50, p. 12, and names of some of the Indians, p. 13. A portion of the linguistic material is given in Brinton (D. G.), The Lenapé and their le- gends, p. 76. Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con- gress, Lenox, Watkinson. The Murphy copy, the two parts bound sep- arately, nos. 2470, 2470*, sold for $74. A fac-simile reprint of the two parts, with the map, was published in New York in 1848, with the following note on the verso of each title page: ‘‘ New-York: | lithographed for | Henry Austin Brady, Esquire, | counsellor at law, | member of the New-York historical so- ciety, &c. | By Francis Michelin. | 1848.” (Eames, Pilling.) ‘Collation as in the original edition, with which it agrees line for line. At the Murphy sale, no. 2471, a copy of the reprint brought $1.25. Continuatio | Der | Beschreibung der Landschafft | Pensylvanize | An denen End-Grantzen | Americe. | Uber vorige des Herrn Pastorii | Relationes. | In sich haltend: | Die Situation, und Fruchtbarkeit des | Erdbodens. Die Schiffreiche und andere | Flisse. Die Anzahl derer biszhero gebauten Stadte. | Die seltsame Creaturen an Thieren, Voégeln und Fischen. | Die Mineralien - und Edelgesteine. Deren eingebohrnen wil- | den Vélcker Sprachen, Religion und Gebrauche. Und | die ersten Christ- lichen Pflantzer und Anbauer | dieses Landes. | Beschrieben von | Gabriel Thomas | 15. Jahrigen Inwohner dieses | Landes. | Welchem Tractatlein noch beygefiget sind: | Des Hn. Daniel Falekners | Burgers und Pilgrims in Pensylvania 193 [sic for 1031]. | Beant- wortungen uff vorgelegte Fragen von | guten Freunden. | Franckfurt und Leipzig, | Zu finden bey Andreas Otto, Buchhandlern. | Im Jahr Christi 1702. Title of second part: Curieuse Nachricht | Von | Pensylvania | in | Norden-America, | Welche, | Auf Begehren guter Freunde, | Uber vorgelegte 103. Fra-| gen, bey seiner Abreisz aus Teutsch- | land nach obigem Lande Anno 1700. | ertheilet, und nun Anno 1702 in den Druck | gegeben worden. | Von | J)aniel Falk- nern, Professore, | Burgern and Pilgrim allda. | Franckfurt und Leipzig, | Zu finden bey Audreas Otto, Buchhindlern. | Im Jahr Christi 1702. Title verso blank 1 1. vorrede (signed Gabriel Thomas) 1 1. text pp. 1-40, title of second part Thomas (G.) — Continued. verso blank 1 ]. premonitio 2 ll. text pp. 1-58, map, sm. 8°. Specimen of the Indian language of Pennsyl- vania, with German translation, first part, p. 36. This translation of Thomas’saccountof Penn- sylvania, omitting the part relating to West- New-Jersey, and accompanied by Falckner’s relation, was published as a supplement to Pastorius (F.D.), Umstandige Geographische Beschreibung, 1700. It usually accompanies the 1704 edition of the same work. Copies seen: Lenox. The Murphy copy, no. 2471*, sold for $11. Thomas (Gabriel). See Rand (S. T.) Thomas (Isaiah). The | history of print- ing | in | America. | With a | biography of printers, | and an | account of news- papers. | To which is prefixed a concise view of | the discovery and progress of the art | in | other parts of the world. | In two volumes. | By Isaiah Thomas, | printer, Worcester, Massachusetts. | Volume I[-II].|/[Four lines quotation. ]| Worcester: | from the press of Isaiah Thomas, jun. | Isaac Sturtevant, printer. | 1810. 2 vols.: portrait of the author, title verso copyright 1 1. dedication pp. iii-iv, contents pp. v-vi, preface pp. 7-16, text pp. 17-436, notes pp. 437-487, two plates; title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. ili-iv, text pp. 5-450, notes pp. 451-508, appendix pp. 509-550, index pp. 551-576, two plates, 8°. Catalogue of books printed by Green, in- cluding brief titles of the early New England books in the Indian languages, vol. 1, pp. 252- 263.—Lord’s prayer in the language of the Indians of New England (from Eliot’s bible), vol. 1, pp. 478-479. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society, Trumbull, Watkinson. The Murphy copy, no. 2493, sold for $7. —— The| history of printing | in America, | with a | biography of printers, | and an | account of newspapers. | In two volumes. | By Isaiah Thomas, LL. D. | printer, late president of the American antiquarian society, member of | the American philosophical society, and of the Massachusetts | and New York historical societies. | Second edition. | With the Author’s Corrections and Additions, | and a catalogue of | Amer- ican publications | previous to the revolution of 1776. | Published under the supervision of a special committee | of the American antiquarian society. | Vol. I [-IT]. | 488 Thomas (I.) — Continued. Albany, N. Y.: | Joel Munsell, printer. | 1874. 2 vols.: half-title (Archeologia Americana) verso blank 11. title of the series (Archzologia Americana. | Transactions | and | collections | of the | American Antiquarian Society. | Vol- ume V. | [Seal of the society.] | Printed for the society. | 1874.) verso names of committee 11. portrait 1 1. title of the work as above verso blank 11. contents pp. vii-viii, preface pp. ix-xv, memoir of Isaiah Thomas pp. xvii-Ixxxvii, text pp. 1-362, addenda verso blank 1 1. appendix pp. 365-423; half-title (as in vol. 1) verso blank 1 1. title of the series (vol. VI) verso names of the committee 1 1. title of the work as above verso blank 1 1. contents pp. vii-viil, text pp. 1-248, appendix pp. 245-307, catalogue of publications pp. 309-666, half-title of index verso blank 1 l. index pp. 1-47, plate of Indian gazette, 8°. Linguistic contents as under previous title, vol. 1, pp. 63-75, 402. Copies seen; Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society, Trumbull, Watkinson. Thompson (Benjamin F.) Paper upon the Indian names of Long Island; by Benjamin F. Thompson, of Hempstead, L. I.—Read by Mr. Thompson, June 3rd. [ 1845. ] ’ In New York Hist. Soc. Proc. for the year 1845, pp. 125-131, New York, 1846, 8°. A list of about a hundred names of places without meanings or etymologies. Thoreau (Henry David). The | Maine woods. | By | Henry D. Thoreau, | au- thor of [&c. two lines. ] | [Design. ] | Boston: | Ticknor and Fields. | 1864. List of books recto blank 1 1. title verso copyright and printers 1 1. note verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-304, ap- pendix pp. 305-328, 12°. Abnaki names of animals, p. 99.—Abnaki names of places, pp. 143-145, 206, 212, 248, 253, 270, 274. — Abnaki inscription with English translation, p. 204.—A list of [Indian [Abnaki] words [names of places, etc.], pp. 324-326.— [The same continued] ‘‘from William Willis {q. v.] on the language of the Abnaquies”’ (in Maine Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 4), pp. 326-328. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames. The latest edition I have seen is titled as fol- lows: The | Maine woods. | By | Henry D. Thoreau, | author of [&c. two lines. | | Fourteenth Edition. | [Monogram. ] | Boston: | Houghton, Mifflin and com- pany. | The Riverside Press, Cam- bridge. | 1883. Title verso copyright 1 1. contents verso blank 1 1. note verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-304, appendix pp. 305-328, 12°. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ; Thoreau (H. D.) — Continued. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Boston Public. Henry David Thoreau, author, born in Con- cord, Mass., 12 July, 1817; died there 6 May, 1862. His grandfather, John Thoreau, came from St. Helier, a parish in the Island of Jersey, about 1773, and moved from Boston to Concord in 1800. Henry, the third of four children, went to school in Boston for a little more than a year, then attended the schools in Concord, fitted for college at a private school, entered Harvard in 1833, and was graduated in 1837,—A ppleton’s Cy- clop. of Am. Biog. Thornton (—). Vocabulary of the Mi- amis. In Gallatin (A.), Synopsis of Indian tribes, in American Ant. Soc. Trans. vol. 2, pp. 305-367, Cambridge, 1836, 8°. ¢ Probably printed from the following: Thornton (William). Vocabulary of the Miami Language, taken at the City of Washington, llth January 1802, in part from Little Turtle, but principally from Capt. Wells, the Interpreter. By William Thornton, communicated by Mr. Jefferson. Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. It is a copy made by Duponceau and forms no. XVII of a collection made by him and re- corded in a folio account book, of which it occu- pies pp. 65-68. Arranged in four columns to the page—two of English, two of Miami. Threlkeld (Kev. L. E.) A key | to the structure of the | aboriginal language; | being an analysis of the | particles used as affixes, to form | the various modifications of the verbs; | shewing the | essential powers, abstract roots, and other peculiarities | of the lan- guage | spoken by the aborigines | in the vicinity of Hunter river, lake Macquarie, etc., | New South Wales: | together with comparisons of Poly- nesian and other dialects. | By L. E. Threlkeld. | Sydney: | the book for presentation at the royal national exhibition, Lon- -don, 1851, | under the auspices of his royal highness prince Albert. | The type colonial, cast by A. Thompson.— The binding | with colonial material. | Printed by Kemp and Fairfax, | lower George street. | 1850. Portrait 11. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. 3-4, reminiscences of Biraban pp. 5-7, text pp. 9-83, 8°. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Threlkeld (L. E.) — Continued. _ A few verbal forms in Delaware compared with Tahitian and Australian, pp. 11, 12, 13, 15.— Massachusetts Indian words, pp. 13, 73. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames. Tims (Rev. John William). Grammar and dictionary | of the | Blackfoot lan- guage | in the dominion of Canada. | For the use of missionaries, school- | teachers, and others. | Compiled by the | rev. J. W. Tims, | C. M. S. iission- ary. | [Seal of the society. ] | London: | Society for promoting christian knowledge, | Northumber- land avenue, Charing cross, W. C. [ 1889. ] Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 l. introduction pp. v—vi, preface pp. vii-x, con- tents pp. xi-xii, text pp. 1-191, folded table op- posite p. 78, 12°. Grammar of the Blackfoot language, pp. 1- 103.—English-Blackfoot dictionary, pp. 105-191. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. — The gospel according to| st. Mat- thew. | Translated into the language | of the | Blackfoot Indians. | By the | Rey. John William Tims, | C. M.S. missionary. | London: | printed for the | British . and foreign bible society. | 1890. Title verso ‘‘ pronunciation” 1 1. text pp. 3-109, 16°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. —— [Manual of devotion in the Black- foot language. ] (Gu) Manuscript, about 80 pp. foolscap. The aun- thor describes it for me as follows: Part I. Selections from the Book of Common Prayer; ¢. g., Creed, Lord’s Prayer, Ten Com- mandments, etc. Part Il. Selection from the Holy Scriptures, Genesis 1-3, and portions of the Gospels con- cerning the birth, life, etc. of Christ. Part III. Niue hymns (translations). Part IV. Elementary instruction for chil- dren in schools. Dec. 31, 1889, Mr. Tims wrote me from Eng- land as foliows: ““The British and Foreign Bible Society are about to print the Gospel of St. Matthew in Blackfoot, and the Society for Promoting Christ- ian Knowledge are about to publish ‘ Readings from the Holy Scriptures,’ which consist of Genesis I-I11, and selected portions of the four gospels containing an accountof our Lord’s birth, life, works, death, resurrection, and as- cension. I expect to remain in England long enough to revise the proof-sheets and then 10 return tomy work amongst the Blackfoot In. | dians.”’ Tobias (Chief Gottlieb). Toner (Joseph Meredith). Tooker (William Wallace). 489 Tims (J. W.) — Continued. Rev. John William Tims was born in Ox- ford, Eng., in 1857, and resided there until twenty-one years of age, when he offered his services to the Church Missionary Society, which wereaccepted. He passed through the society’s college at Islington, was ordained deacon in 1883, and at once appointed to commence the mission among the Blackfeet proper. His pres. ent station is at Blackfoot crossing on the Ca- nadian Pacific railway, in the province of Al- berta and the diocese of Calgary. He has given special attention to the language of that people. [Letter in Le- napé of to-day. ] In Brinton (D. G.), The Lenapé and their legends, p. 88, Philadelphia, 1885, 8°. The letter is dated ‘* Moraviantown, Sept. 26, 1884,” and is followed by an English transla- tion by its author. It relates to the Delaware text of the Walum Olum. Address | be- fore the | Rocky mountain | medical association | June 6, 1877 | containing | some observations | on the | geologic- al age of the world | the appearance of animal life upon the globe, | the anti- quity of man, and the archeological | remains of extinct races found on the American continent, | with views of the origin and practice of medicine among | uncivilized races, more especi- ally | the North American Indians, | By | J. M. Torer, M. D. | Washington, D.C. | published for the association. | 1877. Printed cover as above, title as above verso printers 1 1. list of presidents of the association verso contents 1 1. introduction verso blank 1 1. text pp. 7-112, 12°. The copy in the Library of Congress has an appendix containing a synopsis of previous addresses and biographies of mem- bers of the association—in all, 414 pp. List of names for ‘‘ Doctor” and ‘‘ Medicine” in Chippeway Algonkin, by Dr. Thomas Foster, pp. 63-64. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Con- gress, Geological Survey, Pilling, Trumbull. Indian geo- graphical names on Long Island. Com- - piled by Wm. Wallace Tooker. In Brooklyn Daily Eagle Almanac, vol. 3, ‘first edition,” pp. 55-56, Brooklyn, 1888, 8°, (Eames, Pilling.) About 100 names, alphabetically arranged, with meanings. | —— Indian place names on Long Island. Revised and Corrected by Wm. Wallace Tooker, Sag Harbor, N. Y. 490 Tooker (W. W.)—Continued. In Brooklyn Daily Eagle Almanac, vol. 4, pp. 25-26, Brooklyn, 1889, 8°. (Eames, Pilling.) About 175 names, alphabetically arranged, with meanings. —— Indian place names on Long Island. Revised and corrected by Wm. Wallace Tooker, Sag Harbor, N. Y. In Brooklyn Daily Eagle Almanac, vol. 5, pp. 35-37, Brooklyn, 1890, 8°. (Eames, Gats- chet, Pilling.) A foot-note says: ‘‘ It will be noticed that sev- eral changes have been made to the lists pub- lished in the Almanacs of 1888 and 1889. These are due to recent studies of the early forms of Indian names from the records of the towns in which they appear.” — Indian place-namesin East-Hampton town, L. I., with their probable signi- fication, by Wm. Wallace Tooker, Sag- Harbor, N. Y. In Records of the town of East Hampton, Long Island, Suffolk co., N. Y., vol. 4, pp. i-x (second pagination), Sag-Harbor, 1889, 8°. (Pil- ling.) An alphabetic list of 28 place names in the Montauk language, with meanings and descrip- tions. Issued separately as follows: —— Indian place-names | in East-Hamp- ton town, | with their probable signifi- cations, | by | Wm. Wallace Tooker. | Written for the East-Hampton Town Records, Vol. Iv. | Sag-Harbor: | J. H. Hunt, printer. | 1889. Cover title as above, inside title as above verso blank 1 1]. text pp. i-x, 8°. Copies seen: Hames, Gatschet, Pilling, Powell. —— Indian place-names on Long Island and islands adjacent, with their prob- able significations. (Ge) Manuscript, in possession of its author, who described it for me October 26, 1889, as follows: “So far the manuscript contains over four hun- dred names. With each name will be given extracts from the early records and deeds of the towns where they occur, showing their appearance, different forms of spelling as given by the early recorders, why the name was so bestowed, etc. With the significations will be given parallels from various cognate dialects. The manuscript is now well advanced, and only awaits the publication of some of the early town records, not deeming it advisable to have it published until all the facts relating to each name can be secured. With the names appear historical data relating to the early his- tory of Long Island never before published. The work will be arranged similar to Dr. J. H. Trumbull’s Indian Names in Connecticut. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Tract: Chippewa See Attend. Chippewa Come. Chippewa Ewh. Chtppewa Iu pitabvn. Chippewa Nabwahkan. Chippewa Osagiitiuin. Chippewa Reward. Chippewa Sanders (J.) Cree German (O.) Cree Hunter (J.) Cree Vincent (—). Delaware Zeisberger (D.) Maliseet Rand (S. T.) Massachusetts Danforth (S.) Massachusetts Eliot (J.) Massachusetts Hatchets. Massachusetts Mather (C.) Massachusetts Mayhew (E.) Massachusetts Rawson (G.) Micmac Rand (S. T.) Montagnais Durocher (F.) ~ Nipissing Cuogq (J. A.) Penobscot Wzokhilain (P. P.) Tracts in Micmac. See Rand (S. T.) Treasury. The Treasury of Languages. | A | rudimentary dictionary | of | universal philology. | Daniel iii. 4. | [One line in Hebrew.] | Hall and Co., 25, Paternoster row, London. | (All rights reserved. ) [1873?] Colophon: London: | printed by Grant gad co., 72-78, Turnmill street, E. C. Title verso blank 1 1. advertisement (dated February 7th, 1873) verso blank 11. introduction (signed J. B.and dated October 31st, 1873) pp. i-iv, dictionary of languages (in alphabetical order) pp. 1-301, list of contributors p. [302], errata verso colophon 1 1. 12°. Edited by James Bonwick, Esq., F. R. G. S., assisted by about twenty-two contributors, whose initials are signed to the most imparure of their respective articles. In the compila- tion of the work free use was made of Bagster’s Bible of Every Land, and Dr. Latham's Ele- ments of Oomparative Philology. Thereare also references to an appendix, concerning which there is the following note on p. 301: ‘‘ Notice.— Owing to the unexpected enlargement of this Book in course of printing, the Appendix is necessarily postponed ; and the more especially as additional matter has been received sufficient to make a second volume. And it will be pro- ceeded with so soon as an adequate list of Sub- scribers shall be obtained.” Under the name of each language is a brief statement of the family or stock to which it belongs, and the country where it is or was spoken, together with references, in many cases, to the principal authorities on the grammar and vocabulary. An addenda is given at the end of each letter. The following are the principal Algonquian languages represented; Abenaki or Abenaqui, p.2; Algonkin or Algonquin, p.8; Arapaho or ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 491 Treasury — Continued. Arrapaho, p. 13; Blackfoot, p.30; Chippeway- an, p. 48; Cree, p. 55; Delaware, p. 62; Etche- min, p. 74; Illinois, p. 107; Lenni-Lennape (with names of tribal divisions), p.150; Massathu- sett, p. 168; Mic-mac, p.174; Minsi, p.176; Mo- hegan, Mohican (with names of tribal divisions), p. 178; Myncquesar, p. 184; Muskonong, p. 186; Nanticok, p. 188; Narragansetts, p. 188; Natic, p.188; Newfoundland, p. 190; Ojibwa, Ojibway, p. 198; Ottawa, Ottoway, p. 203; Pennsylvania, p.212; Salteaux, Sauteux, p. 232; Sankikani, p. 234: Shawanoe, p. 241; Sheshatapoosh, p. 241; Shyenne, p. 243; Wea, p. 289; Wolf Indians, p. 292. Copies seen: Eames. Treat (Gen. Joseph). Vocabulary of the Etchemins (Passamaquoddy), and of the Penobscot and Narraganset. In Gallatin (A.), Synopsis of Indian tribes, in American Ant. Soc. Trans. vol. 2, pp. 305-367, Cambridge, 1836, 8°. Joseph Treat, soldier, born in Bangor, Me., 8 Dec., 1775; died there, 27 Feb., 1853; became a civil engineer, but was commissioned captain in the 21st U.S. infantry on 12 March, 1812. He was mustered out in 1815; in 1817 and 1818 was a member of the general court of Massachu- setts, and in 1820 of the Maine constitutional convention. He afterward became brigadier- general in the State militia.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Treat (Rev. Samuel). See Rawson (G.) Treaties | between the | United States of America | and the several | Indian tribes, | from 1778 to 1837: | with | a copious table of contents. | Compiled and printed by the direction, and under the supervision, | of the | commissioner of Indian affairs. | Washington, D. C. | published by Langtree and O’Sullivan. | 1837. Title verso blank 11. contents pp. v-lxxxiii, text pp. 1-699, 8°. Copies seen: British Museum, Bureau of Eth- nology, Congress. Issued also with title as follows: Treaties | between the | United States of America, | and the several | Indian tribes, | from 1778 to 1837: | with | a copious table of contents. | New di- tion, | carefully compared with the originals in the Department of State. | Compiled and printed by the direction, and under the supervision, | of the | commissioner of Indian affairs. | Washington, D. C. | published by Langtree and O’Sullivan. | 1837. Title 1 lL. preface 1 1. contents pp. v-lxxxiii, — text pp. 1-699, 8°. Treaties — Continued. Contains names of Indian chiefs, with En- glish signification, of the Sac and Fox, pp. 112, 180, 181, 190, 315, 878-379, 449-450, 511, 678; Miami, pp. 120, 157-158, 176-177; Wea, pp. 120, 153, 195; Chippewa, pp. 138-139, 148, 175, 224; Kickapoo, pp. 154, 158-159, 173, 196, 534; Shaw- nee, pp. 157, 175, 225-226, 388; Ottawa, pp. 157, . 282; Pattawatima, pp. 158, 225; Piankashaw, p. 164; Menomonee, pp. 206, 376, 415, 471-472, 554; Cheyenne, p. 350. Copies seen: Powell. Tribal names: Abnaki See Barratt (J.) 2 Algonquian Brice (W.A.) Algonguian Gilfillan (J. A.) Algonquian Schoolcraft (H. R.) Arapaho Hayden (F. V.) Cheyenne Hayden (F. V.) Chippewa Lapham (J. A.) Chippewa Shea (J.G.) Chippewa Warren (W. W.) Massachusetts Sanford (E.) Mississagua Chamberlain (A. F.) New Jersey Sanford (E.) Virginia Sanford (E.) Tripartitvm. See Merian (A. A. von) and Klaproth (H. J. von). Tribner: This word following a title, or included within parentheses after a note, indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the collection of Messrs. Triib- ner & co. (now Kegan Paul, Trench, Tribner & co.), London, England. Triibner (Nicolas). See Ludewig (H. E.) Triibner & Co. Triibner’s | bibliograph- ical guide | to | American literature; | being | a classified list of books, | in all departments of literature and science, | published in| The United States of America | during the last forty years. | With | an introduction, notes, three appendices, and an index. | London: | Triibner and co., 12, Pater- noster row. | 1855. Title verso printer 1 1. table of contents verso blank 1 1. preface (signed Triibner & Co.) pp. v-vi, introduction pp. vii-xxxii, catalogue pp. 1-84, appendix pp. 85-91, index pp. 92-108, 8°. American Indian languages, p.38, contains a few titles in Cree, Delaware, and Ojibwa. Copies seen: Eames. —— Triibner’s | bibliographical guide | to American literature. | A classed list of books | published in the United States of America during | the last forty years. | With | Bibliographical Introduction, Notes, and Alphabetical Index. | Compiled and_ edited | by Nicolas Triibner. | A492 Tribner & Co.— Continued. London: | Triibner and co., 60, Pater- noster row. | 1859. Title verso printers 1 1. contents 1 1. preface pp. v-x, half-title (introduction) verso blank 1 1. bibliographical prolegomena pp. iii-xxxvi, contributions towards a history of American literature (by Benjamin Moran, esq., assistant secretary to the American legation) pp. xxxvii- xevi, xevii*—civ*, public libraries of the United States (by Edward Edwards) pp. xevii-cxlix, catalogue (classified) pp. 1-521, general index pp. 522-554, advertisements pp. 1-8, 8°. American antiquities, Indians, and lan- guages, pp. 246-260, contains titles of books in or relating to Massachusetts or Natick, Otta- wa, Delaware, Muhhekaneew, Chippeway or Ojibwa, Etchemin, Shawnee, Pottawatome, Abnaki, and Narrogansett. Copies seen: Kames. —— A catalogue | of | an extensive col- lection | of | valuable new and second- hand books, | English and foreign, | in | antiquities, architecture, books of prints, history, | natural history, and every other branch of ancient | and modern literature, but more particu- larly rich in | books on languages, on bibliography and on | North and South America. | On sale at the low prices affixed | by | Triibner & co., | 60, Pater- noster Row, London. Colophon: Printed by F. A. Brock- haus, Leipzig. [1856.] Printed cover as above verso contents etc. no inside title; text pp. 1-159, colophon p. [160], {e) i ‘American lan guages, pp. 44-47, contains titles and prices of a number of Algonqnian books — Cree, Delaware, Etchemin, and Ojibwa. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology. — A | catalogue | of | a large assem- blage of books, | appertaining to | lin- guistic literature, | (many of them very, rare), |in the | Ancient and Modern Languages. | [ Design. ] | Now on sale by Triibner & co. | 60, Paternoster row, London. | 1860. | (Price One Shilling, which will be allowed to Purchasers. ) Cover title as above, no inside title, text pp. 1-100, 8°. “American languages,” pp. 16-22, includes titles of a few works in Chippewa, p. 19; Cree, p.19; Delaware, p. 20; Etchemin, p. 20. Copies seen: Harvard. —— Registered for Transmission Abroad. | Triibner’s | American and Oriental Literary Record. | A monthly register | Of the most important Works pub- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Triubner & Co.— Continued. lished in North and South America, in | India, China, and the British Colonies: with occasional Notes on German, | Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Span- ish, Portuguese, and Russian Books, | No. 1 [-Nos. 145-6. Vol. XII. Nos. 11 & 12]. March 16, 1865 [-December, 1879]. Price 6d. | Subscription | 5s. per Annum, | Post Free. © [London: Triibner & co. 1865-1879. ] 12 vols. in 9, large 8°. WNo title-pages; head- ings only. No. 1 to nos.23 & 24 (March 30, 1867) are paged 1-424; no.25 (May 15, 1867) to no. 60 (August 25, 1870) are paged 1-816. The numbering by volumes begins with no. 61 (Sep- tember 26, 1870), which is marked vol. VI, no. 1. Vols. VI to XII contain pp. 1-196; 1-272; 1-204; 1-184; 1-176; 1-152; 1-164. In addition there is a special number for September, 1874 (pp. 1- 72), and an extra no. 128* for October, 1877 (pp. 1-16); also supplementary and other leaves. Continued under the following title: Tribner’s | American, European & Oriental | Literary Record. | A register of the most im- portant works | published in | Northand South America, India, China, Europe, | and the British colonies. | With Occasional Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Spanish, | Portuguese, Russian, and Hungarian Litera-. ture. | New series. Vol.I [-IX]. | January to December, 1880 [-January to December, 1888]. | London: | Triibner & co., 57 and 59, Ludgate hill. [1880-1888. } 9 vols. large 8°. Including no.147-8 to no. 242, each volume with a separate title and leaf of contents, and its own pagination. Continued as follows: Triibner’s record, | a journal | devoted tothe | Literature of the East, | with notes and lists of current | American, European and Colonial Publications. | No. 243 [-250]. Third series. Vol.I. Part1([-Vol.II. Part2]. Price 2s. [London: Tribner & co. March, 1889-Octo- ber, 1890.] 2 vols.; printed covers as above, no title- pages, large 8°. Published quarterly, and still in progress. Titles of works in and relating to the Algon- quian languages are scattered through the periodical, together with notes on the subject. A list of ‘‘ Works on the aboriginal languages of America,’’ vol. 8 (first series), pp. 185-189, in- cludes titles under the special headings of Cree, Delaware, Ktchemin, and Micmac. Copies seen: Eames. — Bibliotheca Hispano-Americana. | A | catalogue | of | Spanish books| printed _ in | Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras, the Antilles, | Venezuela, Columbia, Ecua- dor, Peru, Chili, | Uruguay, and the Ar- gentine Republic; | and of | Portuguese books printed in Brazil. | Followed bya ALGONQUIAN Triibner & Co.— Continued. collection of | works on the aboriginal languages | of America. | . On Sale at the affixed Prices, by | Triibner & co. 8 & 60, Paternoster row, London. | 1870. | One shilling and six- pence. Cover title as above verso contents 1 1. no in- side title; catalogue pp. 1-184, colophon verso advertisements 1 1. 16°. Works on the aboriginal languagesof Amer- ica, pp. 162-184, contains a list of books (alpha- betically arranged by languages) on this sub- ject, including the Chippeway and Cree, p. 170; Delaware, p.172; Etchemin, p.173; Micmac, p. 180; Pennsylvanian, p. 182. Copies seen; Eames, Pilling. —— A | catalogue | of | dictionaries and grammars | of the | Principal Languages and Dialects | of the World. | For sale by | Triibner & co. | London: | Triibner & co., 8 & 60 Pa- ternoster row. | 1872. Printed cover as above, title as above verso printers 11. notice reverse blank 1 |. catalogue pp. 1-64, addenda and corrigenda 1 1. advertise- ments verso blank 11. a list of works relating to the science of language etc. pp. 1-16, 8°. Contains a few titles of Cree works, p. 13; Delaware, p. 15; Etchemin, p. 18; Micmac, p. 88; Pennsylvanian, p. 42. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. A later edition as follows: Triibner’s | catalogue | of | dictiona- ries and grammars | of the | Principal Languages and Dialects of the World. | Second edition, | considerably enlarged and revised, with an alphabetical in- dex. | A guide for students and book- sellers. | [Monogram. ] | London: | Triibner & co., 57 and 59, Ludgate hill. | 1882. Printed cover as above, title as above verso list of catalogues 11. notice and preface to the second edition p. ili, index pp. iv-viii, text pp. 1-168, additions pp. 169-170, Triibner’s Oriental & Linguistic Publications pp. 1-95, 8°. Contains titles of works in Algonquin, p. 3; American languages (general), p. 3; Cree, p. 40; Delaware, p. 44; Etchemin, p. 54; Micmac, p. 108, Otchipwe, p. 113. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. — No.1 [-12]. January 1874 [-May, 1875]. | A catalogue | of | choice, rare, and curious books, | selected from the stock | of | Triibner & Co., | 57 & 59, Ludgate hill, London. | [London: Triibner & co. 1874-1875. ] 12 parts: no titles, headings only; catalogue (paged continuously) pp. 1-192, large 8°. This LANGUAGES. 493 Triibner & Co.— Continued. series of catalogues was prepared by Mr. James George Stuart Burges Bohn. See Triibner’s American, European, & Oriental Literary Rec- ord, new series, vol. 1, pp. 10-11 (February, 1880). Title and description of Eliot’s Indian bible (1685), no. 3, p.33.—Works on the aboriginal . languages of America, no. 8, pp. 113-118, in- cluding special lists under the headings Chep- ewyan [i.e. Ojibway], Cree, Delaware, Etch- emin, Micmac, and Shawanees. Oopies seen: Eames. — A catalogue | of | choice, rare, & valuable books, | in all languages, | on sale by | Triibner & co., | 57 & 59, Lud- gate Hill, London. [No. I-V.] [London: Triibner & co. 1875-1877. ] 5 parts: [no. I,] no title or date, heading only as above, catalogue pp. 1-48; [no. 11] cover title (Triibner’s bibliotheca Sanscrita. A catalogue of Sanskrit literature, etc. 1875) verso blank, title (as on the cover) verso print- ers1 1. preface verso additions 1 ]. catalogue pp. 1-84, advertisement on back cover; no. IU, cover title (A catalogue of a valuable and choice collection of rare, curious, and important Ancient and Modern Books, etc. 1876) verso blank, catalogue (beginning with heading asin no. I) pp. 133-272, contents on back cover; [no. Iy,] cover title (Catalogue of Chinese & Jap- anese literature, etc. 1876) verso contents, cata- logue pp. 1-28, advertisements on back cover; no. V, cover title (Catalogue of a valuable and choice collection, etc. 1877) verso advertise- ments, catalogue (beginning with heading as in no. I) pp. 301-396, notice on recto of back cover verso contents, 8°. The following notice is printed on the back cover of no. V: ‘‘ Part I., Part 1., and Part v., are devoted, as in the present instance, to Mis- cellaneous Literature, Early Voyages and Tray- els, History and Archeology, Belles Lettres, etc. Part ll. forms a very complete Bibliotheca Sanscrita, to which is added a List of Pali Books. Part iIv.is a Catalogue of Chinese and Japanese Literature, with a List of Oriental Periodicals.”’ Parts J, I1J,and v were prepared by Mr. J.G.S. B. Bohn. America and the West Indies, no. 11, pp. 137-169, includes scattered titles of works con- taining Algonquian linguistics, especially Mic- mac and Mulliscet (p.143),and Pennsylvanian (pp. 157-158). — Aborigines of America: red Indians of British North America, and the United States, no. Vv, pp. 301-319, contains titles of many works in and relating to the American languages, besides special lists under the head- ings Delaware (p. 305), Micmac (p, 312), and Ojibway or Chippeway (p. 314). Copies seen: Eames. True (N. T.) Indian names on the An- droscoggin. In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 8, pp. 237-238, New York, 1868, sm. 4°. 494 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE : True (N T.) — Continued. A list of 45 names of geographic features in the Abnaki language, some of them with ety- mologies. Collation of geographical names in the Algonkin language. ByN. T. True, M. D. In Essex Institute Hist. Coll. vol. 8, pp. 144- 149, Salem, 1868, sm. 4°. (Congress, Trumbull, W atkinson.) Issued separately as follows: — Collation of | geographical names | in the | Algonkin language.* | By N. T. True, M. D. Foot-note: * Extracted from the Historical Collections of the Essex Institute, Salem, Mass., Vol. | Vill. No. 3. No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-6, sm. 4°. In double columns. Contains about 100 names of places, mostly in New England, with explanations. Each di- vision is preceded by a brief vocabulary of In- dian words with definitions. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Trumbull. Trumbull: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, Hartford, Conn. Trumbull(Dr.JamesHammondad). [Trans- lation of the catechism in the two edi- tions of Eliot’s Indian bible. ] Colophon: Printed by J. Munsell, Al- bany, | January 20, 1865. No titie-page; note (signed J. H. T. Hart- ford, Conn. Jan., 1865) verso ram’s head, and ‘‘ thirty-five copies printed, for private distribu- * tion,’ 11. text of the translation 3 unnumbered pp. design of Munsell the printer (under which is the above colophon) verso blank 1 1. sm. 4°. The preliminary note reads as follows: “A single leaf at the end of Eliot’s Indian bible, in both the first and second editions, contains a catechism for the Indians, or, more exactly, some rules and directions for leading a religious ” life in the form of answers to the two questions: ‘How can I walk with God all the day long?’ and ‘What should a Christian do to keep the Sabbath day perfectly holy ?’ ‘‘The annexed translation, which is as nearly literal as possible, was made at the request of a friend, for insertion in a copy of the Indian Bible. At his suggestion a few copies are now- printed for distribution to other possessors of that rare and curious volume.—J. H. T.” Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Boston Athenzum, Lenox. Letter of Mr. Trumbull on “‘ Shaw- mut” [the Indian name of Boston]. In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Proc. 1866-1867, pp. 376-379, Boston, 1867, 8°. Refers to the Indian origin of the word, and Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. includes comments upon and extracts from Wood, Rawson, and Eliot. —— Letter from J. Hammond Trumbull, on the name Massachusetts. — In American Ant. Soc. Proc. October, 1867 (no. 48), pp. 79-84, Worcester, 1867, 8°. The let- ter is preceded by an article on ‘‘ The name of Massachusetts,” pp. 77-79, containing a synop- sis of the remarks of Rev. Edward E. Hale on the subject. Indian names [of places in Connect- icut ]. In Woodward (A.), Historical address at Franklin, Conn., pp. 46-48, New Haven, 1869, 8°. On Onomatopeeia in the Algonkin Languages, by Mr. J. Hammond Trum- bull, of Hartford, Conn. In American Oriental! Soc. Jour. vol. 9, no. 1, pp. xlvii-xlviii (Proceedings for October, 1868), New Haven, 1869, 8°. (Hames.) A criticism of a list of Algonkin names of animals in Wilson’s Prehistoric Man (2d. ed. p. 56), and in Farrar’s Ohapters on Language (1865, pp. 24-25). A number of the words are analyz- ed and explained. The True Method of Studying the North American Languages. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1869, pp. 25. 26, Hartford, 1870, 8°. An abstract of the following: Vom On the best Method of Studying the North American Languages. By J. Hammond Trumbull, of Hartford,Conn. In American Phiiolog. Ass. Trans. 1869-’70, pp. 55-79, Hartford, 1871, 8°. Examples in Massachusetts, Chippeway, Shyenne, Cree, Abnaki, Delaware, Narragan- sett, and Western Algonkin. Issued separately as follows: —— (From the Transactions of the Amer- ican Philological Association, 1869-70.) | On the | best method of studying | the American languages. | By J. Ham- mond Trumbull. [ Hartford : 1871.] No title, heading only; text pp. 1-25, 8°. Copies seen: Eames. —— The composition of Indian geograph- ical names, illustrated from the Algon- kin languages. By J. Hammond Trumbull. In Connecticut Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 2, pp. 1-50, Hartford, 1870, 8°. ‘“‘The examples I shall give of these three classes will be taken from Algonkin languages; chiefly from the Massachusetts or Natick (which was substantially the same as that spoken by the Narragansetts and Connecticut Indians), the Abnaki, the Lenni-Len4pe or Delaware, the ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. Chippewa or Ojibway, and the Knisteno or Cree.” Following the general index of this volume _is an index of ‘Indian names” used in the - above article, pp. 378-380. Issued separately as follows: —- The composition | of | Indian geo- graphical names, | illustrated from the | Algonkin languages. | By | J. Ham- mond Trumbull, | president of the Con- necticut historical society. | From the Conn. Historical Society’s Collections, Vol. 1. | Hartford. | Press of Case, Lockwood & Brainard. | 1870. Printed cover as above, title as above verso “fifty copies printed’ 1 1. text pp. 3-51, 8°. Pp. 1446 agree with the original article page for page; the subsequent pages differ slightly in arrangement, on account of the insertion in -this edition of a new paragraph of fifteen lines on pp. 47-48 and a new note of eight lines on p. 48. Copies seen: Eames, National Museum. Some copies contain the index of ‘Indian names,”’ pp. 1-3, loosely inserted at the end. Indian names in Virginia. By Hon. J. Hammond Trumbull, president of the Connecticut historical society. In Historical Magazine, vol. 7, pp. 47-48, - Morrisania, N.Y. 1870, sm. 4°. A dozen names in the Powhattan language, with meanings and etymologies. — On the Algonkin name ‘‘ Manit” (or ‘‘Manitou”), sometimes translated ‘Great Spirit,” and ‘‘God.” By J. H. Trumbull, Hartford, Conn. In Old and New, vol.1, pp. 337-342, Boston, 1870, 8°. Many examples in the Massachusetts, Narra- gansett, Delaware, Montagnet, Abnaki, Mic- mac, and Shawnee languages, with extracts from Roger Williams, Eliot, Mayhew, Dupon- ceau, Heckewelder, Zeisberger, Rasle, Lahon- tan, LeJeune, Gallatin, and Whipple; comments on the Dakota name, from Riggs, and on the Otoe, from Hayden. — On the Algonkin name Manit or Mani- tou, sometimes translated ‘Great Spirit’ and ‘God,’ by Mr. J. Hammond Trum- bull, of Hartford, Conn. In American Oriental Soc. Jour. vol. 9, no. 2, pp. lviii-lix (Proceedings for October, 1869), New Haven, 1871,8°. (Eames.) An analysis of the word is given, illustrated by examples from the Abnaki, Massachusetts, Delaware, and Micmac languages. —— Some Mistakes concerning the Gram- mar, and in Vocabularies of the Algon- kin Language. 495 Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1870, pp. 13- 14, Hartford, 1871, 8°. An abstract of the following : — On some Mistaken Notions of Algon- kin Grammar, and on Mistranslations from Eliot’s Bible, &c. By J. Hammond Trumbull. In American Philolog. Ass. Trans. 1869-’70, pp. 105-123, Hartford, 1871, 8°. Comments upon and examples in the Massachu- setts, Delaware, Cree, Chippeway, Mohegan, Old Abnaki, Old Passamaquoddy, Mareschit, Narragansett, Northern Algonkin, and Mic- mac, with references to Eliot, Gallatin, Dupon- ceau, Pickering, Zeisberger, Heckewelder, Ed- wards, Roger Williams, Wm. Wood, Howse, Cass, Schoolcraft, and Vater. Issued separately as follows: — (From the Transactions of the Ameri- can Philological Association, 1869-70. ) | On some | mistaken notions of Algon- kin grammar, | and on mistranslations _ of words from Eliot’s bible, &c. | By J. Hammond Trumbull. { Hartford; 1871.] No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-19, 8°. Copies seen: Eames. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 2389, a copy brought 25 cents. On Algonkin Names of the Dog and the Horse. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1870, pp. 16-17, Hartford, 1871, 8°. An abstract of a paper read before the asso- ciation. Contains a few examples in the Chip- pewa language. A Mode of Counting, said to have been used by the Wawenoc Indians of Maine. By Hon. J. H. Trumbull, of Hartford, Ct. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1871, pp. 13-15, Hartford, 1872, 8°. Comments on a paper by J. G. Kohl in the Maine Hist. Soc. Coll. on a ‘‘ History of the Dis- covery of . Maine;’’ and on the Wawe- noc numerals by R. K. Sewall in the Historical Magazine for March, 1868; in which Mr. Trum- bull asserts that these numerals are of York- shire origin, and were used in scoring sheep. On some alleged specimens of Indian onomatopeia. By J. Hammond Trum- bull. In Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans. vol. 2, pp. 177-185, New Haven, 1871-1873, 8°. Examples from a numberof Algonquian lan- guages. Also issued separately. (Eames.) —— Algonkin Names of Man, by Hon. J. H. Trumbull, of Hartford, Ct. In‘American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1871, p. 23, Hartford, 1872, 8°, 496 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. An abstract of a paper subsequently pub- lished as follows: — On Algonkin Names for Man. By J. Hammond Trumbull. In American Philolog. Ass. Trans. Ha pp. 138-159, Hartford, 1872, 8°. Examples in Abnaki, Delaware, Chippewa, Massachusetts, Old Algonkin, Narragansett, Menomini, Saki, Montagnais, Quinnippiac, New Sweden, Shawnee, Miami, Illinois, Mic- mac, Cree, Sheyenne, Atsina, Arapaho, Black- fcet, Powhatan, and Nanticoke, with references to Cass, Heckewelder, Roger Williams, Eliot, and many other writers. Issued separately as follows: — On Algonkin names for man. | By J. Hammond Trumbull. actions of the American Philological Association, 1871.) [Hartford : 1872. ] Half-title as above p. 1, text pp. 2-23, 8°. Copies seen: Lenox. — Contributions to the Comparative Grammar of the Algonkin Languages. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1871, pp. 28-29, Hartford, 1872, 8°. An abstract of a paper ‘‘founded on twenty- five. versions of the Lord’s Prayer, in nineteen languages and dialects of the Algonkin stock.” Subsequently published as follows: —— Notes on Forty Versions of the Lord’s Prayer in Algonkin Languages. In American Philolog. Ass. Lrans. 1872, pp. 113-218, Hartford, 1873, 8°. Issued separately as follows: — Notes on | forty Algonkin versions | of the lord’s prayer. | By J. Hammond Trumbull. | From the Transactions of the Am. Philological Association, 1872. | Hartford: | 1873. Half-title on cover, title verso blank 1 l.text pp. 1-100, 111-116, 8°. 1 Micmac (from Mithridates, vol. 3, pt.3, p. 401), pp. 9-11. 2 (a) Micmac (from: Kauder, in Historical Magazine, vol. 5, p. 289), pp. 11-12. 2(b) Micmac (from Vetromile’s Indian Good book, 3d ed. p. 225), pp. 12-15. 3 Micmac (from Rand’s gospel according to St. Matthew, Charlottetown, 1853), pp. 15-17. 4 Milicite (from Vetromile’s God book, pp. 71, 579), pp. 17-18. 4 (b) Milicite (from manuscript), pp. 18-20. 5 Milicite (from Rand, in Schoolcraft’s In- dian Tribes, vol. 5, p. 592), pp. 20-21. 6 Abnaki, Passamaquoddy (from Vetromile’s Good book, p. 268), p. 21. 7 Abnaki, Passamaquoddy (from Vetromile’s Good book, p. 578), p. 21. Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. 8 Abnaki, Penobscot (from Demilier in An- nales dela Prop. dela Foi,vol. 8, p. 197), pp. 22-238. 9 Abnaki, Canniba (from manuscript), pp. 23-24. 9 (6) Canniba (from manuscript), pp. 24-98, 10 Massachusetts (from Eliot’s Indian bible, 1685), pp. 28-33. 11 Connecticut, Niantic? (from Mayhew’s manuscript), pp. 34-36. i2 Connecticut, Pequot-Mohegan? (from Saltonstall in Morse’s report), pp. 36-37. 13 Mohegan, of Stockbridge, Mass. (from Edwards’ Observations), p. 37. 14 Mohegan, of Stockbridge, Mass. (from (Quinney’s] Assembly’s catechism, 1795), pp. 38- 42. 15 Quiripi (from Peirson’s Helps for the In- dians), pp. 42-44. 16 Delaware, Renapi of New Sweden (from Campanius’ Luther’s catechism), pp. 45-48. 17 Delaware, ‘‘ Lenni Lenape” of Northern Pennsylvania (from Zeisberger’s Spelling book), pp. 49-56. 18 Cree (Knisteno), Red River (from [Thi- bault’s] Priéres, &c., en langue Crise), pp. 56-57. 19 Cree, Saskatchewun? (from De Smet’s Oregon missions), p. 58. 20 Cree (from |Hunter’s] Gospel of St. Mat. thew, London, 1853), pp. 58-59. 20 (b) Cree, Red River (from Hunter’s trans- lation of the Prayer book), pp. 59-63. 20 (c) Cree, Western Coast of Hudson Bay (from Hunter’s translation of the Prayer book), pp. 63-64. 21 Montagnais, near Quebec (from Massé, in Champlain’s Voyages, 1632), pp. 64-67. 22 Montagnais, Saguenay River and Lake St. John (from La Brosse’s Nebiro-iriniui, 1767), pp. 67-68. 23 Algonkin (Nipissing), Lake of the Two Mountains (from [Cuoq’s] Catéchisme Algon quine, Montreal, 1865), pp. 68-74. 24 Chippeway, Southern, (from Baraga’s Otchipwe anamie-masinaigan, 1837), pp. 74-75. 25 Chippeway, Northern (from Belcourt’s Anamihe-masinahigan, 1839), pp. 75-76. 26 Chippeway, Eastern, Missisauga (from Jones’s Hist. Ojibway Indians), p. 76. 27 Chippeway (from [Blatchford’s] New test- ament, 1856), pp. 76-81. 28 Ottawa (from Baraga’s Katolik anamie- misinaigan, 1846, in Shea’s Cath. missions), pp. 82-84. 29 Ottawa (from Meeker’s version of St. Matthew, 1841), pp. 84-86. 30 Potawatomi (from Lykins’s version of St. Matthew, 1844), pp. 86-88. 31 Potawatomi (from De Smet’s Oregon mis- sions), pp. 89-90. 32 Menomoni, Wolf River, Wisconsin (from Bonduel in Shea’s Cath. missions), pp. 90-92. 33 Shawano (from American Museum, vol. 6, 1789, p. 318), pp. 92-93. : 34 Shawano, Miami River? (from Butler’s ms. in Mithridates, vol. 3), pp. 93-94. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. 35 Shawano (from Lykius’s Gospel of Mat- thew, 1836), pp. 94-97. (Pseudo) Shawano (‘‘Savanahicé,” from - Chamberlayne’s Oratio dominica), pp. 97-98. 36 Illinois, Peouaria (from Bodoni’s Oratio dominica), pp. 98-100, 111-112. 37 Illinois, modern Peoria? (from[Hecken’s] Pewani ipi Potewatemi missinoikan, 1846), pp. 113-114. 37 [sic] Sitsika, Blackfoot (from De Smet’s Oregon missions), pp. 114-116. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trum- bull. Tike Brinley copy, no. 5697, sold for $1; the Murphy copy, no. 2528, $2.75. Priced by Quar- itch, no. 30066, 7s. 6@.; in Dec., 1887, 6s. English Words derived from Indian Languages of North-America by Hon. J. Hammond Trumbull, of Hartford, Ct. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1872, pp. 12- 13, Hartford, 1873, 8°. An abstract of a paper subsequently pub- lished as follows : Words derived from Indian Lan- guages of North America. By J. Ham- mond Trumbull. . In American Philolog. Ass. Trans. 1872, pp. 19-32, Hartford, 1873, 8°. Examples in a number of Algonkin lan- ' guages—Massachusetts, Abnaki, Chippewa, Pequot, Virginian, etc. Issued separately as follows: (From the Transactions of the Amer- ican Philological Association, 1872.) | On some words derived from | lan- guages of N. American Indians. | By J. Hammond Trumbull. [ Hartford: 1873. ] No title-page, heading only, text pp. 1-14, 8°. Copies seen: Kames, National Museum. Reprinted in Herrig’s Archiv fir das Stu- dium d. neueren Sprachen, vol. 55, pp. 451-458, Braunschweig, 1876, 8°. (*) — Indian Local Names in Rhode Island, by Hon. J. Hammond Trumbull, of Hart- ford, Ct. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1872, pp. 19- 20, Hartford, 1873, 8°. — On some early notices of New Eng- landfishes. By J. Hammond Trumbull. Hartford, Connecticut, December 30, 1871. In Baird (S. F.), United States commission of fish and fisheries, pt. 1, pp. 165-169, Washing- ton, 1873, 8°. Includes the names of a number of fishes in the Algonquian languages of New England. ALG——32 497 Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. — Books and tracts in the Indian lan- guage or designed for the use of the Indians, printed at Cambridge and Boston, 1653-1721. ; In American Ant. Soc. Proc. no. 61, pp. 45-62, Worcester, 1874, 8°. A list of thirty-seven books and tracts, most- ly in the Massachusetts Indian language, with full titles and descriptions. Preceded (pp. 14-43) by a ‘‘ Report of the council,” signed by J. Hammond Trumbull ‘*for the council,” which includes a general discussion of the subject, with many interest- ing extracts from the early records. Issued separately as follows : —— Origin and early progress | of | In- dian missions in New England | with a list of | books in the Indian language | printed at Cambridge and Boston | 1655-1721 | From the Report of the Council of the American Antiquarian | Society presented at the Annual Meet- ing held in | Worcester October 22, 1873 | By J. Hammond Trumbull | Worcester, Mass. | For private distri- bution. | MDCCCLXXIV [1874]. Half-title on cover, title verso printer 1 1. text pp. 3-31, books and tracts pp. 33-50, 8°. Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling, Trumbull. —— Names for Heart, Liver, and Lungs. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1874, pp. 31- 32, Hartford, 1875, 8°. An abstract only; comments on these words in various languages, among them the Algon- kin and Arapaho. — On Names for the Heart, Liver, and Lungs, in Various Languages, by Mr. J. Hammond Trumbull, of Hartford, Conn. In American Oriental Soc. Jour. vol. 10, no. 2, pp. Ixxxvili-Ixxxix (Proceedings for May, 1874), New Haven, 1880, 8°. (Eames.) Contains examples in Algonkin and Arapoho. —— [Nomenclature of American game birds. ] In American Sportsman, vol. 3, p. 227, West Meriden, Conn. 1874, folio. (Congress.) : Names of a few birds in Chippewa, Menom- onee, Cree, Narragansett, Massachusetts, andi Pequot. Numerals in American Indian Lan- guages, and the Indian Mode of Count- ing. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1874, pp. 17-19, Hartford, 1875, 8°. Examples are given in the Massachusetts and Chippeway languages. An abstract of a paper subsequently issued as follows: 498 — BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. — On Numerais in American Indian Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. Languages, and the Indian Mode of Counting. By J. Hammond Trumbull, of Hartford, Conn. In American Philolog. Ass. Trans. 1874, pp. 41-76, Hartford, 1875, 8°. Examples in Massachusetts, Micmac, Chip- peway, Abnaki, Delaware, Illinois, Blackfoot, Cree, Shyenne, Arapohe, Sauki, Narragansett, Miami, Mohegan, Montauk, Shawano, Nipis- sing, and Atsina. Issued separately, also, as follows: —— Ou | numerals | in | American Indian languages, | and the | Indian mode of counting. | By J. Hammond Trumbull, LL. D. | (From the Transactions of the Am. Philological Association, 1874.) | Hartford, Conn. | 1875. Printed cover with half-title, title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 1-36, 8°. Contains numerals, with comments thereon, in many American languages, among them a number of the Algonquian. See Ellis (R.) for observations on this article. Oopies seen: Brinton, British Museum, Pow- ell, Eames, Trumbull. Priced by Quaritch, no. 12565, 7s. 6d. Annual Address delivered by the President, Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull [ before the American Philological Asso- ciation ]. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1875, pp. 5- 8, Hartford, 1876, 8°. On American languages generally, with the -Algonkin as a basis of remark. — The Algonkin Verb. In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. 1876, pp. 28- 29, Hartford, 1877, 8°. An abstract of a paper subsequently pub- lished as follows: The Algonkin Verb. mond Trumbull. In American Philolog. Ass, Trans. 1876, pp. 146-171, Hartford, 1877, 8°. Many examples, conjugations, etc. in Nipis- sing Algonkin, eastern and western Cree, Chip- peway, Abnaki, Illinvis, Massachusetts, Quin- nipiac (or Quiripi), Muhhekaneew, Blackfoot, Ottawa, Delaware, Miami, Narragansett, etc. By J. Ham- — On the North American Indian lan- guages. In Philological Soc. [of London] Trans. 1875- 1876, pp. 355-367, London, 1876, 8°. This appears in the fifth annual address of the president of the society, Rev. Richard Morris, which address was also issued separately, no ti- tle-page, 125 pp. the linguistics appearing on pp. 83-95. — Indian languages of America. In Johnson’s New Universal Cyclopedia, vol. 2, pp. 1155-1161, New York, 1877, 8°. (Congress, Bureau of Ethnology.) A general discussion of the subject,including examples from several Algonquian languages, and a partial conjugation of the verb wab, to see, in Chippewa, with references to and extracts from several authors. Pembina [the origin and meaning of the name }. : In Magazine of American History, vol. i, p. 47, New York, 1877, sm. 4°. Thought to be a Cree word, but really a Jar- gon or Pigeon-Indian, perhaps from nipimindn, the high-bush cranberry, shortened by the French into peminé. —— Indian names of places on Long Isl- and, derived from esculent roots. In Magazine of American History, vol. 1, pp. 386-387, New York, 1877, sm. 4°. Examples in Abnaki, Micmac, Chippewa, Virginian, and Delaware, with extracts from Charlevoix, Jefferys, Heriot, Rand, Thoreau, John Smith, and Heckewelder. Un-nootimis Eliot. (Uk-ketooho- maonk kehche-ketoohomwaenin Long- fellow, kah yeuyeu qushkinnumun en Massachusee unnontowaonganit. ) In The Atlantic Monthly, vol. 39 (May, 1877), p. 623, Boston, 1877, 8°. (Eames, Pilling.) ‘* Mr. Longfellow’s sonnet on Eliot’s Oak, in the March Atlantic, deserves over-setting into Massachusee. Last evening I made a nearly literal translation, and I herewith send youa copy. J. H. T.”’ The above note precedes the Indian version, which is in twenty-six lines, ex- clusive of the heading. Itis followed by the sonnet in English, ‘‘literally translated” from the Indian. A criticism of this version, by an anonymous . contributor, appeared in the Atlantic Monthly for June, 1877 (vol. 39, p. 749), ‘‘J.H.T.’s ren- dering of Mr. Longfellow’s sonnet into Massa-— chusee,’’ the writer remarks, ‘‘ has naturally at- tracted a great deal of attention in New Eng- land, and particularly in that section of the country in which I chance to reside—Ponka- pog, namely. In this old Indian village the study of Massachusee has long been one of the lighter relaxations of the inhabitants. At fash- ionable evening parties in Ponkapog the con- versation is carried on almost exclusively in that tongue. Asin Concord the children ‘dig for the infinite’ instead of making mud pies, like simpler children in less favored localities, so in Ponkapog the very urchins in the street ‘chatter Massachusee over their tops and mar- bles. The increasing interest in this beautiful but too much neglected language warrants me in pointing out one or two imperfections in Mr. T.’s otherwise faithful translation of Eliot’s Oak. To begin with, koonepogquash, in the first line, is obviously a misprint for rackoonepog- quash. Elisions are not permissible in Massa- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 499 Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. [ chusee. The omission of the circumflex accent over the fourth a in wadtauatonqussuongdsh- nish, iv. the line below, is also probably a typo- ‘graphical error, but it is a singularly awkward one, since it changes both the gender and the tense of the word. However, these are blem- ishes which cannot have escaped even the most careless reader of The Atlantic. I pass to what seems to me & grave misconception of the origi- ‘nal text. The sixth line, ‘Kah nishnoh howan nootam nehenwonche wuttinnontoowaonk ketoohkadan,’ strikes me as being a very inadequate rendering of ‘Thou speakest a different dialect to each.’ Tf, as the translator gives it, ‘every one hears his own language when thou [the tree] speak- est,’ there would be no difficulty whatever in un- derstanding that Talking Oak; anybody might sit down on an exposed root and have a free and easy powwow with that accomplished old son of the forest. But Mr. Longfellow distinctly states, in the first quatrain of his sonnet, that the . ‘Myriad leaves are loud - With sounds of uwnintelliyible speech.’ Clearly, J. H. T. is wrong, and has dropped into some unintelligible speech on his own ac- count. i “In criticising so able a scholar I have al- lowed my interest in the subject to overcome my diffidence. Even Homer sometimes nods, and J. H. T. may easily be forgiven if he does not always get his Massachusee quite right.” ] Catalogue | of the | American Li- brary | of the late | Mr. George Brin- ley, | of Hartford, Conn. | Part I. | America in general | New France Can- ada etc. | the British Colonies to 1776 | New England | [-Part IV. j; Psalms and hymns music science and art | [&c. ten lines.]! | Hartford | Press of the Case Lock- wood & Brainard Company | 1878 [-1836 ] 4 parts, 8°. Compiled by Dr. J. H. Trum- ball. The fifth and last partis said to bein preparation. Indian language of New England, part 1, pp. 102-107, contains titles and descriptions of works printed at Cambridge and Boston pre- vious to 1720.—Indian languages: general trea- tises, and collections, part 3, pp. 123-124; Algon- kin, pp. 126-134. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. Oregon. The origin and meaning of the name. In Magazine of American History, vol. 3, pp. 36-38, New York, 1879, sm. 4°. — The Indian tongue and its literature as fashioned by Eliot and others. By Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. ‘the Hon. J. Hammond Trumbull, LL. D. President of the Connecticut His- torical Society. In Winsor (J.), Memorial history of Boston, vol. 1, pp. 465-480, Boston, 1880, 4°. Contains descriptions of a number of the early printed books in the Massachusetts In- dian language, and includes a number of fac- similes. Extracts are also given of a number of manuscript inscriptions in the Indian lan- guage, found in different copies of Eliot’s trans- lation of the bible. [Algonquian names of various dis- eases. | In Green (S. A.), History of medicine in Massachusetts, pp. 129-130, Boston, 1881, 8°. —— Indian names | of places etc., in and on the borders of | Connecticut: | with interpretations of some of them. | By J. Hammond Trumbull. | Hartford: | 1881. Title verso note and printers 1 |. introduction pp. iii-xi, explanation of abbreviations p. [xii], text alphabetically arranged by Indian words pp. 1-938, 8°. 250 copies printed. Copies seen: Brinton, British Museum, Eames, Powell, Pilling. Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6783, priced a copy $2.50. — The New England primer and its predecessors. By J. Hammond Trum- pull, LL. D. In The Sunday School Times, vol. 24, nos. 17- 18, pp. 259-260, 275-277, Philadelphia, April 29 and May 6, 1882, folio. (American Antiquarian Society, Eames.) In the second of these articles Mr. Trumbull gives an account and description of Eliot's Indian primer of 1669. Meaning and derivation of the original name of the town of Groton. In Green (S. A.), Groton during the Indian wars, pp. 189-190, Groton, 1883, 8°. [Indian names of places in Rhode Island. } In Rhode Island State census, 1885, pp. 21, 52, 53, 63, 65, Providence, 1887, 8°. Most of these names are accompanied by the English significations and by etymologies. —— [Letter from Dr. Trumbull on the derivation of the Indian name of the town of ‘‘Groton”. ] In Green (S. A.), Groton Historical Series, no. xx, Two chapters in the early history ot Groton, addenda and corrigenda, p. 8, Groton, 1887, 8°. On p. 9 of the same work is a note by Dr. Trumbull on the derivation of the Indian name of the town of Lancaster, reprinted from the Connecticut Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 2. 500 , BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. ——[A dictionary of the Massachusetts toga, July 10, 1878. Title from the Proceedingso (‘‘Natick”) language, compiled from John Eliot’s translation of the bible, and his other works of translation, with some additions from other sources. ] Manuscript, 266 ll. 4°, written for the most part on one side of the leaf, but making above 300 pagesin all. Inthe possession of its author, who writes me as follows concerning it: ‘In this first essay or rough draft of a dic- tionary of the Massachusetts language asitwas written by Eliot, 1 followed Cotton in entering the verbs under the form that Eliot regarded as their infinitive mood. I discovered my error when it was too late to amend it—in this draft. Ten years later I began a revision of my work, entering the verbs under the third person sin- gular of their indicative present (aorist), in their primary or simple forms. That revised copy [see the next following title] I have been obliged to leave, at present, incomplete. The materials for supplying its deficiency may be gathered from this volume.” —[A dictionary of the Massachusetts (“Natick”) language, compiled from John Eliot’s translation of the bible, with additions from other sources, and correspondences from other Algonkin dialects. ] Manuscript, 2 vols. 4°. Vol. 1, 175 ll. (A- Nishk); vol. 11, 106 1). (Pd-Tut). In possession of its author, who writes me concerning it as follows: ‘Tn this revision the verbs are entered under the third person singular of the indicative pres- ent ;.and many corrections of and additions to the first draft [see the next preceding title] have been made. As will be seen, it wants, to completion, all between Nishk and P and after SEGRE Oe INVER NG) — English-Natick Vocabulary, from Eliot’s Bible, and his other transla- tions; with additions from Cotton’s Vocabulary, Roger Williams’s Key, and other sources. Manuscript, 264 11. (written on one side), 4°. In possession of its author, who writes me concerning it as follows: “This English-Indian vocabulary, or diction- ary, was compiled, mainly, to serve as an index to the ‘ Dictionary of the Massachusetts (Nat- ick) language’ of Eliot’s translations; but to add to its usefulness for ready reference, it includes many words not found in Eliot’s works, from various sources, including several manu- script vocabularies, etc.”’ — The Inflections of the Micmac Verb. ca) Manuscript. Presented at the meeting of the American Philological Association in Sara- the Association for 1878 (Hartford, 1879), p. 13. The Name Oregon. (*) Manuscript. A paper presented at the tenth annual session of the American Philological As- sociation, Saratoga, July 10, 1878, and mention- ed in the Society’s Proceedings for that year, p. 13. —— See Gray (A.) and Trumbull (J. H.) — See Lenox (J.) —— See Pierson (A.) —— See Preston (W.) — —— See Wheeier (C. H.) —— See Williams (R.) James Hammond Trumbull, philologist, born in Stonington, Conn., December 20, 1821. He entered Yale in 1838, and though, owing to ill health, he was not graduated with his class, his name was enrolled among its members in 1850, and he was given the degree of A.M. He settled in Hartford in 1847, and was assistant secretary of state in 1847-’52 and 1858-’61, and secretary in 1861-64, also state librarian in 1854. Soon after going to Hartford he joined the Con- necticut Historical Society, was its correspond- ing secretary in 1849-'63, and was elected its president in1863. He has been a trustee of the Watkinson free library of Hartford, and its librarian since 1863; and has been an officer of the Wadsworth athenzum since 1864. Dr. Trumbull was an original member of the Ameri- can Philological Association in 1869, and its president in 187475. He has been a member of the American Oriental Society since 1860, and the American Ethnological Society since 1867, and honorary member of many State his- torical societies. In 1872 he was elected to the National Academy of Sciences. Since 1858 he has devoted special attention to the subject of the Indian languages of North America. He has prepared a dictionary and vocabulary to John Eliot’s Indian Bible, and is probably the only American scholar that is now abie to read that work. In 1873 he was chosen lecturer on Indian languages of North America at Yale, but loss of health and other labors soon com- pelled his resignation. The degree of LL. D. was conferred on him by Yale in 1871 and by Harvard in 1887, while Columbia gave himan L, H. D. in 1887—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Tshipiatoko-meshkanakanots. No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-18, sm. 12°. Religious songs in the Montagnais language, with headings in French. Copies seen: Laval. Tshistekiigan tshe apatstats [Monta- gnais]. See Arnaud (C.) Tsiatak nihonon8entsiake. See Cuog (J. Az) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Tsistekaigan | thsi | apatshtatsilinuts | eshk-iliniut Jesos | 1848 kie 1849. | t Manatshitagan. | Petshitagan. | T. Tshilkushimun. | . -Wapishtikueiats [Quebec], akunika- nu | Etat Aug. Coté kie Co. [1848. ] Printed cover, no inside title; text 611. long 16°. Calendar in the Montagnais language. Copies seen: Gagnon. Tsistekaigan | tshi | apatshtats ilinuts. | &shk-iliniut Jesos, | 1850 kie 1851. | tManatshigan. | P. Petshitagan. | T. Tshilkushinumun. | [ Design. ] | - Wapishtikueiats [Quebec] akumi- Kanu, | Etat S. Drapeau. [1850.] Printed cover, no inside title; text 6 ll. 24°. Calendar in the Montagnais language. Copies seen: Laval, Verreau. Tsistekaigan | tshi | apatshtats ilnuts. | Eshk-eriniut Jesos, | 1855 kie 1856. | t Mantshtagan. | P.Patstatagan. | T. Tshiligoshimun. | [Scroll.] | Wapishtikuiats [Quebec], | akuni- kanu. | Etat Aug. Cété. [1855.] Printed cover, no inside title; text 6 ll. 32°. Calendar in the Montagnais language. Oopies seen: Laval.’ Tupper (Martin Farquhar). A Hymn for All Nations. | 1851. | By | M. F. Tup- mee. ©. L., F. R. S., | Author of **Proverbial Philosophy.” | Translated into thirty languages. | (Upwards of fifty versions.) | The Music Composed expressly | by | 8S. Sebastian Wesley, Mus. Doc. | London: j printed by Thomas Bret- - tell, Rupert street, Haymarket; | and sold by | Thomas Hatchard, 187, Picca- dilly; | andall booksellers. [1851.] Half-title: A Hymn for All Nations. | Second Edition. | Three Shillings. Brief title on cover, half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso notice of copyright 1 1. list of au- thors and languages pp. 5-8, preface (in English, signed M. F. T.) pp. 9-10, preface (in Latin, signed H. C. H:imilton) pp. J1-12, preface (in French, signed A. Le Dhuy) pp. 13-14, hymn in English p. 15 verso blank, text pp. 17-72, 8°. Copway (G.), Hymn in Chipp-wa, signed **Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowk,”’ p. 48. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames, Shea. Turner (George). See Barton (B. S.) Turner (William Wadden). See Lude- wig (H. E.) — See Whipple (A. W.), Ewbank (T.), and Turner (W. W.) 501 Tuttle (Charles R.) Our north land: | being a full account of the | Canadian north-west and Hudson’s bay route, | together with | a narrative of the ex- periences of the Hudson’s bay | expedi- tion of 1884, | including | a description of the climate, resources, and the char- acteristics of | the native inhabitants between the 50th parallel | and the Arctic circle. | By Charles R. Tuttle, | Of the Hudson’s Bay Expedition [&c. two lines. ] | Illustrated with Maps and Engravings. | Toronto: | C. Blackett Robinson, 5 Jordan street. | 1885. Half-title (Our north land) verso blank 1 1. title verso copyright 11. preface pp. v-vi, con- tents pp. vii-xiv, index to illustrations pp. xv- xvi, text pp. 17-581, appendix pp. 583-589, two . maps, 8°. Cree Indian syllabarium, p. 376. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. Twightwee. See Miami. Tyentennagen. See Jones C 5) Tyrrell(J.B.) Appendix IV. Creeand Stoney Indian names for places within the area of the accompanying map. In Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada, Ann. Rept. (new series), vol. 2, re- port E, pp. 172-176, Montreal, 1887, 8°. Engiish, Cree, and Stoney in parallel col- umns. Thecompilersays: ‘‘ The greater num- ber of these names were obtained from William Kitchipwat, a Stoney Indian from the Morley reserve, who worked for me during part of the summer of 1885, and for the rest I am indebted to Mr. McKay, an educated Cree half-breed, who was in charge of the Hudson’s Bay Com- pany’s post at Fort Pitt, and to James Prudens, jr.,and Simon Fraser, two other Cree half: breeds.”’ Issued separately, also, without change. (Pil- ling, Powell.) Catalogue of the mammalia of Can- ada exclusive of the Cetacea. By J.B. Tyrrell, B. A., F. GS. In Canadian Institute, Proc. third series, vol. 6, pp. 66-91, Toronto, 1889, 8°. Contains many Cree and Saulteaux names of animals. The author says: ‘‘The Cree and Saulteaux (Ojibway) names of the different ani- mals have, whenever known, been given, as they will very often facilitate the obtaining of much valuable information from those tribes of Indians. These names have in all cases been obtained by the writer from the Indians them. selves, or from half-breeds living with them, and in writing them the vowels have been given the continental sounds.” U. Umfreville (E.) — Continued. | Ukttiloowawoodeelabiksiltasigil [ Mic- mac]. See Rand (S. T.) Ulrici (Emil). Die | Indianer Nord- Amerikas. | Eine ethnographische Skizze | von | Emil Ulrici. | Dresden, | Woldemar Tiirk. | 1867. Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. note by the author verso blank 1 |. text pp. 5-39, folded slip inserted, 8°. Colophon at end of text, and also on outside of back cover: Dres- den. Druck von E. Blochmann & Sohn. Delaware examples, p.25.—Enumeration and location of the tribes composing the Algonquin stock, p. 26.—A short vocabulary (eight words) of the following languages (with others), ar- ranged in tabular form on folded slip inserted after p. 39; they are reprinted from Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-505. Ojibwas of St. Mary (G. Johnston) ; Grand Traverse Bay (Rev. P. Dougherty) ; Saganaw (G. Moran) ; Michelmackinac (W. Johnston) ; Miamis (C. N. Handy) ; Menomenes (W. H. Bruce) ; Shawnees (R. W. Cummings) ; Delawares (R. W. Cummings) ; Blackfeet (J. B. Moncrovie). Copies seen: Pilling, Wisconsin Historical Society. Uméry (J.) Sur Videntité du mot mére dans les idiomes de tous les peuples. In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. 8, pp. 335-338, Paris, 1863, 8°. Contains the word for mother in Delaware or Lennappé. Umfreville (Edward). The | present state | of | Hudson’s bay. | Containing a full description of | that settlement, and the adjacent country; | and like- wise of | the fur trade, | with hints for its improvement, &c. &c. | To which are added, | remarks and observations made in the inland | parts, during a residence of near four years; | a speci- New- | York. | By Edward Umfreville; | eleven years in the service of the Hudson’s bay com- | pany, and four years in the Canada | fur trade. | London: | printed for Charles Stalker, No. 4, Stationers- | court, Ludgate -street. | MDCCXC [1790]. Half-title verso blank 1 1, title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. i-vii, dedicatory remarks pp. 1-2, prefatory advertisement pp. 3-10, text pp. 11- 128, 133-230, list of books 1 1. plate and two folded tables, 8°. Names of the seasons in the Hudson’s Bay Indian language [Cree], with English defini- tions, pp. 54-55.—Names of the seasons in the language of the Nehethawa Indians, pp. 191-192. —Vocabulary of 44 words of the Ne-heth-a-wa or Ka-lis-te-no, of the Fall Indians, and of: the Blackfeet, etc. on folding sheet facing p. 202. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit- ish Museum, Brown, Congress, Eames, Shea. Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, no. 2722, 7s. 6d. At the Field sale, no. 2407, acopy brought $1 50; at the Squier sale, no. 1446, $1.63. Priced by Quaritch, no. 28280, 11. 4s. : Eduard Umfreville | iiber | den ge- genwartigen Zustand | der | Hudsons- bay, | der dortigen | Etablissements | und ihres. Handels, | nebst | einer Be- schreibung | des Innern von Neu Wal- lis, | und einer | Reise von Montreal nach Neu York. | Ausdem Englischen. | Mit | einer eigenen neuen Chazte, einer kurzen Geographie | dieser Lander und. mehreren Erliuterungen | herausgege- ben | von | E. A. W. Zimmerman, | Hofrath und Professor in Braun- schweig. | Helmstadt, bey Fleckeisen. 1791, Title verso blank 1 1. introduction preface etc. pp. iii-xxvi, text pp. 1-164, map, 8°. — Vocabulary of the Fall Indians, and of the Blackfeet, p. 148. : Copies seen: Brown, Harvard. men of five Indian languages; and a | journal of a journey from Montreal to 502 — Unami. See Delaware. Unquachog, Vocabulary. See Jefferson (T.) Vail (Eugéne A.) Notice | sur | les In- diens | de l’Amérique du nord, | ornée de quatre portraits coloriés, dessinés d’aprés | nature, et d’une carte, | par | Eugéne A. Vail, | Citoyen des Etats- Unis d’Amérique, membre de plusieurs sociétés savantes. | Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, éditeur, | libraire de la société de géographie et de la soviété royale des antiquaires du nord, | rue Hautefeuille, 23. | 1840. Printed cover (differing slightly in arrange- ment from the above), half-title verso quotation 11. portrait 11. title as above verso printers 1 1, notions générales pp. 5-13, text pp. 15-244, tables des matiéres pp. 245-246, map and three other portraits, 8°. Des langues indiennes, pp. 40-58, contains a few examples in the Delaware language (pp. 45- 46) ; a few words in Chippeway, Ottawa, Algon- quin, Dalaware, Illinois, and Micmac (pp. 54, - 56); quelques temps de la conjugaison du verbe ahoalan, aimer, en Delaware (p.55) ; verbe étre sage, en Massachusetts (p. 55). Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Shea, Watkinson. At the Fischer sale Quaritch bought a copy, no. 1702, for 1s.; another copy, no. 2871, sold for 7s. 6d.; at the Field sale, no. 2416, it brought $1.25; at the Squier sale, no. 1456, $1.62; at the Brinley sale, no. 5469, $2.50; at the Pinart sale, no. 916,1fr.50c. Priced by Quaritch, no. 30031, 68. Vallancey (Charles), editor. Collectanea | de | Rebus Hibernicis. | [Vol. I-V. ] | Published from | original manuscripts, | by | Lieut. Col. Charles Vallancey, | Soc. Antiq. Hib. Soc. | Dublin: | Printed by R. Marchbank, -Castle-street, | printer to the Antiqua- rian Society. | [M, DCC, LXXIV - M, DCC, XC (1774-1790).] 5 vols. vols.3 and 4 having 2 parts each, 8°. Title from vol. 2, the copy of vol. 1 seen having no general title. The earlier date is taken from the title-page of article no. I of vol. 1. Table Ill, names of numbers of some of the Indians of America, contains numerals 1-1000 of a number of American languages, among them the Shawanese and Delawares, vol. 3, p. 577. Oopies seen: Congress. V5 Van Fleet (J. A.) Old and new Macki- nac; | with | copious extracts | from | Marquette, Hennepin, La Hontan [sic], Cadillac, Alexander Henry, and others. | [Poem, sixteen lines.] | By rev. J. A. Van Fleet, M. A. | Ann Arbor, Mich.: | Courier steam printing-house, 41 & 43 north Main street. | L870. Map 11. title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. ili-iv, text pp. 5-176, 8°. Ojibwa love song, with English translation, pp. 143-144. Copies seen: Eames. Van Tassel (Isaac). [Elementary book, with a few hymns and reading lessons, in the Ottawa language. ] (*) 28 pp. ‘‘More than a year ago, Mr. Van Tassel [a missionary of the American Board, stationed at Maumee, Ohio] published a small elementary book of 28 pages, containing also a few hymns and scripture reading lessons. 500 copies were printed."’—Ann. Rep. A. B.C. F. M., 1832. ‘‘The first book printed in this language |i. e. Ottawa] contained the Lord’s Prayer and the Ten Commandments, with a few hymns, trans- lated by Mr. and Mrs, Van Tassel, of the Amer- ican Board of Missions; it was printed, with some spelling-lessons, at Hudson, Ohio, in 1829."— Bagster’s Bible of Every Land (1860), p. 453. Vassal (H.) List of Names of Certain Places in the Abenakis Langaage. In Canada, Annual Report of the Dept. of Indian Affairs, 1884, pt. 1, pp. 27-29, Ottawa, 1885, 8°. (Eames, Geological Survey, Pilling.) Mr. Vassal, who was Indian agent at St. Francis Agency, Pierreville,Canada, had the assistance in the compilation of this list (which is alphabetically arranged and includes about forty names, many of them with literal mean- ings) of Messrs. Lazarre Wasanminett, Joseph Laurent, and Henry Masta. There follows a similar list in Montagnais by Arnaud (C.), q.v. Vater (Dr. Johann Severin). Untersu- chungen | tiber| Amerika’s Bevolkerung | aus dem | alten Kontinente | dem | Herrn Kammerherrn | Alexander von Humboldt | gewidmet | von| Johann 503 504 Vater (J. S.) — Continued. Severin Vater | Professor und Biblio- thekar. | Leipzig, | bei Friedrich Christian Wilhelm Vogel. | 1810. Colophon : Halle, gedruckt bei Johann Jacob Gebauer. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. verehrungswiirdiger Herr Kammerherr 2 ll. inhalts-anzeige pp. ix-xii, half-title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-211, errata and colophon p. [212], 8°. Algonkin and Irish words compared (from Vallancey), p. 23.—A few Algonkin words from La Hontan, p. 24.—Comparative vocabulary of American, Asiatic, and European words, pp. 47-55, contains examples in Pensylvan., Potta- watam., Penobscot, Chippeway, Algonkin, I]li- nois, Narraganset, Delawar., Piankashaw, Aca- dian, Neu-England, Mahicann , Minsi, Miami, and Shawnee.—Vergleichungen Amerikan- ischer mit Asiatischen.und Australischen Sprachen, pp. 155-165, contains examples in Neuschweden, Chippeway, Miami, and Algon- kin.—Vergleichungen Amerikanischer mit Europdischen Sprachen, pp. 165-169, contains examples in Miami and Knisteneaux.—Ver- gleichungen Amerikanischer mit Afrikan- ischen Sprachen, pp. 170-174, contains examples in Mahicanni and Miami.—Vergleichungen Amerikanischer Sprachen unter einander, pp. 195-203, contains words in Algonkin, Chippe- way, Neu-Schweden, Sankikan, Miami, Dela- war., and Minsi. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Harvard, Watkinson. At the Fischer sale, no. 2879, a copy was bought by Quaritch for 1s. 6d. — Linguarum totius orbis | Index | alphabeticus, | quarum | Grammaticae, Lexica, | collectiones vocabulorum | recensentur, | patria significatur, his- toria adumbratur | a | Joanne Severino Vatero, | Theol. Doct. et Profess. Biblio- thecario Reg., Ord. | S. Wladimiri equite. | Berolini | In officina libraria Fr. Nicolai. | MDCCCXV [1815]. Second title: Litteratur | der | Grammatiken, Lexica | und | Wortersammlungen | aller Sprachen der Erde | nach | alphabetischer Ord- nung der Sprachen, | mit einer | gedringten Uebersicht | des Vaterlandes, der Schicksale | und Verwandtschaft derselben | von | Dr. Johann Severin Vater, | Professor. und Bibli- othekar zu Konigsberg des S. Wladimir- | Or- dens Ritter. | Berlin | in der Nicolaischen Buchhandlung. | 1815. Latin title verso 1. 1 recto blank, German title recto l. 2 verso blank, dedication verso blank 1 1. address to the king 1 |. verrede pp.i-ii, lec- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Vater (J.S.) — Continued. turis pp. iii-iv, half-title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-259, 8°. Alphabetically arranged by names of languages, double columns, German and Latin. Notices of works in Algonkin, pp. 1i-12; Chippeway, p. 46; Christeneaux, Chnisteneaux, p. 48; Delaware, p. 56; Fall Indianer, p. 67; Kikkapoos, pp. 115-116; Messisauger, p. 150; Micmac, p. 152; Mohegan,, Muhhekanew, pp. 155-156; Narraganset, p. 165; Natick, pp. 165- 166; Nehethywa, p.166; Pampticough, p. 178; Penobscot, p. 181; Pennsylvania, pp. 181-182; Piankaschaw, p.185; Pottawatameh, Pattawat- tomi, Pouteotamie, p. 192; Sankikani, pp. 206- 207; Shawanno, Shawnee, Sawanno, p. 218; Skof- fee, pp. 219-220; Souriquois, p. 222; Virginisch, Virginia, p. 249. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Pilling. A later edition in German as follows: —— Litteratur | der| Grammatiken, Lex- ika | und | Wortersammlungen | aller Sprachen der Erde | von | Johann Se- verin Vater. | Zweite, volliig umgear- beitete Ausgabe | von | B. Jiilg. | Berlin, 1847. | In der Nicolaischen Buchhandlung. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. vorwort (signed B. Jilg and dated 1 Decem- ber 1846) pp. v-x, titles of general works on the subject pp. xi-xii, text (alphabetically ar. ranged by names of languages) pp. 1-450, nach- triage und berichtigungen pp. 451-541, sachreg- ister pp. 542-563, autorenregister pp. 564-592, verbesserungen 2 ll. 8°. List of works in Algonkin-Chippaway, pp. 13, 454-455; Chippeway, pp. 69-70, 475-476; Dela- ware, Lennape, pp. 78-79, 478-479; Hudsonsbay- Indianer, p. 173; Illinois, p. 497; Kanada, p. 196; Kikkapu, Ukahipu, p. 204; Knistenaux, Kris- tenaux (Crees), pp. 204-205, 505; Massachusets- Indianer, pp. 249-250, 517; Menomenies, p. 517; Messisauger, Messisagues, pp. 251, 517-518; Miami, pp. 252-253, 518; Mikmak, pp. 253, 518; Minetare (Fall-Indianer), pp. 253, 518; Mohegan (Mahikans oder Mahikanders), pp. 255, 256,520; Nanticokes, p. 523; Narraganset, pp. 261-262, 523; Nordamerikanische Indianer, p. 266, 527; Ottawas, p. 530; Pampticough, pp. 273, 531; Penobskot, pp. 277, 582; Pensylvanien, pp. 277, 532; Piankashaws, p. 285; Pottawatame, Pout- eotamis, pp. 294, 533; Powhattans, p. 533; St.- Johns-Indianer (Etchemins), pp. 320-321; Saki, Ottogami, p.321; Sankikani, p. 328; Schwarz- fuss-Indianer (Blackfeet, Pieds-noirs), p. 341; Schawanno, Schawnee, pp. 336-337, 537; Schin- icoks, Shinicooks, p. 339; Schyennes, Schiennes, p. 348; Sketapushoish, Sheshata- poosh (Mountainees und Skoffies), p. 365; Souriquois, p. 376; Sussee, Sursee, p. 385; Untschagog, p. 428; Virginia, p. 431; Wapan- achki oder A benaki, pp. 439-440. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Harvard. At the Fischer sale, no. 1710, acopy sold for 1s. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 505 _ Vater (J. S.) — Continued. Vaultier ( ) — Continued. — Proben | Deutscher | Volks-Mundar- On the verso of 1. 18 is the O Salutaris hostia ; ten, | Dr. Seetzen’s linguistischer Nach- _lass, | und andere | Sprach-Forschun- gen und Sammlungen, | besonders iiber | Ostindien, | herausgegeben | von | Dr. Johann Severin Vater. | Leipzig, 1816. | Bei Gerhard Fleischer dem Jiingern. Title verso blank 11. dedications 1 1. vorrede pp. v-xii, inhalts-anzeige pp. xili-xiv, text pp. 1-382, anzeige 2 11. 8°. W orter aus ehemaligen Sprachen Virginiens. Aus dem damaligen Neuschweden (about 200 words, from Campanius), pp. 376-380. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Watkinson. Analekten | der | Sprachenkunde. | Von | Dr. Johann Severin Vater. | I. Heft [ -Zweyten Heftes zweyte Halfte] | mit einer Sprachen-Karte von Ostin- dien. | Leipzig, | in der Dykschen Buch- handlung | 1820[-1821]}. 2 parts: title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso _ blank 1 1. half-title of ‘‘Erstes Heft” verso blank 11. text pp. 3-112; title (Zweyten Heftes erste Halfte, 1821) verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-90, verbesserungen der beyden vergleichungstafeln etc. pp. 91-92; title(Zweyten Heftes zweyte Hialfte, 1821) verso blank 11. dedication 1 1. half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 7-101, nachtrage pp. 102-106, verbesser- ungen, etc. pp. 107-124, inhalts-anzeige (for the three parts) pp. 125-126, map, two folded tables, ie} : ‘Ausbeute der Vergleichung der Bartschis- chen handschriftlichen V. U. Sammlung (first part, pp. 39-72),contains the Lord's prayer ‘* Das V.U. in der Sprache der ehemaligen Eingebor- nen von Virginien oder damals Neuschweden aus dem Catechismus Lutheri lingua Suecico- Americana s. American-Virginiske,’’ p. 71. W orter-Verzeichnisse der Sprachen der Osa- ges, Atacapas und Chetimaches, aus Siid-Lou- isiana (third part, pp. 51-84), contains a compar- ison of several words in those languages with the Narraganset, Neuengland, Chippeway, Mo- hegan, Delaware, Pensylv., and Natiks, pp. 83- 84. Zeisberger (D.), Verbal-Biegungen der Chip- pewayer [7. ¢. Delaware], third part, pp. 15-50. Copies seen : British Museum, Eames. — See Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. 8.) Vaultier (Pére ——). [Chants religieux en Montagnais. | Manuscript, ll. 13-20, in the library of the Archbishopric of Quebec, forming a portion of the manuscript entered on p. 98 of this bibliog- raphy under Crespieul (F. X.), where a detailed description will be found. ll. 19-20 contain the Lucis Creator optime, Me- mento salutis, De passione de B. V. sur O Glo- riosa Domina, and Quem terra pondus. Hic precum, catechesevs, | & hym- norum liber | lingué Algonica, descrip- tus | est a R. P. Vaultier, S. J. 1676. Manuscript, 70 unnumbered ll. (of which 8 are blank), 12°, in the library of the Archbish- opric of Quebec. The title above is on the recto of the first leaf, verso blank. The text begins on the recto of the second 1. with the heading Prieres Al- gonquines, and below is another: Preres du matin. A prayer follows, then the Pater with French translation opposite, then the Ave, Cre- do, Commandments, Prayer to the angels, to patrons, the Benedicite and the Graces; then the Sancta Maria. Two blank pages follow; then the small catechism, in Algonkin and French, the truths which constitute the object of faith; the existence of God, the mysteries of the Sacred Trinity, of the Incarnation and of the Redemption, hope, the commandments of God, the sacraments, baptism, penitence or confession, the eucharist or communion. Af- ter a blank page appears a Christmas song on the nativity of Our Savior; after another blank page is a song on the end of man. These songs are not translated. The manuscript is bound in caribou and is very well preserved. The writing, though not elegant, is very legible. Véegréville (Pére Valentin Théodore). [Letter to Father Petitot. ] In Mélusine, Paris, 1879; number and page unknown; occupies 10 pp. (*) Treats of slight resemblances between the Montagnais cf one coast and the Cree and As- siniboin of the other. — |Philological notes. } In Congrés int. des Américanistes, Compte- rendu de la troisiéme session (pages unknown), Bruxelles, 1879, 8°. (*) Occupies 44 pp. In this pamphlet are enum- erated many features of resemblance which the Cree and Assiniboin languages bear to Euro- pean languages, both ancient and modern, es- pecially the Latin, French, English, German, etc. | Dictionary of the Cree language. ](*) Manuscript, French-Cree 700 pp. Cree-French 800 pp. the former containing 17,000 words, the latter 16,000. Many words which might have been included have been purposely omitted be- cause of their simple and easy formation by means of rules given in the grammar. —— [Grammar of the Cree language. ] (*) Manuscript, 110 pp.in the French language. First part, words; second part, syntax; third part, etymology; with eleven divers tables filling 30 pp., several of which are intended for the body of the work. 506 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Véeréville (V. T.) — Continued. —— [Instructions or sermons in the Cree language. } () Manuscript, 53 instructions, equivalent to 250 octavo pp. They are not finished discourses, but rather the frames or general structuresof sermons. The sentences are complete and accurate, however. —— [Monograph of the Cree or Néiyawok, with notes. ] Co Manuscript, 150 pp. written in French. The third part, pp. 120-150, consists of phil- ological, grammatical, and etymological notes, wherein the Cree is compared—first etymolog- ically, then grammatically—with the Assini- boin, the German, the English, the Latin, French, etc. These manuscripts are in possession of their author, who has furnished me the above infor- mation as well as the following sketch of his life and work. Father Valentin Théodore Végréville, mis- sionary, Oblate of Mary Immaculate, was born at Ch4tres, Cantonof Evron, Department of Ma- yenne, France, September 17, 1829. He madehis studies successively at Evron, Laval, La Mans, and Marseilles, where he was ordained priest in 1852. For a year he was an O. M. I. religious. By way of Havre, New York, Montreal, Chiea- go, and St. Paul, he went to St. Boniface, then capital of all the Northwest. He commenced to exercise the apostolic ministry in that local- ity and the environsamong the half-breeds and people of divers nationalities (1852-53), and prepared to penetrate more deeply into the North. During 1853-1857 he gave his attention to the Montagnais (Tchipeweyans) and to the Cris (Crees) of fle ala Crosse. The winter of 1857-58 he passed again at St. Boniface. In 1858 he returned to fle ala Crosse, leaving there in 1860 to found the mission of Lac Caribou in the midst of the Montagnais and visiting thence the Crees found farther to the south. Re- turning south to St Boniface, he went in 1865 to Lac la Biche, where he ministered to the In- dians and mixed populations speaking the Mon- tagnais and Cree. In 1874 and 1875 he served the mission of St. Joachim (Edmonton). In 1875, 1876, and 1877 he gave his attention to the Agsiniboines and to the persons speaking Cree and French of Lac Ste. Anne. In 1877 and 1878 he built N. D. de Lourdes (Fort Saskatche- wan), and then returned to Lac Ste. Anne (1878- 1880). In 1880 he descended the Saskatschewan River, stopping at St. Laurent, whence he soon departed to establish successively the following missions: St. Eugéne (1880), St. Antonie de Pa- doue (Batoche) (1881), Ste. Anne in the town of Prince Albert, (1882), St. Louis de Langevin (1883). The first half of the year 1885 found him going from one of these missions to an- other, according as his presence seemed re- quired in those times of trouble and war. In the month of July, 1885, he ascended again to- Véegréville (V. T.) — Continued. _ward Edmonton, and received the administra- tion of the Mission of St. Christopher. Num- erous Visits in the neighborhood of the posts designated above complete the list of wander- ings of this missionary. He is now (January, 1889) stationed at St. Albert, Alberta. Verreau: This word following a title or included within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of the Abbé H. A. Verreau, principal of the Jacques Cartier School, Montreal, Canada. [Verwyst (Rev. Chrysostom)]. Mikana gijigong enamog. | Katolik | anamiema- sinaigan | oma masinaiganing | nibiwa atewan | anamiewinan,gagikwe winan | gaie | Nanagatawendamowinan. | Amerika printing house, | 0 gi-masi- nakisan mandan masinaigan | 106 N. Third Street, | St. Louis, Mo. | 1880. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. ap- proval of + Michael Heiss, Bishop of La Crosse verso blank 1 1. preface signed by Christian Adrian Verweyst pp. 5-6, text mostly in Chip- pewa pp. 7-284, 1 blank 1; half-title (Kagige deb- wewinan etc.) verso blank 11. preface (signed Frederic Baraga) pp. 289-290, text pp. 291-585, errata p. 586, index in Chippewa pp. 587-595, al- phabetical index in English pp. 596-602, nine other plates, sq. 16°. Roman Catholic prayer and meditation book. Pp. 287-585 consist of a reprint of Baraga (F.), Kagige debwewinan, kaginig ge-takwen- dang katolik enamiad. Some copies have appended a reprint of Ba- raga (F.), Otchipwe Kikinoamadi-Masinaigans. No title-page; text pp. 1-8, sq. 16°. Alphabet, spelling and easy reading lessons in Chippewa. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Shea. — Missionary Labors | of | Fathers Marquette, Menard and Allouez, | in the | lake Superior region. | By | Rev. Chrysostom Verwyst, O. S. F., | of | Bayfield, Wis. | Hoffmann brothers, | Publishers, | Mil- waukee: | 413 East Water Street. | Chi- cago: | 207 Wabash Avenue. | 1886. Printed cover, title as above verso copyright etc.11. preface pp. ili-iv, index pp. v—vii, text pp. 9-152, biographical and historical notes etc. pp. 153-262, 12°. Rules for the pronunciation of Indian words, p. 10, note.—Some Peculiarities of the Chippewa Language (long words, great number of verbs, no gender, dual form, etc.), pp. 246—-252.—Chip- pewa roots (radical syllables or words) resembling those of European and Asiatic lan- guages, pp. 253-257.—Also scattered words in Algonquian languages, with pronunciation and definitions. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. ALGONQUIAN Verwyst (C.) — Continued. —Gete anamie dibadjimowin, kije Manito 0 masinaiganing ga-ondiniga- deg. G) Manuscript, 443 pp. in possession of its au- thor, who writes me concerning it: ‘‘I have hunted for my Chippewa Bible-history. The Old Testament part has been found, and I have counted the pages—443. The name is: [as given above], which signifies: Old (ancient) re- ligious relation (or history) taken from God’s book (7. e. Bible). It would make a book of about 300 pages like my work ‘ Missionary Labors.’”’ — Oshki anamie dibadjimowin. Misa, O bimadisiwiniwa aw Jesus gaie o ki- kinoamaganan, kije Manito o masinai- ganing ga-ondinigadenig. oh Manuscript, 800 pp., in possession of its au- thor, who says: ‘‘It would probably make about 700 pages like my ‘ Missionary Labors.’ The title signifies: New religious narration. That is, their lives Jesus and his apostles, God his book derived (from).”’ Father Verwyst was born November 23, 1841, in Uden, Province Bord Brabant, Holiand. He landed in Boston in May, 1848; went to Wis- consin in 1855; was ordained priest in St. Fran- cis Seminary, near Milwaukee, November 5, 1865; and went among the Indians in the Lake Superior country in 1873. ““As to my name, I beg leave to say that I - used to be a secular priest, and then my name was Christian Adrian. In 1882 I joined the Franciscan Order, and then, asis usual on such occasions, received a new name, that of Chry- sostom. It was whilst I was still a secular priest that I published the ‘Mikana gijigong enamog.’ In 1886 I published my small En- glish work, ‘ Missionary Labors,’ when I was already a Franciscan and had received the new name Chrysostom. “As to the spelling, Verweyst or Verwyst, I lately came to the conclusion that the latter mode of spelling is probably the more correct, as many Dutch names are spelled with a sim- ple y, e. g.. Van Slyk, Van Dyk.” Vetromile (/iev. Eugene). Indian good book, | made by | Eugene Vetromile, S. J., | Indian patriarch, | for the | bene- fit of the | Penobscot, Passama- | quod- dy, St. John’s, | Micmac, | and other tribes of | the Abnaki Indians. | This year one thousand eight hun- | dred and fifty-six. | Old-town Indian village, | and Bangor. | New York: | Edward Dunigan & brother, | 151 Fulton Street. | 1856. Second title: Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1856, by | Edward Duni- gan & Brother, in the Clerk’s Office of the | LANGUAGES. 507 Vetromile (E.) — Continued. District Court for the Southern District of New York. | Alnambay uli | awikhigan, | kisi tunessa | Eugin Vetromile, S. J., | Alnambay patlias, | ulihalakona | Penaubsket, Sybayk, Ulastook, | Micmac, | teba minaktakik etalaun- sisik | Wanbanakki Alnambak. | Yo pemika- took nekutam-| quake nsansook kessak- | te-. koy teba noninska | teba nekutans. | Penaub- sket Alnambay | udenek, | teba Kandoskik. | New York: | Edward Dunigan & brother, | 151 Fulton Street, | 1856. Frontispiece 11. English title versol. 2 recto blank, Indian title (vith copyright notice in English at top of page) verso dedication in En- glish to Pius the Ninth 1 1. dedication in Abnaki verso blank 11. preface (dated June, 1856) pp. 7-12, rules for reading the language of the Ab- naki Indians pp. 13-17, text pp. 19-444, index pp. 445-449, inscription on the monument of Father Rale p. [450], 16°. Roman Catholic prayer book, including serv- ice for mass, catechism, hymns, etc, in various dialects of the Abnaki. The text is sometimes in but one dialect, sometimes in two, in some cases the dialect being named, in others not. Prayers, masses, vespers, etc. in Penobscot, Mareschite or St. John’s Indian language, Pas- samaquoddy, and Micmac (witha few in Latin), pp. 19-148.—Vespers in Latin (with a few In- dian headings), pp. 149-163.—Ave maris stella, etc. (in Indian), pp. 164-165.—The litany of saints (Latiu and Indian, alternate pages), pp. 166-185.—Hymns in Indian language (Penobscot and Micmac, ending with one in the Montag- naise language), pp. 186-220.—Prayers in Mic- mac language (preceded by a note on the pro- nunciation), pp. 221-254.—Prayers for the Mon- tagnais Indiansof Tadussak (Labrador, north of Bellisle), pp. 255-267.— The Lord’s Prayer and the Angelical Salutation, in pure Passama- quoddy language, as we find them in an old manuscript belonging (as we think) to Rev. Se- bastian Rasles, S.J., pp. 268-269. ‘‘ Those Pas- samaquoddy prayers, given by us in this work, belong to the Kannibas Indians—a tribe once living on the shores of the Kennebec, and at present in part extinct, and partly dispersed amongst the other tribes of the Abnakis. Al- though the Passamaquoddy tribe at present re- cite these prayers in Kannibas language, yet a great many of them say the same in pure Pas- samaquoddy language.’’—Note in English, p. 270.—Hymns to be sung before Catechism (in Indian), p. 271.—Penobscot catechism (English and Indian, alternate pages), pp. 272-297.—Cate- chism in Fassamaquoddy and St. John’s In- dian language (English and Indian, alternate pages), pp. 298-351.—An abridgment of the Christian doctrine in Micmac Indian language (English and Indian, alternate pages), pp. 352- 405.—Interrogations in administering the bap- tism in Penobscot language, pp. 406-409.—The same for the Passamaquoddy and other tribes of the Abnakis, pp. 409-410.—Ths same in Mic- mac language, the same in Montagnais lan- 508 Vetromile (E.) — Continued. guage, Baptism under condition, in Penobscot, Version (in English) of these forms of baptism’ pp. 411-412.—Note (in English), pp. 412-415.— Formula of baptism for the Passamaquoddy and other eastern tribes, the same in Penob- scot, p.416.—Formula of marriage, in Penob- scot and in Passamaquoddy, p. 417.—Catechism | on the trinity, etc. in Montagnais, pp. 418-427. — The manner of serving mass (in Latin, with a few verses in Indian), pp. 428-435.—Table of festivals (in English and Indian), pp. 436-438.— The seasons and days of the week (in English ‘and Indian), p. 439 —Months of the year (in English and Indian), pp. 440-441.—Listof names most commonly used by the Indians in Baptism (in English and Indian, with the feast days, treble columns), followed by ‘‘Observation”’ (in English), pp. 442-444. The Montagnais material is taken from La Brosse (J. B. de), Nehiro iriniai. Copies seen: Powell, Trumbull. —— Indian | good book, | made by | Eugene Vetromile, 8S. J., | Indian patriarch, | for the benefit of the Penob- scot, Passamaquoddy, | St. John’s, Mic- mac, | and other tribes of | the Abnaki Indians. | This year| One Thousand Hight Hundred and Fifty-Seven. | Old- town Indian village, and Bangor. | Second [small engraving | edition. | New York:| Edward Dunigan & brother, | (James 8B. Kirker,) | 371 Broadway. | 1857. Second title: Alnambay [| uli awikhigan, | kisi tunessa | Eugin Vetromile, S.J., | Alnam- bay patlias, | ulihalakona | Penaubsket, Sy- bayk, Ulastook, Micmac, |teba minaktakik etalaunsisik | Wanbanakki Alnambak. | Yo pemikatook nekutamquake nsansook kessak- tekoy | teba noninska teba tambawans. | Pe- naubsket Alnambay udenek, | teba Kandoskik. | Nisda [small engraving] nandjikketawikkaso. | Manhattan udenék: | Edwald Dunigan hatchi awidjal, | (Sak B. Kirker,) | 371 Broad- way. | 1857. Frontispiece (death of Father Rale) 1 1. En- glish title verso copyright 1 |. Indian title verso approbation 1 1. dedication in English verso same in Indian 1 1. preface (dated June, 1856) pp.7-12, errata i 1. rules for reading thelanguage of the Abnaki Indians pp. 13-17, text pp. 19-444, index pp. 445-449, inscription p. [450], eight other plates, 16°. This seems to be merely a reissue of the first edition. The contents are the same, Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames, Shea, Wisconsin Historical Society. At the Fischer sale, no. 2461, a copy brought 3s.; at the Field sale, no. 2434, $1.25; at the Murphy sale, no.4,$3; another copy, no. 2597, 50 cts. Priced by Hiersemann of Leipsic, no. 601 of catalogue no. 60 (1890), 10 M. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Vetromile (E.) — Continued. —— Indian | good book, | made by | Eugene Vetromile, 8. J., | Indian patri- arch, | for the benefit of the Penobscot, Passamaquoddy, |St. John’s, Miemae, | and other tribes of | the Abnaki Indians. | This year | One Thousand Eight Hun- dred and Fifty-eight. | Old-town Indian village, and Bangor. | Third [small en- graving ] edition. | New York:| Edward Dunigan & brother, | (James 8B. Kirker,) | 371 Broadway. | 1858. Second title: Alnambay | uli awikhigan, | kisi tunessa | Eugin Vetromile, S. J.,|Alnambay patlias, | ulihalakona | Penaubsket, Sybayk, Ulastook, Micmac, | teba minaktakik etalaun- sisik | Wanbanakki Alnambak. | Yo pemika- took nrkutamquake ntsansook kessaktekoy | teba noninska teba ntsansek. | Penaubsket Alnambay udenek, | teba Kandoskik | Ntseta [small engraving] nandjikketawikkaso. | Manhattan udenék: | Edwald Dunigan hatchi awidjal, | (Sak B. Kirker,) | 371 Broad- way. | 1858. Frontispiece (death of Father Rale) 11. in- scription on monument of Father Rale verso blank 1). English title verso copyright 1 1. In- dian title verso approbation 11. dedication in English verso same in Indian 1]. preface (dated June, 1856) pp. 7-12, errata 11. rules for reading the language of the Abnaki Indians pp. 13-17, text pp. 19-579, index pp. 581-586, seven other plates, 16°. The first 410 pages are the same in all three editions. In this edition the formula of bap- tism for the Passamaquoddy and other eastern tribes, and the same in Penobscot language (p. 416 of the first and second editions), is trans- ferred to its proper place immediately follow- ing p. 410, and pp. 411-415 of the preceding edi- tions become pp. 412-416 in this edition. Page . 435 ends with a different vignette than in the other editions. The additions to this edition consist of masses, etc. in Micmac, pp. 436-458 ; Adlachemudiguichkek meiaulakwey, Vespers and Complin in Micmac, pp. 469-494; Te Deum, in Latin, pp. 495-497; Te Deum, in Micmac, pp, 498-501; Examination of Conscience in Micmac, pp. 502-507; in Mareschit language, pp. 507-509; in Penobscot language, pp. 509-510; Tchibat’- ku'musse, the way of the cross (in Indian), pp. 511-543; Chumwiminey, the rosary in Micmac language, pp. 544-557; Tsishe aramessikan, mass in Montagnais language, pp. 558-565. Pages 566- 576 contain the tables of festivals, the seasons, days of the week, months of the year, list of names most commonly used by the Indians in baptism, and the ‘* Observation” (which fill pp. 436-444 of the preceding editions), and in addi- tion the seasons in Micmac, p. 569, and days of the week in Micmac language, pp. 570-571. The following notice ison page577: *‘In com- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 509 Vetromile (E.)— Continued. plying with the request of some gentiemen of New England, to make some investigations as to the dialects of the Abnaki, we have happily ’ met with an ancient manuscript containing the Lord’s Prayer and the Angelical Salutation in pure Abnaki language. Its striking difference from the language of the dictionary of Father Rale, and of any existing dialect, corroborates the opinion, that the original Abnaki language is lost, and that at present we have merely dia- lects of it. We insert these remains here, in order to preserve them as one of the few monu- ments of the pure Abnaki that have escaped the voracity of time. Every vowel marked with an accent has a nasal sound.” This notice is followed by the Lord's prayer in pure Abnaki, Angelical Salutation in pure Abnaki, and the Lord’s prayer in pure Mareschit, pp. 578-579. For an account of one of the manuscripts used by Father Vetromile in preparing this prayer book, see under Ciquard (F.) in the Addenda. On page 558 is this ‘‘ NoTr.—Although we do not know the authors of all the manuscripts which we have used in this compilation, yet we are certain that this Mass was written by F. LaBrosse, 8. J., Apostle of the Montagnais Indians, who died at Tadoussac, Canada, in esteem of sanctity.”’ In a letter to Rev. J. M. Finotti, dated from Eastport, January 19, 1875, Father Vetromile writes: ‘When my prayer book was printed in New York by M-. Kirker, 8 type setters left him. I corrected the proof-sheets three times, and yet I was obliged to add a long list of errata, because the last correction was not well executed in New York.” Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzxum, Eames, Pilling, Shea, Trumbull. The Brinley copy, no. 5696, sold for $2. Priced by Dufossé, Paris, 1887, no. 24591, 12 fr. ond Adlachemudiguichkek | meiaulak- wey. | Wen kedwi pakabuguet, deli annkidagit. | Tchibat’ku’musse. | [ Vi- gnette 1H 8] | New York: | Edward Dunigan & brother. | (James B. Kuirker.) | 371 Broadway. | 1858. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. text pp. 3-70, plates, 8°. Vespers in Micmac, pp. 3-16.—Complin in Micmac, pp. 17-28.—Te Deum in Latin, pp. 29- _ 30; in Micmac, pp. 31-33. —Examination of con. science in Micmac, pp. 34-37 ; in Mareschit, pp. 37-39; in Penobscot, pp. 39-40.— Way of the cross in Micmac, pp. 41-70. Copies seen: Pilling, Powell, Shea. — Abiamihewintuhangan; | the prayer song, | arranged by | rev. Eu- gene Vetromile, S. J. | New York:| published by Edward Vetromile (E.) — Continued. Dunigan & brother, | (James B. Kirker,) | no. 371 Broadway. | 1858. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedica- tion to Pius IX in English verso the same in Abnaki 1 1. (inserted), dedication to the Bishop of Portland verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vi, text pp. 7-45, pp. 42-45 being unnumbered, 8°. An abridgment of the Gregorian chant, pp. 7-20.—Musical exercises with text in Latin, pp. 21-27. —Litanies, the Gloria, and the Credo, in Micmac, set to music, pp. 28-36.—Credo and Magnificat in Latin set to music, pp. 36-39.— Hymns, prayers, etc. in Micmac with music, pp. 40-45. “The design of this volume is not only to give some practical instructions in church music, in order to aid the native Americans [Abnakis] to sing the praises of the Lord according to the different rites of the Catholic Church, but also to preserve several unwritten national tunes, kept by them only in tradition.’’"—Preface. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Pilling, Powell, Shea. [——] Alnambay 1858. Almanac. Colophon: Lith. by T. W. Strong, 98 Nassau St. New York. Eugin Vetro-- mile Datlias. 1 sheet folio, 114x134 inches. Twelve col- umns with names of Abnaki divisions of time. Oopies seen: American Antiquarian Society, Shea. ] Sande awikhigan | 1859 Colophon: Lith. by T. W. Strong, 98 Nassau St. New York. Eugin Vetro- mile Datlias. [ 1 sheet folio, 114x134 inches. Twelve columns with Abnaki names of divisions of time and of feast and fast days. Copies seen: American p nusnaniee Society, Shea. I have seen copies of an issue of 1862 also. (Shea, Trumbull.) [——] Sande awikhigan | 1866. Colophon : Eugene Vetromile, Alnam- bay Patlias. 1 sheet folio. Names of the months in Abnaki, ft the top of the columns. Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society. I have seen issues for the years 1867 (Shea), 1870 (Shea, Trumbull), 1871 (Trumbull), 1873 (Trumbull), 1874 (Shea, Trumbull), 1875 (Shea, Trumbull) and 1876 (Trumbull). —— The Abnaki Indians. Communicated by Eugene Vetromile, 8. J., professor in the College of the Holy Cross, at Worcester, Mass. With a brief memoir of Professor Vetromile, by Rey. Edward Ballard, of Brunswick, Me. 510. Vetromile (E.)— Continued. In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 6, pp. 203-227, Portland, 1859, 8°. Specimens of the Micmac language; ‘‘iso- lated words” and ‘'sentences,’’ the latter with literal interlinear English translation. — N’dakkabin skudewhambi | rum, fire-water | [Cut.] | Peseku wonismu- hinoh, nanquitchidahamal matchi Ni- weskum, | anda kegus kepkuattassen, metchinenabi, te alihkle alamkik. | Anda dakkabin, anda Skudewhambt | no rum, no fire water. | [Cut.] | [Two lines Abnaki.] | [Pledge.] | [Three lines Abnaki.] | Eugin Vetromile S. J. Alnambay patlias. [ 1860. ] 1 p. folio. A temperance pledge, printed by lithography, in the Abnaki language. The words are scattered through a series of pictures representing the fate of the drunkard. Copies seen: Shea. — Of Vetromile’s | noble bible. | Such as happened Great-Truths. | Made by | Eugene Vetromile, | Indian patriarch, | Corresponding member of the Maine Historical Society, &c., | for the bene- _ fit of | the Penobscot, Micmac, | and other tribes of the | Abnaki Indians. | Old town, Indian village, and Bangor. 1858. | New York-village: | Rennie, Shea & Lindsay. | 1860. Second title: Vetromile | wewessi ubibian. | Elit’biklang’sa | k’tchiulameuhanganal. | Ututchi kisituneppan| Eugin Vetromile, | Alnambay patlias, | Maine Hannekanadzemu- hangan Ketchi-awikhighé, | ulihal’konan | Pannawanbskewiak, Schiuliquok, | te hatchi minaktakik etalanusitsik | Wanbanakki Al- nambak. | Pannawabskek Alnambay udenék, | quali Kandoskik. 1858. | Manhattan udenék: | Rennie, Shea & Lind- say. | 1860. Portrait of Vetromile 1 1. English title verso approbation 11. plate ot ‘* “ater dolorosa” 1 1. dedication in Indian and English verso blank 11. Indian title verso copyright and printers 1 1. plate of Lewis Island etc.11. preface (dated August, 1858) pp. v-viii, rules for reading the language of the Abnaki Indians pp. ix-xii, table of contents (Penobscot, English, and Micmac) pp. 1-27, woodcut with inscriptions in Penob- scot, English, and Micmac p. 28, text (Penob- scot, English, and Micmac, alternate verses) pp. 29-571, approbation of a good Indian scholar (Indianand English) p. (572), nine other plates, 16°. Many of the pages are blank, and a large number contain only a single woodcut illustra- tion with inscriptions below, in Penobscot, English, and Micmac. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Vetromile (E.)— Continued. ‘In presenting this small volume to the pub- lic, itis not the object to offer acompendium of the Holy Scripture, but only to give the red man a brief and clear knowledge of the most remarkable events recorded in the Sacred Writ, accompanied by a few short remarks, in order to accommodate them to the intelligence of the natives of this continent. The illus- trations form an important part of this work, not only because they more deeply impress on the mind of the Indians the great events re- corded in the Holy Scripture, but also because - they give a great assistance to those who are ignorant of reading. This book is written in Penobscot and Micmac (with an English literal translation), they being the two leading dialects now existing in the Abnaki nation. Inthe Mic- mac department we have made use also of an ancient manuscript of uncertain author, trans- mitted to us by the indefatigable labors of Rev. Edmund Demilier,—a native of France,— a zealous Abnaki Missionary of the Congrega- tion of Picpus.”—Preface. Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea, Trumbull. — The Abnakis | and | their history. | Or | Historical Notices | on the | aborigines of Acadia. | By | rev. Eugene Vetromile, | missionary of the Etch- emins, corresponding member of the Maine | historical society, ete. | New York: | James B. Kirker, | 599 Broadway, up. stairs. | Sold for the benefit of the Indians. | 1866. Engraved title: The | Abnakis | and their | history | by Rev. Eugene Vetromil [sic]. | (Design. ] | New York, | James B. Kirker | 599 Broad- way Engraved title within illustrated border verso blank 1 1. printed title verso copyright and printer 1 ]. index [contents] pp. iii-iv, dedica- tion pp. v-vi, preface pp. vii-xi, woodcut recto blank 1 1. text pp. 11-164, appendix pp. 165-171, sixteen plates, 12°. Abnaki local names, p. 24.—Chapter Iv, The Abnakis original people (containing explana- tion and derivation of the word Abnaki, etc.), pp. 25-33.—Chapter v, Manners and language of the Abnakis, pp. 34-39.—Chapter v1, Abnaki hand-writing (containing an account of the Micmac hieroglyphics), pp. 40-43, and a plate of the Lord’s prayer in Micmac hieroglyphics (with interlinear Micmac transliteration and English translation), facing p. 42.—Acadia, analysis and meaning of the word, pp. 44-45.— Remarks on Agguncia, the original name of the Penobscot river, pp. 49-51.—Table of seasons and months (in Indian and English), pp. 79-80.— Days of the week and divisions of the months (in Indian and English), pp. 83-84.— Divisions of the day and night (in Indian and English), p. 85.— — Vetromile’s ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Vetromile (E.)— Continued. Letter of the Abnakis Indians to the canons of Chartres (in Abnaki and English), pp. 168-171. “This vow must have been written soon after - the conversion of the Abnakis to Christianity, as appears from the meaning of the vow, and from the language, which is several hundred years old, and obsolete in many words and ex- pressions.” Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, National Museum, Pilling, Shea, Trumbull. At the Field sale, no. 2433,a copy brought $1.38; at the Pinart sale, no. 925,5 fr.; at the Murphy sale, no. 2596, $2. —— Acadia and its aborigines. Commu- nicated January 16, 1862, by Rev. _Eugene Vetromile, S. J. of Worcester, Mass. In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 7, pp. 337-349, Portland, 1876, 8°. Names of seasons, list of months, divisions of the month, days of the week, divisions of the night and day, in the Abnaki language. —— A tour | in| both hemispheres; | or, | travels around the world. | By | Rev. Eugene Vetromile, D. D., | apostolic missionary; | Corresponding Member [&c. four lines.] | [Two lines quota- tion. ] | _ New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & co., publishers, | 31 Barclay street. | Mont- real: 275 Notre Dame Street. | 1880. Portrait 1 1, title verso copyright 1 1. dedica- tion verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-viii, preface pp. ix-x, list of illustrations pp. xi-xii, text pp. 1-494, index pp. 495-502, twenty-five plates, 12°. A few Chippewa terms with English signifi- cation passim. Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling, Powell. | Abnaki Dictonary [sic], | by | Rev. Eugene Vetromile, D. D. | Apostolic missionary [&c. five lines.] | Volume I | A-H. | English- - Abnaki [-III | A-Z. | Abnaki-English (and Latin)]. | Bangor, Me. | 1855, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, | 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73 [74, 75). Manuscript, 3 vols. folio, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Compiled by Father Vetromile during the years 1855 to 1875, while missionary among the Abnakis. Volumel, pp. 1-573, contains prefatory remarks, description of the alphabet used, synopsis of the Abnaki language, including brief grammatic remarks, a table of abbreviations, and the English-A bnaki dictionary from A to H, inclusive. Volume 2, pp. 3-595, contains further remarks on the . grammar, and a continuation of the English- oll Vetromile (E.) — Continued. Abnaki dictionary, I to Z, inclusive. The dictionary in each of these volumes is divided into four columns; the first containing words from the Abnaki dictionary of the Rev. Father Rasles; the second, words in the Penobscot; the third, Mareschit; and the fourth, Micmac. Volume 3, pp. 1-791, contains the Abnaki-En- glish dictionary, A to Z, and includes words in the Penobscot, Etchimin, Mareschit, Micmac, Montagnie, and Passamaquoddy dialects. In this volume the definitions are also in Latin, ‘‘in order to fix the meaning of the Indian words against alterations, which the English language might undergo in course of time.” The manuscript is clearly written and well preserved, being bound in heavy leather. The Aborigines of Acadia. | An ad- dress before the Maine Historical | So- ciety in 1861 by Rev. Eugene Vetromile | Missionary of the Etchemins, Maine. | Corresponding Member of the Maine Historical | Society etc. Manuscript, 81l. 4°, preceded by one leaf von- taining a letter from Vetromile to Rev. Charles Kauder, dated Biddeford [Maine] July 28, 1862, transmitting the manuscript. It isa general account of the aboriginal settiements, with many native terms, their etymology and mean- ings, passim. The manuscript was in possession of Mr. Ber- nard Quaritch, London, England, who kindly permitted me toexamineit. He priced it 1l. 1s. - It is perhaps the original manuscript, or a copy thereof, of the article which appeared under similar title in the Maine Hist. Soc. Coll. vol.7, for which see above. The following extract from aletter of Father Vetromils to Rev. Joseph M. Finotti, dated from Biddeford, Dec. 7, 1864, probably relates to this manuscript: ‘‘ At the request of Rev. Christian Kauder, a missionary amongst the Micmaces of Nova Scotia, I wrote an article on the Micmacs. He was publishing the Micmac Hieroglyphics (discovered by me), and my arti- cle was inserted there under my nameas a pref- ace tothe work. The work could not be pub- lished in this country for want of the proper types. The Austrian Government took the mattér in hand and cast the proper types for it, and it was published in Vienna. The pub- lisher requested a short history of the Micmacs to be used for preface. “Mr. Kauder could not write it, but applied to me, and I wrote it. He translated it in German at Nova Scotia, and sent it to Vienna, where it was published in German. No edition exists in English.” In another letter to the same person, dated from Eastport, 28 Settembre, 1875, Father Ve- tromile writes: ‘‘ Circa all’ opera del P. Kauder, non credo che sia stampato, perché i caratteri non esistono, mi sembra che sia litografata in un vol: in quarto di 146 pag: ed i] nome de) litografo non fu publicato. Sara pit facile per 512 Vetromile (E.) — Continued. voi di averne una copia se scriverete al Ves-: covo McKinnon in Arichat, N. S., perché le tavole (plates) furono presentate al P. Kauder in Sidney, C. Briton.” —— [Letters from Rev. Eugene Vetro- mile to Rev. Joseph M. Finotti, respect- ing manuscripts and printed books in the Abnaki and Micmac languages. ] Manuscript, four letters, containing 9 11. 8°, in possession of Mr. Wilberforce Eames, Brooklyn, N.Y. Dated respectivelyfrom Bid- deford, Dec.7, 1864, Eastport, 19 March, 1873, Jan. 19, 1875, and 28 September, 1875. They are written partly in English and partly in Italian. The first letter contains titles and descriptions of the author’s own works in Abnakiand Mic- mac, with a brief account of the Micmac Hiero- glyphic prayer book printed for Rev. Christian Kauder. The third letter gives accounts of the prayer booksin Abnakiof Fathers Demilier and Romagné, of the. manuscript Micmac grammar of Father Menard [1.e. Maillard], and of the manuscript manual of prayer and catechism of 62 pages in Abnaki of Father Francis Ciquard, written in 1792. The fourth letter contains some additional information about Kauder’s Micmac prayerbook. Extracts from these letters are given under the next ’ preceding title, and under thenames of Fathers Ciquard, Maillard, and Romagné, in the Ad- denda of this bibliography. ‘ Eugene Anthony Vetromile was born in the city of Gallipoli, in the province of Lecce, Italy, on the 22d day of February, 1819. His first education was under private instructors, then at the College of Naples, and finally at the seminary of his native city, where he was graduated. Subsequently he came to this country and entered Georgetown College, Dis- trict of Columbia, where he finished his educa- tion for the priesthood, receiving the degree of doctor of divinity in 1846. For about twenty years he was a member of the Society of Jesus, but afterwards became an apostolic missionary to the Indians, in which capacity he was con- nected with the Congregation di Propaganda Fidein Rome. His missionary field was among the Etchemins and A bnakis of Maine, and fora long time he had pastoral charge of St. Mary’s Church at Machias; his more recent residence, however, was at Biddeford. In July, 1867, he left his charge for an ex- tended tour abroad. Upon his return he pub- lished (1871) Travels in Europe, Egpyt, Arabia, Petra, Palestine, and Assyria. In 1876 he started on an extended tour around the world, and his observations will be found in his Tour in both hemispheres. (New York, 1880.) Father Vetromile went abroad again the pres- ent year, and while in his native Gallipoli was seized with apoplexy and died on the 23d of August, 1881. By his will he left a sum of money for the benefit of the widows and or- Vimont (Pére Barthelemy). Vincent (Archd. Thomas). Vinson (Elie Honoré Julien). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE z Vetromile (E.) — Continued. phans of the Passamaquoddy and Penobscot Indians, and desired that he might be buried at Passamaquoddy. — Numismatic and Anti- quarian Society Proceedings, 1882. Vetromile wewessi ubibian [Abnaki]. See Vetromile (E.) Relation |. de ce qvi s’est passé | en la | Novvelle France | en l’année 1642. & 1643. | En- uoyée au R. P. Iean Filleav | Prouincial de la Compagnie de Iesvs, | en la Prouince de France. | Parle R. P. Bar- thelemy Vimont, de | la mesme Com- pagnie, Superieur de | toute la Mission. | [Design ; two storks. ] | A Paris, | Chez | Sebastien Cramoisy, | Imprimeur Ordinaire du Roy, | et | Ga- briel Cramoisy. | rué S. Iac- | ques, aux | Cicoignes [sic]. | M. DC. XLIV [1644]. | Auec Priuilege du Roy. Title verso blank 11. table des chapitres 3 pp. verso of 3d p. extraict du priuilege du roy, per- mission verso blank | 1. text pp. 1-309 (some pages wrongly numbered), declaration 3 un- numbered pp. 16°. ; A letter in the Ottawa language, dictated by an Indian, with interlinear French translation, pp. 56-58. Copies seen: Lenox, St. Mary’s College at Montreal. Dufossé, Paris, 1887, no. 24923, priced a copy 250 fr. Reprinted in Relations des Jésuites, vol. 2, 1643, pp. 1-83, Quebec, 1858, 8°, the letter occupy- ing p. 16. [One line syllabie characters.] | The | pilgrim’s progress | by | John Bunyan. | Trans- lated into the language of the | Cree In- dians | in the diocese of Moosonee | by | The Ven. archdeacon Vincent, of Al- bany. | Approved, after thorough exam- ination, | by the Bishop of Moosonee. | London: | printed by the Religious tract society. | 1886. Half-title verso frontispiece 11. title verso blank 11. preface (in the Cree language, sylla- bic characters, dated March 26th, 1886) pp. v- vi, plate rectu blank 11. text (entirely in the Cree language, syllabic characters) pp. 1-232, 12°. Copies scen: Eames, Gilbert & Rivington, Pilling, Powell. La langue basque et les langues américaines. In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compte- rendu, first session, vol. 2, pp. 46-80, Nancy et Paris, 1875, 8°. Analyse sommaire du basque et des langues ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 513 Vinson (E. H. J.) — Continued. américaines en général (pp. 60-74), includes a comparative vocabulary of the Lénapé, Algon- quin, Cri, Iroquois, and Basque, pp. 70-73. Issued separately as follows: — Le Basque | et les | langues améri- caines| Etude comparative| Lue au Con- grés des Américanistes | a Nancy | le 23 juillet 1875 | par | Julien Vinson | cor- respondant de l’académie de Stanislas | [ Vignette, with name of the society ] | Paris | Maisonneuve et C’*, libraires -6diteurs | 15, quai Voltaire, 15 | M DCCC LXXVI [1876] Title verso printer 1 1. dedication (in Basque) verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-39, 8°. Comparative vocabulary, as above, p. 32. Oopies seen: Astor, Eames. — Les langues américaines. In Hovelacque (A.) and Vinson (E. Had); FRiudes de linguistique et d’ethnographie, pp. 143-160, Paris, 1878, 16°. (Bureau of Ethnol- ogy-) Extracted from the République francaise of April 2, 1875. (*) Contains general remarks on the Algonkin, Iroquois, and Greenland languages, and on the Algonkin and Iroquois alphabets, grammatic forms, syntax, and numerals. Virginia: Dictionary See Strachey (W.) General discussion Court de Gebelin (A.) Geographic names Bozman (J.L.) Virot (C. F.) — Continued. Claude Francis Virot, French missionary, born in France 16 Feb., 1721; died near Fort Niagara in July, 1759. He became a Jesuit in 1738, and in 1750 was sent to Canada, where he labored for several years among the Abnaki Indians with great success. He was then sent to Ohio river, where he founded a mission © among the Delawares at Sakunk, on the mouth of the Big Beaver. The influence that he was gaining over the tribe excited the jealousy of Pakanke, chief of the Wolf tribe, and he was forced to leave. He afterward acted as chap- lain to a body of French soldiers, and was killed when he participated in an attempt to relieve Fort Niagara.—Appleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. Numerals Williamson (W.D.) Tribal names Sanford (E.) Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Vocabulary Barton (B.S.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Vocabulary Henry (M.S.) Vocabulary Howison (R. R.) Vocabulary Scherer (J. B.) Vocabulary Smith (J.) Vocabulary Williamson (W.D.) Words Gray (A.) and Trumbull (J. H.) Words Vater (J. S.) See also Massachusetts. Virot (Pére Claude Francisco). 3. Inter- rogationes et monita in conferendis sacramentis pro gente Uanbanakea, a P. Claude Francisco Virot. 4. Ejusdem acthortio de scandalo. cy Manuscript in the Abnaki language, pre- served at the Missionof Pierreville, Canada. It is bound with other manuscripts, French and Abnaki. Under the title Interrogationes et monitais written, in astrange but ancient hand, “ Descripsit R. P. Claud. F. Virot, 6 Soc. Jesu. anno 1754, Arsiganteg.”’ Description from Gili (C.), Notes sur de vieux manuscripts abénakis, p.18. For description of the other manuscripts (1 and 2) in the volume, see Lesueur (F. E.) ALG——33 Vocabulary: Abnaki See Allen (W.) Abnaki Bagster (J.) Abnaki Balbi (A.) Abnaki Barton (B. S.) Abnaki Campbell (J.) Abnaki Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.) Abnaki Demillier (L. E.) Abnaki Edwards (J.) Abnaki. Gallatin (A.) Abnaki Holmes (A.) and Noyes (Bn Abnaki Kidder (F.) Abnaki Laurent (J.) Abnaki Maurault (J. A.) Abnaki Pickering (J.) Abnaki Rosier (J.): Abnaki Scherer (J. B.) Abnaki Thoreau (H. D.) Abnaki Williamson (J. D.) Abnaki Willis (W.) Abnaki Wilson (E. F.) Acadian Barton (B. 8.) Acadian Prichard (J. C.) Algonquian Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Algonquian Allen (W.) Algonquian Algonquian. Algonquian Barton (B. S.) Algonquian Campanius Holm (T.) Algonquian Court de Gebelin (A. de). Algonquian Edwards (J.) Algonquian Gallatin (A.) Algonquian Gilij (F. 5S.) Algonquian Haines (E. M.) Algonquian Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Algonquian Hensel (G.) Algonquian Heriot (G.) Algonquian Hervas (L.) Algonquian Holden (A. W.) Algonquian Jacquemin (—) Algonquian Kalm (P.) Algonquian Knox (J.) Algonquian Latham (R. G.) Algonquian Long (J.) Algonquian Mackenzie (A.) Algonquian O'Callaghan (E. B.) Algonquian Preston (T. R.) 614 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF Vocabulary — Continued. Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Arapaho Arapaho Arapaho Arapaho Arapaho Arapaho Arapaho Arapaho Arapaho Arapaho Arapaho Atsina- Atsina Atsina Atsina Atsina Atsina Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot | Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot « Blackfoot Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Chippewa Rhode Island. Ruttenber (EH. M.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Vincent (HK. H. J.) Williamson (W. D.) Buschmann (J. C. H.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Haines (KE. M.) Hayden (F. V.) Latham (R. G.) Morgan (L. H.) Pajeken (F. J.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Smith (J.S.) Tassin (A. G.) Fish (L. E.) Gallatin (A.) Hayden (F. V.) Maximilian (A. P.) Umfreville (E.) Willis (W.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Campbell (J.) Catlin (G.) Cooper (J.G.) Denig (E. F.) Franklin (J.) Gallatin (A.) Haines (E. M.) Hale (H.) Hayden (F. V.) Howse (J.) Lacombe (A.) and Legal .) | Lanning (C. M.) Latham (R. G.) Legal (E.) Maximilian (A. P.) Moncrovie (J. B.) Morgan (L. H.) Pallisser (J.) Smet (P. J. de). Sullivan (J. W.) Umfreville (E.) Willis (W.) Wilson (E. F.) Abert (J. W.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Campbell (J.) Dodge (R. I.) Domenech (E.) Flachnecker (G.) Gallatin (A.) Haines (E. M.) Hayden (F. V.) Latham (R. G.) Maximilian (A. P.) Morgan (L. H.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Smith (J.38.) Wilson (E. F.) Adam (L.) Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa | Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa ‘Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa — Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree THE Vocabulary — Continued. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) American Society. Balbi (A.) Baraga (F.) Barton (B.S.) Baudry de Loziére(l. N.) Belcourt (G. A.) Beltrami (G. C.) Blackbird (A.J.) Brinton (D. G.) Campbell (J.) Carver (J.) Chipawa. Chippewa. Copway (G.) De Peyster (A.S.) Derenthal (0O.) Domenech (E.) Dougherty (P ) Edwards (J.) Emerson (E. BR.) Gallatin (A.)_ Haines (E. M.) Haldeman (S.8.) — Hale (H.) Hamilton (S. M.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Henry (A.) — Henry (G.) and Evans (J.) Interpretation. Investigator. James (E.) Johnston (G.) Johnston (W.) Jones (E. F.) Jones (P.) Keating (W.H.) Latham (R. G.) Long (J.) ‘Longfeliow (H. W.) M' Keevor (T.) McKinney (T. L.) : M’Lean (J.) Madison (—) Mahan (I. L.) 2 Mamimilian (A. P.) Moran (G.) Notice. Pierz (F.) Reaume (C.) Ruttenber (E. M.) ~ St. John (J. R.) Sanderl (L.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Summerville (J.) Olrici (E.) Wilson (D.) Wilson (E. F.) Adam (L.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Vocabulary — Continued. Cree Balbi (A.) Cree Brinton (D.G.) Cree Campbell (J.) Cree Chappell (E.) - Cree Edwards (J.) Cree Fisher (W.) Cree Fortescue (J.) Cree Gallatin (A.) Cree Hale (H.) Cree Harmon (D. W.) Cree Hayden (F. V.) Cree Jones (P.) Cree Keating (W.H.) Cree Lacombe (A.) Cree Lewis (M.) Cree Mackenzie (A.) Cree M’Lean (J.) Cree Maximilian (A. P.) Cree Morgan (L. H.) Cree Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Cree Say (T.) Cree - Smet (P.J. de). Cree Vinson (E. H. J.) Cree Wimer (J.) Cree Wilson (E. F.) Delaware Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Delaware Allen (W.) Delaware Allgemeine. Delaware . Balbi (A.) Delaware Barton (B.S.) Delaware Bland (T.) Delaware Brinton (D. G.) Delaware - Campbell (J.) Delaware Chute (J. A.) Delaware Clarkson (C.) Delaware Cornell (W. M.) Delaware Cummings (R. W.) Delaware Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.) Delaware ‘Denny (E£.) Delaware © Duponceau (P.S.) Delaware Edwards (J.) Delaware Eichthal (G. da’). Delaware Ettwein (J.) Delaware — Gallatin (A.) Delaware Gatschet (A.S.) Delaware Grube (B. A.) Delaware Haines (E. M.) Delaware Harvey (H.) Delaware Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Delaware Henry (M.S.) Delaware Investigator. Delaware Janney (S. M.) Delaware Jefferson (T.) Delaware Jones (P.) Delaware Madison (J.) Delaware Parsons (S. H.) Delaware Pastorius (F. D.) Delaware Penn (W.) Delaware Preston (W.) Delaware Prichard (J.C.) Delaware Proud (R.) Delaware Rupp (I. D.) Delaware Ruttenber (EF. M.) 515 Vocabulary — Continued. Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware EKtchemin Etchemin Etchemin Etchemin Etchemin Illinois Illinois Illinois Illinois Illinois Illinois Tilinois Kikapoo Kikapoo Kikapoo Long Island Long Island Long Island Maliseet Maliseet Maliseet Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Scherer (J. B.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Thomas (G.) Ulrici (E.) Vinson (H. H. J.) Wheeler (A. W.) Williamson (J. D.) Wilson (E. F.) Zeisberger (D.) Balbi (A.) Barratt (J.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Latham (R. G.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Balbi (A.) Barton (B.S8.) Campbell (J ) Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.) Gallatin (A.) Prichard (J,C.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Barton (B.S.) Maximilian (A. P.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Jefferson (T.) Chamberlain (M.) Hind (H. Y.) Rand (S. T.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Balbi (A.) Barton (B.S.) Campbell (J.) Cotton (J.) Danforth (S.) De Forest (J. W.) Edwards (J.) Gallatin (A.) Haines (E. M.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Jacobs (S.S.) Macauley (J.) Neal (D.) Ruttenber (E. M.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Trumbull (J. H.) Balbi (A.) Bruce (W. H.) Campbell (J.) Derenthal (0.) Domenech (E.) Doty (J. D.) Haines (E. M.) Gallatin (A.) Investigator. James (E.) Krake (B.) Morgan (L. H.) Rogers (J. M.) 516 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE. Vocabulary — Continued. Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Mississagua Mississagua Mississagua Mississagua Mississagua Mississagua Mississagua Mississagua Mississagua Mississagua Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Schoolcraft (H. R.) Ulrici (E.) Zephyrin-Engelhardt (C. A.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Balbi (A.) Barton (B.S.) Campbell (J.) . Domenech (E.) Gallatin (A.) Haines (E. M.) Handy (C. W.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Preston (W.) Schoolcraft (H. RB.) Thornton (—) Thornton (W.) Ulrici (E.) Volney (C. F.C.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Balbi (A.) Barratt (J.) Bromley (W.) Brown (G.S.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Haliburton (T. C.) - Hind (H. Y.) Latham (R. G.) Le Clercq (C.) Maynard (—) Pierronet (T.) Rand (S. T.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Williamson (J. D.) Wilson (EH. F.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Barton (B.S.) Campbell (J.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Edwards (J.) Gallatin (A.) Mississagua. Salt (A.) Wilson (D.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Balbi (A.) Barton (B.S.) Boudinot (E.) ’ Brinton (D.G.) Campbell (J.) De Forest (J. W.) Edwards (J.) Ettwein (J.) Gallatin (A.) Haines (E. M.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) ocabulary — Continued. Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan ~ Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Montagnais Montagnais Montagnais Montagnais Montagnais Montauk Montank Montauk Montauk Montauk Munsee Munsee Munsee Munsee Munsee Munsee Munsee Munsee Munsee Munsee Munsee Munsee Munsee Nanticoke Nanticoke Nanticoke Nanticoke Nanticoke Nanticoke Nanticoke Narragansett Narragansett Narragansett Narragansett ‘Narragansett Narragansett Narragansett Narragansett Narragansett Narragansett Narragansett Narragansett Naugatuck Nehethawa New England New England New England Henry (M.S.) Holmes (A.) Investigator. Jefferson (T.) Jenks (W.) Jones (E. F.) Long (J.) Macauley (J.) Prichard (J.) Ruttenber (E. M.) Sanford (E.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Zeisberger (D.) Adam (L.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Allgemeine. Pierronet (T.) Bagster (J.) | Gardiner (J. L.) Lambert (E. R.) Macauley (J.) Wood (S.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Barton (B. S.) Brinton (D.G.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Henry (M.S.) Investigator. Jones (P.) Latham (R. G.) Ruttenber (E. M.) Wilson (EK. F.) Allen (W.) Campbell (J.) Edwards (J.) Gallatin (A.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Henry (M.S.) Murray (W. V.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Balbi (A.) Campbell (J.) De Forest (J. W.) Edwards (J.) Gallatin (A.) Gatschet (A.S.) Haines (E. M.) Macauley (J.) . Treat (J.) Williams (R.) De Forest (J. W.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Vocabulary — Continued. New England New England New Jersey New Jersey New Jersey New Jersey Nipissing Nipissing Nipissing Norridgewock Norridgewock Norridgewock Norridgewock Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa Pampticough Pampticough Pampticough Pampticough Pampticough Pampticough Pampticough Pampticough Pampticough Pampticough Pamunkey Passamaquoddy Passamaquoddy Passamaquoddy Passamaquoddy Passamaquoddy Passamaquoddy Passamaquoddy Passamaquoddy Passamaquoddy Pennsylvania Pennsylvania Pennsylvania Pennsylvania Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Prichard (J. C.) Wood (W.) Barber (J. W.) and Howe (H.) Indian Interpreter. Raum (J.0.) Smith (S.) Campbell (J.) Howse (J.) Mathevet (J.C.) Allen (W.) Hanson (J. W.) Lincoln (E.) Pickering (J.) Barton (B.S.) Campbell (J.) Dejean (A.) De Peyster (A.S.) Gallatin (A.) Gatschet (A.S.) Hamelin (—) Investigator. James (E.) Jones (P.) Latham (R. G.) Sander! (8.) Wilson (D.) Wilson (E. F.) Adelung (J. C.) and ‘ Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Balbi (A.) Barton (B.S.) Brickell (J.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Lane (R.) Lawson (J.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Dalrymple (—) Allen (W.) Campbell (J.) Kellogg (E.) Gallatin (A.) Kidder (F.) Lyle (H.) McLeod (R. R.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Treat (J.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Barber (J. W.) Barton (B.S.) Penn (W.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Barton (B.S.) Campbell (J.) Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.) Edwards (J.) Gallatin (A.) Gardiner (R.) Hale (H.) Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Penobscot Pequod Piankasbaw Piankashaw Piankashaw Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Pottawotomi Powhatan Powhatan Powhatan Powhatan Powhatan Powhatan Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sac and Fox Sankikani Sankikani Sankinani Sankikani Sankikani Sankikani Satsika Satsika Satsika Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee 517 Vocabulary — Continued. Hewitt (J. N. B.) Latham (R. G.) Pickering (J.) Prichard (J. C.) Rand (S. T.) Treat (J.) De Forest (J. W.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Barton (B.S.) Campbell (J.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Barton (B.S.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Investigator. Jones (J. T.) Jones (P.) Latham (R. G.) Preston (W.) Simerwell (R.) Wilson (E. F.) Allen (W.) Balbi (A.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Macauley (J.) Strachey (W.) Balbi (A.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Investigator. Keating (W. H.) Latham (R. G.) Marston (M.) Maximilian (A. P.) Morse (J.) Sac. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Balbi (A.) Barton (B.S.) Campbell (J.) Gallatin (A.) Laet (J. de). Gallatin (A.) Schoolcratt (H, R.) Ulrici (E.) Adelung (J. ©.) and Vater (J.S.) Allen (W.) Assall (F. W.) Balbi (A.) Barton (B.S.) Butler (R.) Campbell (J.) Cummings (R. W.) Denny (E.) Dodge (J. R.) Domenech (E.) Edwards (J.) Gallatin (A.) Gatschet (A. 8.) 518 Voce Continued. Shawnee Gibbs (G.) Shawnee Gibson (—) Shawnee Hadley (L. F.) Shawnee Haines (EK. M.) Shawnee Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Shawnee Howe (H.) Shawnee . Howse (J.) Shawnee Jefferson (T.} Shawnee Johnston (John). Shawnee Jones (KE. F.) Shawnee Long (J.) Shawnee Morgan (L. H.) Shawnee Parsons (S. H.) Shawnee Pike (A.) Shawnee Preston (W.) Shawnee Ridout (T.) Shawnee Ruttenber (E. M.) Shawnee Schooleraft (H. R.) Shawnee Ulrici (E.) Shawnee Whipple (A. W.) Sheshtapoosh Campbell (J.) Sheshtapoosh Gallatin (A.) Skoffie Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Skoffie Allen (W.) Skoffie Balbi (A.) Skoffie Campbell (J.) Skoffie Gallatin (A.) Skoffie Latham (R. G.) Skoffie Pierronet (T.) Souriquois Adelung (J. C.) and 5 Vater (J.S8.) Souriquois Campbell (J.) Souriquois Gallatin (A.) Souriquois Laet (J. de). Souriquois Latham (R. G.) Souriquois Lescarbot (M.) Unquachog Jefferson (T.) Virginia Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) Virginia Barton (B. 8S.) Virginia Campbell (J.) Virginia Henry (M.S8.) Virginia Howison (R. RB.) Virginia Scherer (J. B.) Virginia Smith (J.) Virginia Williamson (W. D.) [Vogt (Rev. Casimir).] Gijigong | aba- bikaigan. | .Katolik | anamie-masin- aigan. | Cum permissu superiorum. | St. Louis, Mo. | B. Herder, Bookseller and Publisher. | 17 South Broadway. | 1891. Verso of title: Printed by B. Herder, Frei- burg. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso imprimatur and printer 11. preface (Superior, 5 Febr. 1890, Casimir O. 8S. F. Mekatewikwaniae) verso blank 1 l.index pp. v—xi, text (in the Chippewa lan- guage, with a few Latin and French headings) pp. 1-368, appendix (in Latin) pp. 369-386, 24°. Prayers, pp. 1-232.—Hymns, pp. 233-368. Mr. Dominic Ducharme of Court Oreilles BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Vogt (C.) —Continued. , and John Gordon, senior, of Redcliff Reserva- tion, assisted in the preparation of this work. Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. and Gafron (J.)] Gete- dibadsaane win | tchi bwa | ondadisid Jesus Christ | gaie| Jesus o bimadisiwin | gaie o nibowin. | Cum ee Superiorum. | (Design.] | St. Louis, Mo. 1885. | B. Herder, Bookseller, Publisher and Importer, | - 17, South Broadway, 17. | Freiburg in Baden: Herder’sche Verlagshandlung. Printed cover as above, frontispiece 1 1. title as above (omitting the design) reverse copy- right and printer 1 1. text pp. 1-140, errata verso blank 1 1. sq. 16°. Bible history, entirely in the Chippewa lan- guage. A mixed-blood Indian from Red Cliff Reservation, named John Gordon, assisted in the preparation of the work. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. Rev. Casimir Vogt was born at Wurzen, in Prussia, in 1846. He was educated at the col- lege and university of Breslau, was ordained priest in 1870, and served as chaplain at Neu- markt until 1875. He then joined the order of St. Francis, and the same year made his home at Teutopolis, Ill. In 1878 he was appointed missionary to the Chippewa Indians on Lake Superior, his headquarters being at Bayfield, Wis. until 1884, when he removed to Superior in the same State. He is still engaged in mis- sionary work, his jurisdiction extending to the Indian settlements on the Court Oreilles, Chip- pewa, South Flambeau, and St. Croix rivers in Wisconsin, and on the St. Louis and Snake rivers in Minnesota. Volney (Constantine Frangois Chasse- beuf). Tableau | du | climat et du sol | des Etats-Unis | d’Amérique. | Suivi @éclaircissemens sur la Floride, sur la colonie | Frangaise au Scioto, sur quel- ques colonies Canadiennes | et sur les Sauvages. | Enrichi de quatre Planches gravées, dont deux Cartes | Géographi- ques et une coupe figurée de la chitte de | Niagara.| Par C.-F. Volney, | Membre [ &c. four lines. ]| Tome premier [-second ]. | “A Paris, | Chez | Courcier, Imprimeur- Libraire, quai des | Augustins, n°. 71. | Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, Palais du Tri- | bunat, Galleries-de-Bois, n° 240. | An XIT.—1803. 2 vols.: half-title verso list of books 11. title verso blank 1 1. préface pp. i-xvi, text pp.1- 300; half-title verso errata 1 i. title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 301-358, appendice pp. 359-363, éclaircissemens pp. 365-524, vocabulaire pp. 525 _ 2 + ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 519 Volney (C. F. C.) — Continued. 532, table des matiéres pp. 533-534, errata and Volney (C. F. C.) — Continued. —— A view | of | the soil and climate | of avis au lecteur verso avis au relieur 1 1. two plates and two maps, 8°. ’- Vocabulaire de la langue des Miamis (195 words and phrases, and short conjugations of the verbs to eat, to drink, and to beat), vol. 2, pp. 525-532. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenxum, Brit- ish Museum,Congress, Eames, Harvard, Trum- bull. The copy belonging to Mr. Eames is on large paper in quarto, measuring 9§ by 7Zinches, with the mapscolored. On the first half-title is an in- scription, partly obliterated, inthe handwriting of the author, and signed with his initials. In the copy belonging to the Library of Con- gress there is a manuscript vocabulary of the Osage language, corresponding to the printed Miami. Leclerc, 1867, no. 1554, sold a copy for 4 fr.; priced by Stevens, 1887, no. 2495, 7s. 6d.; by Du- fossé, 1887, no. 25342, 4 fr.; by Stevens, 1888, no. 4730, 7s. 6d. — View | of the climate and soil | of the | United States of America: | to which are annexed | some accounts of Florida, the French co- | lony on the Scioto, certain Canadian co- | lonies, and the savages or natives: | translated from the French | of | C.F. Volney, | _member of the conservative senate, and the French na- | tional institute, and. honorary member of the Ameri- | can philosophical society at Philadelphia, the Asiatic | society at Calcutta, the Atheneums of Avignon, | Alengon, &c. | With maps and plates. | London: | printed for J. Johnson, | 72, St. Paul’s church yard, | By C. Mercier and Co. 6, Northumberland- Court. | 1804. Title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-xxiv, contents pp. iii-vi. text pp. 1-332, appendix pp. 333-491, vocabulary pp. 493-503, errata p. [504], two maps and two plates, 8°. Vocabulary of the Miami language, pp. 493- 503. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, the | United States of America: | with supplementary remarks | upon Florida; on the French colonies on the Missis- sippi | and Ohio, and in Canada; and on the aboriginal tribes | of America. | By C.F. Volney, | member of the consery- ative senate, &c. &c. | Translated, with occasional remarks, | by C. B. Brown. | With maps and plates. | Philadelphia, | published by J. Con- rad & co. Philadelphia; M. & J. Con- rad & co. | Baltimore; Rapin, Conrad, & co. Washington city; Somervell | & Conrad, Petersburg; and Bonsal, Con- rad, & co. Norfolk. | Printed by T. & G. Palmer, 116, High street. | 1804. Half-title verso blank 11. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-xx, translator’s preface pp. Xxi-xxv, contents and erratum pp. xxvii- XXVill, text pp. 1-264, supplement pp. 265-439, additional notes pp. 441-446, two maps and two plates, 8°. Vocabulary of the Miamilanguage ‘‘ after the French orthography’ and partially repeated ‘‘after the English,” the pronunciation of the latter from Barton and Wells, pp. 429-439. Copies seen: Boston Public, British Muse- um, Eames, Geological Survey, Harvard. At the Field sale, no, 2449, a copy brought $1.37; at the Murphy sale, no. 2639, 25 cts. Priced by Littlefield, Boston, 1887, $1.50. Two German translations were published, one at Weimar, 1804, 8° (*), the other at Ham- burg, 1804, 2 vols. 16°. (*) Tableau du climat et du sol des Etats Unis @’Amérique. Suivi d’éclair- cissemens sur la Floride, sur la colonie Francaise au Scioto, sur quelques colo- nies Canadiennes et sur les sauvages, Par C.-F. Volney. Paris: Courcier & Dentu. 1822. (*) 2 vols. continuous pagination, maps, 8°. Vocabulaire de la langue des Miamis, vol. 2, p. 402. Priced by Triibner, 1856, no. 2286, 3s. 6d.; by Dufossé, no. 30659, 3 fr. 50c. British Museum, Congress, Eames, Powell. Priced by Triibner, 1856, no. 2287, 5s. The Field copy, no. 2448, sold for $1.38; the Brinley copy, no. 4525, $3.75. Vose (Peter E.) See Kilby (W. H.) Voyage 4 la Louisiane. See Baudry de Loziéres (L. N.) Wame W. Wagner (Johann Christoph). See Krause (J. U.) and Wagner (J. C.) Walker (Rev. William). Gospel hymns | and | sacred songs, | translated into the | Ojibway language | by. the | rev. William Walker, | French bay, San- geen, | Ontario. | Published by] rev. A. Barnard, | Omena, Mich. | 1879. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-181, index of first lines (Ojibway) pp. 183-187, index of En- glish titles pp. 187-190, 18°. Many of the hymns are preceded by English titles. In the only copy seen pp. 187-190 precede pp. 183-186. A slip of paper bearing four printed lines is pasted on the bottom of p. 16, apparently to complement the stanza, and another slip bearing one printed line is pasted over (so as to replace) the second line of the first stanza on p. 90. Copies seen: Pilling. I have seen the first 24 pp. of this work with imprint of title differing, as follows: — Gospel hymns | and | sacred songs, | translated into the | Ojibway language | by the | rev. William Walker, | French bay, Saugeen, | Ontario. | Published by | Alonzo Barnard, | Omena, Mich. | 1879. Cover title as above, no inside title; text (en- tirely in the Ojibway language with the excep- tion of a few English headings) pp. 1-24, 24°. Copies seen: Powell. —— See Jacobs (P.) and others. ketoohomae [Massachusetts]. See Eliot (J.) Wampum (John B.) and Hogg (H. C.) Morning and evening | prayer, | the | ad- ministration of the sacraments, | and | certain other rites and ceremonies | of the | church of England; | Together with Hymns: | (Munsee and English) | translated into Munsee by J. B. Wam- pum, | assisted by H. C. Hogg, school- master. | (This translation is not free from imperfections, but since it has | been many years in use, and there are hindrances to its immediate | revision, the Archbishop of Canterbury gives his 520 Wapanoo, General discussion. Wampum (J. B.) and Hogg (H.C.)—C’d. imprimatur to this | Edition for present use. ) | London: | Society for promoting christian knowledge. [1886. ] Colophon: Oxford: | printed by Horace Hart, printer to the university. Title verso blank 11. preface (signed John Wampum, or Chief Wau-bun-o) pp. iii-iv, con- tents verso blank 1 1. half-title p. 7, text pp. 8- 349, verso colophon, 16°. The prayers occupy pp. 8-163, alternate Eng- lish and Munsee.—Hymns in Munsee, pp. 165- 171.—Hymns, alternate English and Munsee, pp. 172-349. ‘* An edition of the Munsee hymn book was printed in the year 1842 [see Halfmoon (C.)], and also portions of the Book of common prayer in the same language were printed in -the year 1847 [see Morning]. Both these are now out of print 5 A tew of these hymns have been translated by the Rev. Luck- enbach Most of the hymns have been translated by the late Charles Halfmoon, and a few of the psalms by me.”—Preface. ~ Pages 7-163 are an exact reprint, in slightly larger type, of pp.1-157 of Rev. Mr. Flood’s translation of the Morning and evening prayers, etc., 1847, described on p. 366 of this biblio- graphy. The two agree page for page and line for line, nearly. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. See Donck (A. van der). Warden (David Baillie). Recherches sur les antiquités des Etats-Unis de l’Amér- ique Septentrionale, par M. Warden. In Société de Géog. Recueil de voyages et de mémoires, vol. 2, pp. 372-509, Paris, 1825, 4°. Prétendue affinité des langues indiennes avec celles de divers peuples, pp. 481-489, includes words from the language of Pensylvanie, the Delaware, Pampticogh, Sankikani, Nanticoke, Miami, Narraganset, and Piankashaw (from Penn, Barton, Heckewelder and others), pp. 481-482; and remarks on the radical Lenape language, pp. 487-488. Issued separately as follows: —— Recherches | sur les | antiquités de Amérique | septentrionale, | par D. B. Warden, | membre correspondant de BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES 521 Warden (D. B.) —Continued. PAcadémie des sciences de institut | royal, etc., etc. | (Ouvrage extrait du 2¢ volume des Mémoires de ladite So- ciété.) | [Vignette with monogram. ] | Paris, | Everat, imprimeur-libraire, | rue du Cadran, n° 16. | 1827. Title verso blank 1 1.introduction pp. 3-16, text pp. 17-126, notes pp. 127-130, explication des planches pp. 131-140, note sur la collection de M. Latour-Allard pp. 141-144, twelve plates, o - Linguistics as under previous title, pp. 112- 120. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames. Warren (Henry P.) and others. The -history | of | Waterford, Oxford county, Maine, | comprising | historical ad- dress, | By Henry P. Warren; | record of families, | By Rev. William Warren, D. D.; | centennial proceedings, | By Samuel Warren, Esq. | Published by direction of the town. | Portland : | Hoyt, Fogg & Donhan, | 1879. Title verso printer 1 1. preface pp. v-vi, con- tents verso blank 1 I. text pp. 9-356, indexes pp. 357-371, 8°. Meaning of some of the Indian names of _ places in Maine, pp. 17-18. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- seum, Congress. Warren (Samuel). and others. Warren (Truman A.) See Hoffman (W. J.) —— See O’Meara (F. A.) Warren (William). See Warren (H. P.) and others. Warren(William Whipple). Oral tradi- tions respecting the history of the Ojib- wa nation. By William W. Warren. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 135-167, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. Includes a great number of Ojibwa tribal, personal, and totemic names with definitions. — [Numeration of the] Ojibwa of Che- goimegon [and of the Pillagers, and northern Ojibwas]. By William W. Warren. In Schoolcraft (H.R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 211-213, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. Numerals 1-1,000,000,600. — History of the Ojibways, based upon traditions and oral statements. By William W. Warren. In Minnesota Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 5, pp. 21- 394, Saint Paul, Minn., 1885, 8°. (Pilling.) See Warren (H. P.) Warren (W. W.)— Continued. Ojibway totems (21), with meanings, pp. 44 - 45.—Ojibway proper names, with meanings, passim, especially on pp. 30-39. Wasanminett (Lazarre). (H.) Watkins (Rev. E. A.) A dictionary | of the | Cree language, | as spoken by the Indians | of the | Hudson’s bay com- pany’s territories. | Compiled by | the rev. KE. A. Watkins, | missionary of the Church missionary society. | Consist- ing of | Part I. English-Cree. | Part II. Cree-English. | London: | Society for promoting christian knowledge; | sold at the de- positories: | 77 Great queen street, Lin- coln’s inn fields; | 4 Royal exchange; 48 Piccadilly. | And by all booksellers. | 1865. Title verso printer | 1. preface pp. iii-xxiv, text (double columns, alphabetically EY pp. 1-460, sq. 24°. Part I. English-Cree, pp. (1-183. pact Il. Cree-English, pp. 184-460. Copies seen: Church Missionary Society, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. See Vassal —— [Terms of relationship of the Cree of the Prairie (Mus-ko-ta’/-we-ne-wuk’), collected by Rev. E. A. Watkins, Devon, ‘Siskachewun District, Hudson’s Bay Territory, July, 1862. ] In Morgan (L.H.), Systems of consanguin- ity and affinity of the human family, pp. 293- 382, lines 37, Washington, 1871, 4°. Watkins (Rev. William Brown). [Dic- tionary of geographical names of America. 1880-1890 ?] Manuscript; 11 bound volumes, averaging from 200 to 250 unnumbered leaves each, 8°. The origin of many of the names is traced to the Indian languages. The particular Indian language from which the name is derived in any case is seldom stated, but the Algonquian languages are well represented. The work has been kindly forwarded to the Bureau of Ethnology, for examination, by Mrs. R. M. Watkins, of Beaver, Pa. Where it will permanently remain can not at this writing be definitely stated. The following biographic notes are extracted from the Oficial minutes of the Pittsburgh annual conference of the Methodist Episcopal Church, 1890 (Pittsburgh, 1890), pp. 51-52: ‘‘ William Brown Watkins was born in Bridgeport, O., May 2nd, 1834, and died of apo- plexy at 3.15 a.m., August 16,1890, at Ridge- view, Pa., Camp Ground, where he had been announced to preach on the Sunday following. 522 Watkins (W. B.) — Continued. His boyhood was passed with his parents in the place of his birth, and the neighboring city of Wheeling, Va. Such education as could be obtained in the common schools of that period was secured in part by the aid of his parents, and in part on the principle of a real self-sup- port. The summer months afforded him em- ployment, and its compensation defrayed his expenses while in the winter school. The building of the Wheeling suspension bridge offered the opportunity of engaging in various labors, and partof his time wasallotted to an apprenticeship to a mechanical trade. Afterward he taught in a school, and during this time entered upon the study of law. In early life he was converted, and united with the Methodist Episcopal Church in Bridgeport, O. During the pastorate of Rev. J. J. Mecllyar, he was received by certificate into the church in the neighboring town of Mar- tin’s Ferry, and in 1885 he was there licensed to preach. . . . Im all these various fields of labor he was eminently successful; as a preacher, popular and influential with the peo- ple who largely gatheredtohisministry. . His great love for philological pursuits led him to the study ot the origin, or derivation, the orthography, pronunciation, and definition of the words in use inthe English tongue, and the - fruits of his labor quietly entered into words of this kind, and were gratefully received, and their value acknowledged. His last loving labor, left incomplete, a dictionary of proper names, of large scope and research, attests his tireless industry, plodding zealand enthusiasm in these pursuits, the wide range of his invest- igations, the skill with which he could use aly accessible materials, and his ability to digest and bring out of obscurity the truth. . . .” Watkinson: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the word referred to has been seen by the com- pilerinthe Watkinson Library, Hartford,Conn. Watson (John Fanning). Annals | of | Philadelphia and Pennsylvania, | in the olden time; | being a collection of | memoirs, anecdotes, and incidents | of the | city and its inhabitants, | and of the | earliest settlements of the inland part of Pennsylvania, | from | the days of the founders. | Intended to preserve the recollections of olden time, and to exhibit society in its | changes of man- ners and customs, and the city and country in | their local changes and im- provements. | Embellished with engrav- ings, by T. H. Mumford. | By John F. Watson, | member of the historical so- cieties of Pennsylvania, New York, and Massachusetts. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | [Six lines quotations. ] | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Watson (J. F.) — Continued. Philadelphia: | printed and published for the author, and for sale by | John Penington and Uriah Hunt.--New York, Baker & Crane. | 1844. 2 vols.: title verso copyright and printers 1 ]. prospectus and testimonials pp. iii-iv, recom- mendation pp. iv—vii, advertisement pp. ix—xi, contents pp. xiii-xv, list of embellishments p. xvi, text pp. 1-604, index pp. 605-609; title verso copyright and printers i 1. contents pp. v-vi, list of embellishments p. vii, text pp. 1- 509, appendix pp. 511-562, index pp. 563-567, 8°. Indian namesof placesin Pennsylvania (from Heckewelder), vol. 2, pp. 180-181. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. At the Field sale, no. 2485, a copy brought $2.12. The first edition: Philadelphia, 1830 (British Museum, Congress), does not contain the lin- guistics. Annals | of | Philadelphia and Penn- sylvania, | in the olden time; | being a collection of | memoirs, anecdotes, and incidents | of the | city and its inhabit- ants, | and of the | earliest settlements of the inland part of Pennsylvania, | from | the days of the founders. | In- tended to preserve the recollections of olden time, and to exhibit society in its| changes of manners and customs, and the city and country in | their local changes and improvements. | Embel- lished with engravings, by T. H Mum- ford. | By John F. Watson, | member of the historical societies of Pennsylvania, New York, and Massachusetts. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | [Six lines quo- tation. ] | This edition purchased and for sale by | Carey and Hart—Philadelphia. | 1845. 2 vols.: title verso copyright and printers 1 1. prospectus and testimonials pp. lii-iv, recom- mendations pp. iv-vil, advertisement pp. ix—xi, contents pp. xiii-xv. list of embellishments p. xvi, text pp. 1-604, index pp, 605-609; title verso copyright and printers 1 1.contents pp. v—vi, list of embellishments p. vii, text pp. 1-509, ap- pendix pp. 511-562, index pp. 563-567, 8°. _ Linguistics 2s under title next abeve, vol. 2, pp. 180-181. Copies seen: Congress. — Annals | of | Philadelphia and Penn- sylvania, | in the o]den time; | being a collection of | memoirs, anecdotes, and incidents | of the | city and its inhabi- tants, | and of the | earliest settlements of the inland part of Pennsylvania, | ALGONQUIAN Watson (J. F.) — Continued. from | the days of the founders. | In- tended to preserve the recollections of olden time, and to exhibit | society in its changes of manners and customs, and the city | and country in their local changes and improvements. | Embel- lished with engravings, by T. H. Mum- ford. | By John F. Watson, | member of the historical societies of Pennsylva- nia, New York, and Massachusetts. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | [Six lines quotation. ] | Edition of 1350. | Published for the author, and for sale by | A. Hart, J. M. Moore, J. Penington, U. Hunt, and H. Fanners. 2 vols. 8°. Linguistics as under titles above, vol. 2, pp. 181-182. Copies seen: Astor. — Annals | of | Philadelphia and Penn- sylvania, | in the olden time; | being a collection of | memoirs, anecdotes, and incidents | of the | City and its inhabi- tants, | and of the | earliest settlements of the inland part of Pennsylvania, | from | the days of the founders. | In- tended to preserve the recollections of olden time, and to exhibit | society in its changes of manners and customs, and the city | and country in their local changes and improvements. | Embel- lished with engravings, by T. H. Mum- ford. | By John F. Watson, | Member of the historical societies of Pennsylvania, New York, and Massachusetts. | In two volumes, | Vol. I[-II]. | [Six lines quo- tation. ] | Philadelphia: | published by Elijah Thomas, No. 5 §. Sixth street. | 1857. 2 vols.: frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 11. prospectus pp. iii-vii, advertisement pp. ix- xi, contents pp. xiii-xv, illustrations p. xvi, text pp. 1-604, index pp. 605-609; frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1.contents pp. v-vi, illustrations p. vii, text pp. 1-633, indexes pp. 635-642, 8°. Linguistics as under titles above, vol. 2, pp. 181-182. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum. Issued also with a supplementary volume: Philadelphia: J. M. Stoddard & co. 1879, 3 vols. 8°. (British Museum, Congress.) See Smith (J. J.) and Watson (J. F.) Waubuno (Chief ——). See Wampum (J. B.) LANGUAGES. 523 Wawasi lagidamwoganek [ Penobscot]. See Wzokhilain (P. P.) Wawenoc. See Abnaki. Wa-zah-wah-wa-doong, pseud. See Pit- ezel (J. H.) Wea. The | Wea primer, | Wev mvs nv kv ne, | to | Teach the Wea Language. | Cherokee nation: | Mission Press. John F. Wheeler, Printer. | 1837. Title verso blank 1 1. preface (with Indian heading) descriptive of system used p. 3, characters used p. 4, text pp. 5-48, sq. 16°. Spelling lessons, pp. 5-8.—Vocabulary, pp. 9- 43.—Reading lessons, pp. 48-47.—Hymnas, p. 48. The Wea is a dialect of the Miaini. Copies seen: American Board of Commission- ers, Pilling. Wea: Primer See Wea. Proper names Catlin (G.) Proper names Correspondence. Proper names Indian. Proper names Stanley (J. M.) Proper names Treaties. Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Wehkomaonganoo asquam [Massachu- setts]. See Bliot (J.) Weikamp (fev. John B.) Appendix of the mass and vespersin Latin; and prayers in the Ottawa-Indian language. By Rev. John B. Weikamp, Tert. O. S. F. In Baraga (F.) and Weikamp (J. B.), Katolik anamie masinaigan, pp. 223-346, New York and Cincinnati, 1874, 16°. The prayers in Ottawa occupy pp. 337-346. Weiser (Conrad). Table of the Namesof Numbers of several Indian Nations. In Gentleman’s Magazine, vol. 26, p. 386, Lon- don [1756], 8°. (Congress, Lenox.) Numerals 1-1000 of the old Five united Na- tions (the Mohawk in one column, the Oneiders, Onontagers, Cayiukers, and Sinickers in a sec- ond), the Delawares, Shawanose, and W anats. Western scenes and reminiscences. See Schoolcraft (H. R.) Wheeler (Rev. Charles H.) Etymolog- ical vocabulary of modern geographical names. In Webster (Noah), American dictionary of the English language, pp. 1625-1632, Springfield, Mass. 1867,4°. (Congress.) Explanatory index of prefixes, terminations, and formative syllables (including a few ‘‘In- dian’’), pp. 1625-1628.—A brief alphabetical list of geographical names, with their derivation and signification (derived largely from the In- dian languages, and partly from the Algon- quian), pp. 1629-1632. ‘The introductory remarks say: ‘‘Many of the translations of the Indian names here given have been furnished, and all of them examined, 524 Wheeler (C. H.) — Continued. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Wheeler (L. H.) — Continued. Poet toe °F by Henry R. Schoolcraft, LL. D., and the Hon. J. Hammond Trumbull, whose high reputation and well-known accuracy in whatever relates to the Indian languages, literature, and history, are a sufficient guaranty for the correctness of this portion of the Vocabulary. Information in regard to certain names of the same class has also been obtained from the Rev. Edward Bal- lard, Secretary of the Maine Historical Society.” In Dr. Trumbull’s essay on The composition of Indian geographical names (Hartford 1870), p. 50, he says: ‘‘ It may be proper to remark in this connection, that the writer’s responsibility for the correctness of translations given in that vocabulary does not extend beyond his own contributions to it.” The publishers of Webster’s dictionaries, Messrs. G. & C. Merriam & Co., inform me that this etymological vocabulary first appeared in the edition of 1864—Noah Porter’s first edition. I have not easy access to a copy of that edition, and so have contented myself with titling the nearest to it in date which the Library of Con- gress possesses. The etymological vocabulary appears unchanged in the 1888 issue of the Unabridged, but has been excluded from the new (1890) International. [Wheeler (Rev. Leonard Hemenway). ] Orthography of the Ojibway language. [New York? 1862?] No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-3, 8°. Alphabet, vowel sounds, consonants, dip- thongs, sounds peculiar, pp. 1-2. — Examples (13) in this orthography (Ojibway and equiva- lent English), p. 2.—The Lord’s prayer (Mat- thew vi, 9-13, in Ojibway), p. 2.—Hymn, “ Come Holy Spirit, Heavenly Dove”’ (five stanzas in Ojibway), pp. 2-3.—Questions and answers (five of each, Ojibway and equivalent English), p. 3. Miss Harriet Wheeler, Beloit, Wis., daughter of the author, says: ‘‘The pamphlet entitled ‘Orthography of the Ojibway language’ was published in 1862, and was the orthography used in publishing the hymn book [see Jones (P.) and others, pp. 269-270],a copy of which you have.”’ In another letter the same writer says: ‘‘ After studying the language afew years my father published an Orthography of hisown, which he considered more simple and better adapted to the language than the French meth- od. It was used in his mission school at Oda- wah, and is still used extensively by the mis. sionaries among the Ojibways.”’ Copies seen: Pilling. [——] Confession of Faith & Covenant of the Churches connected with Ojibwa Mission. Translation into Ojibwa. [ 1842-1866. ] Manuscript, 12 unnumbered Il. about 6 by 8 inches in size, sent to me in October, 1890, for inspection, by Miss Harriet Wheeler, of Beloit, Wis., a daughter of the author, who said it had been promised by her mother to the State His- torical Society. The writing stops near the middle of the recto of the 10th leaf. The first 5 ll. are in Ojibwa, the remainder being the equivalent English. The above heading ap- pears at the top of the first page, and the head- ing ‘‘Covenant’’ at the top of the fourth page. The first portion of the work, occupying the first three leaves, consists of eleven numbered articles or paragraphs, and is evidently the ‘confession of faith.’’ The ‘‘covenant”’ occu- pies ll.4 and 5. The English portion commences on the sixth leaf with the heading ‘‘ Confession of Faith of The Mission Church at La Peinte,”’ the eleven articles in English extending to the recto of the eighth leaf, near the bottom of which is the heading ‘t Covenant’’ and the commence- ment of the English equivalent of that portion of the work. — [Essay towards a grammar of the Ojibway language. 1842-1866. ] Manuscript in three parts, in the possession of the compiler of this bibliography, consisting of 12 pp. letter paper, 17 pp. letter paper, and 17 pp. foolscap. The work consists almost en- tirely of verbal forms. @oncerning this work Mr. E. P. Wheeler, of Beloit, Wis., a son of the author, writes me as follows: “It was my father’s plan, had he lived, to carry out his system of orthography in a series of text books for use in the schools where both the English and Ojibwa Indian languages were taught. He hoped also to have completed a grammar which hestarted, some manuscripts of which may still be in existence.” Miss Harriet Wheeler, a daughter, in sending me the manuscripts above described, says: *‘ My father prepared a grammar and acatechism, but owing to ill health was not able to finish them.” [ Words, phrases, and sentences in the Ojibwa language. 1842-1866. ] Manuscript, apparently a fragment, 10 un- numbered ll. 6 by 9 inches in size; no title or general heading; in possession of the compiler of this bibliography. Ojibway and equivalent English facing. A few headings appear—‘‘ Days of the week,”’ ‘‘Different kind cf houses,” ‘‘Things used in making a house,” ‘Persons and things in a school house.” Words from the Peep of Day. [1842- 1866. ] Manuscript, 20 unnumbered Il. 63 by 8 inches in size, with heading as above, in possession of the compiler of this bibliography. Parallel col- umns of Ojibway and equivalent English. Sub- jects are indicated here and there, such as ‘‘ Father’s care,’’ ‘‘Good angels,” ‘‘ The tempta- tion,’’ ‘‘ Twelve disciples,” ‘‘ The first miracle,”’ “Daughter of Jairus,’’ ‘‘ The loaves and fishes,”’ “Bad angels,” ‘‘The creation,” ‘‘Adam and Eve, ‘‘The first sin,” ‘‘The Son of God,” ‘‘Mother of Jesus,” ‘‘The Shepherds,” ‘‘The wise men.” 525 Whipple (A. W.) and others — Cont’d. | lieut. A. W. Whipple, Thomas Ew- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Wheeler (L. H.) — Continued. —— See Jones (P.) and others. Leonard Hemenway Wheeler was born in Shrewsbury, Mass., April 18, 1811. He gradu- - ated from Middlebury College in 1837, and from Andover Seminary in 1840. The falland winter were spent attending medical lectures in Pitts- field and practicing medicine in Lowell. On the 26th of April, 1841, he married Miss Harriet Wood of Lowell, and started for their mission- ary field, arriving at La Point Island, Aug. 1, 1841. They began work at once, relieving Mr. Hall, the founder of the mission, who devoted the greater part of his time to translating the Bible and Peep of Day into Ojibwa. The Indians spent their time in hunting and fishing, and, as Mr. Wheeler mingled among them and studied their customs, he became thoroughly convinced that no permanent good could be done tie Indians until these roam- ing habits were broken up. He accompanied them to their sugar camps at Odawah, and, ob- serving the richness of the soil, conceived the idea of locating the Indians upon these lands, giving patents to them and obliging them to work them. By the co-operation of the Amer- ican Board with the Government, he secured the land for the Indians, and went to Odawah in May, 1845. Histime and strength were taxed to the uttermost in building a house for his fam- ily, achurch and school-house, preaching, teach- ing, tending the sick, and instructing the In- dians in the first principles of farming. In 1856 he opened a manual labor boarding-school for the venefit of the children on the reserve. Their education was thoroughly practical and was intended to make self-reliant, self-support- ing men and women of them. The school was a success and was a power for good to all the Indians upon thereserve. In 1862 Mr. Wheeler published a new orthography, which was in- troduced into the mission school. By its use | the English teacher was able to read the Ojibwa with one hour’s study. In 1859 he published a hymn-book (see p. 270 of this bibliography), and during the next two years commenced a grammar and catechism, but owing toill health it was not completed. For thirteen years Mr. Wheeler’s constitution had been giving away to the inroads of consumption, brought on by exposure and overwork. In the fall of 1866, by the advice of his physician, he resigned his work and moved to Beloit, Wis., where he died Feb. 25, 1872. Whipple (Amiel Weeks), Ewbank (T.), and Turner (W. W.). Explorations aud surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi river to the Pacific ocean. | War department. | Route near the thirty-fifth parallel, under the com- mand of lieut. A. W. Whipple, | topo- graphical engineers, in 1853 and 1854. | Report | upon | the Indian tribes, | by White (Rev. Andrew). bank, esq., and prof. Wm. W. Turner. | Washington, D. C., | 1855. Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1 1. illustrations verso blank 11. text pp. 7-127, seven plates, 4°. Included in ‘‘ Reports of ex- plorations and surveys for a railroad from the Mississippi river to the Pacific ocean,”’ vol. 3, of which it forms the third part; it was also issued separately. Chapter V, Vocabularies of North American Languages (collected by A. W. Whipple; clas- sified, with accompanying remarks, by Wm. W. Turner), pp. 54-103, contains, under the heading Algonkin, parallel vocabularies of the English, Delaware and Shawnee, about 250 words each (pp. 56-60), followed by remarks on the same (pp. 60-61). Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Pilling. At the sale of Prof. W. W. Turner’s library in New York, May, 1860 (nos. 294-296), eight copies of the separate edition were sold. Mr. T. W. Field’s copy (no. 2523) sold in 1875 for $1.75. Amiel Weeks Whipple, soldier, born in Green- wich, Mass., in 1818; died in Washington, D. C., 7 May, 1863. He studied at Amherst; was graduated at the U.S. military academy in 1841; was engaged immediately afterward in the hydrographic survey of Patapsco River, and in 1842 in surveying the approaches to New Orleans and the harbor of Portsmouth, N. H. In 1844 he was detailed as assistant astronomer upon the northeastern boundary survey, and in 1845 he was employed in determining the north- ern boundaries of New York, Vermont, and New Hampshire. In 1849 he was appointed assistant astronomer in the Mexican boundary commission, and in 1853 he had charge of the Pacific railroad survey along the 35th parallel. In 1856 he was-appointed engineer for the southern light-house district and superintend- ent of the improvement of St. Clair flats in St. Mary’sriver. At the opening of the civil war he at once applied for service in the field, and was assigned as chief topographical engineer ov the staff of Gen. Irvin McDowell.—A pple- ton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. Grammar, dic- tionary, and catechism in the language of the Maryland Indians. (*) ‘‘Father White labored among the Piscata- ways, and these works were probably in their language. When Rev. Father William Mc- Sherry found White’s Relatio Itineris in the archives of the Professed House of the Jesuits at Rome about 1832, an Indian catechism accom- panied that document. A copy of it was prom- ised me, but in the troubles in Italy the valu- able papers were boxed up and stored for safety.” —ZJ. G. Shea. See Interpretation. Andrew White, clergyman, born in London, England, about 1579; died there 27 Dec., 1656- 526 ‘White (A.) — Continued. He was educated at Douay college, France, where he was ordained priest in 1605. After his return to England in 1606 he was arrested, with sixteen other priests, and sentenced to perpetual banishment. He entered the Society of Jesus on 2 Feb., 1609, and returned to Eng- . land at the risk of his life, and was engaged in missionary duties there until 1619. In 1633 he was chosen by the Jesuit general, Mutius Vitel- leschi, to accompany Lord Baltimore to this country, with some other Jesuits. After land- ing he devoted himself to the conversion of the Piscataway and Patuxent Indians. Father White learned the language of the Indians, and compiled a grammar, vocabuiary, and cate- chism. They were all supposed to be lost un- til Father William McSherry discovered the catechism in the Jesuit archives at Rome.—Ap- pleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. White (John). [Names of birds and fishes in the Indian language of Virginia. ] In American Ant. Soc. Proc. April 25, 1860 [no. 32], pp. 45-46, Boston, 1860, 8°. (Hames.) A list of twenty names of birds, and seven- teen names of fishes, mostly with English de- scriptions. .The names are taken from the scrap-book of 112 original drawings, in water- color, of this artist, preserved in the British Museum (Sloane and additional Manuscripts, 5270). This book came to the Museum with the collection of Sir Hans Sloane; and the vo)- ume has this entry, which is believed to be in his handwriting: ‘‘ The original drawings of the habits, towns, customs, of the West In- dians, and of the plants, birds, fishes, &c., found in Groenland, Virginia, Guiana, &¢c.; by Mr. John White, who was a painter, and accom- panied Sir Walter Ralegh in his voyage. See the preface to the first part of ‘America’ of Theodore de Bry, or the ‘Description of Vir- ginia,’ where some of these draughts are curi- ously wrought by that graver.”’ Another collection of drawings by White, perhaps similar to the above, was sold by Henry Stevens to the British Museum in 1866, for 2351. It is described in the printed cata- logue of the library as follows: ‘‘ The pictures of sondry things collected and counterfeited according to the truth in the voyage made by St Walter Raleigh knight, for the discovery of La Virginea .. . intheyeare . . . 1585. {The 76 original drawings in water colours made by John White, who was sent by Queen Elizabeth as draughtsman in Raleigh’s second expedition to Virginia in 1585, some of which were engraved by Theodor de Bry in 1590 to illustrate his edition of Hariot’s ‘Report of Virginia’ in Pt.1 of his America.] [1585] fol. G. 6837*.” ‘Whiteday (Lot). See Gatschet (A.8.) [Whiting (Henry).] Ontwa, | the | son of the forest. | A poem. | [Two lines quotation. ] | ie BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE. Whiting (H.) — Continued. New York: | Wiley and Halstead, | Office of the Literary and Scientific Repository. | MDCCCXXII [1822]. Title verso copyright 11. advertisement pp. iii-v, errata p. vi, text pp. 7-136, 12°. Linguistics as under title next below. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum. [——] Ontwa, the Son of the Forest. A poem. [Two lines quotation. ] In the Columbian Lyre, or Specimens of Transatlantic poetry, pp. i-iv, 5-90, Glasgow, 1828, 16°. (Congress.) “‘THustraticns”’ (pp. 65-90), contains one line of a Miami song, p. 82. : Whitney (Josiah Dwight). See Foster (J. W.) and Whitney (J. D.) Wilkins (David). See Chamberlayne (J.) and Wilkins (D.) Wilkins (John). An essay | Towards a | real character, | And a | philosophical | language. | By John Wilkins D.D. Dean of Ripon, | And Fellow of the royal society. | [Engraved coat of arms. | | London, | Printed for Sa: Gellibrand, and for | John Martyn Printer to the royal | society, 1668. Resolution to print (dated 13th of April, 1668) recto blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. epistle dedicatory 3 ll. to the reader 2 ll. contents 2 ll. errata verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-454, 1 blank ]. title (An alphabetical dictionary etc.) verso blank 1 1. advertisement 3 11. text 75 unnum- bered ll. two folded plates and three folded tables, folio. aise The Lord’s prayer in fifty languages (inter- linear), of which no. 49 is in the language of New England (Massachusetts, from Eliot’s bible), pp. 435-439. Oopies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Con- gress, Eames, Watkinson. Williams (Roger). A Key into the | lan-- guage | of | America: | or, | An help to the - Language of the Natives | in that part of America, called | New-England. | Together, with briefe Observations of the Cu- | stomes, Manners and Wor- ships &c of the | aforesaid Natives, in Peace and Warre, | in Life and Death. | On all which are added Spirituali Ob- servations, | Generall and Particular by the Authour, of | chiefe and speciall use (upon all occasions, ) to | all the English Inhabiting those parts; | yet pleasant and profitable to | the view of all men: | by Roger Williams | of Providence in New-England. | FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF ROGER WILLIAMS’S KEY. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Williams (R.)— Continued. London, | Printed by Gregory Dex- ter, 1643. Title verso blank 11. To my Deare and Wel- ‘beloved Friends and Coun[t]rey-men, in old and new England 6). Directions for the use of the language 11. text pp. 1-197, table etc. 3 unnum- bered pp. 24°. See the fac-simile of the title- page. The pagination of this work is faulty in sev- eral instances, and the collation above does not give the true number of pages, which is 224. The first 16 pages are-unnumbered. Up top. 76 itis correctly paged; 77 is numbered 67, 80 is called 86, and 94 and 95 precede 92 and 93 in numbering though correct in reading. None of these errors, however, affect the number. There is no 96 or 97. After 114 comes 105, and this error of 10 pages in the numbering runs throughout. Allowing for pp. 96 and 97, it leaves a plus of 8 pages, making the number in the book 16 (preliminary), 205, 3= 224. Chap. I. Of Salutation, pp. 1-10.—Chap. II. Of Eating and Entertainment, pp. 10-17.—Chap. Ili. Concerning Sleepe and Lodging, pp. 17- 21.—Chap. III. Of their Names [and numer- als], pp. 22-27.—Chap. V. Of their relations of consanguinitie and affinitie, or, Blood and Mar- riage, pp. 27-31.—Chap. VI. Of the Family and businesse of the House, pp. 31-48.—Chap. VII. Of their Persons and parts of body, pp. 48-53.— Chap. [VJII1. Of Discourse and Newes, pp. 54— 62,—Chap. IX. Of the time of the day, pp. 62- - 64—Chap. X. Of the season of the Yeere, pp. 65-68.—Chap. XI. Of Travell, pp. 68-78.—Chap. XII. Concerning the Heavens and Heavenly Lights, pp. 79-81.—Chap. XIII. Of the Weather, pp. 82-85.—Chap. XIV. Of the Winds, pp. 85-88.—Chap. XV. Of Fowle, pp. 88-92 [94]._Chap. XVI. Of the Earth, and the Fruits thereof, &c., pp. 92 [94]-104 [102].—Chap. XVII. Of Beasts, &c., pp. 104 [102]-108 [106].—Chap. XVIII. Of the Sea, pp.108 [106]-113 [111}.— Chap. XIX. Of Fish and Fishing, pp. 113 [111]- 109 {117].—Chap. XX. Of their nakednesse and clothing, pp. 110 [118]-114 [122.]—Chap. XXI. Of Religion, the soule, &c., pp. 114 [122]- 132 [140].—Chap. XXII. Of their Government and Justice, pp. 132 [140]-137 [145].—Chap. XXI [XXIII]. Of Marriage, pp. 138 [146]-143 [151].— Chap. XX VI[XXIV]. Concerning theirCoyne, pp. 144 [152]-150 [158]._Chap. X XV. Of buying and selling, pp. 151 [159]-159[167].-Chap. XX VI. Of Debtsand Trusting, pp. 159 [167 ]-162 [170].— Chap. XXVII. Of their Hunting, &c., pp. 163 {171]-169 [177].—Chap. XXVIII. Of their Gam- ing, &c., pp. 169 [177]-174 [182].—Chap. X XIX. _ Of their Warre, &c., pp. 174 [182]-183 [191].— Chap. XXX. Of their paintings, pp. 183 [191]- 185 [193].—Chap: XXXI. Of Sicknesse. pp. 185 [193]-192 [200).—Chap. XXXII. Of Death and | Buriall, &c., pp. 192 [200]-197 [205]. Each chapter contains short vocabularies and dialogues in Indian and English, followed by observations, and ending with a poem. | Williams (R.)— Continued. The last page has this indorsement : “‘Thave read over these thirty Chapters of the American Language, to me wholly un- knowne, and the Observations, these I conceive inoffensive; and that the Worke may conduce to the happy end intended bythe Author. Io. Langley. i ‘*Printed according to this Licence; and en- tred into Stationers Hall.” This is the earliest printed book of Roger Williams. In the preface he says: ‘‘I drew the Materialls in a rude lumpe at Sea, as a private helpe to my owne memory, that I might not by my present absence lightly lose what I had so dearely bought in some few yeares hardship, and charges among the Barbarians; yet being reminded by some, what pitie it were to bury those Materialls in my Grave at land or Sea; and withall, remembring how oft I have been importun’d by worthy friends, of all sorts, to afford them some helps this way,” etc. Oopies seen: Boston Public, Brown, Congress, Harvard, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society, Trumbull. At the Field sale, no. 2560, a levant morocco copy brought $79; at the Brinley sale, no. 5679, a handsomely bound copy, $55; at the Murphy sale, $77. Priced by Quaritch, 1887, 451. Reprinted as follows: — A key into the language of America, or an help to the language of the na- tives in that part of America called New-England; together with briefe observations of the customes, manners, and worships, &c. of the aforesaid na- tives, in peace and warre, in life and death. Onall which are added, spirit- uall observations generall and particu- lar, by the authour, of chiefe andspecial use (upon all occasions) to all the En- glish inhabiting those parts; yet pleas- ant and profitable to the view of all men. By Roger Williams, of Provi- dence, in New England. London. Printed by Gregory Dexter. 1643. In Rhode Island Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 1, title leaf and pp. 17-163, Providence, 1827, 8°. This reprint issued separately as follows: — A key | into the | language of Amer- ica; | or an | help to the language of the natives in| that part of America called | New-England; | together with briefe observations of the customes, | manners, and worships, &c. of the aforesaid | natives, | in peace and warre, in life and death. | On all which are added, | spirituall observations gen- erall and particular, by | the authour, of chiefe and speciall use (upon | all 528 Williams (R.) — Continued. occasions) to all the English inhabit- | BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Williams (R.) — Continued. —— A key into the language of America, ing those parts; yet pleasant and | profitable to the view of | all men. | By Roger Williams, | of Providence, in New England. | London. | Printed by Gregory Dex- ter. | 1643. [Providence. 1827. ] Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 17-163, ‘‘the table’ verso approval 1 1. 8°. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- seum, Trumbull. A Key into the Language of Amer- ica: Oran Help to the Language of the Natives, in that part of America, called New England. Together with brief Observations of the Customs, Manners, and Worships, &c. of the aforesaid Natives, in Peace and War, in Life and Death. By Roger Williams of Provi- dence in New England. In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. first series, vol. 3, pp. 203-239, Boston, 1794, 8°. The vol- ume was reprinted at Boston in 1819. The above partial reprint of Roger Williams’ Key does not include the Narraganset vocabu- laries. It contains, however, many native terms scattered throughout, and on p. 210 are the nu- ’ merals 1-6 masculine, and 1-5 feminine. Sub- sequently, at the request of Dr. B. S. Barton, the vocabularies were reprinted as follows: Vocabulary of the Narroganset Lan- guage. In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. first series, vol. 5, pp. 80-106, Boston, 1816, 8°. The vocabularies of each chapter, which were omitted in the preceding reprint, are here given in full. The volume was originally printed in 1798; this I have not seen; but besides the above reprint of 1816 there is also one of 1835. (Con. gress.) A key into the language of America, edited by J. Hammond Trambull. In Narragansett Club Publications, first se- ries, vol. 1, pp. 1-219,3 pp. (table and licence), Providence, 1866, sm. 4°. This reprint (with half-title as above verso blank) is accompanied by a preface, pp. 3-16, and copious notes by Dr. Trumbull. Inhispref- ace he says: ‘‘It has been the desire of the Narragansett Club and the constant aim of the editor, to ensure the literal accuracy of the reprint,—even to the reproduction of the typo- graphical errors—of the original.’’ The pagina- tion of the original work is shown by brackets. Copies seen; Boston Athenzum, Congress, Trumbull, Eames. The Field copy, no. 2562, sold for $9; the Brinley copy, no. 5681, $5; the Murphy copy, no. 2737,$10. Priced by Triibner, 1882, p. 3, 1 J. lls. 6d. Williamson (William Durkee), _ history | of the | state of Maine; | or an help to the language of the na- tives of New England, London, by Roger Williams: 1643. In Baird (S. F.), U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, part 1, pp. 164-165, Washington, 1873, 8°. Indian names of various fishes (reprinted from the Rhode Island Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 1). See Wood (W.) Roger Williams, founder of Rhode Island, born in Wales in 1599; died in Rhode Island early in 1683. He embarked at Bristol 1 Dec., 1630, in the ship ‘‘ Lion,” and on 5 Feb., 1631, arrived at Boston. Soon after his arrival in Massachusetts he was invited to the church at Salem as assistant to the pastor, Mr. Skelton. Mr. Williams was settled 12 April, 1631, as as- sistant or teacher in the Salem church. At Plymouth he was settled in August, 1631, as assistant to the pastor, Ralph Smith. Here he made his first acquaintance with the chiefs of the Wampanoags and Narragansetts, and being an excellent linguist soon learned to talk in the language of those Indians. In 1634 he was settled as pastor of the church in Salem. In 1638 he assisted John Clarke and William Coddington in negotiating the purchase of Aquidneck, or Rhode Island, for which the Indians were liberally paid. In 1643 he went to England and obtained the charter for the Rhode Island and Providence settlements, dated 14 March, 1644. Mr. Wil- liams landed in Boston 17 Sept., 1644. Through his exertions a treaty was made with the Nar- ragansetts 4 Aug., 1645, which saved New Eng- land from the horrors of an Indian war. Mr. Williams sailed in November, 1651, for England, in company with John Clarke. He returned to Providence in 1654 and took part in the reorganization of the colonial gov- ernment in that year. He was chosen, 12 Sept., 1654, president of the colony and held that of- fice until May, 1658. . In King Philip’s war Mr. Williams accepted a commission as captain of militia, and was ac- _ tive in drilling the train-bands, though his ad- vanced age prevented him from taking the field.—A ppleton’s Cyclop. of Am. Biog. The | from | its first discovery, A. D. 1602, | to | the separation, A. D. 1820, inclu- sive. | By William D. Williamson. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | Hallowell: | Glazier, Masters & co. | 1832. 2 vols.: title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. lii-iv, list of authors, pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-xii, text pp. 9-650, appendix pp. 651-660; title verso copyright 1 1. contents pp. iii-viii, text pp. 9-705, appendix pp. 707-714, 8°. ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Williamson (W. D.) — Continued. Chapter xvii, The Aborigines, etc. (vol. 1, pp. 453-462), contains an account of the Mohegans and Algonquins; Indian language and inter- course; thirty tribes in New England; their names; four dialects in New-England: Ist, the Mohegan; 2d, the Aberginian; 3d, Abenequis and Etechemin; and 4th, Mickmak.—Chapter xvill, Natives of Maine, etc. (pp. 463-483), _ relates to the Abenaques and Etechemins; the Sokokis, Annasagunticooks, Canibas and Wawenocks; the Tarratines; the Openangos or ’Quoddy tribe; the Marechites; and the Mickmaks.—Chapter xix, The persons of the natives, etc. (pp. 484-514), contains an account of the language, including a few specimens in Tarratine on pp. 511-513; short comparative vocabulary in Mohegan, Openango, Tarratine, Algonquin, Delaware, Mickmak, and Virgin- ian, pp. 512-513; numerals 1-1000 in English, Tarratine, Mohegan, and Virginian, p. 512; and the Lord’s prayer in the Tarratine dialect, with English translation, word for word, p. 513. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Shea. Mr. Eames has also another copy of this work, in cloth boards, uncut edges, with paper labels on the backs, printed apparently about 1860, but, like the titles, dated 1832. The contents of the two volnmes agree exactly with the above as far as page 660 of volume 1, and as faras page Tllof volume 2. Thevariations are as follows: In volume 1 another appendix is added (no. 4, Sketches of the principal characters in Maine, etc.), filling pp. 661-696. In volume 2 the ap- pendix no. 5 (List of Counties and Towns within the State, etc., pp. 712-714 of the above, ending on page 714 with a note of seven lines), is omitted, and in its place is inserted a new appendix no. 5 (Index . alistof counties and corporate towns inclusive), filling pp. 712- 729. This is a general index to both volumes. Excepting the titles,and the absence of the portrait and plate, the sheets of this copy are the same as in the edition of 1839 described below, of which it seems tobe merely a reissue. In neither do the lists of contents include the additions. For a reprint of the Tarratine material see Drake (S. G.) The | history | of the | state of Maine; | from | its first discovery, A. D. 1602, | to | theseparation, A. D. 1820, - inclusive. | With an Appendix and Gen- eral Index. | By William D. William- son, | Corresponding Member of the Mass. Historical Society ; | and Member of Hist. Soc. in Maine. | A new impres- sion. | In twovolumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | Hallowell: | Glazier, Masters & Smith. | 1839. 2 vols.: portrait of the author 1 |. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, list of authors pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-xii, text pp. 9-650, ap- ALG——34 Wilson (Daniel). 529 Williamson (W. D.)— Continued. pendix pp. 651-696 ; view of the state house 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. iii—viii, text pp. 9-705, appendix pp. 707-711, index pp. 712- 729, 8°. Linguistics as under title next above. Copies seen: Eames. Willis (William). The language of the Abnaquies, or Eastern Indians. By Wm. Willis. In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 4, pp. 93-117, Portland, 1856, 8°. Vocabulary of the Abenaquis (175 words from Rasles’ dictionary), pp. 100-102.—Catalogue of names applied to portions of the state of Maine, with definitions, pp. 103-111. This article includes; Chute (J. A.), Vocabu- lary of the Delawares of Missouri, pp. 115-117. For exiracts see Thoreau (H. D.) For a supplementary article see Potter (C. E.) — The Indians of Hudson’s Bay, and their language; selected from Umfre- ville’s ‘‘Present state of Hudson’s Bay,” by Wm. Willis. In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll. vol. 6, pp. 265-272, Portland, 1859, 8°. Names of months in the language of the Hudson’s Bay Indians, p. 268; in Abnaki (from Vetromile), p. 269; in Nehethawa, p. 270.— Vocabulary (25 words) of the Nehethawa, Assinee Poetuc, Fall Indians, and Blackfoot, p. 271. William Willis, lawyer, born in Haverhill, Mass., 31 Aug., 1794; died in Portland, Me., 17 Feb., 1870. He was graduated at Harvard in 1813, and admitted to the bar in January, 1817. In 1855 he was elected to the Maine senate and in 1859 he became mayor of Portland. He was chosen a Republican presidential elector in 1860, and the degree of LL.D. was conferred on him by Bowdoin in 1867. He was a member of nearly all the State historical societies, in- cluding that of Massachusetts, of which, in 1867, he was elected vice-president, and in 1855-’59 he was one of the vice-presidents of the New England historic-genealogical society. He became in 1828 a member of the Maine histori- cal society, of which he was _ successively recording secretary, treasurer, and then presi- dent in 1856-’65.—Appleton’s Oyclop. of Am. Biog. Prehistoric man | Re- searches into the origin of civilisation | in the old and the new world | By | Daniel Wilson, LL. D. | professor of history and English literature in Uni- versity college, Toronto; | author of the ‘‘Archzology and prehistoric annals of Scotland,” ete. | In two volumes. | Volume [I [-II]. | Cambridge: | Macmillan and co., | and 23, Henrietta street, Covent gar- 530 ‘Wilson (D.) — Continued. den,’| London. | 1862. ] (The right of Translation is reserved.) 2 vols.: half-title verso design 1 1. colored frontispiece 11. title verso printer11. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii-xvi, contents pp. XVii-xviii, text pp. 1-488, plan; half-title verso design 1 1. colored frontispiece 1 1. title verso printer 1 1. contents pp. v—vi, text pp. 1-475, ap- pendix pp. 478-483, index pp. 485-499, verso advertisement, 8°. Word for ‘‘mother,” in several American In- dian languages, including the Arapahoe, vol. 1, p. 71.—Names for ‘‘horse’’ in Cherokee, Chippewa, Delaware, and Dakota, vol. 1, p. 72.— Examples of onomatopeia in the Chippewa, Ottawa, and Mississagua dialects of the Algon- quin (including a vocabulary of 23 words), vol. 1, pp. 73-74.—A few Chippewa terms relating to tobacco and smoking, vol. 2, pp. 15-16, 29-30.— A few specimens of compound words in Algon- quin, vol. 2, pp. 136-137, and many Indian terms, passim. Oopies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames, Watkinson. — Prehistoric man | Researches into the origin of civilisation | in the old and the new world | By | Daniel Wil- son, LL.D. | professor [&c. two lines. ] | Second edition. | London: | Macmillan and co. | 1865. | (The right of Translation is reserved.) Half-title verso design 11. colored frontispiece 11. title verso printer 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. contents pp. vii-xiii, colored plate 1 1. illus- trations pp. xv-xvi, preface (dated 29th April 1865) pp. xvii-xviii, preface to the first edition pp. xix-xxvi, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-622, index pp. 623-635, 8°. Linguistics as under previous title, pp. 59; 60, 61, 62, 63-64, 318-319, 379. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames. Prehistoric man {| Researches into the Origin of Civilisation | in the Old and the New World. | By | Daniel Wil- son, LL. D., F.R.S. E. | professor [&c. two lines.] | Third edition, revised and enlarged, | with illustrations. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-IT]. | London: | Macmillan and Co. | 1876. | (The right of Translation is reserved.) 2 vols.: half-title verso design 1 1. colored frontispiece 1 1. title verso printers 1 1. dedica- tion verso blank 11. preface (dated 18th Novem- ber 1875) pp. vii—viii, contents pp. ix—xiii, illus. trations pp. xiv-xv, text pp. 1-399; half-title verso design 1 1. colored frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-ix, illustrations pp. X-xi, text pp. 1-386, index pp. 387-401, works by the same author etc. 11. 8°. Chippewa terms, vol. 1, pp. 200, 213, 392; vol. ‘2, pp. 363-364.—Algonquin terms, vol. 2, pp. 64- 65, 355, 366-367.—Names for ‘‘horse”’ in Dela- = Wilson (Rev. Edward Francis). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Wilson (D.) — Continued. ware and Chippewa, vol. 2, p.363.—Cree and Shyenne names for the dog, hog, and eat, vol. 2, p. 363.—Odawah and Chippewa terms, vol. 2, 2, p. 367.—Examples of onomatopeia in the Chippewa, Odawah, and Mississaga dialects of the Algonquin (including a vocabulary of about 26 words),vol. 2, pp. 368-369. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Har- vard. The | Ojebway language : | a manual | for mis- sionaries and others employed among | the Ojeb way Indians. | In three parts: | Part I. The grammar. | Part II. Dia- logue and exercises. | Part III. The dic- | tionary.| By the rev. Edward F. Wilson. | Toronto: | printed by Rowsell and Hutchison, | for the venerable society for promoting christian knowledge, | London. | 1874. Title verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. iii-v, text pp. 7-412, sq. 16°. Grammar, pp. 7-121.— Dialogue and exer- cises, pp. 123-148.—English-Ojebway dictionary, double columns, alphabetically arranged, pp. 149-412. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Wiscon- sin Historical Society. [——] Shingwauk | hymn book | [De- sign. | | Printed | by Indian boys at the | Shingwauk Home | Sault Ste. Marie [Canada]. | 1877 | Price 5 cents Cover title verso index, no inside title, text in the Chippewa language 24 unnumbered ll. index continued recto of back cover, 32°. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. —— Missionary work | among | the Ojeb- way Indians. | By the | rev. Edward F. Wilson. | Published under the direction of the tract committee. | London: | Society for promoting christian knowledge, | Northumberland avenue, Charing cross, W. C.; | 43, Queen Victoria street, E.C.; | 26, St. George’s place, Hyde park corner, S. W. | Brighton: 135, North street. | New York: E. & J.B. Young & co. | 1886. Frontispiece, title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-vi, preface pp. vii-ix, text pp. 11-255, 16°. Portions of the Lord’s prayer in Ojebway, pp. 59, 100.—Bible verse in Ojebway, p. 252.— Ojebway words and expressions, and proper names with meanings, scattered through the text; see pp. 11, 30, 33, 34, 51, 54, 65, 80, 99,247, 249. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. —— Report on the Blackfoot tribes. Drawn up by the Rev. Edward F. Wil- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Wilson (E. F.) — Continued. son, and supplementary to that fur- nished in 1885 by Mr. Horatio Hale. In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Report of the 57th meeting, held at Manchester in August and September, 1887, pp. 183-197, London, 1888, 8vo. Ten words in Ojibway, Cree, and Blackfoot which bear some resemblance to one another, p.194.—Eleven points of resemblance in the grammatical construction of those three lan- guages, with examples, pp. 194-195.—Vocabu- lary of 190 Blackfoot words, pp. 196-197. —— The Ojibway Indians. In Our Forest Children, vol. 1 (no. 12), pp. 1-3, Shingwauk Home [Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario], February, 1888, 4°. Remarks on the grammar, pp. 2-3.—Vocabu- lary (about 90 words, English and Ojibway), p. 3. —— Something about Indian Languages. In Our Forest Children, vol. 2 (no. 9), pp. 31- 32, Shingwauk Home [Sault Ste. Marie, On- tario], November, 1888, 4°. Names of colors, etc. in Sioux and Ojibway, and a word or two in Cree, Blackfoot, and Mic- mac. The Blackfeet Indians. In Our Forest Children, vol.2 (extra no. 10), pp.1-4, Shingwauk Home [Sault Ste. Marie Ontario], Christmas, 1888, 4°. ; Grammatic remarks, p. 3.—Vocabulary, con- sisting of numerals, familiar words, and easy sentences, p. 4. Mr. Wilson informs me that this article was extracted from his Report on the Blackfoot tribes to the British Association, for title of which see above. — The Ottawa Indians. By Rev. E. F. Wilson. In Our Forest Children, vol. 3 (no. 3, new se- ' ries no. 1), pp. 1-6, Shingwauk Home [Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario), June, 1889, 4°. “A brief insight into the grammar of the Ot- tawa Indians and a short vocabulary of their words,’ about 112 words and sentences, English and Ottawa, pp. 4-5. [——] An Indian history. [Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. 1889. ] No title, heading as above, pp.1-15,8°. A circular distributed for gathering information, linguistic and ethnologic, regarding any partic- ular tribe of Indians. On the first page the author says he is ‘‘trying to collect material with a view to publishing a short popular his- tory of some one hundred or so of the best known Indian tribes, together with a little in- sight into the vocabulary and grammatical structure of each of their languages.’’ Page 2, pronunciation; pp. 3-7, words and sentences, three columns, the first English, the second ex- amples (Ojibway, Munsey, Ottawa, Abenaki, Cree, Blackfoot, Micmac, Delaware, Pottawata- mi, Cheyenne, Arapahoe), from various Indian languages, the third is left blank for filling in —— The Delaware Indians. —— The Cheyenne Indians. 531 Wilson (E. F.) — Continued. the particular language desired ; pp. 7-10, ques- tions concerning language, with examples (Ojibway); pp. 11-14, questions of history; p. 15, ‘‘A few particulars about the Indians.” Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. By Rev. E. F. Wilson. In Our Forest Children, vol. 3 (no. 7, new series no. 5), pp. 65-69, Shingwauk Home |Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario], October, 1889, 4°. A few remarks on the grammatical structure of the Delaware language, p. 68.—Vocabulary, Delaware-English (about 100 words and phrases), p. 68. By Rev. E. F. Wilson. In Our Forest Children, vol. 4 (no. 6, new se- lies, no. 16), pp. 243-247, Shingwauk Home (Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario), September, 1890, 4°. Vocabulary, English-Cheyenne (about 100 words and phrases), pp. 246-247. A comparative vocabulary. In the Canadian Indian, vol. 1 (no. 4), pp. 104- 107, Owen Sound, Ontario, January, 1891, 8°. A vocabulary of ten words in about 56 lan- guages, mostly North American, and including the Ojebway, Pottawatami, Cree, Blackfoot, Micmac, Kickapoo, Cheyenne, Delaware, Abe- naki, Ottawa, and Minominee. See Jacobs (P.) and others. —— editor. See Canadian Indian, in the Addenda. — See Our Forest Children. — See Pipe of peace. Rev. Edward Francis Wilson, son of the late Rev. Daniel Wilson, Islington, prebendary of St. Paul’s Cathedral,and grandson of Daniel Wilson, bishop of Caleutta, was born in London December 7, 1844, and at the age of 1. left school and emigrated to Canada for the purpose of leading an agricultural life; soon after his arrival he was led to take un interest in the Indians, and resolved to become a missionary. After two years of preparation, much of which time was spent among the Indians, he returned to England, and in December, 1867, was or- dained deacon. Shortly thereafter it was ar- ranged that he should return to Canada as a missionary to the Ojibway Indians, nnder the auspices of the Church Missionary Society, which he did in July, 1868. He has labored among the Indians ever since, building two homes—the Shingwauk Home, at Sault Ste. Marie, andthe Wawanosh Home, two miles from the former—and preparing linguistic works. [Wimer (James).] Events | in | Indian history, | beginning with an account of the | origin of the American Indians, | and early settlements in North America, | and embracing | concise biographies | of the principal chiefs and head- 532 ‘Wimer (J.) — Continued. sachems | of the different Indian tribes, | with | narratives and captivities, | including | the destruction of Schenec- tady, murder of Miss M’Crea, | de- struction of Wyoming, battle of the Thames and | Tippecanoe, Braddock’s defeat, General Wayne’s | victory at Miami, life of Logan, massacre | of the Indians at Lancaster, Pa.,&c. | Also | an appendix, | containing the statistics of the population of | the U. States, and an Indian vocabulary. | Illustrated with eight fine engravings. | Lancaster: | published by G. Hills & co. | Dryson, Pearsol and Wimer, printers. | 1841. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. con- tents pp. 3-8, preface pp. 9-12, text pp. 12-632,8°. Dictionary of |Knistenaux] Indian words and phrases (about 325, from Mackenzie), pp. 529-536. Copies seen: Congress. There i3 an edition with title and collation as above and imprint as follows: Philadelphia: | published by G. Hills & co. | March 4, 1842. (Astor, Congress.) And another with title as above except that after the word ‘‘engravings”’ it reads as fol- lows: (Copyright secured.) | Lancaster: | pub- lished by G. Hills & co. | Dyson, Pearsol and Wimer, printers. | 1843. Collation as above. (Congress. ) W [inslow ] (E[dward]). Good | nevves | from New-England: | or | A true Rela- tion of things very re- | markable at the Plantation of Plimoth | in Nevv-Eng- land. | Shewing the wondrous provi- deuce and good- | nes of God, in their preservation and continuance, | being delivered from many apparent | deaths and dangers. | Together with a Rela- tion of such religious and | civill Lawes and Customes, as are in practise amongst | the Indians, adjoyning to them at thisday. As also | what Com- modities are. there to be raysed for the | maintenance of that and other Plan- ta- | tions in the said Country. | Writ- ten by E. W. who hath borne a part in the | fore-named troubles, and there lined since | their first Arrivall. | London | Printed by I. D. for William Bladen and Iohn Bellamie, and | are to be sold at their Shops, at the Bible in Pauls-Church- | yard, and at the three Golden Lyons in Corn-hill, | neere the Royall Exchange. 1624. Winsor (Justin), editor. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Winsiow (E.) — Continued. Title verso blank 1 1. to all wel-willers (A, and A;) 2 ll.to the Reader 1 1. text pp. 1-66, postscript (paged 59) verso blank 1 }. 4°. Brief specimens of the language of the New England Indians, pp. 27, 28, 42. Oopies seen: British Museum, Brown, Lenox. It is probable there were two editions of this work issued in the same year, as the copyin the Carter Brown library, Providence, has two title- pages—one as above and one with minor varia- tions and with two lines added after the word ‘‘arrivall,” as follows: Wherevnto is added by him a bricfe Relation of a credible | intelligence of the present estate of Virginia. This copy has a leaf following the postscript, with the heading: ‘‘A briefe Relation of a credible intelligence of the present estate of Virginia,” which is notin the other copies seen by me. At the Murphy sale, no. 2750, a copy (contain- ing the additional leaf at the end, but with only the usual title as above) brought $40. The Barlow copy, no. 2694 (now in the Lenox Library), brought $350. Partly reprinted in Purchas (S.), Pilgrimes, vol]. 4, pp. 1853-1871, London, 1625, folio, the lin- guistics appearing on pp. 1860, 1861, 1864. Reprinted (from Purchas) in Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. first series,. vol. 8, pp. 239-276; and (completed from the original edition) sec- ond series, vol. 9, pp. 74-104, Boston, 1802, 1822, 8°. Linguistics, vol. 8, pp. 259-260, 269. Also in Young (A.), Chronicles of the Pilgrim Fathers, pp. 269-375, Boston, 1841, 8°; linguig- tics, pp. 316-319. Also, Boston, 1844, 8°. Edward Winslow, governor of Plymouth colony, born in Droitwich, near Worcester, England, 18 Oct., 1595; died at sea, 8 May, 1655, He sailed in the ‘‘ Mayflower” with the band of first settlers at Plymouth, and on 22 March, 1621, he was deputed to negotiate with Massa- soit, making a treaty that remained intact till it was broken by King Philip in 1675. In July, . 1621, Winslow conducted the first embassy to the Indians, which was also the first attempt of the Euglish to explore the interior.—Appleton’s Cyclop.of Am. Biog. _ | history of Boston, | including | Suf- folk county, Massachusetts. | 1630-1880. | Edited | By Justin Winsor, | librarian of Harvard university. | In four vol- umes. | Vol. I [-IV]. | The early and colonial periods [-The last hundred years. Part II. | Special topics]. | Issued under the business superintend- ence of the projector, | Clarence F. Jewett. | Boston: | James R. Osgood and com- pany. | 1880 [-1821]. 4 vols. maps, plates, and fac-similes, 4°. Trumbull (J. H.), The Indian tongue and its The | memorial — ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Winsor (J.) — Continued. literature as fashioned by Eliot and others, vol. 1, pp. 465-480. Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- seum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Massachu- setts Historical Society, Watkinson. Aboriginal | America [-The Later History | of | British, Spanish, and | Portuguese America] | [Design] | Nar- rative and critical | history of America | edited | By Justin Winsor | librarian of Harvard university | corresponding secretary Massachusetts historical soci- ety | Vol. I [-VIII] | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1889 [-1884—1889 ] 8 vols. maps and plates, 8°. Vols.3 and 4 are dated (in the copyright only) 1884; vol. 2 (in the copyright only) 1885; vol. 5 (on the title) 1887; vols. 6 and 7 (on the titles) 1888; and vol. 8 (on the title) 1889. Bibliographical notes on American linguis- tics, by the Editor, vol. 1, pp. 421-428, contains titles of some of the more important guides to the literature of the subject, including a num- ‘ber which relate especially to the Algonquian languages. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzsum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress. Some copies were printed on large paper in quarto. (Eames.) Winthrop (John). The| history | of | New England | from | 1630 to 1649. | By John Winthrop, esq. | first gover- nour of the colony of the Massachusetts bay. | From | his original manuscripts. | With notes | to illustrate | the civil and ecclesiastical concerns, the geogra- phy, settle- | ment and institutions of the country, and the lives | and man- ners of the principal planters. | By James Savage, | member of the Massa- chusetts historical society. | Vol. I {-IL]. | [Three lines quotation. ] | Boston: | printed by Phelps and Farn- ham, | No. 5, Court Street. | 1825 [-1826]. 2 vols.: portrait 1 1. title verso copyright notice 1 1. preface pp. iii-viii, title and dedica- tion of the edition of 1790 p. [ix], preface to the edition of 1790 pp. x-xi, notice and errata p. [xii], note on an inserted slip, text pp. 1-333, appendix pp. 335-424; title verso copyright notice 1 |. text pp. 3-338, addenda pp. 339-350, appendix pp. 351-397, errata p. [398], general index pp. 399-429, plate, 8°. Savage (J.), A list of the ancient Indian names of our modern towns, &c. vol. 2. pp. 392- 395. 533 Winthrop (J.) — Continued. Oopies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames, Massa- chusetts Historical Society, Trumbull. The original edition, Hartford, 1790, does not contain the linguistics. (British Museum.) A later edition with title-pages as follows: —— The | history of New England | from | 1630 to 1649. | By | John Winthrop, esq. | first governour of the colony of the Massachusetts bay. | From | his or- iginal manuscripts. | With notes | to il- lustrate | the civil and ecclesiastical concerns, the geography, settle- | ment, and institutions of the country, and the lives | and manners of the principal planters. | By James Savage, | presi- dent of the Massachusetts historical society. | A new edition, | with addi- tions and corrections by the former edi- tor. | Vol. I [-II]. | [Three lines quo- tation. ] | Boston: | Little, Brown and company. | M DCCC LIII [1853]. 2 vols.: portrait 11. title verso copyright and printers 1 1. preface to this edition pp. iii-vi, preface to the second edition (1825) pp. vii—xiii, title and dedication of the edition of 1790 p. [xv], preface to the edition of 1790 pp. xvi-xviii, note p. [xix], notice and errata p. [xx], text pp. 1-401, appendix pp. 403-514, plate; title verso copyright and printers 1 1. text pp. 3-413, ad- denda pp. 415-428, appendix pp. 429-483, general index pp. 485-504, 8°. Linguistics as under title next above, vol. 2, pp. 476-480. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Massachusetts Historical Soci- ety, Trumbull. Wisconsin Historical Society: These words fol- lowing atitle or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution, Madison, Wis. Witherell (Benjamin Franklin Haw- kins). Reminiscences of the North -west. By Hon. B. F. H. Witherell, of Detroit. In Wisconsin Hist. Soe. Coll. vol. 3, pp. 299- 337, Madison, 1857, 8°. _A few Chippewa names of places in Wiscon- sin. Wlkr Potrwatome. See Simerwell (R.) Wobanaki kimzowi [Penobscot]. W zokhilain (P. P.) Woktmayaan [Micmac]. See Rand(S. T:) Wolcott (Dr. Alexander). History and language of the Pottowattomies. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Travels in the cen- tral portionsof the Mississippi valley, foot-note, pp. 380-386, New York, 1825, 8°. See 534 Wolcott (A.)— Continued. A general discussion, including grammatic comments, examples, etc. Wood (Silas). > 371- 374, half-title verso abbreviations 1 1. French- Abnaki dictionary (alphabetically arranged, double columns) pp. 377-544, addenda (Abnaki- French) pp. 545-546, particule (A bnaki-French, alphabetically arranged) pp. 547-565, supple- mentary notes and observations, pp. 566-574, 4°. Title from Mr. Wilberforce Eames. Relations | des Jésuites | contenant | ce qui s’est passé de plus remarquable dans les missions des péres | de la com- pagnie de Jésus | dans la | Nouvelle- France | Ouvrage publié sous les auspices du gouvernement Canadien | Volume I | Embrassant les années 1611, .1626 et la période de 1632 4 1641 [-Vo- lume III | Embrassanot les années de 1656 4 1672, | et une table analytique des matiéres contenues dans tout Touvrage |] | Québec | Augustin Coté, éditeur-im- primeur | prés de l’archevéché | 1858 3 vols. 8°. Vol. 1 contains twelve relations of the dates 1611, 1626, 1632-1641 ; vol. 2, fourteen relations dated 1642-1655; vol.3, seventeen re- lations dated 1656-1672. The relations of each year are paged separately, and form forty-three distinct memoirs. Each volume has its own table of contents, and vol. 3 has a general index to the whole collection. Le Jeune (P.), Relation de ce qvis’est passe en la Novvelle France en l’annee 1633, vol. 1, 1633, pp. 1-44. ——— Relation de ce qvi s’est passe en la Novvelle France . en l’annee 1634, vol. 1, 1634, pp. 1-92. _ Vimont (B.), Relation de ce qvi s’est passé en la Novvelle France.en ]’année 1643, vol. 2, 1643, pp. 1-83. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Lenox. Rice (Luther). See Simerwell (R.) and Noaquett. Richard (Pére Pierre). [Letter to the abbé Thavenet, in the Algonquin lan- guage. | (© Manuscript; in the Biblioteca Vittorio Em- manuele at Rome, among Thavenet’s papers. It is mentioned by Teza (E.), Intorno agli studi del Thavenet, p. 1. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Ridout (Thomas). Sundry words of the — Shawanese language, the orthography of which is according to the English pronunciation. In Edgar (M.), Ten years of Upper Canada, in peace and war, pp. 376-381, Toronto, 1890, 8°. _ See p. 437 of this bibliography. Mrs. Edgar has kindly furnished me a trans- cript, from the original manuscript, of the two Shawanese vocabularies from which the above list of wordsis compiled. In transmitting them she writes as follows: ‘‘T am also sending you a careful copy of the Shawanese vocabulary, with the accents given, which you will see are wanting in the printed copy. There were two books in which I found it. One you had, the other, which has a larger number of words, seems to have been written afterwards, as it is arranged more in order. Many of the words in the second book are du- plicates of the first, though in some cases spelt differently. I send you both versions side by side, and would like much to know which is the - more correct form. Inthe printed copy there are some mistakes, owing to the want of a care- ful and skilled revise. In the original some | letters are blurred, and of course that made it difficult for one ignorant of the language to supply the deficiency.” Romagné (Rev. James B.) [Prayers and catechism in the Abnaki language.] (*) Manuscript, formerly in the possession of Rey. Eugene Vetromile, Biddeford Maine. It is mentioned Ly him as follows in a letter to Rev. Joseph M. Finotti, dated from Eastport, Jan. 19, 1875: ‘‘ The little book referred to [i. e. The Indian prayer book, Boston, 1834] was written, or rather prepared, by F'. Romagné. I have seen only the front-page, and I do not believe that there is a single copy. The book was very incorrect by the fault of the editor, and because F*. Romagné did not understand the language to distinguish and separate one word from the other. This was corrected by the holy Missionary F*. Demilier at Pleasant point, who made several additions and a good translation in Passamaquoddy, of the petit ca- techisme pour la Diocesse de Quebec. He pre- pared a neat copy to be printed, but he died be- fore it was sent tothe press. This manuscript isin my possession. [See page 110 of this bibli- ography. ] ‘‘ Returning to F', Romagné’s book, the orig- inal prayers and cathechism were very correct and in good Indian, but its printer ruined it. . . . F* Romagné either copied the prayers etc. from some old manuscript, or put them on paper under the dictation of some Indian. Here wasthetrouble. . . ‘‘T find those prayers and catechism of F*. Romagné, and corrected by F*. Demilier, in some very old flying paper, and the writer (anonimous) says that he wrote them under the dictation of the Indians, but those in Pas- ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. -Romagné (J. B.) —Continued. samaquoddy were copied from an old paper of an Indian called Sawhison. I first thought that they were written by F*. Rasles.”’ Father Romagné, a native of Mayenne, was sent by Rey. John Cheverus, of Boston, to re- side with the Penobscot and Passamaquoddy Indians about the year 1804. He established his abode at Pleasant Point on the Passama- quoddy, where ‘‘his house was a wretched log- cabin of but two rooms; his chapel little bet- ter; though both were superior to those of his flock. Worn down by frequent infirmities, he returned to France just after Bishop Fenwick was raised to the See of Boston in 1825.” See Shea’s History of the Catholic missions, pp. 157- 158; and History of the Catholic church, vol. 2, pp. 612-616; also pp. 437-438 of this bibliography. Romanes (George John). Mental Evo- lution | in Man | Origin of Human Fac- ulty | by | George John Romanes | M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. | Author of “ Ani- mal Intelligence”, ‘‘ Mental Evolution - in Animals” | New York | D. Appleton and Com- pany | 1889. Cy) Pp. x, 1-452. Examples of polysynthesis from the Eskimo and the Chippeway, p. 249. —General discussion of American languages, pp. 259-263, 348-351. Title from Prof. A. F. Chamberlain, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Rost (Reinhold). The | lord’s prayer | In Three Hundred Languages | com- prising the | leading languages and their principal dialects | throughout the world | With the places where spoken | With ‘a preface by Reinhold eat, |) C. 1. &., LL.D., Ph.D. | London | Gilbert and Rivington | Limited | st. John’s house, Clerken- well, E. C. | 1891 | (All rights reserved) Title verso quotations 1 1. preface 2 ll. con- tents 1 1. text pp. 1-88, 4°. The Lord’s prayer in a number of American languages, among them the Cree, Eastern (syl- labic), p. 16; Cree, Western (roman), p. 16; Delaware, p. 18, Micmac, p. 52; Ojibbeway (syllabic), p. 59; Ottaway-Indian, p. 61; Pota- watomi-Indian, p. 65. Copies seen: Eames. Sahgahjewagahbahweh (pseud.) See Summerfield (J.) Short patent sermons. Skeat (Walter W.) The language of the Micmac Indians—The word ‘ Tobog- gan.” In the Academy, no. 966, p. 421, London. Nov. 8, 1890. See Dow, jr. Small (H. B.), editor. Smet (Rev. Peter John de). 573 Skeat (W. W.)—Continued. | A short article based upon extracts from Rand’s Miemac Dictionary. Partly reprinted in the Canadian Indian, vol. 1, p. 132, Owen Sound, Ontario, 1891, 8°. See Canadian Indian, in the Addenda. Voyage | | au | grand-désert, | en 1851, | par le R. P. Pierre de Smet, | missionnaire de la compagnie de Jésus. | Bruxelles, | imprimerie de J. Vander- eydt, | rue de Flandre, 104. | 1853 Second title: Voyage | au | grand désert, | en 1851, | par le R.P. Pierre de Smet, | mis- sionnaire de la compagnie de Jésus. | Lettres inédites. | (Suite.) | Bruxelles, | imprimerie dé J. Vandereydt, | rue de Flandre, 104. | 1853 First title verso approbation and notice 1 1. préface de l’éditeur and preliminary letter by father de Smet pp. 3-8, text pp. 9-36, second title verso approbation and notice 1 1. text pp. 3-71, 18°. On the verso of each title is the following notice: Collection de précis historiques, | par Ed. Terwecoren, S.J., | Préfet des études au Collége Saint-Michel, 4 Bruxelles. | 2° année, 1853. | Deux livraisons par mois.—A bonnement 5 francs par an. Names of Sheyenne and Rapaho delegates, with French definitions, p. 60. Copies seen: Kames. Reprinted, with other letters, as follows: —— Cinquante | nouvelles lettres | du R. P. de Smet, | dela compagnie de Jésus et missionnaire en Amérique, | publiées par | Ed. Terwecoren, | de la méme compagnie. | [ Quotation, two lines. ] | Paris | rue de Tournon, 20. | Tournai | rue aux rats, 11. | H. Casterman | éditeur. | 1858 Half-title verso approbation 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-ix, text pp. 1-491, table des matiéres pp. 493-502, errata verso printer aL) ea 42 Some copies have a paster over the above imprint, as follows: Paris| Librairie de P. Lethielleux, | Kue Bonaparte, 66. | Tournai | Librairie de H. Casterman, | Rue aux Rats, 11. | H. Casterman | éditeur. | 1858 Names of Sheyenne and Rapaho delegates, with French definitions, p. 99. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Shea. An English translation as follows: —wWestern | missions and missionaries: | a series of letters, | by | rev. P. J. de Smet, | of the society of Jesus, | Author of ‘‘Indian Sketches,” ‘‘Oregon Mis- sion,” Ete. | [Design. ] | 574 Smet (Per de)—Continued. New York: | James B. Kirker, | late Edward Dunigan and brother, | 599 | Broadway (up-stairs). | 1863. Title verso copyright (dated 1859) 1 1. con- tents 1 1. preface to the Belgian edition pp. 7- 12, text pp. 13-532, 12°. Names of Sheyenne and Rapaho delegates, with English definitions, p. 116. Although the copyright is dated 1859, it is probable that the book was not issued at that time, on account of the failure in business of the publisher. The aboveseems to be the first edition. Oopies seen: Astor, Eames. —— Western | missions and missionaries: | a series of letters, | by | rev. P. J. de Smet, | of the society of Jesus, | Author of *‘Indian Sketches,” ‘Oregon Mis- sions,” Etc. | | Design. ] | New York: | T. W. Strong, | Late Edward Dunigan & bro., — Catholic publishing house, | 599 Broadway. [1870 ?] Portrait of P. J. De Smet 1 1. title verso copy- right (dated 1859) 1 1. contents 1 1. preface to the Belgian edition pp. 7-12, text pp. 13-532, 12°. Linguistics as in the edition of 1863, p. il6. Copies seen: Eames. —— Western | Missions and Missionaries: | a series of letters, | by | Rev. P. J. de Smet, | of the Society of Jesus, | Author of ‘Indian Sketches,” ‘‘Oregon Mis- sions,” etc. | New York: | P. J. Kenedy, | Excel- sior Catholic Publishing House, | 5 Barclay Street. | 1881. ) 1 p. 1. pp. 5-532, 12°. Title from Mr. Wilber- force Hames. —— Lettres | choisies | du révérend pére | Pierre-Jean de Smet | de la compagnie de Jésus | missionnaire aux Etats-Unis d@’ Amérique | 1849-1857 | Troisiéme édi- tion | soigneusement revue et corrigée @aprés les manuscrits de Vauteur | augmentée d’un portrait et de nou- velles | notes | BruxelJes | Mathieu Closson et Cie | 26, rue Saint-Jean, 26 | Paris| H. Repos et Cie, éditeurs | 70, rue Bonaparte, 70 | 1875 Cover title as above, half-title verso appro- bation 1 1. portrait 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. préface pp. v—viii, text pp. 1-398, table des matiéres pp. 399-405, 12°. Names of Sheyenne and Rapaho delegates, with French definitions, p, 138. Copies seen: Eames. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Synglosse oder Grundsdtze. See Merian (A. A. von). . Tchigatig nibawigoban | Wegimind neninawendang | Egonimind Ogwissan [ete.] No title-page or heading; pewa language 1 1]. 16°. Consists of a hymn of eighteen verses of three lines each, the first verse of which is given above; perhaps a portion of some larger work. Copies seen: Pilling. Thibault (Rev. Jean Baptiste). Smet (P. J. de). Tims (Rev. John William). Readings | from the | holy scriptures | in the lan- guage of the | Blackfoot Indians. | Translated by the | rev. J. W. Tims, | C. M. S. missionary. | [Seal of the so- ciety. ] | London: | Society for promoting christian knowledge, | Northumberland avenue, Charing cross, W. C. | 1890. See text in the Chip. 4 iit i i Title verso blank 11. contents (in English) © verso blank 1 1. pronunciation verso blank 1 1. text (in the Blackfoot language, with English headings) pp. 7-47, 12°. Copies seen: Kames, Pilling. Tylor (Edward Burnett). Anthropo- logy: | an introduction to the study © of | man and civilization. | By | Edward B. Tylor, D.C.L., F. B.S. | With illus- trations. | London: | Macmillan and co. | 1881. | The Right of Translation and Repro- duction is Reserved. Pp. i-xv, 1-448, 12°. Sentence in Algonquin (Chippewa), with interlinear translationp. 14, 8.—Scattered words in Algonquin, pp. 125, 165. | Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. — Anthropology: | an introduction to the study of | man and civilization. | By | Edward B. Tylor, D.C. L., F. R.8. | With illustrations. | New York: | D. Appleton and com- pany, | 1, 3, and 5 Bond street. | 1881. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v—-vii, contents pp. ix-xii, list of [illustrations pp. xiii-xv, text pp. 1-440, selected books pp. 441-442, index pp. 443-448, 12°. Linguistics as under title next above. Copies seen: Congress, Geological Survey. —— Anthropology: | an introduction to the study of | man and civilization. | By | Edward B. Tylor, D.C. L., F.R.S. | With illustrations. | Second edition, revised. | ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES, Tylor (E. B.)—Continued. London: | Macmillan and co. | and New York. | 1889. | The Right of Trans- lation and Reproduction is Reserved. - Half-title verso design 1 1. title verso print- ers etc.1 lL preface pp. v-vii, contents pp. ix- xii, list of illustrations pp. xiii-xv, text pp.1- 440, selected books etc. pp. 441-442, index pp. — 443-448, 120. Linguistics as under titles above. Copies seen: Eames. | Wailly (Léon de).] Bibliotheque de poche | par une | société de gens de lettres et d’érudits ; Curiosités | philol- vogiques, géographiques | et | ethnol- ogiques. | Paris, | Paulin et Le Chevalier, éditeurs, | rue Richelieu, 60. | 1855 Half-title verso printers and list of books 11. title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-360, table des matiéres pp. 361-369, table des chapitres verso blank 1 1. 16°. The word for pére in virginien, savanahique, algonkin, and la Ne Angleterre, pp. 19-20.— Examples of long words in Algonkin, p. 23. Copies seen: Lenox. Wedgwood (Hensleigh). Wilson (fev. Edward Francis). 575 | Warner (Charles Dudley). See Clemens (S. L.) and Warner (C. D.),in the Addenda. On the | origin of language. | By | Hensleigh Wedgwood, | late fellow of Christ’s coll., Cambridge. | London: | N. Triibner & co., 60, Pa- ternoster row. | 1866. | (All rights re- served. ) Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 _1. contents verso blank 1 J. text pp. 1-155, ap- pendix pp. 156-165, verso printers, list of books by the same author verso blank 1 1. 16°. A few words in Algonquin, pp. 23, 25, 29-30 Blackfoot, Delaware, and Pottawotami, p. 162. Copies seen : Eames. Indian numerals. In the Canadian Indian, vol. 1, pp. 273-275 (June, 1891), Owen Sound, Ontario, 1891, 8°. Numerals 1-10 of the Ojebway and Cree, with other examples from the same language and from the Blackfoot, Micmac, and Dakota. 1609 Souriquois, Etchemin 1609 Various 1611 Various 1611 Various 1612? Souriquois, Etchemin 1612 Various 1612 Various 16138 Micmac 1613 Various 1618 Various 1619 Various 1622 Powhatan 1624 NewEngland 1624 Various 1625 Abnaki 1625 New England 1626 Various 1627 Various 1630 = Souriquois 1631 Various .16382 Montagnais 1632 Montagnais 1632 Various 1633? Piscataway 1633 Various 1634 Massachusetts 1634 Montagnais 1634 Montagnais 1635 Massachusetts 1635 Montagnais 1686 Montagnais 1637-1690 Algonkin 1639 Massachusetts 1640 Montagnais 1640 Montagnais 1640 Various 1643 Narragansett 1643 Souriquois, Sankikani 1643 Souriquois, Sankikani 1643 Souriquois, Sankikani 1644 Ottawa 1647 Massachusetts 1647 Massachusetts 1654? Massachusetts 1655? Massachusetts 1655 Massachusetts 1655 Various 1655 Various 1656 Various 1658? Massachusetts 1658 New England, Massachu- setts 1658 Quiripi CHRONOEOGIC INDEX. ALG——37 Numerals Numerals Various Various Numerals Various Vocabulary Rudiments Numerals Various Numerals Vocabulary Words Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Vocabulary Vocabulary Numerals Vocabulary Lord’s prayer, etc. Prayers Vocabulary Grammar, etc. Vocabulary, etc. Vocabulary Prayer Prayer Vocabulary Prayers, etc. Prayers, etc. Register of baptisms Vocabulary Lord’s prayer, etc. Prayers Vocabulary, etc. Vocabulary Numerals, etc. Numerals, etc. Numerals, etc. Letter Sentence Sentence Primer or catechism Genesis Matthew Genera! discussion General discussion General discussion Psalms Seripture passages Catechism Lescarbot (M.) Lescarbot (M.) Lescarbot (M.) Lescarbot (M.) Lescarbot (M.) Lescarbot (M.) Smith (J.) Micmac. Duret (C.) Lescarbot (M.) Duret (C.) Strachey (W.), note. Winslow (E.) Smith (J.) Rosier (J.) Winslow (E.), note. Smith (J.) Smith (J.) Laet (J. de). Smith (J.) Champlain (S. de). Massé (E.) Smith (J.) White (A.) Laet (J. de). Wood (W.) Le Jeune (P.) Le Jeune (P.) Wood (W.) Le Jeune (P.) Le Jeune (P.) Algonquian. Wood (W.) Champlain (S. de). Massé (£.) Laet (J. de). Williams (R.) Laet (J. de). Laet (J. de). Laet (J. de). Vimont (B.) Shepard (T.) Shepard (T.) Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Donck (A. van der). Donck (A. van der). Donck (A. van der). Eliot (J.) Everhardt (J.) Pierson (A.) 577 578 1658 Quiripi 1659 Quiripi 1659 Quiripi 165-2 Massachusetts 1661 Algonkin 1661 ‘Massachusetts 1661 Massachusetts 16622 Algonkin 1662? Algonkin 1662 Massachusetts 16638 Massachusetts 1663 Massachusetts 1663 Massachusetts 1663 Massachusetts 1664 Massachusetts 1665 Massachusetts 1666 Massachusetts 1668 Massachusetts 1668? Montauk 1669 Algonkin 1669 Algonkin 1669 Massachusetts 166-2 Massachusetts 16722 Massachusetts 1672 Massachusetts 1672-1674 Algonkin 1673-1675? Illinois 16752 Massachusetts 1675 Massachusetts 1675 Massachusetts 1676 Algonkin 1676 Montagnais 1676 Various 1678-1688 Montagnais 1678-1688 Montagnais 1679-1693 Montagnais 167-2 Massachusetts 1680 Massachusetts 1680 Massachusetts 1688 Delaware 1683 Delaware 1683 Delaware 1683 Delaware 1684 Delaware 1684 Delaware 1684 . Delaware 1684 Delaware 1684 Delaware 1685 Massachusetts 1685 Massachusetts 1686 Massachusetts 16872 Massachusetts 16872 Massachusetts 1688 Algonkin 16882 Delaware 1688 Massachusetts 1689 Massachusetts 1690?! (2) 1691 Massachusetts 1691 Micmac 1693 Ottawa 1694 Massachusetts 1695-1705 Illinois 1696 Delaware 1698 Delaware 1698 Massachusetts BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Catechism Catechism Catechism Catechism Dictionary New Testament New Testament Dictionary Discourse Primer or catechism Bible Bible Psalm book Psalms Baxter’s Call Practice of Piety Grammar Lord’s prayer Catechism Dictionary Instructions Primer Rules Law Logick Primer Grammar Prayers, catechism, etc. Assembly’s catechism Scripture passages Scripture passages Prayer book Chants Prayers Dictionary Instructions Dictionary Rules Lord’s prayer New Testament Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Bible Practice of Piety Deeds Primer Six principles Dictionary Vocabulary Baxter’s Call Sincere Convert (?) Tract General discussion Dictionary Lord’s prayer Grammar Catechism, etc. Various Tract Pierson (A.) Further. Pierson (A.) Mayhew (T.) Algonquian. Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Algonquian. Algonquian. Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Wilkins (J.) James (T.) Algonquian. Algonquian. Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Massachusetts. Eliot (J.) Nicolas (L.) Allouez (C.) Eliot (J.) Present. Present. Vaultier (—). Vaultier (—). Crespieul (F. X.) Silvy (A.) Silvy (A.) Favre (B.) Eliot (J.) Miller (A.) Eliot (J.) Penn (W.) Penn (W.) Penn (W.) Penn (W.) Penn (W.) Penn (W.) Penn (W.) Penn (W.) Recieil. Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Massachusetts. Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) André (L.) Indian. Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) and Rawson (G.) Miiller (A.) ~ Rawson (G.) Le Clereq (C.) André (L.) Miller (A.) Illinois. Campanius (J.) Thomas (G.) Danforth (S.) : ‘ q : ; 1699 ~—— Tlinois 1699 Massachusetts 16—? Micmac 16—? Montagnais 1700 =Delaware 1700 Delaware 1700 Massachusetts 1700 Massachusetts 1701? Cree 1702 Delaware 1702 Delaware 17038 =6§Algonkin 1703 Algonkin 1703 Algonkin 1703 Algonkin 1703 Massachusetts 1704 Algonkin 1704 Delaware (1705 = =Algonkin 1705 Algonkin 1705 Massachusetts 1706 = Algonkin 1706 Massachusetts 1706-1708 1707 Algonkin 1707 Algonkin 1707 Algonkin 1707 Massachusetts 1709 =Algonkin 1709 Algonkin 1709 Massachusetts 1709 Pampticough 1709-1755 Abnaki 1709-1755 Abnaki 1709-1755 Abnaki 1709-1755 Abnaki 1709-1755 Abnaki 1709-1755 Abnaki 1709-1755 Abnaki 1709-1755 Abnaki 1709-1755 Abnaki 1710? =Iilinois 1710? Massachusetts 1710 Massachusetts 1711 Algonkin 1712 ~=Algonkin 1742 Pampticough 1712 Pampticough 1713 Massachusetts 17134 Massachusetts 1715 Shawnee 1715 Various 1716 Massachusetts 1716-1753 Abnaki 1716-1753 Abnaki 1718 Algonkin 1718 Pampticough 1719-1744? Lllinois 1720? Gaspesian 1720 Massachusetts 1720 Massachusetts 1720-1738 Montagnais 1720-1738 Montagnais 1720-1738 Montagnais 1720-1738 Montagnais Massachusetts, Algonkin ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Catechism Tract Prayers Homilies Vocabulary Vocabulary Lord’s prayer Tract Dictionary Vocabulary Vocabulary Dictionary Dictionary Dictionary Dictionary Lord’s prayer Dictionary Vocabulary Dictionary Dictionary Tract Dictionary Tract Various Dictionary General discussion General discussion Sermon Dictionary Dictionary Psalter Vocabulary Chants Dictionary Dictionary Text Text Text Text Text Text Dictionary Lord’s prayer Tract Dictionary General discussion Vocabulary Vocabulary Lord’s prayer Sermon Lord's prayer Lord’s prayer Tract Dictionary Sermon General discussion Vocabulary Dictionary Lord’s prayer Primer Words Catechism Catechism Grammar and dictionary Prayers Marest (G.) Rawson (G.) Micmac. André (L.) Pastorius (F. D.) Pastorius (F., D.) Motte (B.) Mather (C.) Bowrey (T.) Companius Holm (T.) Thomas (G.) Lahontan (A. L.) Lahontan (A, L.) Lahontan (A. L.) Lahontan (A. L.) Miiller (A.) Lahontan (A. L.) Pastorius (F. D.) Lahontan (A. L.) Lahontan (A. L.) Hatchets. Lahontan (A. L.) Mather (C.) Reland (H.) Lahontan (A. L.) Beverley (R.) Beverley (R.) Mayhew (E.) Lahontan (A. L.) Lahontan (A. L.) Mayhew (E.) Lawson (J.) . Aubéry (J.) Aubéry (J.) Aubéry (J.) Aubéry (J.) Aubéry (J.) Aubéry (J.) Aubéry (J.) Aubéry (J.) Aubéry (J.) Gravier (J.) 579 Krause (J.U.)and Wagner(J.C.) Danforth (S.) Lahontan (A. L.) Beverley (R.) Lawson (J.) Lawson (J.) Motte (B.) Mather (C.) Le Jau (--). Chamerlay ne (J.) and Wilkin (D.) Mather (C.) Lesueur (F. E.) Lesueur (F. £.) Beverley (R.) Lawson (J.) Le Boulanger (J. I.) Bartsch (H.) Indiane. Neal (D.) Laure (P.) Laure (P.) Laure (P.) Laure (P.) 580 1721 1721 1722 1722? 1724? 1726 1726 1728 173-2 1731 1731 1735 1735 1736 1787 1788 17389 174-3 174-2 1740 1740-1745 1741 1741 1741? (1748 1743 1744 1744 1744 1744 Massachusetts Tract (2) 2) Algonkin General discussion Algonkin Generai discussion Montagnais Text Delaware Vocabulary Montagnais Text Algonkin Dictionary Massachusetts Primer (2) (2) (?) (2) Algonkin Dictionary Algonkin Dictionary Massachusetts Lord’s prayer Pampticough Vocabulary Abnaki, Algonkin Letter Algonkin Dictionary Mohegan Prayers Mohegan Prayers Massachusetts Lord’s prayer Montagnais Sermons Algonkin Dictionary Massachusetts, Algonkin Lord’s prayer and vocabulary Ottawa Dictionary Algonkin Sermons Pampticough Vocabulary Various General discussion Various General discussion Various General] discussion Various General discussion BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Mather (C.) Lahontan (A. L.), note. Beverley (R.) Beverley (R.) Laure (P.) Penn (W.) Laure (P.) Lahontan (A. L.), note. Indiane. Lahontan (A.L.) - Lahontan (A. L.), note. Lahontan (A. L.) Lahontan (A. L.) Motte (B.) Brickell (J.) Rasles (S.) Lahontan (A. L.) Sergeant (J.), elder, Sergeant (J.), elder. Miiller (A.) Morice (J. B.) Lahontan (A. L.) Hensel (G.) Jaunay (P. du). Dépéret (E.) Brickell (J.) Charlevoix (P. F. X. de). Charievoix (P. F. X. de). Charlevoix (P. F. X. de). Charlevoix (P. F. X. de). General discussion General discussion General discussion 1744 Various _ 1744 Various 1744 Various Charlevoix (P. F. X. de), note. Charlevoix (P. F. X. de), note. Charlevoix (P. F. X. de), note. 1745 Mohegan Hymns Pyrleus (J.C.) 1746 Mohegan, Delaware General discussion Pyrleus (J.C.) 1746-1781 Abnaki Dictionary Mathevet (J. C.) 1746-1781 Abnaki Prayers Mathevet (J. C.) 1746-1781 Nipissing Bible history Mathevet (J. C.) 1746-1781 Nipissing Sermons Mathevet (J. C.) 1746-1781 Nipissing Sermons Mathevet (J.C.) 1746-1781 Nipissing Sermons Mathevet (J. C.) 1746-1781 Nipissing Vocabulary Mathevet (J. C.) 1747 Massachusetts Words Neal (D.) 1747-1774 Various Various Allgemeine. 1748 Various Various Fritz (J. F.) and Schultze (B.) 1749 Various 1749 Various 1759 Various 3749 Various General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion Charlevoix (P. F’. X. de), note. Charlevoix (P. F. X. de), note. Lausbert (C. F.), note. Lausbert (C. F.), note. 1753-1761 Algonkin Vocabulary Kalm (P.) 1754 Abnaki Text Virot (C. EF.) 1754 Micmac Prayers Micmac. 1754-1755 Micmac Prayers, etc. Maillard (A.S.) 1754-1764 Algonkin Vocabulary Kalm (P.) 1754-1764 (2) (2) Kalm (P.) 1754-1764 (2) (2) Kalm (P.) 1756 Delaware, Shawnee | Numerals Weiser (C.) 1757-1793 Algonkin Grainmar Guichart de Kersident (V. F.} 1757-1793 Algonkin Sermons Guichart de Kersident (V. F.) 1758 Micmac Words Maillard (A. 5S.) 1759 Cree Catechism Mason (S8.) 1759 Micmac Prayers, etc. Maillard (A.S.) 1760 =Abnaki Dictionary Nudézans (J. B.) 1760 Algonkin, Chippewa. General discussion Jefferys (T.) 17602 Delaware Vocabulary Grube (B..A.) 1760-1765 Montagnais Sermons Coquart (C.G.) ‘<-_ " — = ae 1760-1777 1761 1761 1763 ey 1763? 1763 1764 1764 1765 1765 1766 1766 1766-1778 1767 1767 1767 1767 1770-1771 1770-1772 1772 1772 1774 1774-1790 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1779 177-2 1780 1780 1780-1784 1780-1801 1781 1781 1782 1784 1785 1785 1785 1785 1786 1787 1787 1787 1787-1792 1788 1788 1788 1789 1789 1789 1789 1789 1789 178-? 1790 1790-1791 1791 1791 1792 1792 1792 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES Nipissing Algonkin, Chippewa Various Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Various Massachusetts Various Mohegan New Jersey Micmac Various Montagnais Montagnais Montagnais Shawnee, Delaware Algonkin Algonkin Delaware Algonkin Algonkin Shawnee, Delaware Shawnee, Delaware Various Delaware Various Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Tilinois Chippewa Chippewa Algonkin Various Chippewa Various Canadian Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Nanticoke, Chippewa Pampticough, Algonkin Various Shawnee, Massachusetts Various Various Shawnee, Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Shawnee Chippewa Delaware Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan Virginia Shawnee Cree, Blackfoot. Various Cree, Blackfoot Various Abnaki Chippewa Nanticoke Hymns General discussion General discussion Harmony of gospels Hymn book Sermons General discussion Vocabulary General discussion Miscellany Vocabulary Grammar, ete. General discussion Calendars, ete. Prayer book Primer Numerals Vocabulary Words Text Vocabulary Vocabulary Numerals Numerals Vocabulary Speller General discussion Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Dictionary Grammar Vocabulary Vocabulary Hymns Vocabulary Vocabulary Numerals General discussion General discussion Words Vocabulary Numerals ‘Numerals Lord’s prayer Various Vocabulary Lord’s prayer and grammat- ical comments Observations Observations Vocabulary Vocabulary Lord’s prayor, etc. Observations Observations Observations Lord’s prayer Vocabulary Vocabulary, etc. Vocabulary Vocabulary, ete. | Various Prayer book Vocabulary Vocabulary 581 Terlaye (F. A. M. de). Jefferys (T.) Charlevoix (P. F. X. de). Grube (B. A.) Grube (B. A.) Howwoswe (Z.) Charlevoix (P. F. X. de). Wood (W.) | Charlevoix (P. F. X. de), note. Schmick (J. J.) Smith (S.) Wood (T.) Charlevoix (P. F. X. de). La Brosse (J. B. de). La Brosse (J. B. de). La Brosse (J. B. de). Parsons (J.) Knox (J.) Kalm (P.) Roth (J.) Kalm (P.) Kalm (P.) Jones (D.) Vallancey (C.) Court de Gebelin (A. de), note. Zeisberger (D.) Scherer (J. B.) Carver (J.) Carver (J.) Carver (J.) Meurain (—). Chippewa. Carver (J.) Gilij (F.S.) La Harpe (J. F. de). Carver (J.) Court de Gebelin (A. de). Rudiger (J.C.) Hervas (L.) Beverley (R.) Hervas (L.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Hervas (L.) Hervas (L.) Hervas (L.) Hervas (L.) Court de Gebelin (A. de), note. American Museum. . Edwards (J.) Edwards (J.) Ridout (T.) Carver (J.) Loskiel (G. H.) Edwards (J.) Edwards (J.), note. Edwards (J.), note. Bergman (G. von). McKee (A.) Umfreville (E.) Yankiewitch (F.) Umtreville (E.) Long (J.) Ciquard (F.) Carver (J.), note. Murray (W. V.) 582 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 17938 Various Vocabulary 17938 Various ‘Words Preston (W.) Parsons (S. H.) 1794 Chippewa Vocabulary Carver (J.) 1794 Delaware Lord's prayer, ete. Loskiel (G. H.) 1794 Narragansett Vocabulary Williams (R.) 1795, Chippewa Vocabulary Carver (J.), note. 1795 Mohegan Catechism Quinney (J.) 1796 Chippewa Vocabulary Carver (J.) 1796 Chippewa Vocabulary Carver (J.) 1797 Chippewa Vocabulary Carver (J.) 1797 Various Vocabulary Barton (B.S.) 1797-1798 Delaware Words Proud (R.) 1798 Chippewa Vocabulary Carver (J.), note. 1798 Montagnais Vocabulary Gardiner (J. L.) 1798 Narragansett Vocabulary Williams (R.), note. 1798 Various Vocabulary Barton (B. C.) 1798-1805 Mississagua Vocabulary Mississagua. 1799 Delaware, Chippewa Numerals Collins (M.) 1799 Various Lord's prayer Fry (E.) 17-2? Micmac Grammar and catechism Micmac. 1800 Various Vocabulary Pierronet (T.) 1800-1805 Algonkin General discussion Hervas (L.) 1800-1843 Delaware Acts Luckenbach (A.) 1800-1843 Delaware Scripture passages Luckenbach (A.) 1801 Cree Vocabulary Mackenzie (A.) 1801 Mohawk Observations Edwards (J.) 1802 Chippewa Vocabulary Baudry de Loziéres (L. N.) 1802 Chippewa Vocabulary Carver (J.), note. 1802 Cree Vocabulary Mackenzie (A.) 1802 Cree Vocabulary Mackenzie ({A.) 1802 Cree Vocabulary Mackenzie (A.) 1802 Cree Vocabulary Mackenzie (A.) 1802 Cree Vocabulary Mackenzie (A.) 1802 Cree Vocabulary Mackenzie (A.), note. 1802 Massachusetts Lord’s prayer Eliot (J.), of Boston. 1802 Miami Vocabulary Thornton (W.) 1802 New England Words Winslow (E:), note. 1803 Algonkin Phrases Dunne (J.) 1803 Algonkin Dictionary Jacquemin (—). 1803 Chippewa Spelling book Dencke (C. F.) 1803 Cree Vocabulary _ McKenzie (A.) 1803 -Delaware Hymn book Zeisberger (D.) 1803 Delaware Sermons Zeisberger (D.) 1803 Delaware Tract Zeisberger (D.) 1803 Miami Vocabulary Volney {C. F. C.) 1803 Various Words Barton (B. S.) 1804 Miami Vocabulary Volney (C. F.C.) 1804 Miami Vocabulary Volney (C. F.C.) 1804 Mohegan Memoir Holmes (A.) 1804 Mohegan Memoir ~ Holmes (A.) 1804 Mohegan Text and vocabulary Jenks (W.) 1804 Various Words Barton (B.S.) 1804 (2) (2) Volney (C.F. C.), note. 1804 (2) (2) Volney (C.F. C.), note. 1804-1815 Abnaki 1805 Various Lord’s prayer 1805 Various Lord’s prayer Marce! (J. J.), note. 1805 Various Words Barton (B.S.) 1806 Delaware History of New Testament Zeisberger (D.), note. 1806 Delaware History of New Testament Zeisberger (D.), note. 1806 Delaware Speller Zeisberger (D.) 1806 Various Lord’s prayer Bodoni (J. B.) Romagné (J. B.) Marcel (J. J.) Prayers, etc. ‘ 1806-1817 Various Various Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J.S.) 1807 Chippewa Vocabulary Carver (J.), note. 1807 Various Various Heriot (G.) 1807-1808 Nipissing Sermons Thavenet (—). 1808 1808 1808-1809 1808-1811 -1809 1809 1809 1810 1810 1810 1810 1810 1810-1829 1811 1812 1812 1812 1812 1812 1812-1829 1818 1813 1813 1813 1813 1813-1814 1813-1814 1814 1814 1814 1814 1815 1815 1815 1816 1816 1816 1816 1816 1816 1817 1817 1817 1817 1817 1817 1818 1818 1818 1818 1818? 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1819 1820 1820 1820 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Chippewa Delaware Chippewa, Cree Algonkin Abnaki Cree Cree Algonquian Micmac Narragansett Various (?) Various Various Algonkin Delaware, Chippewa Knisteneau Knisteneau Virginia @ Chippewa Delaware Delaware Knisteneau Ottawa, Chippewa Delaware Micmac Cree Delaware Delaware Various Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Micmac _ Micmac Mohegan Narragansett Various Various Algonkin Algonkin Cree Micmac Montagnais Montagnais Delaware Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Mohegan Chippewa Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Penobscot, Norridgewock Various Various Various (?) Abnaki Cree Delaware Vocabulary Sermons Vocabulary Words Numerals Vocabulary Vocabulary Bibliography Catechism Vocabulary Vocabulary (2) Words Numerals Vocabulary Words Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary (2) Vocabulary Words Words Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Grammar Vocabulary Scripture narratives Words General discussion Bibliographic Vocabulary Words Ritual Sermons, etc. Vocabulary Vocabulary Hymns Vocabulary Geographic names Geographic names Vocabulary Primer and prayer book Hymn book Prayer book Epistles General discussion Gospels Words Catechism Vocabulary General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion Vocabulary Vocabulary Bibliographic Various Vocabulary (?) Words Vocabulary Various 583 Carver (J.), note. Luckenbach (A.) Henry (A.) Loudon (A.) Rasles (S.) Lewis (M.) Lewis (M.) Thomas (I.) Micmac. Williams (R.), note. Vater (J.S.) Long (J.), note. Malte Brun. Classical. Kalm (P.) Sanders (D. C.) Fisher (W.) Fisher (W.) Smith (J.) Malte Brun, note. Carver (J.) Clarkson (T.) Clarkson (T.), note. Fisher (W.) De Peyster (A.S.) Clarkson (T.) Maillard (A.S.), note. Mackenzie (A.) Dencke (C. F.) Clarkson (T.) Schermerhorn (J. F.) Vater (J.S.) Adelung (J.C.) and Vater(J.S.) Adelung (F. von). Bellenger (J. M.) Bellenger (J. M.) Boudinot (E.) Williams (R.) La Harpe (J. F. de). Vater (J.S.) Benson (E.) Benson (E.), note. Chappell (E.) Alphabet. Nikamuina. La Brosse (J.B. de). Dencke (C. F.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Dencke (C. F.), note. Pickering (J.) Quinney (J.) and Aupaumut(H.) ’ M’Keevor (T.) Duponceau (P.S.) Duponceau (P.S.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) and Du- ponceau (P.S.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Pickering (J.) American Philosoph. Society. Sanford (E.) Smith (J.) Malte Brun, note. Pickering (J.) Harmon (D. W.) Jarvis (S. F.) 584 1820? 1820 1820 1820 1820 1820-1821 1820-1823 1821 1821 1821 1821 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822 1822-1833 ~ 18238 1823 1823 1823 1823 1823 1823 1823 1823-1826 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824 1824-1826 1824-1831 1825 1825 1825 1825 1825 1825 Delaware, Chippewa Tllinois Massachusetts Shawnee Various Various Various Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Chippewa Delaware Illinois Illinois Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Miami Miami Mohegan New England Sauk Various (2) (?) Various Blackfoot Delaware, Chippewa Micmac Mohegan Mohegan Mohegan St. Francis Various Menominee Abnaki Abnaki Blackfoot Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Delaware, Shawnee Mohegan Mohegan, Pequot Montagnais Montauk Various Various Various Various (?) Various Various Algonkin Algonkin, Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Pottawatomi BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Words Vocabulary and Lord’s prayer Words Vocabulary Hymns Lord’s prayer, etc. Words Conjugations General discussion History of New Testament Various . Vocabulary General discussion Lord’s prayer Vocabulary and Lord’s prayer General discussion Grammar Grammar Gram matical treatise Sentences Vocabulary Song Vocabulary Psalms Words Vocabulary Various (2) (?) Words Vocabulary Words Vocabulary General discussion Observations Observations Vocabulary Words Chippewa vocabulary, ete. Geographic names Lord’s prayer Vocabulary Vocabulary Months Proper names Vocabulary Vocabulary W ord’s, etc. Psalms Lord’s prayer Vocabulary Vocabulary Various Various Various Vocabulary (?) Words Words Geographic names Various Address Spelling book Vocabulary General discussion Cass (L.) Notice. Pickering (J.) Johnston (John). La Harpe (J. F. de). Vater (J.S.) Merian (A. A. von) and Klap- roth (H. J. von). Zeisberger (D.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Zeisberger (D.) Jarvis (S. F.) Chippewa. Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Mission. Notice. Pickering (J.) Eliot (J.) Eliot (J.) Duponceau (P.S.) Moore (M.) Cotton (J.), note. Whiting (H.) Volney (C. F.C ) Sergeant (J.), younger. Winslow (E.), note. Marston (M.) Morse (J.) La Harpe (J. F. de), note. Malte Brun, note. Malte Brun. Franklin (J.) Cass (L.) Haliburton (T. C.) Pickering (J.) Edwards (J.) Edwards (J.) Holmes (A.) and Noyes (T.) Smith (E.) James (E.) Greenleaf (M.) Lord’s. Franklin (J.) Franklin (J.) Beltrami (G. C.) Madison (—). Reaume (C.) Say (T.) Rafinesque (C.S.) Hodgson (A.) Saltonstall (G.) Gardiner (J. L.) Wood (S.) American Society. Buchanan (J.) Buchanan (J.) Keating (W. H.) Malte Brun, note. Malte Brun. Malte Brun, note. Benson (E.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (J.) Bingham (A.) Say (T.), note. Wolcott (A.) Oe eae ee 1825 1825 1825 1825 1825 1825 -1826 1825-1826 1826 1826 1826 1826 1826 1826 1826 1826 1826 1826 1826 1826 1826 1826-1831 1827 1827 1827 1827 1827 1827 1827 1827 1827 1827 1827 1827 - 1827 1827-1829 1827-1832 1828 1828 1828 1828 1828 1828 1828 1828 1828 1828 1828 1828 1828 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829 1829-1830 1829-1844 1830 1830 1830 1830 1830 1830 1830 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Various Various Various . Various (2) Abnaki New England Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware, Massachusetts Massachusetts Mohegan, Delaware Montauk New England Various Various Various Various Various © Chippewa, Algonkin Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Delaware Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Narragansett Narragansett Ottawa, Chippewa Shawnee Various Various Massachusetts Various Algonkin Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Algonkin Chippewa, Algonkin Delaware Delaware, Chippewa Miami Montauk Various Various (?) Algonkin Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Massachusetts Massachusetts Various Various (?) Micmac Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Montagnais Nanticoke Nipissing Nipissing Vocabulary Words Words Words (?) Geographic names Geographic names Comments Comments ° General discussion Specimens Specimens Words Vocabulary Words General discussion Proper names Vocabulary Vocabulary, etc. Words Words Hymn book Hymns Hymns Grammar Grammar Words Words Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary, éte. General discussion Words Words Words Words Remarks Months Spelling book Various Words Words Review Words Song Vocabulary Various Words (?) General discussion Vocabulary Hymn book Matthew Veccabulary Vocabulary General discussion Vocabulary, etc. (?) Grammar Grammar Words Vocabulary Catechism, etc. Lord’s prayer Prayer book Prayer book Keating (W. H.) Smith (E.) Smith (E.), note. Warden (D. B.) La Harpe (J. F. de), note. Savage (J.) ‘Winthrop (J.) Cass (L.) Cass (L.) Rawle (W.) Kasstigatorskee. Repertorio. Kasstigatorskee. Wood (S.) Sparks (J.) Balbi (A.) Indian. Prichard (J. C.) Balbi (A.) Merian (A. A. von). 585 Chateaubriand (F. A. de), note. Chippewa. Collection. Jones (P.) Zeisberger (D.) Zeisberger (D.) Clarkson (T.) Morenas (M.) Williams (R.) Williams (R.) McKenney (T.L.) Assall (F. W.) Malte Brun. Warden (D. B.) Morenas (M.) Malte Brun, note. Worsley (I.) Beltrami (G.C.) Jones (P.) Schooleraft (H. R.) Chateaubriand (F. A. de). Chateaubriand (F. A. de). James (E.) Sanders (D.C.) Whiting (H.) Wood (S.) Cass (L.) Merian (A. A. von). Malte Brun, note. Simon (B. A.) Franklin (J.) Jones (P.) Jones (P.) Cotton (J.) Cotton (J.), note. McCulloh (J. H.) Macauley (J.) La Harpe (J. F. de), note. Micmac. Zeisberger (D.) Chapman (J. A.) Cotton (J.) Dejean (A.) Biglow (W.) Nihima. Nibina. 586 1830 1830 1830 1830 1830 1830 1831 1831 1831 1831 1831 * 1831 18312 1831 1831-1837 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832-1833 1833 1833 1833 1833 1833 1833 1833? 1833 1833 1833 1833 1833 1833 1833? 1833? 1833 1833 1833 1833-1836 1834 1834 1834 1834 1834 1834 1834 1834 1834 1834 1834 1834 1834 1834? 1834? 1834? 1834 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Ottawa Letter Ottawa Letter Penobscot Scripture texts, eto. Penobscot Speller and reader Various Various Various Various Abnaki General discussion Chippewa General discussion Chippewa General discussion Chippewa General discussion Chippewa John Chippewa Matthew Chippewa Primer Delaware, Massachusetts Grammatic sketch Various Words Abnaki Primer, prayer book, etc. Abnaki Prospectus Chippewa Genesis Chippewa John Chippewa Spelling book Chippewa Spelling book Delaware General remarks Delaware Words Massachusetts Grammar Massachusetts Words Ottawa Prayer book Pottawatomi Catechism Various Various Various Words Various Numerals Abnaki Dictionary Abnaki Dictionary Abnaki General discussion Chippewa General discussion Chippewa New Testament - Chippewa Spelling book Chippewa Vocabulary Delaware Geographic names Massachusetts Scripture passages Mohegan, Massachusetts Lord’s prayer Ottawa, Chippewa Vocabulary Passamaquoddy Vocabulary Pottawatomi Letter Pottawatomi Various Pottawatomi Vocabulary Sac Letter Various Numerals Various Numerals Delaware Examples _ Algonkin Words Chippewa Catechism, etc. Chippewa Grammar and vocabulary Chippewa Proper names Chippewa Various Delaware First lessons Delaware Geographic names Delaware Primer Delaware Primer Delaware Vocabulary Delaware Vocabulary Penobscot Vocabulary Penobscot, Passamaquoddy Prayer book Pottawatomi Dialogues Pottawatomi Discourses Pottawatomi Grammar Pottawatomi Primer and prayer book Dejean (A.) Dejean (A.) Wzokhilain (P. P.) Wzokhilain (P. P.) James (E.) James (E.) Lincoln (E.) Atwater (C.) Atwater (C.) Atwater (C.) Jones (J.) and Jones (P.) Jones (P.) and Jones (J.) Van Tassel (I.) Pickering (J.) Malte Brun. W zokhilain (P. P.) Rasles (S.) Evans (J.) and Jones (P.) Jones (J.) and Jones (P.) Ayer (F.) James (E.) History. Gordon (T. F.) Eliot (J.) Allen (W.) Baraga (F.) Simerwell (R.) Williamson (W. D.) Malte Brun, Rafinesque (C. 8S.) Rasles (S.) Rasles (S.) Pickering (J.) Atwater (C.) James (E.) James (E.) James (E.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Present. Drake (S. G.) Sander] (S.) Kellogg (E.) Badin (S. T.) Simerwell (R.) Simerwell (R.) Black Hawk, note. Priest (J.) Priest (J.) Pott (A. F.) Moor (E.) Ojibway. Summerfield (J.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schooleraft (H. R.) Linapie. Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Linapie. Linapi’e. Campanius Holm (T.) Campanius Holm (T.) Hale (H.) Romagné (J. B.) Simerwell (R.) Simerwell (R.) Simerwell (R.) Simerwell (R.) 1834 1835 1835 1835 1835 P1935 1935 1835 1835 1835 1835 1335 1835 1835 1835 1835 1835 1835 1835-1839 1835-1847 1886 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836? 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 +1836? 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836? 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836 1836-1839 1836-1840 1836-1847 1837 1834-1874 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Pottawatomi Pottawatomi Sac Sac j Shawnee Shawnee Various Various Various Various Various Abnaki Algonkin Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Narragansett Ottawa, Chippewa Pottawatomi Sac, Chippewa Shawnee Shawnee Various Algonkin Algonkin Chippewa Delaware Delaware, Massachusetts Etchemin Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Menomonee Miami Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmao Nanticoke Ottawa Passamaquoddy Penobscot Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Shawnee Sac Various Various Various Various Various Various Delaware Chippewa, Algonkin. Various Algonkin Scripture passages Vocabulary Letter Letter Primer, ete. Spelling book Lord’s prayer, ete. Proper names Various Words General discussion Phrases, etc. Remarks Church rules Essay Genesis Lord’s prayer, etc. Lord’s prayer, etc. Lord’s prayer, etc. Reader Review Spelling book, ete. Tract Vocabulary Proclamation Primer and catechism Vocabulary, ete. Matthew Periodical Words General discussion General discussion Hymn book Text, etc. Grammatical sketch Vocabulary General discussion Scripture passages Scripture passages Vocabulary Vocabulary Catechism Grammar Grammar Prayers, etc. Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Hymn book Matthew Vocabulary Vocabulary Letter Lord's prayer, ete. Lord’s prayer, etc. Grammatic treatise Various Various Various General discussion Words Various Review 587 Simerwell (R.) Simerwell (R.) Black Hawk. Black Hawk. Lykins (J.) Lykins (J.) Drake (S. G.) Correspondence. Pickering (J.) Malte Brun. Bancroft (G.) Demiilier (L. E.) Newcomb (H.) Jones (P.) James (E.) Jones (P.) Hoffman (C. F.) Hoffman (C. F.) Hoffman (C. F.) Gallaudet’s. Schoolcraft (H. R.) James (E.) Kishemanito. Williams (R.), note. Ottawa Simerwell (R.) and Noaquett.. Chronicles. Lykins (J.), note. Shauwaunowe, Orbigny (A.D, d’). McIntosh (J.) Simon (B. A.) Jones (P.) Rafinesque (C.S.) Pickering (J.) Treat (J.) Francis (C.) Drake (S. G.) Present. Doty (J. D.) Thornton (—), Demillier (L. E.) Demillier (L. E.) Demillier (L. E.) Maillard (A.S.) Bromley (W.) Maynard (—). Murray (W. V.) Hamelin (—). Kellogg (E.) Gardiner (R.) Lykins (J.) Lykins (J.) Butler (R.) Gibson (—). Black Hawk. Drake (8. G.) Drake (S. G.) Duponceau (P. §.) Gallatin (A.) Humboldt (K. W. von). Jefferson (T.) Humboldt (K. W. von), Chateaubriand (F, A. de). Prichard (J. C.) Schooleraft (H. R.) 588 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1838 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 1839 _ 1839 1839 1839 1839-1841 1839-1852 1339-1874 1840 1840 1840 1846 1840 1840 1840 1840 1840 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Chippewa Bible extracts Chippewa Bible lessons Chippewa Hymn book Chippewa Luke Chippewa Prayer book Chippewa Primer Chippewa Sermons Chippewa Spelling book Delaware History of New Testament Ottawa Bible lessons Ottawa Prayer book Various Proper names Various Bibliographic Various Lord’s prayer, etc. Various Lord’s prayer, etc. Various Personal names Various Personal names Various Various Wea Primer Chippewa Acts Chippewa John Chippewa Songs, etc. — Chippewa Vocabulary Chippewa Vocabulary Chippewa, Algonkin Words Delaware Lord’s prayer Delaware Scripture narratives Montauk Vocabulary Ottawa First book Pottawatomi Words Shawnee Primer, etc. Various Grammatic treatise Various Proper names Various Proper names Chippewa Geographic names Chippewa Matthew Chippewa Songs Chippewa Songs Chippewa Songs Chippewa Songs Chippewa Prayer book Chippewa Primer Chippewa Words Massachusetts Lord’s prayer Massachusetts, Delaware Lord’s prayer, etc. New England Review Various Lord’s prayer Various Various Various Vocabulary Various Vocabulary Various Vocabulary Various Words Various Words Various Various Pennacooks Words Various Various Chippewa Epistles Chippewa Geography Chippewa Hymn book Chippewa Prayers, hymns, etc. Chippewa Tract Cree Vocabulary Delaware Lord’s prayer Pottawatomi Words Various Proper names Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) Henry (G.) and Evans (J.) Hall (S.) and Copway (G.) Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.), note. Evans (J.) Zeisberger (D.) and Blanchard (I. D.) Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) Catlin (G.) American Board. Drake (S. G.), note. — Drake (S. G.), note. Treaties. Treaties. Stuart (A.) Wea. Hall (S.) and Copway (G.) Jones (J.) and Jones (P.) Jameson (A. M.) Carver (J.) Carver (J.), note. Chateaubriand (F. A. de). History. Luckenbach (A.) Lambert (E. BR.) Meeker (J.) Smet (P. J. de). Lykins (J.) Duponceau (P.S.) Catlin (G.) Catlin (G.) Lanman (J. H.) Jones (P.) and Jones (J.) Hoftmann (C. F.) Jameson (A. M.) Jameson (A. M.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Belcourt (G. A.) Belcourt (G. A.) Connor (H.) Barber (J. W.) Horne (T. H.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Richard (L.) Williamson (W. D.) Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.) Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.) Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.) Malte Brun. Orbigny (A. D.d’). Maximilian (A. P.) Farmer’s. Notice. Omajibiigeuinvn. Abinoji. Jones (P.) and others. Lord’s. Osagiitiuin. Lewis (M.) History. McCoy (1.) Catlin (G.) 1840 1840 1840 1840-1843 1840-1843 1840-1848 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841? 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1841 1842 ~ 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842-1866 1842-1866 1842-1866 1842-1866 1843 1843 1843 1843 1843 1843 1843 1843 1843 1843 1843 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Various (?) (?) Delaware Various Various Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Blackfoot Blackfoot Chippewa Cree Massachusetts Micmac New England Ottawa Passamaquoddy Sankikani Various Various Various Various Algonkin Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Chippewa Cree Delaware p Massachusetts Mohegan Munsey Ottawa Shawnee Shawnee Various Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Algonkin Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Delaware Cree Delaware Mobegan Nipissing Nipissing Pottawatomi Various Various Abnaki Algonkin Blackfoot Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Various Geographic names (?) Vocabulary Vocabulary Various Catechism General discussion General discussion Manual Vocabulary Vocabulary Proper names Dictionary Lord's prayer Primer Words New Testament Prayers and hymns Vocabulary Lord’s prayer, etc. General discussion General discussion Words Various Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Songs Dictionary Primer Lord’s prayer Observations Hymn book Prayer book Hymn book Matthew Various Grammatical essay Text Vocabulary Vocabulary -General discussion Vocabulary Bible stories Songs Various Dictionary Words Observations Hymns Prayers Vocabulary Various Words St. Mark Words Vocabulary Vocabulary Catechism Grammar Hymn book New Testament Primer Text Various Vail (E. A.) Preston (T. R.) James (E.), note. Bland (T.) Maximilian (A. P.) Prichard (J. C.) ~Durocher (F.) Bradford (A. W.) Bradford (A. W.), note, Durocher (F.) Catlin (G.) Catlin (G.), note. Catlin (G.) W imer (J.) Barber (J. W.) Irwin (T.) Young (A.) Meeker (J.) Demillier (L. E.) Laet (J. de). Drake (S. G.) Donck (A. van der). Donck (A. van der), note. Malte Brun. Schoolcraft (H. R.) Catlin (G.), note. Catlin (G.), note. Catlin (G.), nete. © Hoffman (C. F.) Wimer (J.), note. Blanchard (I. D.) Moore (M.) Edwards (J.) Halfmoon (C.) Baraga (F.) Lykins (J.) and others. Lykins (J.) Renzi (A.) Wheeler (L. H.) Wheeler (L. H.) Wheeler (L. H.) Wheeler (L. H.) Bradford (A. W.) Catlin (G.), note. Baraga (F.) Hoffman (C. F.), note, Johnes (A. J.) Wimer (J.), note. Barber (J. W.) Edwards (J.), note. Specimen. Richard (P.) Bourassa (J. N.) Prichard (J. C.) MelIntosh (J.) Wzokhilain (P. P.) Lewis (R. B.) Catlin (G.) Catlin (G.) Dougherty (P.) Baraga (F.), note. Jones (P.) and others. Blatchford (H.) Dougherty (P.) Iu pitabvn. Slight (B.) 589 990 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844? 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844 1844-1845 18441-1847 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 - 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845 1845-1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846, 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846? 1846? Cree Delaware Delaware Massachusetts BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Grammar Geographic names Vocabulary Lord’s prayer Massachusetts, Chippewa Psalm and song Montagnais New England New Jersey New Jersey Nipissing Ottawa Ottawa Pottawatomi Pottawatomi Pottawatomi Various Various Various Various Various Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Delaware Delaware Montagnais New Jersey New York Ottawa Sac Sac, Blackfoot Various Various Various Various Various Abnaki Algonkin Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Cheyenne Cheyenne Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Delaware Delaware Delaware Long Island Massachusetts Massachusetts Milicete, Micmac Ottawa Ottawa Prayer book Words Proper names Vocabulary Catechism, etc. John Prayer book Catechism, ete. Matthew and Acts Prayer book Words Words Words Various Lord’s prayer Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Words Words Words Vocabulary Primer Psalms Songs Songs Text Geographic names Vocabulary Specimens Vocabulary Geographic names Hymn book Letter Words Lord’s prayer, etc. Proper names Various Various Various Hymns, etc. Words Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary General discussion General discussion Prayer book Sermons Spelling book Vocabulary Various Vocabulary Words Geographic names Psalm Psalm Lord’s prayer Catechism Catechism Howse (J.) Watson (J. F.) Roupe (I. D.) Barber (J. W.) Goodrich (S. G.) La Brosse (J. B. de). Young (A.) Gordon (T.) Barber (J. W.) and Howe (H.) Aiamie. Meeker (J.) Johnston (G.) Potewateme. . Ly kins (J.) Hoecken (C.) McIntosh (J.) MeIntosh (J.), note. MelIntosh (J.), note. Schoolcraft (H. R.) Auer (A.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (H. RB.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (H. R.), nete. Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Catlin (G.), note. Baraga (F.) Schoolcraft (J.) Hoffman (C. F.) Schoolcraft (H. R.), note. Dow, jr. Watson (J. F.) Kichthal (G. d’). Laverlochére (J. N.) Barber (J. W.) and Howe (H.) Denton (D.) Meeker (J.) Black Hawk, note. Frost (J.) Drake (S. G.), note. Catlin (G.) Prichard (J. C.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Investigator. Kipp (W. 1.) ‘Alden (T.) Catlin (G.), note. Hale (H.) Hale (H.) Jomard (E. F.) Jomard (E. F.) O'Meara (F. A.) Baraga (F.) James (E.) St. John (J. R.) Johnes (A.J.) Zeisberger (D.) Barber (J. W.), note. Thompson (B. F.) Eliot (J.) Hood (G.) Levinge (R. G. A.) Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) alle 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1816 «1846 1846-1848 1846-1848 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1847 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848 Ottawa Pottawatomi Pottawatomi Various Various Various Various Blackfoot Virginia Abnaki Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Delaware Delaware Delaware Maliseet, Micmac Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Micmac Montagnais Munsee Varioc3 Various Various (?) (2) Algonkin Blackfoot Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Cheyenne Chippewa Chippewa Delaware Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Montagnais Montagnais Shawnee Shawnee Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Prayer book Prayer book Primer and prayer book General discussion Proper names Various Words Vocabulary Vocabulary Hymns Bibliographic Reader Catechism Easy lessons Hymn book Primer Songs Songs Songs General discussion Hymn book Words Lord’s prayer Geographic names Psalms Psalms Psalms Specimen Sentences Prayer book Prayer book Numerals Various Various (?) (?) Geographic names Vocabulary Vocabulary, etc. Vocabulary, etc. Vocabulary, etc. Vocabulary, ete. Hymns Tract Geographic names ’ Various Words Lord's prayer Calendar Catechism, ete. Vocabulary Vocabulary Lord’s prayer, etc. Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Various Various Various Various Various Various 591 Baraga (F.) Hoecken (C.) Hoecken (C.) Schermerhorn (J. F.), note. Stanley (J. M.) Latham (R. G.) McIntosh (J.), note. Catlin (G.) Howison (R. R.) Kipp (W.1.), note. Vater (J.S.) Dougherty (P.) and Rodd (D.) Dougherty (P.) and Rodd (D.) Dougherty (P.) and Rodd (D.) Jones (P.) and others. Dougherty (P.) Copway (G.) Copway (G.) Copway (G.), note. Rondthaler (H.) Zeisberger (D.) and Lucken- bach (A.) Barber (J. W.) Gesner (A.) Felt (J. B.) Smith (J. J.) and Watson (J. F.) Smith (J. J.)and Watson (J. F.), note, Smith (J. J.) and Watson (J.F.), note. Adams (N.) Rand (S. T.) Durocher (F.) Morning. Pott (A. F.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Smet (P. J. de). Gabelentz (H.) Malte Brun, note. Benson (E.) Catlin (G.) Emery (W. H.) Abert (J. W.) Abert (J. W.) Abert (J. W.) Henry (G.) Nabwahkaud. Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Thomas (G.), note. Barber (J. W.) Barber (J. W.), note. Tsistekaigan. Durocher (F.) Howe (H.), note. Johnston (John), note. Drake (S. G.), note. Catlin (G.) Catlin (G.) Catlin (G.) Catlin (G.) Gallatin (A.) Prichard (J. C.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (H. R.), note. Smet (P.J. de). 592 1848 1848 1848 1848 1848-1851 1849 1849 1849? 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 1849 184-2 184-2 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850? 1850 1850? 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850? 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 18502 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850-1851 1850-1862 - 1851 1851 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Various Various Various Various Various Algonkin Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Delaware Delaware Massachusetts, Chippewa Micmac Micmac, Maliseet Norridgewock Powhatan Shawnee Various Various Various Powhatan Various Abnaki Algonkin Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Algonkin Chippewa, Algonkin Delaware Delaware Delaware Various Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Scripture passages Geographic names Bibliographic Catechism Prayer book Reader Vocabulary Words Text Words Psalms and song Legends Lord’s prayer Numerals, ete. Dictionary Vocabulary Various Vocabulary Words Mark Vocabulary Proper names Classification Bibliographic General discussion Geographic names Gospels Grammar Songs Songs Songs Text Tract Words Words Geographic names Verbs Words Etchemin, Passamaquoddy Key Etchemin, Passamaquoddy Key Massachusetts Massachusetts Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Montagnais Munsee New York Ottawa Ottawa Shawnee Various Various Various Various (?) Chippewa (?) Abnaki Abnaki Psalms Scripture passages Grammatic sketch, ete. Hymn Tract Tracts Calendar Hymn book Geographic names First book Hymn book Vocabulary ~ Proper names Various Vocabulary Words (?) Geographic names (2) Grammar and vocabulary Grammar and vocabulary Smet (P.J. de). Ettwein (J.) Latham (R. G.) ' Schomburgk (R. H.) Bagster (J.) Benson (E.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) Barnard (A.) Schooleraft (H. R.) Ramsey (A.) Squier (EH. G.) Clarkson (T.) Goodrich (S. G.) Rand (8.T.) Alexander (J. E.) Hanson (J. W.) Strachey (W.) Howe (H.) Smet (P. J. de). M’Lean (J.) McIntosh (J.) T.ykins (J.) M’Kenzie (D. M.) Barratt (J.) _Latham (R. G.) Muller (F.) Atwater (C.) Hathaway (J.) O’Meara (F. A.) Baraga (F.) Copway (G.), note. Copway (G.), note. Lanman (C.) Baraga (F.) Enew. Chateaubriand (F. A. de). Chateaubriand (F, A. de). Watson (J: F.) Threlkeld (L. E.) Haldeman (S.S8.) Barratt (J.) Barratt (J.) Smith (J. J.) and Watson (J. F’.} Dearborn (H. A.S.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Tsistekaigan. Minseeweh. Dryasdust. _ Meeker (J.) Meeker (J.) Howe (H.) Catalogue, : Schooleraft (H. R.), note. Howse (J.) Schomburgk (R. H.) Copway (G.), note. Foster (J. W.) and Whitney (J. D.) Malte Brun, note. Barratt (J.) Barratt (J.) 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 - 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851-1857 > 4%) 3862 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 ‘1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852 1852-1856 1853 1853 1853 1853 © 1853 Abnaki Algonkin Blackfoot Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Long Island Various Various Various Various Various Various (2) Various Abnaki Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware, Shawnee Massachusetts Menomonee Miamee Micmac Mohegan Montagnais Montagnais Muncey New Jersey Shawnee Various Various Various Various (?) ' Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Arapahoe, Cheyenne Cheyenne, Arapaho ALG — 38 ALGONQUIAN. LANGUAGES. Grammar and vocabulary Classification Vocabulary Vocabulary Grammar Hymn book Hymn Hymn Poem Songs Vocabulary Various Acts John Vocabulary Words Geographic names Lord’s prayer, etc. Various Various Various Various Vocabulary, etc. (?) Various Geographic names Vocabulary Numerals Song Songs Spelling and reading book Tract Tribal names Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Various Geographic names John Matthew Words Words Words Vocabulary Psalms . Vocabulary Vocabulary Decalogue Geographic names Prayer book Remarks Catechism Vocabulary Vocabulary Proper names Proper names Vocabulary, Lord’s prayer Words (2) Geographic names Classification Various Vocabulary Proper names 59S Barratt (J.) Latham (R. G.) Catlin (G.), note. Catlin (G.), note. Baraga (F.) Jones (P.) and others. Copway (G.) Tupper (N. F.) Schooleraft (J.) Copway (G.) Copway (G.) Richardson (J.) Hunter (J.) Mason (W.) Lewis (M.), note. Laverlochére (J. N.) De Kay (J. E.) Drake (S. G.) ' Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) De Forest (J. W.) Malte Brun, note. Schoolcraft (H. R.) Hanson (J. W.) Moncrovie (J. B.} Warren (W. W.) Fletcher (J.C.} Jameson (A. M.)} Baierlein (E. R.) Ewh. Warren (W. W.) Carver (J.) Dougherty (P.) Johnston (G.) Johnston (W.) Moran (G.) Richardson (J:) Coats (W.) Mason (W.) Gospel. Haldeman (S. 8S.) Janney (S. M.) Janney (S. M.) Cummins (R. W.) Smith (J. J.) and Watson (J. F.) Bruce (W. H.) Handy (C. W.) Rand (8S. T.) Caulkins (F. M.) Durocher (F.) Taché (A. A.) Series. Barber (J. W.) and Howe (H.) Howe (H.) Catlin (G.) Stanley (J. M.) De Forest (J. W.) Buschmann (J.C. E.) Malte Brun, note. Savage (J.), note. Gallatin (A.) Jacobs (S.S.) Smith (J.S.) Smet (P. J. de) 594 1853 1853 | 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854-1879 1854-1887 1850 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855. - 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree, Sauteux Delaware Micmac New England Sauteux Various Various Various Various Various Various Various (?) Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Massachusetts Massachusetts Micmac Micmac Nipissing Various Various Various (2) Pootatuck Chippewa Algonkin Algonkin Algorquian Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Delaware, Shawnee Maliseet Maliseet BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Dictionary Hymn Letter Prayer book Primer Matthew Prayers General discussion Vocabulary Matthew Geographic names Words Etymologies Various Various Vocabulary, Lord’s prayer, ete. Words Words Words (2) Bibliographic General discussion New Testament Words Various Book of common prayer Catechism, etc. Epistles John Luke Lord’s prayer Scripture passages John Reader Prayer book Lord’s prayer, etc. Various Words (2) Geographic names Grammar, dictionary General discussion — Geographic names Bibliographic Chants Geographic names Geographic names Songs Text Verses Vocabulary Vocabulary Book of common prayer Calendar Catechism Hymn book Mark John Jobn I Prayer book Tract Words Vocabulary Locd’s prayer Numerals Baraca (F.), note. Strickland (S.) Baraga (F.) O’Meara (F. A.) Baraga (F.), note. Hunter (J.) Hunter (J.) Bond (J. W.) Madison (J.) Rand (S. T.) Winthrop (J.) Belcourt (G. A.) Chapin (A. B.) Pott (A. F.) Schoolcraft (H. RB.) De Forest (J. W.) Buschmann (J.C. E.) Buschmann (J.C. E.) McIntosh (J.), note. Malte Brun, note. Schoolcraft (H. R.) Hurlburt (T.) O'Meara (F. A.) Frémiot (N. M.) Richardson (J.), note. Horden (J.) Laverlochére (J. N.) and Garin (A. M.) Hunter (J.) Mason (W.), note. Hunter (J.) Journal. Eliot (W. H.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Niina, Drake (S. G.) Jones (E. F.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Copway (G.), note. Cothren (W.) Jacker (E.) Beverley (R.) Brunson (A.) Tribner & Co. Bonduel (F. J.) Caikins (H.) Hathaway (J.) Copway (G.) Baraga (F.) Johnston (Jane). Longfellow (H. W.) Pierz (F.) Hunter (J.) Crea. Hunter (Jean). Hunter (Jean). Hunter (J.) Hunter (J.) “i Hunter (Jean). Thibault (J. B.) Hunter (J.) Harvey (H.) Whipple (A. W.) and others. Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) 1855 _— 1855 1855 1855 . 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855 1855-1857 1855-1875 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856 1856-1861 1856-1883 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 ' Mealiseet Menomonee Micmac Miemac Micmac Montagnais Ottawa Pampticough Pampticough Passamaquoddy Various Various Various Various Various Various Various ‘Various Various (?) (?) Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa ° Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree, Sauteux Cree, Sauteux Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Micmac Montagnais Montagnais New England Nipissing Various Various Wisconsin (?) () (7) Algonkin Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Black foot Blackfoot Blackfoot Chippewa ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Primer Prayers, hymns, etc. Psalms Vocabulary Words Calendar Prayer book Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Alphabets Alphabets Bibliographic Lord’s prayer Phrases Phrases Yarious Various Words (?) (?) Dictionary Geographic names Prayer book Vocabulary General discussion General discussion Bibliographic Catechism New Testament Psalms Songs Songs Speller and reader Book of common prayer Jobn John I Prayer book General discussion General discussion Vocabulary Words General discussion Lord’s prayer Lord's prayer Luke Catechism, ete. Chants Geographic names Primer, etc. Vocabulary Words Tribal names @) (?) (?) Words Hymns Prayer book Classification Geographic names Bibliographic Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Geographic names 095 Stevens (J.) Bonduel (F. J.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Hardy (C.) Tsistekaigan. Baraga (F.) Lawson (J.) Lawson (J.) Kidder (F.) Lepsius C. R.) Lepsius (C. R.) American Bible Society. . Shea (J. G.) Lafiéche (L. F. R.) Garin (A. M.) Prichard (J. C.) Schooleraft (H. R.) Wailly (S. de). James (E.), note. Malte Brun, note. Vetromile (E.) Potter (C. E.) Vetromile (I.) Willis (W.) Haven (S. F.) Haven (S. F.) Tribner & Co. Déléage (F. R.) Blatchford (H.) O’Meara (F. A.) Lanman (C.) Schooleraft (H. R.) Spelling. Hunter (J.) Mason (W.) Hunter (Jean). Garin (S. M.) Bond (J. W.) Bond (J. W.) Chute (J. A.) Barber (J. W.) Francis (C.), note. Bacon (O. N.) Eliot (J.) of Boston, note. Rand (S. T.) Durocher (F.) Durocher (F,) Potter (C. E.) Masinaiganikiknoamagek8in. Allen (W.) Pott (A. F.) Shea (J. G.) Lanman (C.), note. Richardson (J.), note. Malte Brun, note. O'Callaghan (E. B.) Doublet de Boisthibault (#. J.) Vetromile (EF.) Lafiéche (L. F. R.) Mead (D. M.) Stevens (H.) Catlin (G.) Catlin (G.), note. Catlin (G.), note. Witherell (B. F. H.) 596 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 ~ 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1857 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1858 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Algonkin ' Cree Cree Cree Delaware Massachusetts Massachusetts, Mohegan Micmac Nipissing Penobscot Shawnee Various Various Various Various Various Various Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Algonquian Algonquian Cheyenne Cheyenne, Arapaho Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Massachusetts Massachusetts Micmac Montagnais Montagnais Montagnais Ottawa Ottawa Pamunkey Various Various Various Various Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonquian Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa fs Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Delaware, Shawnee Illinois Massachusetts Micmac Hymn book Speech Words Epistles John Prayer book Geographic names Words Lord’s prayer Genesis Calendar Prayer Vocabulary Bibliographic Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer, etc. Lord’s prayer, etc. Vocabulary Words Calendar Prayer book Prayer song Text Vespers Various Bibliographic Bibliographic Proper names Proper names Sermons Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Bibliographic Geographic names Prayer book Prayer Prayers, etc. Text General discussion Prayer book Vocabulary Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer, etc. Various Words Calendar Words Words Bibliographic Vocabulary Hymn book Prayers, hymns, etc Sermons Text Vocabulary Book of common prayer Book of common prayer Gospels New Testament Psalm and hymn book Vocabulary Vocabulary Bibliographic Scripture passages Psalms Jones (P.) and others. Pitezel (J. H.) Chateaubriand (F. A. de). Mason (W.) Mason (W.) Thibault (J. B.) Watson (J. F.) Allen (W.) Jones (A. D.) Rand (S. T.) Déléage (¥. R.) Sabine (L.) Howe (H.), note. Bullen (G.) Shea (J. G.) Drake (S. G.), note. Dudley (P.) Latham (R. G.) McIntosh (J.) Vetromile (E.) Vetromile (E.) Vetromile (E.) Merlet (L. V.C.) Vetromile (E.) Jacobs (S. 8.) Ludewig (H. E.) Stevens (H.) Smet (P. J. de). Smet (P.J. de). Baraga (F.) Carver (J.) Copway (G.) O’Meara (F. A.) Lenox (J.) Ricketson (D.) — Micmac. Le Jeune (P.) Le Jeune (P.) Relation. Assikinack (F.) Baraga (F.) Dalrymple (—). Shea (J. G.) Drake (S. G.), note. Jéhan (L. F.) McIntosh (J.), note. Vetromile (E.) Kidder (F.) Kidder (F.) Tribner & Co. Catlin (G.) Jones (P.) and others. Déléage (F. BR.) Garin (A. M.) Belcourt (G. A.) Kohl (J. G.) Horden (J.) Hunter (J.) Horden (J.) Mason (W.) Mason (W.) Henry (M.S.) Denny (E.) — Murphy (H.C.) Records. Rand (S. T.) ee ee re ne ee 7 eRe 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 185-? 185-2 185-2 185-2 185-2 185-? 185-? 185-? 185-2 185-? 185-? 185-? 185-? 1859-1860 1859-1861 1859-1876 1860 1860 ~ 1860 1860 1860 1860? 1860 1860 1860 1830 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860? 1860 1860 1860 1860? 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860? 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860 1860 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Micmac Moose Narragansett Nipissing Shawnee Various Various Various (?) (?) Cree: Cree Cree Cree Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac, Maliseet Various Delaware Chippewa, Algonkin Various Abnaki Abnaki Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Mississagua Cree Cree Delaware, Shawnee Mohegan, Chippewa Moose Munsee Ottawa: Pampticough Salteux Shawnee Shawnee Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various (?) Virginia ~ Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Sentences, etc. Psalm and hymn book Words Bible history Hymn book Vocabulary Words Words (?) (?) Genesis Syllabary Translations Translations Catechism Hymn Hymn Miscellany Ollendorff Psalm Vocabulary Lecture Various Dictionary Words Words Bible history Pledge Bibliographic Calendar Hymn book Hymn book Song Vocabulary Words Sentences, etc. Book of common prayer Psalm and hymn book Vocabulary Words Bible history, ete. Words General discussion Vocabulary Bible history, ete. Vocabulary Vocabulary Lord’s prayer, etc. Numerals, ete. Scripture passages Scripture passages Various Various Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary (?) Animal names General discussion Geographic names Grammatic sketch Bibliographic Vocabulary Hymn book Hymn book Pentateuch Vetromile-(E.) Horden (J.) Commuck (T.) Mathevet (J. C.) Lykins (J.) and others. Willis (W.) Buschmann (J.C. E.) McIntosh (J.), note. Lanman (C.), note. Malte Brun, note. Sinclair (J.) Horden (J.) Sinclair (J.) Steinhauer (H.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.)- Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. 'T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Smet (P. J. de). Henry (M.5S.) 597 Chateaubriand (F. A. de), note.. Pott (A. F.) Vetromile (E.) Vetromile (£.) Tribner & Co. Jacker (E.) Jones (P.) and others. Jones (P.) and others. Strickland (W.P.) — Kohl (J. G.) » Steinthal (H.) Jones (P.) Hunter (J.), note. Mason (W.) Denny (E.) Farrar (F. W.) Horden (J.) Jones (N. W.) Assikinack (F.) Lawson (J.) Horden (J.) Dodge (J. RB.) Johnston (John), note. Drake (8S. G.) Haldeman (S.S.) Bagster (J.) British. Latham (R. G.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Buschmann (J.C. E.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Domenech (E. H. D.) Dawson (J. W.) White (J.) Vetromile (E.) Schoolcraft (H. BR.) Gibbs (G.) O'Callaghan (E. B.) Cooper (J. G.) Jones (P.) O’Meara (F. A.) and Jacobs (P.) O’Meara(F. A.) and Jacobs (P.) 598 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861 1861? 1861 1861 1861-1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862 1862-1866 1863 1863 1863 1663 1863. 1863 1863 1863 1863 1863 1863 1863 1863 1863 1864 1864 1864 1864 1864 1864 1864 1864 1864-1875 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865? 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 Cree Massachusetts Micmac Micmac Montagnais Narragansett Nipissing Salteux Shawnee Various Various Chippewa Abnaki Algonquian Cheyenne Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Delaware Delaware Micmac Nipissing Various Various Various Various #* Cree, Blackfoot Algonkin Blackfoot Cheyenne, Arapahoe Cree Cree Delaware Delaware Maliseet Massachusetts Micmac Micmac Montagnais Various Various Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Menomonee Micmac Nipissing» Various Various Abnaki Abnaki Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Algonkin Cree Cree Cree, Chippewa Delaware Illinois Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Montagnais Montauk BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Bible Psalms Hieroglyphs Vocabulary Letter Geographic names Bible history Morning and evening service Vocabulary Various Words Periodical Calendar Bibliographic Vocabulary Hymn Hymn Orthography New Testament Words Words Hieroglyphs Calendar Various Vocabulary, etc. Words Words Legends Words Vocabulary Proper names Letter Vocabulary Numerals Words Tract Lord’s prayer, etc. Acts Sentences Letters Bibliographic Vocabulary, ete. Numerals and sentences Numerals and sentences Various General discussion Proper names, Grammar . Hymn book Various Various General discussion - Geographic names Hymns Tract Words Dictionary ’ Grammar Scripture passages Words Dictionary Rules Sentence Vocabulary Prayers Vocabulary Mason (W.) Smith (J. J.) and Watson (J. F.) Shea (J. G.) Le Clercq (C.) Montagnais. Parsons (U.) Mathevet (J.C.) Horden (J.) Pike (A.) Jones (P.) Lesley (J. P.) Petaubun. Vetromile (E.), note. Stevens (H.) Flachnecker (G.) Playter (G. F.) Playter (G. F.), note. Wheeler (L. H.) Mason (W.) Dally (E.) Dally (B.) Shea (J. G.) Cuoq (J. A.) and Déléage (F. R.) Latham (R. G.) Hayden (F. V.) Pott (A. F.) Wilson (D.) Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Perez (J.) Sullivan (J. W.) Smet (P. J. de). Papers. Palliser (J.) Gibbs (G.) Uméry (J.) Rand (S. T.) Lepsius (C. R.) Rand (S. T.) Maillard (A.S.) Squier (E. G.) American Bible Society. Hayden (F. V.) Gordon (A. H.) Gordon (A. H.) Thoreau (H. D.) Cuog (J. A.) Baird. (H.S.) Maillard (A.S.) Cuog (J. A.) Jéhan (L. F.) Vetromile (E.) Lincoln (E ), note. Hind (H. Y.) Jacker (E ) Oshki. Chateaubriand (F: A. de). Watkins (E. A.) - Howse (J.) Es British, = Oronhyatekha. Le Boulanger (J. I.) Trumbull (J. H.) Shepard (T.) Wood (W.) Massé (E.) Wood (S.) =~ VEE Sete Spe 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865 1865-1879 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866? 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 - 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1866 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1867 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Nipissing Nipissing Shawnee, Delaware Various Various Various Various Various Various (2) Algonquian Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Algonquian Blackfoot Chippewa, Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree, Montagnais Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Narragansett Nipissing Penobscot Pottawatomi Saulteux Shawnee Various Various Various Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Montagnais Various Various Various Various Various Abnaki Abnaki e Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Chippewa Cree, Chippewa Long Island Long Island Catechism Prayer book Numerals Bibliographic Bibliographic Numerals Words Words Words (?) Bibliographic Calendar Geographic names Hymns Various Various Grammar, etc. Words Vocabulary Way of the cross Catechism and hymn book Hymn book Prayer book Prayer book Conjugations, etc. Catechism Catechism and prayer book Catechism, etc. Hymn book Vocabulary Catechism, etc. Prayer Prayers and hymns Hymn book Vocabulary Bibliographic Various Words Calendar Numerals, etc. Numerals, etc. Geographic names Bibliographic Vocabulary Vocabulary Etymology Etymology Scripture passages Scripture passages Prayer book Geographic names Grammatic sketch Grammatic sketch Proper names Vocabularies Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Proper names Tribal names Various Various Words Scripture passages Geographic names Geographic names Cuog (J. A.) Cuog (J. A.) Jones (D.) Bartlett (J: R.) Bartlett (J. R.) Shea (J. G.) Farrar (F. W.) Malte Brun. Wilson (D.) Champlain (S. de), note. Tribner & Co. Vetromile (E.) Ballard (£.) Kipp (W.1I.) Maurault (J. A.) Vetromile (E.) Cuog (J. A.) Nason (E.) Catlin (G.) Lacombe (A.), note. Lebret (L. M.) Horden (J.) Lebret (L. M.) Thibault (J. B.) Faraud (H.J.) Kauder (C.) Kauder (C.) Kauder (C.) Kauder (C.) Williams (R.) Lebret (L. M.) Macleod (X. D.) Gailland (M.) Horden (J.)} Gibbs (G ) Bartlett (J. R.) Lescarbot (M.) Wedgwood (H.) Vetromile (E.), note. Baxter (J.) Baxter (J.) Wheeler (C. H.) Leclere (C.) Johnston (G.), note. Johnston (W.), note. Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Drake (S. G.) Present. Durocher (F.) Jones (N. W.) Miiller (F.) Miller (F.) Smithsonian. Ulrici (E.) True (N. T.) True (N. 'T.) True (N.T.) Rockwell (E. F.) Brice (W. A.) Teza (E.) Teza (E.) Brinton (D. G.) British. Field (T. W.) Field (T. W.) 599 600 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868 1868-1890 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869? 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869 1869 186-2 186-2 186-2 186-2 186-? 186-2 186-2 186-? 186-2 186-2 186-2 1870 1870 1870 1870 18702 1870 1870 - 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870 1870-1871 1871 1871 Massachuseits Micmac, Maliseet Narragansett New J ersey Pottawatomi Various Various Various W awenoc Algonquian Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Cheyenne, Arapahoe Connecticut Connecticut Cree Delaware, Micmac Mohegan Ottawa Shawnee Various Various Various Maliseet Maliseet Maliseet Maliseet Maliseet Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac, Maliseet Micmac, Maliseet Penobscot Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Cheyenne, Arapaho Chippewa Chippewa Cree, Chippewa Cree, Montagnais Delaware - Maliseet Micmac Montagnais Montagnais Powhatan Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Abnaki Abnaki BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Prayers Words Numerals, etc. Vocabulary Prayer book and catechism Bibliographic Numerals Scripture passages Numerals Bibliographic Words General discussion Geographic names Onomatopeia Review Various Words Bibliographic Proper names Geographic names Geographic names Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Geographic names Catechism Vocabulary Geographic names Remarks Words Hymns Miscellany Miscellany Ollendorff Vocabulary Grammatic essay Prayers Tracts and hymns Miscellany Psalms Prayer Calendar Classification Words Bibliographic Proper names Song Song. General discussion Conjugation, ete. Bibliographic John Exodus Lord’s prayer, etc. Prayers Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Remarks Words Words Words Bibliographic Calendar Geographic names Dexter (H. M.) Dawson (J. W.) Dexter (H. M.) Barber (J. W.) and Howe (H.) Gailland (M.) Quaritch (B.) Pott (A. F.) British, note. Sewell (R. K.) Sabin (J.) Chase (P. E.) Cuogqg (J. A.) Mombert (J.1.) Trumbull (J. H.) Le Hir (A. M.) Maggi (P. G.) Cuog (J. A.) Clarke (R.) & Co., note. Blackmore (W.) Trumbull (J. H.) Woodward (A.) Apostolides (S.) Naphegyi (G.) Street (A. B.) Sifferath (N. L.) Howe (H.) Jones (N. W.) ' Taché (A. A.) Chase (P. H.) Rand (5S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S.T.) . Kauder (C.) Micmac. Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Macleod (X. D.) Vetromile (E.), note. Lapham (I. A.) Crane (W. W.) Triibner & Co. Smet (P. J. de). Belden (G. P.) Van Fleet (J. A.) Hurlburt (T.) Faraud (H. J.) De Schweinitz (E.) Rand (5S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Champlain (S. de). Massé (E.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Marietti (P.) Shea (J. G.) Taché (A. A.) Clarke (P. D.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Bartlett (J.-R.) Vetromile (E.), note. Ballard (E.) 1871 1871 1871 1871 -87t 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 ~ 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871-1873 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872 1872-1873 1872-1875 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 Abnaki Algonquian Chippewa _ Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Delaware Kikapoo : Micmac Micmac Micmac, Maliseet Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Aigonquian Chippewa Cree Cree Delaware Delaware Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Nipissing Nipissing Sauteux Various Various Various Various Various Wawenoc Delaware Algonquian Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Algonquian Delaware, Algonkin Micmac i Narragansett New England New England New England Nipissing Quiripi Rhode Island Geographic names Bibliographic Geographic names Relationships Relationships Remarks Song, etc. Words Lord’s prayer Relationships Remarks Relationships Relationships Matthew Song Relationships Examples Proper names Vozsabulary, etc. Vocabulary, etc. Words Words Words Onomatopeia Catechism Hymn Hymn Bibliographic Bibliographic Song, ete. New Testament Prospectus Geographic names Geographic names John Lesson card Tract Tract Tract Tract Calendar Hymn Words Examples Examples Examples Lord’s prayer Various Numerals Lord’s prayer Bibliographic Calendar Hymno General discussion General discussion Bibliographic Bibliographic General discussion Scripture passages Vocabulary Bibliographic Words Words Hymns, prayers, etc. Catechism Geographic names ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Ballard (E.) Clarke (R.) & Co. Lanman (C.) Dougherty (P.) Jacker (K.) Gibbs (G.) Belden (G. P.), note. Trumbull (J. H.) Apostolides (S.), note. Watkins (H. A.) Nouvelle. Adams (W.) 601 Fish (P.) and Harvey (S. D.) Rand (S. T.) Elder (W.)> Rand (S. T.) Trumbull (J. H.) Catlin (G.) De Forest (J. W.) Morgan (L. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J: H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Catechismo. Mathevet (J. C.) Mathevet (J. C.) Harrisse (H.) Tribner & Co. Belden (G. P.), note. Lacombe (A.) Lacombe (A.) Heckewelder (J.G. E.) .E.) Heckewelder (J. G Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (s. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (5. T.) Rand (S. T.) Cuog (J. A.) Cuog (J. A.) Belcourt (G. A.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Rutenber (E. M.) Trumbull (J. H.) Zeisberger (D.) Miiller (F.) Vetromile (E.), note. Kipp (W.L.) Cuog (J. A.) Cuogq (J. A.) Clarke (R.) & Co., note. Field (T. W.) Shea (J. G.) Rand (S. T.) Williams (R.) Paine (N,) Stearns (R. E.C.) Trumbull (J. H.) Cuog (J. A.) Pierson (A.) Trumbull (J. H.) 602 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873? 1873 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874 1874-1875 1874-1876 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875? 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875? 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various (?) Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Algonquian Blackfoot, Sac Chippewa - Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Massachusetts Massachusetts Massachusetts Micmac Micmac Micmac Montauk Muncey Nipissing Nipissing Ottawa Various Various Various Various Various Algonquian Chippewa Abnaki Algonkin, Arapahoe Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Cheyenne and Arapahoe Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Massachusetts, Chippewa Micmac Micmac Pennsylvania Examples Examples Examples Grammatic comments Lord’s prayer Lord’s prayer Numerals Various (”) Calendar General discussion Vocabulary Bibliographic Bibliographic Proper names Manual Minor prophets New Testament Prayer book Catechism Dictionary Dictionary and grammar Grammar Psalm and hymn book Tract Words Bibliographic Bibliographic Lord’s prayer Epistles, etc. Luke Mark - Vocabulary Hymn book Aymn Lord’s prayer Prayers Bibliographic Proper names Sentences Various Words Bibliographic Scripture passages Calendar Words Bibliographic Bibliographic Bibliographic Proper names Hymn book New Testament Prayer book Grammatic comments Catechism Grammar Instructions - Prayer book Psalter Syllabary Words Numerals Matthew, Mark, Luke Reader Geographic names THE Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Bastian (P. W. A.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Ellis (R.) Treasury. Farrar (F. W.), note. Vetromile (E.), note. Cuog (J. A.) Holden (A. W.) Steiger (E.) Thomas (1.) Mogridge (G.) Wilson (E. F.) McDonald (R.) O’ Meara (F. A.) Baraga (F.) Hunter (Jean). Lacombe (A.) Lacombe (A.) Lacombe (A.) Horden (J.) Hunter (J.) Sayce (A. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Blakeman (B. C.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Baylies (R. M.) Halfmoon (C.) Cuoqg (J. A.) Cuoqg (J. A.) Weikamp (J. B.) Quaritch (B.) Jackson (W. H:) Clemens (S. L.) and Warner (C. D.) Smet (P.J. de). Trumbull (J. H.) Tribner & Co. Knight (E. H.) Vetromile (E.), note. Trumbull (J. A.) Clarke (R.) & Co., note. Field (I. W.) Sabin (J.) Smet (P.J. de). Jones (P.) and others. Blatchford (H.) O’ Meara (F. A.) and others. Adam (L.) Mason (S.) Hunter (J.) Lacombe (A.) Mackay (J. A.) Horden (J.) Carnegie (J.) Sayce (A. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Sheafer (P. W.) 1875 1875 ba 2875 ~ 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875-1877 1875-1877 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876? 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876 1876? 1876? 1876 1876 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 Shawnee Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Algonquian Cheyenne Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Algonquian Algonquian Algunquian Algonquian Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa, Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware . Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Micmac Micmac, Shawnee Montagnais Various Various Various Various Various Abnaki, Illinois Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Vocabulary Bibliographic Bibliographic Numerals Numerals Scripture passages Vocabulary Words Bibliographic Vocabulary Calendar Time divisions General discussion Bibliographic Bibliographic General discussion General discussion Vocabulary Words Grammatic comments Advertisement Book of c»mmon prayer Gospels and acts Hymn book John John I Mark New Testament Psalms Psalm and hymn book Psalm and hymn book Psalter Address Address General discussion General discussion Geographic names Vocabulary Vocabulary Geographic names Numerals Tract Bible verse Scripture passages Scripture passages Vocabulary Words Hymn General discussion Numerals Verb Verb Words Bibliozraphic Bibliographic General discussion Dictionary Dictionary Grammar Hymn book Review Vocabulary Words Book of common prayer Etym»logy 603: Howe (H.) Bartlett (J. R.) Bartlett (J. R.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H. ) British. Vinson (KE. H. J.) Ellis (R.) ; Triibner & Co. Bellas (H. H.) Vetromile (E.), note. Vetromile (E.) Hovelacque (A.) Clarke (R.) & Co. Sabin (J.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trambull (J. H.) Catlin (G.) Brinton (D. G.) Adam (L.) Fleming (A. B.) & Co. Hunter (J.) Horden (J.), note. Hunter (J.) Hunter (J.) Hunter (Jean). Hunter (J.) Horden (J.) Hunter (J.) Horden (J.) Horden (J.) and Kirkby (W. W.): Horden (J.), note. Cornell (W. M.) Cornell (W. M.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) and Duponceau (P. 5S.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Heckewelder (J.G. E.) Zeisberger (D.), note. Lugtin (C. H.) Ellis (R.) Durocher (F.) American Bible Society. Bible Society. British. Vinson (E. H. J.) Wilson (D.) Sobron (F.C. y). Hovelacque (A.) Ellis (R.) Trumbull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Bartlett (J. R.) Clarke (R.) & Co., note. Miiller (F.) Trumbull (J. H.) Baraga (F.) and Belcourt (G. A.) Belcourt (G. A.) Baraga (F.) and Belcourt (G. A.)» Jones (P.) and others. Jacker (E.) Interpretation. Toner (J. M.) Hunter (J.) Trumbull (J. H.) - 604 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1877 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878? 1878 1878? 1878 1878 1878 -1878 1878 1878 — 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 1878 “1878 1878-1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Massachusetts Massachusetts Mohegan New Jersey New Jersey Shingwauk Various Various Various Various Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin, Chippewa Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree, Chippewa Cree, Chippewa Delaware Long Island Massachusetts Micmac Micmac, Maliseet Montagnais, Chippewa, Cree Montagnais, Chippewa, Cree Various Various Various Various Various Various - Various - Chippewa Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Algonquian Cheyenne Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Hymn book Hymn book Matthew Psalm and hymn book Words Primer Sonnet Words Vocabuiary Vocabulary Hymn book Bibliographic Examples Gentes Proper names Classification General discussion Linguistic schedule Words Various Bibliographic Bibliographic Bibliographic Dictionary Grammar Grammar Hymn book Song and psalm Old Testament lessons Principles Song Tract Words — Words Words Geozraphic names Words Inflections Words Grammatic comments Grammatic comments Bibliographic Scripture passages Scripture passages Scripture passages Scripture passages Vocabulary, ete. Words Periodical Geographic names Comparisons Relationships Vocabulary ‘Vocabulary Vocabulary Bibliographic Bibliographic Vocabulary Grammar and dictionary Hymn book Hymn book Hymn book Vocabulary Hunter (Jean). Hunter (Jean). Hunter (J.) Mackay (J. A.) Beach (W. W.) Eliot (J.) Trnombull (J. H.) Smith (P. H.) Raum (J. 0.) Smith (S.) Wilson (EK. F.) Quaritch (B.) Trumbull (J. H.) Morgan (L. H.) Jackson (W. H.) Keane (A. H.) Vinson (KE. H. J.) Bates (H. W.) Woodward (A.) Hovelacque (A.) and Vinson (E. H. J.) Clarke (R.) & Co., note. _Leclere (C.) Leclere (C.), note. Baraga (F.) Baraga (F.) - Barnard (A.) Barnard (A.) Brisbin (J. 8.) Horden (-J.) Remas (—). Hunter (J.) Hunter (J.) Duncan (D.) Duncan (D.), note. Oronhyatekha, note. Robertson (R. F.) Peirce (E. W.) Trumbull (J. H.) Dawson (J. W.) Adam (L.) Adam (L.) Pick (B.) Bible Society. Bible Society, note. Bible Society, note. British. Jacker (H.) Farrar (F. W.) Pipe. Warren (H.P_) Campbell (J.) Oppert (G.) Campbell (J.) Campbell (J.) Campbell (J.) Clarke (R.) & Co., note. Finotti (J. M.) Gatschet (A. S.) Baraga (F.) Horden J.) andySandersiam Walker (W.) Walker (W.) Hamilton (S. A.) PO ee ee nn eae 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 _ 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879 1879-1880 187-? 187-? 187-? 187-? 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1280 1880? 1880 1880? 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880 1880-1881 1880-1881 1880-1881 1880-1889 1880-1889 1880-1890 1880-1890 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 Chippewa Cree Cree _Cree Delaware ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Massachusetts Micmac Montaguais, Cree Montagnais, Cree Narragansett Ottawa Shawnee Shawnee. Shawnee Various Various Various Micmac Micmac Nipissing Various Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin, Arapahoe Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Arapahoe Cree, Delaware Maliseet Massachusetts Massachusetts Montagnais New England Sauteux Shawnee Various Various Various Various Algonkin Menomonee Massachusetts Menomonee Menomonee Chippewa Various Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Vocabulary Hymns and songs Prayers : Prayer and hymn book Geographic names Geographic names Lord’s prayer General discussion General discussion Vocabulary Alphabet Vocabulary Words Words Bible verse Words Words Catechism Prayer book Text Geographic names Geographic names Comparisons Geographic names Proper names Vocabulary Words Words Vocabulary Book of common prayer Dictionary Hymn book Matthew Prayer book Prayer book Words Words Words Vocabulary Local names Primer Geographic names Geographic names Prayer book Grammatic sketch Bibliographic Lord’s prayer, ete. Proper names Various Words Vocabulary General discussion Gospels and epistles Sermons Dictionary Geographic names © Classification Comparisons Words Prayer book Sentence Sentence Story Story Story Words 605 Mahan (I. L.) Hunter (Jean). Mackay (J. A.) Kirkby (W. W.) Watson (J. F.), note. Baylies (F.) Civezza (M. da). Végréville (V. T.) Végréville (V. T.) Gatschet (A.S.) Adams (F.G.) Gatschet (A. S.) Gatschet (A.S.) ~Gatschet (A.S.) American Bible Society, note. Charencey (C.) Gatschet (A.S ) Rand (58. T.) Rand (3. T.) Kaondinokete (F.) Morgan (L. H.) Rand (S. T.) Campbell (J.) Haines (E. M.) Blanchard (R.) Kalm (P.) Woodward (A.). Trumbull (J. H.) Gatschet (A.S.) Horden (J.) and Sanders (J.) Baraga (F.) Jones (P.) and cthers. Horden (J.) and Sanders (J.) O’Meara (F. A.) Verwyst (C.) Mallery (G.) Vetromile (E.) ‘Humboldt (K. W. von). Chamberlain (M.) Anderson (J.) Eliot (J.) Arnaud (C.) Orcutt (S.) and Beardsley (A.) Lacombe (A.) Gatschet (A.S.) Quaritch (B.) Haulmann (K.) Morris (A.) Teza (E.) Gatschet (A. S.) Zephyrin Engelhardt. Winsor (J.) Zephyrin Engelhardt. Zephyrin Engelhardt. Férard (M.) Watkins (W. B.) Keane (A. H ) Campbell (J.) Gatschet (A.S.), note. Horden (J.) and Sanders (J.) Taylor (E. B.) Taylor (E. B.) Jacker (F.) Mallery (G.) Mallery (G.) Gordon (H. L.) 606 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881 1881-1884 1881-1885 1881-1885 1881-1886 1881-1887 1882 1882 1882 1£82 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1822 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882-1883 1882-1884 1882-1889 1882-1889 1882-1889 1882-1889 1882-1889 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIE Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree, Chippewa Delaware Gros Ventre Menomonee Micmac Mohawk, Massachusetts Sauteux Various Various Various (?) Menomonee Chippewa Menomonee Various Algonquian Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin, Cree Algonkin, Cree Algonquian - Algonquian Blackfoot Blackfoot Cheyenne Cheyenne, Chippewa Cheyenne Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Cree Menomonee Sac Shawnee Souriquois Various Various Various Various Various - Various () (2) Blackfoot Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee Menomonee ' Menomonee Menomonee Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Book of common prayer Family prayers Grammar Hymn Scripture passages Vocabulary Vocabulary Prayers Hieroglyphs Bibliographic Catechism Various Various Words WY) Vocabulary Vocabulary Sermons Lord’s prayer Bibliographic Comparison Geographic names Linguistic schedule Vocabulary, ete. Vocabulary, ete. Words Words Words Bibliographic Bibliographic Grammar and vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary, ete. Songs Songs Calendar Grammar, dictionary Vocabulary Calendar Letter Syllabary Syllabary Prayer book Letter Vocabulary Vocabulary Bibliographic Bibliographic Geographic names - Grammatic sketch Lord’s prayer, etc. Scripture passages Remarks Remarks Dictionary Verbs Bible history Dictionary Epistle and gospels Grammar Sermons Varicus General discussion General discussion Geographic names Bibliographic Hunter (J.), note. Mackay (J. A.) Horden (J.) German (0.) Church. Penn (W.) Fish (L. E.) Zephytin Engelhardt, LeClereq (C.) Stargardt (J. A.) Lacombe (A.) Hovelacque (A.) Laurie (T.) Green (S. A.) Smct (P. J. de). Zephyrin Engelhardt. Derenthal (0.) Derenthal (0.) Youth's. Leclerc (C.) Campbell (J.) Hough (D.) Bates (H. W.) Cuog (J. A.) Cuoq (J. A.), note. Brinton (D.G.) Charencey (H. de). Charencey (H. de). Nash (KE. W.) Tribner & Co. Lanning (C. M.) Lacombe (A.) and Legal (E.) Dodge (R. I.) Baker (T.) Baker (T.) » Prévost (M. ) Baraga (F.) Chippewa. Lacombe (A.) Rutan (D.) Evans (J.) Young (EH. R.) Zephyris Engelhardt. Black Hawk. Hadley (L. F.) Laet (J. de). Bartiett (J. BR.) Bartlett (J. BR.) Orcutt (S.) Miller (¥F.) Drake (8. G.) British. Baillie-Grohman (W. A.) Baillie Grohman (W. A.) Lacombe (A.) Zephyrin Engelhardt. Krake (B.) Krake (B.) Krake (B.) Krake (B.) Krake (B.) Thoreau (H. D.) Hale (H.). Hale (H.) Beckwith (H. W.) Catalogue. a i ie 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883 1883-1884 1883-1888 1883-1890 1883-1890 1883-1890 1883-1890 1883-1890 1883-1890 1883-1890 1883-1890 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1834 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884 1884-1885 1884-1889 1884-1889 1885 1885 1885 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. 607 Algonquian Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Delaware Maliseet OT Fe Jaan . > 2 —_ a sz f 4 SF : i] C ; ? ‘ Micmac Black foot Blackfoot Blackfoot Black foot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki | Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Cree Chippewa, Cree Chippewa, Delaware Cree Delaware Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Menomonee Micmac Ottawa Various Various Various Various Various Various Algonquian Algonquian Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Bibliographic Hymn book Hymn book Speech ‘Words . Calendar Legend Prayer book Bibliographic Verse Geographic names Catechism Words Various Words Words Lord’s prayer Dictionary Chronology Gentes Grammatic sketch Grammatic sketch Legends Notes Text Words Dialogues, etc. Geographic names Geographic names Various Various Geographic names Geographic names Vocabulary Words Words Catechism Hymn book ‘Scripture passages Tract Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Geographic names Geographic names Words Book of common prayer Bibliographic Vocabulary Words Letter Hymns Bibliographic Vocabulary Bible verse Bibliographic Lord's prayer Various Vocabulary General discussion Bibliographic Bibliographic Geographic names Various Geographic names Clarke (R ) & Co., note. Barnard (A.) Barnard (A.) Pitezel (J. H.) Norris (P. W.) Lacombe (A.), note. Petitot (E. F.S.J.) Garin (A. M.) Brinton (D.G.) Gabriel (P. J.) Green (S. A.) Zephyrin Engelkardt. Cuog (J. A.) Pelletreau (W.S.) Gray (A.) and Trumbull (J. H.) Petitot (E. F.S.J.) Connelly (J. M.) Rand (S. T.) Legal (E.) Legal (E.) Legal (E.) Legal (E.) Legal (E.) Legal (E.) Legal (E.) Legal (E.) Laurent (J.) Hubbard (L. L.) Hubbard (L. L.) Leland (C. G.) Leland (€. G.) Beckwith (H. W.), note. Kelton (D. H.) Stearns (W. A.) Petitot (E. F. S.J.) Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Gafron (J.) Gilfillan (J. A.) xnight (E. H.) Sanders (J.) Carver (J.) Carver (J.) Carver (J.) Cooke (W. W.) Petitot (E. F.S.J.) Petitot (E.F.S.J.), note. Emerson (E. B.) Hunter (J.), note. Brinton (D.G.) Gatschet (A.S.) Sayce (A. H.) Mayhew (E.) Zephyrin Engelhardt. Micmac. Gatschet (A.S.) American Bible Soc., note. Bartlett (J. R.) Bergholtz (G. F.) Schoolcrafs (H. R.) Smith (J.) Bancroft (G.), note. Pott (A. F.) Winso1 at Vassal (H.) Leland (C. G.), note. Horsford (E. N.) 608 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885 1885-1886 1885-1886 1885-1889 1885-1889 1885-1890 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Algonquian Blackfoot Blackfoot Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Massachusetts Menomonee, Chippewa Micmac Micmac Passamaquoddy Powhatan, Delaware Sac Shawnee Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Chippewa Various Algonquian Various Algonkin Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin, Shawnee Algonquian Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cree ° BIBLIOGRAPHY OF Linguistic schedule Tribal names Bibliographic Bibliographic Bibliographic Bibliographic Lord’s prayer Translations Vocabulary, etc. Editorial Bible history Hymn book Proper names Proper names Words Calendar Church rules Hymn book Sermons Sermons Syllabary Vocabulary Geographic names Legends Letter Words Words Words Geographic names Letter General discussion General discussion Specimen Words and phrases Numerals Geographic names Vocabuiary Bible verse Bible verse Scripture passages Scripture passages Scripture passages Scripture passages Words Words Various Words Bibliographic Conjugations, ete. Grammar Bibliographic Dictionary Geographic names Numerals, etc. Numerals Bibliographic Letter Editorial Grammatic discussion Hymn book Hymns Hymns Letter Prayer book Various Hymn book THE Bates (H. W.) Gilfillan (J. A.) McLean (J.) McLean (J.) Pilling (J.C.) Stevens (H.) McLean (J.) McLean (J.) Petitot (B. F. S.J.) Jones (P.E.) Vogt (C.), and Gafron (J.} Prévoste /.) Neill (£ (T.for: Warren(s, .W.) Hindieyp, 74.) Lacombe A,), note. German (C.) German (0.) German (Q.) German (0O.) Tuttle (C. R.) Garrioch (A.C.) Errett (R.) Brinton (D. G.) Tobias (G.) Brinton (D.G.) Brinton (D. G.) Sayce (A. H.) Horsford (E. N.) Mayhew (E.) Zephyrin Engelhardt. Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Alger (A. L.) Bozman (J. L.) Hamilton (W.) Gatschet (A.S.) American Bible Soc. American Bible Soc., note. British. British. British. British. Brinton (D. G.) Gerard (W. BR.) Indian. Gatschet (A.S.) Leclere (C.) Featherman (A.) Cuoq (J. A.) Gill (C.) Cuog (J. A.) Horsford (E. N.) Beauregard (.) Ellis (R.) Clarke (R.) & Co. Crowfoot (Chief). Wright (S. T.) Verwyst (C.) Jacobs (P.) and others. Jones (P.) Jones (P.) _Bigcanoe (C.) O’Meara (F. A.) and others. Wilson (E. F.) Hunter (Jean). 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 188. 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886? — 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1886 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887? 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887-1889 1887-1889 1887-1589 ALG Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree. Cree Cree, Blackfoot Cree, Chippewa Delaware — Various Various Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonquian Algonquian ‘Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Cre Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Delaware Delaware Massachusetts Montagnais Ottawa, Chippewa Ottawa, Chippewa Rhode Island Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Various Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa 39 ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Manual Prayer book Prayers, etc. Tract Words Words Legends Words Bibliographic Bibliographic Bibliographic Geographic names Geographic names Vocabulary Geographic names Prayer book Numerals, etc. Bibliographic Proper names Scripture passages Scripture passages Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Bibliographic Bibliographic Grammatic sketch Grammatic sketch Songs General discussion General discussion Review Words Bibliographic Bibliographic Bible history Geographic names Grammar, vocabulary, etc. Sermons Geographic names Geographic names Prayers Prayers Prayers Primer lessons Dictionary Words Words Prayers, etc. Words Words Geographic names Bibliographic Bibliographic General discussion Personal names Proper names Proper names Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Songs Songs Songs 609 Lacombe (A.) Lacombe (A.) Lacombe (A.) Vincent (T.) _ Brinton (D. G.) Brinton (D.G.) Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Brinton (D.G.) Reichelt (G. T.) Reichelt (G. T.) Reichelt (G. T.) Horsford (HE. N.) Horsford (EK. N.) Derenthal (O.) Kain (S. W.) Wampum (J. B.) and Hogg (HET @:) Bolton (H. C.) Quaritch (B.) Catlin (G.) British, note. Gilbert (—) and Rivington (—). Hale (H.) Hale (H.), note. Kovar (B.) Sasseville (J.) and Shea (J. G.) Sasseville (J.) and Shea (J.G.), note. O’Brien (M.C.) O’Brien (M.C.) Reade (J.) Elliott (A. M.) Elliott (A. M.) Nantel (A.) Grasserie (R. de la). Dufossé (E.) Leclerc (C.), note. Derenthal (O.) Gilfillan (J. A.) Blackbird (A. J.) Garin (A. M.) Tyrrell (J. B.) Tyrrell (J. B.), note. Guéguen (J. P.) Guéguen (J. P.) Guéguen (J. P.) Glass (E. B.) Zeisberger (D.) Brinton (D. G.) Green (S. A.) Arnaud (C.) Jacker (E.) Jacker (H.) Rhode Island. Quaritch (B.) Quaritch (B.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Rhees (W.J.) Catlin (G.) Catlin (G.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Zeisberger (D.) Farrar (F. W.) Hoffman (W. J.) Hoffman (W. J.) Hoffman (W.J.) 610 1887-1889 1887-1889 © 1887-1889 1887-1889 1887-1889 1887-1889 1887-1890 1887-1890 1887-1890 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 188¢ 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 - 01888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1883 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Menomonee Blackfoot Blackfoot Various Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Blackfoot Blackfoot Cheyenne Cheyenne Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa, Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree, Blackfuot Cree, Blackfoot Delaware Long Island Menomonee Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Mississagua Mississagua Mississagua Montagnais Nipissing Nipissing Ottawa Ottawa Ottawa, Chippewa Passamaquoddy Pottawatomi Saulteux Various Various Various Various Various Various Various © Various Various Various Various BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Texts Texts Texts Texts Texts and songs Texts Dictionary Grammar Periodical Geographic names Various General remarks Geographic names Words Words Words Words Words Text Vocabulary Proper names Vocabulary Personal names Proper names Vocabulary Proper names Hymn book Text Words, etc. Words, ete. Legends Legends Dictionary Geographic names Vocabulary Dictionary Text Tract Tract Tract Tract Vocabulary, ete. Etymology Vocabulary Vocabulary Address Calendar Text Text Text Words Geographic names Text Text Bible verse Bibliographic Color names . Proper names Proper names Proper names Proper names Various Various Vocabulary Words Hoffman (W. J.) Hoffman (W. J.) Hoffman (W. J.) Hoffman (W.J.) Hoffman (W. J.) Hoffman (W.J.) McLean (J.) McLean ed ) Wilson ie jae: Hent (G.) (Jee Gatschet (A: S.) Report. Bill. Wiison (E. F.) McDougall (J.) McDougall (J.) and Glass(E. B. ) Lacombe (A.) Brinton (D.G.) Brinton (D.G.) Petitot (EH. F.S. J.) Petitot (E. F.S. J.) Brinton (D. G.) and Anthony (A. S.) Tooker (W. W.) Gatschet (A.S.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Rand (S. T.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Chamberiain (A. F.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Montagnais. Prévost (M.) Cuoq (J. A.) Sifferath (N. L.) Sifferath (N. L.), note. DePeyster (A.S.) Kilby (W. H.) Promissiones. Promissiones, American Bible Soc., note. Pick (B.) Wilson (E. F.) Bible. Bible, note. Bible, note. Catlin (G.) Brown (G.S.) Haines (E. M.) Wilson (E. F.) Chamberlain (A. F.) 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888 1888-1890 1888-1890 1888-1890 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889? 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 188) 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889? 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 18389 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889 1889-1890 1889-1891 188-? 188-? ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Various Various Various. Various Various Cree =| Ae é Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree Cree - Cree, Chippewa Delaware Delaware, Algonkin Delaware, Aigonkin Long Island Long Island Long Island Maliseet Micmac, Passamaquoddy Micmac, Passamaquoddy Mississagua Mississagua Montagnais Montagnais Montagnais Nipissing Ottawa Shawnee Shawnee Various Various Various Various Various Various (?) Various Long Island Abnaki Blackfoot Words Words Words Words Words Grammar Tract Vocabulary Words Geographic names Scripture passages Words Vocabulary Grammar Manual Grammatie sketch Sentence Text Words Words Words Words Words Book of common prayer Calendar Calendar Catechism, etc. Hymns, etc. Prayer book, etc. Prayer book, etc. Primer Psalm and hymn book Psalter Songs Syllabary Text Animal names Vocabulary Words Words Geographic names Geograghic names Geographic names Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Stories Words Bibliographic Prayers, etc. Primer lessons Text Vocabulary Song Vocabulary Bible verse Bibliographic, ete. Scripture passages Words Words Words (?) Vocabulary Geographic names Various Prayers, etc. Grasserie (R. de la). Hale (H.) Hale (H.) Hale (H.) MacLean (J. P.) Mackay (J. A.) Mackay (J. A.), note. Chamberlain (A. F.) Brown (W. W.) Kelton (D. H.) Reade (J.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Pajeken (F. J.) Tims (J. W.) Tims (J. W.) Férard (M.) Tylor (E. B.) Gafron (J.) Hoffman (W. J.) Hoffman (W.J.) Romanes (G. I.) Wright (S. G.) Wright (S.G.), note. Horden (J.) Lacombe (A.) Lacombe (A.), note. Guéguen (J. P.) Young (E. R.)_ Guéguen (J. P.) Guéguen (J. P.j Guéguen (J. P.) Horden (J.) Horden (J.) Petitot (E. F.S.J.) Young (E. R.) Lacombe (A.) Tyrrell (J. B.) Wilson (HK. F.) Charencey (H. de). Charencey (H. de), note. Tooker (W. W.) Tooker (W. W.) Tooker (W. W.) Roberts (G. G. ) Ganong (W. F.) Ganong (W. F.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Laure (P.) Arnaud (C.) Arnaud (C.) Cuog (J. A.) Wilson (E. F.) Biedermann (W. von). Yeates (J ) American Bible Society. McLean (J.) British. 611 Chamberlain «A. F.), note. Sener (S. M.) Wilson (E. F.) Howe (H.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Tooker (W. W.) Leland (C. G ), note. Lacombe (A.) 612 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 188-2 Cheyenne Grammar, dictionary Clarke (B.) a wet a 188-? Chippewa Bible history Verwyst (C.) 188-2 Chippewa Life of Jesus Verwyst (G.) 188-? Cree | Dictionary - Végréville (V. T.) 188-2? Cree Grammar Végréville (V. 7.) 188-? Cree Hymn book Hu pan). 188-2 Cree Instructions ; 188-2 | Cree Monograph 188-2 Micmac Legends 188-2? Micmac Story 188 ? Milicete Words 188-2? Mississagua Legend 188-2 Mississagua Vocabulary 188? Passamaquoddy History 188-? Passamaquoddy Legend 183-2 Passamaquoddy Legend r 188-?. Passamaquoddy Song 188-2 Passamaquoddy Songs, legends, etc. 188—? Passamaquoddy Superstitions 188-? Passamaquoddy Words 188-2 Various Remarks 1890 Abnaki Geographic names x 1890 Abuaki Words MP 1890 Algonkin General discussion Grasserie (R. de la). 1890 Algonkin Words Grasserie (R. de la). 1890 Blackfoot Bible stories Tims (J. W.) 1890 Blackfoot Hymn M’Lean (J.) 1890 Blackfoot Matthew Tims (J. W.) 1890 Cheyenne Vocabulary Wilson (E. F.) 1880 Chippewa Catechism Gilfillan (J. A.) 1890 Chippewa Hymn book Horden (J.) and Sanders (J.) 1890 Chippewa Hymn book Jacobs (P.) and others. 1890 Chippewa, Cree Various Young (E. BR.) 1890 Cree Book of common prayer Horden (J.), note. 1890 Cree Calendar Lacombe (A.), note. 1890 Cree Calendar Lacombe (A.), note. 1890 Cree Primer McDougall (J.) and Glass (E. B.) 1890 Cree Psalms and hymns Horden (J.) 189) Illinois, Miami Vocabulary Illinois. 1890 Long Island Geographic names Tooker (W. W.) 1890 Massachusetts Bibliographic Dexter (H. M.) 1890 Micmac Prayer book Guay (C.) 1890 Micmac Words Skeat (W. W.) - 1890 Micmac, Maliseet Geographic names Ganong (W. FE.) 1890 Mississagua Stories, songs Chamberlain (A. F.) 1890 Mississagua Stories, songs Chamberlain (A. F.), note. 1890 Mississacua Vocabulary Chamberlain (A. F.) 1890 Mississagua Vocabulary Chamberlain (A. F.), note. 1890? Nipissing Prayer Cuog (J. A.) 1890 -Passamaquoddy Song Fewkes (J. W.) 1890 Passamaquoddy Songs, ete. ¥ewkes (J. W.) 1890 Passamaquoddy Songs, ete. Fewkes (J. W.) 1890 Shawnee Vocabulary Edgar (M.) 1890 Shawnee Vocabulary ~ Ridout (T.) 1890 Various Fac similes Pilling (J.C.) 1890 Various Various Brinton (D.G.) 1890 Various Various McLean (J.) 1890 Varicus Words Chamberlain (A. F.) 1890 Various Words Petitot (E. F. S.J.) 1890 Various Words Chamberlain (A. F.) 1890 Various Words Chamberlain (A. F.) 1890 Various Words Chamberlain (A. F.), note. 1890 Various ‘Words Chamberlain (A. F.), note. 1890-1391 Various Various Canadian Indian. 4891 Algonkin General discussion Brinton (D. G.) 159) Cheyenne Dictionary Gatschet (A.S.) 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 1891 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—-? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? —18—? 18—? 18—? —18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18-—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? i8—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? 18—? Chippewa Tilinois, Miami Mississagua Various Various - Various _Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Chippewa Chippewa Cree, Delaware Massachusetts Massachusetts Menomonee Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac Natick “Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki A bnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki Abnaki A)naki Abaaki Abnaki Abnaki Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin Algonkin, Arapaho Blackfoot Blackfoot Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Chippewa Delaware Prayer book Vocabulary General discussion Fac similes Numerals Vocabulary Words Words Words Words Dictionary Dictionary Dictionary Dictionary Grammar Grammar Miscellany Phrases Relationships, ete. Sermons and prayers Text . Vocabulary Catechism Hymn Lord’s prayer Dictionary Dictionary Vocabulary Gram matic sketch Grammatic sketca Lord’s prayer Prayers Vocabulary Dictionary Dictionary Hymns Manuscripts Prayer book Prayers Prayers, etc. Register of baptisms Religious instructions Songs Songs, poems, etc. Words Catechism Catechism Catechism Dictionary Grammar Grammar Grammar Prayers Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Hymns Vocabulary Bible history Catechism General discussion Gospels and hymns Grammar Hymn book Hymn book Primer ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. Vogt (C.) Illinois. Chamberlain (A. F.) Pilling (J. C.) Wilson (H..F.) Wilson (E. F.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Thavenet (—). Thaveret (—). Thavenet (—). Thavenet (—). Thavenet (—). Thavenet (—). Thavenet (—). Thavenet (—). Thavenet (—). Thavenet (—). Chawanabe (I.) Thavenet (—). Beaudin (—). Tchigatig. Lord’s. Trambull (J. H.) Trumbull (J. H.) Rogers (J. M.) Irving (—). Maillard (A.S_) Lord’s. Micmac. Trambull (J. H.) A bnaki. Abnaki. Abnaki. Abnaki. Abnaki. Abnaki. Bigot (V.) A bnaki. Abnaki. Abnaki. Abnaki. Fitch (A.) Aigonkin. Algonkin. Deépéret (E.) Algonkin. Algonkin. Algonkin. Gay (R. M.) Algonkin. Algonkin, Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Tassin (A. G.) Prando (P. P.) Denig (E. T.) Duranquet (D.) Chone (—). Schoolcraft (H. R.) Campbell (J. D.) Hall (S.) Hanipeau (—). Jones (P.) and others. Baraga (F.) / A 613 —6<614 18— 18— 18—? 18— 1g— 2 2 : 2 2 18—? 18— g 16-3 is 2 S tiecy 18— 18— 18— 18— 18— 18—!? 18— 18— 18— 18— 18— 18—? a 8 3 2 2 2 2 a 2 a 2 q Micmac Micmac Micmac Micmac ~ Micmac Micmac Mohegan ' Mohegan Montagnais Nipissing Nipissing Nipissing Nipissing Ottawa Ottawa Passamaquoddy Passamaquoddy Pottawatomi Pottawatomi Pottawatomi | Sac and Fox Shawnee Unquachog Various Various Various (#) Chippewa Songs Chippewa Tract Chippewa Tract Chippewa Tract Chippewa Tract Chippewa Vocabulary Chippewa Vocabulary Chippewa Vocabulary “Chippewa Vocabulary Cree Hymns Cree Primer Cree Primer chart Cree Reader Cree Scripture passages Cree Vocabulary Delaware Dictionary Delaware . Dictionary Delaware Dictionary Delaware Glossary Delaware Grammar Delaware Plant names Delaware Vocabulary Delaware Vocabulary Delaware Vocabulary Delaware Vocabulary Delaware, Abnaki Words Etchemin Dictionary Etchemin, Passamaquoddy Key Massachusetts Grammar Massachusetts Vocabulary Massachusetts Vocabulary Miami, Delaware Vocabulary Miemac Grammar Grammar, ete. Grammatic sketch Grammatic sketch Prayer book Prayer book Rudiments Grammar Vocabulary Tract Hymn Sermons Sermons Sermons Catechism Prayers Vocabulary Words Dictionary Dictionary and grammar Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Proper names Proper names Vocabulary (4) o ie Copway (G.), note. — Attend. Come. a BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ALGONQUIAN LANGUAGES. i 2 Come. ae Rew) oe Bar; A) 2 Chi , Chi. : Yo. Ye Ai f Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Jefferson (T.) Zeisberger (D.), note. Zeisberger (D.), note. Fitch (A.) Demillier (L. E.) Barratt (J.), note. Humboldt (K. W. von). Cotton (J.) Danforth (S.) Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Micmac. Micmac. Maillard (A.S.) Micmac. Legoyne (—). Miemac. Micmac. Humboldt (K. W. von). Heckewelder (J G. E.) Tshipiatoko. Cuog (J. A.) Bellefeuille (C-) Richard (P.) . Richard (P.) Ottawa. Ottawa. MeLeod (R. R.) Brown (W. W.) Pottawatomi. Gailland (M.) Jones (J. T.) Sac. Heckewelder (J. G. E.) Jefferson (T.) Bollaert (W.) Indian. Jefferson (T.) Howse (J.) QS v yee peat a i te f 1 ‘tik Ata 4 a re Ma OPER hye ot ee a ‘ " von ; " i i i fe ‘ if i : NY , is , ¥ ia PTS 5 ae ¥ ee, FeO eas § ‘ vit _ " Ic has : i i ad _ iy, ot v ¥ 1 Ce. ; hi Peer tp i Nae a pis a ; eh i “G f i tans we EB iy a j ae ' C0 Gl ey re | y { Pig aie Te aes t), ee ; A \ : Ve ‘ i h 1 m MI i